THE  AMERICAN 
INTERCOLLEGIATE  GAME 


li!l!n'!i;!' 


ill  '^''i 


illi 


i-n(*i 


mm 


m.H'\yii-  '1 


PARKE  H.DAVIS 


LIBRARY 


University  of  California. 


Class 


I' 


i 


FOOTBALL 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/footballamericanOOdavirich 


•  ••  •  •••  •    •   •      • 


•  • 


•  • 


•  •",••  • 

•  •  '•  •  • 


<<    — 


\ 


FOOTBALL 

IHE  AMERICAN  INTERCOLLEGIATE 
GAME 


BY 


PARKE  H.  DAVIS 

■TBMBBh  OB    THE   INTERCOLLKQIATK   RCIiES   COMMnTSa 


ILLUSTRATED 


NEW   YORK 

CHARLES    SCRIBNER'S    SONS 

1911 


CoPTBiazrr,  1911,  bt 
CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS 


Published  September.  1911 


J)3 


PREFACE 

The  football  historian  who  essays  to  reproduce  the  bat- 
tles of  the  gridiron  is  more  than  ordinarily  handicapped  by 
the  insuflSciency  of  the  records.  Football,  unlike  baseball, 
has  not  yet  evolved  the  oflBcial  scorer  or  reporter.  The  data 
of  the  games  consist  simply  of  the  contemporaneous  ac- 
counts in  the  college  and  public  press.  The  peculiarities  of 
football,  the  swift  and  confusing  intricacy  of  its  plays,  the 
substitutions  and  sudden  shifting  of  players  make  the  work 
of  the  reporter  excessively  difficult  and  at  times  more  or  less 
inaccurate. 

'  The  line-ups  and  descriptions  of  games  contained  in 
Part  II  of  this  book  have  necessarily  been  based  upon  these 
accounts.  The  details  of  play,  however,  have  been  sub- 
mitted for  correction  to  players  who  participated  in  the  vari- 
ous games,  and  the  lists  of  players  likewise  referred  for 
verification  to  players  and  officials  of  the  respective  institu- 
tions, so  that,  notwithstanding  the  difficulties,  they  are  sub- 
stantially accurate.     More  than  this  is  impossible. 

To  the  many  players  an.  i  officials  who  have  aided  ii 
assembling  the  data  of  these  games  a  grateful  acknowledg- 
ment of  assistance  is  made. 

P.  H.  D. 


222679 


♦ 


CONTENTS 

PART  I 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.    Football  in  Olden  Time 3 

II.    The  Beginning  of  the  Modern  Game    .    .  .  I 

III.  Early  Football  in  America 33 

IV.  The  First  Intercollegiate  Game  ....  44 
V.    Football  in  the  'Seventies 51 

VI.    Football  in  the  'Eighties 75 

VII.    Football  in  the  'Nineties 91 

VIII.    Football  from  1900  to  1910 106 

PART  II 

IX.    Army  vs.  Navy 121 

X.    Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 150 

XI.    Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 173 

XII.    Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 204 

XIII.  Harvard  vs.  Princeton 216 

XIV.  Harvard  vs.  Yale 249 

XV.    Michigan  vs.  Pennsylvania     .... 

vii 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  #AOK 

XVI.    Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 328 

XVII.    Princeton  vs.  Yale 359 

XVIII.    Eight  Famous  Games 444 

Amherst  vs.  Harvard,  1903 — Army  vs.  Yale,  1909 — 
Army  vs.  Yale,  1910 — Brown  vs.  Yale,  1910 — 
Lafayette  vs.  Pennsylvania,  1896 — Lafayette  vs. 
Princeton,  1909 — Navy  vs.  Princeton,  1904 — 
Columbia  vs.  Princeton,  1900. 

Appendix      , 459 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

Harvard  vs.  McGill Frontisjnece 

Jar  vis  Field,  Cambridge,  May  15,  1874. 
America's  first  intercollegiate  game  of  Rugby  football. 

FACING   PAQB 

The  Wall  Game  at  Eton.    A  Bully  in  Calx     ...      23 

It  was  from  this  game  that  the  American  game  derived  the  principle  of 
limiting  the  number  of  players  to  eleven. 

The  Birth-place  of  Rugby  Football 24 

A  scrummage  on  Old  Bigside  at  Rugby. 

Memorial  to  William  Webb  Elus 27 

The  originator  of  the  Rugby  game  of  football,  Rugby  School,  England. 

The  V 83 

Princeton,  Nov.  14,  1891. 

Princeton's  celebrated  formation  opening  the  game  against  Ck>rnell. 

Perfecting  the  Interference 91 

Yale  Field,  1890. 

Yale  at  practice,  showing  W.  W.  Hefifelfinger,  the  figure  to  left  of  centre, 
with  right  arm  outstretched,  reaching  back  to  carry  the  half-back 
through  the  line. 

The  Place  Kick  Supplants  the  Wedge 99 

Harvard  vs.  Pennsylvania,  Nov.  29,  1894. 
Fairchild  kicking  out  for  Harvard  following  a  touchback. 

Guards-back.    The  Final  Plunge 101 

Franklin  Field,  Nov.  20,  1897. 

Pennsylvania's  famous  formation  carrying  Minds  across  Harvard's  goal- 
line  for  a  touchdown. 

The  Coaching  Parade  to  the  Game 104 

Princeton  vs.  Yale,  New  York,  Nov.  30,  1893. 

Drags  of  Princeton  and  Yale  leaving  the  old  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel  for  the  drive 
up  Fifth  Avenue  to  Manhattan  Field. 


X  ILLUSTRATIONS 

FACING  PAGE 

Recovering  an  On-side  Kick 114 

Harvard  Stadium,  Nov.  14,  1908. 

Kennedy,  of  Dartmouth,  recovers  an  on-side  kick  against  Harvard. 

"The  Minnesota  Shift" 117 

Nov.  19, 1910. 

Yale  executing  the  formation  against  Harvard. 

Punting  Out  of  Danger 132 

Philadelphia,  Nov.  30,  1901. 

Navy,  driven  to  its  goal-line,  momentarily  stays  the  Army's  attack. 

A  Timely  Goal  from  the  Field 148 

Philadelphia,  Nov.  26,  1910. 

Dalton,  of  the  Navy,  breaks  a  scoreless  contest  with  the  Army  by  kicking  a 
goal  from  the  field  just  as  the  game  is  closing. 

A  Long  End  Run 170 

Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin,  Nov.  19,  1910. 

Gillette,  of  Wisconsin,  getting  off  for  a  run  of  75  yards  and  a  touchdown. 

Adding  a  Point  to  the  Score 186 

Franklin  Field,  Nov.  28,  1901. 

Coffin,  of  Cornell,  kicking  the  goal  following  a  touchdown  against  Penn- 
sylvania. 

A  Powerful  Attack  and  a  Sharp  Defence     .    .    .    198 
Franklin  Field,  Nov.  26,  1908. 

MacArthur,  of  Cornell,  having  pierced  Pennsylvania's  heavy  interference, 
tackles  Hollenback. 

100  Yards  for  a  Touchdown  and  the  Game  .    .    .    214 
Polo  Grounds,  New  York,  Oct.  29,  1910. 

Pendleton,  of  Princeton,  catching  a  punt  on  his  10-yard  line,  runs  through 
Dartmouth's  eleven  for  the  only  touchdown  of  the  game. 

A  Line  Plunge    . 246 

Cambridge,  Nov.  7,  1896. 

Kelly,  of  Princeton,  breaking  through  Harvard's  line,  Is  tackled  by  Beale 
and  Dunlop. 

The  Original  Flying  Wedge 278 

Springfield,  Nov.  19,  1892. 

Harvard's  famous  formation  about  to  attack  Yale. 

The  Tackle-back  in  Action 292 

Yale  Field,  Nov.  24,  1900. 

Yaie'a  famous  formation  defeats  Harvard. 


ILLUSTRATIONS  xi 

rAaNO  PAGK 

A  Memorable  Victory  in  Two  Plays 306 

Yale  Field,  Nov.  24,  1906. 

Veeder,  of  Yale,  sends  a  forward  pass  30  yards  to  Forbes,  placing  the  bail 
3  yards  from  Harvard's  goal-line.  Roome  then  plunges  through  Har- 
vard's line  for  a  touchdown,  which  wins  the  game. 

Football  in  Harvard  Stadium 308 

Harvard  vs.  Yale,  Nov.  23,  1907. 

A  Famous  Goal  from  the  Field 311 

Yale  Field,  Nov.  21,  1908. 

With  the  ball  in  Harvard's  possession  on  Yale's  15-yard  line  and  the  Crim- 
son unable  to  advance,  Kennard,  of  Harvard,  is  called  into  the  game 
at  full-back.  On  the  first  play  he  kiclis  a  goal  from  the  field,  winning 
the  game. 

A  Stubborn  Defence 320 

Franklin  Field,  Nov.  17,  1906. 

Michigan  holds  Pennsylvania  on  the  1-yard  line. 

The  Original  Tandem-tackle  Play 397 

Manhattan  Field,  New  York,  Nov.  30,  1893. 
Princeton  driving  Yale  to  defeat  with  the  new  formation. 

The  Revolving  Tandem 407 

Yale  Field,  Nov.  20,  1897. 

Princeton  whirling  Reiter  through  Yale's  line,  carrying  the  ball  momentarily 
out  of  danger. 

A  Dash  Through  the  Line 419 

Princeton,  Nov.  15,  1902. 

Yale  splits  Princeton's  line  in  two  and  sends  Chadwick  through  the  opening 
53  yards  for  a  touchdown,  winning  the  game. 

The  Blocked  Kick 423 

Nov.  14,  1903. 

Princeton  blocks  Yale's  kick.  De  Witt  picks  up  the  ball  on  the  bound  and 
runs  50  yards  for  a  touchdown,  tieing  the  score.  Later  he  kicks  a  goal 
from  the  field,  winning  the  game. 

A  Victory  Wrested  from  Defeat 442 

Nov.  12,  1910. 

Kilpatrick,  of  Yale,  catching  a  forward  pass,  leaps  across  Princeton's  goal- 
line,  winning  the  game,  6  to  3. 

An  End  Run  from  a  Fake  Kick 448 

West  Point,  Oct.  15,  1910. 

Dean,  of  the  Army,  circling  Yale's  end. 


xii  ILLUSTRATIONS 

FACING  PAGB 

A  Crucial  Play  That  Won  a  Game 452 

Franklin  Field,  Oct.  23,  1896. 

Lafayette,  on  the  defensive,  with  the  score  4  to  0  in  favor  of  Pennsylvania 
and  only  six  minutes  to  play,  blocks  the  latter's  kick.  In  two  plays 
Barclay  carries  the  ball  35  yards  for  a  touchdown,  from  which  he  kicks  a 
goal,  winning  the  game,  6  to  4. 

Hurdling  the  Line 457 

New  York,  Nov.  6,  1900. 

Weeks,  of  Columbia,  executing  this  powerful  play  against  Princeton. 


I 


i^,'**'^  i; 


CHAPTER  I 
FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME 

Football,  or,  as  it  was  called  in  olden  time,  camp-ball, 
camping,  or  hurling,  may  be  traced  from  the  present  back- 
ward through  century  after  century  until  the  trail  is  lost  in 
the  remoteness  of  antiquity.  Indeed,  abundant  evidence 
may  be  marshalled  to  prove  that  this  is  the  oldest  outdoor 
game  in  existence. 

In  the  22d  chapter  of  Isaiah  is  found  the  verse,  "  He  will 
turn  and  toss  thee  like  a  ball."  This  allusion,  slight  as  it 
may  be,  is  sufficient  unto  the  antiquary  to  indicate  that  some 
form  of  a  game  with  a  ball  existed  as  early  as  750  years 
before  the  Christian  era,  the  epoch  customarily  assigned  to 
the  Book  of  Isaiah.  A  more  specific  allusion  of  the  same 
period,  however,  is  the  passage  in  the  Sixth  Book  of  the 
Odyssey  of  Homer,  familiar  to  all  schoolboys :  "  Then  hav- 
ing bathed  and  anointed  well  with  oil  they  took  their  mid- 
day meal  upon  the  river's  banks  and  anon  when  satisfied 
with  food  they  played  a  game  of  ball."  This  game  of 
Nausicaa  and  her  companions,  we  are  told,  was  not  football, 
but  a  dance  in  which  the  ball  was  tossed  from  hand  to 
hand  to  the  accompaniment  of  choral  singing.  This  con- 
tention may  be  correct.  Another  step,  however,  will  bring 
us  to  football. 

In  all  Greek  lexicons  may  be  found  the  word  "  harpaston," 
usually  defined  as  a  game  with  a  ball.  Antiquaries  have 
supplemented  this  meagre  definition  by  asserting  that  it  was 
a  game  strikingly  similar  to  modern  Rugby  football  and 


1 


FOOTBALL 


tVaffe*ri;.'W£is.l)liee?&jl''ty.^hree  earlier  games,  traces  of  which 
are  preserved  in  the  Greek  words  phenindra,  episkyros, 
and  epikoinos.  Harpaston  was  a  favorite  game  at  Sparta. 
It  was  played  upon  a  rectangular  field  marked  with  side 
lines,  goal-lines,  and  centre  line.  There  was  no  limitation 
upon  the  number  of  players,  but  these  were  equally  divided 
between  the  two  sides.  The  ball  was  passed  forward  by 
a  man  standing  at  midfield  and  the  game  was  in  action,  the 
object  being  to  drive  the  ball  by  passing,  kicking,  or  carry- 
ing across  the  opposite  goal-line.  Its  progress  was  impeded 
by  blocking,  holding,  and  tackling,  but  here  the  similarity 
to  Rugby  ends,  as  this  ancient  game  was  a  prolonged  scrim- 
mage without  order  or  method. 

When  the  Romans  came  in  contact  with  the  Greeks 
and  seized  their  novel  and  admirable  institutions  they  also 
adopted  this  game,  slightly  Latinizing  the  name  to  "harpas- 
tum."  The  Romans,  it  is  true,  had  at  the  time  a  football 
game  of  their  own  which  was  called  "foUis,"  but  which  was 
not  so  ingeniously  organized  as  its  Spartan  counterpart. 

These  two  games  existed  at  Rome  for  many  years,  each 
having  its  partisans  and  each  party  of  partisans  clamoring 
for  the  suppression  of  the  other.  It  would  seem  that  human 
nature  was  not  different  in  28  B.C.  from  what  it  is  to-day, 
for  among  the  first  acts  of  Augustus  after  settling  his  right 
to  succeed  his  great  uncle,  Julius  Caesar,  was  to  demand  a 
revision  of  the  football  rules.  Augustus's  grievance  against 
the  existing  games,  however,  was  their  gentleness,  which  he 
considered  too  childish  for  Roman  youths  destined  to  be 
centurions  and  commanders  of  legions,  thus  antedating  by 
eighteen  hundred  years  a  similar  thought  of  the  Duke  of 
Wellington,  who  said  that  "England's  soldiers  are  trained 
upon  England's  football  fields."  The  Emperor  Augustus 
therefore  selected  a  philosopher  to  effect  the  revision.  This 
unknown  philosopher,  the  original  member  of  the  Rules 


FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME  5 

Committee,  at  last  submitted  his  code  of  rules  and  they 
were  approved  by  Augustus.  Their  introduction  immedi- 
ately divided  the  young  athletes  of  Rome  into  two  camps, 
each  raging  with  debate  and  discussion,  one  for  the  new 
rules  and  the  other  for  the  old.  Thus  in  the  modern  light 
of  the  controversy  over  the  comparative  merits  of  Rugby 
and  Association  football  we  may  appreciate  the  significance 
of  the  familiar  verse  of  Martial,  alluding  to  this  controversy 
over  the  Roman  philosopher's  game: 

"  Folle  decet  pueros  ludere,  f olle  senes." 

Julius  Pollux,  an  Egyptian  sophist  of  the  second  century, 
who  taught  at  Rome  under  Commodus,  has  left  among  his 
writings  a  brief  description  of  this  game:  "The  players 
divide  themselves  into  two  bands.  The  ball  is  thrown  upon 
the  line  in  the  middle.  At  the  two  ends  of  the  field,  behind 
the  line  where  the  players  are  stationed,  are  two  other  lines, 
beyond  which  these  two  bands  endeavor  to  carry  the  ball, 
a  feat  that  can  not  be  accomplished  without  pushing  one 
another  backward  and  forward."  This  description  by 
Pollux  does  not  add  much  to  our  detailed  knowledge  of 
the  Augustan  game,  but  this  has  escaped  oblivion  in  an- 
other way,  for  it  was  played  throughout  Italy  after  the 
fall  of  Rome  continuously  until  the  Middle  Ages,  and, 
surprising  to  assert,  was  revived  at  Florence  as  recently 
as  1898. 

With  the  passing  of  the  Latin  language  the  name  har- 
pastum,  by  which  the  Augustan  game  was  known,  also  dis- 
appeared, but  the  game  continued  under  the  Italian  denomi- 
nation of  "calcio."  From  the  full  description  extant  of  this 
Italian  game,  even  from  earliest  times,  the  Augustan  game 
accurately  has  been  reconstructed.  It  was  played  upon  a 
square  field  marked  by  side  lines,  goal-lines,  and  centre 
line,  the  goals  being  marked  by  posts.     The  players  con- 


6  FOOTBALL 

sisted  of  twenty-seven  on  each  side,  organized  in  the  man- 
ner of  Roman  miHtary  tactics,  the  game  being  planned  as 
a  mimic  battle.  The  tactical  arrangement  of  the  players 
divided  each  side  into  fifteen  forwards,  five  defensive  backs, 
four  half-backs,  and  three  full-backs.  Scoring  was  ac- 
complished by  kicking  or  carrying  the  ball  across  the  goal- 
line  between  the  posts,  and  two  fouls,  such  as  kicking  the 
ball  out  of  bounds,  were  equivalent  to  a  goal.  To  equalize 
any  advantage  in  the  ground  or  wind,  sides  were  changed 
after  each  goal.  The  game  was  called  at  sunset  and 
awarded  by  the  six  judges,  three  for  each  team,  to  the  side 
having  scored  the  most  goals.  The  partisans  of  each  team, 
provided  with  horns  and  banners,  occupied  seats  behind 
the  goal-posts  and  paraded  at  the  conclusion  of  the  game, 
when  custom  required  the  vanquished  to  deliver  their  ban- 
ners to  the  victors.  Thus  was  it  truly  said  that  nothing  is 
new  under  the  sun. 

In  the  game  of  calcio,  as  played  by  the  mediaeval  Italians, 
the  artistic  feature  of  colored  costumes  was  introduced, 
and  the  ofiicials,  as  indicative  of  their  honorable  and  im- 
partial office,  were  clothed  in  a  garment  composed  of  one 
half  of  the  costume  of  each  of  the  rival  teams.  A  cele- 
brated game  of  this  period  was  played  at  Florence  in  1554, 
one  side  being  under  the  captaincy  of  the  Prince  of  Mantua 
and  the  membership  of  the  two  forces  including  the  leading 
members  of  the  great  families  of  Bardolfi,  Medici,  Ridolfi, 
Ruccellai,  and  Strozzi.  Antonio  Scainio,  a  Venetian  histo- 
rian writing  in  1555,  describes  a  game  similar  to  the  Augus- 
tan sport,  but  calls  it  pallone.  This  is  the  same  word 
further  immortalized  in  a  book  by  that  name  written  by 
Edmondo  de  Amicis,  the  eminent  Italian  writer,  who  is 
endeared  to  all  school-boys  as  the  author  of  "Cuore."  This 
game  of  pallone  also  contains  the  distinctive  feature  of  the 
old  English  game  of  ballown,  the  batting  from  one  player 


FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME  7 

to  another  of  a  ball  in  the  air.  Indeed,  the  similarity  of  the 
names  and  of  this  feature  would  indicate  that  these  two 
games  originally  were  identical. 

To  many  nations  may  be  assigned  a  share  in  the  honor 
of  founding  and  fostering  this  noble  sport.  The  Celts 
claim  that  football  was  once  a  rite  among  their  ancestors 
in  the  worship  of  the  sun-god.  The  old  Teutonic  tribes 
which  Caesar  found  in  Gaul  not  only  used  the  skulls  of  their 
enemies  for  drinking-cups,  but  they  contemptuously  kicked 
their  severed  heads  about  as  footballs  in  a  crude  and  savage 
game.  The  earliest  explorers  of  the  North  found  the  young 
Esquimaux  playing  upon  the  floes  with  a  cleverly  made 
football  sewn  with  a  welt  and  filled  with  moss.  Travellers 
in  the  islands  of  the  South  Seas  found  the  natives  playing  a 
simple  game  with  a  ball  made  of  bamboo  fibre,  and  even 
stout  Cortez  has  recorded  such  a  game  as  existing  among 
the  Aztecs.  Such  a  primitive  diversity  throughout  the  earth 
of  football  is  not  difficult  to  explain.  Child  nature  is  uni- 
form the  world  over,  and  children  who  are  forced  to  find 
and  make  their  own  toys  naturally  will  turn  to  the  same 
objects.  Which  of  us  who  was  born  upon  a  farm  has  not 
awaited  eagerly  the  arrival  of  "butchering  day"  in  the  fall 
to  get  the  bladder  to  knead  and  roll  it  until  pliable,  then  to 
inflate  it  with  a  quill,  for  rare  sport  across  the  close-cropped 
fields  in  the  crackling,  crisp  October  air  ?  Yet,  Alexander 
Barclay,  an  English  poet,  in  his  "  Ecloges,"  celebrated  this 
custom  of  childhood  four  hundred  years  ago: 

"  And  now  in  winter  when  men  kill  the  fat  swine, 
They  get  the  bladder  and  blow  it  great  and  thine, 
With  many  beans  and  peasen  put  therein 
It  rattleth,  soundeth  and  slimeth,  clere  and  fayre, 
While  it  is  thrown  and  cast  up  in  the  ayre, 
Each  one  contendeth  and  hath  a  great  delight 
With  foote  and  with  hande  the  bladder  for  to  smite; 
If  it  fall  to  the  ground  they  lift  it  up  again, 
And  this  way  to  labour  they  count  it  no  payne." 


8  FOOTBALL 

The  bard  of  Avon,  unless  he  should  be  indulging  in  the 
license  of  anachronism,  would  give  the  game  a  place  even 
among  the  Ephesians,  for  does  not  Dromio  in  Scene  I  of 
Act  II  of  the  "Comedy  of  Errors"  ask  Adriana: 

"Am  I  so  round  with  you  as  you  with  me, 
That  like  a  football  you  do  spurn  me  thus?  " 

With  more  accuracy,  however,  Shakespeare  locates  the 
game  during  the  reign  of  King  Lear,  for  football  unques- 
tionably was  brought  into  England  by  the  Romans.  In 
Scene  IV  of  Act  I  of  the  latter  play  the  king  says  to  Os- 
wald, "  Do  you  bandy  looks  with  me,  you  rascal  ?  "  Oswald 
replies,  "I'll  not  be  struck,  my  lord."  Thereupon  the 
Earl  of  Kent  interposes,  "Nor  tripped,  you  base  football 
player,"  and  instantly  upsets  the  poor  steward  by  tripping 
him. 

The  earliest  specific  mention  of  football  in  the  literature 
of  England,  and  this  also  is  the  first  mention  of  any  game, 
is  to  be  found  in  the  "History  of  London,"  written  by 
William  Fitzstephen  in  1175.  This  genial  old  chronicler, 
recording  the  customs  of  his  day,  thus  pleasantly  pictures 
our  comrades  of  the  game,  almost  eight  hundred  years  ago: 

"After  dinner  all  the  youth  of  the  city  go  into  the  fields  of 
the  suburbs  and  address  themselves  to  the  famous  game  of 
football.  The  scholars  of  each  particular  school  have  their 
peculiar  ball,  and  the  particular  trades  have,  most  of  them, 
theirs.  The  elders  of  the  city,  the  fathers  of  the  parties,  and 
the  rich  and  wealthy,  come  to  the  fields  on  horseback  in 
order  to  behold  the  exercises  of  the  youth,  and  in  appear- 
ance are  themselves  as  youthful  as  the  youngest,  their  natural 
heat  seeming  to  revive  at  the  sight  of  so  much  agility  and  in 
a  participation  in  the  diversion  of  their  respective  sons." 

Some  of  our  law  students,  whose  profound  incursions 
into  the  history  of  legal  institutions  have  taken  them  as  far 


FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME  9 

back  as  the  "statutes  of  nisi  prius**  enacted  in  the  reign  of 
Edward  II,  have  returned  with  the  startling  information 
that  the  pathway  of  EngHsh  legislation  is  marked  by  many 
a  signboard  relative  to  football.  The  first  of  these  football 
laws  is  denominated  in  the  books  as  16  Edward  II,  en- 
acted April  13,  1314,  and  runs  as  follows: 

"  Forasmuch  as  there  is  great  noise  in  the  city,  caused  by 
hustling  over  large  footballs  from  which  many  evils  arise, 
which  God  forbid,  we  command  and  forbid  on  behalf  of 
the  king  on  pain  of  imprisonment  such  game  to  be  played 
in  the  future."  The  especial  grievance  that  provoked  this 
repressive  proclamation  was  the  persistent  custom  of  the 
boys  of  London  of  playing  their  games  in  the  city's  streets, 
a  practice  evidently  of  complete  incorrigibility,  for  Samuel 
Pepys  in  his  diary  under  date  of  January  2,  1665,  three 
centuries  later,  noted  "  The  streets  full  of  footballs,  it  being 
a  great  frost."  Indeed,  King  Edward's  prohibition  must 
have  failed  of  observance  even  in  his  own  time,  for  thirty- 
five  years  later  the  game  became  so  popular  throughout 
England  that  it  threatened  to  submerge  the  practice  of 
archery,  then  the  mainstay  of  a  warring  nation.  Accord- 
ingly, Edward  III  issued  an  edict  which  is  still  extant  in 
the  Close  Rolls,  12  Edward  III,  prohibiting  many  sports, 
among  which  were  "Manualem,  pedinam,  baculoream  et 
ad  cambucam."  Devotees  of  modern  sports  afield  will 
recognize  with  pain  beneath  these  names  in  law  Latin 
their  beloved  handball,  football,  hockey,  and  golf.  To  the 
outlawry  of  these  games  must  have  been  credited  in  no 
small  portion  the  marvellous  success  of  the  English  bow- 
men of  the  period,  for  in  1389  Richard  II  forbade  "all  play- 
ing at  tennise,  football  and  other  such  importune  games." 
During  the  reign  of  Henry  IV,  in  the  Parliamentary  Rolls 
for  1410,  the  proscription  against  football  again  appears, 
this  time  being  enunciated  in  Norman  French,  and  four- 


10  FOOTBALL 

teen  years  later  the  baby  King  Henry  VI  proclaimed  in 
quaint  English,  The  "King  forbiddes  that  na  man  play 
at  the  futball."  But  the  game  was  too  strong  even  for 
England's  kings,  although  Henry  VII  and  Elizabeth  also 
launched  against  it  their  royal  disfavor. 

A  recent  historian  has  stated,  "James  Stuart,  the  first 
King  James  of  England  but  the  sixth  of  Scotland,  was  one 
of  the  most  foolish  and  mischievous  kings  we  ever  had  in 
England."  Football  men  throughout  the  world  will  be  in- 
clined to  concur  in  this  characterization  notwithstanding  its 
harshness,  for  James  is  the  man  who  wrote  the  "Basilikon 
Koron,"  a  ponderous  tome  on  deportment,  composed  for  the 
education  of  his  son,  Henry,  Prince  of  Wales,  in  which  James 
wrote,  "  From  this  court  I  debar  all  rough  and  violent  exer- 
cises, likewise  football,  meeter  for  lameing  than  making  able 
the  users  thereof." 

Even  in  the  period  of  rough  sport  in  England,  the  day 
of  the  quarterstaff  of  Robin  Hood  and  the  justing  lance  of 
the  Black  Prince,  football  did  not  escape  the  eye  of  the 
gentle  moralist.  One  of  these  was  Sir  Thomas  Elyote, 
author  of  the  "Boke"  called  the"Gouvernour."  Sir  John 
thus  impales  three  wicked  games,  of  which,  of  course,  our 
football  is  one: 

"Some  men  wolde  saye  that  in  the  mediocritie,  which  I 
have  soo  much  praysed  in  shootynge,  why  should  not  boul- 
ing,  claishe  pins  and  koyting  be  as  much  commended? 
Veryly  as  for  the  two  last  they  be  utterly  objected  of  all  men, 
in  lyke  wyse  foote  balle,  wherein  is  nothynge  but  beastie 
furie  and  extreme  violence,  whereof  procedeth  hurte  and 
consequently  rancour  and  malice  do  remayn  with  them 
that  be  wounded,  wherefore  it  is  to  be  put  in  perpetual 
sylence." 

The  two  great  anatomists  of  English  literature,  Robert 
Burton  and  Philip  Stubbs,  did  not  overlook  football.     The 


FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME  13 

"Yesterday  was  brave  Hallowday, 
And  above  all  days  in  the  year, 
The  school  boys  all  got  leave  to  play 
And  little  Sir  Hugh  was  there. 
He  kicked  the  ball  with  his  foote 
And  kepped  it  with  his  knee 
And  even  in  at  the  window 
He  gart  the  bonnie  ba*  flee." 

Alexander  Barclay,  author  of  the  "  Shyp  of  Folys/*  written 
in  1508,  thus  draws  a  pleasant  picture  of  the  game  as  one  of 
common  country  recreation: 

"The  sturdie  ploughman,  lusty,  strong  and  bold, 
Overcometh  the  winter  driving  the  football, 
Forgetting  labour  and  many  a  grevious  fall." 

Thomas  Tusser,  writing  a  few  years  later  and  calling  the 
game  by  its  archaic  name  of  camping,  even  enthusiastically 
advocates  the  game  of  football  as  an  incidental  auxiliary  to 
agriculture: 

"In  meadow  or  pasture  to  grow  the  more  fine 
Let  campers  be  camping  in  any  of  thine; 
Which  if  ye  do  suffer  when  low  is  the  spring, 
You  gain  to  yourselves  a  commodious  thing." 

In  an  old  comedy,  "  The  Blind  Beggar  of  Bethnal  Green," 
by  Thomas  Day,  an  heroic  character  informs  us,  "I  am 
Tom  Stroud  of  Hurling.  I'll  play  a  gole  at  camp-ball  or 
wrassel  a  fall  a  the  hip  or  the  hin  turn  with  ere  a  Courtroll 
of  ye  an  match  me  height  for  height." 

As  early  as  1609  is  to  be  found  a  reference  to  football  in 
America  in  the  "  Relation  of  Virginia,"  by  Henry  Spellman. 
Describing  the  sports  and  pastimes  of  the  colony  he  says: 
"  They  vse  beside  football  play  wch  women  and  young  boys 
doe  much  play  at.  They  make  their  gooles  like  ours  only 
they  never  fight  nor  pull  another  doone.  The  men  play 
with  a  littel  ball  lettinge  it  falle  out  of  ther  hands  and  striketh 


14  FOOTBALL 

with  the  tope  of  his  foote  and  he  that  can  strike  the  ball 
farthest  winnes  that  they  play  for/'  Later  in  his  work  Spell- 
man,  probably  inspired  by  sentimental  memories  of  boy- 
hood, lapses  into  poetry  on  the  subject: 

"  Football  with  us  may  be  with  them  ballown. 
As  they  at  tilt,  so  we  at  quintain  run." 

The  refining  influence  of  outdoor  sports,  of  course  in- 
cluding football,  began  to  be  recognized  about  this  time,  for 
in  1611  Rowlands,  in  his  "Letting  of  Humors  Blood,"  repre- 
sents a  swain  challenging  his  rival,  not  to  a  murderous  duel 
with  the  sword  but  to  a  manly  and  decisive  contest  in 
sports  afield: 

"Man,  I  dare  challenge  thee  to  throw  the  sledge 
To  iumpe  a  leap  ouer  ditch  and  hedge, 
To  wrassel,  play  at  stoole  ball  or  to  runne, 
To  pitch  the  bar  or  to  shoote  off  a  gun, 
To  play  at  loggets,  nine  holes  or  pinnes, 
To  try  it  out  at  football  by  the  shinnes." 

Misson,  a  French  writer  who  visited  England  during 
this  period,  was  much  impressed  with  the  game.  He  says: 
"In  winter  football  is  a  useful  and  charming  exercise.  It 
is  played  with  a  leather  ball  about  as  big  as  one's  head, 
filled  with  wind.  This  is  kicked  about  from  one  to  another 
in  the  streets  by  him  that  can  get  at  it  and  this  is  all  the  art 
of  it."  Even  the  classic  John  Gay  did  not  overlook  the 
humor  of  the  game,  for  in  "Trivia"  he  facetiously  writes: 

"When  lo,  from  afar, 
I  spy  the  furies  of  the  football  war." 

Another  poetic  allusion,  from  the  pen  of  Sir  Thomas 
Wotton,  and  which  is  quoted  approvingly  by  Isaak  Walton 
in  the  "Compleat  Angler,"  presents  a  characteristic  of  the 
football  man  which  has  survived  to  the  present  day: 


FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME  15 

"  Joan  takes  her  neat  rubb'd  pail  and  now 
She  trips  to  milk  the  sand  red  cow, 
Where  for  some  sturdy  football  swain 
Joan  stirs  a  syllabub  or  twain." 

But  it  is  to  the  elegant  Edmund  Waller,  of  the  writers 
of  olden  time,  that  the  best  picture  of  the  sport  must  be 
credited: 

"As  when  a  set  of  lusty  shepherds  try 
Their  force  at  football,  care  of  victory 
Makes  them  salute  so  rudely  breast  to  breast 
That  their  encounter  seems  too  rough  for  jest; 
They  ply  their  feet  and  still  the  restless  ball 
Tost  to  and  fro  is  urged  by  all." 

From  the  pleasant  picture  conjured  by  these  pastoral 
verses  it  is  indeed  a  lugubrious  change  to  the  vision  of  one  of 
our  fellow-players  depicted  in  an  old  indictment  found  in 
the  Court  of  the  King's  Bench  at  Westminster  during  the 
reign  of  Henry  VIII:  "And  the  Grand  Inquest  inquiring 
upon  their  oaths  for  the  county  of  Middlesex  do  present  that 
William  Wilton,  yeoman,  at  day  and  place  aforesaid  did 
misbehave  himself  playing  football." 

In  the  days  in  which  the  kings  of  England  were  assailing 
this  noble  sport,  the  sport  was  flouting  the  kings  of  England 
by  passing  into  proverbs  in  their  English.  "All  fellows  at 
football"  runs  a  saying  that  has  come  down  from  the  days 
of  Edward  III,  and  to  the  period  of  1672  is  attributed  the 
origin  of  another  adage,  a  portion  of  which  survives  to  this 
very  day:  "We  are  hale  fellows  well  met,  not  only  at  foot- 
ball but  at  everything  else."  Not  only  during  the  period  of 
the  royal  proclamations  against  football  did  the  game  un- 
restrainedly thrive,  but  it  was  played  in  full  view  of  the  very 
placards  upon  which  these  proclamations  were  printed.  In 
London  the  apprentices  assembled  in  great  numbers  to  play 
on  Fins  bury  Fields.    At  Teddington  and  Twickenham  each 


16  FOOTBALL 

Shrove  Tuesday  prudent  householders  covered  their  win- 
dows with  boards  and  bushes  until  the  mighty  game  that 
roared  through  the  streets  for  hours  was  ended.  In  fact,  in 
all  market  towns  throughout  England  on  this  holiday,  busi- 
ness was  suspended  and  the  afternoon  given  over  to  a  great 
game  of  football,  in  which  his  Honor  the  Mayor  invariably 
kicked  off  and  every  able-bodied  citizen  followed  the  ball. 

Of  the  ancient  game  of  hurling,  which  was  a  form  of  foot- 
ball, we  are  indebted  for  a  faithful  picture  to  Richard 
Carew,  who  describes  this  sport  in  a  book  entitled  "Survey 
of  Cornwall,"  published  in  1602,  and  dedicated  to  Cornwall's 
Lieu  tenant-General,  Sir  Walter  Raleigh.  Sir  Richard's  pen 
thus  quaintly  sets  forth  the  impressive  features  of  hurling: 

"  Fifteen,  twenty,  thirty,  or  more  or  less  players  chosen  on 
each  side,  strip  themselves  to  their  slightest  apparel  and 
then  joyne  hands  in  rank  against  one  another.  Out  of  these 
rankes  they  match  themselves  by  payres,  one  embracing 
another  and  so  pass  away."  Is  not  this  a  description  of  a 
rush-line?  Sir  Richard  then  states  that  two  bushes  set 
ten  feet  apart  were  used  for  goals  and  that  the  distance  be- 
tween the  rival  goals  was  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet.  Two 
goal-keepers  having  taken  their  stations,  one  in  each  goal, 
"  some  indifferent  person  throweth  up  a  ball  the  which  who- 
soever can  catch  and  carry  through  his  adversaries  goale 
hath  won  the  game.  Herein  consisteth  one  of  Hercules 
his  labors.  As  soon  as  the  opponents  of  the  man  with  the 
ball  essaye  to  lay  hold  of  him"  the  runner  might  ward  off 
with  his  fist.  "  Butting"  also  was  a  fine  point  of  this  play. 
When  the  runner  was  thrown  to  the  ground  or  his  opponents 
held  him  and  cried  "Held,"  the  runner "dealed,"  that  is, 
passed  the  ball  to  an  associate  of  his  side  for  a  further  ad- 
vance. It  is  impressive  to  observe  that  this  precise  play  of 
holding  and  crying  "Held"  was  a  part  of  intercollegiate 
football  in  America  as  late  as  1890.     When  the  runner  in 


FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME  17 

the  game  of  hurling  passed  the  "counterwayters"  he  was 
tackled  by  the  goal-keepers.  Few  goals  were  scored  in 
this  game,  so  that  the  -contest  frequently  was  decided  by 
giving  the  victory  to  the  side  "which  keepeth  the  ball 
longest,  giveth  most  falls  in  the  hurling  and  presseth  their 
contrary  nearest  to  their  own  goale."  Carew,  however, 
had  stronger  liquor  than  water  flowing  through  his  veins, 
for  in  summing  up  the  virtues  of  the  game  he  says:  "  When 
hurling  is  ended  you  shall  see  them  returning  home  as  from 
a  pitched  battle  with  bloody  pates,  broken  bones  and  out 
of  joynt,  yet  all  is  good  playe  and  never  attoumey  nor 
crowner  troubled  for  the  matter."  This  was  the  game 
which  elicited  from  a  French  spectator  the  witticism  still 
frequently  quoted  in  England,  "  Well,  if  this  is  play,  then 
me  for  France  when  they  begin  to  fight." 

In  the  year  of  1650  football  was  regarded  as  a  national 
institution  throughout  Great  Britain.  The  seventh  article 
of  the  "Regulations  of  the  Freemen  Marblers  of  Purbeck" 
provides  "  That  any  man  in  our  companie  the  Shrovetews- 
daie  after  his  marriage  shall  paie  unto  the  wardings  twelve 
pence,  and  the  last  married  man  shall  bring  a  football 
according  to  the  custom  of  our  companie."  The  annual 
game  thus  scheduled  was  played  near  Corfe  Castle.  But 
the  classic  game  of  these  times  was  the  contest  waged  each 
Shrove  Tuesday  at  Chester,  a  fixture  which  antiquaries 
even  of  that  period  claimed  had  come  down  the  centuries 
in  commemoration  of  that  great  day  in  the  year  217  when 
their  ancestors  formed  a  mighty  wedge  and  rushed  the 
Roman  garrison  out  of  Chester.  Symbolic  of  that  struggle, 
the  goals  were  the  Town  Hall  and  a  cross  that  stood  outside 
of  the  city  in  an  open  space  called  the  Rood  Eye,  and  now 
known  as  the  Rodehee,  thus  leaving  between  a  vast  space 
featured  with  fences,  walls,  trees,  houses,  city  blocks,  and 
streets,  but  furnishing  nevertheless  a  playground  none  too 


18  FOOTBALL 

large  for  the  several  hundred  players  who  participated. 
Occasionally  in  this  period  one  town  challenged  another  or 
the  game  would  be  waged  between  parish  and  parish. 
Upon  such  occasions  the  ball  would  be  kicked  off  midway 
between  the  two  places  and  then  the  game  would  wax 
furious  by  hill  and  dale  until  darkness  closed  down  or  until 
one  side  had  kicked  the  ball  into  the  other's  town. 

In  1681  the  game  had  so  ingratiated  itself  into  the  English 
character  that  Charles  II  organized  a  team  and  challenged 
the  Duke  of  Albemarle,  the  latter  winning  the  ensuing  con- 
test. The  most  momentous  circumstance,  however,  of  this 
time  was  the  adoption  of  the  game  by  the  great  schools  of 
England,  for  it  was  in  the  secondary  institutions  and  not  in 
the  universities  that  field-sports  originally  were  cradled. 
Among  the  school-boy  leaders  of  the  sport  was  Joseph  Ad- 
dison, of  Charterhouse.  Years  after,  when  a  great  man  of 
letters,  he  wrote  an  article  for  the  Spectator  entitled  "Rustic 
Amusements,"  in  which  he  spoke  with  pride  of  the  many 
matches  in  which  he  had  played.  The  poet  William  Cow- 
per,  who  was  a  student  at  Westminster,  never  ceased  to 
recount  his  "  excellence  at  football  while  at  school.*' 

The  history  of  the  game  in  Scotland  is  not  dissimilar 
from  that  in  England.  James  II  prohibited  it  in  1457  and 
James  IV  in  1481  ordered  that  "  football  and  goff  be  cried 
down  utterly."  But  these  sports  increased  in  popularity 
instead.  Throughout  all  Caledonia  on  Candlemas  Day 
football  was  the  special  observance  of  the  occasion.  No 
other  festivity  could  compare  with  the  expectancy  and  ex- 
citement aroused  by  the  approach  of  the  Candlemas  Ba'. 
Sometimes  on  this  day  the  east  end  of  a  town  played  the 
west.  More  often  the  bachelors  were  arrayed  against  the 
married  men.  At  Jedburg  on  one  occasion  the  ball  acci- 
dentally was  kicked  into  the  river,  but  every  contestant  fear- 
lessly followed  the  ball  and  waged  the  game  up  and  down 


FOOTBALL  IN  OLDEN  TIME  19 

the  river's  bed,  "amid  splashes  and  bedabblements,"  to 
the  strident  applause  of  the  female  inhabitants  who  lined 
the  river's  banks. 

The  most  celebrated  game  in  olden  times  in  Scotland  was 
that  held  each  year  at  Scone  between  the  married  and  the 
unmarried  men.  The  ball  would  be  tossed  in  the  air 
promptly  at  two  o'clock  on  Candlemas  afternoon.  Fred- 
erick Eden,  in  his  "Statistical  Account  of  Scotland,"  thus  de- 
scribes this  old  game: 

"  He  who  got  the  ball  in  his  hands  ran  with  it  until  over- 
taken by  an  adversary  and  then  if  he  could  shake  himself 
loose  he  ran  on  again;  if  not  he  passed  the  ball  to  another 
of  his  side  unless  it  was  wrested  from  him.  The  object  of 
the  married  men  was  to  *hang'  the  ball,  that  is  to  put  it 
three  times  in  a  small  hole  on  the  moor  which  was  their 
*door  or  goal.  The  bachelors  tried  to  'drown'  it,  that  is, 
dip  it  three  times  in  the  river,  which  was  their  *dool.'  If 
neither  side  won  by  sun-down  the  ball  was  cut  in  two  and 
half  given  to  each  side."  From  this  annual  game  arose 
the  Scottish  proverb:  "A'  is  fair  at  the  ba'  o'  Scone." 

As  might  be  expected,  some  great  games  were  played 
along  the  Scottish  border  in  olden  times.  One  of  the  most 
famous  of  these  contests  occurred  at  Kildear  Castle  between 
twenty  Liddesdale  Scots  and  twenty  Englishmen,  the  latter 
winning  by  three  goals  to  two.  It  was  to  the  general  merry- 
making that  accompanied  these  international  struggles  that 
Sir  Walter  Scott  tuned  his  muse: 

"Some  drive  the  jolly  bowl  about, 
With  dice  and  draughts  some  chase  the  day, 
And  some  with  many  a  merry  shout, 
In  riot,  revelry  and  rout 
Pursue  the  football  play." 

And  now  the  mention  of  Sir  Walter  Scott  brings  us  to 
one  of  the  most  celebrated  games  in  olden  or  modern  times, 


20  FOOTBALL 

the  game  played  by  the  men  of  Ettrick,  under  the  leadership 
of  their  sheriff,  against  the  men  of  Yarrow,  led  by  the  Earl  of 
Horn,  at  Carterhaugh,  December  15,  1815,  and  won  by  the 
sheriff  and  his  men.  No  detailed  account  of  this  game  is 
now  extant,  but  the  tales  of  its  individual  prowess,  its  en- 
counters, haps  and  mishaps,  for  many  years  had  equal  place 
in  Scotia  with  the  legends  of  Robert  Bruce,  William  Wal- 
lace, and  Prince  Charlie.  This  game,  however,  never  will 
pass  wholly  into  oblivion,  for  its  victorious  sheriff,  who  was 
none  other  than  Sir  Walter  Scott,  has  preserved  it  in  im- 
mortal verse  whose  sweet  cadence  now  links  football  of 
olden  times  with  football  of  modern  days: 

"From  the  brown  crest  of  Newark  its  summons  extending, 
Our  signal  is  waving  in  smoke  and  in  flame, 
And  each  forester  blithe  from  his  mountain  descending 
Bounds  light  o'er  the  heather  to  join  in  the  game. 
Then  strip  lads  and  to  it  though  sharp  be  the  weather, 
And  if  by  mischance  you  should  happen  to  fall, 
There  are  worse  things  in  life  than  a  tumble  on  heather, 
And  life  is  itself  but  a  game  of  football." 


J 


CHAPTER  II 
THE  BEGINNING  OF  THE  MODERN  GAME 

The  honor  of  the  invention  of  modern  football  belongs 
to  the  great  secondary  schools  of  England,  to  Charterhouse, 
Eton,  Forest,  Harrow,  Rugby,  Shrewsbury,  Westminster,  \^ 
Winchester,  and  others.  At  Oxford  and  Cambridge  tha±/^ 
mysterious  but  powerful  influence  which  among  students 
the  world  over  produces  and  enforces  a  conformation  to 
type  maintained  from  the  Middle  Ages  for  several  centuries 
a  contempt  for  field  sports  and  games  as  incompatible  with 
the  life  of  a  scholar  and  an  approbation  of  the  pale,  thin,  and 
stoop-shouldered  youth  as  a  physical  ideal  for  a  student. 
Thus  these  great  universities  throbbing  to-day  with  athletic 
life  partake  of  none  of  the  honors  of  originating  the  modern 
game,  even  falling  in  line  behind  the  institutions  of  America 
which  preceded  them  fully  three  years  as  participants  in 
intercollegiate  rivalry. 

The  development  by  these  schools  of  football,  from  a 
mere  sport  without  rules  or  organization,  into  a  highly 
specialized  game  was  wholly  inartificial.  At  no  time  during 
its  formative  period  was  an  interscholastic  convention  or 
even  a  conference  held  between  two  schools.  The  idea 
of  an  interscholastic  contest  did  not  occur  until  years  after 
the  perfection  of  the  game.  This  unexpected  circumstance 
is  due  to  the  fact  that  each  school  originated  a  style  of  game 
peculiar  to  itself  and  found  sufficient  entertainment  in  the 
struggles  of  teams  organized  within  its  own  walls.  A  prime 
factor  in  the  formation  of  each  game  was  the  facilities  or 
difficulties  presented  in  the  place  of  play,  for  the  modern 

21 


\. 


22  FOOTBALL 

playground,  ample  and  uniform,  was  not  a  fixture  of  foot- 
ball in  primitive  times.  Although  the  number  of  these  dif- 
ferent games  is  equal  to  the  number  of  the  schools,  they  easily 
may  be  divided  into  three  general  classes,  best  typified  at 
Westminster,  Eton,  and  Rugby.  It  is  a  circumstance  of 
more  than  incidental  interest  that  each  one  of  these  schools 
has  contributed  its  best  and  most  characteristic  feature  to  the 
evolution  of  intercollegiate  football  in  America. 

At  Westminster  the  crowded  conditions  of  life  in  the  heart 
of  London  evolved  long  prior  to  1700  an  indoor  game  of 
football,  played  in  the  cloisters  of  Westminster  Abbey.  A 
stone  pavement  lay  underfoot,  pillars,  walls,  and  gates  stood 
at  either  hand,  and  a  low  arched  ceiling  extended  overhead, 
yet  this  was  the  veritable  cradle  of  the  modern  game  of  foot- 
ball. Here  John  Dryden  in  1646,  Matthew  Pryor  in  1680, 
and  Joseph  Addison  in  1684  led  the  school-boy  forces. 
Indeed,  the  records  of  the  Abbey  disclose  that  either  they 
or  their  comrades  led  so  boisterously  that  the  Dean  of  West- 
minster was  forced  to  appoint  a  beadle  to  keep  them  quiet 
during  divine  service.  The  Game  in  Cloister,  as  it  was 
called,  was  not  intricate.  Two  goals,  known  as  bases, 
and  a  prohibition  against  the  use  of  the  hands  either  upon 
opponents  or  upon  the  ball  comprised  the  traditional  code 
of  their  period.  About  1800  some  old  buildings  near  the 
Abbey  were  removed  and  the  space  thus  obtained  became 
the  "  Dean's  Yard,"  but  the  boys  promptly  pre-empted  it 
for  a  playground  and  named  it  the  Green.  With  this  ac- 
quisition two  games  came  into  being  at  Westminster,  the 
Game  in  Cloister  and  the  Game  in  Green.  In  the  latter 
game  the  goals  were  base-lines  equal  to  the  entire  width  of 
the  Green.  In  addition  to  the  prohibition  against  the  u§e  of 
the  hands  a  new  restriction  was  invented  which  was  called 
"  outsiding."  This  restriction  was  identical  with  what  to- 
day is  known  as  "off-side  play." 


BEGINNING   OF  THE   MODERN   GAME     23 

The  history  of  the  game  at  Charterhouse,  another  London 
school,  is  similar  to  that  at  Westminster,  the  game  evolv- 
ing first  in  Cloisters  and  with  the  advent  of  a  playground 
being  transferred  to  the  Green.  Consequently  the  games 
at  each  school  were  almost  identical.  This  circumstance 
suggested  in  the  fall  of  1863  an  interscholastic  game.  This 
game,  the  first  contest  between  schools,  colleges,  or  univer- 
sities in  the  history  of  football,  was  played  at  Vincent  Square 
and  was  won  by  Westminster  by  two  goals  to  none. 

To  Eton  the  American  game  is  indebted  for  its  principle 
of  eleven  men.  Visitors  to  Windsor  are  familiar  with  the 
road  running  from  that  place  to  Slough  and  passing  Eton, 
being  separated  from  the  school  grounds  by  a  brick  wall 
eight  feet  in  height.  Along  this  wall  on  the  school  side  origi- 
nated and  still  is  played  the  famous  Wall  Game  of  Eton. 
The  ground  for  the  game  was  laid  off  by  drawing  a  furrow 
in  the  turf  parallel  to  the  wall  and  six  yards  distant.  Eigh- 
teen yards  from  either  end  of  the  wall  was  painted  perpen- 
dicularly upon  it  a  white  line,  the  space  thus  cut  off  being 
called  calx.  Beyond  one  calx  formerly  stood  an  elm;  be- 
yond the  other  a  door  in  a  transverse  wall.  These  two 
objects,  the  elm  and  the  door,  constituted  the  goals.  In  this 
long,  narrow  space  between  the  wall  and  the  furrow  the  two 
great  teams  of  Eton,  the  Collegers  and  Oppidans,  annually 
have  met  upon  St.  Andrew's  day  since  1845.  The  players, 
numbering  eleven  upon  a  side,  put  the  ball  in  play  by  a 
scrimmage  against  the  wall,  by  them  called  a  bully.  Out 
of  the  bully  the  ball  was  forced  by  kicks  until  it  was  driven 
into  calx,  where  the  offensive  eleven,  by  a  most  peculiar  play 
too  intricate  for  description  here,  endeavored  to  obtain  a 
"fair  shy,"  which  was  a  free  kick  at  goal.  By  reason  of 
the  great  difficulty  in  hitting  the  goals  these  contests  usually 
were  decided  by  the  number  of  shies  obtained. 

When  Eton  finally  obtained  an  extensive  playing  field 
another  game  called  the  Field  Game  was  devised,  although 


24  FOOTBALL 

the  Wall  Game  has  never  been  abandoned.  As  one  might 
expect,  the  Field  Game  was  no  less  ingeniously  organized 
than  the  Wall.  The  ground  was  150  yards  long  and  100 
yards  broad,  the  goals  being  marked  with  posts  connected 
with  a  cross-bar.  Here  again  the  number  of  players  upon 
a  side  was  limited  to  eleven.  Off-side  play,  by  the  Etonians 
called  "sneaking,"  was  prohibited,  as  also  was  the  use  of 
hands.  The  ball  was  advanced  by  short  kicks,  known  as 
"dribbles,"  and  if  the  defensive  side  directly  or  indirectly 
drove  the  ball  behind  their  own  goal  where  it  was  touched 
by  an  opponent  a  "rouge"  was  scored.  A  rouge  entitled  a 
team  to  a  free  kick  at  goal  and  three  rouges  equalled  a  goal. 

On  the  17th  of  November,  1873,  a  team  of  Etonians,  under 
the  captaincy  of  G.  C.  Allen,  came  to  New  Haven  and  played 
a  game  with  Yale.  Those  indeed  were  primitive  times,  since 
it  was  Yale's  second  season  at  the  game.  The  contest  was 
waged  under  mixed  rules,  one  of  which  called  for  eleven 
players,  and  was  won  by  Yale.  Four  years  later,  when 
Harvard,  Princeton,  and  Yale  adopted  the  Rugby  Union 
game,  Yale  insisted  that  the  Eton  number  of  eleven  should 
modify  the  Rugby  rule  of  fifteen.  This  proposition  was  de- 
feated, but  was  renewed  each  year  thereafter  with  great 
vigor  by  Yale,  until  finally,  in  1880,  Walter  Camp,  Yale's 
delegate,  succeeded  in  persuading  the  convention  to  adopt 
the  Eton  rule. 

There  are  many  places  in  England  so  endeared  to  Ameri- 
cans by  the  ties  of  sentiment  that  we  feel  an  ownership 
therein  by  the  title  of  fancy  if  not  by  the  title  of  actual  fact. 
Where  is  the  lover  of  letters  that  does  not  claim  an  interest 
in  the  town  of  Avon?  Where  is  the  lawyer  that  does  not 
believe  that  he  possesses  an  inalienable  right  in  the  Inns 
of  Court  ?  Where  is  the  football  man  from  field,  side  line, 
or  stand  who  does  not  feel  that  he  is  an  heritor  in  the  glories 
of  Old  Bigside  at  Rugby?  It  is  seventy  years  since  Pater 
Brooke  led  out  the  forces  in  School-House  versus  School 


h3 

§  ^ 


g   1 
O    o 


BEGINNING  OF  THE  MODERN  GAME     25 

and  Tom  Brown  saved  the  goal  in  the  second  half  at  Rugby. 
The  game  long  ago  outgrew  the  Close  and  is  now  played 
wherever  the  English  tongue  is  spoken.  In  America  many 
of  its  methods  have  changed  and  its  name  partially  has  been 
obliterated,  but  the  time  never  will  come  when  its  first  home 
will  be  forgotten  nor  honorable  deference  not  paid  to  the 
sweeping  sward  of  Old  Bigside  at  Rugby. 

This  famous  school  was  founded  in  1567.  The  origin 
of  organized  football  among  its  boys  is  in  the  eighteenth 
century,  but  the  precise  period  has  passed  into  oblivion 
with  those  who  participated.  One  of  the  farthest  and 
most  authentic  reaches  into  the  past  is  contained  in  the 
recollections  of  Matthew  Bloxam,  published  in  the  Rugby 
Meteor  for  December,  1880.  Matthew  Bloxam  was  at 
Rugby  in  1813.  Writing  of  football  in  his  time  he  says: 
"The  procedure  at  Bigside  of  football  was  as  follows. 
When  all  had  assembled  in  the  Close,  two  of  the  best 
players  in  the  School  commenced  choosing  in,  one  for  each 
side.  After  choosing  in  about  a  score  on  each  side,  a  some- 
what rude  division  was  made  of  the  remaining  fags,  half 
of  whom  were  sent  to  keep  goal  on  one  side,  the  other  half 
to  the  opposite  goal  for  the  same  purpose.  Few  and  sim- 
ple were  the  rules  of  the  game.  Touch  on  the  sides  of  the 
ground  was  marked  out  and  no  one  was  allowed  to  run  with 
the  ball  in  his  grasp  towards  the  opposite  goal.  It  was  foot- 
ball and  not  handball,  with  plenty  of  hacking  but  little 
struggling." 

From  this  description  it  appears  that  football  up  to  Mat- 
thew Bloxam's  time  had  been  developing  along  lines  similar 
to  those  at  Westminster  and  elsewhere,  particularly  as  to 
the  rule  against  carrying  the  ball.  But  there  came  a  crisp 
November  day  in  1823.  Over  a  hundred  boys  had  gath- 
ered for  Bigside.  The  game  soon  was  in  action  and  back- 
ward and  forward  surged  the  ball,  but  without  a  score. 
The  time  wore  on  until  at  last  the  school-bell  trembled  on 


26  FOOTBALL 

the  first  stroke  of  five,  the  hour  which  terminated  the  game. 
A  long  saiHng  punt  was  sent  down  the  field,  the  last  effort 
of  one  side  to  effect  a  score.  Suddenly  out  from  the  mass  of 
players  upon  the  other  side  sprang  a  young  Rugbeian  by  the 
name  of  William  Webb  Ellis.  With  arms  outstretched  and 
eyes  keenly  on  the  spinning  ball  he  swiftly  ranged  into  posi- 
tion to  catch  the  punt.  If  he  made  and  heeled  it,  under 
the  rules  he  might  fall  back,  behind  his  mark,  and  try  for 
goal  by  a  free  kick.  By  a  violent  effort  he  stoops  and 
catches  the  ball  just  as  it  is  about  to  strike  the  ground. 
The  opponents  check  their  speed  in  order  not  to  interfere 
with  the  catch  and  heel,  but  Ellis,  with  the  inspiration  of 
desperation,  contrary  to  rule  and  custom,  with  increased 
speed  leaps  onward.  Five  o'clock  is  now  pealing  on  the 
air.  With  the  ball  tightly  held  beneath  his  arm  he  dashes 
into  the  ranks  of  his  opponents,  who,  angered  by  this  flagrant 
violation  of  the  rules,  roughly  seize  him  and  endeavor  to 
throw  him  to  the  ground.  Ellis  with  his  free  arm  wards 
them  off  and  zigzagging  in  and  out  clears  the  pack  and 
crosses  the  line  just  as  the  last  stroke  of  five  comes  rever- 
berating over  the  Close. 

In  those  days  contested  points,  disputed  games,  and 
changes  in  the  rules  were  referred  to  a  school  judicatory 
known  as  a  levee  of  Bigside,  which  was  held  by  the  football 
leaders  under  the  elms  between  Littleside  and  Bigside,  or 
at  times  on  another  part  of  the  grounds  called  the  Island. 
The  sensational  performance  of  Ellis  was  severely  cen- 
sured generally  throughout  the  school,  but  as  days  came  and 
went  there  arose  a  few  who  saw  in  his  exploit  an  oppor- 
tunity for  a  great  innovation  in  the  game.  After  a  time 
the  idea  was  supported  by  a  majority  of  the  school  and  at 
last  received  the  sanction  of  a  Bigside  levee.  At  first  the 
privilege  of  carrying  the  ball  was  limited  to  balls  obtained 
from  fair  catches  in  the  manner  performed  by  Ellis.  Later 
the  privilege  was  extended  to  a  ball  caught  on  the  bound. 


1 


'  :  >   ,  '; 


<  s 


03 


BEGINNING  OF  THE  MODERN   GAME     27 


and  finally  the  right  to  run  with  the  ball  without  restriction 
was  incorporated  as  a  basic  rule  in  the  Rugby  game. 

The  performance  of  William  Webb  Ellis,  like  the  exploits 
of  all  other  heroes,  as  time  passed  was  questioned  by  the 
scoffer  and  iconoclast  and  by  some  was  denied  altogether, 
but  the  Old  Rugbeian  Society  in  1897  collected  the  personal 
recollections  of  the  event  from  the  surviving  Rugbeians  of 
Ellis's  time,  which  has  fairly  proved  that  this  tradition  is 
founded  upon  actual  fact. 

William  Webb  Ellis,  a  town  boy  of  Rugby,  entered  the 
school  in  December,  1816,  at  the  age  of  eleven  years.  The 
school  records  show  that  he  was  a  scholar  of  pronounced 
ability.  Upon  leaving  the  school  in  1825,  being  the  second 
Rugby  Exhibitioner  of  that  year,  he  entered  Brasenose 
College,  Oxford.  Later  he  was  ordained  in  the  ministry  and 
for  several  years  acted  as  incumbent  of  the  Church  of  Saint 
Clement  Danes,  Strand,  and  subsequently  served  as  rector 
of  Laver  Magdalen,  Essex.     He  died  January  24,  1872. 

In  an  ivy-grown  wall  at  Rugby  has  been  placed  a  tablet 
preserving  to  world-wide  football  posterity  the  name  and 
exploit  of  this  school-boy  genius.     It  runs  as  follows: 


THIS  STONE 
COMMEMORATES  THE  EXPLOIT  OF 

WILLIAM  WEBB  ELLIS 

WHO  WITH  A  FINE  DISREGARD  FOR  THE  RULES 

OP  FOOTBALL 

AS  PLAYED  IN  HIS  TIME 

FIRST  TOOK  THE  BALL  IN  HIS  ARMS  AND  RAN  WITH  IT 

THUS  ORIGINATING  THE  DISTINCTIVE  FEATURE  OP 

THE  RUGBY  GAME 

A.D.  1823 


From  1823,  the  year  of  the  exploit  of  William  Webb  Ellis, 
to  the  time  of  the  great  game  of  School-House  versus  School, 
described  in  "  Tom  Brown's  School  Days,"  is  a  space  of 


28  FOOTBALL 

twenty  years,  but  in  this  period  the  Bigside  levies  at 
Rugby  built  about  the  run  of  Ellis  a  finished,  finely  tech- 
nical game.  Its  perfection  may  best  be  appreciated  and 
certainly  most  pleasantly  ascertained  by  now  reverting  to 
boyhood  and  reading  once  more  in  Judge  Thomas  Hughes's 
great  book,  the  description  of  this  game  which  here  is 
abridged : 

"  Old  Brooke  won  the  toss  with  his  lucky  half-penny  and 
got  the  choice  of  goals  and  kick-off.  But  now  look,  there  is 
a  slight  move  forward  of  the  School-House  wings,  a  shout 
*  Are  you  ready  ? '  and  a  loud  affirmative  reply.  Old  Brooke 
takes  half  a  dozen  steps  and  away  goes  the  ball  spinning 
towards  the  goal,  seventy  yards  before  it  touches  the  ground, 
a  model  kick-off.  The  School-House  cheer  and  rush  on. 
The  ball  is  returned.  They  meet  it  and  drive  it  back  among 
the  masses  in  motion.  Then  follows  rush  upon  rush  and 
scrummage  upon  scrummage,  and  a  scrummage,  gentlemen, 
in  a  School-House  match  was  no  joke  in  the  consulship  of 
Plancus.  Three  quarters  of  an  hour  are  gone,  first  winds 
are  failing  and  weight  begins  to  tell.  The  School-House 
are  being  pressed  now  and  the  ball  is  behind  their  goal. 
There  is  a  minute's  breathing  time  before  Old  Brooke 
kicks  out  and  he  gives  the  word  to  play  strongly  for  touch. 
Away  goes  the  ball  and  in  another  minute  there  is  a  shout 
of  *In  touch'  and  *Our  ball.*  Old  Brooke  stands  with 
the  ball  in  his  hands  while  the  two  sides  form  in  deep  lines 
opposite  one  another.  He  must  strike  it  straight  out 
between  them.  Old  Brooke  strikes  it  strong.  Hurrah! 
That  rush  has  taken  it  right  through  the  School  line,  far 
into  their  quarters.  The  School  leaders  rush  back  shout- 
ing *Look  out  in  goal.'  They  strain  every  nerve  to  catch 
Young  Brooke  who  has  the  ball,  but  they  are  after  the  fleetest 
foot  in  Rugby.  There  they  go  straight  for  the  goal  posts. 
Young  Brooke  is  down  I     No!    A  long  stagger  but  the  dan- 


BEGINNING  OF  THE  MODERN  GAME     29 

ger  is  past.  There  is  a  hurried  rush  and  Young  Brooke  has 
touched  it  right  under  the  School  goal  posts.  The  School 
leaders  are  furious.  They  may  well  be  for  it  is  Lombard 
Street  to  a  china  orange  that  the  School-House  kick  a  goal 
with  the  ball  touched  in  such  a  good  place.  Old  Brooke  of 
course  will  kick  it  but  who  shall  catch  and  place  it.  Call 
Crab  Jones.  Here  he  comes,  the  coolest  fish  in  Rugby. 
Old  Brooke  stands  with  the  ball  under  his  arms  motioning 
the  School  back.  He  will  not  kick  it  until  they  are  all  in 
goal  behind  the  posts.  They  are  all  edging  forward  inch 
by  inch  for  the  rush  at  Crab  Jones  who  stands  in  front  of 
Old  Brooke  to  catch  the  ball.  If  they  can  reach  him  before 
he  catches  the  ball  the  danger  is  over  and  with  one  and  the 
same  rush  they  will  carry  it  right  away  to  the  School-House 
goal.  Fond  hope  I  It  is  kicked  out  and  caught  beautifully. 
Crab  strikes  his  heel  in  the  ground  to  mark  the  spot  where 
the  ball  is  caught  beyond  which  the  School  line  may  not 
advance,  but  there  they  stand  ready  to  rush  forward  the  mo- 
ment the  ball  touches  the  ground.  Take  plenty  of  room. 
Place  it  true  and  steady.  Trust  Crab  Jones  for  that.  He  is 
resting  on  one  knee  with  his  eye  on  Old  Brooke.  *NowI' 
Crab  places  the  ball  at  the  word.  The  School  rush  forward, 
Old  Brooke  kicks.  A  moment*s  pause  and  both  sides  look 
at  the  spinning  ball.  It  flies  straight  between  the  posts, 
five  feet  above  the  cross-bar.  A  shout  of  joy  rings  out  from 
the  School-House  players-up  and  a  faint  echo  of  it  comes 
over  the  Close  from  the  goal  keepers.  A  goal  in  the  first 
hour  I  Such  a  thing  hasn't  been  done  in  the  School-House 
match  these  five  years!" 

After  all,  is  not  the  author  of  this  famous  game  of  fancy 
likewise  entitled  to  a  place  in  the  hearts  of  football  men  with 
William  Webb  Ellis?  The  one  performed  a  deed  which 
gave  a  great  game  to  Rugby.  The  other  wrote  a  book  which 
popularized  that  game  and  gave  it  to  the  world. 


^*'*S^  an 


30  FOOTBALL 

In  the  great  wave  of  popularity  that  overtook  football 
with  the  publication  of  "Tom  Brown's  School  Days,"  the 
young  Rugbeians  were  prompted  to  improve  their  famous 
game.  Accordingly  they  introduced  the  principle  of  fixed 
numbers  upon  a  side,  twenty  in  the  beginning  and  eventually 
fifteen.  It  was  also  at  this  time  that  the  oval  ball  took  the 
place  of  the  sphere,  thus  returning  to  the  shape  of  primitive 
days  when  the  only  ball  was  an  inflated  bladder,  to  which 
early  period  we  also  must  go  to  find  the  origin  of  the  ball's 
fgjniliar  name  of  "pigskin." 

It  was  not  until  1846  that  football  made  its  first  appear- 
ance in   the  English  universities.     In   this  year  two  old 

estminster  boys,  H.  de  Winton  and  J.  C.  Thring,  were 
at  Cambridge.  In  company  with  some  boys  from  other 
schools  they  formed  a  club  and  played  for  a  time  on  Parker's 
Piece.  The  game  did  not  become  popular,  however,  and 
so  the  boys  after  a  few  contests  under  mixed  rules  disbanded. 
Two  years  later  the  attempt  was  renewed.  At  the  invitation 
of  H.  C.  Maiden  two  representatives  from  each  of  the  schools, 
fourteen  men  in  all,  including  Mr.  Maiden  and  George  Salt, 
as  representatives  of  the  university,  met  in  a  conference 
which  lasted  six  hours,  but  which  resulted  in  a  new  code  of 
rules  based  upon  the  best  points  at  Eton,  Harrow,  Rugby, 
Winchester,  and  Shrewsbury.  The  Rugby  principle  of 
carrying  the  ball  was  rejected  in  these  rules.  No  copy  of 
this  code  is  in  existence,  as  few  games  were  played  thereunder 
and  the  movement  again  failed.  The  conference  was  not 
without  influence,  however,  since  its  action  brought  into 
being  a  number  of  outside  clubs  which  were  inspired  to 
organize  and  play,  chief  among  which  were  Sheffield,  in  1855, 
Hallam,  in  1857,  and  Forest,  in  1859,  each  playing  under  a 
variation  of  the  Cambridge  code. 

In  1863  a  third  conference  was  held  at  Cambridge  to  draft 
an  improved  code  of  rules.     As  this  conference  was  sue- 


BEGINNING  OF  THE  MODERN  GAME     31 

cessful  in  launching  that  style  of  football  now  known  as 
"association,"  it  is  fitting  that  the  men  composing  it  should 
have  their  names  here  preserved: 

R.  Burn  (Shrewsbury),  R.  H.  Blake-Humphrey  (Eton), 
W.  P.  Crawley  (Marlborough),  M.  T.  Martin  (Rugby),  W. 
R.  Collyer  (Rugby),  J.  T.  Prior  (Harrow),  W.  T.  Trench 
Eton),  H.  L.  Williams  (Harrow),  W.  S.  Wright  (Westminster). 

A  few  weeks  after  the  date  of  this  conference  a  convention 
was  held  by  the  different  clubs  of  London  at  the  Freemason's 
Tavern  in  Great  Queen  Street,  at  which  it  was  decided  to 
form  an  association  and  adopt  a  uniform  code  of  rules. 
After  a  number  of  meetings,  made  necessary  by  a  controversy 
over  the  adoption  or  rejection  of  the  Rugby  principle  of 
carrying  the  ball,  a  code,  which  was  substantially  the  Cam- 
bridge rules,  was  adopted  December  1,  1863,  under  the 
title  "  Football  Rules  of  the  London  Football  Association." 
In  this  code  players  were  forbidden  to  carry  the  ball.  Hence 
the  style  of  game  provided  by  these  rules  has  since  been 
known  as  the  "  association  "  game.  The  name  of  soccer,  or 
socker,  as  it  is  sometimes  spelled,  by  which  it  also  is  desig- 
nated, is  merely  a  humorous  derivative  from  the  word 
Association. 

The  Rugby  game  now  had  a  great  rival  competing  with 
it  for  public  favor,  but  the  old  school  game  still  held  its  own. 
It  invaded  the  universities  November  2,  1869.  Upon  this 
date  a  number  of  old  Rugbeians  assembled  in  a  room  in 
Balliol  College  at  Oxford  and  formed  a  club.  During  the 
ensuing  three  years  occasional  games  were  played  by  teams 
selected  from  the  membership  of  this  club.  It  was  not 
until  the  beginning  of  1872  that  a  proposition  was  broached 
to  play  a  match  game  with  Cambridge.  This  suggestion 
was  enthusiastically  approved,  and  after  several  conferences 


\ 


32  FOOTBALL 

between  the  representatives  of  the  two  universities  the  game 
was  scheduled  for  February  10,  1872,  at  Oxford,  where  it 
was  duly  played,  Oxford  winning  by  a  goal  from  a  try. 

The  success  of  the  London  Football  Association  in  main- 
taining an  orderly,  healthy  control  over  its  style  of  game 
moved  the  Rugby  players  also  to  organize.  Accordingly, 
January  26,  1871,  thirty-six  representatives  from  as  many 
clubs  in  London  and  vicinity  assembled  in  the  Pall  Mall 
Restaurant  in  Regent  Street  and  organized  the  Rugby 
Football  Union.  Taking  the  rules  of  Rugby  School  as  a 
basis,  a  number  of  modifications  were  introduced  which 
greatly  improved  the  game.  These  alterations  subse- 
quently were  accepted  at  Rugby  School.  Thus,  England 
in  the  early  70s  presented  two  great,  standard  styles  of 
football  play,  thoroughly  organized  and  perfected  and  gov- 
erned by  separate  but  supreme  bodies  of  recognized  author- 
ity and  control,  each  of  which  has  maintained  its  sovereignty 
over  its  particular  game  in  England  unto  this  day. 


CHAPTER  III 
EARLY  FOOTBALL  IN  AMERICA 

Football,  as  a  simple  campus  sport,  without  rules,  with- 
out organization,  and  of  course  without  regular  contests, 
existed  at  the  older  American  colleges  of  the  East  as  early 
as  1800.  The  ball,  it  is  true,  was  merely  an  inflated  bladder, 
the  teams  were  made  up  of  all  the  fellows  at  hand,  and  the 
game  was  won  merely  by  driving  the  ball  to  a  given  line, 
sometimes  marked  by  a  campus  walk,  sometimes  indicated 
by  a  college  wall.  Two  captains  extemporaneously  selected 
tossed  up  for  first  choice  of  men  and  then  alternately  chose 
players  for  their  sides  until  every  man  present  desirous  of 
playing  had  been  given  a  place.  Frequently  the  division 
would  be  automatic.  All  men  with  final  initials  from  A  to  M 
would  go  to  the  right,  all  others  to  the  left.  Later  arrivals 
at  the  place  of  play  invariably  were  given  a  position  on  one 
side  or  the  other.  When  all  were  ready  the  ball  was  tossed 
in  the  air  and  this  ancient  game  was  in  motion. 

Later  the  round  rubber  ball  made  its  appearance.  By 
reason  of  its  symmetrical  shape  and  greater  resilience  an 
opportunity  was  afforded  some  men  by  aptitude  and  prac- 
tice to  excel  the  others  in  kicking  the  ball  great  distances 
and  v/ith  surprising  accuracy.  It  was  quickly  learned, 
however,  that  this  individual  skill  could  be  offset  by  driv- 
ing the  ball  only  short  distances  with  the  toe,  so  that  when 
intercepted  by  an  opponent  the  ball  might  be  passed  deftly 
to  one  side  to  a  comrade  for  a  further  advance  without  los- 
ing the  ball.  These  features  comprised  all  of  the  skill 
and  tactics  of  that  early  period;   but  the  game  was  strictly 


34  FOOTBALL 

football — always  kicked  and  never  carried.  Let  no  one 
think  that  these  campus  struggles,  although  lacking  in 
highly  specialized  skill  and  intricacy  of  play,  also  were  lack- 
ing in  zest  and  enjoyment.  Shins  were  barked,  noses  were 
tapped,  breath  and  temper  frequently  lost.  The  players 
raced  for  the  ball  and  blocked  their  opponents  with  fearless- 
ness and  force.  No  multitudinous  throng  cheered  the  tide 
of  battle  and  no  newspapers  chronicled  the  achievements 
of  the  day,  but  these  games  are  still  affectionately  recalled  by 
a  few  hale  old  survivors  who  with  many  a  smack  of  reminis- 
cent relish  never  miss  an  opportunity  to  tell  the  present  gen- 
eration that "  football  is  not  as  good  a  game  as  it  used  to  be." 

Antiquaries  at  Harvard  claim  that  a  football  was  kicked 
promiscuously  about  the  Yard  in  a  simple  game  as  early  as 
1800.  A  few  years  later  some  genius  devised  a  contest  be- 
tween the  Freshmen  and  Sophomores.  To-day  it  would  be 
called  a  rush  instead  of  a  game,  but  since  it  possessed  a  few 
crude  rules  of  order  and  was  played  with  a  football  it  must 
be  accredited  as  the  lineal  progenitor  of  the  fully  perfected 
organism  that  to-day  is  presented  upon  Soldiers  Field. 

The  older  football  generation  of  the  present  time  well 
remembers  the  glories  of  Jarvis  and  Holmes  Fields,  but  there 
are  a  few  whose  recollection  can  run  back  to  an  arena  known 
as  the  Delta,  now  the  site  of  Memorial  Hall.  Here  seventy 
years  ago  were  held  Harvard^s  first  football  games,  the 
Freshmen-Sophomore  contests  aforesaid.  Upon  the  even- 
ing of  the  match,  half-past  six  being  the  established  hour, 
the  upper  classmen  assembled  and  took  seats  upon  a  near-by 
fence.  The  two  lower  classes  to  the  last  man  present  were 
marshalled  in  two  opposing  lines,  the  sturdiest  representa- 
tive of  the  Freshmen  being  in  the  center  of  his  line  with  the 
ball.  At  the  signal  both  lines  advanced  on  the  run  to  the 
centre  of  the  Delta,  where  the  Freshmen  endeavored  to  force 
their  champion  with  the  ball  through  the  Sophomores'  ranks 


EARLY  FOOTBALL  IN  AMERICA  35 

and  onward  to  the  line  which  the  Sophomores  defended.  A 
copious  amount  of  fisticuffs  in  this  encounter  not  only  was 
natural  but  also  was  permissible.  These  ebullient  young 
football  men,  however,  eventually  became  so  boisterous  and, 
as  confidentially  hinted,  at  times  so  pugnacious  that  this 
sport  came  under  the  faculty's  displeasure.  Periodic  were 
the  official  prohibitions  launched  at  it,  but  periodic  was  its 
reappearance.  About  1845  some  improvements  were  made 
in  the  game  and  regular  class  contests  organized  which  con- 
tinued for  fifteen  years.  The  pugnacious  traditions  of  the 
past,  however,  still  were  present  to  keep  alive  its  virile 
practices.  In  1860,  bellicose  year  that  it  was,  these  class 
encounters  were  waged  with  unusual  vim,  prodigious  noise, 
and  petty  violence,  for  in  the  ranks  of  the  combatants  were 
some  destined  soon  for  glorious  service  upon  the  country's 
battlefields.  In  fact,  the  leading  collegian  in  these  games, 
Henry  Ropes,  '62,  unconsciously  was  preparing  for  a  greater 
leadership  to  terminate  in  a  valiant  death  at  the  head  of  his 
regiment  at  Gettysburg.  But  the  faculty  were  not  seers, 
so  they  determined  to  place  upon  these  contests  a  quietus 
from  which  they  never  should  awake.  This  was  done  by  a 
resolution  vigorous  in  its  English  and  dire  in  its  provisions 
for  punishment. 

The  student  body  at  Harvard  bowed  to  the  decree,  but 
determined  that  the  event  should  not  pass  without  being 
signalized  in  some  extraordinary  way.  A  great  funeral 
celebration,  therefore,  was  organized,  the  funeral  of  Foot- 
ball Fightum.  A  grave  was  dug  in  the  Delta,  a  memorial 
tablet  prepared,  and  a  great  pageant  marshalled.  As  a 
capital  feature  the  loudest-voiced  if  not  the  best  orator  at 
Harvard  was  chosen  to  deliver  a  eulogy.  This  heroic 
effort,  fortunately  for  posterity,  was  rescued  from  oblivion 
long  years  after  and  preserved  in  the  columns  of  the 
Crimson,  October  14,  1881.     Its  impressive  periods   still 


36  FOOTBALL 

stir  the  soul  although  half  a  century  has  elapsed  since  they 
were  spoken: 

"  Dearly  beloved,  we  have  met  together  upon  this  mourn- 
ful occasion  to  perform  the  sad  office  over  one  whose  long 
and  honored  life  was  put  to  an  end  in  a  sudden  and  violent 
manner.  Last  year,  at  this  very  time,  in  this  very  place, 
our  poor  friend's  round,  genial  appearance  and  the  elasticity 
of  his  movements  gave  promise  of  many  years  more  to  be 
added  to  a  long  life,  which  even  then  eclipsed  that  of  the 
oldest  graduate.  When  he  rose  exulting  in  the  air  propelled 
by  the  foot  of  the  valiant  Ropes  we  little  thought  then  that 
to-day  he  would  lie  so  low.  Exult,  ye  Freshmen!  The 
wise  men  who  make  big  laws  around  a  little  table  have 
stretched  out  their  arms  to  protect  your  eyes  and  noses. 
For  us  there  is  naught  but  sorrow,  the  sweet  association  and 
tender  memories  of  eyes  bunged  up,  of  noses  wonderfully 
distended  and  of  battered  shins,  and  the  many  chance  blows 
anteriorly  and  posteriorly  received  and  delivered, — the  rush, 
the  struggle,  the  victory., — they  call  forth  our  deep  regret 
and  unaffected  tears.  The  enthusiastic  cheers,  the  singing 
of  *Auld  Lang  Syne,'  as  each  stands  grasping  a  brother's 
hand,  all,  all  have  passed  away,  and  will  soon  be  buried  with 
the  football  beneath  the  sod,  to  live  hereafter  only  as  a  dream 
in  our  memories  and  in  the  college  annals. 

"Brothers,  pardon  my  emotion.  If  I  have  kept  you 
already  too  long,  pardon  me  this  also.  On  such  an  occasion 
as  this  few  words  can  be  spoken;  but  they  must  be  spoken, 
because  they  are  the  outcry  of  grieved  spirits  and  sad  hearts. 
What  remains  for  me  to  sa.y  is  short  and  in  the  words  of  a 
well  known  poem: 

"  *  'TIS  time  our  heavy  task  were  done, 
And  I  would  advise  our  retiring, 
Or  we'll  hear  the  voice  of  some  savage  one 
For  the  ringleader  gravely  inquiring.*  " 


EARLY  FOOTBALL  IN  AMERICA  37 

An  ode  specially  composed  for  the  occasion  then  was 
sung: 

"Ah!  woe  betide  the  luckless  time 
When  manly  sports  decay, 
And  football  stigmatized  as  crime 
Must  sadly  pass  away  I 

**  Beneath  this  sod  we  lay  you  down, 
This  sign  of  glorious  fight; 
With  dismal  groans  and  yells  we'll  drown 
Your  mournful  burial  ritel 

"For  'sixty-three  will  never  see 
Such  cruel  murder  done 
And  not  proclaim  the  deed  of  shame. 
No!     Let's  unite  as  one  I " 

The  grave  then  was  closed  and  a  tablet  erected  bearing 
the  following  inscription: 

HIC  JACET 

FOOTBALL  FIGHTUM 

Obiit  July  2,  1860, 

Aet.  LX  Years. 

RESURGAT. 

Twelve  long  years  were  destined  to  elapse  before  this 
epitaph  was  to  be  realized,  but  arise  at  last  Football 
Fightum  did,  April  21,  1872,  when  the  Class  of  1874 
played  the  Class  of  1875  upon  Boston  Common.  From 
that  day  to  this  Football  Fightum  has  been  a  hale  and 
defiant  figure  at  Harvard. 

From  earliest  times  young  Yale  has  kicked  an  inflated 
bladder  about  the  Green.  About  1840  an  organized  rivalry 
arose  between  the  two  lower  classes  which  seized  football  as 
a  medium  of  conclusions.  The  contest  in  reality  was  a 
rush,  but  as  a  football  figured  in  it  the  struggle  must  be 
chronicled  as  football.     To  New  Haven's  Green  on  the  af- 


38  FOOTBALL 

ternoon  of  the  fray  came  the  Sophomores  in  fantastic  garb 
and  painted  faces.  The  Freshmen  under  the  guidance  of 
the  upper  classmen  were  withdrawn  to  one  side  and  formed 
into  a  great,  soHd,  V-shaped  mass,  with  the  most  gigantic 
Freshman  of  the  class  carrying  the  ball  and  buried  within 
the  wedge.  At  the  signal  this  mass  started  heavily  to 
plough  its  way  across  the  Green.  A  corps  of  picked  Sopho- 
mores threw  themselves  upon  its  apex  and  their  comrades 
fell  upon  its  flanks  in  a  fierce  endeavor  to  reach  and  capture 
the  ball. 

About  1841  an  exciting  struggle  of  this  character  was 
in  progress  when  a  firemen's  parade  was  passing.  In  the 
absence  of  records  and  at  a  distance  of  seventy  years  it  is 
impossible  to  state  whether  the  warlike  recreation  of  the 
collegians  aroused  the  primitive  fighting  lust  in  the  firemen 
or  whether  the  ornate  costumes  of  the  firemen  evoked  a 
sarcastic  vein  in  the  collegians,  but  in  either  event  a  clash 
took  place  between  firemen  and  collegians,  that  terminated 
the  game  and  disrupted  the  parade.  Students  will  claim 
that  the  fault  lay  with  the  firemen,  but  candor  compels  an 
historian  to  state  that  a  magistrate  in  New  Haven  at  that 
time  thought  differently,  for  he  haled  into  his  court  Thomas 
H.  Moody,  '43,  who  like  a  little  John  Hampden  had  stood 
in  defence  of  his  right  to  play  upon  the  Green,  and  fined 
him  twenty  dollars  with  the  imposition  of  eighty  dollars 
additional  for  costs.  From  the  size  of  the  bill  of  costs 
it  would  seem  that  the  firemen  resumed  their  parade,  di- 
recting its  route  to  the  court-house,  where  its  members 
individually  filed  bills  against  Moody  for  witness  fees  and 
mileage. 

Eventually  an  orderliness  approaching  punctiliousness 
crept  into  these  contests.  Thus  the  Freshmen  in  the  fall 
of  1857  posted  upon  the  door  of  the  Lyceum  the  following 
challenge: 


EARLY  FOOTBALL  IN  AMERICA  39 

*' Sophomores :  The  Class  of  '61  hereby  challenges  the 
Class  of  '60  to  a  game  of  football,  best  two  in  three. 

"In  behalf  of  the  Class, 

"R.  L.  Chamberlain, 
"James  W.  McLane, 
"A.  Sheridan  Burt." 

Before  the  day  was  done  upon  the  door  of  the  Athenaeum 
appeared  '60's  reply: 

"•Cornel 

And  like  sacrifices  in  their  trim, 

To  the  fire  eyed  naiads  of  smoky  war 

All  hot  and  bleeding  will  we  offer  you.* 

"  To  Our  Youthful  Friends  of  the  Class  of  '6L 
"We  hereby  accept  your  challenge  to  play  the  noble  and 
time  honored  game  of  football  and  appoint  2^  o'clock  ?.  m., 
on  Saturday,  October  10,  1857,  the  football  grounds  as  the 
time  and  place. 
"In  behalf  of  the  Class  of  '60, 

"I.  J.  Post, 
"E.  G.  Masset, 
"A.  C.  Palfrey, 

"  Committee." 

The  quotation  in  the  caption  of  the  answer  to  this  chal- 
lenge, fearful  as  it  is,  nevertheless  was  more  gentle  than 
some  of  its  predecessors,  to  wit: 

"Let  them  come  on,  the  base  bom  crew, 
Each  soiled  stained  churl,  alack. 
What  gain  they  but  a  splitten  skull, 
A  sod  for  their  base  back  I " 

As  nowadays  upper  classmen  acted  as  umpires  for  these 
under  class  contests,  but  the  townspeople  sometimes  consti- 
tuted themselves  a  superior  judicatory.  Thus  the  struggle 
of  October  19, 1853,  was  declared  a  tie  by  the  oflScials,  but 


) 


40  FOOTBALL 

ladies  of  New  Haven  who  had  watched  the  conflict  from 
the  balconies  of  the  New  Haven  House,  and  the  steps  of 
the  old  State  House,  reversed  the  verdict  by  presenting  their 
flowers  to  the  Freshmen. 

These  rushes  at  last  went  the  way  of  all  good  things. 
They  waxed  too  rough,  and  in  1860  were  abolished  both 
by  resolution  of  the  faculty  and  by  ordinance  of  the  city  of 
■New  Haven.  And  now  football  at  Yale  slept  for  twelve 
years.  At  length  in  1872  a  young  Rugbeian  who  had  en- 
tered Yale  in  the  Class  of  1873,  David  Schley  Schaff, 
aroused  the  slumbering  football  spirit  and  arranged  a  game 
between  '73  and  74  upon  the  Green.  The  authorities  of 
the  city,  however,  had  not  forgotten  their  ordinance  and 
descended  upon  the  game,  almost  provoking  a  riot.  The 
faculty  championed  the  right  of  the  students  to  use  the 
Green.  Out  of  the  warmth  of  the  altercation  was  born, 
October  31, 1872,  the  Yale  Football  Association,  with  Schaff 
as  president  and  captain.  Municipal  war  was  averted  by 
the  association  leasing  a  lot  on  Elm  Street.  Here  beginneth 
modern  football  at  Yale,  the  university's  first  game  being 
waged  and  won  with  Columbia,  under  a  modification  of 
Association  rules,  at  Hamilton  Park,  November  16,  1872. 

Traces  of  play  with  a  football  are  to  be  found  at  Princeton 
prior  to  the  Revolution.  Fancy  pictures  as  predecessors 
of  Old  Nassau's  gridiron  stars  of  to-day,  Benjamin  Rush, 
James  Madison,  Aaron  Burr,  and  Philip  Freneau.  Indeed, 
the  cause  of  Princeton's  great  prestige  in  games  afield,  not- 
withstanding its  comparatively  small  numbers,  is  due  to  the 
fact  that  upon  its  campus  outdoor  sports  from  the  very 
beginning  vigorouslv  have  thrived.  The  collegians  at  this 
ancient  seat  of  learning,  on  account  of  its  isolated  position 
in  the  country, were  deprived  of  the  amusements  afforded  to 
a  college  in  a  city  and  were  forced  to  manufacture  their  own 
means  of  diversion. 


EARLY  FOOTBALL  IN  AMERICA  41 

A  search  of  the  records  discloses  this  significant  minute  in 
the  archives  of  the  faculty  of  the  date  of  November  26, 
1787:  "  It  appearing  that  a  play  at  present  much  practised 
by  the  small  boys  among  the  students  and  by  the  grammar 
scholars  with  balls  and  sticks,  is  low  and  unbecoming 
gentlemen,  and  inasmuch  as  it  is  attended  by  alternate  heats 
and  colds,  and  as  we  are  accountable  to  their  parents  and 
liable  to  be  severely  blamed  by  them,  therefore  the  faculty 
think  it  incumbent  upon  them  to  prohibit  the  students  from 
playing  this  game."  What  was  this  wicked  game?  The 
year  of  1787,  surprising  to  state,  is  not  too  early  for  "  town 
ball "  or  "  rounders,"  the  predecessors  of  baseball.  Perhaps 
it  was  "tip-cat"  and  perhaps  it  was  "shinny."  Whatever 
it  was  it  had  to  go. 

During  the  ensuing  twenty  years  it  appears  the  collegians 
assuaged  their  rampant  spirits  by  walking,  running,  jump- 
ing with  weights,  and  other  exercises  of  an  individual  char- 
acter. The  establishment  of  organized  contests  in  skill  and 
brawn  further  was  stimulated  by  the  presence  in  the  student 
body  of  a  preponderance  of  youths  from  the  South  whose 
racial  insistence  upon  all  political  subjects  of  the  day  called 
either  for  acquiescence  or  a  fight.  Thus  Potter's  Woods 
in  the  early  part  of  the  last  century  was  the  ground  of  many 
a  bloody  but  fortunately  deathless  duel.  In  1819  the  fac- 
ulty passed  a  resolution  threatening  with  expulsion  every 
student  connected  with  a  duel  either  as  principal  or  auxiliary. 

Forced  to  further  invention  the  young  Princetonians  of 
1820  adopted  the  English  game  of  ballown,  the  batting  of 
a  bladder  with  the  fists.  The  transition  to  the  feet  soon 
ensued  and  an  ingenious  set  of  rules  immediately  followed, 
thus  placing  at  Princeton  a  definitely  organized  game  of 
football  twenty-five  years  in  advance  of  any  other  college. 
The  field  of  play  was  the  entire  quadrangle  between  East 
and  West  Colleges,  with  the  walls  of  these  buildings  the  rival 


1 


42  FOOTBALL 

goals.  The  ball  was  put  in  play  or  "bucked"  from  an  old 
revolutionary  cannon,  a  relic  of  the  battle  of  Princeton,  that 
lay  midway  between. 

By  1860  the  rules  although  still  traditional  called  for 
twenty-five  players  upon  a  side,  goal-posts  twenty-five  feet 
apart,  six  goals  necessary  to  constitute  a  game,  the  ball  not 
to  be  carried,  a  ball  caught  on  the  fly  or  first  bound  to  entitle 
the  catcher  to  a  free  kick  from  a  clear  space  of  ten  feet. 
No  tripping  or  hacking  was  allowed,  and  a  ball  out  of 
bounds  was  kicked  in  at  right  angles  to  the  side  line. 

An  influential  circumstance  in  the  evolution  of  football 
from  the  intracoUegiate  to  the  intercollegiate  stage  was  the 
juxtaposition  of  Princeton  and  Rutgers,  twenty-five  miles 
apart.  Naturally  the  game  had  developed  at  each  college 
along  similar  lines,  and  the  rules  almost  were  identical. 
Another  highly  stimulating  element  in  the  birth  of  intercol- 
legiate football  was  the  spirit  of  intense  rivalry  between  the 
two  student  bodies  for  the  possession  of  a  revolutionary 
cannon  which  was  captured  and  recaptured  by  one  college 
from  the  other  and  carried  back  and  forth  between  Prince- 
ton and  New  Brunswick  in  a  series  of  sorties  which  equalled 
in  vigor  if  not  in  violence  the  original  fight  foi-  this  same 
cannon  between  General  Howe  and  George  Washington. 
Years  afterward  Princeton  terminated  the  struggle  by  craftily 
sinking  the  gun  up  to  its  trunnions  in  several  hundred 
pounds  of  cement.  On  May  25,  1866,  Princeton  also  had 
defeated  Rutgers  40  to  2  in  their  first  contest  in  baseball.  In 
the  early  fall  of  1869,  therefore,  student  sentiment  at  New 
Brunswick  was  rife  for  a  further  tilt  with  Princeton  and  foot- 
ball was  selected  as  the  medium  of  conclusions. 

Rutgers  was  fortunate  at  this  time  in  having  a  football 
leader  by  the  name  of  "  Bill'*  Leggett,  72.  Princeton  like- 
wise had  a  "  Bill "  for  leader,  "  Bill "  Gummere,  70.  These 
men  are  still  leaders,  but  few  people  nowadays  dare  address 


EARLY  FOOTBALL  IN  AMERICA  43 

them  as  "  Bill,"  for  the  former  is  the  Reverend  William  J. 
Leggett,  high  in  the  councils  of  the  Reformed  Church,  and 
the  other  is  the  Hon.  William  S.  Gummere,  Chief  Justice  of 
the  State  of  New  Jersey. 

At  Rutgers  a  challenge  was  framed  in  the  punctilious 
language  of  the  day  inviting  the  men  of  Nassau  Hall — for 
the  name  Princeton  had  not  become  in  those  days  an  es- 
tablished university  title — to  play  a  series  of  three  games. 
The  receipt  of  this  document  aroused  great  enthusiasm  at 
Princeton.  Gummere  immediately  was  selected  as  captain 
and  empowered  to  settle  the  preliminaries.  It  was  agreed 
that  the  first  game  should  be  played  at  New  Brunswick, 
November  6,  the  second  at  Princeton,  November  13,  and 
the  third  at  New  Brunswick,  November  20;  the  game  at 
Princeton  to  be  played  under  Princeton  rules  allowing  a  free 
kick  from  a  catch  on  fly  or  first  bound,  the  games  at  New 
Brunswick  to  be  played  according  to  the  Rutgers  code, 
which  did  not  recognize  the  free  kick  or  fair  catch.  With 
great  expectancy  these  two  institutions  now  awaited  the 
coming  of  these  games. 


CHAPTER  IV 
THE  FIRST  INTERCOLLEGIATE  GAME 

In  these  days  of  prodigious  publicity  for  the  great  battles 
of  the  gridiron  it  is  startling  to  realize  that  up  to  the  present 
time  no  account,  either  by  contemporary  or  historian,  has 
been  published  of  this  initial  struggle,  which  by  its  very 
priority  is  entitled  to  historical  precedence  over  all  other 
celebrated  football  games.  The  heroes  of  the  lime-line 
field  to-day  may  see  their  faces  and  read  of  their  exploits 
in  the  public  prints  within  one  hour  after  their  achievement. 
The  football  heroes  of  1869  have  grown  gray  with  the  lapse 
of  years  before  their  deeds  have  obtained  a  place  in  the 
public  chronicles  of  the  game. 

Football  history,  like  all  other  history,  must  suffer  from 
the  uncertainty  which  invariably  cloaks  an  original  occur- 
rence. Thus  of  this  first  game  it  is  impossible  to-day  to 
compose  a  complete  list  of  the  players  participating  or  to 
present  all  of  the  interesting  incidents  which  were  features 
of  this  quaint  contest.  Much,  however,  has  escaped  ob- 
livion in  the  lack  of  records  and  the  lapse  of  memory  that  is 
worthy  of  preservation  as  a  most  important  part  in  the  his- 
tory of  America's  major  intercollegiate  sport.  The  facts 
here  presented  of  this  first  intercollegiate  football  game 
have  been  obtained  from  the  surviving  players;  for  it  was 
the  first  intercollegiate  football  game,  not  only  in  America, 
but  in  the  world.  In  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to 
glance  at  the  chronology  of  the  historic  "first  games." 

44 


THE  FIRST  INTERCOLLEGIATE   GAME     45 

Princeton,  4;    Rugters,  6;   New  Brunswick,  Nov.  6,  1869. 
Columbia,  3;   Rutgers,  6;   New  Brunswick,  Nov.  12,  1870. 
Oxford,  1;   Cambridge,  0;   Oxford,  Feb.  10,  1872. 
Yale,  3;   Columbia,  0;   New  Haven,  Nov.  16,  1872. 
Harvard,  3;  McGill,  0;   Cambridge,  May  14,  1874. 
Pennsylvania,  0;  Princeton,  6;  Germantown,  Nov.  11, 1876. 
Cornell,  10;   Union,  24;   Ithaca,  Nov.  12,  1887. 

Those  who  are  familiar  with  the  history  of  college  base- 
ball will  be  surprised,  not  at  the  earliness  of  the  date  of  this 
game,  but  at  its  lateness,  for  the  diamond  preceded  thpl 
gridiron  by  a  full  decade,  the  first  intercollegiate  baseball 
game  being  the  contest  between  Amherst  and  Williams] 
July  1, 1859.     Baseball,  however,  had  in  its  infancy  the  stim- 
ulus of  the  sound  and  uniform  set  of  rules  adopted  at  Coopei 
Institute,  in  New  York,  March  9,  1859,  in  the  convention  at 
which  came  into  existence  the  National  Association  of  Base 
ball   Players.     Football  lacked  such  a  guiding  influence,! 
and  therefore  developed  slowly  through  different  rules  at 
the  several  colleges  of  the  East. 

Notwithstanding  the  primitiveness  of  the  occasion,  the 
jerky  little  "dummy"  engine  that  steamed  out  of  Princeton 
on  that  memorable  morning  of  November  6,  1869,  was 
crowded  to  aisles  and  platforms  with  a  freight  of  eager 
students.  In  1869  and  for  many  years  later  an  unaffected, 
old-fashioned  hospitality  was  observed  among  the  colleges 
toward  one  another  to  a  degree  that  is  almost  unbelievable 
in  the  rude  lack  of  amenities  that  characterizes  the  present 
period.  A  baseball  game  was  far  from  the  formal  fixture  it 
is  to-day.  It  was  a  social  event  without  superior  in  the  life  of 
a  college.  Rutgers  accordingly  in  a  mass  met  their  visitors  at 
the  station  and  devoted  the  day  exclusively  to  their  hearty 
entertainment. 

The  game  was  called  in  the  afternoon  at  three  o'clock,  the 


46  FOOTBALL 

field  being  laid  out  on  the  commons  between  College  Avenue 
and  Sicard  Street.     The  events  immediately  preceding  the 
game  were  as  primitive  as  the  game  itself.     The  spectators 
who  had  arrived  early  appropriated  seats  upon  the  top 
board  of  a  fence  which  partly  surrounded  the  field,  while  the 
|others  found  places  upon  the  ground.     There  was  no  ad- 
Ijmission  fee,  no  waving  of  flags.     The  famous  orange  and 
jjblack  still  was  in  the  forming.      But  there  were  college 
I/songs,  and,  strange   to  say,  a  college   cheer,   Princeton's 
|;  booming  rocket  call,  hissing  and  bursting  just  as  it  does 
to-day.    The  players  arrived  a  few  minutes  before  three, 
and  simply  laying  aside  their  hats,  coats,  and  vests,  stood 
accoutred  for  the  game,  the  only  touch  of  costume  being  red 
turbans,  which  were  worn  by  the  Rutgers  men,  a  fashion 
long  copied  thereafter  by  other  college  teams.     The  Prince- 
ton 25  appeared  to  be  much  larger  and  heavier  than  their 
opponents.     While  the  spectators  were  giving  the  players 
some  preliminary  advice  the  officials  and  captains  were  ad- 
justing an  objection  to  the  very  small  size  of  the  ball  provided. 
With  these  preliminaries  out  of  the  way,  time  was  called. 

Of  the  players  who  lined  up  only  the  following  can  now 
be  recalled: 


PRINCETON  RUTGERS 

W.  S.  Gummere,  70.  D.  D.  Williamson,  70. 

W.  H.  Buck,  70.  E.  D.  De  La  Mater,  71. 

L.  H.  Nissley,  70.  S.  G.  Gano,  7L 

H.  Oliphant,  70.  W.  J.  Hill,  7L 

C.  J.  Parker,  70.  W.  S.  Lasher,  7L 

H.  D.  Boughner,  7L  G.  E.  Pace,  7L 

G.  S.  BiUmeyer,  7L  C.  L.  Pruyn,  7L 

C.  W.  Darst,  7L  J.  H.  Wyckoff,  7L 

W.  C.  Chambers,  7L  W.  J.  Leggett,  72. 

W.  W.  Flagler,  7L  T.  W.  Clemens,  72. 


THE  FIRST  INTERCOLLEGIATE   GAME     47 


PRINCETON 

C.  M.  Field,  71. 

C.  S.  Barrett,  71. 

F.  C.  Burt,  71. 

J.  E.  Michael,  71. 

A.  Van  Rensselaer,  71. 

T.  S.  Young,  71. 

David  Mixsell,  71. 

C.  S.  Lane,  72. 

W.  P.  Lane,  72. 

J.  W.  Hageman,  72. 

J.  G.  Weir,  71. 


RUTGERS 

E.  D.  Gillmore,  72. 
J.  W.  Herbert,  72. 
G.  H.  Large,  72. 
G.  H.  Stevens,  72. 
J.  A.  Van  Neste,  72. 

F.  E.  Allen,  73. 
M.  M.  Ball,  73. 

G.  R.  Dixon,  73. 

D.  T.  Hawxhurst,  73. 
P.  V.  Huysoon,  73. 
A.  I.  Martine,  73. 
C.  Rockefeller,  73. 
J.  O.  Van  Fleet,  73. 
G.  S.  Willits,  73. 
C.  S.  Wright,  73. 
W.  H.  McKee,  73. 


The  tactical  organization  of  this  large  number  of  players 
was  the  same  on  both  sides.  Two  men  were  selected  by 
each  team  to  play  immediately  in  front  of  the  opponents' 
goal  and  were  known  as  "captains  of  the  enemy's  goal." 
These  positions  for  Princeton  were  filled  by  H.  D.  Boughner 
and  G.  S.  Billmeyer  and  for  Rutgers  by  G.  R.  Dixon  and 
S.  G.  Gano.  The  remainder  of  each  team  was  divided  into 
two  sections.  The  players  of  one  section  were  assigned  to 
certain  tracts  of  the  field,  which  they  were  to  cover  and  not 
to  leave.  These  players  were  known  as  "fielders."  The 
other  section  was  detailed  to  follow  the  ball  up  and  down  the 
field.  These  latter  players  were  called  "bulldogs."  They 
are  easily  recognizable  in  the  evolution  of  the  game  as  the 
forerunners  of  the  modern  rush  line. 

The  toss  of  the  coins  for  advantage  gave  Princeton  the 
ball  and  Rutgers  the  wind.     Amid  a  hush  of  expectancy 


48  FOOTBALL 

among  the  spectators  Princeton  "bucked"  or  kicked  the 
ball,  precisely  as  it  is  done  to-day,  from  a  tee  of  earth,  but 
the  kick  was  bad  and  the  ball  glanced  to  one  side.  The 
light,  agile  Rutgers  men  pounced  upon  it  like  hounds,  and, 
by  driving  it  by  short  kicks,  or  "  dribbles,"  the  other  players 
surrounding  the  ball  and  not  permitting  a  Princeton  man 
to  get  near  it,  quickly  and  craftily  forced  it  down  to  Old 
Nassau's  goal,  where  Dixon  and  Gano,  Rutgers's  captains 
of  the  enemy's  goal,  were  waiting,  and  these  two  latter  sent 
the  ball  between  the  posts  amid  great  applause  from  the 
fence-top  and  vicinity. 

The  first  goal  had  been  scored  in  five  minutes  of  play. 
During  the  slight  intermission  Captain  Gummere  instructed 
Michael,  a  young  giant  of  the  Princeton  twenty-five,  to 
break  up  Rutgers's  massing  around  the  ball.  Sides  were 
changed  and  Rutgers  "bucked."  In  this  period  the  game 
was  more  fiercely  contested.  Time  and  time  again  Michael, 
or  "Big  Mike,"  as  he  was  known,  charged  into  Rutgers's 
primitive  mass  play  and  scattered  the  players  like  a  burst 
bundle  of  sticks.  On  one  of  these  plays  Princeton  obtained 
the  ball  and  by  a  long,  accurate  kick  scored  the  second  goal. 

The  third  goal,  or  "  game,"  as  it  was  then  called,  went 
to  Rutgers.  Madison  Ball,  who  had  been  nonplussing  the 
Princeton  men  throughout  the  game  by  running  in  the  same 
direction  with  the  ball  and  upon  overtaking  it  stepping  over 
and  kicking  the  ball  behind  him,  on  one  of  these  plays, 
by  a  lucky  kick,  delivered  the  ball  to  Dixon,  who  was  stand- 
ing directly  in  front  of  Princeton's  goal,  and  in  an  instant  the 
ball  was  through  and  Rutgers  once  more  was  in  the  lead. 

The  fourth  goal  was  kicked  by  Princeton,  "Big  Mike" 
again  bursting  up  a  mass  out  of  which  Gummere  gained 
possession  of  the  ball,  and  with  Princeton  massed  about  him 
easily  dribbled  the  ball  down  and  through  the  Rutgers  goal- 
posts, making  the  score  once  more  a  tie. 


THE  FIRST  INTERCOLLEGIATE   GAME     49 

The  fifth  goal  was  kicked  by  Gano  for  Rutgers.  The  sixth 
goal  also  went  to  Rutgers,  but  the  feature  of  this  period  of 
play  in  the  memory  of  the  players  after  the  lapse  of  forty 
years  is  awarded  to  "Big  Mike"  and  Large.  Some  one  by 
a  random  kick  had  driven  the  ball  to  one  side,  where  it  rolled 
against  the  fence  and  stopped.  Large,  of  Rutgers,  led  the 
pursuit  for  the  ball,  closely  followed  by  Michael.  Just  as 
to-day  a  play  near  the  side  lines  sends  an  unusual  thrill 
among  the  spectators,  so  in  this  ancient  game  the  crowd  of 
students  near  the  ball  started  to  rise  to  their  feet,  but  at  this 
instant  Large  and  Michael  reached  the  ball  and,  unable 
to  check  their  momentum,  in  a  tremendous  impact  struck 
the  fence,  which  gave  way  with  a  crash  and  over  went  its 
load  of  yelling  students  to  the  ground. 

Every  college  probably  has  the  humorous  tradition  of 
some  player  who,  becoming  confused  in  the  excitement  of 
play,  has  scored  against  his  own  team.  This  tradition  at 
Rutgers  almost  dated  from  this  first  game,  for  one  of  her 
players  in  the  sixth  period  started  to  kick  the  ball  between 
his  own  goal-posts.  The  kick  was  blocked,  but  Princeton 
took  advantage  of  the  opportunity  and  soon  made  the  goal. 
This  turn  of  the  game  apparently  disorganized  Rutgers, 
for  Princeton  also  scored  the  next  goal  after  a  few  minutes 
of  play,  thus  bringing  the  total  up  to  four  all. 

As  custom,  both  at  Princeton  and  Rutgers,  made  a  total 
score  of  six  goals  the  winning  mark,  both  spectators  and 
players  were  now  aroused  to  great  excitement  as  the  close 
of  the  match  drew  near.  At  this  stage  Rutgers  resorted  to 
that  use  of  craft  which  has  never  failed  in  the  history  of 
forty  years  to  turn  the  tide  of  every  close  battle.  Captain 
Leggett,  of  Rutgers,  had  noticed  that  Princeton  obtained  a 
great  advantage  from  the  taller  stature  of  their  men,  which 
enabled  them  to  reach  above  the  others  and  bat  the  ball  in 
the  air  in  some  advantageous  direction.     This  was  particu- 


50  FOOTBALL 

larly  true  of  Princeton's  leader,  Captain  Gummere.  On 
the  resumption  of  play  Rutgers  was  ordered  to  keep  the  ball 
close  to  the  ground.  Following  this  stratagem,  and  stimu- 
lated by  the  encouraging  shouts  of  their  supporters,  the 
Rutgers  men  determinedly  kicked  the  ninth  and  tenth  goals, 
chus  winning  the  match  by  six  goals  to  four  and  with  it  the 
historic  distinction  of  a  victory  in  the  first  game  of  intercol- 
legiate football  played  in  the  world. 

The  memorable  day  closed  with  a  supper,  in  which  both 
teams  participated  together,  interspersing  songs  and  speeches 
with  the  deliciously  roasted  game  birds  from  the  Jersey 
marshes  and  meadows. 

The  second  game  of  the  series  was  played  at  Princeton 
the  following  Saturday,  November  13,  1869,  the  arena  being 
a  field  across  the  street  from  the  famous  Slidell  mansion, 
later  the  home  of  Grover  Cleveland.  This  second  contest, 
however,  was  played  according  to  Princeton's  custom  of 
free  kicks  from  catch  on  fly  or  bound.  As  Princeton  had 
evolved  a  high  form  of  strategy  in  kicking  the  ball  from 
one  to  another  of  their  side  at  close  distances,  thus  creating 
a  series  of  fair  catches  and  free  kicks,  Rutgers  was  wholly 
outclassed  and  defeated  by  eight  goals  to  none. 

The  third  game,  owing  to  the  objection  of  the  faculties 
at  Princeton  and  Rutgers  on  account  of  the  great  and  dis- 
tracting interest  aroused,  was  never  played. 


CHAPTER  V 
FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES 

The  pleasant  aftermath  which  followed  the  Princeton- 
Rutgers  games  of  1869  led  to  the  playing  of  another  series 
in  1870  and  also  brought  forth  a  new  intercollegiate  com- 
petitor in  Columbia.  The  rules,  however,  still  remained 
traditionary  at  each  college  and  of  course  were  without  uni- 
formity. The  data  of  the  games  waged  in  this  primitive 
period  are: 

Princeton,  6;    Rutgers,  0;   at  Princeton,  Nov.  10,  1870. 
Columbia,  1;  Rutgers,  6;  at  New  Brunswick,  Nov.  12, 1870. 
Princeton,  6;   Rutgers,  2;  at  Princeton,  Nov.  23,  1870. 

The  following  year,  1871,  no  intercollegiate  games  were 
played,  but  evolution,  notwithstanding,  was  strongly  in 
progress.  At  Princeton,  October  15,  1871,  a  college  mass 
meeting  was  held,  at  which  formally  came  into  being  the 
Princeton  Football  Association.  Since  this  is  the  pioneer 
organization  of  its  kind  in  the  intercollegiate  world  the 
official  personnel  selected  on  that  occasion  is  worthy  of 
record:  Captain,  Arthur  Johnson,  '72;  Committee,  Ar- 
thur Johnson,  72;  D.  T.  Marvel,  73;  T.  G.  Ricketts,  74; 
H.  Moffat,  75.  Another  great  advance  made  by  this  mass 
meeting  was  the  transference  of  the  ancient  rules  of  play  at 
Princeton  from  tradition  to  an  authoritative,  written  code. 
This  code  was  as  follows: 

1.  The  grounds  shall  be  500  feet  in  length  by  300  feet  in 
breadth. 

2.  The  goal-posts  shall  be  25  feet  apart. 

51 


52  FOOTBALL 

3.  The  number  for  match  gan>es  shall  be  25  to  the  side. 

4.  To  a  game  4  of  7  goals  are  necessary. 

5.  The  winner  of  the  toss  shall  have  the  choice  of  goals. 

6.  No  player  shall  throw  or  carry  the  ball. 

7.  Any  player  catching  the  ball  after  it  has  been  kicked 
or  knocked  and  before  it  touches  the  ground  shall  be  entitled 
to  a  free  kick. 

8.^  ^nj  ball  passing  the  boundary  lines  shall  be  kicked 
or  knocked  in  with  full  force.  If  passing  the  side  limits,  by 
the  player  first  touching  the  ball;  if  passing  the  goal  limits, 
by  a  player  of  the  side  defending  the  goal. 

9.  No  holding  shall  be  allowed  except  when  a  player  has 
the  ball  in  his  possession  not  caught  on  the  fly. 

10.  No  tripping  shall  be  allowed,  nor  shall  any  player 
use  his  hands  to  push  an  adversary. 

The  year  of  1872  brought  a  great  outburst  of  football 
activity.  In  England,  Cambridge  and  Oxford  began  a 
preliminary  correspondence  which  quickly  terminated  in 
the  arrangement  of  an  inter-university  game,  which  was 
played  at  Oxford,  February  10,  1872,  Cambridge  being 
defeated  by  a  goal  from  a  try,  thus  establishing  this  classic 
series  of  contests.  Resurgat,  it  will  be  remembered,  was 
the  prayer  of  the  epitaph  of  Football  Fightum  when  that 
personage  was  buried  ceremoniously  at  Harvard  in  1860. 
'  The  early  spring  of  1872  gave  indications  that  the  happy 
event  was  soon  to  occur.  Scarcely  had  the  snow  melted 
from  the  Yard  at  Cambridge  when  an  agitation  arose  among 
the  Sophomores  and  Freshmen  for  a  class  contest  at  football, 
not  such  an  encounter  as  those  which  in  bygone  days  har- 
rowed the  sod  of  the  Delta  and  furrowed  the  feelings  of  the 
faculty,  but  an  orderly  game  under  a  set  of  rational  rules. 
The  latter  soon  were  formulated  by  adopting  a  modification 
of  the  Association  code.     Thus,  April  21,  1872,  Football 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  53 

Fightum  arose  and  afforded  a  day  of  rare  sport  on  Boston 
Common  between  the  classes  of  1874  and  1875,  in  which  the 
former  achieved  the  honors  of  the  day.  Following  this  con- 
test a  wave  of  popularity  swept  over  Harvard.  The  Advo- 
cate genially  expressed  the  sentiment  of  the  university  by 
saying: 

"We  are  glad  to  see  that  football  is  being  revived  once 
more.  It  is  hoped  that  all  who  feel  interested  in  it  will 
take  an  active  part  and  make  football  what  it  should  be, 
one  of  the  most  popular  of  college  games."  This  appeal 
evoked  a  warm  response,  as  the  game  thrived  amazingly 
throughout  the  remainder  of  the  spring  and  again  raged  in 
the  ensuing  autumn.  With  the  coming  of  winter  the  foot- 
ball genius  of  the  university  turned  to  the  subject  of  organi- 
zation and  thus,  December  6,  1872,  the  Harvard  Football 
Club  was  born,  the  original  officers  being:  President, 
Robert  Grant,  '73;  Secretary,  Augustus  Hemenway,  '75; 
Treasurer,  William  C.  Sanger,  74;  and  Captain,  Heniy 
R.  Grant,  '74;   conjuring  names,  indeed. 

At  this  meeting  a  playing  code  was  drafted  which  fol- 
lowed the  Association  rules  excepting  three  important  vari- 
ations. Rule  1  of  the  Harvard  code  provided  for  not  less 
than  ten  nor  more  than  fifteen  players  upon  a  side.  Rule 
8  permitted  "any  player  to  catch  or  pick  up  the  ball  but 
not  to  run  with  it  unless  pursued  by  an  opponent  and  then 
only  so  long  as  pursued."  Rule  9  prohibited  "any  player 
from  passing  or  throwing  the  ball  unless  pursued  by  an 
opponent."  Many  games  were  played  under  these  rules 
at  Harvard,  but,  strange  to  say,  the  idea  of  an  intercollegiate 
contest  was  not  broached,  although  intercollegiate  relation- 
ships in  baseball  at  that  time  were  highly  developed  and  the 
rivalry  was  keen.  , 

It  was  also  in  this  memorable  year  of  1872  that  footballl 
reappeared  at  Yale,  where,  as  at  Harvard,  it  had  slept  under/j 
the  faculty's  quietus  since  1860.    The  cause  of  this  resur*/ 


54  FOOTBALL 

rection  was  the  presence  in  the  Class  of  1873  of  a  young 
Rugbeian  by  the  name  of  David  Schley  Schaff.  This 
genius  zealously  advocated  the  re-establishment  of  football 
and  spiritedly  promoted  a  class  game  between  1873  and 
1874.  This  latter  contest  eventually  took  place  upon  New 
Haven's  Green,  but  scarcely  had  the  ball  been  kicked  off 
when  the  city's  municipal  authorities  recalled  their  ordinance 
of  1860  prohibiting  the  game  and  the  police  immediately 
descended  upon  the  collegians.  The  attempt  to  stop  the 
game  almost  resulted  in  a  riot.  Yale's  faculty  championed 
the  ancient  prerogative  of  the  collegians  to  play  upon  the 
the  Green  and  questioned  the  legality  of  the  city's  ordinance. 
Debate  and  discussion  raged  for  several  days,  and  only  ter- 
minated when  the  players  leased  a  lot  on  Elm  Street  and 
abandoned  all  further  claim  to  the  use  of  the  Green.  Upon 
this  lot  a  game  was  played  in  October  between  the  classes 
of  1874  and  1875— Sheffield.  The  effect  upon  the  univer- 
sity of  an  orderly  game  was  profound.  The  editor  of 
"Memorabilia  Yalensia,"  in  the  Yale  Literary  Magazine, 
with  the  unconscious  inspiration  of  prophecy  said  of  this 
contest:  "The  time  is  not  far  distant  when  the  memorabilist 
shall  be  compelled  to  devote  as  much  space  to  football  as 
he  now  reserves  for  the  two  kindred  sports."  Eight  days 
later,  or,  to  be  precise,  as  such  a  notable  event  deserves,  Octo- 
ber 31,  1872,  a  great  mass  meeting  was  held  at  Yale,  in 
which  was  organized  the  Yale  Football  Association  with  the 
following  staff  of  officers:  President,  David.  S.  Schaff,  '73; 
Secretary,  Henry  D.  Bristol,  '74;  Captain,  David  S.  Schaff, 
'73.  Equally  important,  this  meeting  also  formulated  the 
following  set  of  rules  to  govern  football  at  Yale: 

1.  The  grounds  shall  be  400  feet  long  by  250  feet  broad. 

2.  The  goal-posts  shall  be  8  paces  apart. 

3.  The  number  of  players  in  match  games  shall  be  20  to  a 
side. 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  55 

4.  To  a  game  5  of  9  goals  are  necessary.  To  secure  a 
goal  the  ball  must  pass  between  the  posts. 

5.  No  player  shall  pick  up,  throw,  or  carry  the  ball  on 
any  part  of  the  field.  Any  violation  of  this  regulation  shall 
constitute  a  foul  and  the  player  so  offending  shall  throw  the 
ball  perpendicularly  into  the  air  from  the  place  where  the 
foul  occurred  and  the  ball  shall  not  be  in  play  until  it 
touches  the  ground. 

6.  When  the  ball  is  caught  in  the  air  an  adversary  may 
strike  it  from  the  hands  of  the  player  so  catching  it. 

7.  When  the  ball  passes  the  limits,  the  person  touching 
it  first  shall  throw  it  from  a  spot  6  paces  from,  and  at  right 
angles  to,  the  boundary-line  at  the  place  where  it  went  over, 
and  the  ball  shall  not  be  in  play  until  it  has  touched  the 
ground.  Further,  the  player  throwing  the  ball  shall  not 
play  upon  it  until  it  has  been  played  upon.  When  thrown, 
the  players  shall  be  between  the  ball  and  their  goal. 

8.  When  the  ball  passes  the  limits  within  6  paces  from 
the  goal-posts  it  shall  be  carried  out  by  the  player  first 
touching  it  15  paces  in  front  of  the  boundary-line  and 
thrown  by  him  into  the  air  under  the  same  conditions  as  a 
foul  ball  (Rule  5). 

9.  No  tripping  shall  be  allowed,  nor  shall  any  player  use 
his  hands  to  push  or  hold  an  adversary. 

10.  The  winner  of  the  toss  shall  have  first  kick-off  and 
choice  of  goals.  The  ball  shall  be  placed  fifteen  paces  from 
the  centre  of  the  field  toward  the  starter's  goal.  In  canting 
the  ball  must  be  kicked  and  not  "  babied."  No  player  on  the 
canting  side  shall  be  in  advance  of  a  line  passing  through  the 
ball  and  parallel  to  the  base-line,  nor  shall  any  player  on  the 
opposite  side  come  within  10  paces  of  the  line. 

11.  No  player  shall  wear  projecting  nails,  iron  plates, 
or  gutta-percha  on  the  soles  of  his  shoes. 

12.  There  shall  be  two  judges  for  each  goal,  and  a  referee 
to  whom  all  disputes  shall  be  referred. 


/ 


66  FOOTBALL 

Thus  the  autumn  of  1872  presented  football  organized 
and  codified  at  Harvard,  Princeton,  and  Yale.  An  exami- 
nation of  these  three  codes  discloses  that  many  features  at 
each  institution  were  original,  but  that  Princeton  and  Yale 
followed  generally  the  Association  rules,  while  Harvard 
endeavored  to  effect  a  combination  of  features  from  the 
Rugby  as  well  as  the  Association  games.  It  was  now  only  a 
step  to  intercollegiate  strife.  Princeton  challenged  Colum- 
bia, Rutgers,  and  Yale.  Columbia  declined,  Rutgers  ac- 
cepted, and  while  Princeton  and  Yale  were  conferring  in  an 
attempt  to  harmonize  their  respective  codes  as  a  basis  for 
a  game  the  faculties  at  both  institutions  arose  in  high  indig- 
nation at  the  proposition  to  take  fifteen  men  away  from  their 
studies  for  an  afternoon  and  peremptorily  forbade  the  contest 
to  take  place.  To-day  when  Princeton  meets  Yale  thou- 
sands leave  their  books,  business  halts,  legislatures  lack  a 
quorum,  courts  adjourn,  and  faculties  occupy  the  front 
seats.  Although  a  contest  between  Princeton  and  Yale  was 
forbidden,  peace  was  made  with  the  powers  to  such  an 
extent  that  Princeton  was  permitted  to  play  Rutgers  and 
Yale  was  allowed  to  play  Columbia.  As  this  latter  game 
marks  the  Blue's  first  appearance  in  intercollegiate  football 
it  presents  a  contest  so  historic  that  it  is  entitled  to  repro- 
duction as  fully  as  records  and  recollections  will  permit. 

Columbia  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  November  16,  1872 

COLUMBIA  YALE 

G.  M.  Speir,  73.  C.  S.  Hemingway,  73. 

C.  W.  R.  Moore,  73.  W.  F.  McCook,  73. 

D.  Thompson,  73.  E.  S.  Miller,  73. 
P.  H.  McMahon,  73.  J.  P.  Peters,  73. 
B.  M.  Whitlock,  73.  J.  P.  Piatt,  73. 

A.  B.  Simons,  73.  H.  A.  Strong,  73. 

B.  J.  Aymar,  73.  R.  D.  A.  Parrot,  74. 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  57 

COLUMBIA  YALE 

H.  M.  Webb,  73.  H.  D.  Bristol,  74. 

W.  Fales,  73.  R.  W.  Kelley,  74. 

E.  I.  Frost,  74.  P.  A.  Porter,  74. 

R.  C.  Cornell,  74.  J.  L.  Scudder,  74. 

E.  S.  Rapallo,  74.  C.  H.  Avery,  75. 
G.  C.  Koble,  74.  A.  Hotchkist,,  75. 

F.  Lacey,  74.  J.  A.  R.  Dunning,  74. 
T.  C.  Van  Buren,  75.         T.  T.  Sherman,  74. 
T.  C.  Bach,  75.  H.  R.  Elliott,  71. 

O.  D.  Smith,  75.  S.  L.  Boyce,  73. 

H.  K.  Blake,  75.  L.  W.  Irwin,  73. 

C.  King,  75.  W.  S.  Halsted,  74. 

F.  S.  Williams,  75.  H.  A.  Oaks,  75. 

H.  R.  Marshall,  73.  H.  Scudder,  72. 

Referees,  the  Captains:  H.  R.  Marshall,  73,  Columbia; 
H.  R.  Elliott,  71,  Yale.  Judges:  F.  S.  Weeks,  73;  S.  C. 
Bushnell,  74,  Yale.     Score:   Columbia  0,  Yale  3. 

The  game  was  played  at  Hamilton  Park.  The  throng  of 
collegians  who  began  to  assemble  about  half-past  two 
o'clock  found  a  playing  space  of  400  by  200  feet  enclosed 
with  a  rope.  In  a  few  minutes  both  teams  appeared.  It 
was  announced  that  D.  S.  Schaff,  Yale's  .captain,  would  be 
unable  to  play  because  of  an  injury.  The  teams  were  com- 
posed of  fifteen  players  upon  each  side. 

The  captains  call  the  players  together  and  agree  that 
the  match  shall  be  determined  by  the  side  first  winning 
five  goals  out  of  nine.  Thereupon  the  coin  is  tossed  and 
H.  R.  Elliott,  the  acting  Yale  captain,  sets  an  illustrious 
precedent  for  Yale  to  follow  in  years  to  come  by  win- 
ning the  toss.  He  chooses  the  south  goal.  The  teams 
then  deploy  upon  the  field.     It  is  at  once  noticed  that  each 


58  FOOTBALL 

team  presents  an  entirely  different  tactical  arrangement. 
Columbia  details  four  men  to  guard  their  goal  and  masses 
the  rest  of  the  players  in  the  middle  of  the  field.  Yale  sta- 
tions two  men  in  goal,  known  as  "  goal-tends."  Five  paces 
from  them  four  more  are  stationed  to  support  the  goal- 
tends,  and  some  distance  farther  five  other  players  are 
arranged  in  the  shape  of  a  crescent  as  a  further  protection 
to  the  goal.  Far  down  in  Columbia's  goal  also  stand  two 
Yale  men  to  check  Columbia's  goal-tends  when  the  ball 
comes  within  striking  distance.  These  two  men  Yale  calls 
" peanutters."  The  rest  of  her  players,  called  ''rushers," 
are  scattered  over  the  field.  Piatt  for  Yale  makes  a  long 
kick-off,  or  "cant."  The  rushers  immediately  follow  up 
the  ball,  but  Columbia's  mass  of  players  surround  and 
force  it  close  to  Yale's  goal.  A  Yale  goal-tend  gets  it  and 
kicks  it  to  the  side  of  one  of  the  five  supporters,  who  in  the 
same  way  passes  it  to  a  fielder  and  in  an  instant  it  is  in  Co- 
lumbia's goal,  thereby  demonstrating  the  superiority  of  the 
Yale  system  of  team  play.  The  fielder  delivers  it  to  the 
"rushers,"  who  drive  it  down  to  the  "peanutters."  Here 
Sherman  for  Yale  lifts  the  ball  straight  as  a  bullet  over  the 
heads  of  the  Columbia  men  squarely  between  the  goal-posts. 
The  details  of  play  that  ensued  throughout  the  afternoon 
have  not  been  recorded,  but  fancy  pictures  the  sharp  cants, 
the  reckless  and  random  dashes  for  the  ball,  the  personal 
collisions  of  the  players,  the  long  sailing  kicks,  and  the  press 
of  Yale  men  before  Columbia's  goal  as  one  and  two  more 
goals  are  forced  through.  The  chroniclers  in  the  Yale 
Courant  and  the  Record  tell  us  that  Columbia's  men  were 
stronger  and  more  athletic,  but  that  Yale's  team  played 
with  better  craft  and  precision.  Consequently  Yale  won.  At 
the  close  of  the  game  the  crowd  enthusiastically  cheered 
both  teams  and  the  oflScials  and  left  the  field  strong  in  their 
advocacy  of  football  as  an  additional  college  sport.     Two 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  59 

hours  later  both  teams  sat  down  together  to  a  savory  supper 
at  Lockwood's. 

The  spring  of  1873  found  football  at  Harvard  sharing 
equally  in  interest  with  intra-university  baseball.  A  series 
of  class  and  club  games  had  been  organized  under  Harvard's 
peculiar  code.  These  contests  were  waged  upon  Boston 
Common.  The  keenness  of  the  contests  and  the  enjoyment 
of  the  spectators  are  perhaps  best  indicated  by  the  fact  that 
the  citizens  of  Boston  who  resided  around  the  Common 
presented  a  petition  to  the  municipal  authorities  of  Boston 
calling  upon  them  to  suppress  the  "intolerable  noises"  and 
"  to  put  down  the  games."  Strange  to  say,  the  city  fathers 
of  Boston  gravely  answered  this  petition  by  passing  a  ponder- 
ous ordinance  that  closed  the  Common  to  Harvard.  There- 
upon the  collegians  transferred  their  arena  to  famous  old 
Jarvis  Field  at  Cambridge,  where  it  was  to  remain  for  many 
a  long  and  happy  year. 

With  the  arrival  of  autumn  a  movement  was  started  at 
Princeton  to  form  an  intercollegiate  football  league  and 
adopt  a  uniform  code  of  rules.  Accordingly  invitations  were 
sent  to  Columbia,  Harvard,  Rutgers,  and  Yale  to  meet  for 
that  purpose  at  the  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel  in  New  York,  Octo- 
ber 19,  1873.  All  of  the  colleges  accepted  except  Harvard, 
which  courteously  answered  that  its  game  was  so  at  variance 
with  that  played  at  the  other  institutions  that  no  advantage 
could  come  from  their  attendance.  This  convention  was 
held  upon  the  day  appointed  and  the  following  delegates 
were  present:  Princeton,  T.  G.  Ricketts,  74, 1.  H.  Lion- 
berger,  75;  Rutgers,  Howard  N.  Fuller,  74,  John  W.  Sear- 
ing, 74;  Yale,  William  S.  Halsted,  74,  Peter  A.  Porter,  74. 
Columbia  had  chosen  representatives,  but  the  gentlemen  did 
not  appear.  The  convention  after  a  thorough  discussion 
decided  not  to  form  a  league,  but  resolved  to  draft  a  common 
code  of  rules,  leaving  the  scheduling  of  games  thereunder 


60  FOOTBALL 

to  the  independent  action  of  each  college  represented. 
This  code,  consisting  of  twelve  rules,  rather  a  compact  body 
of  football  law  in  comparison  with  the  voluminous  rule 
books  of  modern  times,  was  adopted  as  follows: 

1.  The  ground  shall  be  400  feet  long  by  250  feet  broad. 

2.  The  distance  between  the  posts  of  each  goal  shall  be 
25  feet. 

3.  The  number  for  match  games  shall  be  20  to  a  side. 

4.  To  win  a  game  6  goals  are  necessary,  but  that  side 
shall  be  considered  the  victors  which,  when  the  game  is 
called,  shall  have  scored  the  greatest  number  of  goals, 
provided  that  number  be  2  or  more.  To  secure  a  goal  the 
ball  must  pass  between  the  posts. 

5.  No  player  shall  throw  or  carry  the  ball.  Any  viola- 
tion of  this  regulation  shall  constitute  a  foul,  and  the  player 
so  offending  shall  throw  the  ball  perpendicularly  into  the 
air  to  a  height  of  at  least  12  feet  and  the  ball  shall  not  be 
in  play  until  it  has  touched  the  ground. 

6.  When  a  ball  passes  out  of  bounds  it  is  a  foul,  and  the 
player  causing  it  shall  advance  at  right  angles  to  the  boun- 
dary-line, 15  paces  from  the  point  where  the  ball  went,  and 
shall  proceed  as  in  rule  V. 

7.  No  tripping  shall  be  allowed,  nor  shall  any  player 
use  his  hands  to  hold  or  push  an  adversary. 

8.  The  winners  of  the  toss  shall  have  the  choice  of  first 
goal,  and  the  sides  shall  change  goals  after  every  succes- 
sive inning.  In  starting  the  ball  it  shall  be  fairly  kicked, 
not  "babied,"  from  a  point  150  feet  in  front  of  the  starter's 
goal. 

9.  Until  the  ball  is  kicked  no  player  on  either  side  shall 
be  in  advance  of  a  line  parallel  to  the  line  of  his  goal  and 
distant  from  it  150  feet. 

10.  There  shall  be  two  judges,  one  from  each  of  the  con- 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  ^SEVENTIES  61 

testing  colleges,  and  one  referee;  all  to  be  chosen  by  the 
captains. 

IL  No  player  shall  wear  spikes  or  iron  plates  upon  his 
shoes. 

12.  In  all  match  games  a  No.  6  ball  shall  be  used,  fur- 
nished by  the  challenging  side  and  to  become  the  property 
of  the  victors. 

A  comparison  of  these  rules  with  the  former  codes  in- 
dicates a  substantial  advance  in  the  scientific  arrangement 
of  the  game.  Only  three  games,  however,  were  played 
under  these  rules  in  1873.     Their  data  are: 

Yale,  3;  Columbia,  1;  at  New  Haven,  Oct.  25,  1873. 
Princeton,  3;  Yale,  0;  at  New  Haven,  Nov.  15,  1873. 
Rutgers,  5;  Columbia,  4;  at  New  Brunswick,  Nov.  15, 1873. 

The  game  in  this  list  which  most  impressively  attracts 
the  eye  is  Princeton  vs.  Yale,  the  first  of  America's  great 
football  classics.* 

But  Yale  waged  another  game  in  this  year  which  also  was 
destined  to  exercise  a  profound  influence  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  intercollegiate  game  in  after  years.  This  was 
a  game  with  Eton.  The  latter  was  a  team  composed  of  old 
Etonians  under  the  captaincy  of  G.  C.  Allen,  which  visited 
New  Haven,  November  17,  1873.  A  special  set  of  rules  was 
devised  for  the  contest,  which  included  portions  of  Yale's 
code  and  portions  of  the  Eton  code.  Among  the  latter  was 
a  provision  that  eleven  men  should  constitute  a  side,  that 
having  been  the  established  number  at  Eton  in  both  the 
Wall  and  Field  Games  from  earliest  times.  An  interesting 
game  resulted,  which  Yale  won,  two  goals  to  none,  but  the 
historical  importance  of  this  contest  lies  in  the  fact  that  to 
*  See  Part  II,  Princeton  vs.  Yale. 


m  FOOTBALL 


i\ 


t  definitely  may  be  traced  the  origin  seven  years  later  of  the 
V  famous  feature  of  American  football,  the  eleven. 

Although  the  rules  of  1873  had  been  auspiciously  launched 
the  experience  of  a  single  season  doomed  them  to  failure. 
No  intercollegiate  games,  therefore,  were  played  thereunder 
in  1874,  but  another  event  occurred  in  this  year  to  make 
it  one  of  the  most  memorable  in  the  annals  of  American 
football.  The  captain  of  McGill  University's  team  at 
Montreal  in  the  spring  of  1874  was  David  Rodger.  This 
energetic  young  Canadian  conceived  the  idea  of  invading 
the  United  States  with  his  team  and  accordingly  sent  a 
courteous  challenge  to  Harvard,  inviting  the  football  men 
thereof  to  play  McGill  two  games,  the  first  at  Cambridge 
in  the  following  May  under  the  All-Canada  code,  a  modifica- 
tion of  Rugby,  and  the  second  at  Montreal  in  the  fall  un- 
der the  Harvard  rules.  The  receipt  of  this  challenge 
aroused  great  enthusiasm  at  Harvard,  but  it  was  ascertained 
that  the  faculty  would  not  permit  the  players  to  leave  Cam- 
bridge, during  term  time.  It  was  suggested  to  McGill  that 
the  two  games  proposed  should  be  played  at  Cambridge, 
and  the  hope  was  expressed  that  in  some  way  an  oppor- 
tunity to  return  the  games  might  be  obtained  thereafter. 
This  suggestion  Captain  Rodger  promptly  accepted,  and 
both  sides  commenced  preparations  for  the  struggle.  The 
McGill  Gazette  for  May,  1874,  contains  an  account  of  the 
spirited  practice  conducted  by  McGill  with  the  "Banks"  of 
Montreal,  in  preparation  for  Harvard,  and  as  a  basis  upon 
which  to  select  the  players  for  the  team.  At  Cambridge 
Henry  R.  Grant,  74,  Harvard's  original  'varsity  captain, 
likewise  was  drilling  his  men  nightly  upon  Jarvis  Field.  The 
Advocate  published  in  full  the  Canadian  rules,  but  said, 
"  These  rules  apparently  are  wholly  unscientific  and  unsuited 
to  colleges."  Nevertheless  interest  in  the  contest  grew  day 
by  day.     The  Magenta,  an  obsolete  publication  at  Harvard, 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  63 

thus  heralds  the  coming  of  McGill:  "The  McGill  Uni- 
versity Football  Club  will  meet  the  Harvard  Club  on  Jarvis 
Field,  Wednesday  and  Thursday,  May  14th  and  15th,  in- 
stant. The  game  probably  will  be  called  at  three  o'clock. 
Admittance  50  cents.  The  proceeds  will  be  devoted  to  the 
entertainment  of  our  visitors  from  Montreal." 

Captain  Rodger  and  his  players  arrived  the  evening 
before  the  game.  In  the  preliminaries  it  was  agreed  that 
the  first  game  should  be  played  under  Harvard's  rules  and 
that  the  second,  upon  the  following  day,  should  be  played 
according  to  the  All-Canada  code.  It  is  unfortunate  for 
the  present  generation  that  the  college  journalists  of  that 
time  did  not  appreciate  the  importance  of  these  international 
matches.  An  examination  of  the  periodicals  at  Cambridge 
and  Montreal  reveals  little  indeed  to  reward  the  antiquary, 
but  the  recollections  of  surviving  players  have  made  it 
possible  partially  to  reconstruct  these  two  famous  games. 
The  first  contest  was  played  under  Harvard's  rules.  The 
game  was  called  at  four  o'clock  on  Jarvis  Field,  in  the 
presence  of  a  large  throng  of  collegians.  May  14,  1874. 
Captain  Grant,  of  Harvard,  won  the  toss  and  chose  the 
north  goal,  which  was  backed  by  a  slight  wind.  The 
"warnings"  were  kicked  off  promptly  and  Harvard  began 
to  work  the  ball  toward  McGill's  goal.  In  five  minutes 
Harvard  scored.  McGill  then  kicked  off,  and  in  this  interval 
improved  greatly  in  its  use  of  the  Harvard  rules,  but  their 
opponents  eventually  began  to  increase  in  strength,  and  the 
Canadians  once  more  were  beaten  into  their  goal,  where 
Harvard  scored.  The  third  clash  brought  out  the  best  play- 
ing of  the  day,  the  interval  lasting  twelve  minutes  and  ter- 
minating with  a  third  goal  by  Harvard.  The  game  then 
was  called. 

The  following  day  the  second  game  was  played,  but  ac- 
cording to  the  All-Canada  code,  thus  presenting  the  first 


64 


FOOTBALL 


intercollegiate  game  of  Rugby  football  in  the  United  States. 
This  historic  struggle,  so  far  as  it  now  may  be  constructed, 
was  played  as  follows: 


HARVARD 

H.  C.  Leeds,  77. 
F.  E.  Randall,  74. 
F.  Lyman,  74. 
H.  L.  Morse,  74. 
W.  C.  Sanger,  74. 
A.  L.  Goodrich,  74. 
A.  L.  Rives,  74. 
A.  T.  Cabot,  72. 
A.  B.  Ellis,  75. 
M.  L.  Gate,  77. 
F.  H.  Lombard,  74. 
H.  R.  Grant,  74. 
W.  A.  Whiting,  77. 
R.  Gray,  75. 
W.  R.  Tyler,  74. 


Harvard  vs.  McGill 
Cambridge,  May  15,  1874. 

McGILL 

Forward  O'H.  Baynes,  Law. 

"  G.  E.  Jenkins,  Law. 

R.  W.  Huntington,  Law. 

D.  E.  Bowie,  Law. 
"                  H.  Joseph,  Arts. 

R.  P.  Pattee,  Med. 
"  R.  A.  MacDonald,  Med. 

E.  G.  Henderson,  Med. 
C.  R.  Jones,  Med. 

P.  J.  Goodhue,  Med. 
Half-back  H.  W.  Thomas,  Arts. 

"      "  St.  G.  Boswell,  Science. 

Back  David  Roger,  Science. 

J.  B.  Abbott,  Law. 
C.  J.  Fleet,  Law. 


Judges:    H.  G.  Hubbard,  73,  Harvard;  Mr.  Henshaw,  McGill. 
Score:  Harvard  0,  McGill  0. 


McGill  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  upper  goal.  The 
Canadians  also  win  the  second  toss  and  take  the  ball. 
Owing  to  this  being  spherical  instead  of  the  usual  Rugby 
oval,  the  latter  not  being  obtainable  in  Boston,  the  visitors 
experience  much  difficulty  in  accustoming  themselves  to  it. 
The  ball  is  kicked  off.  Harvard  gets  it  and  rushes  pell- 
mell  up  the  field,  but  the  McGill  men  tackle  the  runner  and 
bring  him  quickly  to  earth.  A  scrummage  forms.  Har- 
vard, being  unacquainted  with  the  rules,  is  thrown  upon  the 
defensive,  the  Canadians  getting  the  ball  each  time  out  of 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  65 

scrummage,  but  Harvard's  players  tackle  boldly  and  well, 
thus  holding  the  Canadians  to  little  gains.  The  play  is 
very  exciting  to  the  spectators,  who  frequently  rise  and  cheer 
the  good  plays  of  the  day.  Harvard's  embarrassment  wears 
away,  and  closely  imitating  the  tactics  of  McGill,  Harvard 
soon  is  taking  the  offensive.  The  tide  of  battle  surges  up 
and  down  the  field,  but  the  defence  on  both  sides  is  stubborn, 
and  so  the  game  comes  to  an  end  without  a  score.  The 
spectators  cheer  both  teams  and  the  officials,  and  the  first 
intercollegiate  game  under  Rugby  rules  is  over. 

This  game,  crude  as  it  was,  still  was  sufficient  to  demon- 
strate to  all  the  surpassing  superiority  of  the  Rugby  rules. 
In  fact  the  merits  of  the  Canadian's  play  was  the  chief 
topic  of  discussion  at  Harvard  for  many  a  day.  The  depth 
of  the  impression  may  be  realized  from  a  comment  which 
appeared  at  that  time  in  the  Advocate,  which  reviewed  the 
McGill  game:  "Football  will  be  a  popular  game  here  in 
the  future.  The  Rugby  game  is  in  much  better  favor  than 
the  somewhat  sleepy  game  now  played  by  our  men."  Dur- 
ing the  year  the  Rugby  rules  thoroughly  were  tried,  and  in 
the  fall  of  1875  Harvard  abandoned  its  old  game  and 
plunged  wholly  into  the  Rugby  counterpart.  So  enthusi- 
astic were  the  players  that  they  eagerly  discussed  the  sub* 
ject  of  a  game  with  Yale.  Finally  this  suggestion  assumed 
a  definite  shape,  and  a  challenge  was  forwarded  to  New 
Haven,  inviting  the  Blue  to  meet  the  Crimson  under  the-sV 
Rugby  Union  Rules.  Yale  promptly  accepted  the  challenge, 
but  demanded  certain  modifications  in  that  code.  As  a  re- 
sult conferrees  from  the  two  universities  met  at  Springfield, 
October  16,  1875,  and  fixed  November  13,  1875,  as  the  date 
of  the  game  and  New  Haven  as  the  place.  The  confer- 
rees then  proceeded  to  draft  a  special  set  of  rules  for  this 
game,  based  upon  the  Rugby  code.  From  the  concessions 
granted  to  Yale  by  Harvard  in  making  these  modifications 


/ 


66  FOOTBALL 

the  rules  when  finally  framed  were  designated  as  the  "  Con- 
cessionary Rules." 

This  game  was  played  as  scheduled  and  created  great  inter- 
est at  New  Haven,  Harvard  winning  by  four  goals  to  none.* 

The  year  of  1876,  memorable  as  the  centennial  of  Ameri- 
can independence,  also  marks  for  the  collegian  the  formal 
establishment  of  the  present  game  of  intercollegiate  football. 
The  "Concessionary  Rules"  devised  by  Harvard  and  Yale 
in  the  preceding  year  appear  grotesque  now,  but  they 
were  profoundly  impressive  to  the  collegians  of  that  period. 
Among  those  who  witnessed  that  original  Harvard- Yale 
game  were  two  Princeton  players,  W.  Earle  Dodge,  '79,  and 
Jotham  Potter,  77.  These  men  perceived  beneath  the  curi- 
osities of  the"  Concessionary  Rules"  the  meritorious  features 
of  the  Rugby  Union  code,  upon  which  the  former  were 
founded,  and  decided  that  the  latter  afforded  the  only  set  of 
rules  upon  which  it  would  be  possible  for  the  colleges  to 
unite.  It  was  a  difficult  labor  for  these  two  pioneers  to 
break  down  the  prejudice  and  sentiment  at  Princeton  in 
favor  of  the  old  rules  of  1873,  under  which  Princeton  regu- 
larly had  been  victorious.  "We  stand  to  lose  much  and 
gain  little  by  a  change,"  said  the  Nassau  Literary  Magazine, 
-voicing  the  college  opinion.  Nevertheless,  the  agitation 
vigorously  was  maintained  until  it  culminated  in  a  turbulent 
mass  meeting  November  2, 1876,  at  which  Princeton  voted 
by  a  close  majority  to  adopt  the  Rugby  game  and  to  issue 
an  invitation  to  Columbia,  Harvard,  and  Yale  to  meet  in 
convention  at  Springfield  for  the  purpose  of  forming  an 
intercollegiate  association  and  adopting  a  uniform  modi- 
fication of  the  Rugby  Union  code.  Messrs.  Dodge  and 
Potter  were  selected  to  execute  the  will  of  this  meeting. 
These  gentlemen  immediately  sent  out  the  following  invita- 
tion to  the  institutions  named: 

*  See  Part  II,  Harvard  vs.  Yale. 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  67 

"  To  the  Football  Associations  of  Harvard,  Yale,  and  Co- 
lumbia: 

"The  Football  Association  of  Princeton  College  hereby 
issues  a  call,  requesting  the  appointment  of  delegates  to  meet 
at  the  Massasoit  House,  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  at  3.00 
p.  M.,  upon  Thursday,  the  twenty-third  of  November,  for  the 
purpose  of  adopting  a  uniform  system  of  rules,  and  con- 
sidering the  advisability  of  forming  an  Intercollegiate  Foot- 
ball Association.  Such  Association,  if  deemed  advisable, 
to  consist  of  the  colleges  above  named  and  any  others  which 
they  may  elect  to  admit. 

"It  is  generally  understood  that  all  the  colleges  have 
adopted  the  Rugby  Union  Rules,  but  that  each  is  playing 
them  with  some  slight  variations.  The  specific  object  of 
this  call  is  to  establish  a  system  of  rules  by  means  of  which 
the  colleges  shall  be  enabled  to  compete  with  one  another  at 
football  upon  a  uniform  and  satisfactory  basis.  An  early 
response  to  this  letter  of  call  is  especially  requested. 
"  Respectfully, 

"JoTHAM  Potter, 
"W.  Earle  Dodge, 
"Princeton,  N.  J.,  Nov.  7,  1876."  ''Delegates. 

Favorable  replies  were  received  from  the  colleges  and  in 
the  meantime  attention  turned  to  three  great  games.  The 
first  of  these  was  the  contest  between  Pennsylvania  and 
Princeton  at  German  town,  November  11,  1876.  For  sev- 
eral years  a  simple  game  along  Association  lines  had  been 
played  at  Philadelphia  by  the  Red  and  Blue  as  an  unor- 
ganized campus  sport.  The  game  with  Princeton,  how- 
ever, was  the  university's  first  struggle  with  a  rival.  It  was 
played  under  the  rules  of  1873  and  was  won  by  Princeton, 
six  goals  to  none.  It  was  in  this  game  that  football  costumes 
first  were  worn,  the  Pennsylvanians  appearing  in  cricket  suits 


68  FOOTBALL 

of  white  flannel  and  the  Princetonians  exhibiting  an  elaborate 
costume  consisting  of  a  black  shirt  with  orange  trimming 
around  the  neck  and  wrists  and  with  a  large  orange  P  upon 
the  chest.  Black  knee  pants,  black  stockings,  and  baseball 
shoes  completed  this  primitive  but  handsome  costume. 
n.The  Harvard- Yale  game  was  played  at  New  Haven 
under  full  Rugby  rules,  excepting  a  modification  obtained 
by  Yale  that  the  number  of  players  should  be  limited  to 
eleven  upon  each  side  and  that  touchdowns  should  not  count 
in  the  scoring,  but  that  the  result  should  be  determined  by 
goals  alone.  An  incidental  feature  of  interest  in  this  con- 
test was  the  appearance  of  a  young  Yale  Freshman  at  half- 
back by  the  name  of  Walter  Camp,  '80.  The  tactical  forma- 
tion of  these  eleven  men  is  important,  as  it  was  a  forerunner 
of  the  succeeding  evolutions  that  determined  a  distinctively 
American  game.  Six  of  the  players  formed  a  line  of  for- 
wards, or  rushers.  Behind  them  were  stationed  two  players 
known  as  half-backs,  whose  duties  resembled  those  of  the 
modern  quarter-back,  and  behind  the  half-backs  stood 
three  other  players  designated  as  backs.  The  ball  was  put 
in  play  at  the  beginning  of  the  game  by  a  kick  which  might 
be  a  punt,  place  kick,  or  drop  kick.  Thereafter  the  ball 
was  put  in  play  by  a  "  scrummage,"  as  in  English  Rugby. 
This  was  done  by  putting  the  ball  on  the  ground  between  the 
two  rush  lines,  no  player  thereof  being  permitted  to  handle 
the  ball.  Each  line  endeavored  to  work  the  ball  back  to  the 
half-backs  with  the  feet.  The  half-back,  as  soon  as  he  ob- 
tained the  ball,  either  ran  forward  with  it  or  passed  it  to  one 
of  his  backs.  In  such  a  game  where  chance  governed  the 
possession  of  the  ball  in  every  scrummage  there  were  no 
signals,  and  as  there  was  no  advantage  in  retaining  the  ball, 
when  the  runner  was  checked  the  ball  invariably  was  passed 
to  another  player  for  a  further  advance  if  possible.  This 
game  was  won  by  Yale,  to  the  great  surprise  of  Harvard,  who 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  69 

had  previously  defeated  the  leading  Rugby  teams  of  Canada. 
The  Yale  Courant  in  a  column  of  exultation  thus  closed  its 
impressions  of  the  Rugby  game:  "The  gay  suits  of  the 
players,  the  wrestling,  tumbling,  and  running,  the  equestrian 
feat  of  the  Harvard  captain  and  the  leap  over  his  shoulders 
by  a  hard-pressed  Yale  man  lent  a  pleasing  variety  to  the 
scene  suggestive  of  a  Roman  circus  or  hippodrome."  An 
addition  to  the  humor  of  the  occasion  also  is  to  be  found  in 
one  of  Harvard's  periodicals  which  gravely  informs  us  that 
Yale's  adherents  prevented  Harvard  from  converting  Her- 
rick's  touchdown  into  a  goal  by  swarming  upon  the  field 
just  as  the  game  was  closing  and  carrying  away  the  goal- 
posts, a  statement  albeit  that  is  gravely  denied  by  Yale. 

The  intercollegiate  convention  called  by  Princeton  as- 
sembled Saturday,  November  26,  1876,  in  the  Massasoit 
House  at  Springfield.  The  colleges  were  represented  as 
follows:  Harvard,  H.  C.  Leeds,  77,  C.  S.  Eaton,  78; 
Columbia,  E.  W.  Price,  C.  D.  H.  Brower;  Princeton,  Jotham 
Potter,  77,  W.  Earle  Dodge,  79;  Yale,  E.  V.  Baker,  77,  J. 
B.  At  water,  77.  Mr.  Dodge  was  chosen  as  chairman  and 
Mr.  Baker  as  secretary.  A  resolution  was  then  offered 
that  the  institutions  present  form  an  intercollegiate  associa- 
tion for  the  government  of  football.  Yale  stoutly  opposed 
this  resolution,  urging  the  individual  independence  of  each 
college.  In  the  vote  that  followed  Yale  alone  voted  nega- 
tively. It  was  thereupon  decided  to  consider  the  association 
as  formed  subject  to  the  ratification  of  the  action  of  the  dele- 
gates by  their  respective  institutions.  The  great  object  of 
the  assemblage  was  then  taken  up — the  adoption  of  a  modifi- 
cation of  the  Rugby  Union  code  of  rules.  Section  by  section 
the  convention  patiently  and  laboriously  went  through  the 
code.  The  longest  and  most  vigorous  debate  perhaps  was 
that  over  Rule  7,  which  read:  "A  match  shall  be  decided 
by  a  majority  of  goals  only."  Columbia  and  Yale  contended 
for  the  adoption  of  this  rtile  verbatim.     Harvard  and  Prince- 


70  FOOTBALL 

ton  advocated  making  three  touchdowns  equal  to  one  goal. 
The  issue  finally  resulted  in  a  compromise  as  follows:  "A 
match  shall  be  decided  by  a  majority  of  touchdowns;  a 
goal  shall  be  equal  to  four  touchdowns,  but  in  case  of  a  tie 
a  goal  kicked  from  a  touchdown  shall  take  precedence  over 
four  touchdowns."  Rule  59,  making  the  captains  the  sole 
arbiters  of  disputes,  was  changed  so  as  to  provide  for  a 
referee  and  two  judges  as  the  officials,  one  judge  to  rep- 
resent each  team  and  the  referee  to  decide  the  claims  of 
the  rival  judges.  Two  other  important  subjects  of  debate 
in  this  convention  were  the  size  of  the  field  of  play,  which 
finally  was  fixed  at  140  yards  by  70  yards,  and  the  number 
of  players  to  constitute  a  side.  Yale,  recalling  its  game  with 
Eton,  suggested  and  vigorously  advocated  the  limit  as  eleven, 
but  the  convention  voted  to  retain  the  Rugby  rule,  which 
provided  for  fifteen.  The  convention  thereupon  adjourned. 
A  few  days  later  a  mass  meeting  was  held  at  Yale,  at  which 
the  Blue  decided  not  to  become  a  member  of  the  Inter- 
collegiate Football  Association.  Yale,  however,  having  de- 
feated Harvard,  was  eager  to  meet  Princeton.  This  lat- 
ter battle  occurred  at  St.  George's  Cricket  Grounds  in 
Hoboken,  November  30,  1876,  and  Yale  emerged  the  vic- 
tor, thus  independently  winning  the  championship  in  this 
initial  year  of  the  intercollegiate  game.  Many  years  later 
a  tablet  was  placed  in  the  trophy-room  at  Yale  commem- 
orating the  prowess  of  Eugene  V.  Baker,  '77,  the  captain 
under  whom  these  victories  were  achieved.  This  tablet 
reads  as  follows: 

m  RECOGNITION  OF  THE  SERVICES  OF 

Eugene  V.  Baker,  77 

THE   ORGANIZER  AND   CAPTAIN   OF  YALE'S   FIRST 

VICTORIOUS   FOOTBALL  TEAM 

THIS    ROOM    HAS    BEEN    FURNISHED    AND    THIS    TABLET 

PLACED  HERE   BY  HIS  CLASSMATES 

1893. 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  71 

The  following  year,  1877,  brought  no  changes  in  the 
rules.  Yale  still  remained  outside  the  Association  although 
playing  with  its  members.  Pennsylvania  did  not  put  a  team 
in  the  field,  but  the  new  game  appeared  at  Amherst  and 
Brown.  Two  incidental  innovations  occurred  in  this  year, 
however,  that  are  worthy  of  notice.  In  the  Princeton- 
Harvard  game,  played  at  Cambridge,  April  28,  the  Prince- 
ton players  appeared  in  tightly  laced  canvas  jackets,  called 
"smocks"  after  their  inventor,  Ledru  P.  Smock,  79,  of  the 
Princeton  team.  Of  greater  interest,  the  Princetonians  wore 
jerseys  of  orange  and  black  stripes,  thus  calling  forth  from 
the  jungles  of  fancy  the  famous  tiger  which  these  orange 
and  black  stripes  suggested.  -^ 

Although  the  rules  remained  stationary  in  1877,  and  also 
in  1878,  the  game  itself  underwent  numerous  profound 
changes.  The  native  genius  of  the  young  American  for 
invention  was  experimenting  in  many  ways.  The  most  ad- 
vantageous disposition  of  the  fifteen  players  received  much 
attention.  The  more  common  formation  was  a  line  of 
rushers,  or  forwards,  of  nine  men,  with  one  quarter-back, 
two  half-backs,  one  three-quarter-back,  and  two  full-backs. 
These  names,  however,  were  not  used  wholly  at  the  time. 
At  Harvard  the  full-backs  were  known  as  tends  and  goal- 
tends  and  the  half-back  as  a  half-tend.  At  Princeton  the 
word  backs  was  in  use  and  at  Yale  both  terms,  backs  and 
tends,  are  to  be  found.  The  greatest  change  in  the  game 
came  in  the  transition  of  the  English  scrummage  to  the 
American  scrimmage,  both  in  name  and  in  fact.  In  the 
scrummage  the  ball  was  put  in  play  by  placing  it  upon  the 
ground  between  the  two  rush-lines,  to  be  worked  out  with 
the  foot  to  a  back  for  a  run,  pass,  or  kick.  Under  this 
style  of  play  the  liability  of  the  ball  to  bound  unexpectedly 
out  of  scrummage  to  either  set  of  backs  prevented  a  prede- 
termined plan  of  play.    The  collegians,  however,  quickly 


72  FOOTBALL 

discovered  that  it  was  possible  to  bound  or  snap  back  the 
ball  with  a  deft  movement  of  the  foot  so  as  to  send  it  ac- 
curately into  the  hands  of  a  waiting  back,  or,  by  craftily 
making  an  opening  in  their  line,  to  draw  their  opponents 
into  kicking  it  through  for  them.  This  step  was  a  crude 
one,  it  is  true,  but  it  was  the  transitional  play  that  preceded 
the  formal  snapping  back  of  the  ball  by  a  player  designated 
therefor  and  now  known  as  the  snapper-back. 

It  was  in  1878  that  football  began  to  attract  great  crowds 
of  spectators.  The  Princeton- Yale  contest  in  this  year 
was  witnessed  by  4,000  persons,  an  unprecedented  assem- 
blage. The  cost  of  the  field  was  $300.  Its  payment  pro- 
voked severe  criticism  in  the  public  and  college  press  as 
a  gross  extravagance  and  a  feature  of  football  not  to  be 
repeated  if  the  game  was  to  live.  Fifteen  years  later  the 
rental  of  Manhattan  Field  in  New  York  for  $10,000  for  this 
game  did  not  evoke  the  incidental  notice  of  a  line. 

"  Football  is  the  grand  rage,"  wrote  an  enthusiast  in  the 
Princetonian  in  September,  1879.  The  young  journalists 
at  New  Haven  thought  no  differently,  for  with  the  opening 
of  Yale  the  News  called  for  a  mass  meeting  to  accomplish 
certain  changes  in  the  rules.  This  meeting  was  held  Octo- 
ber 3.  Resolutions  were  passed  advocating  the  reduction  of 
the  players  from  fifteen  to  eleven,  the  counting  of  safeties 
in  the  scoring  against  the  side  making  them,  and  the  enlarge- 
ment of  the  playing  field  to  a  rectangle  400  feet  by  200  feet. 
Yale's  delegate  was  instructed  to  attend  the  ensuing  con- 
vention of  the  Association  and  vigorously  press  for  these 
reforms. 

This  convention  was  held  at  Springfield  the  following  day. 
The  colleges  were  represented  as  follows :  Harvard,  Robert 
Bacon,  '80;  Princeton,  Bland  Ballard,  '80;  and  Yale  by 
Walter  Camp,  '80.  Mr.  Camp  immediately  moved  the 
adoption  of  the  changes  advocated  by  Yale,  but  Harvard 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'SEVENTIES  73 

and  Princeton  voted  to  make  no  alterations.  Yale  then 
formally  applied  for  admission  to  the  Association  and  im- 
mediately was  made  a  member. 

In  the  playing  season  of  1879  the  feature  of  kicking  reached 
a  perfection  that  has  neve*  been  surpassed.  The  ball  was 
kicked  at  every  opportunity  not  only  by  the  backs  but  also 
by  the  forwards.  Not  only  could  every  player  punt,  but 
he  could  drop  and  place-kick  with  equal  facility,  and,  strange 
to  assert,  many  were  the  brilliant  kicks  m?de  of  a  ball  that 
was  bounding  along  the  ground.  Many  of  the  backs  were 
proficient  kickers  with  either  foot.  It  was  in  this  year  that 
appeared  the  method  of  employing  the  rushers  to  carry 
the  ball  and  the  feature  of  backing  one  another  up  so  as  to 
receive  the  ball  on  a  pass.  The  practice  of  previous  years 
of  blindly  throwing  the  ball  backward  over  one's  head  was 
discarded  and  each  player  carefully  located  his  associate 
before  making  the  pass.  But  the  passing  was  beautiful  and 
most  clever.  The  ball  traversed  the  field  from  side  to  side 
and  was  delivered  with  the  speed  and  accuracy  of  a  base- 
ball. Perhaps  the  most  important  innovation  of  the  season, 
although  unrealized  at  the  time,  was  a  method  introduced  at 
Princeton  and  Yale  of  protecting  the  runner,  called  "  guard- 
ing," by  sending  a  player  at  each  side  of  him,  although  never 
in  advance,  in  order  to  increase  the  difficulty  of  tackling, 
a  play  easily  recognizable  as  the  forerunner  of  modern 
interference. 

In  the  midst  of  the  popularity  of  the  kicking  game,  how- 
ever, a  call  sounded  for  a  new  style  of  game.  An  unknown 
tactician  writing  in  the  Princetonian  voiced  the  new  idea 
as  follows:  "Keeping  the  ball  and  working  it  by  by  passing, 
running,  and  rushing  is  superior  to  the  kicking  game  now 
in  vogue.  Kicking  must  be  resorted  to  at  times,  but  to 
gain  by  a  long  punt  depends  upon  the  opposite  side's  failure 
to  make  a  fair  catch,  which  rarely  happens,  especially  under 


74  FOOTBALL 

the  non-interference  rule.  One  thing  is  certain:  as  long 
as  one  side  has  the  ball,  the  other  cannot  score,  and  when 
one  team  kicks  the  ball  the  other  team  is  extremely  sure  to 
get  it." 

Another  feature  signalizing  the  passing  of  the  70's  was 
the  arrival  of  the  germ  of  the  modern  training  regime, 
crudely  of  course,  but  nevertheless  effec!iveras"^idenced 
by  an  editorial  in  the  Yale  News  calling  upon  Yale's  players 
"to  reduce  their  consumption  of  tobacco  and  not  to  stay 
up  late  nights  lest  they  be  not  hardy  enough  to  win." 


CHAPTER  VI 

FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'EIGHTIES 

The  autumn  convention  of  the  Intercollegiate  Football 
Association,  held  at  the  Massasoit  House,  Springfield, 
October  12,  1880,  was  thrown  into  consternation  by  the 
appearance  of  Columbia,  asking  for  admission  to  the  league.  . 
That  such  a  simple,  in  fact  inevitable,  proceeding  on  the  part 
of  a  college  outside  of  the  circle  of  membership  should  cause 
dismay  rather  than  rejoicing  was  due  to  the  element  of 
politics  which  in  the  late  '70s  had  been  introduced  into  the 
Association.  In  those  days  the  great  fetich  of  athletics  was 
the  abstract  honor  of  a  "championship,"  and  so  highly 
prized  was  this  title  and  the  gilded  silk  banner  which  ac- 
companied it  that  it  never  was  permitted  to  go  to  waste 
even  in  those  years  in  which  a  championship  was  not  mathe- 
matically apparent.  Thus  in  1879  Princeton  defeated 
Harvard  by  one  touchdown,  but  in  all  the  other  games  be- 
tween the  members  of  the  Association  nothing  was  accom- 
plished but  a  number  of  safeties,  which,  under  the  rules  in 
that  year,  did  not  affect  the  score.  No  actual  champion, 
therefore,  was  in  existence.  The  Association,  however, 
ingeniously  devised  a  championship  for  that  season  by  select- 
ing the  winner  of  the  championship  in  the  preceding  year — 
Princeton — and  awarding  to  that  college  the  championship 
of  ,1879  upon  the  basis  of  its  scores  in  1878,  thus  establish- 
in^  a  precedent  that  was  destined  to  plague  the  Associa- 
tion  in  numerous  ways  for  many  years  to  come.  As  for 
Columbia,  this  institution,  it  will  be  remembered,  had  bee/i 
one  of  the  original  founders  of  the  Association,  but  sub^- 

75 


76  FOOTBALL 

quently  had  suffered  its  membership  to  lapse.  Harvard, 
Princeton,  and  Yale,  therefore,~apprehensively  viewed  the 
return  of  this  member  to  disturb  with  its  vote  the  poHtical 
considerations  of  the  league.  After  a  prolonged  discussion 
Columbia  finally  was  admitted,  but  its  power  poUtically  was 
nullified  by  attaching  a  condition  to  its  membership  that 
Columbia's  vote  upon  any  question  should  not  be  counted 
unless  that  question  could  be  decided  without  it,  and  that 
the  other  members  might  remove  Columbia  at  any  time  from 
the  Association. 

With  this  peculiar  feat  in  intercollegiate  statesmanship 
accomplished,  the  convention  proceeded  to  introduce  into 
football  two  great  changes  so  radically  at  variance  with 
the  rules  and  traditions  of  Rugby,  and  so  profoundly  mo- 
mentous in  their  effects  upon  its  American  offspring,  that 
these  two  changes  fairly  may  be  said  to  mark  the  establish- 
ment of  a  new  style  of  football,  the  American  intercollegiate 
game.  The  first  of  these  was  the  adoption  of  the  principle 
so  long  and  stoutly  advocated  by  Yale,  that  eleven  men  and 
not  fifteen  should  constitute  a  side,  and  the  second  was  the 
abplition  of  the  scrummage  of  the  English  game  and  the 
substitution  of  the  far  more  mgemous  method  of  putting  the 
ball  in  play  familiar  to  all  to-day  as  the  AmQrican.  scrimmage. 
This  is  the  device  which  introduced  into  our  game  the 
principle  of  an  orderly  retention  of  the  ball  by  one  side, 
thereby  making  possible  the  use  of  prearranged  strategy, 
the  most  distinctive  and  fascinating  characteristic  of  the 
American  game.  It  is  true  that  in  defining  the  scrimmage 
the  convention  did  not  invent  it,  but  merely  extended  to  it 
the  recognition  of  the  rules.  The  play  itself  had  been 
evolving  gradually  through  the  genius  of  the  collegians  in 
actual  play. 

The  immediate  result  of  this  legislation  was  a  mighty 
impetus  to  the  development  of  tactics.     While  the  rules  of 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'EIGHTIES  77 

1880  provided  for  the  retention  of  the  ball  they  did  not 
provide  for  its  surrender.  Unless  the  ball  was  kicked  or 
fumbled  it  might  be  retained  indefinitely  by  the  side  in 
possession  of  it.  This  precisely  was  what  occurred  in  the 
Princeton- Yale  game  of  that  year.  In  the  second  half 
Princeton  was  being  hard  pressed  near  its  goal.  Captain 
Loney  suddenly  directed  his  players  not  to  kick  or  to  pass 
the  ball,  but  to  hold  it.  Thus,  unable  to  gain  a  yard  of 
ground,  the  Orange  and  Black  retained  the  ball  throughout 
the  remainder  of  the  game,  thereby  forcing  the  contest  to 
terminate  in  a  draw  at  0  to  0.  In  the  struggle  Princeton 
made  eleven  safeties  and  Yale  six,  but  safeties  were  not 
counted  as  scoring  plays  until  188L  As  soon  as  the  game 
had  terminated,  Princeton  disclosed  the  object  of  its  peculiar 
tactics,  which  came  to  be  designated  as  the  "  block  game," 
by  claiming  the  championship  for  1880  in  accordance  with 
the  precedent  established  in  1879.  Yale,  equally  skilful  in 
the  casuistry  of  fine  football  logic,  admitted  that  the  princi- 
ple of  a  continuing  right  by  which  Princeton  claimed  the 
championship  was  correct,  but  that  Princeton  was  misap- 
plying it.  Since  the  game  of  1880  was  played  with  only 
eleven  men,  this  right  of  a  championship  should  revert  to 
the  last  preceding  year  in  which  it  had  been  won  with 
eleven  men  upon  a  side,  which  was  the  year  of  1876.  There- 
fore it  was  Yale  and  not  Princeton  which  was  entitled  to  the 
championship  of  1880.  The  public  press  took  the  con- 
troversy seriously  and  joined  in  the  battle  of  debate.  In 
January,  1881,  Princeton  issued  a  ponderous  argument  in 
support  of  its  contention,  but  closed  with  a  curt  challenge 
to  Yale  to  play  off  the  tie  in  the  ensuing  month  of  April. 
This  challenge  was  not  accepted,  and  so  the  controversy 
continued  to  rage  until  finally  buried  beneath  the  accumu- 
lation of  time,  although  among  the  older  generation  of  foot- 
ball men  it  occasionally  breaks  out  even  to  this  day. 


78  FOOTBALL 

These  were  the  times  in  which  the  names  of  the  positions 
were  originating.  As  early  as  1877  the  players  at  the  extrem- 
ities of  the  line  had  been  called  the  "  end  men,"  and  slightly 
later  the  adjacent  players  as  "next  to  end."  The  English 
game  had  brought  with  it  the  names  of  half-backs  and 
backs,  and  the  rules  of  1880  designated  formally  two  players 
to  be  known  as  the  snapper-back  and  the  quarter-back, 
the  former  of  which  naturally  became  located  in  the  center 
of  the  line — originally  known  as  forwards  and  later  as 
rushers — and  thus  also  became  known  as  the  centre  rush. 
It  was  quickly  noticed  that  the  two  players  adjacent  to  the 
centre  rush  guarded  him  when  he  snapped  the  ball,  and  so 
these  two  players  were  called  the  guards.  Similarly  the 
collegians  of  the  period  were  not  long  in  observing  that  the 
"next  to  ends"  more  frequently  made  tackles  than  the 
other  players  because  of  the  opportunities  of  their  positions, 
and  so  these  players  were  designated  as  tackles.  Although 
these  names  were  in  standard  use  for  many  years,  it  was 
not  until  1909  that  they  were  recognized  formally  by  the 
rules. 

In  1881  football  might  be  said  to  have  become  a  well-estab- 
lished college  game,  although  still  confined  to  the  larger 
institutions.  This  year  particularly  is  memorable  because 
of  the  invasion  of  the  east  by  an  eleven  from  the  University 
of  Michigan,  which  played  formidable  games  with  Harvard, 
Princeton,  and  Yale.  But  there  were  three  other  incidents 
to  make  memorable  this  season  of  1881.  The  first  was  the 
appearance  of  the  professional  trainer,  a  character  who 
caused  an  avalanche  of  adverse  criticism  until  he  finally 
passed  into  the  commonplace  personages  of  the  sport.  The 
second  was  the  invention  by  Princeton  of  the  "  touch -in-goal " 
to  thwart  the  new  rule  which  made  the  safety  touchdown 
count  adversely  in  the  scoring,  and  the  third  incident  was 
the  playing  by  Princeton  and  Yale  of  the  famous  "block 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'EIGHTIES  79 

game/*  The  safety  originally  was  merely  an  incidental 
play  in  defensive  tactics.  When  made  it  in  nowise  affected 
the  score,  but  permitted  a  team  to  put  the  ball  in  play  at 
the  25-yard  line.  Hence  a  team  which  had  the  ball  nearer 
to  its  own  goal-line  deliberately  made  a  safety  and  then 
moved  out  to  the  25-yard  line.  With  the  passage  of  the  rule 
making  an  excess  over  four  safeties  a  factor  in  deciding  an 
otherwise  tie  game,  Princeton  discovered  that  this  rule  could 
be  evaded  by  touching  down  in  the  corners  enclosed  by  a 
projection  of  the  side  line  and  the  goal-line,  the  touch-in- 
goal.  But  it  is  the  "block  game"  that  chiefly  made  history 
in  188L  Princeton  and  Yale  had  been  struggling  only 
four  and  a  half  minutes  when  the  former  obtained  the  ball, 
and  the  "block  game"  was  in  action.  The  orange-striped 
runners  hit  the  line  and  tried  the  ends,  but  not  a  yard  could 
they  gain.  Not  once  did  the  runner  pass  the  ball  to  an 
associate  or  kick  it  to  an  opponent,  the  Tigers  thus  retaining 
the  ball  until  the  end  of  the  half  and  without  making  a  total 
gain  of  10  yards  in  forty  minutes  of  play.  Yale  started  with 
the  ball  in  the  second  half,  and  that  period  ended  as  it  began, 
not  one  Princeton  player  getting  his  hands  on  the  ball 
throughout  the  half,  Yale  declining  to  kick  and  not  having 
the  misfortune  to  fumble,  and  not  being  able  to  drive  the 
ball  forward  more  than  20  yards  throughout  the  afternoon. 
This  game  of  course  ended  in  a  tie  at  0  to  0.  Princeton  at 
once  claimed  the  championship  on  the  basis  of  the  last  de- 
cisive year,  1878.  Yale  demanded  the  honor  because  its 
record  against  Harvard  was  better  than  that  of  Princeton, 
the  scores  having  been :  Princeton  1  safety.  Harvard  1  safety, 
Yale  0,  Harvard  4  safeties.  Yale's  theory  of  the  situation 
prevailed  and  the  Blue  was  awarded  the  championship. 

But  the  public  desired  something  more  than  a  political 
championship.  It  demanded  action,  and  a  great  clamor 
broke  out  against  the  "block  game."     A  notable  sugges- 


80  FOOTBALL 

tion  appeared  in  a  metropolitan  newspaper  which  was 
widely  reprinted  in  the  college  press.  It  was  entitled 
"  Letter  of  an  Englishman,"  and  said :  "  The  block-game 
is  an  unmitigated  evil.  It  can  be  remedied  by  allowing  a 
team  only  four  scrimmages,  the  ball  then  to  change  oppo- 
nents, who  may  put  it  down  or  punt.  A  touch-in-goal  should 
count  the  same  as  a  safety."  Another  suggestion  which 
furnished  the  complement  to  this  proposition  appeared  in 
the  Princetonian  under  the  title  "Suggestions."  Here  an 
unknown  football  inventor  said:  "The  block  game  is  not 
football.  Further,  running  and  dodging  on  the  part  of  the 
backs  has  become  impossible  because  opponents  bring  up 
four  backs  into  the  line.  The  players  should  be  assigned 
places  and  made  to  keep  them.  It  might  be  agreed  that 
when  one  side  has  had  the  ball  twice  in  succession  the  half- 
back on  the  third  down  should  be  compelled  either  to  kick 
or  to  forfeit  the  ball.  A  game  decided  by  safeties  is  merely 
a  negative  victory." 

The  pressure  became  so  great  that  a  special  convention  of 
the  association  was  called  early  in  1882,  but  the  representa- 
tives failed  to  agree  upon  a  remedy.  However,  incidentally 
they  established  the  famous  fixture  of  a  Thanksgiving  Day 
game  in  New  York  by  ruling  that  the  two  leading  teams 
each  season  should  play  their  championship  game  in  the 
following  year  at  that  time  and  place.  The  fall  convention 
of  the  association  met  at  Springfield,  October  14,  1882. 
Vigorously  grappling  with  the  "block  game"  the  collegians 
quickly  put  it  out  of  existence  by  the  adoption  of  a  rule 
which  gave  the  final  cleavage  to  the  basic  principles  of  the 
old  Rugby  game  and  established  another  fundamental  un- 
derneath the  American  intercollegiate  game.  This  rule 
ran  as  follows:  "If  on  three  consecutive  fairs  and  downs 
a  team  shall  not  have  advanced  the  ball  five  yards  or  lost 
ten,  they  must  give  up  the  ball  to  the  other  side  at  the  spot 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'EIGHTIES  81 

where  the  fourth  down  was  made."  Not  only  did  this 
rule  save  the  game,  but  it  increased  its  circle  of  supporters, 
being  adopted  at  this  time  by  Dartmouth  and  Lafayette. 
Sentimentally  this  great  rule  also  is  notable,  for  it  was  its 
operation  that  brought  on  the  lime-line  stripes  that  have 
earned  for  our  battle-field  the  name  of  gridiron. 

Necessity,  the  mother  of  football  invention,  driven  by  the 
five-yard  rule  and  invited  by  opportunity  in  an  undisturbed 
possession  of  the  ball  during  the  downs,  now  made  a  great 
advance  in  tactics  and  strategy.  The  first  improvement 
to  appear  was  signals.  In  the  beginning  these  consisted  of 
sentences.  Thus.YaIe*s  first  signals  were  two  sentences, 
"Play  up  sharp,  Charlie,"  and  "Look  out,  quick,  Deac." 
Each  one  of  the  sentences  indicated  a  play.  The  signal  was 
disguised  by  making  any  portion  of  the  sentence  call  for 
the  same  play.  The  captain  confused  his  opponents  by 
omitting  first  one  word  and  then  another.  At  Princeton 
in  this  same  period  letters  were  used.  Thus  a  sentence 
beginning  with  W,  as  "What's  the  matter?"  indicated  that 
the  ball  would  be  passed  to  the  full-back.  At  Harvard  and 
Pennsylvania  both  sentences  and  letters  were  employed. 
In  fact  it  was  several  years  before  this  style  of  signalling  was 
superseded  by  the  numerical  systems  which,  appearing  about 
1885,  passed  from  simplicity  to  complexity  until  in  recent 
years  an  accurate  application  of  the  prevailing  complicated 
systems  has  presented  a  first-class  performance  in  mathe- 
matics. 

The  year  of  1882  marked  the  final  settlement  of  the  posi- 
tions of  the  players  into  seven  forwards,  a  quarter-back, 
two  half-backs,  and  a  full-back.  Prior  to  the  month  of 
November  of  this  season  formations  varied  not  only  on 
different  teams  but  also  upon  the  same  team.  A  frequent 
arrangement  was  that  of  six  men  on  the  line,  three  half- 
backs and  two  full-backs;  another  disposition  of  the  players 


82  FOOTBALL 

was  that  of  six  forwards,  a  quarter-back,  two  half-backs,  a 
three-quarter-back,  and  a  full-back.  The  Princeton- Yale 
contest  in  this  year,  however,  presented  the  final  solution 
of  the  problem  in  the  arrangement  that  has  come  down  to 
the  present  time. 

A  prolific  source  of  disputes  was  the  complicated  system 
of  scoring,  which  in  several  important  games  left  to  thfe 
referee  the  decision  as  to  the  proportion  in  which  touch- 
downs, goals,  and  safeties  should  be  valued  against  one 
another.  This  grievance  the  convention  of  October  17, 
1883,  removed  by  assigning  a  numerical  value  to  the  scoring 
plays  as  follows: 

Safety 1 

Touchdown 2 

Goal  following  touchdown 4 

Goal  from  field 5 

These  values  lasted  only  one  season,  when  they  were 
amended  by  increasing  the  safety  to  2,  the  touchdown  to  4, 
and  by  decreasing  the  goal  following  touchdown  to  2,  an 
arrangement  that  existed  without  change  until  1897. 

The  playing  season  of  1884  was  opened  gayly  by  the 
Harvard  Lampoon,  which  introduced  its  team  as  follows: 
"  Harvard  will  be  represented  by  a  team  this  fall  that  is  light 
and  portable.  It  can  be  packed  in  a  bandbox  and  shipped 
to  any  point  at  trifling  expense.  After  a  good  deal  of  hard 
training  it  may  be  possible  to  send  them  even  by  mail  pro- 
vided permission  can  be  obtained  to  send  live  bait  through 
the  mail."  It  was  this  levity  at  Cambridge,  perhaps,  which 
especially  stimulated  football  that  autumn  at  Pennsylvania 
and  inspired  the  Red  and  Blue  to  make  unusual  prepara- 
tions to  meet  Harvard.  Although  Pennsylvania  had  adopted 
football  as  early  as  1876,  and  frequently  had  had  the  ad- 
vantage of  the  presence  upon  its  teams  of  famous  Princeton 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'EIGHTIES  83 

and  Yale  players  who  after  graduation  at  their  alma  mater 
had  taken  professional  courses  at  Pennsylvania,  the  game 
held  only  a  minor  position.  This  was  due  to  the  extraor- 
dinary interest  at  the  university  in  rowing  and  cricket. 
The  special  campaign  of  1884  was  not  without  its  reward, 
for  in  a  great  battle  with  the  Crimson  at  Cambridge,  October 
22,  1884,  Pennsylvania  defeated  Harvard  4  to  0  and  tasted 
its  first  great  victory  upon  the  gridiron. 

While  these  signal  events  were  transpiring  another  nota- 
ble stride  in  football  was  taking  place  at  Lehigh,  where 
Richard  Harding  Davis,  '86,  and  Wm.  Bradford,  '87,  were 
organizing  that  university's  first  team  and  preparing  to  meet 
Lafayette  in  the  first  struggle  of  these  now  classic  rivals. 

Tactically,  this  was  the  year  that  produced  the  famous 
"  V  Trick,"  the  original  wedge  and  forerunner  of  the  mass 
play.  Strange  to  say,  this  highly  ingenious  and  compli- 
cated formation  was  not  the  result  of  long  and  laborious 
study,  but  was  conceived  suddenly  in  the  crisis  of  a  close 
game  and  put  into  immediate  execution.  This  game  was 
the  contest  between  Pennsylvania  and  Princeton,  October 
25,  1884,  and  the  inventor  of  the  play  was  R.  M.  Hodge, 
'86,  of  Princeton.  The  latter  has  given  this  account  of  the 
origin  of  this  great  formation :  "  In  the  middle  of  the  game 
Captain  Bird,  of  Princeton,  had  called  upon  Baker,  '85,  a 
half-back,  to  run  behind  the  rush-line,  which  charged  seven 
abreast  down  the  field.  It  was  an  old  play  and  gained 
little  ground  against  Pennsylvania  the  second  time  it  was 
used.  It  suddenly  struck  me  that  if  the  rush-line  would 
jump  into  the  shape  of  a  V  with  the  apex  forward  and  with 
Baker  inside,  the  formation  ought  to  gain  ground.  A  con- 
sultation immediately  was  held,  and  upon  the  next  play 
the  formation  tried.  Baker  ploughing  forward  within  the  V 
from  midfield  to  the  five-yard  line.  We  then  reserved  this 
formation  for  the  Yale  game,  Lamar  making  within  it  a 


I 


84  FOOTBALL 

long  gain  on  the  opening  play.  The  next  year  the  V  was 
not  used,  but  was  revived  in  1886.  By  1888  it  had  come 
into  general  use  throughout  the  country  and  in  1889  was 
the  standard  opening  play  with  every  eleven." 

The  V  as  finally  perfected  was  formed  by  the  eleven 
players  taking  positions  in  a  solid  V-shaped  mass,  apex 
forward,  the  arms  of  the  players  encircling  the  bodies 
of  one  another.  The  play  formed  ten  yards  back  from  the 
opponents'  rush-line.  The  player  with  the  ball  stood  at 
the  apex  of  the  V.  When  all  were  ready  the  ball  was  techni- 
cally kicked  off  by  being  touched  to  the  toe  and  ground 
simultaneously,  but  without  being  released.  The  mass  then 
started  heavily  forward,  the  player  with  the  ball  disappeared 
within  it,  and  the  opponents  charged.  Breaking  one  of 
these  ponderous  machines  was  not  gentle  play,  since  this 
could  be  accomplished  only  by  throwing  oneself  directly 
in  front  of  the  mass  and  upsetting  its  apex  while  other 
players  crushed  in  its  flanks.  Such  a  play  was  in  direct  dis- 
regard of  the  old  rule  of  off-side  play  which  forbade  a  player 
of  the  offensive  side  to  block  an  opponent  while  in  advance 
of  the  ball,  but  custom  gradually  had  been  nullifying  this 
rule  with  the  evolution  of  "guarding"  and  "warding"  into 
"interference."  The  interferers  originally  were  restrained 
at  the  side  of  the  runner,  but  as  officials  relaxed  in  enforc- 
ing the  rule  against  off-side  play  the  interferers  gradually 
moved  more  and  more  forward  until  finally  they  preceded 
the  runner  and  the  rule  against  such  a  formation  was  con- 
sidered dead. 

With  the  opening  of  the  new  year  of  1885  football  received 
a  great  shock  at  the  hands  of  Harvard's  faculty,  which  abol- 
ished the  sport.  The  effect,  however,  was  only  momentary, 
for  at  the  convention  of  the  Association  in  February  both 
Pennsylvania  and  Wesleyan  applied  for  admission  to  the 
league  and  both  unanimously  were  accepted.    Notwith- 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'EIGHTIES  85 

standing  the  loss  of  Harvard  a  substantial  increase  in  public  \; 
interest  was  accorded  football  in  this  autumn.  Previously 
the  attendance  had  been  confined  to  collegians  and  to  a 
small  portion  of  the  general  public.  In  this  year  the 
Princeton- Yale  game  for  the  first  time  since  the  inception  of 
the  series  was  played  upon  college  grounds,  the  contest  being 
scheduled  in  New  Haven  and  not  in  New  York.  As  a  re- 
sult the  game  for  the  first  time  in  its  history  assumed  a  de- 
cided social  feature  and  attracted  many  ladies.  The  good 
fortune  of  the  occasion  further  was  augmented  by  a  mar- 
vellous game  terminating  in  the  celebrated  run  of  Henry 
C.  Lamar,  of  Princeton,  which  converted  defeat  into  victory 
at  the  last  moment,  thereby  affording  the  spectators  a 
pleasant  and  picturesque  memory  of  a  meritorious  sport 
from  which  to  speak  its  praises  through  the  ensuing  winter. 
The  first  effect  of  this  good  impression  happily  was  upon 
Harvard's  faculty,  for  that  august  body,  January  5,  1886, 
removed  its  ban  upon  the  game  and  football  again  was 
flourishing  at  Cambridge. 

A  picturesque  feature  of  football  to  pass  in  1885  was  the 
institution  of  the  judges.  When  the  Rugby  game  was 
"Srdopted  in  l576,^!re  English  rule  making  the  captains  the 
judges  of  the  play  was  superseded  by  an  arrangement  by 
which  each  team  was  to  be  represented  by  an  official  of  its 
A)wn  selection  to  be  known  as  a  judge,  both  teams  to  select 

third  official  to  be  designated  as  the  referee,  whose  duties 
should  be  to  decide  the  claims  and  disputes  of  the  judges. 
fAs  was  natural,  the  judges  soon  developed  into  a  pair  of 
football  lawyers,  selected  as  much  for  their  argumentative 
ability  as  for  their  knowledge  of  the  game.  The  clamorous 
claims  of  these  gentlemen  and  their  continuous  counsels 
to  their  clients  as  to  the  manner  best  to  circumvent  the  op- 
position are  recalled  with  humor  by  those  who  remember 
this  primitive  feature  of  the  game.    The  zeal  of  the  judges 


86  FOOTBALL 

eventually  worked  their  extinction.  Thus  we  find  in  1885 
and  1886  only  one  official,  the  referee,  conducting  the  entire 
judicial  duties  of  the  game.  The  system  of  an  umpire  and 
a  referee  dates  from  1888.  The  linesman  was  added  in 
the  great  revolution  of  the  game  that  occurred  in  1894. 
Twice  during  the  history  of  the  game  experiments  have 
been  made  with  two  umpires.  The  first  was  abandoned 
as  a  failure  years  ago  and  the  second,  instituted  in  1906, 
also  was  abolished  the  following  year,  but  the  extra  offi- 
cial was  preserved  in  the  present  field  judge.  Another 
spectacular  heritage  from  the  old  Rugby  game  that  was  leg- 
islated out  of  existence  in  1885  was  the  "  maul-in-goal." 
This  classical  device  of  old  English  football  is  too  intricate 
for  description,  but  suffice  it  to  say  that  it  was  as  rough  as 
it  sounds.  Only  one  event  occurred  in  1887  to  signalize  that 
year  in  the  annals  of  football,  but  that  event  was  naught  else 
than  the  appearance  of  Cornell  in  its  first  gridiron  battle, 
a  game  waged  with  Union,  at  Ithaca,  November  12,  1887, 
upon  the  site  now  occupied  by  Stimson  Hall. 

The  final  momentous  session  of  football's  legislature  in 
the  decade  of  the  '80s  was  the  convention  of  March  3, 
1888.  Although  this  body  introduced  only  four  changes  in 
the  rules,  two  of  these  were  of  such  a  character  that  they 
radically  changed  the  course  of  development  of  the  game. 
These  radical  amendments  was  the  rule  prohibiting  the 
defensive  rush-line  from  clasping  hands  and  stretching 
out  across  the  field  like  a  chain,  and  the  rule  which  e:|- 
tended  tackling  from  the  waist  to  the  knees.  Up  to  this 
time  rush-lines  on  offence  had  stretched  across  the  field 
so  widely  that  the  players  could  touch  one  another  only 
with  outstretched  arms.  Occasionally  the  distance  would 
be  greater.  The  backs  played  far  back  and  as  far  out  as 
their  ends,  taking  the  ball  on  long  side  passes.  Defensively 
the  rush-line  spread  so  as  to  cover  opponents.     The  low 


len 

;he\ 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE   'EIGHTIES  87 

tackle  had  introduced  a  defensive  weapon  into  the  game  so 
powerful  that  the  day  of  individual  rushing  and  easy  dodg- 
ing was  gone.  To  restore  the  balance  between  the  offence 
and  defence  the  rush-line  was  now  contracted  until  the  mej 
stood  shoulder  to  shoulder  and  the  backs  were  brought 
within  four  yards  of  the  line  for  the  quick  plunges  into  the 
line  that  the  new  game  required.  And  thus  passed  the 
beautiful,  open  style  of  game  recalled  so  fondly  by  the 
older  generation  of  collegians,  and  in  its  place  came  the 
mass  play,  ugly  and  uncouth  in  construction,  but  which, 
designed  to  be  useful  rather  than  handsome,  overcame  the 
iuw  tackle  and  won  its  long  list  of  victories. 

Ingenious  indeed  were  the  inventions  that  immediately 
appeared  along  this  new  line  of  tactical  development. 
Princeton  devised  the  play  now  familiarly  known  as  "box- 
ing the  tackle,"  although  originally  called  the  "split-the- 
line-open"  play,  simple  now  but  surprisingly  formidable 
and  effective  when  first  used  against  Yale  in  1888,  sending 
Cowan  on  the  first  trial  of  it  to  the  Blue's  five-yard  line  from 
midfield,  only  to  be  brought  back  because  the  oflScials  could 
not  reconcile  its  strangeness  to  the  rules.  Yale,  equally 
constructive,  conceived  the  idea  of  sending  a  player  in 
advance  of  the  runner  through  the  line,  commonplace  now 
but  revolutionary  and  irresistible  when  first  disclosed,  also 
notable  because  it  abandoned  the  last  vestige  of  regard 
for  the  old  Rugby  principle  forbidding  a  player  to  block 
opponents  while  in  advance  of  the  ball.  On  defence  a  great 
advance  was  made  by  placing  a  half-back  immediately 
behind  each  tackle,  thus  presenting  a  new  invention  in  the 
game,  a  secondary  defence. 

But  if  the  '80s  were  to  come  to  a  close  in  a  brilliant  dis- 
play of  achievements  in  strategy,  this  decade  was  destined 
to  pass  out  in  a  still  more  impressive  exhibition  of  the 
game's  spectacular  side  features.     The  playing  season  of 


rfcou/)oiU)yji^^ 


88  FOOTBALL 

1889  found  Harvard  and  Princeton  facing  the  campaign 
with  unusually  limited  material  because  of  the  graduation  of 
many  old  players.  Within  the  first  few  days  of  the  autumn, 
however,  two  of  Princeton^s  veterans  returned  for  post- 
graduate work  and  two  famous  football  players  matricu- 
lated as  special  students.  The  outlook  at  Harvard  improved 
with  the  accretion  of  two  veterans  from  the  professional 
departments  and  another  veteran,  a  special,  who  extended 
his  course  of  study.  At  New  Haven  football  also  was 
stimulated  by  the  recruitment  of  four  veterans  who  were 
pursuing  courses  in  the  professional  departments.  Up 
to  this  time  no  serious  objection  had  been  made  to  the  play- 
ing of  post-graduates  and  specials  although  the  subject  of 
hoary  and  aged  veterans  upon  rival  teams  long  had  been  a 
prolific  source  of  humorous  comment  by  the  college  wits. 
The  presence  of  such  a  galaxy  of  graduates  in  1889  created 
wide  criticism  and  a  stern  demand  for  reform.  To  sur- 
charge the  atmosphere  rumors  of  professionalism  were  rife. 
As  a  result  Wesleyan  and  Yale  early  in  November  united 
in  a  call  for  a  special  convention  of  the  Association  to  de- 
termine "certain  questions  of  amateur  standing."  This 
meeting  was  held  at  the  old  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel  in  New 
York,  November  4, 1889.  In  behalf  of  Yale,  Walter  Camp 
introduced  an  elaborate  set  of  resolutions  on  eligibility  pro- 
hibiting any  student  from  playing  upon  a  team  of  the  As- 
sociation unless  he  was  attending  a  certain  number  of  reci- 
tations each  week,  and  any  student  who  had  participated  in 
athletics  for  pay.  Duncan  Edwards,  of  Princeton,  promptly 
moved  to  amend  these  resolutions  by  including  all  students 
in  professional  departments  and  all  post-graduates.  This 
amendment  if  adopted  would  have  disqualified  four  players 
at  Harvard,  four  at  Pennsylvania,  and  four  at  Yale.  H.  C. 
Leeds,  of  Harvard,  claimed  that  such  an  amendment  was 
out  of  order  because  the  meeting  was  called  to  consider  only 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'EIGHTIES  89 

questions  of  amateur  standing.  This  point  was  sustained. 
John  C.  Bell,  of  Pennsylvania,  moved  the  adoption  of  that 
portion  of  Mr.  Camp's  resolutions  which  required  a  player's 
attendance  upon  a  certain  number  of  recitations  a  week. 
Harvard  objected  to  this  because  it  was  not  germane  to  the 
call  of  the  convention,  but  the  point  was  not  sustained. 
Princeton  then  attempted  to  widen  the  scope  of  the  resolu- 
tions by  prohibiting  a  student  at  one  college  from  subse- 
quently playing  upon  the  team  of  another,  but  a  point  of 
order  by  Harvard  was  sustained  and  the  amendment  was 
rejected.     Thereupon  the  resolutions  were  passed. 

Slowly  and  impressively  Mr.  Leeds  now  arose  and  pre- 
sented protests  against  fifteen  of  Princeton's  players.  The 
latter's  representatives  immediately  retaliated  by  filing 
charges  against  four  of  Harvard's  men.  At  this  juncture 
the  convention  adjourned  for  ten  days  in  order  to  afford 
the  protested  players  opportunity  to  answer  the  charges. 

The  sensation  throughout  the  intercollegiate  world  pro- 
duced by  this  convention  was  the  dominant  topic  in  the  in- 
terim. In  fact  the  aspects  of  the  controversy,  humorously 
and  bitterly  treated,  occupied  more  space  in  the  public 
press  than  was  accorded  a  complication  in  international 
politics  that  occurred  at  the  same  time.  As  a  result  the  re- 
assembling of  this  convention  upon  the  date  appointed 
attracted  a  great  crowd  of  collegians  and  newspaper  men 
to  the  corridors  of  the  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel.  The  conven- 
tion was  called  to  order  behind  closed  doors.  The  protested 
Harvard  players  were  in  attendance  for  oral  examination. 
No  sooner  had  the  convention  been  called  to  order  than 
Edwards,  of  Princeton,  jumped  to  his  feet  and  moved  to 
lay  the  protests  upon  the  table.  F.  G.  Beattys,  who  repre- 
sented Wesleyan,  announced  that  before  he  voted  upon  this 
motion  he  desired  an  opportunity  to  examine  the  evidence 
which  Harvard  would  produce  against  Princeton's  players. 


90  FOOTBALL 

Mr.  Leeds  thereupon  invited  him  to  withdraw  for  that  pur- 
pose and  the  convention  took  a  recess.  A  few  minutes  later 
these  gentlemen  returned  and  the  session  was  called  to 
order.  The  motion  to  table  was  put  and  Wesleyan  voted 
to  table  the  protests.  Since  Pennsylvania  and  Princeton 
voted  aJBSrmatively  and  Harvard  and  Yale  negatively,  this 
famous  episode  ended  and  the  convention  adjourned.  Two 
days  later  Harvard  and  Princeton  met  in  a  great  battle  on 
Jarvis  Field  at  Cambridge,  the  excitement  surrounding 
which  had  been  heightened  enormously  by  these  events. 
From  this  battle  Princeton  emerged  the  victor.  Four  days 
later  a  great  mass  meeting  was  held  at  Harvard,  at  which  it 
was  voted  that  the  university  should  sever  its  connection 
with  the  Intercollegiate  Football  Association.  The  Crim- 
son's resignation  immediately  was  forwarded,  thus  begin- 
ning the  disintegration  of  the  association. 


CHAPTER  VII 
FOOTBALL  IN  THE   'NINETIES 

The  stirring  events  which  brought  to  a  close  the  decade 
of  the  '80s  continued  their  course  unabated  in  January, 
1890.  The  intercollegiate  world  was  disturbed  by  persist- 
ent rumors  that  Yale  also  would  withdraw  from  the  Inter- 
collegiate Football  Association  and  with  Harvard  form  a 
"dual  league"  in  all  branches  of  sport.  Color  was  given 
to  these  reports  by  a  number  of  conferences  held  at  Spring- 
field by  these  two  institutions,  but  the  atmosphere  was  event- 
ually cleared  by  the  announcement  that  they  had  completed 
an  arrangement  only  for  their  mutual  contests,  and  this  soon 
was  supplemented  by  a  further  statement  from  Yale  that  the 
latter  had  no  intention  of  withdrawing  from  the  league. 

Notwithstanding  this  rupture  in  the  political  department 
of  football  the  season  of  1890  brought  a  remarkable  develop-  "K 
ment  in  the  tactics  of  play.  The  plan  of  sending  a  man 
through  the  line  in  advance  of  the  runner  became  general. 
Most  memorable  of  all,  however,  was  the  invention  by  Yale 
of  the  most  perfect  system  of  interference  in  end  running 
the  game  ever  has  known.  The  ingeniousness  of  the  Blue's 
method  lay  in  the  employment  of  a  heavy  lineman  to  lead 
the  interference,  who  sprang  from  his  position  in  the  line 
at  the  snap  of  the  ball,  but  the  effectiveness  of  the  play 
unquestionably  lay  in  the  extraordinary  skill  of  the  line- 
man selected,  who  was  none  other  than  W.  W.  Heffelfinger. 
This  swarthy  giant  still  looms  vividly  through  the  lapse  of 
years,  his  ears  protected  by  a  broad  white  bandage  and  his 
great  frame  ranging  swiftly  up  and  down  the  field,  pushing, 

91 


} 


92  FOOTBALL 

pulling,  and  blocking,  continually  exhorting  his  comrades  to 
action  and  repeatedly  performing  the  astounding  feat  of 
ripping  apart  his  adversary's  rush-line,  reaching  back  for 
his  runner  and  carrying  him  through  his  own  opening  and 
pell-mell  down  the  field,  a  veritable  Theseus  of  mental  and 
physical  action.  Equally  brilliant  in  the  execution  of  this 
play  and  of  a  feint  for  end  which  terminated  in  a  dash  be- 
tween tackle  and  end  was  Lee  McClung,  the  two  compos- 
ing a  pair  of  players  whose  skill  and  interaction  were  the 
chief  factors  in  administering  to  Princeton  the  heaviest  de- 
feat ever  suffered  by  the  Tiger  team.  And  yet  this  great 
strategic  eleven  of  Yale  was  beaten  by  Harvard,  the  first 
defeat  of  the  Blue  by  the  Crimson  excepting  their  first  game 
in  1875. 

This  was  the  year  in  which  appeared  that  famous  curiosity 
of  the  sport,  the  affectation  of  long  hair  by  the  players. 
This  custom  was  defended  at  the  time  by  the  assertion  that 
it  was  done  for  protection.  Protection,  of  course,  hair 
from  four  to  eight  inches  long  did  afford,  nevertheless  it  was 
only  a  fashion.  It  originated  in  the  humorous  proclivities 
of  a  player  at  Princeton  who  in  1889  raised  an  enormous 
crop  of  hair  merely  as  an  act  of  horse-play.  Playing  a 
spectacular  game  against  Harvard,  his  flaunting,  flopping 
locks  were  taken  seriously  by  the  spectators,  and  thus  this 
comedian  unconsciously  set  a  fashion  that  the  next  year 
swept  the  country  and  raged  for  four  years.  To  such  gro- 
tesqueness  did  the  chrysanthemum  crown  of  the  football 
man  grow  that  to-day  it  is  still  the  comic  type  of  that  per- 
sonage. In  1895  Yale's  eleven  startled  the  spectators  who 
assembled  to  see  the  contest  with  Princeton,  by  appearing 
with  locks  neatly  and  closely  shorn,  and  instantly  long  hair 
went  out  of  fashion  in  imitation  of  the  latest  style. 

Not  only  did  1890  bring  an  advance  in  the  scientific 
knowledge  of  the  game,  but  it  brought  an  extensio»4H-4ts 


I 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'NINETIES  93 

circle  of  competitors.  In  the  East  the  Army  and  Navy, 
or,  as  they  are  popularly  known.  West  Point  and  Annapolis, 
played  their  first  contest,  thus  estabhshing  that  great  classic 
series  of  games.  In  the  Northwest,  Minnesota  and  Wiscon- 
sin likewise  made  their  initial  appearance  in  a  fixture  that 
never  has  been  broken.  Football  also  invaded  the  West,  re- 
sulting in  a  convention,  December  28,  1890,  at  Kansas  City, 
promoted  by  Hector  W.  Cowan,  of  Princeton,  at  which  Iowa, 
Kansas,  Missouri,  and  Nebraska  formed  the  Western  Inter- 
collegiate Football  Association.  The  advent  of  so  many 
participants  and  the  keenness  of  their  competition  brought 
forth  a  brilliant  army  of  football  coaches  from  the  older  in- 
stitutions who  began  to  spread  far  and  wide  the  long-guarded 
secrets  of  expert  play.  At  one  time  in  this  period  there  might 
have  been  counted  no  less  than  45  former  players  of  Yale, 
35  of  Princeton,  and  24  of  Harvard  actively  engaged  in 
teaching  the  science  of  the  game. 

During  the  early  years  of  this  decade  a  condition  of  rest 
and  stability  characterized  the  rules,  but  the  genius  of  gen- 
eralship incessantly  and  brilliantly  was  active.  Of  this  fa- 
mous strategic  period  the  month  of  November,  1892,  was 
by  far  the  most  memorable.  To  begin  with,  Pennsylvania 
signalized  its  advent  as  a  football  power  by  defeating  Prince- 
ton. With  this  sensation  still  in  the  air  Harvard  and 
Yale  came  together  one  week  later  at  Springfield.  For 
many  years  the  standard  opening  play  at  the  beginning 
of  each  half  had  been  the  old  Princeton  V,  commonly  known 
as  the  V  Trick.  With  this  formation  Yale  opened  the  first 
half  against  Harvard.  At  the  commencement  of  the  second 
period  Yale's  forwards  deployed  along  the  55-yard  line  to 
attack  a  similar  formation  by  Harvard.  To  the  surprise 
of  players  and  spectators,  however,  the  Crimson  did  not 
form  a  V.  Instead,  B.  W.  Trafford,  holding  the  ball,  took 
a  position  at  the  centre  of  Harvard's  45-yard  line.     The  re- 


94  FOOTBALL 

maining  10  men  divided  into  two  sections  and  fell  back  to 
the  25-yard  line,  each  section  grouping  near  the  side  line, 
but  at  opposite  sides  of  the  field.  Without  putting  the  ball 
in  play  Trafford  waved  his  hand  and  the  two  sections  came 
swiftly  forward  in  lock  step,  converging  toward  Trafford 
and  gathering  tremendous  momentum  as  they  ran.  Just 
as  they  reached  Trafford  the  latter  put  the  ball  in  play  and 
disappeared  within  the  mass  of  men,  thus  launching  against 
the  Yale  men  standing  still  in  their  tracks  the  famous  fly- 
ing wedge,  the  invention  of  Lorin  F.  DeLand.  Fearlessly 
Yale's  rush-line  leaped  against  the  mass,  finally  pulling  it 
to  pieces  and  bringing  down  the  runner  on  their  25-yard 
line.  No  play  ever  has  been  devised  so  spectacular  and 
sensational  as  this  one.  It  not  only  was  the  feature  of  the 
game,  although  the  contest  eventually  was  won  by  Yale,  but 
it  was  the  most  discussed  topic  by  the  country  at  large 
for  many  days  and  the  central  subject  of  football  for  sev- 
eral years.  To-day  the  episode  is  preserved  by  the  pas- 
sage of  the  words,  "the  flying  wedge,"  from  a  technical 
term  of  football  to  a  standard  phrase  in  the  English  lan- 
guage. 

Less  spectacular  but  equally  consequential  was  an  in- 
novation introduced  by  Yale  in  this  game,  the  abolition  of 
sparring  in  the  rush-line.  For  many  years  the  opposing 
forwards  had  been  accustomed  to  push  one  another  with 
the  flat  of  their  hands  in  order  to  distract  their  attention 
from  the  ball  and  to  have  their  opponents  off  their  feet 
when  the  ball  was  snapped.  The  effect  of  this  sparring  and 
counter-sparring  was  that  of  seven  pairs  of  windmills.  Yale 
was  the  first  to  observe  that  a  player  who  stood  quietly 
in  his  place,  ignoring  his  opponent  and  with  his  eyes  fixed 
upon  the  ball,  was  the  man  who  invariably  charged  his  op- 
ponent back.  Instantly  sparring  ceased,  thereby  inciden- 
tally so  improving  the  game  as  a  whole  that  its  rule-makers 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE   'NINETIES  95 

prevented  a  return  of  the  practice  by  a  specific  legislation 
against  it. 

The  condition  of  peacefulness  which  had  characterized 
the  politics  of  the  game  for  two  years  was  roughly  jarred 
in  January,  1893,  by  the  launching  of  a  movement  by  Yale^ 
to  limit  the  eligibility  of  all  players  upon  intercollegiate 
teams  to  undergraduates  who  were  actually  candidates  for 
a  degree.  This  proposition  soon  became  famous  far  and 
wide  as  the  "  undergraduate  rule."  For  its  consideration  a 
special  session  of  the  Association  was  held  late  in  January, 
at  which  the  rule  was  adopted  by  the  votes  of  Princeton, 
Wesleyan,  and  Yale,  although  vigorously  opposed  by  Penn- 
sylvania. A  few  weeks  later  the  intercollegiate  association 
of  track  athletes  assembled  at  New  York,  and  Yale  again 
introduced  the  resolution,  thereby  producing  a  great  up- 
roar. Pennsylvania  led  the  attack  upon  the  rule  and  ac- 
complished its  defeat.  With  the  arrival  of  autumn,  Penn- 
sylvania renewed  its  opposition  to  this  rule  and  began  a 
campaign  to  bring  about  either  its  repeal  or  a  suspension  of 
its  action  for  players  in  college  at  the  time  of  its  adoption. 
Public  sentiment  veered  in  favor  of  Pennsylvania  when  it 
was  learned  that  Yale  had  waived  this  rule  in  its  agreement 
with  Harvard,  it  being  stipulated  that  in  these  contests 
each  university  should  be  the  judge  of  its  own  eligibility 
qualifications.  With  the  coming  of  October,  Pennsylvania 
aggressively  again  attacked  the  rule  and  called  for  a  con- 
vention to  consider  its  repeal.  Princeton  and  Yale  would 
not  recede  and  the  rule  remained.  Thereupon  Pennsylvania! 
filed  its  resignation  from  the  Association  and  soon  was  fol- 
lowed by  Wesleyan,  thus  substantially  disintegrating  the 
old  Association,  although  Princeton  and  Yale  still  main- 
tained its  organization. 

Turning  from  intercollegiate  politics  to  the  game  itself 
we  find  the  year  of  1893  most  brilliant  for  its  great  pro- 


96  FOOTBALL 

ductions  in  strategic  play.  George  W.  Woodruff,  of  Yale, 
who  had  been  engaged  as  coach  at  Pennsylvania,  was  sig- 
nalizing his  advent  by  revolutionizing  many  long-accepted 
basic  theories  of  the  game.  Defensively  his  rush-lines 
were  contracted  instead  of  expanded  and  his  forwards  were 
taught  to  drive  the  runner  to  the  side  line  rather  than  into 
the  traditional  pocket  at  centre  which  occasionally  proved 
to  be  a  pocket  with  a  hole.  His  players  also  were  instructed 
to  disregard  the  ancient  maxim  which  required  a  player  to 
fall  upon  a  fumbled  ball,  Woodruff's  idea  being  to  pick  it  up 
and  take  the  chance  of  a  fumble  against  the  chance  of  miss- 
ing an  opportunity  for  a  long  run.  To  his  genius  also  must 
be  credited  the  origin  at  this  time  of  the  quarter-back  kick, 
the  forerunner  of  the  on-side  kicking  game.  Most  momen- 
tous of  all,  he  introduced  the  flying  principle  into  all  inter- 
ference, causing  the  interferers  to  start  before  the  ball  was 
put  in  play  and  the  latter  to  be  snapped  just  as  the  inter- 
ference struck  the  opposing  line.  Around  this  feature  a 
great  number  of  variations  were  evolved  which  came  to  be 
known  as  momentum  mass  plays. 

At  Harvard  Lorin  F.  DeLand  was  producing  one  bewil- 
dering invention  after  another.  Harvard's  opponents  lightly 
called  these  formations  "  checker-board  plays,"  but  although 
they  did  not  win  for  Harvard  against  Yale,  they  furnished 
the  basis  of  nearly  all  standard  formations  for  ten  years. 
It  was  in  this  season  that  the  Harvard  eleven  startled  Yale 
in  their  contest,  November  25,  1S93,  by  appearing  in  suits  of 
smooth  leather  made  into  a  single  piece  in  order  to  increase 
the  difficulty  of  tackling.  The  stratagem  was  a  projection  of 
a  similar  idea  out  of  which  had  originated  many  years  before 
the  laced  canvas  jacket,  and  it  was  a  saner  device  than  that 
of  the  known — but  here  nameless — genius  who  once  essayed 
to  play  half-back  in  a  championship  game  greased  from 
shoulder  to  knee,  thereby  forcing  into  the  rule  book  that 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE   'NINETIES  97 

curious  section  which  for  many  years  added  interest  in  its 
pages,  "  No  sticky  or  greasy  substance  shall  be  used  on  the 
persons  or  clothing  of  the  players."  In  this  game  first 
was  seen  the  "  turtle-back,"  a  play  executed  by  forming  the 
eleven  men  in  the  shape  of  a  solid  oval  against  a  selected 
point  in  the  rush-line,  usually  the  tackle,  and  at  the  snap  of 
the  ball  into  the  interior  of  the  oval  rolling  the  mass  out 
around  the  end,  thus  unwinding  the  runner  into  a  clear  field. 
Here  also  first  was  seen  the  "  push  play,"  a  formation  similar 
to  the  turtle-back,  but  in  which  the  runner  was  lifted  on 
top  of  the  mass  and  pushed  over  the  opposing  rush-line. 

Yale  with  customary  genius  devised  a  powerful  variation 
of  the  momentum  mass  play.  All  of  the  linemen  except  the 
centre  and  guards  were  withdrawn  and  with  the  backs 
formed  into  a  wedge  fifteen  yards  behind  the  line.  As  this 
wedge  started  before  the  ball  was  put  in  play,  and  as  the 
latter  was  not  snapped  until  the  wedge  was  about  to  strike 
its  objective  point,  it  is  needless  to  say  that  the  impact  was 
such  that  the  objective  point  usually  remembered  it  for 
years.  But  the  most  effective  formation  viewed  from  the 
standpoint  of  results  and  its  influence  upon  the  subsequent 
development  of  the  game  was  a  play  devised  at  Princeton 
by  Philip  King.  This  famous  player  conceived  the  idea  of 
placing  the  ends  with  the  backs  in  a  straight  line  behind 
the  tackles,  thus  originating  the  tandem-tackle  principle  of 
offensive  play.  Two  weeks  later  Harvard  modified  this 
formation  by  playing  the  tackles  back.  From  that  day  to 
this  the  tandem-tackle  principle  has  been  the  chief  feature 
in  the  invention  of  offensive  tactics. 

Unfortunately,  this  season  of  exceptional  tactical  bril- 
liancy was  fraught  with  many  mishaps.  Perhaps  these 
were  due  to  that  peculiar  operation  of  chance  which  ever 
seems  to  accumulate  an  excess  of  misfortunes  at  one  time. 
Perhaps  it  was  due  to  the  fact  that  the  generals  of  the  game 


98  FOOTBALL 

had  devised  plays  too  powerful  for  their  sturdy  soldiers 
to  execute  and  withstand.  Perhaps  these  accidents  were 
not  so  numerous  or  so  serious  as  alleged,  but  rather  were 
the  product  of  exaggeration.  As  usual  there  was  much 
of  the  latter.  The  sensational  accounts  of  the  season's 
contests  eventually  made  their  way  into  Europe,  and  the 
Munchener  N achrichten  purveyed  the  news  of  battle  to  its 
readers  thus :  "  The  football  tournament  between  the  teams 
of  Harvard  and  Yale,  recently  held  in  America,  had  terrible 
results.  It  turned  into  an  awful  butchery.  Of  twenty- 
two  participants  seven  were  so  severely  injured  that  they 
had  to  be  carried  from  the  field  in  a  dying  condition.  One 
player  had  his  back  broken,  another  lost  an  eye,  and  a 
third  lost  a  leg.  Both  teams  appeared  upon  the  field  with 
a  crowd  of  ambulances,  surgeons,  and  nurses.  Many 
ladies  fainted  at  the  awful  cries  of  the  injured  players. 
The  indignation  of  the  spectators  was  powerful,  but  they 
were  so  terrorized  that  they  were  afraid  to  leave  the  field." 
The  sport  now  faced  a  serious  outcry.  The  Secretary  of 
the  Navy  and  the  Secretary  of  War  abolished  the  promising 
Army-Navy  series  of  games  by  restricting  each  Academy 
to  its  own  grounds.  Unfortunately  for  football  the  game 
in  this  crisis  had  no  authoritative  governmental  head. 
The  old  intercollegiate  association  had  dwindled  to  two 
members,  Princeton  and  Yale,  and  the  uniformity  of  the 
game  was  threatened  by  the  proposed  organization  of  sev- 
eral "dual  leagues''  throughout  the  country.  Out  of  the 
turmoil  eventually  came  a  call  from  the  University  Athletic 
Club  of  New  York  requesting  Harvard,  Pennsylvania, 
Princeton,  and  Yale  to  form  a  rules  committtee  and  as- 
sume the  government  of  the  game.  These  institutions 
immediately  responded  by  selecting  as  their  representatives, 
respectively,  W.  A.  Brooks,  J.  C.  Bell,  Alexander  Moffat,  and 
Walter  Camp.     These  gentlemen  extended  their  numbers 


I 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE   'NINETIES  99 

by  inviting  P.  J.  Dashiell  to  join  them,  the  latter  being  the 
game's  foremost  official  at  the  time.  Through  Mr.  Camp 
a  letter  of  inquiry  was  sent  to  every  former  football  player 
in  the  United  States  requesting  answers  to  a  number  of 
specific  questions  upon  the  subject  of  injuries.  These 
answers  when  compiled  and  published  proved  that  the 
charges  against  the  accidents  of  the  sport  had  been  exag- 
gerated so  grossly  that  these  accusations  subsided  and  al- 
most ceased.  But  the  committee  had  gone  a  step  farther. 
It  had  invited  also  from  all  of  the  old  players  suggestions 
for  the  improvement  of  the  game.  It  required  many  sessions 
to  consider  the  many  meritorious  ideas  adduced,  but  at  last 
the  committee  issued  its  new  rules  giving  to  the  sport  the 
most  radical  revision  it  had  encountered  since  1882.  The 
V  and  the  flying  wedge  were  abolished  and  the  old-fashioned 
kick-off  re-established.  The  momentum  plays  which  de- 
pended upon  a  start  in  advance  of  the  snap  of  the  ball  were 
prohibited  and  mass  plays  were  greatly  modified  by  forbid- 
ding players  to  group  more  than  five  yards  behind  the  line. 
Notwithstanding,  the  opposition  to  the  game  did  not 
cease.  The  rules  committee  had  only  modified  the  mass 
plays,  whereas  the  public  demanded  their  complete  eradica- 
tion and  the  restoration  of  the  open  game.  To  add  to  the 
keenness  of  the  situation  Harvard  and  Yale  became  engaged 
in  an  altercation  over  the  unusual  vim  with  which  the  con- 
test of  1894  had  been  played,  which  terminated  in  a  sever- 
ance of  relations  between  the  Blue  and  the  Crimson.  Cor- 
nell's faculty  added  a  new  subject  to  the  rampant  debate 
by  adopting  a  resolution  "limiting  all  contests  of  Cornell  to 
college  grounds."  The  rules  committee  organized  in  1894 
failed  to  perpetuate  itself,  and  so  Alexander  Moffat,  of  Prince- 
ton, and  Walter  Camp,  of  Yale,  as  representatives  of  the  old 
Intercollegiate  Association,  theoretically  still  in  existence,  in- 
vited W.  A.  Brooks,  of  Harvard,  and  J.  C.  Bell,  of  Penn- 


100  FOOTBALL 

sylvania,  to  join  in  a  conference  to  save  the  game  by  revis- 
ing its  rules  to  meet  the  public  and  college  demand.  This 
joint  conference  assembled  March  31, 1895.  It  immediately 
became  apparent  that  a  radical  division  existed  among  the 
members  upon  the  subject  of  revision.  Princeton  and 
Yale  stoutly  stood  for  the  complete  abolition  of  the  momen- 
tum mass  play.  Harvard  and  Pennsylvania,  equally  obsti- 
nate, insisted  upon  the  retention  of  this  feature.  Adjourn- 
ments from  time  to  time  were  taken  by  this  committee  in  an 
effort  to  harmonize,  but  the  college  year  came  to  an  end  with 
no  harmony  in  sight.  When  the  collegians  reassembled 
in  the  autumn  they  found  an  unusual  condition.  The  com- 
mittee had  separated  into  two  factions.  Harvard  and 
Pennsylvania  had  invited  Cornell  to  join  them  and  produce 
an  independent  set  of  rules,  which  was  done,  Princeton  and 
Yale  likewise  drafting  a  different  code.  The  rules  of  the 
last  two  prohibited  more  than  one  man  from  starting  before 
the  ball  was  in  play  and  forbade  more  than  three  men  to 
group  behind  the  line  of  scrimmage.  The  other  set  of 
rules  placed  no  restrictions  upon  formations  behind  the 
line.  Pennsylvania's  uncompromising  insistence  upon  un- 
restricted formations  behind  the  line  was  due  to  the  great 
perfection  to  which  George  W.  Woodruff  had  brought  a 
marvellous  mass  play  known  as  guards-back,  a  formation 
executed  by  withdrawing  both  guards  from  the  line  and 
playing  them  in  tandem  style  against  the  objective  point, 
further  supported  by  a  powerful  arrangement  of  the  backs, 
one  of  the  most  ingenious  and  effective  offensive  formations 
devised  in  the  entire  history  of  the  game.  These  two  fac- 
tions also  differed  in  regard  to  the  manner  of  continuing 
play  from  a  fair  catch.  Princeton  and  Yale  required  a 
heel  mark,  but  the  code  of  their  rivals  provided  that  "  the 
player  who  catches  a  punt  may  not  run  with  the  ball,  but 
may  pass  it  to  another  player,  who  may  run  with  it." 


<   E 
I    ^ 


FOOTBALL  IN  TH^^^'is^NETlES^         iOi 

The  result  of  these  contending  codes  of  course  was  chaos. 
Each  institution  insisted  that  its  competitors  play  under 
its  particular  code,  thus  requiring  many  colleges  to  be  pro- 
ficient in  both.  Notwithstanding  this  the  lowest  plane  to 
which  football  has  fallen  in  its  long  history  in  this  country,  the 
year  of  1895  produced  one  great  innovation.  From  earliest 
times  the  ball  had  been  passed  from  centre  to  the  full-back 
for  a  punt  by  the  quarter-back.  Yale  in  this  season  de- 
vised the  long  pass  direct  from  centre  to  the  full-back,  ap- 
parently a  simple  and  sound  method,  yet  it  invited  a  storm 
of  hostile  criticism  as  an  impracticable  manoeuvre.  Two 
years  later  it  was  used  by  every  team  in  the  United  States, 
and  the  long,  underhand  pass  of  the  quarter-back  had  gone 
into  the  lumber-room  of  discarded  plays. 

The  close  of  this  season  found  the  colleges  of  the  country 
in  rebellion  against  the  further  supervision  of  the  game 
by  the  major  institutions.  Disgusted  with  the  quarrels  of 
the  East,  the  Middle  West  demanded  a  sectional  rules  com- 
mittee of  its  own  and  the  minor  colleges  of  the  seaboard  like- 
wise raised  a  demand  for  a  representative  committee  to 
draft  a  satisfactory  and  uniform  set  of  rules.  The  two 
committees  thereupon  were  forced  to  coalesce  and  to  stem 
opposition  by  inviting  all  of  the  colleges  to  submit  their 
suggestions  for  reform.  The  response  was  immediate. 
Again  the  committee  was  forced  to  continue  in  session  until 
midsummer  in  order  to  consider  the  mass  of  proposed 
amendments,  but  at  last  all  were  thoroughly  debated  and 
the  best  beaten  into  a  new  code.  The  flying  principle  was 
met  by  legislating  that  no  player  of  the  offensive  side  might 
take  more  than  one  step  towards  his  opponents'  goal  before 
the  ball  was  in  play,  and  the  mass  feature  was  modified 
by  prohibiting  more  than  six  men  from  grouping  behind 
the  line  of  scrimmage  and  further  by  providing  that  two 
of  these  players  should  be  at  least  five  yards  back,  or 


;i(?5 /'; :;; /';/:; ;  ; ;/.  football 

outside  of  the  end  men  on  the  line.  These  changes  were 
supplemented  by  a  number  of  minor  alterations  and  the 
game  at  a  bound  came  back  into  popular  approval.  The 
playing  season  that  ensued  was  marred  by  the  continu- 
ance of  the  estrangement  between  Harvard  and  Yale,  but 
the  year  was  memorable  notwithstanding.  In  October 
Lafayette  surprised  the  intercollegiate  world  by  playing  a 
draw  with  Princeton  and  later  defeating  Pennsylvania,  there- 
by achieving  the  honor  of  being  the  first  minor  college 
to  rupture  the  impregnability  of  the  "big  four."  Two 
great  plays  appeared  to  add  further  distinction  to  this  year. 
The  place  kick  which  had  lain  forgotten  for  many  a  long 
year  came  back  and  began  to  supplant  the  historic  drop 
kick  for  goal.  At  Princeton  the  old  tandem  play  of  1893 
was  revived  and  altered  into  an  irresistible  engine  of  attack 
that  became  popularly  known  as  the  "revolving  tandem." 
It  was  executed  by  swinging  one  tackle  from  position  at 
the  snap  of  the  ball  against  the  opposite  tackle,  thereby 
forming  a  wedge  with  the  half-backs,  one  of  the  latter  carry- 
ing the  ball,  and  this  mass  then  being  whirled  by  the  strong 
arms  of  Garret  Cochran  through  the  line  and  over  the 
defensive  backs,  who  vainly  fell  in  front  of  the  play  to 
block  it. 

Following  this  season  football  entered  upon  four  years  of 
stability  for  the  rules,  of  relief  from  intercollegiate  politics, 
and  of  attention  to  the  perfection  of  play.  Great  contests 
were  waged,  no  untoward  incidents  marred  the  sport,  and  a 
great  wave  of  popular  approval  was  the  reward.  In  this  era 
of  good  feeling  Harvard  and  Yale  resumed  their  annual 
game  and  the  interdiction  was  removed  from  the  Army-Navy 
struggle,  thus  permitting  the  latter  with  its  peculiarly  pict- 
uresque and  social  features  to  leap  at  a  bound  into  equal 
importance  with  the  time-honored  football  classics.  Tac- 
tically, line  and  wing  shifts  made  their  appearance  to  delight 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'NINETIES  103 

the  strategists  and  the  spectacular  hurdle  play  came  into 
use  as  one  of  the  game's  sensational  features. 

There  is  another  circumstance  which  clings  in  the  memory 
of  the  older  generation  making  memorable  the  period  whose 
closing  occurred  at  this  time,  and  that  is  the  Thanksgiving 
Day  game  between  Princeton  and  Yale  in  New  York.  The 
advance  cohorts  of  the  collegians  usually  arrived  Wednes- 
day afternoon  and  by  evening  the  rival  armies  were  in 
the  city.  From  Madison  Square  to  Thirty-third  Street  the 
sidewalks  of  Broadway  flashed  with  blue  and  orange  rib- 
bons and  the  buildings  along  the  way  resounded  with  the 
impact  of  many  and  diverse  college  cheers,  for  the  occasion 
was  a  convocation  of  all.  Yale's  eleven  annually  was  quar- 
tered at  the  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel  and  Princeton's  was  secluded 
at  the  Murray  Hill.  But  the  forum  for  all  comers  were 
the  lobbies  of  the  Hoffman  House.  The  presiding  per- 
sonage here  was  "Billy"  Edwards,  a  former  prize-fighter, 
raised  to  the  position  of  guardian  genius  of  the  hostelry. 
Genial,  tactful,  and  popular,  Edwards  moved  among  the 
collegians  good-naturedly  confining  the  debates  within 
proper  limits  of  noisiness,  acting  as  stakeholder  for  that 
portion  of  the  sporting  public  which  insisted  upon  a  wager 
and  with  an  eye  ever  single  and  alert  to  the  integrity  of  the 
glassware. 

Owing  to  the  great  distance  to  the  field  the  collegians 
arose  betimes  Thanksgiving  morning.  By  ten  o'clock  the 
coaching  parade  was  in  motion,  and  the  coaching  parade 
was  a  feature  that  was  second  only  to  the  game  itself.  A 
full  year  in  advance  every  drag  in  the  city  was  engaged,  and 
by  the  day  of  the  game  almost  every  omnibus,  coach,  and 
other  vehicle  capable  of  transporting  half  a  dozen  or  more 
men  upon  its  roof,  for  no  one  rode  inside.  Flaunting  from 
the  tops  hung  great  blankets  of  blue  or  orange  bunting. 
Style  required  the  attachment  of  at  least  four  horses  and  as 


104  FOOTBALL 

many  more  as  the  taste  and  finances  of  the  passengers  per- 
mitted, the  horses  being  no  less  ornately  and  abundantly 
caparisoned  than  the  coach.  Another  invariable  feature 
of  every  equipage  was  its  coaching-horn  and  hornsman. 
The  latter,  it  is  true,  frequently  was  lacking  in  skill,  but  he 
was  most  extraordinarily  prolific  in  wind.  Starting  from 
Madison  Square  the  route  lay  up  Fifth  Avenue  to  Harlem 
and  thence  to  the  field — the  Polo  Grounds  in  the  '80s  and 
Manhattan  Field  in  the  '90s.  The  gayety  of  the  drive 
was  augmented  by  the  lavish  decorations  that  were  flung 
from  many  residences  and  hotels  along  the  way,  each 
eliciting  appreciative  salvos  of  cheers  from  the  collegians 
whose  colors  were  displayed. 

At  the  field  a  space  was  reserved  for  the  coaches  directly 
overlooking  the  field  of  play,  and  here,  still  upon  their  coach- 
tops,  these  coaching-parties  lunched.  The  great  encircling 
stands  did  not  arrive  until  the  games  were  transferred  to 
university  fields.  Indeed  even  as  late  as  1891  it  was  a 
common  sight  to  find  spectators  viewing  the  struggle  from 
boxes  and  barrels  placed  against  the  fence.  Those  were 
the  days  of  the  overhead  sweater,  before  the  blanket  made 
its  advent,  when  teams  endeavored,  and  often  succeeded,  in 
playing  an  entire  game  without  the  use  of  one  substitute.  It 
also  was  the  time  of  the  inexpert  news  reporter  who  wrote  his 
introduction  weeks  and  months  ahead,  but  who  obtained 
his  data  of  the  progress  of  the  battle  from  the  substitutes 
and  later  described  an  important  play  as  "  Homans  snatched 
the  ball  going  southbound."  Fashionably,  it  was  the  pe- 
riod of  the  ulster  and  the  newmarket,  and  the  neckerchief 
of  colored  silk,  upon  this  occasion  invariably  blue  or  orange 
and  black. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  game  the  great  crowd  by  coach 
and  elevated  train  made  its  return  downtown,  and  soon 
every  restaurant  and  hotel  was  crowded  with  happy  parties 


FOOTBALL  IN  THE  'NINETIES  105 

partaking  of  their  deferred  but  now  more  enjoyable  Thanks- 
giving Day  dinner,  while  the  heroes  of  the  day,  winners 
and  losers  alike,  enjoyed  themselves  in  "  breaking  training." 
During  the  evening  the  theatres  became  the  scene  of  the 
day's  closing  diversions.  The  play  may  have  been  good 
or  it  may  have  been  bad.  It  mattered  not  to  the  audience, 
for  the  best  show  was  given  in  front  of  the  footlights.  The 
entrance  and  the  exit  of  the  actors  were  punctuated  with 
remarks  from  the  audience  and  their  dialogue  with  frequent 
suddenness  was  submerged  by  a  tidal  wave  of  noise.  No 
orchestral  leader  ever  was  so  witless  as  to  strike  up  a  tune 
that  the  crowd  could  sing.  The  theatres  over,  the  crowds 
sought  their  trains  for  New  Haven  and  for  Princeton,  giv- 
ing a  parting  cheer  that  almost  unroofed  the  train-sheds, 
while  New  York,  which  had  enjoyed  the  day  immensely, 
went  home  to  bed,  to  resume  the  following  morning  its 
customary  amusements. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

FOOTBALL  FROM  1900  TO  1910 

Experience  has  proved  that  the  reputation  borne  by  a 
period  of  calmness  for  preceding  some  signal  event  is  am- 
ply justified.  With  the  profound  revision  of  the  rules  in 
1896,  and  with  the  invention  by  Princeton  of  the  revolving 
wedge,  football  entered  upon  four  years  in  which  the  activi- 
ties of  the  collegians  seemed  to  be  devoted  to  the  perfection 
of  existing  plays  rather  than  to  the  search  for  new  mechan- 
isms. Thus  the  decade  of  the  '90s  came  to  a  close  and  the 
year  of  1900  arrived  apparently  to  continue  the  condition. 
There  was,  however,  in  January,  1900,  a  little  council  of 
football  men  quietly  assembling  now  and  then  at  Yale  to 
study  a  novel  offensive  theory  proposed  by  Walter  Camp. 
From  the  earliest  days  of  football  the  defensive  rush-line 
had  been  taught  to  play  low  and  to  charge  their  opponents 
back  at  the  snap  of  the  ball.  Camp's  theory  was  that  a 
play  could  be  devised  which  would  take  advantage  of  this 
forward  plunge  of  the  opposing  rush-line  by  getting  a  play 
into  the  opening  made  by  a  charging  forward  and  accom- 
plishing a  satisfactory  gain  before  that  forward  could  re- 
cover his  balance  and  fill  up  the  opening  that  he  himself  had 
made.  This  theory  eventually  shaped  itself  into  Yale's 
famous  tackle-back  play,  thus  utilizing  an  old  formation, 
but  executing  the  play  in  a  wholly  new  manner.  With  many 
misgivings  the  younger  strategists  of  Yale  watched  the 
progress  of  this  play  in  the  early  games  of  the  succeeding 
autumn.  As  mid-season  approached  they  were  demanding 
its  abandonment  as  a  failure,  but  suddenly  the  perfection 

106 


FOOTBALL  FROM   1900  TO   1910  107 

of  the  play  was  attained  and  Yale  began  to  run  up  large 
scores  and  to  nonplus  their  opponents  as  to  the  manner  in 
which  their  attack  was  made  so  easily.  November  came  to 
a  close  with  Princeton  and  Harvard  defeated  by  the  largest 
scores  ever  made  against  them  by  Yale,  and  the  country 
awoke  to  the  realization  that  another  great  device  of  of- 
fensive football  had  arrived. 

While  this  remarkable  engine  was  laying  low  Yale's  ad- 
versaries in  the  East,  another  highly  effective  formation  was 
at  work  in  the  West.  The  latter  was  the  "Northwestern 
tandem,"  an  invention  by  C.  M.  Hollister,  of  Pennsylvania, 
at  that  time  the  coach  of  Northwestern  University.  This 
play  employed  three  men,  one  of  whom  was  a  heavy  forward, 
arranged  in  a  straight  line  at  a  right  angle  to  the  rush-line 
and  stationed  directly  behind  the  quarter-back.  The  effec- 
tiveness of  the  formation  lay  in  its  tandem  principle,  which 
was  accomplished  without  forming  to  right  or  left  of  centre, 
thereby  obviating  a  strong  and  a  weak  side  and  making  it 
possible  to  attack  any  point  in  the  opponents*  line  with  equal 
strength.  The  shifts  in  the  rush-line  produced  in  this  year 
a  great  variety  of  plays,  the  most  unusual  of  which  was 
the  complete  separation  of  the  rush-line  into  two  sections, 
known  as  a  divide,  thus  permitting  the  head  of  tandem 
plays  to  come  fully  into  the  rush-line. 

Few  changes  in  the  rules  were  found  necessary  in  the 
spring  of  1901.  One  of  these,  the  abolition  of  throwing 
the  ball  into  play  from  the  side  line  when  out  of  bounds, 
the  "fair"  of  the  early  game,  brought  no  change  in  the  play 
since  it  had  gone  out  of  use  actually  years  before,  but  the 
dropping  from  the  code  of  the  obsolete  legislation  on  the 
subject  marked  the  final  passing  of  one  of  the  great  features 
that  existed  and  still  exists  in  the  English  game.  One  re- 
calls this  great  play  as  it  occurs  in  the  game  of  School-House 
vs.  School,  described  in  "Tom  Brown's  School  Days." 


108  FOOTBALL 

Time  was  when  it  was  a  centre  of  strategy  in  the  intercolle- 
giate game.  As  soon  as  the  ball  went  out  of  bounds  the 
opposing  side  surrounded  the  point  where  the  ball  had 
crossed  the  side  line  and  warily  watched  to  see  that  the  ball 
was  not  craftily  touched  into  play  before  the  defensive 
team  was  ready.  "  What  will  you  do — take  it  out  or  touch 
it  in?"  cried  the  defensive  captain.  If  the  answer  was 
"Touch  it  in,"  the  players  took  positions  in  two  lines  at  a 
right  angle  to  the  side  line,  and  one  of  the  players  of  the 
side  in  possession  of  the  ball  thereupon  touched  it  in  play 
by  touching  the  ball  to  the  side  line  and  passing  it  to  one 
of  his  backs.  Many  were  the  stratagems  that  were  devised 
and  executed  around  the  old  "fair." 

Still  enjoying  its  era  of  peace  the  rule-makers  found  little 
to  command  their  attention  in  1902,  and  tactics  continued 
as  in  the  two  preceding  years.  This  was  the  season  in 
which  occurred  G.  B.  Chad  wick's  two  famous  runs  in  the 
Princeton- Yale  game,  each  fifty  yards  and  more  for  a  touch- 
down, by  which  a  victory  was  achieved  by  the  Blue.  The 
method  by  which  Yale  twice  divided  Princeton's  line  in 
this  game  so  widely  that  Chadwick  raced  through  without 
being  touched  by  a  player  has  remained  one  of  the  secrets  of 
the  game.  The  strategists  of  Princeton,  however,  attributed 
the  success  of  these  wonderful  and  mysterious  runs  to  a 
change  made  by  Yale  from  boxing  the  tackle  to  boxing  the 
guard.  If  this  is  true,  then  it  was  an  operation  of  retribu- 
tion, for  it  was  Princeton  which,  in  1888,  invented  this  strata- 
gem known  as  boxing  the  tackle  and  tried  it  first  on  Yale, 
sending  Cowan  in  the  opening  play  from  midfield  to  the  five- 
yard  line.  But  in  1888  the  officials  were  overcautious,  and 
not  being  able  to  reconcile  the  method  to  the  rules.  Cowan's 
run  went  for  naught  and  the  play  temporarily  was  outlawed. 

Although  the  season  of  1902  had  been  fraught  with  no 
excessive  number  of  accidents  nor  with  any  personal  mis- 


FOOTBALL  FROM   1900  TO   1910  109 

hap  of  a  severe  or  sensational  character,  the  long-dormant 
football  reformer  awoke.  He  found  ready  support  in  that 
portion  of  the  football  public  which  had  been  exasperated 
by  the  closeness  of  play  and  which  saw  in  the  agitation  an 
opportunity  to  use  roughness  as  a  weapon  with  which  to  force 
the  return  of  open  play.  The  sport  thereupon  was  clam- 
orously charged  with  being  intolerably  dangerous.  At  this 
juncture  came  forth  Professor  Edwin  G.  Dexter,  of  the 
University  of  Illinois,  who  for  several  years  had  quietly 
been  keeping  a  precise  and  accurate  record  of  the  injuries  of 
the  game  and  its  kindred  sports,  and  who  also  had  compiled 
a  table  of  statistics  covering  the  scholarship  of  the  country's 
football  men.  The  deductions  from  these  figures  were  so 
strongly  in  favor  of  the  game  and  its  players  that  the  agita- 
tion subsided  as  quickly  as  it  had  arisen. 

The  Rules  Committee,  notwithstanding,  sensitive  to  the 
situation,  decided  to  revise  the  game  so  as  to  force  a  more 
open  style  of  play.  After  much  discussion  it  was  believed 
that  this  could  be  accomplished  by  permitting  the  player 
who  received  the  ball  directly  from  the  snapper-back,  usually 
the  quarter-back,  to  run  forward  with  the  ball.  Cautious, 
however,  in  their  radicalness,  the  legislators  of  the  game 
imposed  a  condition  that  such  a  run  must  cross  the  line 
five  yards  distant  from  the  point  where  the  ball  was  put  in 
play.  But  this  was  a  novelty  that  was  not  new.  The  right 
of  the  second  man  to  advance  the  ball  had  come  in  with  the 
English  Rugby  game  in  1876  and  had  remained  until  1880, 
when  the  evolution  of  the  English  scrummage  into  the 
American  scrimmage  prompted  the  rule-makers  of  that  day 
to  establish  and  name  the  position  of  quarter-back  and  to 
prohibit  him  or  the  second  man  from  "advancing  forward 
with  the  ball  under  penalty  of  foul."  The  imposition  of 
this  five-yard  restriction  brought  in  the  autumn  of  1903  the 
lengthwise  stripes  of  the  playing-field,  thereby  changing  its 


110  FOOTBALL 

countenance  from  the  classic  gridiron  to  a  checker-board. 
As  a  further  part  of  their  revision  and  in  order  to  abolish 
a  rough  feature  of  the  game  the  committee  made  the  player 
who  kicks  the  ball  forward  ineligible  either  to  recover  it  or 
to  run  forward  and  put  his  associates  on-side.  From  ear- 
liest times  it  had  been  one  of  the  familiar  sights  of  the  game 
after  a  punt  to  see  the  full-back  running  down  the  field 
violently  blocked  and  jostled  by  his  opponents,  and  to  hear 
him  cry  when  he  had  passed  the  ball,  "On-side!  On-side!" 
Although  this  blocking  and  jostling  was  rough,  it  had  never 
been  injurious;  but  it  was  an  incident  that  frequently  had 
drawn  criticism  upon  the  game,  and  so  it  had  to  pass.  As 
a  final  concession  to  the  public  critics  of  the  game  the  com- 
mittee at  the  session  of  1903  reduced  the  value  of  a  goal 
from  the  field  from  five  to  four  points.  For  many  years  there 
had  been  a  contention  that  the  value  of  a  goal  from  the  field 
which  was  accomplished  by  the  skill  of  one  man  was  inade- 
quately high  in  comparison  with  the  value  of  a  touchdown 
which  was  the  result  of  team  play  and  occasionally  resulted 
in  a  superior  eleven  being  defeated  by  a  superior  individual. 
Strange  to  say  the  satisfaction  of  the  football  public  over 
these  reforms  was  short-lived.     At  the  close  of  the  season  of 

1903  the  complaints  of  1902  were  renewed,  and  soon  in  in- 
creased volume  were  sweeping  the  country.  The  Middle 
West  began  to  organize  to  obtain  representation  upon  the 
Rules  Committee  or,  failing,  to  establish  a  sectional  com- 
mittee. This  demand  promptly  was  met  by  the  Rules 
Committee,  which  extended  its  membership  to  include 
the  University  of  Chicago,  which  sent  as  its  representative 
its  professor  of  physical  culture,  A.  A.  Stagg,  well  remem- 
bered as  one  of  Yale's  greatest  players  on  diamond  and  grid- 
iron in  the  '80s.  Still  the  opposition  to  the  game  would  not 
subside.     It  smouldered  throughout  the  playing  season  of 

1904  and  1905.     So  acute  did  the  criticism  become  in  the 


FOOTBALL  FROM   1900  TO   1910  111 

latter  season  that  Theodore  Roosevelt,  President  of  the 
United  States,  in  the  month  of  October,  called  to  Washing- 
ton the  representatives  in  football  of  Harvard,  Princeton, 
and  Yale,  and  impressed  upon  them  the  necessity  of  re- 
moving every  objectionable  feature  of  play,  at  the  same 
time  giving  the  sport,  if  rightly  played,  the  prestige  of  his 
endorsement.  This  dramatic  episode  quelled  for  a  time 
the  attacks  upon  football,  but  at  the  close  of  the  season 
they  again  burst  forth  in  the  most  violent  storm  the  game 
ever  had  encountered.  Again  the  hazards  of  the  game  had 
accumulated  at  one  time  an  unusual  number  of  injuries. 
The  adherents  of  the  open  game  whom  the  quarter-back  run 
had  failed  to  satisfy  charged  the  cause  of  the  accidents  to  the  f 
closeness  of  play.  In  the  midst  of  the  attacks  upon  the  game 
the  Middle  West  became  rent  with  dissensions  relative  to  the 
eligibility  of  players.  The  first  blow  at  the  sport  was  dealt 
by  Columbia.  At  this  institution  George  Foster  Sanford,  of 
Yale,  acting  as  coach,  had  brought  football  from  obscurity 
to  such  a  state  of  perfection  that  Columbia  had  become  a 
football  power  equal  with  the  leaders.  Notwithstanding,  its 
authorities  peremptorily  abolished  the  game.  *At  the  West- 
ern institutions  similar  movements  were  forming.  Sud- 
denly the  attack  upon  the  game  was  directed  against  the 
Rules  Committee.  A  number  of  college  heads  asked  by 
what  authority  this  body  assumed  to  legislate  for  the  sport. 
The  members  of  the  committee  promptly  replied  that  they 
were  acting  only  for  the  institutions  which  they  represented, 
and  that  it  was  optional  with  other  colleges  and  universities  / 
to  accept  their  rules. 

At  this  juncture,  Henry  M.  MacCracken,  chancellor  of 
New  York  University,  issued  an  invitation  to  the  colleges 
of  the  country  to  send  representatives  to  a  conference  on 
football  to  be  held  in  New  York.  Here,  December  24, 
1905,  delegates  from  twenty-eight  institutions  assembled,  / 


1 


112  FOOTBALL 

Harvard  being  the  only  member  of  the  Rules  Committee  to 
participate  in  this  conference.  Out  of  the  mass  of  sugges- 
tions advanced  finally  issued  a  plan  proposed  by  Captain 
Palmer  E.  Pierce,  of  the  Army,  that  the  conference  should 
appoint  a  rules  committee  of  seven  members,  that  being 
the  number  of  the  intercollegiate  committee,  and  that  this 
conference  committee  should  sit  jointly  if  possible  with  the 
intercollegiate  committee  and  thoroughly  revise  the  game, 
othewise  that  it  should  proceed  independently  to  perform 
the  same  service.  The  intercollegiate  committee  promptly 
accepted  the  proposition  of  the  conference  committee,  and 
the  two  committees  thereupon  coalesced,  January  12,  1906, 
sitting  jointly  under  the  title  of  the  American  Intercollegiate 
Football  Rules  Committee,  although  each  committee  re- 
served its  separate  organization.  Many  were  the  sessions 
held  by  this  new  tribunal,  digesting  and  testing  the  multi- 
tudinous suggestions  presented.  At  last  from  its  patient 
deliberations  issued  a  code  so  thoroughly  revised  that  it 
presented  almost  a  new  game.  At  the  suggestion  of  John 
C.  Bell,  of  Pennsylvania,  and  Paul  J.  Dashiell,  of  the  Naval 
Academy,  the  forward  pass  was  introduced,  a  play  so  novel 
and  so  at  variance  with  the  very  traditions  of  the  intercolle- 
giate and  Rugby  games  that  for  years  it  has  been  forced  to 
fight  for  its  existence.  And  yet  nothing  is  new  under  the 
sun,  for  this  forward  pass  was  a  feature  in  the  old  Spartan 
game  of  football,  called  harpaston,  played  2,500  years  ago, 
and  which  was  described  in  Chapter  I.  In  fact,  the  name, 
harpaston,  was  derived  from  this  very  play,  the  long  for- 
ward pass  with  which  every  contest  began.  But  many  other 
changes  marked  this  revision.  The  requirement  that  the 
offensive  ^leven  must  gain  five  yards  on  four  downs  or  lose 
the  ball  was  altered  so  to  require  a  ^ain  of  ten,^tEu"s  forcing 
a  team  if  possible  to  use  end  runs  and  other  long-distance 
gaining  plays,  the  open  game  so  long  desired.     Hurdling,  the 


FOOTBALL  FROM   1900  TO   1910  113 

spectacular  but  dangerous  play  which  time  and  again  in  the 
early  years  of  this  decade  had  brought  the  stands  to  their  feet 
as  some  daring  player  by  its  use  turned  defeat  into  victory, 
was  forbidden.  The  odious  mass  play  again  was  suppressed 
by  comn^ji.r^Hinp  siy  mpn  of  fhp.  offensive  side  to^y  upon  the 
line  of  scrimmage  and  by  forbidding  the  seventh  forward,  if 
playing  behmd  the  Ime,  to  stand  inside  the  position  taken  by 
the  man  at  the  end  of  the  line.  Further,  linemen  were  for- 
bidden to  interchange  with  the  backs  unless  the  change  was 
permanent.  Even  the  playing  time  of  the  game  was  re- 
duced ten  minutes. 

Reform,  still  on  the  rampage,  continued  its  course  at  nu- 
merous colleges,  which  seized  the  occasion  to  put  their  ath- 
letic establishments  in  order.  Northwestern  University  and 
Union  College  abolished  the  game  for  one  year.  Leland 
Stanford  and  California  abolished  the  intercollegiate  game 
altogether  and  adopted  the  Rugby  Union  game,  and  then 
with  the  true  genius  of  American  invention  immediately 
started  to  modify  their  English  rules.  Throughout  the  Mid- 
dle West  training-tables  were  abandoned,  schedules  reduced, 
and  limitations  placed  upon  the  retention  of  professional 
coaches.  The  final  blow  in  this  section  came  in  a  pro- 
hibition of  intercollegiate  contests  between  Chicago,  Michi- 
gan, and  Wisconsin  for  a  period  of  one  year.  The  East  was 
slightly  less  turbulent.  Harvard,  Princeton,  and  Yale  held 
a  conference  at  which  an  agreement  was  made  to  prohibit 
Freshmen  from  membership  upon  university  teams,  to  im- 
pose a  residence  qualification  of  one  year  upon  a  player 
coming  from  another  college,  and  to  adopt  independently 
various  high  scholastic  qualifications  for  all  students  desir- 
ing to  participate  in  competitive  athletics. 

Among  the  new  devices  created  by  the  Rules  Commit- 
tee, interest  of  course  centred  chiefly  on  the  forward  pass. 
The  players  treated  the  play  lightly,  however,  and  so  the 


114  FOOTBALL 

season  disclosed  little  of  its  possibilities.  It  was  not  until 
the  Harvard- Yale  game  that  a  great  forward-pass  play 
appeared,  but  with  this  play  Yale  won  the  contest  by  send- 
ing the  ball  thirty  yards  to  Harvard ^s  three-yard  mark,  from 
which  the  touchdown  was  quickly  made.  This  spectacular 
victory  served  to  make  the  public  keenly  alert  for  its  fur- 
ther development  in  1907,  but,  strange  to  say,  this  season 
also  came  and  went  with  no  great  exposition  of  the  play 
until  the  Princeton- Yale  game,  in  which  Yale,  starting 
in  the  second  half  with  a  score  of  ten  points  against  them, 
won  a  brilliant  victory  in  which  two  long  forward  passes 
largely  contributed  to  the  result.  The  tacticians  now  awoke 
to  the  possibilities  of  this  play.  With  the  arrival  of  1908 
every  team  began  the  season  with  a  large  number  of  vari- 
ations of  the  forward  pass.  The  chief  value  of  the  play, 
however,  soon  appeared  to  be  in  the  fear  of  its  use  by  the 
defensive  team,  which  thereby  was  compelled  to  spread  and 
weaken  its  defence.  The  two  defensive  half-backs  which 
for  many  years  had  constituted  the  secondary  defence,  sup- 
porting the  tackles,  were  sent  back  to  cover  the  dangerous 
forward-pass  zone.  This  weakening  of  the  tackle  position 
and  the  necessity  of  gaining  ten  yards  then  invited  a  de- 
velopment of  the  very  strategic  system  that  the  rule-makers 
had  sought  to  avoid  by  the  introduction  of  the  forward  pass, 
a  continuous  massed  attack  on  the  tackles.  The  tackle  of 
middle  weight  instantly  disappeared  and  in  his  place  came 
an  active  giant,  the  most  powerful  player  in  the  rush-line. 
In  the  succeeding  year,  1909,  this  style  of  game,  in  which 
the  tackles  were  heavily  and  continuously  battered,  began 
with  the  season's  first  game.  Ingenuity  had  multiplied  the 
strength  of  the  attack  by  reintroducing  the  revolving  princi- 
ple of  play  by  which  the  runner  was  pushed  and  pulled, 
whirled  and  rammed  in  the  centre  of  an  interlocked  mass  of 
interferers  against  the  tackles.     As  a  result  injury  followed 


I    ^ 

^  .5 

o  r, 


5  T 

>  - 

O  5 

w  z; 


FOOTBALL  FROM   1900  TO   1910  115 

injury,  and  by  the  middle  of  the  season  some  of  these,  unfor- 
tunately, were  fatal.     For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the 
game  these  serious  injuries  had  occurred  to  players  upon 
intercollegiate  teams.     While  there  had  been  fatal  injuries 
in  the  sport,  as  there  is  in  every  sport,  these  injuries  previously  1 
had  been  confined  to  unorganized,  untrained  elevens  ran-  1 
domly  selected,  playing  irregular  schedules  and  using  im-  I 
proper  grounds.     As  a  result  the  old  cry  against  the  game  I 
again  was  heard  and  once  more  football  was  haled  before 
the  bar.     Some  demanded  its  utter  abolition,  others  pro- 
posed to  substitute  for  it  the  Rugby  Union  game.     Each 
day  in  the  public  press  appeared  specific  suggestions  for  its 
reform.     The  mass  play,  interlocked  and  ofF-side  interfer- 
ence were  designated  as  the  chief  causes  of  danger  in  the  in- 
tercollegiate game.     In  the  midst  of  the  uproar  the  associa- 
tion of  colleges  formed  by  Chancellor  MacCracken  in  1906, 
now  known  as  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association 
of  the  United  States,  assembled  in  New  York.     The  game 
was  bitterly  assailed,  but  the  association  referred  the  prob- 
lem of  its  remedy  to  the  Rules  Committee  for  solution. 

This  body  soon  assembled  and  began  a  series  of  sessions 
the  most  strenuous  in  its  history.  During  the  month  of 
May  it  brought  its  deliberations  to  a  close  and  produced  a 
new  code.  The  five-yard  restriction  was  removed  from  the 
quarter-back  run  and  the  forward  pass,  thereby  affording 
the  medium  of  a  more  open  game  and  incidentally  removing 
the  necessity  for  the  lengthwise  marking  of  the  field,  a  change 
that  obliterated  the  checker-board  and  brought  back  the 
famous  gridiron  as  of  yore.  The  periods  of  the  game,  the 
halves,  which  had  come  down  the  years  since  Tom  Brown 
saved  the  game  in  the  second  half  at  Rugby,  were  replaced 
by  quarters  in  imitation  of  the  custom  of  our  Canadian  com- 
rades and  the  playing  time  was  shortened  by  ten  minutes. 
The  privilege  of  returning  a  withdrawn  player  to  the  game. 


e 


116  FOOTBALL 

a  custom  that  came  in  with  the  Rugby  Union  game  in  1876 
and  remained  for  a  few  years,  was  restored.  But  the  most 
radical  and  effective  alteration  made  in  the  rules  was  that 
relative  to  interference.  For  twenty  years  the  most  opposed 
feature  of  the  intercollegiate  game  had  been  the  mass  play. 
Those  great  creations,  the  V,  the  flying  wedge,  the  turtle- 
back,  guards-back,  the  tandem,  and  the  tackle-back,  period- 
ically had  arisen  to  win  victories  for  their  creators,  to  be 
charged  with  rendering  the  sport  uninteresting  and  uncouth 
and  with  being  the  cause  of  its  injuries,  and  eventually  to 
be  outlawed,  only  to  be  replaced  by  another  great  device  of 
coaching  genius  still  constructed  along  the  lines  of  the  mass 
idea.  This  time  the  rule-makers  decided  to  remove  the  mass 
play  wholly  from  the  game.  This  was  accomplished  by 
prescribing  that  when  the  ball  was  put  in  play  seven  men 
should  be  on  the  line  of  scrimmage  and,  most  revolutionary 
of  all,  that  no  player  of  the  side  in  possession  of  the  ball 
should  use  his  hands  or  arms  to  assist  the  player  carrying  the 
ball,  but  that  the  latter  should  run  unassisted  and  alone  and 
that  the  players  of  the  attacking  side  should  not  interlock 
arms  or  bodies.  This  final  removal  of  the  very  core  of  the 
mass  play  prodigiously  weakened  the  offence,  necessitating 
a  restoration  in  some  way  of  the  equilibrium  of  the  game, 
for  theoretically  the  defence  and  offence  must  balance  in 
order  to  present  a  fair  game  for  the  players  to  play.  This 
was  accomplished  by  forbidding  the  flying  tackle,  a  spec- 
tacular feat,  but  one  frequently  provocative  of  injury,  and 
by  permitting  the  player  who  received  the  ball  directly  from 
the  snapper-back  to  run  forward,  a  privilege  that  had  been 
forbidden  for  thirty  years.  The  problem  of  providing  for 
an  adequate  defence  of  the  back  field,  the  attack  of  which 
had  been  so  enormously  increased  by  the  establishment  of 
the  on-side  kick  and  forward  pass,  was  solved  by  the  crea- 
tion of  a  zone  of  twenty  yards  within  which  no  on-side 


>  >  >  J  >    ' 


s  I 

^    c 
^   .2 


FOOTBALL  FROM  1900  TO  1910  117 

kick  might  be  recovered  and  beyond  which  no  forward  pass 
might  be  thrown.  With  the  exception  of  this  last  feature 
this  great  change  in  the  game  was  accomphshed  without 
the  introduction  of  one  untried  or  unknown  condition,  since 
all  of  these  alterations  are  recognizable  as  tactics  and 
methods  of  former  days. 

These  rules  were  criticised  as  all  of  their  predecessors 
have  been  criticised,  and  predictions  were  made  that  they 
would  fail  to  lessen  the  injuries  of  the  game  and  to  provide 
an  interesting  contest  for  the  spectators.  Nevertheless  the 
season  of  1910  was  awaited  eagerly  by  all  to  ascertain  how 
the  coaching  genius  was  to  solve  the  tactical  problems  of  the 
new  game.  With  the  single  exception  of  the  "Minnesota 
shift,"  no  new  formation  or  play  was  presented.  The  gener- 
als of  the  gridiron,  proceeding  cautiously  as  usual,  clung  as 
closely  as  possible  to  their  old  formations,  leaving  the  pro- 
found possibilities  of  the  new  rules  for  gradual  development* 
as  was  done  in  1906  and  1907  with  the  novel  forward  pass. 
The  "Minnesota  shift,"  the  invention  of  H.  L.  Williams,  of 
Yale,  coach  for  the  University  of  Minnesota,  was  new  only 
in  its  feature  of  the  men  forming  out  of  position  and  leap- 
ing into  position  just  before  the  ball  was  snapped,  thereby 
masking  the  attack  in  order  to  prevent  the  defence  Hkewise 
from  shifting  to  meet  the  formation.  But  the  new  code 
surprised  its  opponents  by  providing  a  game  that  not  only 
was  safe  but  that  was  still  deeply  interesting  and  spectacular. 
As  a  result  the  spring  of  1911  produced  only  one  substantial 
change,  and  that  was  in  a  detail  of  the  forward  pass.  Recoy^ 
ering  the  ball  when  passedTorwafd  and  fumbled  had  been 
a  source  of  roughness.  This  was  obviated  simply  by  declar- 
ing such  a  fumbled  ball  an  incompleted  forward  pass. 

Such  has  been  the  history  of  intercollegiate  football.  It 
has  been  only  a  sport,  but  its  gridirons  have  been  the 
training-grounds  upon  which  men  have  been  made.     Where 


y 


1/ 


118  FOOTBALL 

are  the  players  whose  names  appear  in  the  stories  of  the^ 
games  ?  They  are  at  the  head  of  great  business  enterprises. 
They  are  occupying  posts  of  distinction  and  honor  in  our 
government.  They  are  presiding  as  judges  in  our  courts, 
as  presidents  and  professors  in  our  institutions  of  learning. 
Transferred  from  the  mimic  battles  of  the  lines  of  lime, 
they  are  leading  our  armies  and  commanding  our  war- 
ships. Clergymen,  merchants,  lawyers,  authors,  doctors, 
inventors,  manufacturers,  whatever  and  wherever  they  are, 
they  are  pursuing  their  vocations  with  courage,  solving  their 
problems  with  wisdom,  and  treating  their  competitors  with 
honor,  worthy  soldiers  from  a  worthy  school. 


/ 


'^ 


PART  n 


CHAPTER  IX 
ARMY  VS.   NAVY 


Army  vs.  Navy 
West  Point,  Nov.  29,  1890 


ARMY 


NAVY 


T.  O.  Murphy,  '91, 
J.  T.  Crabbs,  '91, 
J.  T.  Moore,  '92, 
S.  P.  Adams,  '92, 
J.  W.  Heavey,  '91, 
F.  H.  Schoeffel,  '91, 
L.  M.  Prince,  '92, 
K.  Walker,  '92, 

D.  M.  Michie,  '92,  Capt., 

E.  J.  Timberlake,  '93, 
B.  Ames.  '94, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


R.  H.  Lane,  '91. 
H.  A.  Pearson,  '93. 
J.  D.  Beuret,  '92. 
N.  E.  Irwin,  '91. 
M.  E.  Trench,  '93. 
C.  F.  Macklin,  '92. 
G.  W.  Laws,  '91. 
H.  E.  Smith,  '91. 
C.  R.  Emrich,  '91,  Capt 
R.  J.  Hartung,  '91. 
A.  Althouse.  '91. 


Substitutions:  J.  W.  Lyon,  '91,  T.  W.  Horn,  '91,  E.  W.  Clark,  '93, 
Army;  H.  E.  Smith,  '91,  A.  G.  Kavanagh,  '94,  M.  K.  Johnson,  '94, 
Navy. 

Referee:  R.  R.  Belknap,  '91,  Navy.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Hyndman, 
'84,  Yale.  Score:  Army  0,  Navy  24.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
C.  R.  Emrich;  touchdown  by  C.  R.  Emrich;  touchdown  by  M.  K. 
Johnson.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  C.  R.  Emrich;  touch- 
down and  goal  by  C.  R.  Emrich. 

First  Half:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south  goaL 
The  Navy  forms  a  V  and  gains  15  yards.  Prince  bringing 
down  the  runner.  Sharp  tackling  by  Murphy,  and  Timber- 
lake  forces  Navy  to  punt  and  Althouse  sends  the  ball  down 
to  Ames  on  Army's  10-yard  line.  Hard  rushing  by  Michie, 
and  Timberlake  works  the  ball  back  to  midfield,  where  the 

121 


122 


FOOTBALL 


Navy  takes  it  on  downs.  Emrich  and  Hartung  now  alter- 
nate in  plunges  against  Army's  line  and  the  ball  travels 
steadily  to  the  last  line,  Emrich  crossing  the  stripe  for  a 
touchdown.  The  goal  fails.  Army  makes  5  yards  in  the 
V,  but  is  soon  forced  to  punt.  Navy's  line  attack  starts  into 
action  and  in  10  plunges  the  ball  is  placed  on  the  Army's 
5-yard  line.  Emrich  bucks  the  centre  and  makes  a  touch- 
down. The  goal  is  missed.  Army  puts  the  ball  in  play 
with  a  wedge,  but  Navy  quickly  takes  it  on  downs.  The 
Army  line  is  ripped  apart  for  long  gains  and  Johnson  finally 
skirts  the  end  for  15  yards  and  a  touchdown.     No  goal. 

Second  Half:  The  Army  opens  with  the  V,  and  Michie 
and  Timberlake  force  the  Navy's  line  for  steady  gains  until 
the  15-yard  line  is  reached.  Laws  and  Lane  tackle  sharply 
and  get  the  ball.  Althouse  punts  out  of  danger.  A  brilliant 
exchange  of  kicks  ensues.  Navy  renews  scrimmage  play 
and  again  batters  the  Army  line  for  good  gains.  In  the 
last  space  Emrich  takes  the  ball  and  bucks  the  Army's 
centre  for  a  touchdown.  He  kicks  the  goal.  Play  is  re- 
sumed, but  fierce  tackling  by  the  Army  holds  Navy  in  check. 
The  ball  travels  back  and  forth  between  the  25-yard  lines. 
At  last  Emrich  circles  the  end  and  runs  25  yards  for  a 
touchdown.     Goal.     No  further  scoring. 


Army  vs.  Navy 

Annapolis,  Nov.  28,  1891 

ARMY 

NAVY 

J.  T.  Moore,  '92, 

Left  End, 

P.  Symington,  '92. 

G.  E.  Houle,  '93, 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  D.  Beuret,  '92. 

W.  E.  Gleason,  '92, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  A.  Pearson,  '93. 

S.  P.  Adams,  '92, 

Centre, 

G.  L.  Holsinger,  '93. 

(( 

C.  L.  Hussey,  '92. 

E.  W.  Clark,  '93, 

Right  Guard, 

M.  E.  Trench,  '93. 

F.  W.  Smith,  '95, 

K                 tf 

D.  E.  Aultman,  '94, 

Right  Tackle, 

C.  F.  Macklin,'92,  Capt. 

((               n 

W.  C.  Davidson,  '95. 

ARMY  VS.  NAVY  123 


ARMY 

NAVY 

L.  M.  Prince,  '92, 

Right  End, 

H.  L.  Ferguson,  '92. 

F.  A.  Wilcox,  '92, 

(<         it 

K.  Walker,  '92, 

Quarter-back, 

W.  Bagley,  '95. 

P.  W.  Davison,  '92, 

Left  Half, 

R.D.Hasbrouck,'92. 

H             il 

E.  H.  Campbell,  '93. 

E.  J.  Timberlake,  '93, 

Right  Half, 

M.  K.  Johnson,  '94. 

D.  M.  Michie,  '92,  Capt., 

Full-back, 

C.  Webster.  '94. 

Referee:  G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89,  Yale.  Umpire:  J.  N.  Thomas,  '90, 
Princeton.  Score:  Army  32,  Navy  16.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
E.  W.  Clark,  goal  by  D.  M.  Michie;  touchdown  by  C.  F.  Macklin, 
goal  by  P.  Symington;  touchdown  by  D.  M.  Michie.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  D.  M.  Michie;  touchdown  by  E.  W.  Clark,  goal 
by  D.  M.  Michie;  touchdown  by  E.  J.  Timberlake,  goal  by  D.  M. 
Michie;  touchdown  by  R.  D.  Hasbrouck,  goal  by  P.  Symington;  touch- 
down by  M.  K.  Johnson,  goal  by  P.  Symington;  touchdown  by  E.  J. 
Timberlake,  goal  by  D.  M.  Michie. 

First  Half:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  game  opens  with  a  V,  gaining  8  yards.  Clark,  Michie, 
and  Davidson  take  the  ball  to  Navy's  20-yard  line.  Tim- 
berlake makes  10  more.  Clark  goes  through  for  a  touch- 
down. Michie  kicks  the  goal.  Navy  resumes  play  with 
the  V,  making  15  yards.  Johnson  skirts  the  end  for  15. 
The  ball  goes  to  the  Army  on  a  foul.  Timberlake  bucks 
the  centre  for  10  yards.  Navy  holds  for  downs  and  gets  the 
ball.  Althouse  punts  and  Timberlake  catches.  Timber- 
lake  hits  the  centre  for  10.  Gleason  and  Moore  make  6. 
Navy  holds  for  downs.  Beuret  goes  through  centre  for  15. 
Webster  repeats  the  play  for  15  more.  Macklin  gets  around 
the  end  for  20.  Army  holds  and  Bagley  punts  to  Michie. 
Davidson  makes  5,  but  Navy  holds  for  downs.  Beuret  gets 
through  the  line  for  5.  Johnson  circles  the  end  for  20. 
Hasbrouck  pierces  the  line  for  10.  Navy  fumbles  and  Army 
gets  the  ball.  Timberlake  gets  away  for  40  yards.  Navy 
holds  and  Michie  punts.  Bagley  returns.  Army  fumbles 
and  Navy  gets  the  ball.     Macklin  goes  through  tackle  for  20 


124 


FOOTBALL 


yards  and  a  touchdown.  Symington  kicks  the  goal.  Army 
opens  with  the  V,  making  12  yards.  The  ball  goes  to  Navy 
on  a  foul.  Bagley,  Webster,  Hasbrouck,  and  Johnson 
force  the  ball  to  Army's  20-yard  line,  where  the  latter  holds 
for  downs.  Davidson  goes  around  the  end  for  20.  Michie 
and  Timberlake  add  20  more.  Davidson  again  circles  the 
end  for  20  and  on  the  next  play  Michie  crosses  the  line  for 
a  touchdown.     Time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  The  play  is  rapid  and  fierce  throughout  the 
second  half,  each  team  ripping  apart  their  opponents'  line 
for  continual  gains.  In  this  period  Michie,  Clark,  and 
Timberlake  score  four  touchdowns  for  the  Army,  from 
three  of  which  Michie  kicks  goals.  Hasbrouck  and  John- 
son make  touchdowns  for  the  Navy,  from  one  of  which 
Symington  kicks  a  goal. 


Army  vs.  Navy 
West  Point,  Nov.  30,  1892 


ARMY  NAVY 

B.  Ames,  '94,  Left  ^nd, 
G.  E.  Houle,  '93,  Left  Tackle, 
A.  Laws,  '93,  Left  Guard, 
T.  L.  Ames,  '95,  Centre 

E.  W.  Clark,  '93,  Capt.,  Right  Guard, 

F.  W.  Smith,  '95,  Right  Tackle, 
L.  Stacy,  '96,  Right  End, 
H.  H.  Stout,  '95,  Quarter-back, 
E.  J.  Timberlake,  '93,  Left  Half, 
E.  L.  King,  '96,  Right  Half, 

C.  W.  Kutz,  '93, 

H.  H.  Pattison,  '93,  Full-back, 
T.  G.  Carson,  '94, 

Referee:  L.  T.  Bliss,  '93,  Yale.  Umpire:  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89,  Wes- 
feyan.  Score:  Army  4,  Navy  12.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
W.  B.  Izard,  goal  by  W.  Bagley;  touchdown  by  E.  J.  Timberlake; 
touchdown  by  M.  K.  Johnson,  goal  by  W.  Bagley. 

First  Half:  Navy  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Bookwalter  in  the  flying  wedge  gains  5  yards.     Izard  bucks 


E.  McCauley,  '96. 
C.  J.  Lang,  '93. 
C.  Wells,  '93. 
A.  G.  Kavanagh,  '94. 
M.  E.  Trench,  '93,  Capt. 
J.  M.  Reeves,  '94. 
M.  J.  McCormack,  '95. 
C.  S.  Bookwalter,  '94. 
W.  B.  Izard,  '95. 
M.  K.  Johnson,  '94. 

W.  Bagley,  '95. 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY  125 

the  centre  for  3.  Reeves  circles  the  end  for  5.  Unable  to 
make  further  gains  Bagley  punts  35  yards,  but  the  ball  is 
brought  back  and  given  to  the  Army  for  holding.  King 
hits  the  centre  for  2.  Johnson  stops  a  criss-cross  and  on 
a  fumble  gets  the  ball.  Izard  makes  a  yard.  The  Army 
gets  the  ball  for  holding.  Timberlake  makes  2  yards, 
McCauley  tackling.  Navy  holds  for  downs.  Navy  draws 
behind  the  line  and  forms  a  flying  wedge,  in  which  Bagley 
makes  5  yards.  Izard  and  Bagley  gain  10.  Johnson  gets 
through  the  line  for  5.  Army  holds  and  Bagley  punts  to 
the  10-yard  line.  The  Army  cannot  gain  and  Navy  takes 
the  ball  on  downs.  Izard  circles  the  end  for  15.  The 
ball  is  brought  back  and  given  to  the  Army  for  holding. 
Timberlake,  Pattison,  and  King  net  10  yards.  Navy  holds 
for  downs.  Johnson  rounds  the  end  for  20  yards.  Army 
takes  the  ball  on  downs.  Pattison  makes  30  yards  around 
the  end.  Navy  holds  and  takes  the  ball,  but  at  once  is 
forced  to  kick.  Smith  makes  5  yards  around  the  end. 
Timberlake  adds  1.  Kutz  circles  the  end  for  10.  Timber- 
lake  makes  45  yards,  but  the  ball  goes  to  the  Navy  on 
a  fumble.  Unable  to  make  first  down  Bagley  punts  to 
Kutz,  who  returns.  Lang,  Reeves,  and  Johnson  fail  to  gain 
first  down  and  Bagley  punts.  Timberlake  goes  through 
the  centre  for  2  and  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Army  in  the  flying  wedge  makes  10  yards. 
Timberlake  and  King  add  15  more.  Smith,  Pattison,  King, 
and  Laws  advance  the  ball  to  the  10-yard  line.  Navy  stops 
Clark  behind  the  line.  McCauley  stops  an  end  run  for  no 
gain.  King  makes  first  down.  Pattison,  in  the  flying 
wedge,  adds  4.  On  the  1-yard  line  Navy  holds  4  downs 
for  no  gain.  Bagley  punts  to  Army's  50.  Navy  holds  for 
downs  and  gets  the  ball.  Bagley  punts  to  Army's  25. 
Army  fumbles  and  it  is  the  Navy's  ball.  Johnson  goes 
through  centre  for  18  yards.     Izard  goes  through  tackle 


126 


FOOTBALL 


for  a  touchdown.  Bagley  kicks  the  goal.  Army  starts 
play  with  the  flying  wedge  followed  by  line  plunges  which 
quickly  place  the  ball  on  Navy's  10-yard  Hne.  Stout,  Kutz, 
and  Timberlake  in  3  downs  cross  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
Clark  punts  out  to  Timberlake,  who  heels  the  catch,  but  on 
the  try  the  goal  is  missed.  Navy  likewise  starts  off  with  a 
rush  and  in  10  plays  reaches  the  Army's  5-yard  line.  Army 
holds  for  downs.  Kicks  are  exchanged.  Johnson  gets 
away  for  35  yards.  Bagley  and  Izard  reach  the  10-yard 
line.  Johnson  is  sent  over  for  a  touchdown.  Bagley  kicks 
the  goal.     Time  soon  after  is  called. 


Army  vs.  Navy 
Annapolis,  Dec.  2,  1893 


D.  E.  Nolan,  '96, 
A.  G.  Lott,  '96, 
J.  S.  Battle,  '94, 
T.  L.  Ames,  '95, 

F.  W.  Smith,  '95, 
D.  E.  Aultman,  '94, 
J.  P.  Harbeson,  '94, 
S.  G.  Creden,  '95, 

G.  H.  Shelton,  '96, 
L.  Stacy,  '96, 

T.  G.  Carson,  '94,  Capt., 


ARMY  NAVY 

Left  End,  E.  McCauley,  '96. 

Left  Tackle,  K.  G.  Castleman,  '96. 

Left  Guard,  B.  Morris,  '97. 

Centre,  A.  G.  Kavanagh,  '94,  Capt. 

Right  Guard,  F.  D.  Karns,  '95. 

Right  Tackle,  J.  M.  Reeves,  '94. 

Right  End,  M.  J.  McCormack,  '95. 

Quarter-back,  C.  S.  Bookwalter,  '94. 

Left  Half,  H.  S.  Kimball,  '96. 

Right  Half,  W.  C.  Davidson,  '95. 

Full-back,  W.  Bagley,  '95. 

Referee:  W.  M.  Irvine,  '88,  Princeton.  Umpire:  V.  C.  McCor- 
mick,  '93,  Yale.  Score:  Army  4,  Navy  6.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down and  goal  by  H.  S.  Kimball;  touchdown  by  T.  G.  Carson. 

First  Half:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  flying  wedge  nets  15  yards,  but  Navy  holds  for  downs. 
Bagley  punts  50  yards  to  Shelton,  who  runs  back  20  before 
being  tackled.  Army  tries  the  "Woodruff  flying  interfer- 
ence," but,  after  shooting  Stacy  through  the  centre  for 
5,  Navy  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  The  Army  immediately 
recovers  on  a  fumble.  Stacy  rounds  the  end  for  5,  but  an 
attempt  to  repeat  the  play  results  in  a  loss.     Navy  gets  the 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY  127 

ball  on  downs  and  Bagley  punts  50  yards.  Army  fumbles 
and  McCauley  falls  on  the  ball.  Davidson  circles  the  end 
for  20.  Army  holds  for  downs  and  Carson  punts  40. 
Kimball  hits  centre  for  2,  but  two  more  plunges  fail  to  gain. 
Army  gets  the  ball.  Stacy  On  a  triple  pass  rounds  the 
end  for  25  yards.  Ames  and  Smith  pierce  the  centre  for 
15.  A  penalty  sets  the  Army  back  5.  Navy  holds  for 
downs  and  gets  the  ball.  Bookwalter  punts  40  yards. 
Both  teams  surge  back  and  forth  between  the  35-yard  lines, 
but  cannot  get  in  striking  distance  of  one  another's  goal. 
Struggling  thus  the  half  closes. 

Second  Half:  The  Navy  opens  with  the  flying  wedge 
and  gains  15  yards.  Davidson,  Reeves,  Kimball,  and  Bag- 
ley  now  alternate  with  the  ball  in  rapid  succession,  making 
gain  after  gain,  all  short  but  consecutive,  until  the  last  yard 
line  is  reached,  from  which  Kimball  is  shot  across  for  the 
touchdown.  A  moment  later  he  kicks  the  goal.  Army  re- 
sumes play  with  the  flying  wedge  and  gains  20  yards.  A 
long  struggle  now  ensues  on  the  40-yard  line.  Army 
plunges  and  punts,  and  Navy,  unable  to  gain,  sends  the  ball 
back.  At  last  Stacy  gets  around  the  end  for  20  yards. 
Reeves  tackling.  On  the  second  play  Stacy  repeats  the 
play  around  the  opposite  end  for  20  yards  more.  Carson 
makes  the  last  5  yards  through  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  is  missed.  Play  is  resumed,  but  neither  goal  again 
is  threatened.     Time  is  called. 

1894-1898,  games  not  permitted  by  Army  and  Navy 
Departments. 

Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Dec.  3,  1899 

ARMY  NAVY 

W.  D.  Smith,  *01,  Capt.,       Left  End,  B.  A.  Long,  '01. 

"      "  S.  Read,  '02. 

E.  E.  Farnsworth,  '04,  Left  Tackle,  W.  K.  Wortman,  '00,  Capt 
C.  Enos,  '01, 


128 


FOOTBALL 


ARMY 

J.  P.  Hopkins,  '00, 
W.  R.  Bettison,  '01, 
R.  E.  Boyers,  '03, 

P.  D.  Bunker,  '03, 
H.  M.  Nelly,  '02, 
C.  Burnett,  '01, 

E.  M.  Zell,  '03, 

C.  M.  Wesson,  '00, 
A.  F.  Casad,  '02, 

F.  W.  Clark,  '01, 

V.  La  S.  Rockwell,  '00, 
R.  F.  Jackson,  '00, 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
((  (( 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((        (( 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
((       (( 

Right  Half, 

((       (( 

Full-back. 


NAVY 

J.  Halligan,  '98. 
R.  R.  Adams,  '02. 

C.  Belknap,  '03. 

J.  C.  Fremont,  '01. 
N.  E.  Nichols,  '02. 
R.  Williams,  '01. 
F.  D.  Berrien,  '00. 

D.  A.  Weaver,  '02. 
H.  W.  Osterhaus,  '00. 
O.  W.  Fowler,  '01. 

F.  B.  Freyer,  '02. 
S.  Gannon,  '00. 

E.  S.  Land,  '02. 
C.  T.  Wade.  '00. 


Referee:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard.  Umpire:  E.  N.  Wrightington, 
'97,  Harvard.  Linesmen:  J.  C.  Bell,  '84,  Pennsylvania;  J.  W.  Hallo- 
well,  '01,  Harvard.  Score:  Army  17,  Navy  5.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  R.  F.  Jackson,  goal  by  W.  R.  Bettison.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down by  V.  La  S.  Rockwell,  goal  by  W.  R.  Bettison;  touchdown  by 
V.  La  S.  Rockwell;  touchdown  by  C.  T.  Wade. 

First  Half:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Navy  kicks  to  Army's  20-yard  line.  The  latter  by  line 
bucking  carries  the  ball  to  midfield,  where  the  ball  goes  to 
Navy  on  a  fumble.  Navy  tries  three  plays  into  the  line 
without  gain,  ending  in  a  fumble  which  the  Army  secures. 
Army  opens  a  heavy  attack  on  the  Navy  line.  Jackson  and 
Bunker  break  through  for  repeated  gains  and  Clark  and 
Casad  circle  the  ends,  bringing  the  ball  to  Navy's  5-yard 
line,  from  which  Jackson  goes  across  for  the  touchdown. 
Bettison  kicks  the  goal.  Belknap  kicks  off  to  Jackson  at 
Army's  15.  A  sharp  exchange  of  kicks  ensues,  resulting  in 
Navy  obtaining  the  ball  at  midfield.  Wade  skirts  the  end 
for  20  yards.  Gannon  and  Fowler  pierce  the  line  for  20 
more.  Navy  fumbles  and  it  is  the  Army's  ball.  Jackson 
and  Clark  by  hard  line  work  force  the  ball  back  to  midfield, 
where  Navy  holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  ball.     Brilliant 


ARMY  VS.   NAVY  129 

plunging  by  the  Navy  backs  advances  the  ball  to  Army's  20, 
where  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Bettison  kicks  to  Halligan  at  15.  Wade 
punts  to  Army's  50.  Clark  and  Casad  hit  the  line  for  10. 
Jackson  punts.  On  the  line-up  Wade  kicks  back  to  Army's 
50.  Another  sharp  series  of  punts  follows,  ending  by  Army 
putting  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage  at  midfield.  The 
Army  sends  into  the  line  in  rapid  succession  Bunker,  Rock- 
well, Jackson,  and  Casad,  thus  forcing  the  ball,  line  after 
line,  to  Navy's  5-yard  line,  where  Rockwell  takes  it  across  and 
touches  it  down.  Jackson  punts  out  to  Smith  and  Bettison 
kicks  the  goal.  Wade  kicks  off  to  Army's  25  and  Casad  runs 
back  the  kick  20  yards.  The  Army  now  rips  open  Navy's 
line  for  big  gains,  terminating  in  Rockwell  crossing  the  line 
for  a  touchdown.  The  ball  is  brought  out  at  a  sharp  angle 
and  the  goal  is  missed.  Wade  kicks  off  to  Army's  10. 
Jackson  punts  back  to  50.  A  penalty  of  15  yards  is  im- 
posed upon  the  Navy.  Army  cannot  gain.  The  ball  goes 
to  Navy  and  Osterhaus  tries  a  drop  kick  at  goal,  but  misses. 
A  penalty  gives  the  Navy  the  ball  on  Army's  20-yard  line. 
Line  plunges  take  the  ball  t6  the  10-yard  line,  where  the 
Army  stubbornly  stops  the  advance  and  gets  the  ball. 
Jackson  punts  and  Wade  returns.  Once  more  a  penalty 
gives  Navy  the  ball  on  the  10-yard  line.  The  time  is  almost 
up.  Navy  lines  up  quickly  and  the  ball  is  put  in  play. 
Wade  is  shot  into  the  line.  Army  masses  and  the  two  teams 
pile  into  a  pyramid.  Suddenly  Wade  emerges  with  the  ball 
and  leaps  across  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  The  try  for  goal 
fails.     The  game  ends. 

Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Dec.  1,  1900 

ARMY  NAVY 

W.  D.  Smith,  '01,  Capt,  Left  End,  S.  Read,  '02. 

E.  E.  Farnsworth,  '04,  Left  Tackle,  R.  Williams,  'OL 

Left  Guard,  J.  C.  Fremont,  '01. 


130 


FOOTBALL 


NAVY 

G.  Whitlock,  '01. 
C.  Belknap,  '03. 
R.  R.  Adams,  '02. 
N.  E.  Nichols,  '02. 

B.  A.  Long,  '01. 
O.W.  Fowler, '01,  Capt. 
E.  S.  Land,  '02. 

C.  E.  Smith.  '03. 


ARMY 

W.  R.  Bettison,  '01,  Centre, 

N.  A.  Goodspeed,  '02,  Right  Guard, 

P.  D.  Bunker,  '03,  Right  Tackle, 

C.  Burnett,  '01,  Right  End, 

E.  M.  Zell,  '03,  "        " 

F.  P.  Lahm,  '01,  Quarter-back, 
F.  Williams,  '03, 

A.  F.  Casad,  '02,  Left  Half, 
H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  "       " 
F.  W.  Clark,  '01,  Right  Half, 
F.  H.  Phipps,  '04, 

B.  W.  Phillips,  '03,  Full-back, 
W.  M.  Nichols,  '03, 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  R.  D. 
Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard.  Linesmen:  N.  Z.  Graves,  '04,  Pennsylvania; 
W.  A.  Potter,  '02,  Pennsylvania.  Timekeepers:  J.  P.  Gardiner,  '01, 
Pennsylvania;  T.  T.  Hare,  '01,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army  7,  Navy 
11.  First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  F.  W.  Clark.  Second  Half: 
Goal  from  field  by  B.  A.  Long;  touchdown  by  E.  S.  Land,  goal  by 
O.  W.  Fowler;  safety  by  B.  A.  Long. 

First  Half:  Navy  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal. 
Farnsworth  kicks  to  Smith  at  Navy's  12-yard  mark,  the  ball 
being  run  back  15  yards.  On  the  line-up  Navy  fumbles  and 
Goodspeed  gets  the  ball.  Casad  makes  5  through  the  line. 
Navy  stands  firm  and  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  Belknap 
punts.  Army  cannot  gain  at  midfield  and  Navy  gets  the  ball 
on  downs.  Nichols  plunges  through  centre  for  15  yards. 
Navy  cannot  gain  farther  and  Belknap  punts  over  the  goal- 
line.  An  exchange  of  kicks  interspersed  with  rushes  lands 
the  ball  in  the  Army's  possession  on  their  25-yard  line.  On 
the  line-up  Army  fumbles  and  Navy  recovers  the  ball  at  the 
19-yard  mark.  The  Navy  cannot  make  an  inch  and  Long 
tries  and  misses  a  drop  kick  for  goal.  The  Army  kicks  out 
and  the  Navy  by  short  gains  rushes  the  ball  back  to  the  30- 
yard  line,  where  another  drop  kick  is  tried,  but  fails.  The 
Army  kicks  out  and  the  Navy  again  by  line  plunges  forces 
the  ball  to  the  30-yard  line.  Long  falls  back  for  another 
drop  kick,  but  Farnsworth  is  through  and  blocks  the  kick. 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY  131 

The  ball  bounds  back  to  the  45-yard  line,  where  Farnsworth 
picks  it  up  and  with  a  clear  field  starts  for  the  goal-line, 
but  is  tackled.  On  the  line-up  Clark  goes  around  the  end 
for  23  yards.  Unable  to  gain  further,  Clark  tries  for  a 
field  goal  and  kicks  it  from  placement.  Navy  kicks  off 
and  Army  runs  back  the  kick  to  the  20-yard  line.  Unable 
to  gain,  the  ball  is  kicked  to  Navy's  40.  By  hard  plunging 
the  Navy  carries  the  ball  to  the  Army's  20-yard  line,  where 
the  Navy  is  forced  to  try  for  a  field  goal.  The  kick  is  short 
and  partially  blocked,  but  Navy  recovers  it.  A  line  plunge 
carries  the  ball  to  the  3-yard  mark.  Army  throws  the 
Navy  back  and  a  fumble  gives  them  the  ball.  Time  is 
then  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Belknap  kicks  to  Goodspeed  at  20.  The 
Army  adopts  a  kicking  game  which  lasts  for  fifteen  minutes. 
At  last  the  Army  fumbles  a  punt  and  the  Navy  gets  the  ball 
on  the  former's  10-yard  line.  Long  tries  the  line,  but  it  is 
a  stone  wall.  He  falls  back  for  a  try  at  goal,  but  the  kick  is 
blocked.  Navy  recovering  the  ball.  Two  line  plunges  fail  to 
advance  the  ball  and  again  Long  falls  back  for  a  try  at  goal, 
which  he  kicks.  The  Army  kicks  off  and  another  long  kick- 
ing duel  follows.  At  last  the  Army  fumbles  and  Navy  gets 
the  ball  on  the  10-yard  line.  Land  on  a  delayed  pass  goes 
through  for  a  touchdown.  Fowler  kicks  the  goal.  Army 
kicks  off  and  Belknap  catches.  On  the  line-up  Belknap 
falls  back  to  punt.  The  kick  is  blocked  and  rolls  behind  the 
goal-line.  A  mix-up  ensues.  Long  falling  on  the  ball  for  a 
safety.     Time  soon  after  is  called. 


Army  vs.  Navy 

ARMY 

E.  E.  Farnsworth, 
T.  B.  Doe,  '05, 
N.  W.  Riley,  '04, 

Philadelphia,  Nov.  30,  1901 

NAVY 

'04,             Left  End,                K.  Whiting,  '05. 
Left  Tackle,             S.  Read,  '02. 
Left  Guard,              R.  T.  Carpenter,  '04. 

132 

FOOTBALL 

ARMY 

NAVY 

R.  E.  Boyers,  '03, 
N.  A.  Goodspeed,  '02, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
<<        (( 

P.  H.  Fretz,  '03. 
C.  Belknap,  '03. 
R.  P.  Schlabach,  'Oa 

P.  D.  Bunker,  '03, 
J.  A.  McAndrew,  '04, 
C.  D.  Daly,  '05, 
A.  F.  Casad,  '02,  Capt., 
H.  B.  Hackett,  '04, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
ti       tt 

R.  R.  Adams,  '02. 
C.  C.  Soule,  '04. 
F.  V.  McNair,  '03, 
F.  B.  Freyer,  '02. 

H.  M.  Nelly,  '02, 
F.  H.  Phipps,  '04, 
E.  Graves,  '05, 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 

E.  S.  Land,  '02,  Capt. 
N.  E.  Nichols,  '02. 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  Evarts 
Wrenn,  '92,  Harvard.  Linesmen:  J.  P.  Gardiner,  '01;  S.  M.  Goodman, 
'97,  Pennsylvania.  Timekeeper:  T.  T.  Hare,  '01,  Pennsylvania. 
Score:  Army  11,  Navy  5.  First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  C.  D.  Daly; 
touchdown  by  N.  E.  Nichols.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  and  goal 
by  C.  D.  Daly. 

First  Half:  Navy  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Graves  kicks  off  to  Freyer  at  15.  Nichols  goes  through  for 
15  yards.  For  twenty  minutes  the  ball  travels  back  and 
forth  between  the  25-yard  lines,  punts  following  ineffectual 
plunges  by  both  teams.  Graves  catches  and  puts  the  ball 
down  for  a  scrimmage  on  Army's  50-yard  line.  Army  forms 
in  tackle-back  formation  and  by  short  gains  drives  the  ball 
to  Navy's  25-yard  line,  where  the  latter  stops  the  advance. 
On  the  last  down  Daly  falls  back  for  a  try  at  goal  and  drops 
the  ball  squarely  between  the  posts.  Army  kicks  off  to 
Navy's  20-yard  line.  The  Navy  now  opens  a  brilliant  at- 
tack, mixing  end  runs  with  line  plunges,  delayed  and  double 
passes  in  rapid  succession,  thus  carrying  the  ball  to  Army's 
40,  where  the  latter  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  Graves  punts. 
McNair  catches  on  his  15-yard  hne  and  by  a  dodging  dash 
runs  75  yards  through  the  entire  Army  team,  reaching  the 
10-yard  line  before  he  is  thrown.  Freyer  goes  around  the 
end  to  the  5-yard  line.  Nichols  takes  the  ball  over  for  the 
touchdown.    The  punt-out  fails.  Time  is  called  for  the  half. 


ARMY  VS.. NAVY 


133 


Second  Half:  Belknap  kicks  off  to  Daly  on  the  10-yard 
line.  The  latter  starts  straight  up  the  field,  but  as  he  meets 
the  Navy  tacklers  he  turns  sharply  to  the  right.  The  Army 
blocks  off  the  mass  of  the  Navy  players,  and  Daly,  sprinting 
at  great  speed,  runs  around  them  and  covers  the  95  yards  for 
a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  kicked.  Navy  kicks  off.  The 
Army  by  tackle-back  plays  hammers  its  way  for  60  yards  in 
short  plunges.  Navy  gets  the  ball  on  downs  and  starts  a 
similar  attack  upon  the  Army  line.  The  Army  now  adopts 
a  kicking  game.  The  Navy  again  and  again  slowly  works  its 
way  for  half  the  length  of  the  field,  only  to  be  held  at  last  for 
downs  and  the  ball  punted  back  by  Daly.  Thus  struggling 
to  overcome  the  lead  time  is  called. 


Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  29, 

ARMY 

E.  E.  Famsworth,  '04,  Left  End, 

T.  W.  Hammond,  '05, 
N.  W.  Riley,  '04, 


1902 


NAVY 


Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 


K.  Whiting,  '05. 
J.  Rodgers,  '03. 
R.  C.  Grady,  '06. 
H.  H.  Michael,  '04. 
Centre,  E.  C.  Oak,  '04. 

P.  H.  Fretz,  '03. 
Right  Guard,  C.  Belknap,  '03,  Capt. 

Right  Tackle,  A.  S.  Rees,  '06. 

L.  C.  Farley,  '05. 
Right  End,  C.  C.  Soule,  '04. 

Quarter-back,  F.  V.  McNair,  '03. 

R.  F.  Smith,  '06. 
Left  Half,  R.  B.  Strassburger,  '05. 

Right  Half,  S.  Doherty,  '06. 

E.  S.  Root,  '05. 
Full-back,  V.  N.  Metcalf,  '06. 

W.  F.  Halsey,  '04. 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  J.  H.  Minds, 
'98,  Pennsylvania.  Linesmen:  N.  Z.  Graves,  '04;  W.  A.  Potter,  '02, 
Pennsylvania.  Timekeepers:  Carl  Williams,  '97;  T.  T.  Hare,  '01, 
Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army  22,  Navy  8.  First  Half:  Touchdown 
by  P.  D.  Bunker;  touchdown  by  H.  B.  Hackett;  safety  by  C.  D.  Daly; 


R.  E.  Boyers,  '03,  Capt., 

C.  F.  Thompson,  '04, 
E.  Graves,  '05, 

J.  A.  McAndrew,  '04, 
C.  D.  Daly,  '05, 

H.  B.  Hackett,  '04, 
P.  D.  Bunker,  '03, 

H.  W.  Tomey,  '06, 


134  FOOTBALL 

touchdown  by  R.  B.  Strassburger,  goal  by  C.  Belknap.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  H.  B.  Hackett,  goal  by  H.  W.  Torney;  touchdown  by 
P.  D.  Bunker,  goal  by  H.  W.  Torney. 

First  Half:  Navy  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  Bel- 
knap kicks  off  to  Daly  at  Army's  15-yard  line.  Army  tries 
three  plunges  into  the  line,  but  cannot  gain,  and  Daly  punts 
to  Smith,  who  runs  to  Army's  4Q.  The  Army  holds  and 
Navy  punts.  Army  fumbles  and  Whiting  falls  on  the  ball. 
Two  hard  plunges  into  the  line  fail  to  yield  a  yard  and  Strass- 
burger falls  back  to  try  a  drop  kick.  The  Army  line  comes 
through  and  the  kick  is  blocked.  Army  punts  and  Navy 
makes  a  fierce  assault  on  the  line  without  gain.  The  ball 
is  passed  to  Belknap  for  a  punt,  but  the  kick  is  partially 
blocked,  Army  securing  the  ball  on  their  47-yard  mark. 
The  Army  now  sets  its  tackle-back  in  rapid  play,  Torney, 
Bunker,  and  Hackett  ploughing  through  for  continual  gains 
and  taking  the  ball  to  the  5-yard  line.  Torney  makes  3, 
and  on  the  next  play  Bunker  goes  over  for  the  touchdown. 
The  punt-out  fails.  Belknap  kicks  off  to  Daly,  who  runs 
back  20  yards.  Bunker  goes  around  the  end  for  18  yards. 
The  tackle-back  again  drives  the  Navy  down  to  their  5-yard 
line,  where  the  Army  fumbles  and  Navy  gets  the  ball. 
Belknap  punts.  Hackett  catches  the  ball  on  the  45-yard 
line  and  runs  through  the  Navy  team,  65  yards,  for  a  touch- 
down. Torney  misses  the  goal.  Navy  kicks  off  to  Bunker 
at  Arniy's  10.  The  latter  runs  back  the  kick  25  yards.  On 
an  exchange  of  kicks  the  Army  fumbles  on  their  30-yard 
line.  Navy  hits  the  line  hard,  but  cannot  get  through,  and 
Strassburger  tries  a  drop.  The  ball  is  low  and  Daly  catches 
it  under  the  bar.  Soule  throws  him  across  the  line  for  a 
safety.  Daly  kicks  out  and  a  long  struggle  ensues  at  centre. 
At  last  Strassburger  gets  away  for  an  end  run  of  65  yards 
for  a  touchdown.  Belknap  kicks  the  goal.  Time  is  then 
called  for  the  half. 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY 


135 


Second  Half:  Daly  kicks  off  to  McNair  at  20.  The  Navy 
on  the  line-up  returns  the  ball.  The  Army  sets  its  tackle- 
back  again  in  motion,  and  Bunker,  Daly,  Torney,  and 
Hackett  by  short  gains  reach  the  5-yard  line,  from  which 
Hackett  goes  over  for  the  touchdown.  Torney  kicks  the 
goal.  Navy  kicks  off  and  Army  returns.  A  long  series  of 
kicks  ensues.  Army  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage  at 
midfield  and  rushes  the  ball  to  Navy's  30-yard  line,  where 
it  goes  to  the  Navy  on  a  fumble.  On  the  line-up  the  Navy 
fumbles  and  Bunker  gets  the  ball.  The  Army  now  directs 
a  fierce  assault  upon  the  Navy  line,  sending  Bunker  over  the 
last  line  for  a  touchdown,  from  which  Torney  kicks  the  goal. 
The  Navy  kicks  off  to  Daly  at  10,  who  runs  back  the  kick 
to  20.  Army  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage  and  sets 
the  tackle-back  in  motion,  thus  hammering  the  ball  by  short 
plunges  80  yards  when  time  is  called. 


Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  29, 


A.RMY 

T.  W.  Hammond,  '05, 
T.  B.  Doe,  '05, 
M.  H.  Shute.  '06, 
C.  G.  Mettler,  '06, 
N.  W.  Riley,  '04, 

A.  C.  Tipton,  '05, 
C.  F.  Thompson,  '04, 

E.  Graves,  '05, 

C.  K.  Rockwell,  '06, 
A.  G.  Gillespie,  '06, 
H.  B.  Hackett,  '04, 

F.  A.  Prince,  '08. 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
((  (( 

Right  Tackle, 
Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 


E.  E.  Famsworth,  '04,  Capt.,  Right  Half, 
V.  W.  Cooper,  '04, 

R.  C.  Hill,  '07,  Full-back, 

R.  H.  Davis,  '08, 


1903 

NAVY 

D.  L.  Howard,  '06. 
R.  C.  Grady,  '06. 
W.  B.  Piersol,  '08. 

C.  F.  Chambers,  '07. 
R.  F.  Smith,  '06. 
A.  S.  Rees,  '06. 

E.  C.  Oak,  '04. 

R.  F.  McConnell,  *07. 

S.  Doherty,  '06. 

C.  C.  Soule,  '04,  Capt. 

K.  Whiting,  '05. 

R.  B.  Strassburger,  '05. 

J.  W.  Wilcox,  '05. 

E.  S.  Root,  '05. 

J.  S.  Dowell,  '05. 

W.  B.  Decker,  '06. 

W.  F.  Halsey,  '04. 


136  FOOTBALL 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  J.  H. 
Minds,  '98,  Pennsylvania.  Linesmen:  Carl  Williams,  '97,  Pennsylvania; 
C.  B.  Marshall,  '04,  Harvard.  Timekeepers:  T.  T.  Hare,  '01;  C.  S. 
Metzgar,  '03,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army  40,  Navy  5.  First  Half: 
Goal  from  field  by  C.  F.  Chambers;  touchdown  by  V.  W.  Cooper,  goal 
by  R.  H.  Davis;  touchdown  by  R.  H.  Davis,  goal  by  T.  B.  Doe; 
touchdown  by  F.  A.  Prince,  goal  by  T.  B.  Doe.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down by  F.  A.  Prince;  touchdown  by  F.  A.  Prince,  goal  by  T.  B.  Doe; 
touchdown  by  F.  A.  Prinjce,  goal  by  H.  B.  Hackett;  goal  from  field  by 
R.  H.  Davis. 

First  Half:  Navy  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal.  Doe 
kicks  off  to  Navy's  27.  A  sharp  punting  exchange  ensues 
marked  by  many  fumbles.  After  several  minutes  of  such 
play  Army  fumbles  on  their  16-yard  mark  and  Howard  falls 
on  the  ball.  Navy  cannot  pierce  the  line.  Chambers  falls 
back  and  drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Army  kicks  off  to 
Strassburger  at  20.  Another  kicking  duel  follows.  Army 
puts  down  the  ball  for  a  scrimmage  on  their  30-yard  line. 
The  ball  is  rushed  20  yards,  when,  the  Navy  line  holding 
for  3  downs,  the  ball  is  punted  to  Navy's  20,  where  a  fumble 
occurs  and  Army  gets  the  ball.  Cooper  in  two  plunges 
crosses  the  line  and  Davis  kicks  the  goal.  Navy  kicks  off 
and  Army  returns.  Both  teams  now  adopt  a  kicking  game 
which  wages  monotonously  until  the  Navy  fumbles  a  high 
punt  on  the  10-yard  line  and  Hammond  falls  on  the  ball  for 
the  Army.  In  three  plays  the  Army  sends  Davis  across  for 
the  touchdown.  Doe  kicks  the  goal.  Navy  kicks  off  and 
the  Army  returns.  Again  a  kicking  exchange  opens  up  and 
lasts  for  several  minutes.  The  Navy  fumbles  on  the  10- 
yard  line  and  Army  gets  the  ball.  Prince  goes  around  the 
end  for  a  touchdown  and  Doe  kicks  the  goal.  On  the  line- 
up time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Chambers  kicks  off  to  Prince  at  15.  Prince 
falls  back  to  punt,  but  Navy  blocks  the  kick  and  Soule 
gets  the  ball.  The  Navy  backs  cannot  pierce  the  Army 
line  and  Chambers  drops  back  for  a  try  at  goal,  but  Army 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY 


137 


blocks  the  kick.  A  series  of  kicks  ensues,  resulting  in 
a  fumble  by  the  Navy  on  their  20-yard  Hne.  Army  gets 
the  ball.  In  three  plunges  Cooper,  Davis,  and  Prince  take 
the  ball  across  for  a  touchdown.  The  Navy  blocks  Doe's 
try  for  goal.  Navy  kicks  off  and  Army  returns.  The  usual 
punting  duel  ensues,  resulting  in  a  fumble  by  Navy  on  the 
25-yard  line  and  the  recovery  of  the  ball  by  the  Army. 
Three  plunges  take  the  ball  to  the  5-yard  line,  from  which 
Prince  goes  through  tackle  for  the  touchdown.  Doe  kicks 
the  goal.  Navy  kicks  off  to  Wilcox,  who  runs  the  kick  back 
35  yards.  The  Army  kicks  and  recovers  the  ball  on  a 
fumble  by  Navy  at  the  latter's  40.  The  Army  by  short 
gains  through  the  line  carries  the  ball  to  the  last  line,  where 
Prince  goes  over  for  the  touchdown  and  Hackett  kicks  the 
goal.  Navy  kicks  off  to  Wilcox,  who  runs  back  30  yards. 
A  punt  and  a  fumble  gives  Army  the  ball  on  Navy's  40. 
Davis  kicl^s  a  goal  from  placement.  Prince  kicks  off  for 
Navy,  but  time  is  called. 

Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  26,  1904 


ARMY 

T.  W.  Hammond,  '05, 
T.  B.  Doe,  '05,  Capt., 
W.  W.  Erwin,  '08, 
H.  J.  Weeks,  '08, 
A.  C.  Tipton,  '05, 

D.  C.  Seagrave,  '05, 
C.  G.  Mettler,  '06, 

A.  G.  Gillespie,  '06, 

E.  B.  Garey,  '08, 
R.  C.  Hill,  '07, 

F.  A.  Prince,  '08, 
H.  W.  Torney,  '06, 
L.  H.  Watkins,  '07. 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
i(        (I 

Centre 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
((  (( 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 
(( 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


NAVY 

D.  L.  Howard,  '06. 
L.  C.  Farley,  '05,  Capt. 
N.  H.  Goss,  '05. 

W.  S.  McClintic,  '05. 
W.  B.  Piersol,  '08. 
R.  C.  Grady,  '06. 

E.  B.  Woodworth,  '06. 
K.  Whiting,  '05. 

W.  H.  Dague,  '08. 
H.  H.  Norton,  '07. 
J.  W.  Wilcox.  '05. 
H.  L.  Spencer,  '07. 
R.  F.  Bernard,  '07. 
S.  Doherty,  '06. 
R.  F.  Smith,  '06. 
R.  L.  Ghormley,  '06. 


138  FOOTBALL 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard,  Umpire:  Evarts 
Wrenn,  '92,  Harvard.  Linesman:  T.  T.  Hare,  '01,  Pennsylvania. 
Score:  Army  11,  Navy  0.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  W.  Torney; 
touchdown  by  H.  W.  Torney,  goal  by  T.  B.  Doe. 

First  Half:  Navy  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal. 
Torney  kicks  off  to  Smith,  who  runs  back  to  the  25-yard  Hne. 
Smith  goes  through  the  Hne  for  9  and  repeats  the  play  for 
3  more.  Doherty  makes  2,  and  a  penalty  sets  the  Navy 
back  10.  Howard  punts  to  Prince  at  Army's  25.  Torney 
hits  the  line  for  3  and  Doe  adds  3  more.  A  penalty  loses 
15  and  Army  punts  to  Smith.  Smith  makes  5  around  the 
end.  Grady  doubles  the  other  end  for  5  more.  Spencer 
goes  through  the  line  for  6.  The  Army  holds  and  Navy 
tries  a  quarter-back  kick,  but  Tipton  gets  it.  The  ball 
is  now  on  Army's  40.  On  the  line-up  Army  fumbles  and 
Navy  recovers  the  ball  at  centre.  Navy  cannot  make 
first  down  and  a  quarter-back  kick  is  captured  by  Army. 
The  Army  tries  two  plunges  into  the  line  without  gain  and 
then  punts  to  Navy.  The  ball  is  fumbled  on  the  20-yard 
Une.  Torney  picks  it  up  and  runs  across  the  line  for  a  touch- 
down. The  try  at  goal  fails.  Navy  kicks  off  and  Prince 
runs  the  ball  back  15  yards.  A  long  punting  exchange  en- 
sues, ending  by  the  Army  putting  the  ball  down  for  a  scrim- 
mage at  midfield.  Doe  make  4,  Prince  1,  Hill  2,  a  penalty 
yields  5,  Prince  makes  1,  Torney  2,  and  Doe  11,  bringing 
the  ball  to  the  10-yard  line.  The  ball  is  given  to  Torney 
three  times  in  succession  and  on  the  third  plunge  he  takes  it 
over  for  a  touchdown.  Doe  kicks  the  goal.  Navy  kicks 
off  to  Army  at  15.  The  Army  in  six  plays  brings  the  ball 
back  to  midfield,  where  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Navy  kicks  to  Torney  on  the  10-yard  line 
and  the  latter  runs  back  20  yards.  By  hard  plunging, 
Torney,  Hill,  and  Doe  carrying  the  ball,  the  Army  reaches 
Navy's  30-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is  fumbled.     Navy  can- 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY 


139 


not  gain  and  punts.  Army  returns.  Doherty  circles  the 
end  and  runs  to  Army's  30-yard  line.  The  Army  line  does 
not  yield  a  yard  and  Wilcox  tries  a  quarter-back  kick,  but 
the  ball  goes  out  of  bounds.  Army  lines  up  to  punt,  but 
Torney  goes  through  the  line  for  15  yards.  Prince  lifts 
a  long  punt  to  Navy's  23-yard  mark.  Both  teams  now 
play  desperately,  each  plunging  into  the  other's  line  without 
substantial  gain  and  then  punting.  The  play  for  the  re- 
mainder of  the  game  is  between  the  35-yard  lines.  Time  is 
called,  with  the  ball  in  Army's  possession  at  midfield. 


Army  vs.  Navy 

Princeton,  Dec.  2,  1905 

ARMY 

navy 

C.  K.  Rockwell,  '06, 

Left  End, 

D.L.Howard,'06,Capt. 

W.  W.  Erwin,  '08, 

Left  Tackle, 

W.  B.  Piersol,  '08. 

ft        « 

P.  W.  Northcroft,  '09. 

H.  J.  Weeks,  '08, 

Left  Guard, 

J.  M.  O'Brien,  '07. 

W.  H.  Moss,  '09, 

((         « 

C.  R.  Abraham,  '06, 

Centre, 

L.  D.  Causey,  '06. 
A.  S.  Rees,  '06. 

W.  C.  Christy,  '07, 

Right  Guard, 

J.  F.  Shafroth,  '08. 

C.  G.  Mettler,  '06, 

Right  Tackle, 

R.  C.  Grady,  '06. 

A.  G.Gillespie, '06,  Capt., 

Right  End, 

E.  B.  Woodworth,  '06. 

R.  D.  Johnson,  '09, 

Quarter-back, 

W.  B.  Decker,  '06. 

" 

H.  H.  Norton,  '07. 

G.  W.  Beavers,  '08, 

Left  Half, 

H.  L.  Spencer,  '07. 

R.  H.  Smith,  '08, 

«      (( 

A.  H.  Douglas,  '08. 

R.  C.  Hill,  '07, 

Right  Half, 

S.  Doherty,  '06. 

H.  W.  Torney,  '06, 

Full-back, 

R.  L.  Ghormley,  '06. 

L.  H.  Watkins,  '07, 

(t 

R.  F.  Smith,  '06. 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  R.  D. 
Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard.  Linesman:  W.  W.  Roper,  '02,  Princeton. 
Score:  Army  6,  Navy  6.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  J.  Weeks, 
goal  by  C.  G.  Mettler.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  H.  Douglas, 
goal  by  H.  H.  Norton. 

First  Half:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Howard  kicks  off  to  Torney  at  25.  Beavers  punts  to  Navy's 
50.    Several  series  of  kicks  are  exchanged,  resulting  in  Army 


140  FOOTBALL 

obtaining  the  ball  on  Navy's  30-yard  line.  The  Navy 
line  throws  the  Army  runners  back.  Torney  tries  a  place 
kick,  but  misses.  Navy  kicks  out  and  a  run  and  a  penalty 
put  the  Army  back  on  the  30-yard  line,  where  a  second 
try  from  placement  fails.  Navy  kicks  out  to  midfield. 
The  Army  now,  by  short  gains  of  Weeks,  Hill,  and  Torney, 
reaches  the  25-yard  line,  where  Navy  holds  for  downs. 
Doherty  punts  to  48.  The  Army  by  short  gains  forces  its 
way  to  the  1-yard  mark,  from  which  Weeks  is  sent  over  for 
a  touchdown.  Mettler  kicks  the  goal.  Navy  kicks  off  and 
the  Army  after  a  small  gain  punts.  Navy  returns.  Met- 
tler gets  away  for  a  35-yard  run.  Torney  adds  13.  The 
ball  reaches  Navy's  20-yard  line.  Beavers  tries  for  a  goal 
from  placement,  but  fails.  Navy  kicks  out  and  time  ex- 
pires for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Army  kicks  off  to  Ghormley,  who  returns. 
On  a  second  exchange  of  kicks  Navy  recovers  a  fumble 
on  Army's  30-yard  line.  The  Navy  makes  first  down,  but 
Army  holds  on  the  25-yard  line  and  gets  the  ball.  Beavers 
punts  to  Norton,  who  heels  the  catch  at  40.  Navy  makes 
5  through  the  line;  a  penalty  adds  15  more.  The  Army 
holds  for  downs.  For  several  minutes  play  continues  be- 
tween centre  and  Army's  20-yard  line.  The  Navy  rushes 
fiercely,  loses  the  ball  on  downs,  and  the  Army  punts  back. 
It  is  getting  dark.  The  Army  muffs  a  punt  on  their  25-yard 
line  and  Navy  gets  the  ball.  Decker  makes  2,  Doherty  10, 
then  2,  Spencer  6,  Doherty  2,  Douglas  goes  over  for  a  touch- 
down, and  Norton  kicks  the  goal.  It  is  now  too  dark  to 
proceed  and  time  is  called. 

Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Dec.  1,  1906 

ARMY  ^  NAVY 

A.  J.  Hanlon,  *08,  Left  End,  R.  F.  Bernard,  '07. 

"       "  W.  N.  Richardson,  '09. 

H.  J.  Weeks,  '08.  Left  Tackle,  P.  W.  Northcroft,  '09. 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY 


141 


ARMY 

W.  W.  Erwin,  '08, 

D.  I.  Sultan,  '07, 
W.  C.  Christy,  '07, 
R.  F.  Fowler,  '10, 

C.  P.  Stearns,  '09, 
H.  M.  Hickam,  '08, 
R.  D.  Johnson,  '09, 

F.  A.  Mountford,  '09, 
R.  H.  Smith,  '08, 

E.  St.  J.  Greble,  '09, 
R.  C.  Hill,  '07,  Capt., 

G.  W.  Beavers,  '08, 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
<(         <( 

Right  End, 
((        (( 

Quarter-back, 
it 

Left  Half, 
((      (( 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


NAVY 

G.  R.  Meyer,  '10. 

F.  Slingluff,  '09. 
P.  T.  Wright,  '09. 
W.  B.  Piersol,  '08. 

G.  W.  Simpson,  '07. 
W.  H.  Dague,  '08. 

H.  H.  Norton,  '07. 

A.  H.  Douglas,  '08. 

H.  L.  Spencer,  '07,  Capt. 
J.  H.  Ingram,  '07. 


Referee:  W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale.  Umpire:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02, 
Yale.  Linesman:  R.  G.  Torrey,  '06,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army,  0, 
Navy  10.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  P.  W.  Northcroft; 
touchdown  by  J.  H.  Ingram,  goal  by  H.  H.  Norton. 

First  Half:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal 
backed  by  a  strong  wind.  Norton  kicks  to  Steams  at 
Army's  15  and  the  latter  runs  back  15  yards.  A  series  of 
kicks  terminate  by  Piersol  recovering  the  ball  for  Navy  on 
their  opponent's  45-yard  line.  Another  exchange  of  kicks 
and  a  forward  pass  give  Army  the  ball  at  their  opponent's 
40.  Here  Beavers  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  the  kick  is 
blocked.  Army  gets  the  ball  and  starts  a  fierce  attack  on 
the  Navy  line  which  carrieii  the  ball  to  the  2-yard  line,  where 
a  forward  pass  results  in  a  touchback.  Navy  kicks  out 
and  Norton  on  an  on-side  kick  returns  the  ball  to  Navy's 
20.  Beavers  tries  for  another  field  goal,  but  the  ball  goes 
beneath  the  bar.  The  ball  is  kicked  out,  and  for  several 
minutes  both  teams  scrimmage  and  punt  without  advan- 
tage until  a  long  punt  by  Beavers  is  fumbled  on  the  Navy's 
25-yard  line.  Smith  hits  the  line  for  no  gain.  Hanlon 
makes  8.  Beavers  misses  a  field  goal.  Douglas  kicks  out. 
Beavers  runs  back  8  yards  and  then  makes  5  more  around 
the  end.     On  a  quarter-back  kick  Stearns  gets  the  ball  at 


142 


FOOTBALL 


Navy's  20.     Dague  throws  him  at  the  10-yard  line.     Before 
the  teams  can  Hne  up  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Beavers  kicks  to  Douglas  at  Navy's  10. 
For  several  minutes  the  play  on  both  sides  becomes  a  rush, 
a  forward  pass,  and  a  punt  without  successful  results. 
Army  at  last  gets  the  ball  out  of  bounds  at  their  25-yard  line. 
On  a  fake  kick  Hill  makes  10  yards  through  the  centre. 
Beavers  punts  and  Spencer  heels  the  catch  at  Army's  45. 
The  angle  is  wide,  but  Northcroft  kicks  a  beautiful  goal 
from  placement.  Beavers  kicks  off  to  Navy's  20.  Douglas 
on  a  fake  kick  makes  25  yards.  Douglas  punts  to  Army's 
40  and  Dague  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble.  A  penalty  ad- 
vances the  Navy  5.  Smith  plunges  for  5.  Mountford 
makes  the  30-yard  line.  Norton  falls  back  for  a  drop  kick, 
but  instead  shoots  a  forward  pass  to  Ingram,  who  goes  over 
for  a  touchdown.  Norton  kicks  the  goal.  Beavers  kicks 
off  to  Navy's  10.  Spencer  goes  around  the  end  for  15. 
On  an  exchange  of  kicks  and  a  block  the  Navy  gets  the  ball 
on  the  Army's  30.  Mountford  gets  an  on-side  kick  at  10. 
Beavers  punts.  Both  teams,  now  resort  to  a  kicking  game, 
and  time  is  called,  with  the  ball  in  the  Army's  possession  at 
midfield. 


Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  30,  1907 


ARMY 


F.  S.  Besson,  '09, 
A.  R.  Underwood,  '09, 
E.  A.  Stockton,  '08, 
H.  J.  Weeks,  '08, 
W.  W.  Erwin,  '08, 

W.  C.  Philoon,  '09, 
W.  H.  Moss,  '09, 
D.  D.  Pullen,  '10, 
R.  F.  Fowler,  '10, 
C.  P.  Stearns,  '09, 
H.  F.  Ayres,  '08, 


Left  End, 


Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
((  (( 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
((  (f 

Right  End, 


M.  B.  De  Mott,  '09. 


P.  W.  Northcroft,  *09. 
G.  R.  Meyer,  '10. 
F.  G.  Reinicke,  '10. 
F.  Slingluff,  '09. 
P.  T.  Wright,  '09. 
F.  T.  Leighton,  '09. 
C.  W.  Magruder,  '08. 
W.  H.  Dague,  '08. 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY  143 


ARMY 

NAVY 

F.  A.  Mountford,  '09, 

Quarter-back, 

E.  C.  Lange,  '09. 

K.  E.  Kern,  '11, 

<( 

E.  W.  Strother,  '08. 

A.  D.  Surles,  11, 

Left  Half, 

A.  H.  Douglas,  '08,  Capt. 

E.  St.  J.  Greble,  '09, 

((       (( 

G.  W.  Beavers,  '08, 

Right  Half, 

L.  F.  Reifsnider,  '10. 

R.  D.  Johnson,  '09, 

<(        « 

R.  H.Smith, '08,  Capt., 

Full-back, 

R.  E.  Jones,  '09. 

A.  J.  Hanlon,  '08, 

« 

H.  W.  Boynton,  '08. 

Referee:  W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale.  Umpire:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02, 
Yale.  Field  Judge:  F.  D.  Godcharles,  '93,  Lafayette.  Linesman: 
R.  G.  Torrey,  '06,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army  0,  Navy  6.  First 
Half:    Touchdown  by  A.  H.  Douglas,  goal  by  P.  W.  Northcroft. 

First  Half:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Beavers  kicks  off,  sending  the  ball  across  the  goal-line. 
Navy  kicks  out  to  midfield.  Army  cannot  gain  and  Beavers 
punts.  Navy  returns.  A  kicking  duel  now  lasts  for  five 
minutes,  the  advantage  being  neutral.  Army  finally  tries  a 
forward  pass,  but  Navy  gets  it.  Douglas  kicks  to  Mount- 
ford,  who  runs  back  45  yards.  Army  is  penalized  15  yards. 
Navy  shows  amazing  defensive  strength  and  throws  Army 
back  for  a  loss  of  20  yards.  Beavers  kicks  to  Douglas,  who 
returns.  Army  fumbles  and  Navy  gets  the  ball.  Douglas 
makes  10  on  a  delayed  pass.  Reifsnider  cannot  gain,  but 
Lange  gets  around  the  end  and  plants  the  ball  3  yards  from 
Army's  goal.  Navy  fumbles,  but  recovers  the  ball.  Doug- 
las goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  Northcroft  kicks  the  goaL 
Beavers  kicks  off  to  Douglas  on  the  5-yard  line.  After  a 
double  exchange  of  kicks  Douglas  circles  the  end  for  10 
yards  and  then  kicks  to  Mountford,  who  regains  15.  The 
Navy  tries  two  plunges  into  the  line  without  gain  and 
attempts  an  on-side  kick,  which  Weeks  blocks  and  then 
advances  the  ball  25  yards.  Greble  goes  through  tackle  for 
4  and  Smith  adds  2  more.  Beavers  tries  a  drop  kick,  but 
misses  the  bar.  A  kicking  exchange  follows,  terminating  in 
a  plunge  through  tackle  by  Douglas  for  5  yards  and  a  for- 


144  FOOTBALL 

ward  pass  for  10  more.  Smith  on  the  next  play  intercepts 
another  forward  pass  and  the  Navy  in  turn  regains  the  ball 
by  intercepting  the  Army^s  forward  pass.  An  exchange  of 
kicks  and  a  fumble  puts  the  Navy  on  the  Army's  15-yard 
line.  Unable  to  gain,  Lange  drops  back  for  a  drop  kick,  but 
Weeks  blocks  it.     On  the  line-up  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Douglas  kicks  off  to  Beavers,  who  returns 
to  Lange,  the  latter  running  back  15  yards.  Navy  makes 
15  yards  and  then  loses  the  ball  on  a  fumble,  but  on  the  next 
play  regains  it  by  intercepting  a  forward  pass.  Neither 
team  can  pierce  the  other's  line  and  kicks  are  frequent. 
Navy  kicks  to  Kern,  who  makes  a  brilliant  run  of  25  yards. 
Beavers  shoots  a  long  forward  pass,  25  yards,  to  Greble. 
The  ball  is  now  on  Navy's  30-yard  line.  Army  makes  10 
yards  and  Beavers  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Navy 
kicks  out  to  centre  and  immediately  regains  the  ball  on  a  for- 
ward pass.  After  several  minutes  of  kicking  Lange  heels  a 
fair  catch.  Northcroft  tries  for  a  goal  from  placement,  but 
fails.  Kern  kicks  out  and  Navy  returns  to  the  30-yard 
line.  Greble  punts  out  of  bounds  at  50  and  Navy  is  penal- 
ized for  holding.  Douglas  then  punts  to  Kern  at  40, 
the  latter  running  back  20  yards.  On  the  line-up  time 
is  called. 

Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  28,  1908 

ARMY  NAVY 

R.  D.  Johnson,  '09,  Left  End,        R.  E.  Jones,  '09. 

"      "  C.  H.  Cobb,  '11. 

A.  E.  Byrne,  '10,  Left  Tackle,      P.  W.  Northcroft,  '09,  Capt. 

F.  S.  Besson,  '09, 
J.  L.  Wier,  '11,  Left  Guard,       G.  R.  Meyer,  '10. 

F.  G.  Reinicke,  '10. 
W.  C.  Philoon,  '09,  Capt.,       Centre,  F.  Slingluff,  '09. 

C.  L.  Brand,  '10. 
W.  H.  Moss,  '09,  Right  Guard,       P.  T.  Wright,  '09. 

R.  R.  Nix,  '09, 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY 


145 


ARBfY 

D.  D.  Pullen,  '10, 

C.  P.  Steams,  '09, 
J.  E.  Carberry,  '10, 
R.  F.  Hyatt,  '12, 
W.  Dean,  '12, 

E.  St.  J.  Greble,  '09, 
H.  D.  Chamberlin,  '10, 
S.  M.  Walmsley,  '12, 


Right  Tackle, 

((  (< 

Right  End, 

<(       (( 

Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 

H  (I 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


NAVY 

F.  T.  Leighton,  '09. 

D.  H.  Stuart,  '09. 

L.  F.  Reifsnider,  '10. 
L.  C.  Carey,  '11. 

E.  C.  Lange,  '09. 
J.  P.  Dalton,  '12. 
I.  C.  Sowell,  '12. 

H.  S.  McK.  Clay,  '11. 
W.  A.  Richardson,  '10. 


Referee:  J.  A.  Evans,  '93,  Williams.  Umpire:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02, 
Yale.  Field  Judge:  C.  B.  Marshall,  '04,  Harvard.  Linesman: 
R.  G.  Torrey,  '06,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army  6,  Navy  4.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  W.  Dean;  goal  from  field  by  E.  C. 
Lange. 

First  Half:  Navy  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal. 
Dean  kicks  off  to  Richardson  at  17.  The  latter  runs  back 
to  30.  Dalton  punts  to  Dean.  Greble  makes  3  on  a  fake 
kick  and  then  punts.  The  ball  strikes  the  ground.  Cham- 
berlin, on-side,  takes  the  ball  on  the  run  and  reaches  the 
4-yard  mark.  Dean  makes  2  and  on  the  next  play  crosses 
the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Dean  also  kicks  the  goal.  North- 
croft  kicks  to  Hyatt,  who  runs  back  15  yards.  Greble  punts 
to  Reifsnider  at  50.  A  bad  pass  loses  a  down  and  Dalton 
punts.  Greble  starts  to  run,  but  the  Army  is  set  back  15  on 
a  penalty.  Greble  punts  to  Lange,  who  is  downed  without 
gain.  Dalton  fails  to  gain  on  a  trick  play  and  then  punts. 
Greble  returns  to  Lange.  Clay  gets  around  the  end  for  5,  but 
fumbles  and  Greble  gets  the  ball.  Hyatt  makes  8  and 
Greble  punts  to  Lange,  who  heels  a  fair  catch  at  30.  Dalton 
is  thrown  for  a  loss  and  then  punts  to  Dean,  who  runs  back 
20  yards.  Greble  fails  to  gain  on  a  fake  kick  and  punts  to 
Northcroft.  Northcroft  returns.  Dalton  makes  8  and  then 
is  thrown  for  a  loss  of  4.  A  long  punting  series  opens  up, 
finally  resulting  in  Greble  kicking  to  Lange  at  midfield,  who 


146  FOOTBALL 

runs  out  of  bounds  at  Army's  35.  Clay  gets  around  the  end 
for  3.  Leighton  goes  through  the  line  for  7.  Dalton,  Clay, 
and  Leighton  make  15  yards.  On  a  double  pass  Lange  circles 
the  end  for  6.  Army  holds  and  Navy  tries  a  goal  from  place- 
ment, which  Lange  makes.  Dean  kicks  off  to  Dalton  at  25. 
Both  teams  try  a  plunge  into  the  line,  followed  by  a  punt,  as 
neither  can  gain  against  the  other  consistently,  and  thus 
the  half  closes. 

Second  Half:  Northcroft  kicks  off  to  Hyatt,  who  returns 
to  the  25-yard  line.  Chamberlin  makes  2  yards.  Dean 
punts  to  Lange  and  Dalton  returns  on  the  line-up  to  Hyatt. 
Stearns  stops  Clay  on  a  double  pass.  Hyatt  makes  10 
around  the  end  and  Chamberlin  adds  2  more.  Dean 
lifts  a  punt  75  yards.  Lange  gets  it  behind  the  goal  and 
runs  it  out  to  the  7-yard  line.  Dalton  punts  to  35.  Dean 
makes  3  and  Chamberlin  4.  Navy  recovers  a  forward 
pass  on  their  12-yard  line.  Dalton  punts  to  Dean.  Greble 
punts  to  Richardson.  Dalton  runs  across  the  field  on  a 
fake  kick,  but  there  is  no  gain.  Hyatt  heels  a  fair  catch 
at  45.  Greble  tries  the  end  for  no  gain.  Lange  gets  an 
on-side  kick,  and  on  the  line-up  goes  around  the  end  for  20 
yards.  Clay  tries  the  other  end  without  gain  and  Dalton 
punts.  Navy  now  begins  to  send  in  substitutions.  For 
several  minutes  the  game  becomes  merely  a  punting  con- 
test between  Dalton  and  Greble.  Dalton  makes  1  yard 
around  the  end  and  then  Lange  shoots  a  forward  pass  to 
Clay,  which  nets  12  yards.  Dalton  again  gets  round  the 
end  for  1,  but  Lange  punts  to  Dean.  Hyatt  goes  around  the 
Navy's  end  for  15  yards.  Greble  makes  8  more.  Chamber- 
lin on  a  fake  kick  gets  through  the  line  for  2.  Dalton  re- 
covers a  fumble  and  with  a  clear  field  starts  for  the  goal,  but 
Chamberlin  throws  him  out  of  bounds.  Lange  punts  and 
time  is  called. 

There  was  no  game  in  1909. 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY 


147 


ARMY 
a  Wood,  '12, 


Army  vs.  Navy 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  26, 

Left  End, 


1910 

NAVY 

D.  W.  Hamilton,  '12. 
R.  E.  P.  Elmer,  '12. 
H.  L.  Merring,  '11. 

C.Q.Wright, '11,  Capt. 
P.  Van  H.  Weems,  '12. 
J.  H.  Brown,  '14. 
F.  Loftin,  '11. 
K.  P.  Gilchrist,  '14. 
I.  C.  Sowell,  '12. 
H.  S.  McK.  Clay,  '11. 
J.  P.  Dalton,  '12. 
P.  P.  Rodes,  '13. 


L.  S.  Devore,  '12,  Left  Tackle, 
H.  D.  Douglas,  '11, 

H.  Huston,  '14,  Left  Guard 

A.  V.  Arnold,  '12,  Centre, 

J.  L.  Wier,  '11,  Capt.,  Right  Guard, 

R.  McG.  Littlejohn,  '12,  Right  Tackle, 
J.  B.  Gillespie,  '13,  Right  End, 

R.  F.  Hyatt,  '12,  Quarter-back, 
W.  Dean,  '12,  Left  Half, 

C.  J.  Browne,  '12,  Right  Half, 

A.  D.  Surles,  '11,  Full-back, 

J.  E.  McDonald,  '12, 

Referee:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02,  Yale.  Umpire:  M.  J.  Thompson,  '01, 
Georgetown.  Field  Judge:  D.  L.  Fultz,  '98,  Brown.  Linesman: 
A.  L.  Smith,  '05,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army  0,  Navy  3.  Fourth 
Quarter:    Goal  from  field  by  J.  P.  Dalton. 

First  Quarter:  Army  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  west 
goal.  Dalton  kicks  off.  Many  exchanges  of  kicks  ensue, 
the  Navy  steadily  gaining,  notwithstanding  the  wind.  Army 
is  eventually  forced  to  punt  from  behind  their  goal-line. 
Rodes  catches  on  Army's  40-yard  line  and  runs  to  25. 
Army  holds  and  Dalton  tries  for  a  goal  from  the  field,  but  the 
kick  is  blocked.  Navy  recovers  the  ball,  but  is  held  after 
a  short  gain.  Dalton  again  tries  for  a  goal,  but  misses. 
The  ball  is  put  in  play  on  the  25-yard  line  and  Army  unable 
to  gain  punts.  Many  punts  follow,  the  Navy  slowly  gaining 
by  the  exchanges.  Dalton  at  last  catches  on  his  40  and  runs 
to  the  Army's  40.  A  bad  pass  sets  the  Navy  back  to  mid- 
field.  Dalton  punts  to  Army's  20.  Dean  makes  6  on  a 
fake  kick.  Dean  punts  to  Clay,  who  runs  the  ball  back 
15  yards.     Dalton  punts  to  Surles  and  the  quarter  ends. 

Second  Quarter:  Army  starts  play  at  midfield.  Dean 
makes  1  and  then  puuts.     Navy  returns.    The  Army  by  a 


148  FOOTBALL 

few  short  gains  reaches  Navy's  45-yard  line.  Nine  more  are 
made  and  Dean  tries  for  a  goal  from  placement,  which  fails. 
Dalton  kicks  to  Navy's  45.  On  an  exchange  of  kicks 
Army  fumbles  and  Navy  gets  the  ball  on  their  opponents' 
35-yard  line.  Unable  to  gain,  Dalton  tries  for  a  goal,  but 
misses.  Scrimmage  begins  on  the  25-yard  line  and  Dean 
gets  around  the  end  for  5  yards.  Several  kicks  are  ex- 
changed. Clay  finally  heels  a  fair  catch  on  Army's  40-yard 
line.  Dalton  tries  for  a  goal  from  placement,  but  the  kick 
is  short.  Hyatt  circles  the  Navy's  end  for  9  yards.  K^icks 
are  exchanged  and  a  penalty  gives  Army  the  ball  on  their 
40.  Several  sharp  exchanges  of  kicks  follow,  the  Army 
fumbling  and  Gilchrist  getting  the  ball  on  Army's  10-yard 
line.     Here  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Third  Quarter:  Dalton  kicks  to  Hyatt.  Browne  goes 
around  the  end  for  10.  A  long  punting  duel  follows,  which 
terminates  by  Browne  heeling  a  fair  catch  at  Navy's  44. 
Dean  tries  for  a  goal  from  placement,  but  misses.  Navy 
punts  to  midfield.  Army  fumbles,  and  Navy  gets  the  ball. 
Rodes  makes  5,  Dalton  5,  Dalton  4,  Sowell  6,  Clay  2. 
Army  holds.  Navy  forms  for  a  place  kick,  but  shoots  a 
forward  pass  to  Army's  20-yard  line.  Dalton  goes  through 
for  5.  Army  holds  and  Dalton  tries  for  a  goal,  but  misses. 
Army  puts  the  ball  in  play  at  25.  Navy  blocks  the  kick  and 
gets  the  ball.  Unable  to  gain,  a  place  kick  is  tried,  which 
fails.  Dean  punts  on  the  line-up.  Clay  runs  the  kick  back 
10  yards  and  the  quarter  ends. 

Fourth  Quarter:  For  five  minutes  the  game  is  limited  to  ex- 
changes of  punts,  Dalton  from  a  fake-kick  formation  finally 
circling  Army's  end  for  11  yards  and  putting  the  ball  down 
on  the  latter's  30-yard  line.  Rodes  makes  2,  Dalton  adds 
3.  Navy  forms  for  a  place  kick  and  Dalton  drives  the 
ball  squarely  between  the  posts  for  a  field  goal.  Dean 
kicks  to  Clay  and  the  latter  runs  back  20  yards.     Navy  is 


^ 


5  o 


c  -— 


*s: 


ARMY  VS.  NAVY  149 

penalized  and  Dalton  punts.  The  ball  now  surges  back  and 
forth  between  the  30-yard  lines  in  a  succession  of  punts. 
Army  is  penalized  5  yards.  Clay  goes  through  centre  for 
4  and  the  ball  is  on  the  Army's  SO-yard  line.  Navy  forms 
for  a  place  kick,  but  Sowell  shoots  a  forward  pass  which  the 
Army  gets.  Dean  kicks  on  the  line-up  and  Clay  returns 
the  punt.  Browne  fails  to  gain  and  Dean  kicks  out  of 
bounds  at  midfield.    Time  now  is  called. 


CHAPTER  X 
CHICAGO  VS.  WISCONSIN 


CHICAGO 

E.  R.  Yundt, 
G.  N.  Knapp, 
N.  D.  Flint, 
R.  L.  Parker, 
W.  RuUkoetter, 

C.  W.  Allen,  Capt., 
C.  F.  Roby, 
W.  E.  Garrey, 
R.  N.  Tooker, 

F.  E.  Hering, 
H.  I.  Coy, 
W.  E.  Garrey, 
F.  D.  Nichols, 
H.  G.  Gale, 


Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 
Chicago,  Oct.  20,  1894 

Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 


Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((        <( 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
((       (( 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


WISCONSIN 

W.  H.  Sheldon,  '96. 
T.  P.  Silverwood,  '96. 

F.  W.  Bolzendahl,  '95. 
W.  Alexander,  '97. 

N.  A.  Comstock,  '97. 
H.  H.  Jacobs,  '93. 

G.  W.  Bunge,  '95. 
J.  C.  Major,  '96. 

T.U.Lyman, '94,  Capt. 
F.  W.  Nelson,  '97. 

J.  C.  Karel,  '95. 
J.  R.  Richards,  '96. 


Referee:  Herbert  Alward,  '92,  Harvard.  Umpire:  N.  N.  Young, 
Northwestern.    Score:    Chicago  0,  Wisconsin  30. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off.  Allen  gets  around  the  end  for  a  run 
of  35  yards.  Wisconsin  holds  and  Gale  punts.  Wisconsin 
fumbles  and  Allen  carries  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  15-yard 
line.  Here  the  latter  takes  the  ball  on  downs  and  by  steady 
line  plunges  carries  the  ball  the  length  of  the  field  for  a  touch- 
down. Lyman  kicks  the  goal.  Allen  kicks  off  to  Karel  and 
the  latter  runs  50  yards.  On  the  line-up  Karel  goes  through 
tackle  for  40  yards,  but  the  ball  is  given  to  Chicago  for  a 
foul.  Nichols  makes  20  yards  around  the  end.  Gale  bucks 
the  line  for  5  and  Nichols  for  7,  but  failing  to  gain  farther 

150 


CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN 


151 


Gale  kicks  across  Wisconsin's  goal-line.  Richards  kicks  out. 
Nichols  circles  the  end  for  10,  and  then  repeats  the  play  for 
20.  Chicago  by  short  gains  now  advances  the  ball  to  Wis- 
consin's 3-yard  line,  where  the  latter  holds  for  downs. 
Time  is  soon  called  for  the  first  half. 

Second  Half:  Wisconsin  becomes  very  aggressive  and 
Chicago  weakens.  In  this  half  Wisconsin  makes  4  touch- 
downs and  Lyman  kicks  the  goals. 

Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 


Chicago,  Nov.  2,  1895 


CHICAGO 

H.  G.  Leighton, 

E.  V.  Williamson, 
W.  Rullkoetter, 
P.  S.  Allen, 

T.  L.  Ketman, 
C.  W.  Allen,  Capt. 
C.  F.  Roby, 
A.  A.  Ewing, 
H.  G.  Gale, 

F.  D.  Nichols, 
C.  B.  Neel, 


WISCONSIN 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back. 


W.  H.  Sheldon,  '96. 
W.  Alexander,  '97. 
J.  P.  Riordan,  '98. 

F.  Kull,  '94. 

N.  A.  Comstock,  '97. 
J.  F.  A.  Pyre,  '92. 
E.  S.  Anderson,  '99. 

G.  H.  Trautman,  '96. 
G.  Thompson,  '99. 

J.  C.  Karel,  '95. 

J.  R.  Richards,  '96,  Capt. 


Referee:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard.  Umpire:  F.  M.  Gould,  '93, 
Amherst.  Linesman:  H.  L.  Pike.  Score:  Chicago  22,  Wisconsin  12. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  F.  A.  Pyre,  goal  by  J.  R.  Richards;  touch- 
down and  goal  by  J.  R.  Richards;  touchdown  by  H.  G.  Gale,  goal  by 
C.  B.  Neel;  touchdown  by  F.  D.  Nichols,  goal  by  C.  B.  Neel;  touch- 
down by  E.  V.  Williamson,  goal  by  C.  B.  Neel.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down by  C.  W.  Allen,  goal  by  C.  B.  Neel. 


First  Half:  Wisconsin  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Chicago  kicks  off.  Wisconsin  starts  in  with  a  rush  and 
scores  two  touchdowns  in  fifteen  minutes,  Pyre  and  Rich' 
ards  taking  the  ball  across,  from  both  of  which  Richards 
kicks  the  goals.  Chicago  braces  and  Nichols,  Neel,  Gale, 
and  Allen  rush  the  ball  by  long  gains  and  score  three  touch- 
downs, the  latter  being  made  by  Gale,  Nichols,  and  William- 


152 


FOOTBALL 


son.     Neel  kicks  the  goals.     Karel  on  a  fake  kick  runs  65 
yards,  but  is  stopped  on  Chicago's  15-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  In  this  half  both  teams  play  stubbornly, 
the  ball  surging  back  and  forth  across  the  centre  line,  punts 
following  rushes  in  rapid  succession.  At  last  Chicago 
rushes  the  ball  into  Wisconsin's  goal,  where  C.  W.  All^ 
scores  a  touchdown.     The  try  for  goal  fails. 

Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 


Madison,  Nov.  7,  1896 


CHICAGO 

E.  D.  K.  Leffingwell, 
W.  S.  Kennedy, 
J.  E.  Webb, 
W.  J.  Cavanagh, 
R.  N.  Tooker, 
C.  F.  Roby,  Capt., 
R.  C.  Hamill, 

M.  G.  Clarke, 
J.  S.  Johnson, 
H.  I.  Coy, 
W.  T.  Gardner, 


WISCONSIN 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((        (( 

Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back. 


W.  H.  Sheldon,  '96. 
W.  A.  Atkinson,'97,  Capt. 
J.  P.  Riordan,  '98. 
N.  A.  Comstock,  '97. 
J.  E.  Ryan,  '95. 
J.  F.  A.  Pyre,  '92. 
C.  L.  Brewer,  '99. 

E.  S.  Anderson,  '99. 
J.  P.  Gregg,  '99. 

J.  C  Karel,  '95. 

F.  W.  Nelson,  '97. 
J.  R.  Richards,  '96. 


Referee:  C.  M.  Hollister,  '95,  Pennsylvania.  Umpire:  F.  M. 
Gould,  '93,  Amherst.  Linesmen:  Messrs.  Jones  and  Anson.  Score: 
Chicago  0,  Wisconsin  24.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  J. 
R.  Richards;  touchdown  by  J.  C.  Karel,  goal  by  J.  R.  Richards; 
touchdown  by  J.  C.  Karel,  goal  by  J.  R.  Richards;  touchdown  by  F. 
W.  Nelson,  goal  by  J.  R.  Richards. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  goal. 
Richards  kicks  to  Hamill.  Gardner  at  once  punts  to  Karel, 
who  runs  back  5  yards.  Wisconsin  by  line  plunges  ad- 
vances the  ball  to  Chicago's  40-yard  line,  where  it  is  lost  on 
downs.  Chicago  immediately  punts  to  Karel,  who  runs 
back  10  yards.  Wisconsin  fumbles.  Roby  makes  20  yards. 
Chicago  punts  to  Karel  on  the  10-yard  line.  Karel  hits 
centre  for  5  and  then  rounds  the  end  for  25.     Nelson  makes 


•I 


CHICAGO  VS.  WISCONSIN  153 

5,  Atkinson  17.  Karel  takes  ball  to  5-yard  line.  The 
ball  is  given  to  Chicago  on  a  foul.  Gardner  punts  to  Wis- 
consin's 40.  Karel  runs  back  10.  The  ball  for  the  re- 
mainder of  the  half  travels  back  and  forth  across  the  centre 
without  substantial  advantage  to  either  team. 

Second  Half:  Chicago  kicks  to  Riordan.  Wisconsin 
fumbles  and  regains  the  ball.  Richards  kicks  to  20-yard 
line.  Chicago  returns.  Wisconsin  by  short  line  plunges 
takes  the  ball  to  Chicago's  goal-line  for  a  touchdown  and 
goal  by  Richards.  Gardner  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  re- 
turns. After  a  few  short  gains  Gardner  punts.  Wisconsin 
catches  at  35  and  again  by  short  line  plays  reaches  the 
5-yard  line,  from  which  Karel  is  sent  across  for  the  touch- 
down. Richards  kicks  the  goal.  Gardner  kicks  to  Rich- 
ards, who  returns.  Chicago  makes  10  yards,  but  is  forced 
to  kick.  Wisconsin  starts  in  motion  its  line-plunging  plays 
and  reaches  the  10-yard  line.  Karel  goes  through  centre  for 
a  touchdown.  Richards  kicks  the  goal.  Gardner  kicks  to 
Gregg,  who  runs  back  10  yards.  Richards  punts  to  Chi- 
cago's 30-yard  line.  The  latter  returns  the  kick  to  centre. 
Karel  makes  10,  Pyre  12,  Gregg  5.  Six  more  plunges 
take  the  ball  to  the  5-yard  line.  Nelson  goes  through 
tackle  for  a  touchdown.  Richards  kicks  the  goal.  Gard- 
ner kicks  to  Pyre,  who  runs  back  15  yards.  Richards  punts 
to  Chicago's  15-yard  line.  Chicago  rushes  for  20  yards  and 
then  kicks  to  Wisconsin's  10.  Karel  makes  5  through  cen- 
tre. Gregg  adds  5  more.  Richards  on  a  fake  kick  runs 
to  Chicago's  20-yard  line.    Time  is  called. 

CmcAGO  vs.  Wisconsin 
Chicago,  Nov.  13,  1897 

CHICAGO  WISCONSIN 

H.  Fox,  Left  End,  J.  Dean,  '01. 

T.  W.  Mortimer,  Left  Tackle,  H.  R.  Holmes,  '99. 

K.  Speed,  Left  Guard,  J.  P.  Riordan,  '98,  Capt. 


154 

FOOTBALL 

CHICAGO 

WISCONSIN 

N.  K.  Anderson, 

Left  Guard, 

W.  J.  Cavanagh, 

Centre, 

W.  C.  Hazzard,  '97. 

A.  C.  Bowdish, 

Right  Guard, 

N.  A.  Comstock,  '97. 

J.  E.  Webb, 

Right  Tackle, 

H.  G.  Forrest,  '98. 

R.  C.  Hamill,  Capt., 

Right  End, 

W.  Fugitt,  '01. 

G.  H.  Garrey, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  P.  Gregg,  '99. 

W.  S.  Kennedy, 

Left  Half, 

H.  J.  Peele,  '99. 

((       « 

W.  M.  Joliffe,  P.  G. 

M.  G.  Clarke, 

Right  Half, 

H.  F.  Cochems,  '97. 

W.  T.  Gardner, 

Full-back, 

P.  J.  O'Dea,  '00. 

Referee:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard.  Umpire:  R.  T.  Hoagland,  '95, 
Princeton.  Score:  Chicago  8,  Wisconsin  23.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  H.  R.  Holmes;  goal  from  field  by  P.  J.  O'Dea;  touchdown 
by  H.  J.  Peele.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  M.  G.  Clarke,  goal  by 
W.  T.  Gardner;  touchdown  by  J.  P.  Gregg;  safety  by  Wisconsin; 
touchdown  by  W.  M.  Joliffe,  goal  by  P.  J.  O'Dea. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Wisconsin  rushes  the  ball  well  back  and,  unable  to  advance 
farther,  O'Dea  tries  a  long  drop  kick,  which  fails.  Gardner 
gets  the  ball  and  is  tackled  on  the  17-yard  mark.  Chicago 
rushes  to  Wisconsin's  35,  where  a  penalty  gives  the  ball 
to  the  latter.  Wisconsin  cannot  gain  and  O'Dea  tries  a 
long  drop  kick,  which  falls  short,  but  rolls  over  the  line  for 
a  touchback.  Gardner  punts  out.  Wisconsin  returns,  and 
Chicago  by  line  plunges  carries  the  ball  to  their  opponent's 
35-yard  line,  where  it  is  lost  on  downs.  Kicks  are  ex- 
changed. Holmes  breaks  through  and,  blocking  a  kick, 
picks  up  the  ball  and  runs  50  yards  for  a  touchdown. 
O'Dea  misses  the  goal.  Gardner  kicks  off  to  O'Dea  and 
the  latter  runs  back  to  midfield.  O'Dea  punts.  After  sev- 
eral exchanges,  Wisconsin  is  held  for  third  down  on  Chi- 
cago's 50-yard  line.  O'Dea  drops  a  goal  from  the  field. 
Chicago  kicks  off,  and  following  an  exchange  of  kicks,  Wis- 
consin works  the  ball  to  Chicago's  5-yard  line,  from  which 
Peele  is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown. 


CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN 


155 


Second  Half:  O'Dea  kicks  off  and  Gardner  is  tackled 
on  the  25-yard  line.  Wisconsin  recovers  the  ball  at  centre. 
Unable  to  gain,  O'Dea  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  the  try  is 
blocked.  A  kicking  duel  ensues,  resulting  in  a  fumble  by 
Wisconsin.  Clarke  gets  the  ball  and  runs  55  yards  for  a 
touchdown.  Gardner  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off, 
and  after  several  plays,  Gregg,  on  a  trick  play,  circles  the  end 
and  runs  35  yards  for  a  touchdown.  O'Dea  misses  the  goal. 
Gardner  kicks  off,  and  after  several  unimportant  plays 
Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble  on  Chicago's  40-yard 
line.  Chicago  tackles  sharply  and  O'Dea  punts.  A  suc- 
cession of  fumbles  ensues,  one  of  which  results  in  a  safety 
by  Wisconsin.  Wisconsin  punts  out  and  soon  gets  the  ball 
on  the  return,  O'Dea  running  it  back  50  yards.  Joliffe 
and  Cochems  by  line  plunges  reach  Chicago's  10-yard 
line.  Joliffe  goes  across  for  a  touchdown.  O'Dea  kicks 
the  goal. 


CmcAGO  vs.  Wisconsin 

Chicago,  Nov.  12, 

1898 

CmCAGO 

WISCONSIN 

B.  J.  Cassells, 

Left  End, 

E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 

T.  W.  Mortimer, 

Left  Tackle, 

H.  R.  Holmes,  '99. 

M.  A.  Cleveland, 

<(        (( 

O.  S.  Burnett, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  R.  Chamberlain,  '99. 

W.  J.  Cavanagh, 

Centre, 

A.  A.  Chamberlain,  '99. 

C.  J.  Rogers, 

Right  Guard, 

M.  M.  Beddall,  '97. 

J.  E.  Webb, 

Right  Tackle, 

A.  H.  Curtis,  '02. 

R.  C.  Hamill, 

Right  End, 

E.  S.  Anderson,  '99. 

W.  S.  Kennedy,  Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

P.  H.  Tratt,  '01. 

J.  R.  Henry, 

Left  Half, 

W.  M.  Joliffe,  P.  G. 

C.  B.  Herschberger, 

Right  Half, 

A.  F.  Larson,  '02. 

F.  L.  Slaker, 

Full-back, 

P.  J.  O'Dea,  '00,  Capt. 

Referee:  J.  F.  Darby,  '95,  Grinnell.  Umpire:  W.  O.  Hickok,  '95, 
Yale.  Score:  Chicago  6,  Wisconsin  0.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
W.  S.  Kennedy,  goal  by  C.  B.  Herschberger. 


First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
O'Dea  kicks  to  the  10-yard  line  and  Slaker  runs  back  to 


156  FOOTBALL 

the  25.  Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble  and  a  penalty 
sets  them  10  yards  forward.  Chicago  holds  for  downs  and 
Herschberger  punts  to  Wisconsin's  20-yard  line.  Slaker 
makes  3,  and  on  the  next  play  reaches  midfield  on  an  end 
run.  Kennedy  hits  centre  for  3,  and  then,  by  2-  and  3-yard 
gains,  Slaker,  Kennedy,  and  Herschberger  reach  the  3-yard 
line,  from  which  Kennedy  is  shot  through  centre  for  a  touch- 
down. Herschberger  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off 
and  Chicago  by  short  gains  rushes  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's 
40.  Kicks  are  exchanged  and  Chicago  gets  the  ball  at  35 
on  a  fumble.  Unable  to  gain,  Herschberger  tries  a  drop 
kick,  but  misses  the  goal.  Similar  plays  soon  put  Wiscon- 
sin on  Chicago's  40-yard  line  and  O'Dea  tries  and  misses 
a  field  goal.  Just  before  the  half  closes  Herschberger 
tries  at  45  yards  to  drop  a  goal,  but  fails. 

Second  Half:  Herschberger  kicks  off  and  O'Dea  punts 
to  centre.  After  two  plunges  into  the  line  without  gain 
Herschberger  punts  to  Wisconsin's  20,  where  the  latter  fum- 
bles and  Slaker  falls  on  the  ball.  In  five  plunges  Chicago 
reaches  the  2-yard  line,  where  Wisconsin  holds  for  downs. 
O'Dea  punts.  Herschberger  returns.  Another  fumble  gives 
Chicago  the  ball  and  Herschberger  tries  for  a  goal,  but 
Wisconsin  blocks  the  kick.  O'Dea  punts.  A  brisk  kick- 
ing duel  ensues,  Chicago  continually  threatening  Wis- 
consin's goal.  O'Dea  runs  a  kick  to  35  and  punts  to 
Chicago's  40.  Wisconsin  holds  for  downs  and  O'Dea  punts 
to  Chicago's  20.  The  remainder  of  the  game  becomes  a 
contest  between  O'Dea  and  Herschberger,  and  time  is  called 
with  the  ball  in  Wisconsin's  possession  on  their  10-yard  line. 


Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 

Madison,  Dec. 

9, 

1899 

CmCAGO 

WISCONSIN 

J.  M.  Sheldon, 

Left  End, 

E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 

F.  Feil, 

Left  Tackle, 

E.  R.  Blair,  '03. 

H.  F.  Ahlswede, 

Left  Guard, 

A.  C.  Lemm,  '03. 

CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN 


157 


CHICAGO 

WISCONSIN 

K.  Speed, 

Centre, 

A.  A.  Chamberlain,  '99. 

C.  G.  Flannagan, 
J.  E.  Webb, 

Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

C.  W.  Rodgers,  P.  G. 
A.  H.  Curtis,  '02. 

B.  J.  Cassells, 

W.  S.  Kennedy,  Capt., 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

F.  S.  Hyman,  '02. 
P.  H.  Tratt,  '01. 

G.  H.  Wilmarth,  P.  G. 

J.  R.  Henry, 

C.  B.  Herschberger, 

F.  L.  Slaker, 

Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 

H.  J.  Peele,  '99. 
A.  F.  Larson,  '02. 
P.  J.  O'Dea,  '00,  Capt. 

Referee:    Evarts  Wrenn, '92,  Harvard.     Umpire:    R.D.Wrenn, '95, 
Harvard.     Score:  Chicago  17,  Wisconsin  0.     First  Half:  Touchdown 
by  F.  L.  Slaker,  goal  by  C.  B.  Herschberger;   touchdown  by  F.  Feil, 
goal  by  C.  B.  Herschberger.    Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  L. 
Slaker. 


First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  goaL 
O'Dea  kicks  to  Slaker,  who  runs  back  to  the  20-yard  line. 
By  short  plunges  Chicago  rushes  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's 
8-yard  line,  where  the  latter  takes  it  on  downs  and  O'Dea 
punts,  but  a  series  of  short  gains  by  Chicago  brings  it  back 
to  the  10-yard  line,  where  in  two  plunges  Slaker  goes  over 
for  a  touchdown  and  Herschberger  kicks  the  goal.  On 
the  kick-off  Chicago  runs  the  ball  out  to  the  7-yard  line. 
Feil  makes  20  yards,  Kennedy  kicks  to  Tratt.  O'Dea 
returns.  Chicago  now  starts  a  steady  advance  which 
reaches  their  opponent's  5-yard  line.  Feil  is  sent  across  for 
a  touchdown.  Herschberger  makes  the  goal.  Wisconsin 
kicks  off,  Chicago  returns  and  recovers  the  ball  on  a  fumble. 
Line  plunges  reach  Wisconsin's  35-yard  line,  where  time  is 
called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Kennedy  kicks  off  to  Larson,  who  runs 
back  5  yards.  Wisconsin  by  short  plunges  rushes  40  yards. 
Chicago  holds  for  downs  and  punts.  Wisconsin  fumbles 
and  Chicago  takes  the  ball  on  their  opponent's  30-yard 
line.  Wisconsin  holds  for  downs  and  O'Dea  punts.  A 
long  run  by  Slaker  and  a  series  of  short  gains  bring  the  ball 
to  Wisconsin's  10-yard  line.     Slaker  breaks  through  the 


158 


FOOTBALL 


line  for  ten  yards  and  touches  down.  The  try  at  goal  fails. 
O'Dea  kicks  off  and  Herschberger  returns.  O'Dea  heels 
the  catch  and  tries  a  place  kick  at  50  yards,  but  fails.  Chica- 
go by  short  plunges  carries  the  ball  65  yards,  but  is  about 
to  be  held  for  downs  and  takes  a  20-yard  loss  to  hold  the 
ball.  Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble.  Larson  makes 
3,  Blair  2.  Chicago  takes  the  ball  on  downs.  Six  plunges 
net  20  yards  and  time  is  called. 

Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 


Chicago,  Nov.  17,  1900 


CHICAGO 

F.  Feil, 
O.  E.  Atwood, 
C.  W.  Ervin, 
K.  Speed,  Capt., 
C.  G.  Flannagan, 
J.  G.  MacNab, 
Z.  R.  Pettet, 
J.  M.  Sheldon, 
J.  R.  Henry, 
F.  O.  Horton, 
A.  B.  Snider, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back, 


WISCONSIN 

A.  C.  Abbott,  '04. 

A.  A.  Chamberlain,  '99,  Capt. 

J.  P.  Riordan,  '98. 

E.  Scow,  '01. 

A.  C.  Lerum,  '03. 

A.  H.  Curtis,  '02. 

W.  J.  Juneau,  '03. 

P.  H.  Tratt,  '01. 

E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 

A.  F.  Larson,  '02. 

S.  E.  Driver,  '03. 


Referee:  Evarts  Wrenn,  '92,  Harvard.  Umpire:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95, 
Harvard.  Score:  Chicago  5,  Wisconsin  39.  First  Half:  Touchdown 
by  E.  B.  Cochems,  goal  by  P.  H.  Tratt;  goal  from  field  by  F.  Feil. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  F.  Larson,  goal  by  P.  H.  Tratt;  touch- 
down by  A.  H.  Curtis;  touchdown  by  A.  H.  Curtis,  goal  by  P.  H.  Tratt; 
touchdown  by  J.  P.  Riordan;  touchdown  by  A.  F.  Larson;  touchdown 
by  E.  B.  Cochems,  goal  by  P.  H.  Tratt. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Cochems  kicks  to  Chicago's  18-yard  line.  Unable  to  make 
first  down  Chicago  punts.  Larson,  Cochems,  and  Driver 
by  short,  steady  gains  reach  the  3-yard  line,  from  which 
Cochems  goes  over  for  the  touchdown  and  Tratt  kicks  the 
goal.  Following  the  kick-off  neither  team  develops  plunging 
power  sufficient  to  gain  consecutively.  Wisconsin  fumbles 
one  of  the  punts  on  the  30-yard  line.  Feil  tries  a  place 
kick,  but  misses.     In  five  plays  Feil  gets  another  oppor- 


CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN  159 

tunity  from  the  same  distance  and  kicks  the  goal.  Follow- 
ing the  kick-ojff  and  a  return  Wisconsin  starts  a  steady  ad- 
vance, and  by  short  gains  reaches  Chicago's  10-yard  Hne, 
where  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Feil  kicks  to  Tratt,  who  runs  back  to  the 
20-yard  line.  The  ball  changes  hands  several  times  on  punts 
and  downs.  Starting  from  centre,  Wisconsin  gains  steadily, 
and  on  the  5-yard  line  sends  Larson  across  for  a  touchdown, 
from  which  Tratt  kicks  the  goal.  Chicago  kicks  off,  and 
after  many  exchanges  a  punt  puts  the  ball  in  Chicago's  pos- 
session on  their  20-yard  line.  Curtis  blocks  Feil's  kick 
and  falls  on  the  ball  for  a  touchdown.  No  goal.  Chicago 
kicks  off.  After  many  exchanges  of  the  ball  without  sub- 
stantial advantage  to  either,  Wisconsin  puts  the  ball  down 
for  a  scrimmage  on  the  55-yard  line.  Driver,  Curtis, 
Cochems,  Larson,  and  Chamberlain  by  short  gains  advance 
the  ball  to  Chicago's  5-yard  line.  On  the  next  play  Curtis 
is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown  and  Tratt  kicks  the  goal. 
Chicago  kicks  off.  Wisconsin  puts  the  ball  down  for  a 
scrimmage  on  the  10-yard  line.  Without  once  being  held 
for  downs  the  ball  reaches  Chicago's  goal-line,  which  Rior- 
dan  crosses  for  a  touchdown.  No  goal.  Chicago  kicks  off, 
and  Wisconsin  by  rapid  gains  quickly  reaches  the  5-yard 
line  from  which  Larson  is  sent  through  the  center  for  a 
touchdown.  The  goal  fails.  Once  more  Chicago  kicks  off 
and  again  Wisconsin  plunges  steadily  down  to  the  goal-line. 
Cochems  takes  the  ball  over  in  the  last  minute  of  play  and 
Tratt  kicks  the  goal. 

CfflCAGO  vs.  Wisconsin 
Chicago,  Nov.  28,  1901 

CmCAGO  WISCONSIN 

p.  A.  Speik,  Left  End,  A.  C.  Abbott,  '04. 

C.  G.  Flanagan,  Left  Tackle,  E.  J.  Haumerson,  '03. 

R.  L.  Knapp,  Left  Guard,  A.  C.  Lenim,  '03. 


160 

FOOTBALL 

CHICAGO 

WISCONSIN 

A.  C.  Ellsworth, 

Capt., 

Centre, 

E.  Scow,  '01. 

M.  M.  Beddall, 

Right  Guard, 

W.  C.  Holstein,  '04. 

E.  B.  Cooke, 

<(         (t 

R.  B.  Kennedy, 

Right  Tackle, 

A.  H.  Curtis,  '02,  Capt. 

J.  G.  MacNab, 

Right  End, 

W.  J.  Juneau,  '03. 

G.  H.  Garrey, 

Quarter-back, 

A.  L.  Marshall,  '04. 

L.  W.  Maxwell, 

" 

J.  G.  Fogg,  '04. 

E.  E.  Perkins, 

Left  Half, 

E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 

M.  S.  Dondanville, 

*{       « 

F.  O.  Horton, 

Right  Half, 

A.  F.  Larson,  '02. 

G.  H.  Garrey, 

((       (( 

B.  Strauss, 

Full-back, 

S.  E.  Driver,  '03. 

Referee:  Mr.  McLean,  Michigan.  Umpire:  G.  W.  Walbridge,  '98, 
Lafayette.  Score:  Chicago  0,  Wisconsin  35.  First  Half:  Touchdown 
by  E.  B.  Cochems,  goal  by  W.  Juneau;  touchdown  by  E.  B.  Cochems, 
goal  by  W.  Juneau.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  W.  Juneau;  touch- 
down by  S.  E.  Driver,  goal  by  W.  Juneau;  touchdown  by  A.  F.  Larson, 
goal  by  W.  Juneau;  touchdown  and  goal  by  W.  Juneau. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  goaL 
Driver  kicks  off,  sending  the  ball  over  the  goal-line.  Chicago 
kicks  out  to  Wisconsin's  50-yard  line.  Larson,  Cochems, 
and  Driver,  alternating  rapidly  with  the  ball  in  line  plunges, 
cany  the  ball  to  the  3-yard  line,  where  Cochems  rounds  the 
end  for  a  touchdown.  Juneau  kicks  the  goal.  Ellsworth 
kicks  to  Larson,  who  makes  a  run  of  85  yards.  Chicago 
holds  for  downs.  Two  downs  fail  to  gain  and  Strauss 
punts.  Catching  the  return  of  the  punt  Chicago  opens  an 
attack  on  the  Wisconsin  line  mingled  with  quarter-back 
kicks  and  carries  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  30-yard  line,  where 
a  place  kick  for  goal  fails.  Cochems  runs  the  ball  out  to 
the  2-yard  line,  where  it  is  put  down  for  a  scrimmage.  By 
short  gains  and  without  a  check  Wisconsin  now  advances 
down  the  field  to  the  1-yard  mark,  where  Chicago  gets  the 
ball  on  downs,  but  immediately  loses  it  on  a  foul.  Cochems 
then  makes  a  touchdown  and  Juneau  kicks  a  goal.  Ells- 
worth kicks  off.     Play  crosses  and  recrosses  the  centre  with- 


CHICAGO  VS.  WISCONSIN 


161 


out  threatening  the  goal  of  either  team.    Time  is  called  for 
the  half. 

Second  Half:  Strauss  kicks  off  and  Driver  returns. 
Chicago,  unable  to  advance,  punts  and  Wisconsin  starts  its 
line  attack,  which  takes  the  ball  steadily  down  the  field  to 
the  30-yard  line,  from  which  Juneau  drops  a  goal.  Play 
for  some  time  becomes  a  series  of  rushes  and  punts  near  the 
centre  until  Wisconsin  is  given  the  ball  on  a  foul  on  Chicago's 
20-yard  line.  Larson  makes  5,  Driver  2,  Driver  4,  and  on 
the  next  play  Driver  breaks  through  for  a  touchdown. 
Juneau  kicks  the  goal.  Fogg  returns  Ellsworth's  kick  to 
the  35-yard  line.  On  an  exchange  of  kicks  Juneau  makes  a 
run  of  35  yards.  Unable  to  advance  farther  he  tries  but 
misses  a  drop  kick.  Chicago  kicks  out,  and  Wisconsin, 
catching  at  centre,  by  short  plunges  brings  the  ball  to  Chica- 
go's 20-yard  line.  Larson  circles  the  end  for  a  touchdown. 
Juneau  kicks  the  goal.  Ellsworth  kicks  off  to  Juneau,  who 
runs  100  yards  for  a  touchdown  and  then  kicks  the  goal. 
During  the  remainder  of  the  half  Wisconsin  rushes  the  ball 
well  into  Chicago's  territory,  but  cannot  score,  being  held  for 
downs  near  the  25-yard  line. 


CmcAGO  vs.  Wisconsin 


Chicago,  Nov.  27, 

1902 

CmCAGO 

WISCONSIN 

F.  A.  Speik, 

Left  End, 

A.  C.  Abbott,  '04. 

«      (t 

A.  R.  Findlay,  '05. 

J.  P.  Koehler, 

Left  Tackle, 

F.  A.  Long,  '05. 

R.  C.  Tripp, 

«         (( 

H.  F.  Ahlswede, 

Left  Guard, 

W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 

A.  C.  Ellsworth, 

Centre, 

E.  Scow,  'OL 

L.  W.  Maxwell, 

Right  Guard, 

A.  C.  Lerum,  '03. 

E.  W.  Fair, 

Right  Tackle, 

E.  J.  Haumerson,  '03. 

M.  S.  Catlin, 

Right  End, 

J.  I.  Bush,  '06. 

R.  W.  Maxwell, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  G.  Fogg,  '04. 

G.  E.  Schnur, 

" 

J.  M.  Sheldon,  Capt., 

Left  Half, 

W.  F.  Moffat,  '02. 

162 

FOOTBALL 

CHICAGO 

WISCONSIN 

G.  E.  Ivison, 

Left  Half, 

W.  J.  Juneau,  '03,  Capt. 

E.  E.  Perkins, 

«       « 

E.  J.  Vanderboom,  '06. 

H.  F.  Bezdeck 

Right  Half, 

a          (( 

C.  D.  Marsh,  '06. 

S.  H.  Wightman, 

Full-back, 
« 

S.  E.  Driver,  '03. 
W.  F.  Moffat,  '02. 

Referee:  G.  A.  Huff,  *96,  Dartmouth.  Umpire:  J.  W.  Beacham, 
'97,  Cornell.  Score:  Chicago  11,  Wisconsin  0.  First  Half:  Goal  from 
field  by  S.  H.  Wightman.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  G.  E.  Schnur, 
goal  by  A.  C.  Ellsworth. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Abbott  kicks  to  Catlin,  who  runs  back  15  yards.  Unable  to 
advance  farther,  Ellsworth  punts  to  Wisconsin's  15-yard  line. 
Wisconsin  by  Hne  plunges  gains  8  yards  and  then  punts. 
Sheldon,  Schnur,  and  Wightman  bring  the  ball  to  the  30- 
yard  line,  from  which  Ellsworth  makes  a  place  kick,  scoring 
a  goal.  During  the  remainder  of  this  half  the  ball  changes 
hands  frequently  on  downs  and  punts,  but  neither  team  can 
pass  the  other's  25-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  Chicago  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  returns. 
A  poor  punt  on  the  next  exchange  gives  Chicago  the  ball  on 
Wisconsin's  15-yard  line.  Schnur  breaks  through  for  a 
touchdown.  Ellsworth  kicks  the  goal.  During  the  re- 
mainder of  the  half  the  ball  crosses  and  recrosses  the  centre 
line,  the  play  being  marked  by  many  penalties.  Neither 
goal  again  is  threatened. 


Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Oct.  31,  1903 


CHICAGO 

F.  A.  Speik, 

H.  F.  Ahlswede, 

S.  H.  Wightman, 

F.  G.  Burrows, 

A.  C.  Ellsworth,  Capt., 

J.  F.  Tobin, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 


WISCONSIN 

A.  C.  Abbott,  '04,  Capt. 
A.  R.  Findlay,  '06. 
W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 

R.  W.  Remp,  '05. 

H.  R.  Chamberlain,   06. 


CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN 


163 


CHICAGO 

B.  p.  Gale,  Right  Guard, 
L.  W.  Maxwell,  Right  Tackle, 
R.  B.  Kennedy,  Right  End, 
W.  H.  Eckersall,  Quarter-back, 
G.  E.  Schnur,  Left  Half, 
G.  E.  Ivison,  Right  Half, 

C.  H.  Hitchcock, 

M.  S.  Catlin,  Full-back, 
H.  F.  Bezdeck, 
G.  E.  Ivison, 

Harvey,  " 

Referee:  T.  L.  Burkland,  '99,  Illinois.  Umpire:  C.  R.  Rinehart, 
'98,  Lafayette.  Score:  Chicago  15,  Wisconsin  6.  First  Half:  Goal 
from  field  by  W.  H.  Eckersall.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  W. 
H.  Eckersall;  touchdown  by  E.  J.  Vanderboom,  goal  by  C.  Washer; 
goal  from  field  by  W.  H.  Eckersall. 


WISCONSIN 

J.  Price,  '06. 

C.  Washer,  '05. 

J.  I.  Bush,  '06. 

J.  G.  Fogg,  '04. 

E.  J.  Vanderboom,  '06. 

W.  M.  Baine,  '07. 

V.  Wrabetz,  '03. 

E.  S.  Perry,  '07. 

A.  S.  Peterson,  '07. 


First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goaL 
Abbott  kicks  to  Eckersall,  who  runs  back  to  the  20-yard 
line.  Throughout  the  first  twenty  minutes  the  play  is  char- 
acterized by  the  ability  of  each  team  to  advance  the  ball 
about  20  yards  by  short  plunges,  and  then  the  inability  to 
make  the  succeeding  first  down,  thus  forcing  a  kick.  In  this 
manner  the  ball  travels  back  and  forth  between  the  25-yard 
lines  several  times.  Finally  Eckersall  tries  but  misses  a  drop 
kick  from  the  45-yard  line.  Wisconsin  kicks  out.  Schnur 
makes  2,  Catlin  1,  Catlin  5,  Ivison  9,  Schnur  1,  Catlin  4, 
and  Wisconsin  holds  for  two  downs.  Eckersall  falls  back 
and  drops  a  field  goal  from  the  25-yard  line.  Wisconsin 
kicks  off,  but  time  is  soon  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Play  in  the  second  half  returns  to  the  tactics 
of  the  first  period — substantial  gains  by  both  teams  between 
the  25-yard  lines,  but  inability  to  advance  farther.  On 
one  of  these  advances  Eckersall  tries  for  a  field  goal  at  50, 
but  misses.  Abbott  punts  to  midfield.  Schnur  makes  6, 
Cadin  2,  Bezdeck  goes  in  at  full-back  for  Chicago.     Wiscon- 


164 


FOOTBALL 


sin  holds  and  Eckersall  punts  to  the  15-yard  line.  Wiscon- 
sin fumbles  and  Chicago  gets  the  ball.  Bezdeck  cannot 
gain.  Eckersall  kicks  a  field  goal  from  the  25-yard  line. 
Peterson  returns  the  kick-off.  Wisconsin,  on  an  exchange 
of  kicks,  gets  the  ball  and  puts  it  down  for  a  scrimmage  on 
the  50-yard  line.  Sperry,  Peterson,  Vanderboom,  and 
Wrabetz  make  yard  after  yard  until  the  3-yard  line  is 
reached,  where  Chicago  stiffens  and  takes  the  ball  on  downs. 
Eckersall  punts  and  Vanderboom  returns.  Wisconsin 
again  rushes  the  ball  into  Chicago's  goal,  but  fumbles. 
Eckersall  punts  out.  Wrabetz,  Vanderboom,  and  Perry 
tenaciously  force  back  the  ball  to  the  15-yard  line.  Wrabetz 
reaches  the  3-yard  line.  Vanderboom  goes  over  for  the 
touchdown.  Washer  kicks  the  goal.  Chicago  kicks  off 
and  Wisconsin  returns.  Chicago  rushes  ball  to  35-yard 
line,  from  which  Eckersall  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field. 
Time  soon  after  is  called. 


CmCAGO 

F.  A.  Speik,  Capt., 

M.  A.  Hill, 

J.  F.  Tobin, 

B.  P.  Gale, 

A.  H.  Badenoch, 

W.  J.  Boone, 

R.  B.  Kennedy, 
W.  H.  Eckersall, 
L.  C.  De  Tray, 
W.  C.  Speidel, 
M.  S.  Cadin, 
H.  F.  Bezdeck. 


CmcAGo  vs.  Wisconsin 
Chicago,  Nov.  26,  1904 


WISCONSIN 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
((  <( 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
((         « 

Full-back, 


A.  R.  Findlay,  '06. 
W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 
L.  P.  Donovan,  '06. 
R.  W.  Remp,  '05. 
J.  E.  O'Brien,  '05. 
T.  L.  St.  Germaine,  '05. 
F.  E.  Hunt,  '08. 
J.  I.  Bush,  '06,  Capt. 
A.  B.  Melzner,  '06. 
E.  J.  Vanderboom,  '06. 
W.  H.  Schneider,  '08. 

L.  Stromquist,  P.  G. 


Referee:  G.  W.  Walbridge,  '98,  Lafayette.  Umpire:  N.  W.  Snow, 
*02,  Michigan.  Score:  Chicago  18,  Wisconsin  11.  First  Half :  Touch- 
down by  L.  Stromquist;  touchdown  by  H.  F.  Bezdeck,  goal  by  R.  B. 


CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN  165 

Kennedy.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  C.  De  Tray,  goal  by  R.  B. 
Kennedy;  touchdown  by  W.  H.  Eckersall,  goal  by  R.  B.  Kennedy; 
touchdown  by  E.  J.  Vanderboom,  goal  by  J.  I.  Bush. 

First  Half:  Wisconsin  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Tobin  kicks  to  Findlay,  who  runs  back  10  yards.  Strom- 
quist  makes  3  and  then  Wisconsin  punts.  Chicago  fumbles 
and  Vanderboom  gets  the  ball.  Two  penalties  set  the  latter 
back  and  Stromquist  punts.  Eckersall  returns.  Vander- 
boom makes  25  yards.  Small  gains  bring  the  ball  to  Chi- 
cago's 30-yard  line,  where  Melzner  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but 
fails.  Chicago  punts  out  and  Wisconsin  sends  Stromquist, 
Vanderboom,  and  Schneider  into  the  line,  for  steady  gains. 
Stromquist  bursts  through  centre  for  a  touchdown.  The 
goal  is  missed.  Chicago  kicks  off.  Wisconsin  makes  a  few 
gains  but  is  forced  to  punt.  Chicago's  rushing  game  now 
grows  stronger.  The  ball  is  taken  to  Wisconsin's  35-yard 
line,  where  it  is  lost  on  downs.  Catching  the  punt,  Chicago 
sends  Bezdeck,  Catlin,  and  Spidell  into  the  line  for  small  but 
steady  gains.  On  the  5-yard  line  Wisconsin  holds  for  three 
downs  without  gain,  but  on  the  last  attempt  Bezdeck  goes 
over  for  a  touchdown.  Kennedy  kicks  the  goal.  Time  is 
called  for  the  half  immediately  after  the  kick-off. 

Second  Half:  Eckersall  returns  the  kick-off  to  the  20-yard 
line.  After  a  gain  of  12  yards  in  two  plunges,  Eckersall 
falls  back  to  punt.  The  kick  is  blocked  and  Wisconsin 
gets  the  ball.  Unable  to  pierce  the  line,  Melzner  tries  a 
drop  kick  for  goal,  but  fails.  Chicago  kicks  out  and 
Schneider  sends  the  ball  back.  Catlin  goes  through  tackle 
for  30  yards.  Chicago  punts  to  Wisconsin's  30-yard  line. 
Wisconsin  makes  a  first  down.  On  the  line-up  the  ball  is 
fumbled.  De  Tray  picks  up  the  ball  and  runs  the  length 
of  the  field  for  a  touchdown.  Kennedy  kicks  the  goal. 
Melzner  kicks  off  to  Eckersall  on  the  4-yard  line  and  the 
latter  runs  106  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Kennedy  kicks  the 
goal.     Chicago  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  shows  amazing 


166 


FOOTBALL 


strength.  The  Chicago  line  is  pierced  repeatedly  for  steady- 
gains.  On  the  20-yard  line  Vanderboom  circles  the  end  for 
a  touchdown.     Bush  kicks  the  goal. 

Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Oct.  21,  1905 

CHICAGO  WISCONSIN 

E.  E.  Parry,  Left  End, 

M.  A.  Hill,  Left  Tackle, 
J.  B.  Meigs,  Left  Guard, 

B.  P.  Gale,  Centre, 

L.  D.  Scherer,  Right  Guard, 

A.  H.  Badenoch,  Right  Tackle, 


M.  S.  Catlin,  Capt., 
W.  H.  Eckersall, 
L.  C.  De  Tray, 
F.  M.  Walker, 

H.  F.  Bezdeck, 


Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 


T.  H.  Brindley,  '03. 
W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 
L.  P.  Donovan,  '06. 
R.  W.  Remp,  '05. 
W.  A.  Gelbach,  '07. 
A.  A.  Johnson,  '07. 
C.  N.  Dering,  '06. 
J.  I.  Bush,  '06. 
A.  B.  Melzner,  '06. 

E.  J.  Vanderboom,  '06,  Capt. 
A.  R.  Findlay,  '06. 

F.  M.  Clark,  '07. 
L.  E.  Roseth,  '08. 


Full-back, 

Referee:  H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army.  Umpire:  C.  R.  Rinehart, 
'98,  Lafayette.  Score:  Chicago  4,  Wisconsin  0.  Second  Half:  Goal 
from  field  by  W.  H.  Eckersall. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  goal. 
Melzner  kicks  to  the  20-yard  line,  Eckersall  running  back 
10  yards.  An  exchange  of  kicks  follows,  Wisconsin  fumbling 
and  Chicago  taking  the  ball.  Line  plunges  net  20  yards 
and  then  Wisconsin  holds  for  downs,  punting  to  Chicago's 
15-yard  line.  Chicago  returns  and  blocks  Wisconsin's  kick 
on  the  latter's  35-yard  line.  Eckersall  takes  the  ball  to 
the  8-yard  line.  Wisconsin  throws  the  next  two  runners 
for  a  loss  and  Eckersall  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  fails.  Wis- 
consin kicks  out  and  Eckersall  tries  another  drop  kick,  but 
misses.  Wisconsin  kicks  out.  Chicago  begins  a  hard 
attack  on  Wisconsin's  line,  sending  the  ball  along  by  small 
gains  to  the  25-yard  line.  Here  Wisconsin  holds  for  downs 
and  punts.  During  the  remainder  of  the  half  the  ball  is 
near  midfield,  neither  team  getting  within  striking  distance 
of  their  opponent's  goal. 


CHICAGO  VS.  WISCONSIN 


167 


Second  Half:  Findlay  runs  back  the  kick-off  to  the  33- 
yard  line.  By  kicks  and  rushes  Wisconsin  transfers  the 
play  into  Chicago's  territory.  Melzner  falls  back  for  a 
drop  kick  at  goal,  but  Chicago  blocks  the  kick.  Wisconsin 
gets  the  ball  and  rushes  to  the  27-yard  line,  where  Chicago 
holds  for  downs.  On  a  quarter-back  kick  Bezdeck  makes 
13  yards.  Eckersall  goes  around  the  end  for  30  more. 
Line  plunges,  each  netting  10  yards,  quickly  take  the  ball 
to  Wisconsin's  10-yard  line.  Unable  to  advance  farther 
Eckersall  drops  a  field  goal.  Bezdeck  runs  back  the  kick- 
off  to  the  35-yard  line.  Catlin  and  Eckersall  make  20 
yards,  but  a  fumble  gives  the  ball  to  Wisconsin.  Bush 
punts  to  Chicago's  28-yard  line.  Eckersall  returns  to  Wis- 
consin's 45.  The  game  becomes  wholly  a  kicking  contest, 
each  side  catching  cleanly.  Time  is  called  with  the  ball 
in  Wisconsin's  possession  on  their  25-yard  line. 

1906,  1907,  no  games. 


Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 

Madison,  Nov.  21, 

1908 

CmCAGO 

WISCONSIN 

J.  J.  Schommer, 

Left  End, 

H.  B.  Rogers,  '09,  Capt. 

A.  C.  Hoffman, 

Left  Tackle, 

F.  E.  Boyle,  '10. 

H.  J.  Ehrhorn, 

Left  Guard, 

J.  Messmer,  '09. 

B.  H.  Badenoch, 

Centre, 

E.  O.  Steihm,  '09. 

M.  A.  Hirschl, 

Right  Guard, 

C.  E.  Dreutzer,  '09. 

T.  Kelley, 

ft           II 

T.  Kelley, 

Right  Tackle, 

O.  P.  Osthoff,  '10. 

L.  T.  Falk, 

((          « 

H.  O.  Page, 

Right  End, 

J.  P.  Dean,  '11. 

W.  P.  Steffen,  Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

J.  Moll,  '11. 

W.  L.  Crawley, 

" 

H.  G.  Iddings, 

Left  Half, 

H.  Culver,  '10. 

W.  L.  Crawley, 

Right  Half, 

C.  J.  Cunningham,  '09. 

O.  W.  Worthwine, 

Full-back, 

J.  W.  Wilce,  '10. 

Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards, 
'00.  Princeton.  Field  Judge:  E.  K.  Hall, '92,  Dartmouth.  Linesman: 
H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army.  Score:  Chicago  18,  Wisconsin  12.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  W.  P.  Steffen,  goal  by  J.  J.  Schommer;  touchdown 


168  FOOTBALL 

by  J.  W.  Wilce,  goal  by  J.  Moll;  touchdown  by  H.  G.  Iddings,  goal  by  J. 
J.  Schommer;  touchdown  and  goal  by  J.  J.  Schommer.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  J.  W.  Wilce,  goal  by  J.  Moll. 

First  Half:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Stiehm  kicks  to  Steffen,  who  runs  100  yards  for  a  touch- 
down. Schommer  kicks  the  goal.  Stiehm  kicks  off. 
Chicago,  by  a  series  of  line  plays  for  short  gains,  takes  the 
ball  to  Wisconsin's  20-yard  line,  where  the  latter  holds  for 
downs.  Wisconsin  punts  to  midfield  and  Chicago  rushes 
back  to  the  25-yard  line,  where  Wisconsin  again  secures 
the  ball  on  downs  and  putting  it  down  for  a  scrimmage 
by  short-line  plunges,  advances  to  Chicago's  30-yard  line. 
Wilce,  on  a  forward  pass,  reaches  the  1-yard  mark.  On 
the  next  play  he  is  sent  over  for  a  touchdown.  Moll  kicks 
the  goal.  A  sharp  exchange  of  punts  succeeds  the  kick-off. 
Wisconsin  takes  the  ball  on  the  30-yard  line  and  by  line- 
plunging  reaches  Chicago's  40.  Culver,  on  a  forward  pass, 
reaches  the  15-yard  line.  Moll  tries  a  drop  kick  for  goal, 
but  misses.  Chicago  punts  out  and  Wisconsin  returns. 
Page  dashes  around  the  end  to  the  45-yard  line.  Steffen 
reaches  Wisconsin's  30.  An  on-side  kick  places  the  ball  on 
the  5-yard  line.  Iddings,  in  three  plunges,  goes  over  for  a 
touchdown,  and  Schommer  kicks  the  goal.  Stiehm  kicks 
to  Chicago's  5-yard  line.  A  run  reaches  the  30-yard 
line  and  Chicago  punts.  Wisconsin  returns.  Worthwine, 
Iddings,  and  Crawley  carry  the  ball  to  midfield.  Two  for- 
ward passes,  Crawley  to  Page,  reach  the  20-yard  line. 
Schommer  goes  over  for  a  touchdown  and  kicks  the  goal. 
Time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Wisconsin  runs  back  the  kick-off  to  the 
30-yard  line.  By  penalties  and  plunges  Chicago  takes  the 
ball  to  Wisconsin's  1-yard  line.  Chicago  is  set  back  5  yards 
on  a  penalty.  Wisconsin  intercepts  a  forward  pass.  An 
exchange  of  kicks  gives  Wisconsin  the  ball  on  the  20-yard 
line.     By  a  brilliant  series  of  forward  passes  the  ball  is  car- 


CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN  169 

ried  to  Chicago's  25-yard  line.  An  on-side  kick  fails  and 
Chicago  gets  the  ball,  but  loses  it  on  a  fumble.  Wisconsin, 
in  two  end  runs,  reaches  the  20-yard  line.  Moll  sends  a 
short  kick  over  the  goal-line.  Chicago  punts  out  to  the  40- 
yard  line.  A  penalty  yields  15  yards.  Wilce  makes  10 
yards  and  then  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  Moll  kicks  the 
goal.  Schommer  kicks  off.  By  line  plunges  and  forward 
passes  Wisconsin  reaches  Chicago's  15-yard  line,  where  the 
ball  is  lost  on  downs.  An  exchange  of  kicks  and  a  fumble 
give  Chicago  the  ball  on  Wisconsin's  30-yard  line.  Schom- 
mer misses  a  place  kick.  For  several  minutes  play  remains 
at  midfield,  the  ball  changing  hands  several  times  on  punts 
and  downs.  Short  rushes  then  take  it  to  Wisconsin's  30, 
where  it  is  lost  on  downs.     Neither  goal  is  again  threatened. 


CmcAGO  vs.  Wisconsin 

Chicago,  Nov.  20, 

1909 

CHICAGO 

WISCONSIN 

C.  G.  Sauer, 

Left  End, 

J.  p.  Dean,  '11. 

W.  J.  Sunderland, 

<(       « 

A.  C.  Hoffman, 

Left  Tackle, 

O.  P.  Osthoff,  '10. 

St                    (( 

A.  G.  Zander,  '12. 

D.  E.  Smith, 

Left  Guard 

A.  L.  Buser,  '12. 

A.  H.  Badenoch, 

Centre, 

H.  A.  Arpin,  '11. 

M.  A.  Hirschl, 

Right  Guard, 

W.  F.  Mackmiller,  '12. 

T.  Kelley, 

Right  Tackle, 

F.  E.  Boyle,  '10. 

M.  S.  Gerend, 

*(          (( 

H.  J.  Ehrhorn, 

Right  End, 

E.  F.  Bunker,  '11. 

t(        tt 

H.  Rau,  '11. 

H.  O.  Page,  Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

R.  A.  Fucik,  '10. 

R.  B.  Rogers, 

Left  Half, 

C.  J.  Jacobson,  '11. 

((       (( 

F.  R.  Petersen,  '10. 

W.  L.  Crawley, 

Right  Half, 

E.  Jacob,  '10. 

J.  A.  Menaul, 

((       <( 

C.  G.  Sauer, 

((       « 

O.  W.  Worthwine, 

Full-back, 

J.  W.  WUce,  '10,  Capt. 

Referee:    A.  W.  Kelly,  '98,  Princeton.     Umpire:    Evarts  Wrenn,  '92, 
Harvard.     Field  Judge:     A.  B.  Fleager,  '94,  Northwestern.     Lines- 


170  FOOTBALL 

man:  A.  P.  Jamison,  '95,  Purdue.  Score:  Chicago  6,  Wisconsin  6. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  A.  Arpin,  goal  by  J.  W.  Wilce;  touchdown 
by  O.  W.  Worthwine,  goal  by  H.  O.  Page. 

First  Half:  Wisconsin  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Page  kicks  to  Dean  at  20.  Several  fumbles  transfer  the  ball 
from  team  to  team,  giving  Andersen  a  chance  at  a  drop 
kick  from  35  yards,  which  fails.  A  long  kicking  duel  now 
ensues,  resulting  in  a  fumble  by  Chicago  on  the  20-yard 
line.  Arpin  picks  up  the  ball  and  dashes  across  the  line  for 
a  touchdown.  Wilce  kicks  the  goal.  Andersen  runs  back 
Page's  kick-off  25  yards.  Unable  to  gain,  Wisconsin  punts 
to  midfield.  Crawley  makes  8,  Worthwine  10,  Crawley  5. 
Kelley,  on  a  forward  pass,  reaches  Wisconsin's  10-yard  line. 
Worthwine  makes  5  and  on  the  next  play  crosses  the  line 
for  a  touchdown.  Page  kicks  the  goal.  The  remaining 
time  is  used  in  futile  rushing  by  each  team.  Wisconsin 
tries  several  forward  passes,  but  neither  team  again  threatens 
the  other's  goal. 

Second  Half:  Worthwine  runs  back  the  kick-off  to  the 
30-yard  line.  During  this  half  play  is  confined  to  the  space 
between  the  30-yard  lines.  Each  team  tries  a  few  line 
plunges,  but  unable  to  gain  consecutively  soon  punts.  The 
play  occasionally  is  varied  by  a  forward  pass  and  marred  by 
several  fumbles.  Thus  playing  monotonously  the  time 
expires. 

Chicago  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Nov.  19,  1910 


CHICAGO 

WISCONSIN 

W.  S.  Kassulker, 

Left  End, 

F.  G.  Carter,  '11. 

C.  M.  Rademacher, 

Left  Tackle, 

W.  F.  Mackmiller,  '12. 

«               u 

P.  J.  Murphy,  '11. 

C.  P.  Sawyer, 

Left  Guard, 

S.  Neprud,  '12. 

L.  H.  Whiting, 

Centre, 

H.  A.  Arpin,  '11. 
R.  E.  Branstad,  '12. 

H.  E.  Whiteside, 

Right  Guard, 

M.  C.  Pierce,  '12. 

1 

ri: 

g 

^^Q^B' 

1 

•-  E-              :  "^^ 

s 

■■■■..■  .-r4 

■ 

^^H    -                                   .  "     h     ;^^^B' 

^H'^' '''''-'  ^-^^^^rxjiiB 

^m^^^  '■•  ■  '",v3B 

^^^^^^Bl  '   ' 

^^w%> 

e: 

k 

:aflHi 

CHICAGO  VS.   WISCONSIN 


171 


CHICAGO 

H.  M.  Carpenter, 

N.  C.  Paine, 
J.  A.  Menaul, 
E.  I.  Wilson, 
R.  B.  Rogers, 

W.  L.  Crawley,  Capt. 
R.  H.  Young, 


Right  Tackle, 
(<  (( 

Right  End, 
((         (( 

Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 

K  (I 

Right  Half, 
Full-back. 


WISCONSIN 

A.  L.  Buser,  '12. 
E.  J.  Samp,  '13. 
E.  F.  Bunker,  '11. 

J.  P.  Dean,  '11,  Capt 

E.  S.  Gillette,  '12. 

A.  Birch,  '11. 

R.  R.  Newman,  '13. 

E.  J.  Samp,  '13. 

C  F.  G.  Wernicke,  '12. 


Referee:  A.  W.  Kelly,  '98,  Princeton.  Umpire:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95, 
Harvard.  Field  Judge:  W.  T.  Fishleigh,  '02,  Michigan.  Linesman: 
L.  E.  Endsley,  '01,  Purdue.  Score:  Chicago  0,  Wisconsin  10.  Second 
Quarter:  Touchdown  by  A.  L.  Buser.  Fourth  Quarter:  Touchdown 
by  E.  S.  Gillette. 

First  Quarter:  Chicago  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  west 
goal.  Pierce  kicks  to  Crawley  and  the  latter  is  forced  out 
of  bounds  at  28.  Wilson  makes  8  on  a  fake  kick.  Wilson 
rounds  the  end  for  10  more.  Rogers  breaks  through  the 
line  for  40.  Wisconsin  holds  for  downs.  Two  plays  net 
25  yards,  but  a  penalty  sets  Wisconsin  back  15.  Line 
plays  take  the  ball  to  Chicago's  35  and  Gillette  tries  a  drop 
for  goal,  but  misses.  Chicago  kicks  out  and  several  sharp 
scrimmages  ensue,  netting  15  yards  for  Wisconsin.  Time 
is  called. 

Second  Quarter:  Young  makes  2  and  Whiting  takes  a  for- 
ward pass.  Wilson  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  the  kick  is  short. 
Wisconsin  rushes  20  yards  and  Chicago  holds  for  downs 
at  midfield.  Chicago  cannot  gain  and  Wilson  punts.  Gil- 
lette returns.  Chicago's  next  attempt  at  a  punt  is  blocked 
and  it  is  Wisconsin's  ball  at  centre.  Buser  and  Newman 
in  two  plunges  carry  the  ball  to  Chicago's  10-yard  line. 
Gillette  makes  8  and  Buser  goes  over  for  the  touchdown. 
Pierce  misses  the  goal.  Kicks  are  exchanged  and  Wilson 
tries  a  drop  from  50,  but  misses.     Wisconsin  kicks  out 


172  FOOTBALL 

and  then  intercepts  a  forward  pass.  Time  is  called  for 
the  half. 

Third  Quarter:  Wilson  kicks  off  to  Newman.  Wisconsin 
fumbles  and  Chicago  gets  the  ball.  Newman  intercepts  a 
forward  pass.  Neither  team  can  make  substantial  gains. 
Line  plays  are  ineffectual  and  both  sides  resort  to  punting. 
The  ball  travels  back  and  forth  between  the  35-yard  lines 
without  advantage  to  either  side. 

Fourth  Quarter:  Gillette  opens  the  last  quarter  with  a 
drop  kick,  but  it  fails.  Chicago  now  makes  some  brilliant 
gains  through  the  dashes  of  Crawley,  but  are  finally  held 
for  downs.  Wisconsin  lines  up  on  its  40-yard  line.  Gillette 
skirts  the  end  and  runs  the  length  of  the  field  for  a  touch- 
down. The  try  at  goal  fails.  Pierce  kicks  off  to  R.  H.  Young, 
who  runs  back  15.  Wilson's  punt  is  blocked,  but  Chicago 
recovers  the  ball.     Kicks  are  exchanged  and  time  is  called. 


CHAPTER  XI 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania. 


Philadelphia,  Nov.  28, 

CORNELL 

E.  P.  Young,  *94,  Left  End, 

P.  Deeming,  '94,  "        " 

A.  C.  Freeborn,  '95,  Left  Tackle, 

G.  S.  Warner,  '94,  Left  Guard, 


1893 


PENNSYLVANIA 


A.  H.  Barnhisel,  '94, 
E.  U.  Henry,  '95, 
C.  J.  Barr,  '93,  Capt., 
J.  H.  Taussig,  '97, 
O.  L.  Hunter,  '97, 
J.  W.  Beacham,  '97, 
P.  A.  Robbins,  '94, 
G.  P.  Dyer,  '95, 
W.  F.  Ohl,  '97, 


Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((        (( 

Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


R.  H.  Simmons,  '93. 
C.  L.  Upton,  '96. 
H.  A.  Mackie,  '93,  Capt. 
H.  D.  Oliver,  '96. 
W.  G.  Woodruff,  '97. 
H.  W.  Thornton,  '94. 

F.  Ellsler,  '94. 

O.  F.  Wagenhurst,  '96. 
S.  B.  Newton,  '94. 
M.  G.  Rosengarten,  '95. 
Carl  Williams,  '97. 
A.  A.  Knipe,  '94. 
W.  D.  Osgood,  '95. 

G.  H.  Brooke,  '95. 


Referee:  H.  L.  Williams,  '91,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87, 
Harvard.  Score:  Cornell  0,  Pennsylvania  50.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  S.  B,  Newton,  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touchdown  by  W.  D. 
Osgood;  touchdown  by  A.  A.  Knipe,  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touchdown 
and  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  A.  Knipe, 
goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touchdown  by  A.  A.  Knipe,  goal  by  G.  H. 
Brooke;  touchdown  by  A.  A.  Knipe,  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touch- 
down by  W.  D.  Osgood,  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touchdown  by  A.  A. 
Knipe. 

•  First  Half:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the 
ball.  Knipe  makes  20  yards  in  the  flying  wedge.  Osgood 
goes  through  centre  for  5.  Knipe  follows  for  5  more. 
Newton  gets  around  the  end  for  a  long  run,  ending  in  a 
touchdown.     Brooke  kicks  the  goal.     Cornell  opens  with 

173 


174  FOOTBALL 

the  flying  wedge.  After  several  minutes  of  ineffective 
play  Pennsylvania  secures  the  ball  on  a  fumble  at  midfield. 
Knipe  makes  5,  Newton  8,  Knipe  20,  Brooke  8,  and  Osgood 
goes  around  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed. 
Cornell  resumes  with  the  flying  wedge,  making  20  yards. 
Kicks  are  exchanged.  Brooke  catches  on  the  45-yard 
line.  Knipe  hits  the  line  for  10  and  then  rounds  the  end  for 
20.  Three  plunges  into  the  line  by  Osgood  net  a  first  down. 
Knipe  circles  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  Brooke  kicks 
the  goal.  After  several  minutes  of  fluctuating  play  Penn- 
sylvania holds  for  downs  on  the  55-yard  line.  Rosengarten 
doubles  the  end  for  10.  Knipe  hits  the  line  for  4  and  then 
Osgood  dashes  through  tackle  for  40  yards.  Brooke  takes 
the  ball  over  and  kicks  the  goal.  Time  is  called  for  the 
half. 

Second  Half:  Cornell  opens  play  with  the  flying  wedge, 
gaining  15  yards.  The  Red  and  Blue  line  is  punctured  for 
a  few  small  gains  by  Robbins,  Dyer,  and  Ohl.  The  latter 
gets  away  for  a  long  run,  taking  the  ball  to  the  25-yard  line. 
On  the  next  play  Rosengarten  gets  the  ball  away  from  the 
runner.  Osgood  makes  8  through  the  line.  On  the  line-up 
Knipe  goes  around  the  end  for  a  70-yard  run  and  touch- 
down. Brooke  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  starts  with  the  flying 
wedge  and  makes  20.  Dyer  hits  centre  for  5  and  Robbins 
adds  10  more.  Pennsylvania  tightens  and  Ohl  is  forced  to 
punt.  Short  rushes  by  Pennsylvania  bring  the  ball  to  centre. 
Knipe  rounds  the  end  for  20  yards  and  on  the  next  play 
circles  the  opposite  side  for  a  touchdown.  Brooke  kicks 
the  goal.  Cornell's  wedge  nets  10  yards.  Ohl  adds  5, 
Robbins  10,  Dyer  5,  and  other  short  plunges  take  the  ball 
to  the  3-yard  mark.  Here  Pennsylvania  holds  for  downs. 
After  a  few  line  plays  Osgood  is  sent  around  the  end  for 
30  yards.  Knipe  duplicates  the  play  at  the  other  end  for 
a  touchdown.     Brooke  kicks  the  goal.     In  the  remaining 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


175 


period  of  play  touchdowns  are  made  by  Osgood  and  Knipe, 
from  the  former  of  which  Brooke  kicks  the  goal. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 


Philadelphia,  Nov.  17, 


CORNELL 


J.  W.  Beacham,  '97, 

F.  C.  Hall,  '98, 

G.  S.  Warner,  '94,  Capt., 
T.  F.  Fennell,  '97, 

A.  J.  Colnon,  '93, 
C.  E.  Rogers,  '96, 
E.  P.  Van  Mater,  '96, 
J.  H.  Taussig,  '97, 
A.  S.  Downey,  '96, 
C.  R.  Wyckoff,  '96, 
C.  B.  Mason,  '95, 
G.  P.  Dyer,  '95, 
W.  F.  Ohl,  '97, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 


1894 

PENNSYLVANIA. 

C.  L.  Upton,  '96. 
W.  M.  Farrar,  '96. 
W.  G.  Woodruff,  '97. 
A.  E.  Bull,  '96. 
C.  M.  Wharton,  '97. 
J.  H.  Minds,  '98. 


Right  End,  M.  G.  Rosengarten,  '95. 


Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


Carl  Williams,  '97. 
W.  D.  Osgood,  '95. 
C.  S.  Gelbert,  '97. 
G.  H.  Brooke,  '95,  Capt. 


Referee:  Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  Princeton.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesman:  M.  Newell,  '94,  Harvard.  Score:  Cornell  0, 
Pennsylvania  6.     Second  Half:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Ohl  kicks  to  Brooke  on  Pennsylvania's  6-yard  Hne  and 
Brooke  returns  the  kick  to  midfield.  Mason,  Dyer,  Ohl, 
Taussig,  and  Beacham  rush  the  ball  quickly  to  Pennsyl- 
vania's 8-yard  mark.  Pennsylvania  tightens  and  holds  for 
downs.  Osgood  hits  the  line  for  15  and  then  Brooke  punts 
to  Cornell's  45.  Mason  and  Ohl  by  hard  plunges  work  the 
ball  back  to  Pennsylvania's  20-yard  Hne.  Pennsylvania 
again  holds  for  downs.  The  remainder  of  the  half  is  char- 
acterized by  large  gains  by  each  team  between  the  25-yard 
lines  and  the  inability  of  each  one  to  advance  farther.  The 
half  closes  with  the  ball  in  Cornell's  possession  on  Pennsyl- 
vania's 20-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  Brooke  kicks  to  Cornell's  10-yard  line. 
Ohl  on  the  line-up  punts  back  to  centre.     Wharton  goes 


176 


FOOTBALL 


through  tackle  for  8.  Cornell  holds  for  downs.  Ohl 
punts  out  of  bounds.  Upton,  Wharton,  and  Osgood  by  line 
plunges  gain  10  yards.  A  penalty  gives  the  ball  to  Cornell 
but  a  fumble  returns  it  again  to  Pennsylvania.  Gelbert, 
Woodruff,  and  Osgood  by  plays  against  tackle  reach  the 
8-yard  line.  Woodruff  and  Brooke  gain  6  through  centre. 
Wharton  reaches  the  6-inch  mark.  Gelbert  goes  over,  but 
is  brought  back  for  holding  and  the  ball  given  to  Cornell  on 
the  8-yard  mark.  Ohl  makes  10  around  the  end  and  then 
punts  to  50.  Brooke  gets  through  for  15.  Gelbert  adds 
15  more.  Osgood  and  Wharton  make  9.  Pennsylvania 
fumbles  and  the  ball  is  recovered  by  Cornell.  A  penalty 
transfers  the  ball  to  Pennsylvania  on  Cornell's  25-yard  line. 
Osgood  rounds  the  end  for  15.  Brooke  hits  the  line  for  2 
and  on  the  next  play  dashes  across  for  a  touchdown.  A 
moment  later  he  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off  and  Penn- 
sylvania returns.     Time  is  called. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  28,  1895 


CORNELL  PENNSYLVANIA 

Left  End,  C.  S.  Gelbert,  '97. 

Left  Tackle,  O.  F.  Wagenhurst,  '96. 

Left  Guard,  W.  G.  Woodruff,  '97. 

Centre,  A.  E.  Bull,  '96. 

Right  Guard,  C.  M.  Wharton,  '97. 

Right  Tackle,  W.  M.  Farrar,  '96. 

Right  End,  B.  W.  Dickson,  '97. 

Quarter-back,  Carl  Williams,  '97,  Capt. 

Left  Half,  J.  E.  Blair,  '95. 

Right  Half,  J.  H.  Minds,  '98. 

Full-back,  G.  H.  Brooke,  '95. 

Referee:  L.  T.  Bliss,  '93,  Yale.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  M.  Newell,  '94,  Harvard;  C.  H.  SchofF,  '93,  Pennsylvania. 
Score:  Cornell  2,  Pennsylvania  46.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J. 
H.  Minds,  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touchdown  by  J.  H.  Minds,  goal 
by  G.  H.  Brooke,  goal  from  field  by  G.  H.  Brooke.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  B.  W.  Dickson;  safety  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  safety  by  D.  R. 


H.  H.  Lyle,  '98, 

E.  H.  Fitch,  '97, 

F.  W.  Freeborn,  '97, 
L.  M.  Schoch,  '97, 

C.  E.  Rogers,  '96, 

E.  R.  Sweetland,  '99, 
J.  H.  Taussig,  '97, 
C.R.Wyckoff,'96,Capt., 
J.  W.  Beacham,  '97, 

F.  W.  Cool,  '95, 

D.  R.  Richie,  '97, 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  177 

Richie;  touchdown  by  J.  H.  Minds,  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touchdown 
by  B.  W.  Dickson,  goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  touchdown  by  J.  H.  Minds, 
goal  by  G.  H.  Brooke;  goal  from  field  by  G.  H.  Brooke. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
After  an  exchange  of  kicks  following  ineffective  rushing, 
Pennsylvania  obtains  the  ball  on  a  fumble  on  Cornell's  25- 
yard  line.  Pennsylvania  on  the  first  play  also  fumbles,  but 
Williams  recovers  the  ball  15  yards  nearer  CornelFs  goal. 
Wharton  makes  3,  Brooke  2.  Williams  tries  a  quarter-back 
kick  across  the  line,  which  Minds  recovers  for  a  touchdown. 
Brooke  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off  and  the  ball 
fluctuates  back  and  forth  across  the  centre  line  for  some 
time.  At  last  Gelbert  gets  away  for  a  run  of  25  yards. 
Minds  and  Brooke  add  20  more  and  Minds,  on  the  next 
play,  makes  a  touchdown.  Brooke  kicks  the  goal.  After 
a  succession  of  plays  Pennsylvania  punts  into  Cornell's 
goal.  The  latter  rushes  it  out  to  the  25-yard  line,  but  upon 
a  third  down  Wyckoff  punts  to  Brooke,  who  heels  a  fair 
catch  at  45,  from  which  he  kicks  a  goal  from  placement. 

Second  Half:  An  exchange  of  punts  follows  the  kick-off, 
Pennsylvania  finally  catching  on  their  40-yard  line.  Minds 
makes  20  through  tackle,  Brooke  20  more  on  the  opposite 
side,  Blair  5,  and  Wharton  3.  On  the  line-up  Dickson  gets 
around  the  end  for  a  long  run,  ending  in  a  touchdown.  Cor- 
nell kicks  off  and  Pennsylvania,  in  several  minutes,  by  rushes 
and  punts  places  the  ball  well  into  Cornell's  goal.  Cornell 
by  hard  rushing  transfers  the  play  into  Pennsylvania's  goal 
and  forces  Brooke  to  kick  out  from  behind  his  goal.  Cor- 
nell blocks  the  kick,  but  Brooke  recovers  the  ball  for  a 
safety.  Brooke  kicks  off  and  Richie  returns  after  an  ex- 
change of  kicks.  Richie  is  forced  to  make  a  safety.  Penn- 
sylvania starts  a  series  of  line  plays  on  their  40-yard  line, 
which  reaches  Cornell's  goal-line,  where  the  ball  is  fumbled 
on  the  final  play.     Sweetland  falls  on  it  for  a  touchback. 


178 


FOOTBALL 


Schoch  kicks  off  for  Cornell.  Brooke  circles  the  end  for  25 
and  Minds  rounds  the  opposite  side  for  40  more  and  a 
touchdown.  Brooke  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off  to 
Pennsylvania's  25,  and  the  Red  and  Blue,  by  short  line 
plunges,  slowly  returns  to  Cornell's  goal-line,  where  Dickson 
is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown.  Brooke  kicks  the  goal. 
Freeborn  kicks  off.  Brooke,  Minds,  Wharton,  Gelbert,  and 
Williams,  by  steady  gains,  force  the  ball  to  Cornell's  goal- 
line,  where  Minds  makes  a  touchdown.  Goal.  Cornell  kicks 
off.  Pennsylvania  resumes  its  line  battering  tactics,  but  is 
stopped  by  a  fumble.  Recovering  the  ball  by  a  blocked 
kick,  Brooke  drops  a  goal  from  the  field  and  the  game  ends. 

Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 


Philadelphia,  Nov.  26, 


CORNELL 


L.  S.  Tracy,  '98, 
H.  Lee,  '97, 
H.  E.  White,  '98, 
E.  H.  Fitch,  '97, 

D.  A.  Reed,  '98, 
T.  F.  Fennell,  '97, 
J.  W.  Clark,  '97, 

E.  R.  Sweetland,  '99, 
J.  H.  Taussig,  '97, 
K.  K.  Bossfed,  '97, 

J.  W.  Beacham,  '97,  Capt. 
W.  McKeever,  '98, 
D.  R.  Richie,  '97, 


Left  End. 


1896 

PENNSYLVANLi. 

S.  A.  Boyle,  '98. 


Left  Tackle,     L.  J.  Uffenheimer,  '99. 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


W.  G.  Woodruff,  '97. 
P.  D.  Overfield,  'OL 

C.  M.  Wharton,  '97,  Capt. 
W.  M.  Farrar,  '96. 

B.  W.  Dickson,  '97. 

D.  F.  Weeks,  '98. 

C.  S.  Gelbert,  '97. 
W.  N.  Morice,  '99. 
J.  H.  Minds,  '98. 


Referee:  P.  D.  Mills,  '97,  Yale.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesman:  F.  D.  Conden.  Score:  Cornell  10,  Pennsylvania  32. 
First  Half:  Safety  by  J.  H.  Taussig;  touchdown  by  C.  S.  Gelbert, 
goal  by  J.  H.  Minds;  touchdown  by  J.  W.  Beacham;  touchdown 
and  goal  by  J.  H.  Minds.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  and  goal  by 
D.  R.  Richie;  touchdown  by  S.  A.  Boyle,  goal  by  J.  H.  Minds; 
touchdown  by  W.  N.  Morice,  goal  by  J.  H.  Minds;  touchdown  by  W. 
G.  Woodruff,  goal  by  J.  H.  Minds. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  The 
play  soon  forces  Cornell  into  goal,  where  Taussig  is  forced 


CORNELL  VS.   PENNSYLVANIA  179 

to  punt  from  behind  the  line.  Gelbert  is  through  and 
tackles  him  with  the  ball,  scoring  a  safety.  After  the  kick- 
off  an  exchange  of  kicks  gives  Pennsylvania  the  ball  at  50. 
Wharton  makes  5,  Minds  5,  Boyle  10,  Uffenheimer  8,  Gel- 
bert 8.  On  the  next  play  Gelbert  crosses  the  line  for  a 
touchdown.  Goal  by  Minds.  Cornell  kicks  oif.  After 
several  minutes  of  rushing  Pennsylvania  fumbles  on  the  45- 
yard  line.  White  gets  it.  Beacham  circles  the  end  for  20 
yards.  A  penalty  yields  ten  more.  McKeever  and  Richie 
in  two  plunges  make  the  20-yard  line.  McKeever  goes 
through  centre  for  4.  Beacham  circles  the  end  for  a  touch- 
down. The  goal  fails.  Play  for  some  time  remains  at 
midfield.  Richie  punts  to  Pennsylvania's  45.  Minds 
rounds  the  end  for  15.  Woodruff  hits  the  line  for  2,  Uffen- 
heimer 25,  Boyle  2.  A  penalty  sets  Pennsylvania  forward 
10  yards.  Minds  doubles  the  end  for  a  touchdown  and 
kicks  the  goal. 

Second  Half:  Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  An  exchange  of 
kicks  gives  Pennsylvania  the  ball  on  the  10-yard  line. 
Rushes  reach  the  25-yard  line.  Three  downs  fail  by  six 
inches  and  Pennsylvania  takes  the  chance.  Cornell  holds 
and  gets  the  ball.  Beacham  makes  4,  Richie  5,  McKeever 
10,  Beacham  2.  Richie  across  for  a  touchdown.  Richie 
also  kicks  the  goal.  Play  is  resumed  at  centre.  After 
several  rushes  and  punts  Pennsylvania  gets  the  ball  at  mid- 
field.  Minds  circles  the  end  for  10.  Gelbert  makes  8 
through  tackle.  Woodruff  hits  the  line  for  3,  Morice  4. 
Cornell  stops  the  advance  and  Minds  punts.  Cornell  fum- 
bles and  Boyle,  picking  up  the  ball,  dashes  across  the  line 
for  a  touchdown.  Goal.  Pennsylvania,  again  taking  the 
ball  from  kick-off  by  line  plays,  reaches  the  15-yard  line, 
from  which  Morice  circles  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  Minds 
kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  has  the  ball  on  Pennsylvania's 
45-yard  line,  where  it  is  given  to  the  latter  for  holding.    Gel- 


180 


FOOTBALL 


bert  makes  8,  Uffenheimer  5.  Cornell  holds  for  two  downs. 
On  the  next  play  Woodruff  gets  free  and  with  compact  in- 
terference races  for  the  line  and  touches  down.     Goal. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  25,  1897 


CORNELL 


PENNSYLVANIA 


L.  S.  Tracy,  '98, 
A.  B.  Lueder,  '99, 

C.  H.  Tangeman,  '01, 

D.  A.  Reed,  '98, 
L.  M.  Schoch,  '97, 
M.  R.  Faville,  '01, 

D.  M.  McLaughlin,  '98, 
W.  McKeever,  '98,  Capt., 
C.  V.  P.  Young,  '99, 
A.  E.  Whiting,  '98, 
P.  B.  Windsor,  '00, 
C.  W.  Wilson,  '00, 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 
((         (( 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


S.  A.  Boyle,  '98. 
S.  M.  Goodman,  '97. 

T.  T.  Hare,  '01. 
P.  D.  Overfield,  '01, 
J.C.McCracken,'01. 
J.  H.  Outland,  '00. 
J.  Hedges,  '01. 
D.  F.  Weeks,  '98. 
M.  R.  Jackson,  '98. 
W.  N.  Morice,  '99. 
J.  H.  Minds,  '98,  Capt. 


Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  E  Hill,  '99,  Cornell;  G.  R.  Fortesque,  '99,  Pennsylvania. 
Timekeeper:  W.  L.  McCauley,  '94,  Princeton.  Score:  Cornell  0, 
Pennsylvania  4.    Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  C.  McCracken. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Morice  kicks  off  to  Corneirs  20-yard  line,  Young  catching 
and  running  the  kick  back  20  yards.  Pennsylvania  holds 
for  downs  and  Cornell  punts  to  Pennsylvania's  10-yard 
line.  Pennsylvania  by  short  gains  rushes  the  ball  to  mid- 
field,  where  Cornell  stops  the  advance  and  Minds  kicks. 
Cornell  now  opens  a  rapid  attack  on  the  Pennsylvania  line, 
Whiting,  Windsor,  and  Wilson  crossing  stripe  after  stripe. 
Pennsylvania  stands  firm  on  the  10-yard  line  and  takes 
the  ball  on  downs.  Minds  at  once  punts  to  centre.  Again 
the  Cornell  attack  starts  in  motion  and  reaches  the  6-yard 
mark.  Pennsylvania's  line  will  not  yield  and  Cornell  loses 
the  ball  on  downs.  Minds  punts  to  centre.  For  the  third 
time  Cornell  hammers  its  way  to  Pennsylvania's  10  line. 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


181 


On  the  third  down,  and  3  yards  to  go,  Young  tries  a  drop 
kick,  but  misses  by  an  inch.  Play  for  the  remainder  of  the 
half  fluctuates  between  the  25-yard  lines.  The  half  closes 
with  the  ball  in  Corneirs  possession  at  centre. 

Second  Half:  Cornell  kicks  off  and  Pennsylvania  runs 
the  kick  back  to  the  25-yard  line.  Pennsylvania  in  8 
plunges  gains  15  yards,  but  is  then  forced  to  punt.  Cornell 
by  hard  rushes,  using  4  downs  for  every  5  yards,  works  the 
ball  to  Pennsylvania's  40-yard  line,  where  Pennsylvania 
holds  for  downs.  Thus  the  play  continues  until  the  half 
lacks  ten  minutes  of  expiration.  Pennsylvania,  by  plunges 
of  Jackson,  Weeks,  Morice,  and  Minds,  carries  the  ball  to 
Corneirs  1-yard  line,  where  Cornell  throws  the  Red  and  Blue 
runners  back  for  a  loss  and  takes  the  ball.  Young  kicks 
to  40.  Kicks  are  exchanged.  Pennsylvania  catches  at  mid- 
field.  Goodman  goes  through  tackle  for  4.  Outland  gets 
around  the  end  for  27.  Goodman  again  pierces  tackle 
and  reaches  Corneirs  10-yard  line.  Outland  bursts  centre 
for  3.  McCracken  goes  through  for  a  touchdown.  The 
punt  out  is  missed.  Neither  team  again  gets  within  striking 
distance  of  their  opponent's  goal  and  the  game  ends. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  24,  1898 


CORNELL 

PENNSYLVANIA 

H.  J.  Davall,  '01, 

Left  End, 

P.  J.  McMahon,  '00. 

C.  W.  Wilson,  '00, 

ft       (I 

M.  M.  Wyvill,  '01, 
D.  A.  Reed,  '98, 

Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

J.  M.  Reugenberg,  '99. 
T.  T.  Hare,  '01. 

W.  F.  Domer,  '01, 

Centre, 

P.  D.  Overfield,  '01. 

A.  B.  Lueder,  '99, 

E.  R.  Sweetland,  '99, 
C.  W.  Cross,  '01, 

F.  G.  Grimshaw,  '00, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
<(         ft 

J.  F.  McCloskey,  '01. 
J.  C.  McCracken,  '01. 
J.  B.  Carnett,  '99. 
J.  Hedges,  '01. 

G.  H.  Young,  '00, 
J.  C.  Short,  '00, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  P.  Gardiner,  '01. 
J.  H.  Outland,  '00,  Capt. 

182  FOOTBALL 

CORNELL  PENNSYLVANIA 

A.  E.  Whiting,  *98,  Capt.,  Left  Half,  W.  J.  Coombs,  '00. 
P.  Will,  '00,  Capt,                     "       " 

C.  V.  P.  Young,  '99,  Right  Half,  J.  H.  Outland,  '00. 

P.  B.  Windsor,  '00,  "         "  J.  P.  Gardiner,  '01. 

R.  D.  Starbuck,  '00,  Full-back,  N.  T.  Folwell,  '00. 
F.  C.  Perkins,  '00, 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Timekeeper:  W.  H.  Lewis,  '95,  Harvard.  Score:  Coraell  6, 
Pennsylvania  12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  R.  Sweetland,  goal 
by  G.  H.  Young.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  H.  Outland,  goal 
by  T.  T.  Hare;  touchdown  by  J.  Hedges,  goal  by  T.  T.  Hare. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west 
goal.  Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  Cornell  tries  the  line,  but, 
unable  to  gain  consecutively,  punts  to  midfield.  Coombs 
and  Outland  circle  Corneirs  ends  in  succession  for  20  yards. 
A  fumble  gives  the  ball  to  Corneil.  The  entire  half  is  now 
consumed  by  the  struggles  of  each  team  to  get  within  strik- 
ing distance  of  the  other's  goal,  each  eleven  advancing  a  few 
yards  into  the  other's  territory  only  to  be  held  for  downs. 
Just  as  the  half  closes  a  long  punt  places  Pennsylvania  in 
possession  of  the  ball  on  its  15-yard  line.  Hare  falls  back 
to  punt.  Sweetland  breaks  through  and  blocks  the  kick, 
falling  on  the  ball  across  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  G.  H. 
Young  kicks  the  goal.  Time  soon  after  is  called  for  the 
half. 

Second  Half:  Cornell  kicks  off.  The  elevens  again  play 
ineffectively  for  several  minutes,  the  defence  of  each  being 
too  strong  to  be  overcome.  Pennsylvania  at  last  by  short 
gains  reaches  the  25-yard  line.  Cornell  stops  the  advance 
for  2  downs,  but  on  the  third  attempt  Outland  goes  around 
the  end  and  dashes  25  yards  across  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
Hare  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off.  The  play  for  some 
time  surges  back  and  forth  across  the  centre  line.  Towards 
the  close  Hare's  punting  drives  Cornell  into  goal.     Young 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


183 


stands  on  the  25-yard  line  to  return  the  kick.  Hedges 
breaks  through  and  blocks  the  ball.  Picking  it  up  he  runs 
25  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Hare  again  kicks  the  goal  and 
the  game  soon  closes. 

Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 


Philadelphia,  Nov.  30,  1899 


CORNELL 

H.  J.  Davall,  '01, 

F.  S.  Porter,  '00, 
W.  J.  Warner,  '03, 
J.  C.  Pierson,  '02, 
W.  A.  Caldwell,  '01, 
W.  F.  Dorner,  '01, 
E.  R.  Alexander,  '01, 
C.  A.  Taussig,  '02, 

G.  H.  Young,  '00, 

G.  B.  Walbridge,  '00, 
P.  B.  Windsor,  '00, 
A.  B.  Morrison,  '01, 
R.  D.  Starbuck,  '01, 


PENNSYLVANIA 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
«  «t 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
((       « 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


W.  J.  Coombs,  '00. 
J.  B.  Snover,  '00. 
T.  T.  Hare,  '01,  Capt. 
P  D.  Overfield,  '01. 
J.  C.  Teas,  '02. 

C.  E.  Wallace,  '01. 
J.  H.  Outland,  '00. 
A.  R.  Kennedy,  '01. 
W.  A.  Potter,  '01. 

J.  P.  Gardiner,  '01. 
J.  C.  McCracken,  '01. 


Referee:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesmen:  C.  W.  Wilson,  '00,  Cornell;  F.  E.  Woodley,  '01, 
Pennsylvania.  Timekeepers:  H.  H.  Tuller,  '00,  Cornell;  J.  Hedges,'  01, 
Pennsylvania.  Score:  Cornell  0,  Pennsylvania  29.  First  Half: 
Touchdown  by  W.  A.  Potter;  touchdown  by  J.  C.  McCracken,  goal 
by  J.  H.  Outland.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  T.  T.  Hare,  goal 
by  J.  H.  Outland;  touchdown  by  J.  C.  McCracken,  goal  by  J.  H. 
Outland;  touohdown  and  goal  by  J.  H.  Outland. 


First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal. 
Kicks  are  exchanged,  Pennsylvania  catching  at  40.  Mc- 
Cracken, Hare,  and  Gardiner  drive  the  ball  to  the  30-yard 
line.  On  the  next  play  Potter  circles  the  end  for  a  touch- 
down. No  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off.  Pennsylvania  with 
guards-back  steadily  drives  the  ball,  yard  after  yard,  85 
yards.  Within  5  yards  from  the  goal-line  the  ball  is  given 
to  McCracken,  who  in  guards-back  formation  bursts  through 
for  a  touchdown.    Outland  kicks  the  goal.    During  the  re- 


184 


FOOTBALL 


mainder  of  the  half  Pennsylvania's  guards-back  makes  great 
gains,  but  CornelFs  stubborn  defence  checks  the  advance 
each  time  when  driven  to  the  25-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  Cornell  kicks  off.  Pennsylvania,  forming 
guards-back  in  rapid  succession  right  and  left,  forces  the 
ball  80  yards,  Hare  taking  it  over  for  a  touchdown  and 
Outland  kicking  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off  and  after  a 
succession  of  unimportant  plays  Pennsylvania  secures  the 
ball  on  a  fumble  on  Cornell's  15-yard  line.  Cornell  puts 
up  an  impregnable  defence  and  takes  the  ball  on  downs. 
The  ball  is  punted  to  midfield.  Potter  and  Gardiner  by 
long  end  runs  work  it  back  to  Cornell's  5-yard  line.  Guards- 
back  is  formed  on  the  right  and  McCracken  is  sent  over 
for  a  touchdown.  Outland  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks 
off  and  after  a  long  series  of  kicks  Pennsylvania  catches 
the  ball  on  the  5-yard  line.  Coombs  circles  the  end  for  25 
yards.  Gardiner  and  Potter  by  short  gains  through  the 
line  advance  20  more.  Outland  goes  around  the  end  for 
15.  Potter  takes  the  ball  to  the  10-yard  line.  Guards- 
back  in  four  attempts  sends  Outland  across  for  the 
touchdown.  A  moment  later  he  kicks  the  goal  and  the 
game  ends. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  29,  1900 


CORNELL 

PENNSYLVANIA 

C.  A.  Taussig,  '02, 

Left  End, 

H.  B.  Hodge,  '01. 

C.  A.  Lueder,  '02, 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  M.  Horner,  '01. 

W.  J.  Warner,  '03, 

Left  Guard, 

T.  T.  Hare,  '01,  Capt 

W.  H.  Namack,  '01. 

Centre, 

J.  F.  McCloskey,  '01. 

W.  F.  Dorner,  '01, 

Right  Guard, 

J.  C.  Teas,  '02. 

S.  H.  Hunt,  '04, 

it           << 

E.  R.  Alexander,  '01, 

Right  Tackle, 

C.  E.  Wallace,  '01. 

C.  W.  Cross,  '01, 

Right  End, 

W.  G.  Gardiner,  '03. 

A.  A.  Brewster,  '04, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  P.  Gardiner,  '01. 

T.  R.  Finucane,  '03, 

« 

H.  Purcell,  '03, 

Left  Half, 

W.  A.  Potter,  '01. 

CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  185 

CORNELL  PENNSYLVANIA 

A.  B.  Morrison,  '01,  Right  Half,  W.  S.  Davidson,  '01. 

W.  G.  Baird,  '03. 
R.  D.  Starbuck,  '00,  Capt.,       Full-back,  J.  C.  McCracken,  '01. 

H.  Schoellkopf,  '02, 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesmen:  H.  J.  Davall,  '01,  Cornell;  F.  E.  Woodley,  '01, 
Pennsylvania.  Timekeeper:  P.  D.  Mills,  '97,  Yale.  Score:  Cor- 
nell 0,  Pennsylvania  27.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  T.  T.  Hare; 
touchdown  and  goal  by  T.  T.  Hare.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
C.  E.  Wallace,  goal  by  T.  T.  Hare  ;  touchdown  by  T.  T.  Hare;  touch- 
down by  W.  S.  Davidson. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  east 
goal.  Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  The  ball  is  rushed  a  few 
yards  by  each  team  and  then  punted,  neither  being  able  to 
gain  consistently.  At  last  Cornell  punts  to  Potter  at  20, 
the  latter  runs  the  kick  back  to  midfield.  Pennsylvania  sets 
in  motion  a  mass  play  against  the  tackle,  alternating  right 
and  left,  which  rapidly  forces  the  ball  down  to  the  5-yard 
line,  where  Hare  is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown.  No  goal. 
Cornell  kicks  off  and  Pennsylvania  at  once  calls  into  play  its 
mass  play  of  guards-back.  Slowly  but  steadily  the  ball 
creeps  72  yards.  Hare  being  again  sent  over  for  the  touch- 
down and  later  kicking  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off  and 
Pennsylvania,  unable  to  gain,  punts.  Cornell  hits  the  line 
hard  and  works  the  ball  to  Pennsylvania's  30-yard  line, 
where  it  goes  to  opponents  on  a  fumble.  Pennsylvania  is 
slowly  but  surely  forcing  the  ball  toward  Cornell's  goal 
when  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Cornell  kicks  off.  After  a  series  of  ineffec- 
tive rushes  by  each  team  and  a  series  of  punts  Pennsyl- 
vania secures  the  ball  on  its  50-yard  line.  Guards-back 
sends  runner  after  runner  into  the  line  for  small  but  sufficient 
gains  until  the  5-yard  line  is  reached,  from  which  Wallace  is 
sent  across  for  a  touchdown.     Hare  kicks  the  goal.     A  few 


186 


FOOTBALL 


moments  after  the  succeeding  kick-off  Hare  gets  around  the 
end  and  runs  65  yards  for  a  touchdown.  No  goal.  Cornell 
kicks  off.  Pennsylvania,  after  several  advances,  the  ball 
being  lost  on  downs,  finally  sends  Potter  around  the  end 
twice  in  succession  for  gains  of  20  yards,  bringing  the  ball 
to  the  midfield,  where  Davidson  goes  around  the  end  55 
yards  for  a  touchdown.     No  goal. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  28,  1901 


CORNELL 

C.  A.  Taussig,  '02, 
R.  A.  Turnbull,  '04, 
C.  A.  Lueder,  '02, 


W.  J.  Warner,  '03, 
R.  S.  Kent,  '02, 
S.  H.  Hunt,  '04. 
M.  Smith,  '04, 
W.  A.  Tydeman,  '03, 
A.  A.  Brewster,  '04, 
H.  Purcell,'03, 

T.  R.  Finueane,  '03, 
A.  R.  Coffin,  '04, 
W.J.  Warner, '03,  Capt 
H.  Schoellkopf,  '02, 


Left  End, 


Left  Tackle, 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half. 


Right  Half, 


PENNSYLVANIA 

C.  A.  Nelson,  '03. 
F.  A.  Piekarski,  '03. 
R.  Brenton,  '02. 
C.  S.  Mitchell,  '04. 
M.  S.  Bennett,  '03. 
J.  McCabe,  '05. 
J.  C.  Teas,  '02. 
W.  G.  Baird,  '03. 
W.  G.  Gardiner,  '03. 
T.  Howard,  '03. 
M.  S.  Reynolds,  '05. 

C.  S.  Townsend,  '04. 
J.  C.  Ludes,  '03. 

D.  Dale,  '04. 
T.  Snook,  '02. 
H.  A.  Davidson,  '02,  Capt. 


Full-back, 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Da- 
shiell.  Navy.  Linesmen:  E.  J.  Snow,  '04,  Cornell;  C.  S.  Metzger,  '03, 
Pennsylvania.  Timekeepers:  E.  Metcalf,  Cornell;  L.  de  P.  Vail, 
*94,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Cornell  23,  Pennsylvania  6.  First  Half: 
Touchdown  by  A.  R.  Coffin;  touchdown  and  goal  by  H.  A.  Davidson; 
touchdown  by  R.  A.  Turnbull,  goal  by  A.  R.  Coffin.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  and  goal  by  A.  R.  Coffin;  touchdown  by  A.  A.  Brewster, 
goal  by  A.  R.  Coffin. 

First  Half:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the 
west  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off.  Pennsylvania  cannot  gain 
and  is  forced  to  punt.  Cornell  opens  up  the  Pennsylvania 
line  for  several  gains.     Kicks  are  exchanged.     Pennsylvania 


w    > 
o  I 


C      =3 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  187 

gets  the  ball  at  midfield  and  by  short  gains  forces  the  ball 
to  Cornell's  5-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is  lost  on  downs. 
Purcell  goes  through  the  line  on  a  fake  kick  for  20  yards. 
Coffin,  on  another  trick  play,  clears  the  line  and  runs  84 
yards  for  a  touchdown.  Pennsylvania  kicks  off,  and  after 
several  unimportant  plays  Cornell  punts,  Pennsylvania 
catching  at  50.  Dale  circles  the  end  for  30  yards.  Short 
plunges  net  five  more.  Davidson  goes  over  for  a  touch- 
down and  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off,  and  after  a 
series  of  kicks  Turnbull  catches  the  ball  on  the  40  -yard  line. 
He  starts  straight  up  the  field,  dodging  brilliantly  among 
the  Pennsylvania  forwards,  in  and  out,  until  he  clears  the 
backs  and  thus  covers  84  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Coffin 
kicks  the  goal.     Soon  after  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Pennsylvania  kicks  off  to  Cornell  on  the 
15-yard  line.  The  latter  by  straight  line  plunges,  short 
gains  at  a  time  without  losing  the  ball,  drives  the  play  to 
Pennsylvania's  15-yard  line.  Cornell  masses  to  attack 
centre,  but  Coffin  dashes  around  the  end  for  a  touchdown. 
Goal.  Pennsylvania  kicks  off  to  Cornell  on  the  5-yard 
line  and  the  latter  again  forces  its  way  by  short  gains  to 
Pennsylvania's  10-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is  lost  on  a 
penalty.  Davidson,  Reynolds,  and  Teas  by  line  plays  ad- 
vance the  ball  50  yards,  but  are  finally  held  for  downs  at 
centre.  Kicks  are  exchanged  which  with  a  fumble  places 
Pennsylvania  in  its  own  goal  to  punt.  Brewster  catches  on 
the  35-yard  line  and  runs  through  the  Pennsylvania  team  for 
a  touchdown.     The  goal  is  again  made. 

Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  27,  1902 

CORNELL  PENNSYLVANIA 

P.  E.  Larkin,  '06,  Left  End,  D.  L.  Richardson,  '04. 

B.  A.  Thomas,  '03. 
C.  A.  Lueder,  '02,  Left  Tackle,  R.  G.  Torrey,  '06. 

J.  H.  Costello,  '06, 


188 


FOOTBALL 


CORNELL 

W.J.  Warner, '03,  Capt., 

J.  A.  Davitt,  '03, 

S.  H.  Hunt,  '04, 

E.  O.  P.  Waud,  '04, 

M.  Smith,  '04, 

W  A.  Tydeman,  '03, 

A.  A.  Brewster,  '04, 

H.  Purcell,  '03, 

J.  H.  Sheble, 

W.  G.  Snider,  '04, 

A.  R.  Coffin,  '04, 

E.  Burns,  '03, 

S.  B.  Hunt.  '04. 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
«i  <( 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
((         i( 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


PENNSYLVANIA 

H.  C.  Hoffman,  '05. 
J.  F.  McCabe,  '05. 

F.  A.  Piekarski,  '03. 

C.  S.  Mitchell,  '04. 
W.  G.  Baird,  '03. 
V.  S.  Metzger,  '03. 

D.  Dale,  '04. 

H.  L.  Fortiner,  '05. 

W.  G.  Gardiner,  '03,  Capt. 
M.  S.  Bennett,  '04. 

G.  W.  ^eschler,  '05. 


Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Da- 
shiell,  Navy.  Linesmen:  H.  G.  Webb,  '03,  Cornell;  T.  T.  Hare,  '01, 
Pennsylvania.  Score:  Cornell  11,  Pennsylvania  12.  First  Half: 
Touchdown  by  H.  Purcell,  goal  by  A.  R.  Coffin;  goal  from  field  by  A. 
R.  Coffin.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  R.  G.  Torrey,  goal  by  W.  G. 
Gardiner;   touchdown  by  M.  S.  Bennett,  goal  by  W.  G.  Gardiner. 


First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Kicks  are  exchanged.  Cornell  at  once  forces  Pennsylvania 
back,  making  repeated  gains  through  the  Red  and  Blue  line. 
After  several  exchanges  of  kicks  interspersed  with  numerous 
hard  line  plunges  Pennsylvania  is  forced  to  punt  from  be- 
hind the  goal-line.  The  kick  is  high  and  Cornell  recovers 
it  on  Pennsylvania's  33-yard  line.  The  ball  is  worked  to  the 
10-yard  line.  Here  Pennsylvania  plays  spiritedly  and  takes 
the  ball  on  downs.  Bennett  punts  to  the  30-yard  line,  where 
Brewster  heels  a  fair  catch.  Coffin  kicks  a  goal  from  place- 
ment. Gardiner  kicks  off  to  Warner.  For  several  minutes 
play  moves  back  and  forth  across  the  centre  line  without  ad- 
vantage to  either  side.  Two  long  punts  by  CoflSn  send  the 
ball  well  into  Pennsylvania's  territory.  Bennett  returns  and 
Cornell  catches  the  ball  on  Pennsylvania's  40-yard  line. 
By  trick  plays  Cornell  reaches  the  15-yard  line.  Purcell  now 
circles  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  CoflSn  kicks  the  goal. 
There  is  no  further  scoring  in  this  half. 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  189 

Second  Half:  Gardiner  kicks  oflf.  Cornell  makes  a 
small  gain  and  punts.  Pennsylvania  with  difficulty  makes 
a  first  down  and  is  soon  forced  to  punt.  Play  of  this 
character  ensues  for  several  minutes.  Cornell  catches  a 
punt  at  35  and  by  short  rushes  makes  35  yards.  Penn- 
sylvania holds  for  downs.  On  the  first  plunge  Pennsylvania 
gains  10  yards.  The  Red  and  Blue  shows  great  improve- 
ment and  rapidly  rushes  Cornell  down  the  field.  At  the 
30-yard  line  Cornell  stops  the  advance  for  3  downs,  but  on 
the  last  trial  Gardiner  gets  off  a  quarter-back  kick  which 
Pennsylvania  captures  on  the  10-yard  line.  Two  line 
plunges  reach  the  5-yard  line,  from  which  Torrey  is  sent 
over  for  a  touchdown.  Gardiner  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell 
kicks  off.  The  game  becomes  almost  wholly  kicks,  Cornell 
being  driven  steadily  back.  Gardiner  catches  at  55  and  runs 
back  30  yards.  Dale  rounds  the  end  for  15,  Mitchell  dupli- 
cates the  play  on  the  opposite  side  for  10.  Bennett  goes 
through  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  The  score  now  is  a  tie 
at  11  to  11.  Gardiner  carefully  points  the  ball  for  the  try. 
As  he  kicks  the  great  crowd  rises  to  its  feet.  The  goal  is 
made  and  Pennsylvania  leads  by  1  point.  Pennsylvania 
kicks  off  and  Cornell  fumbles.  The  Red  and  Blue  forces  the 
ball  to  the  10-yard  line,  where  time  is  called. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia,  Nov.  26, 

1903 

CORNKLT. 

PENNSYLVANIA 

F.  W.  Hackstaff,  '05, 

Left  End, 

G.  W.  Weede,  '05. 

J.  H.  Costello,  '06, 

Left  Tackle, 

T.  A.  Buthiewicz,  '05. 

<<          « 

A.  B.  Ziegler,  '07. 

W.  S.  Voris,  '04, 

Left  Guard, 

F.  A.  Piekarski,  '05. 

J.  A.  Davitt,  '03, 

Centre, 

H.  B.  Taylor,  '05. 

W.  S.  Newman,  '07, 

(( 

S.  H.  Hunt,  '04,  Capt., 

Right  Guard, 

H.  C.  Hoffman,  '05. 
D.  B.  Kase,  '06. 

M.  S.  Halliday,  '06, 

Right  Tackle, 

R.  G.  Torrey,  '06. 

J.  E.  Forgy,  '06, 

Right  End, 

C.S.Metzger,'03,Capt. 

190  FOOTBALL 

CORNELL  PENNSYLVANLi 

A.  A.  Brewster,  '04,  Quarter-back,  A.  L.  Mulford,  '04. 

J.  Lynah,  '05,  "  C.  S.  Corson,  '07. 

L.  J.  Rice,  '07,  Left  Half,  M.  S.  Reynolds,  '05. 

W.  G.  Snider,  '06,  Right  Half,  G.  R.  Drake,  '05. 

A.  R.  Coffin,  '04,  Full-back,  M.  S.  Bennett,  '04. 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Ed- 
wards, '00,  Princeton.  Linesman:  R.  P.  Kernan,  '03,  Harvard. 
Score:  Cornell  0,  Pennsylvania  42.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  G. 
R.  Drake,  goal  by  M.  S.  Bennett;  touchdown  and  goal  by  M.  S.  Bennett. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  A.  Piekarski,  goal  by  M.  S.  Bennett; 
touchdown  by  M.  S.  Reynolds,  goal  by  M.  S.  Bennett;  touchdown  by 
M.  S.  Reynolds,  goal  by  M.  S.  Bennett;  touchdown  by  F.  A.  Piekarski, 
goal  by  M.  S.  Bennett;  touchdown  and  goal  by  M.  S.  Bennett. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal. 
An  exchange  of  kicks  with  some  rushing  gives  Pennsylvania 
the  ball  at  40.  Bennett  and  Piekarski  pierce  the  Cornell 
line  for  great  gains.  Mulford  skirts  the  end  for  10.  Tor- 
rey  goes  through  tackle  for  8,  Piekarski  makes  7,  then  9, 
and  Drake  crosses  the  line  for  the  touchdown.  Bennet, 
kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off.  For  several  minutes 
play  is  near  centre  without  advantage.  Long  punts  drive 
Cornell  back  and  Brewster  punts  out  of  bounds  at  30. 
Bennett  hits  the  line  for  5.  Piekarski  goes  through  tackle 
for  15  and  Bennet  through  centre  for  a  touchdown,  also  kick- 
ing the  goal.     The  half  soon  after  closes. 

Second  Half:  Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  Rushes  and  a 
punt  by  Cornell  give  Pennsylvania  the  ball  at  40.  Bennett 
rounds  the  end  for  20  yards.  Torrey  duplicates  the  play 
for  20  more.  Mulford  gets  off  a  quarter-back  kick  on  the 
third  down,  with  2  yards  to  gain,  which  Pennsylvania  re- 
covers on  the  1-yard  line.  Piekarski  goes  through  the  line 
for  the  touchdown  and  Bennett  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell 
kicks  off.  After  a  few  small  gains  through  the  line  Pennsyl- 
vania sends  Metzger  around  the  end  for  40  yards.  Rey- 
nolds in  a  line  plunge  reaches  the  2-yard  line.  Bennett 
takes  the  ball  over  and  kicks  the  goal.     Cornell  kicks  off  and 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


191 


holds  Pennsylvania  for  downs.  Play  for  some  time  surges 
back  and  forth  between  the  25-yard  lines.  At  last  Cornell 
fumbles  on  the  25-yard  line  and  Pennsylvania  gets  the  ball. 
In  two  plays  Reynolds  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
Bennett  kicks  the  goal.  Upon  resumption  of  play  a  punting 
exchange  ensues.  Cornell  again  fumbles  on  the  15-yard 
line  and  Pennsylvania  gets  the  ball.  Piekarski  is  forced 
through  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Bennett  kicks  the  goal. 
Cornell  kicks  off.  Pennsylvania  is  unable  to  gain  and  punts. 
Cornell  fumbles  at  centre  and  Pennsylvania  secures  the  ball. 
Mulford  gets  around  the  end  for  a  run  of  35  yards.  Bennett 
goes  through  the  line  for  a  touchdown  and  kicks  the  goal. 
Times  is  then  called. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania. 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  24,  1904 

CORNELL 

P.  W.  Hackstaff,  '05,  Left  End, 

C.  B.  Goodspeed,  '08, 


R.  A.  Smith,  '05, 
H.  H.  Downes,  '08, 
C.  C.  Oderkirk,  '08, 
G.  M.  Chapman,  '05, 
L.  A.  Wilder,  '06, 
F.  J.  Furman,  '06, 
J.  H.  Costello,  '06,  Capt., 
M.  S.  Halliday,  '06, 
R.  Van  Onnan,  '08, 

E.  J.  Bird,  '07, 

L.  J.  Rice,  '07, 

E.  T.  Gibson,  '07, 

M.  S.  Halliday,  '06, 
H.  E.  Davis,  '07. 


Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
(( 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
((  « 

Right  End, 
((         <( 

Quarter-back, 
(< 

Left  Half, 

it  n 

it  (( 

Right  Half, 
« 

Full-back, 


PENNSYLVANIA 

G.  R.  Drake,  '05. 
J.  Hollenback,  '06. 
T.  A.  Buthiewicz,  '05. 

F.  A.  Piekarski,  '05. 

D.  B.  Case,  '06. 
R.G.Torrey,'06,Capt. 
H.  B.  Taylor,  '05. 

A.  B.  Ziegler,  '07. 
O.  F.  Lamson,  '07. 

W.  Sinkler,  '06. 

G.  W.  Weede,  '05. 
V.  M.  Stevenson,  '08. 
C.  S.  Corson,  '07. 
M.  S.  Reynolds,  '04. 
J.  H.  Sheble,  '08. 
W.M.  Hollenback, '06. 

E.  L.  Greene,  '08. 
E.  M.  Bennis,  '08. 
A.  L.  Smith,  '05. 
R.  C.  Folwell,  '08. 


Referee:   W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale.     Umpire:     W.  H.  Edwards,  '00, 
Princeton.     Linesman:     J.   J.  Hogan,  '05,  Yale.     Score:     Cornell  0, 


192  FOOTBALL 

Pennsylvania  34.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  A.  Piekarski,  goal 
by  M.  S.  Reynolds;  touchdown  by  F.  A.  Piekarski,  goal  by  M.  S. 
Reynolds;  touchdown  by  F.  A.  Piekarski,  goal  by  M.  S.  Reynolds; 
touchdown  by  V.  M.  Stevenson;  goal  by  M.  S.  Reynolds.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  C.  S.  Corson;  touchdown  by  C.  S.  Corson. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  west 
goal.  Reynolds  kicks  off  to  Rice.  Cornell  advances  the 
ball  to  the  35-yard  line.  Here,  on  the  third  down,  with  6 
inches  to  go,  a  line  plunge  is  made,  but  the  runner  is  thrown 
for  a  loss  and  Pennsylvania  takes  the  ball.  Smith,  Ziegler, 
and  Lamson  in  three  plunges  reach  the  10-yard  line.  Smith 
makes  4  and  Piekarski  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  Rey- 
nolds kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off.  After  a  succession 
of  unimportant  plays  Cornell  has  the  ball  for  third  down  on 
the  20-yard  line,  with  1  foot  to  go.  Again  a  line  plunge  is 
made,  but  once  more  Pennsylvania  throws  the  runner  for  a 
loss  and  takes  the  ball.  Smith,  Ziegler,  and  Lamson,  by  a 
long  series  of  short  gains,  reach  the  5-yard  line.  Piekarski 
goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  Reynolds  again  kicks  the 
goal.  Following  the  kick-off  both  teams  resort  to  punting. 
Finally  Furman  punts  to  Reynolds  on  Pennsylvania's  10- 
yard  line.  Pennsylvania  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrim- 
mage. Folwell,  Piekarski,  Reynolds,  Ziegler,  and  Lamson, 
by  hard  but  short  line  plunges,  carry  the  ball  90  yards. 
Piekarski  then  takes  it  over  for  a  touchdown  and  Rey- 
nolds kicks  the  goal.  Pennsylvania  scores  another  touch- 
down just  before  the  close  of  the  half.  Obtaining  the  ball 
on  a  fumble  on  Corneirs  20-yard  line,  Stevenson  dashes 
around  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  Reynolds  makes  the 
goal. 

Second  Half:  After  the  kick-off  by  Cornell  and  an  ex- 
change of  punts,  Pennsylvania  catches  the  ball  on  Cornell's 
40-yard  line.  In  three  plays  Pennsylvania  reaches  the  8- 
yard  mark,  from  which  Corson  is  sent  across  for  a  touch- 
down.    Reynolds  kicks  the  goal.     Cornell  stops  Pennsyl- 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


193 


vania's  rushes  until  the  close  of  the  half,  although  unable  to 
get  near  the  latter's  goal.  Cornell  punts  to  Folwell  at  the  lat- 
ter's  30.  Sheble  gets  away  for  a  long  run  to  Cornell's  30- 
yard  line.  Weede  makes  15,  Folwell  3,  Piekarski  1.  On 
the  next  play  a  quarter-back  kick  is  placed  across  the  line 
and  Corson  falls  on  the  ball  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is 
missed.     Time  soon  after  is  called. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 


Philadelphia,  Nov.  30,  1905 


CORNELL 

C.  L.  Roadhouse,  *06, 
G.  T.  Cook,  '08, 
E.  I.  Thompson,  '09, 
C.  L.  Downes,  '06, 
W.  S.  Newman,  '07, 

B.  J.  O'Rourke,  '09, 

J.  H.  Costello,  '06,  Capt., 

C.  A.  Lyon,  '05, 

R.  Van  Orman,  '08, 
J.  A.  Pollak,  '07, 
J.  Newhall,  '06, 
G.  H.  Walder,  '09, 
E.  T.  Gibson,  '07, 
M.  S.  Halliday,  '06, 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
<<  (< 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 


PENNSYLVANIA 

I.  G.  Levene,  '07. 
W.  J.  Rooke,  '07. 
J.  L.  Junk,  '07. 
F.  H.  Hobson,  '08. 
R.  G.  Torrey,  '06,  Capt. 
J.  L.  Robinson,  '09. 
O.  F.  Lamson,  '07. 


Right  End,  H.  W.  Scarlett,  '07. 


Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


V.  M.  Stevenson,  '08. 
J.  H.  Sheble,  '08. 
E.  L.  Greene,  '08. 
R.  C.  Folwell,  '08. 


Referee:  W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards,  '00, 
Princeton.  Linesman:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02,  Yale.  Score:  Cornell  5, 
Pennsylvania  6.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  G.  H.  Walder;  touch- 
down by  O.  F.  Lamson,  goal  by  J.  H.  Sheble. 


First  Half:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west 
goal.  Walder  kicks  off  to  Greene.  Pennsylvania  cannot 
gain  consecutively  and  Sheble  punts.  Cornell  fumbles  at  35 
and  Pennsylvania  secures  the  ball.  Rooke,  Robinson,  and 
Folwell  take  the  ball  to  the  15-yard  line.  Rooke  makes  5 
more,  but  Pennsylvania  is  penalized  10.  Stevenson  regains 
15  yards.     Pennsylvania  fumbles  and  the  ball  goes  to  Cor- 


194  ,  FOOTBALL 

nell.  Thompson,  Gibson,  and  Halliday,  by  hard  plunges 
and  short  gains,  take  the  ball  to  Pennsylvania's  35-yard  line. 
Here  Pennsylvania  holds  for  downs  and  takes  the  ball. 
A  long  punting  duel  ensues.  Pennsylvania  again  puts  the 
ball  down  on  its  35-yard  line  and  by  sharp  line  plays  rushes 
to  Corneirs  35,  where  time  stops  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Sheble  kicks  off  to  Walder.  An  exchange 
of  kicks  ensues,  terminating  in  Pennsylvania  starting  a 
scrimmage  on  its  20-yard  line.  Lamson,  Rooke,  and  Rob- 
inson plough  through  the  Cornell  line  to  the  latter's  45- 
yard  line.  Cornell  captures  a  short  kick.  Another  punting 
duel  follows  which  terminates  in  a  fumble  by  Pennsylvania 
on  its  15-yard  line,  Cornell  getting  the  ball.  Twice  Penn- 
sylvania stops  the  Cornell  backs  without  gain,  but  on 
the  third  attempt  Walder  breaks  through  and  crosses  the 
line  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Sheble  kicks 
across  the  goal-line  on  the  kick-off.  Cornell  kicks  out. 
Sheble,  Lamson,  and  Folwell  rush  the  ball  to  the  28-yard 
line,  where  it  goes  to  Cornell  on  a  fumble.  Walder  punts 
to  Greene.  Pennsylvania  now  sets  in  motion  a  hard  and 
rapid  line  attack  which  takes  the  ball  without  a  check  to 
Cornell's  5-yard  line.  Lamson  in  two  plays  makes  the  goal- 
line  for  a  touchdown.  Amid  great  excitement  Sheble  kicks 
the  goal.     Cornell  kicks  off,  but  time  soon  expires. 

Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  29,  1906 

CORNELL  PENNSYLVANIA 

C.  H.  Watson,  '09,  Left  End,  I.  G.  Levene,  '07. 
L.  Babcock,  '09, 

G.  T.  Cook,  '08,  Capt.,  Left  Tackle,  D.  W.  Draper,  '09. 

E.  I.  Thompson,  '09,  Left  Guard,  P.  J.  Gallagher,  '09. 

W.  S.  Newman,  '07,  Centre,  J.  K.  Dwyer,  '08. 

B.  J.  O'Rourke,  '09,  Right  Guard,  A.  B.  Ziegler,  '07. 

C.  C.  Brinton,  '08,  Right  Tackle,  F.  H.  Gaston,  '07. 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  195 


CORNELL 

PENNSYLVANIA 

R.  Van  Orman,  '08, 

Right  End, 

H.  W.  Scarlett,  '07. 

J.  H.  Jamieson,  '09, 

Quarter-back, 

G.  J.  Lawrence,  '07. 

F.  E.  Gardner,  '09, 

<< 

E.  Earle,  '08, 

Left  Half, 

R.  C.  Folwell,  '08. 

E.  T.  Gibson,  '07, 

Right  Half, 

E.  L.  Greene,  '08,  Capt. 

G.  H.  Walder,  '09, 

Full-back, 

W.  M.  Hollenback,  '08. 

Referee:  W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards,  '00, 
Princeton.  Linesman:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02,  Yale.  Score:  Cornell  0, 
Pennsylvania  0. 


First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Walder  kicks  off  to  Pennsylvania's  10-yard  line,  but  the  ball 
goes  out  of  bounds.  A  second  kick  results  similarly  and  the 
kick-off  goes  to  Pennsylvania.  Hollenback  kicks  to  Wal- 
der. The  play  of  the  first  half  is  characterized  by  an  ab- 
sence on  both  sides  of  line-plunging  and  end  runs.  Each 
team  resorts  to  forward  passes  and  punts.  Many  of  the 
passes  are  successful,  but  the  inability  to  gain  by  the  play 
consecutively  forces  each  team  to  kick.  Several  punts  are 
blocked  on  each  side,  but  neither  team  comes  within  scoring 
distance  of  the  other's  goal. 

Second  Half:  Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  Cornell  tries  the 
line,  but,  unable  to  advance  the  ball  consistently,  punts. 
Hollenback  gets  away  for  a  30-yard  run.  Folwell  and 
Greene  hit  the  line  for  12  yards  and  then  Cornell  holds  for 
downs.  Hollenback  punts.  Walder  cannot  make  first 
down  and  Cornell  kicks.  In  this  half  the  two  teams  resort 
to  line-bucking,  but  neither  side  is  able  to  gain  consecutively 
or  to  come  within  striking  distance  of  the  other's  goal.  Out- 
side of  a  few  long  runs  by  Hollenback  the  play  is  with- 
out individual  brilliance.  Much  kicking  is  done  and  the 
punts  well  caught,  thus  keeping  the  play  between  the 
25-yard  lines  without  a  score.  The  game  thus  comes  to 
an  end. 


196 


FOOTBALL 


( 

Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia,  Nov.  28, 

1907 

CORNELL 

PENNSYLVANIA 

C.  H.  Watson,  '10, 

Left  End, 

S.  H.  Pauxtis,  '10. 
A.  C.  Miller,  '10. 

J.  A.  Lynch,  '08, 

Left  Tackle, 

D.  W.  Draper,  '09. 

E.  I.  Thompson,  '09, 

Left  Guard, 

P.  J.  Gallagher,  '09. 

«         « 

J.  F.  Macklin,  '10. 

C.  C.  May,  '10, 

Centre, 

J.  K.  Dwyer,  '08. 

J.  J.  Cosgrove,  '09, 

Right  Guard, 

A.  B.  Ziegler,  '07. 

C.  C.  Brinton,  '08, 

((           <( 

B.  J.  O'Rourke,  '09, 

Right  Tackle, 

F.  H.  Gaston,  '07. 

R.  Van  Orman,  '08, 

Right  End, 

H.W.Scarlett, '07. 

A.  F.  Tydeman,  '10, 

<(         « 

W.  Harris,  '09, 

11         (( 

F.  E.  Gardner,  '09, 

Quarter-back, 

C.  Keinath,  '09. 

R.  K.  Caldwell,  '09, 

(( 

C.  W.  Reagan,  '08. 

E.  Earle,  '08, 

Left  Half, 

E.  L.  Greene,  '08. 
C.  D.  Dwyer,  '07. 

E.  L.  McCallie,  '09, 

Right  Half, 

R.  C.  Folwell,  '08,  Capt. 

G.  H.  Walder,  '09, 

Full-back, 

W.  M.  Hollenback,  '08. 

F.  O.  Ebeling,  '09, 

(( 

Referee:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards,  '00, 
Princeton.  Field  Judge:  H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army.  Linesman: 
W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale.  Score:  Cornell  4,  Pennsylvania  12.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  R.  C.  Folwell,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  D.  W.  Draper,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett;  goal 
from  field  by  R.  K.  Caldwell. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal. 
Hollenback  kicks  off  to  Walder.  Cornell  tries  the  line, 
but  unable  to  gain  punts  on  the  third  down.  Pennsylvania 
returns  the  kick  and  a  sharp  kicking  duel  ensues.  Finally 
Pennsylvania  catches  the  ball  on  Corneirs  40-yard  line. 
Pauxtis  throws  a  forward  pass  to  Draper,  netting  40  yards. 
Hollenback  gets  around  the  end  for  12  more.  Cornell  holds 
for  2  downs  and  then  Keinath  shoots  a  forward  pass  to 
Pauxtis,  placing  the  ball  3  yards  from  Corneirs  goal-line. 
A  penalty  sets  Pennsylvania  back  15  yards.  Keinath  sends 
a  forward  pass  to  Draper  on  the  8-yard  mark.     Hollenback 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


197 


makes  3  yards  around  the  end.  Greene  goes  through  the 
line  for  4,  and  on  the  next  play  Folwell  dashes  through 
tackle  for  the  touchdown.  Scarlett  kicks  the  goal.  Cornell 
kicks  off.  The  play  remains  at  centre  for  several  minutes. 
At  last  Cornell  recovers  a  fumble  in  Pennsylvania's  terri- 
tory and  reaches  the  30-yard  line  by  hard  rushes.  Penn- 
sylvania holds  for  downs  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Cornell  kicks  off  and  Pennsylvania  returns. 
A  sharp  kicking  exchange  commences,  in  which  Cornell  has 
the  advantage.  The  latter  fumbles  on  the  40-yard  line. 
Draper  picks  up  the  ball  and  races  75  yards  for  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  is  made  by  Scarlett.  Cornell  kicks  off.  Pennsyl- 
vania tries  rushing,  but  Cornell's  defence  stiffens  and 
Hollenback  punts.  Cornell  now  tries  two  plays  into  the  line 
without  gain.  On  the  next  play  Caldwell  throws  a  long 
forward  pass  to  Ebeling,  which  puts  the  ball  down  on  the 
30-yard  line.  Pennsylvania  does  not  yield  an  inch.  Cald- 
well falls  back  in  drop-kick  formation  and  sends  the  ball 
between  the  posts  for  a  field  goal.  Pennsylvania  kicks  off, 
but  there  is  no  further  scoring. 


CoRXELL  VS.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  26,  1908 


CORNELL 

R.  B.  Hurlburt,  '10, 

E.  I.  Bayer,  '09, 
C.  A.  Franke,  '11, 
R.  L.  Leventry,  '11, 
J.  J.  Cosgrove,  '09, 
H.  C.  Wight,  '09, 

J.  G.  McCoUum,  '09, 

B.  J.  O'Rourke,  '09, 

F.  W.  Bell,  '11, 

E.  G.  McArthur,  '11, 
E.  S.  Crosby,  '10, 


Left  End, 
((       (( 

<(        « 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
(( 

Right  Guard, 
((  << 

Right  Tackle, 
((  (( 

Right  End, 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

H.  p.  Braddock,  '10. 
T.  Crooks,  '10. 
S.  Townsend,  '09. 

D.  W.  Draper,  '09. 
G.  A.  Dietrich,  '10. 
W.  Le  R.  Marks,  '11. 

E.  B.  Cozens,  '11. 

R.  E.  Lamberton,  *10. 
C.  H.  Pike,  '11. 

F.  H.  Gaston,  '08. 

H.  W.  Scarlett,  '07. 


198 


FOOTBALL 


PENNSYLVANIA 

Quarter-back,    C.  Keinath,  '09. 
A.  C.  Miller,  '10. 


Left  Half,       J.  O.  Manier,  '09. 
Right  Half,      J.  W.  Means,  '10. 


CORNELL 

B.  B.  Wood,  '11, 

F.  E.  Gardner,  '09, 
R.  K.  Caldwell,  '09, 
A.  F.  Tydeman,  '10, 
H.  G.  Mowe,  '10, 
A.  H.  Hutchinson,  '10, 

G.  K.  Shearer,  '09, 
S.  G.  Hoffman,  '10, 

G.  H.  Walder,  '09,  Capt.,      Full-back,       W.  M.  Hollenback,  '08,  Capt. 

Referee:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards,  *00, 
Princeton.  Field  Judge:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Linesman: 
W.  R.  Okeson,  '96,  Lehigh.  Score:  Cornell  4,  Pennsylvania  17. 
First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  H.  G.  Mowe;  touchdown  by  W.  M. 
Hollenback,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
J.  O.  Manier;  touchdown  by  A.  C.  Miller,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett. 

First  Half:  Cornell  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  Cornell  at  once  resorts  to  a  kick- 
ing game  and  after  a  few  exchanges  forces  Pennsylvania  to 
kick  out  behind  the  line.  The  ball  goes  out  of  bounds  at  25. 
A  penalty  sets  Cornell  forward  upon  the  15-yard  line. 
Unable  to  break  the  Red  and  Blue  line,  Mowe  kicks  a  goal 
from  the  jfield.  Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  Cornell  cannot 
gain  consistently  and  punts.  Pennsylvania  now  plays  a 
kicking  game  and  recovers  a  fumble  on  Corneirs  35-yard 
line.  Cornell  stands  firm  and  Pennsylvania  tries  a  forward 
pass.  Miller  to  Draper,  which  places  the  ball  on  the  7-yard 
mark.  On  the  second  play  Hollenback  breaks  through  for 
a  touchdown.  Scarlett  kicks  the  goal.  There  is  no  further 
scoring  in  this  half. 

Second  Half:  Cornell  kicks  off.  Play  for  some  time  is 
confined  between  the  25-yard  lines,  owing  to  the  inability 
of  both  teams  to  force  it  beyond  except  by  kicking.  Penn- 
sylvania picks  up  a  fumble  on  Corneirs  40-yard  line.  By 
straight  line  plays  Manier,  Means,  and  Hollenback  rush  the 
ball  to  the  5-yard  line,  from  which  Manier  goes  over  for  a 


CORNELL  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


199 


touchdown.  The  goal  fails.  Cornell  kicks  off.  Pennsyl- 
vania returns  and  Cornell,  by  rushing,  forces  the  ball  into 
Pennsylvania's  territory.  A  forward  pass  is  tried  which 
Pennsylvania  intercepts  on  the  40-yard  line.  Miller  taking 
it  and  then  running  the  distance  for  a  touchdown.  Scar- 
lett kicks  the  goal.  Cornell  kicks  off.  Play  deadlocks  and 
a  punting  exchange  ensues.     Thus  the  game  ends. 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  25,  1909 


CORNKTJ, 

PENNSYLVANIA 

H.  K.  Seeley,  '10, 

Left  End, 

H.  P.  Braddock,  '10. 

E.  H.  Teagle,  '12, 

It       « 

R.  B.  Hurlburt,  '10, 

((       « 

P.  S.  Munk,  '12, 

Left  Tackle. 

J.  L.  Fretz,  '12. 

T.  H.  Farrington,  '10, 

U                    (( 

R.  B.  Bums,  '10. 

G.  S.  Donnan,  '-12, 

Left  Guard, 

G.  A.  Dietrich,  '10. 

It         it 

R.  E.  Lamberton,  '10. 

€t                  tt 

G.  Burdick,  '11. 

C.  H.  Seagrave,  '11, 

Centre, 

E.  B.  Cozens,  '11. 

K.  E.  Pfeiffer,  '12, 

tt 

J.  J.  O'Connor,  '12, 

Right  Guard, 

C.  H.  Pike,  '11. 

C.  P.  Weekes,  '12, 

Right  Tackle, 

P.  A.  Ferrier,  '11. 

E.  S.  Crosby,  '10, 

Right  End, 

P.  B.  Kauffman,  '11. 

S.  H.  Sutton,  '11, 

«         « 

W.  Le.  R.  Marks,  '11. 

C.  C.  Owen,  '10, 

Quarter-back, 

D.  L.  Hutchinson,  '12. 

B.  B.  Wood,  '11, 

« 

S.  E.  Robb,  '11, 

Left  Half, 

F.  Sommer,  '11. 

A.  F.  Tydeman,  '10,  Capt., 

((       tt 

W.  J.  Young,  '11. 

S.  G.  Hoffman,  '10, 

Right  Half, 

P.  C.  Irwin,  '11. 

A.  Kmtzsch,  '11, 

tt         It 

A.  G.  HeUman,  '12. 

L.  D.  Simson,  '11, 

Full-back, 

F.  L.  Ramsdell,  '11. 

tt 

A.  C.Miller,  10,  Capt. 

tt 

J.  H.  Scott,  '11. 

Referee:  A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards,  '00, 
Princeton.  Field  Judge:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Linesman: 
W.  R.  Okeson,  '96,  Lehigh.  Score:  Cornell  6,  Pennsylvania  17.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  S.  E.  Robb,  goal  by  J.  J.  O'Connor;  touch- 
down by  F.  L.  Ramsdell,  goal  by  H.  P.  Braddock.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  P.  C.  Irwin,  goal  by  H.  P.  Braddock;  touchdown  by 
A.  G.  Heilman. 


200  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the 
west  goal.  O'Connor  kicks  to  Hutchinson  at  15.  Fol- 
lowing a  fake  kick  Hutchinson  punts.  Tydeman  catches 
and  runs  the  ball  to  the  42-yard  mark.  Cornell  cannot 
gain  and  Simson  kicks.  Pennsylvania  fumbles  and  the 
ball  goes  to  Cornell.  Simson  goes  through  the  line  to  the 
15-yard  line.  A  penalty  takes  the  ball  10  yards  farther. 
Robb  goes  through  the  right  wing  for  a  touchdown  and 
O'Connor  kicks  the  goal.  The  ball  now  changes  hands 
several  times  on  punts  following  ineffectual  rushes.  Som- 
mer  catches  at  midfield.  Ramsdell  hits  centre  for  15.  A 
delayed  pass  sends  Sommer  for  an  additional  yard.  Hutch- 
inson sends  an  on-side  kick  to  Cozens  at  14.  Irwin  in  two 
plunges  through  centre  advances  9  yards.  Ramsdell  goes 
over  for  the  touchdown  and  Braddock  kicks  the  goal. 
During  the  remainder  of  this  half  Pennsylvania  twice,  by 
hard  line  plunges,  works  the  ball  to  Cornell's  5-yard  line, 
but  each  time  is  held  for  downs.  Time  is  called  without 
further  scoring. 

Second  Half:  Both  teams  appear  in  fresh  uniforms,  as  the 
game  is  being  played  in  rain  and  sleet.  Hutchinson  kicks  to 
Wood.  Simson  returns  the  punt  and  Hutchinson  runs  to 
Cornell's  45-yard  line.  Irwin  makes  9,  but  Cornell  holds 
and  Hutchinson  punts  to  15,  where  Cozens  recovers  a 
fumble.  Pike  rounds  the  end  for  9.  Fretz  gains  2  more. 
Irwin  makes  a  touchdown  and  Braddock  kicks  the  goal. 
Play  surges  back  and  forth  at  Cornell's  40-yard  line. 
Finally  Simson  is  forced  to  punt  from  his  5-yard  line.  Heil- 
man  blocks  the  kick  and  the  ball  bounds  across  the  line. 
Heilman  makes  the  touchdown.  The  try  at  goal  fails. 
During  the  remainder  of  the  game  play  does  not  pass  either 
25-yard  line,  being  for  the  most  time  in  Cornell's  territory. 
The  latter,  however,  holds  for  downs  when  their  goal  is 
threatened  and  punts  the  ball  back  to  centre. 


CORNELL  VS.   PENNSYLVANIA 


201 


CORNELL 

H.  R.  Eyrick,  13, 
E.  H.  Teagle,  12, 
P.  S.  Munk,  12, 
D.  K.  Champaign, 


Cornell  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  24,  1910 

PENNSYLVANIA 

W.  Le  R.  Marks,  11. 


Left  End, 


13. 


Left  Tackle,         H.  E.  Rodgers,  12. 

Left  Guard,         C.  C.  Wolferth,  12. 

H.  B.  Patterson,  12. 

Centre,  E.  B.  Cozens,  11,  Capt 

Right  Guard,        J.  M.  Cramer,  13. 

Right  Tackle,        H.  H.  Morris,  12. 

T.  F.  Dillon,  13. 

Right  End,  L.  W.  Jourdet,  13. 

P.  B.  Kaufifman,  11. 

Quarter-back,        J.  H.  Scott,  11. 

W.  J.  H.  Hough,  11. 

E.  Thayer,  12. 

J.  J.  Keough,  12. 

Left  Half,  F.  L.  Ramsdell,  11. 

J.  P.  Harrington,  13. 
«        (( 

Right  Half,  F.  Sommer,  11. 

L.  M.  Kennedy,  13. 
Full-back,  E.  L.  Mercer,  13. 

W.  J.  Young,  13. 

Referee:  J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin.  Umpire:  A.  H.  Sharpe, 
'02,  Yale.  Field  Judge:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Linesman: 
C.  J.  McCarthy,  German  town  Acad.  Score:  Cornell  6,  Pennsylvania 
12.  First  Quarter:  Touchdown  by  E.  L.  Mercer,  goal  by  F.  L. 
Ramsdell.  Second  Quarter:  Goal  from  field  by  E.  W.  Butler;  touch- 
down by  F.  Sommer,  goal  by  F.  L.  Ramsdell;  goal  from  placement  by 
E.  W.  Butler. 

First  Quarter:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  selects 
the  east  goal.  Mercer  kicks  across  the  goal-line  and  Cor- 
nell puts  the  ball  in  play  on  its  25-yard  line.  A  quarter-back 
run  is  stopped  and  Butler  punts  to  32.  Mercer  makes  7 
yards,  Ramsdell  5.  Eyrick  stops  Mercer,  but  Sommer  nets 
5  through  the  line.  A  forward  pass,  Scott  to  Marks,  places 
the  ball  on  the  8-yard  line.     Another  forward  pass  is  tried. 


E.  H.  O'Rourke,  '12, 

J.  S.  Whyte,  '13, 
C.  Delano,  '12, 
C.  P.  Weekes,  12, 

C.  H.  Seagrave,  '11, 
L.  B.  Pitcher,  '13, 
E.  W.  Butler,  '13, 
K  W.  Gass,  '12, 


S.E.Robb,'ll,Capt., 
R.  B.  Whyte,  '13, 
B.  O'Connor,  '13, 
J.  S.  Nichols,  '12, 
E.  S.  Bates,  '13, 
E.  P.  Wilson,  '13, 


202  FOOTBALL 

but  Whyte  gets  the  ball  for  Cornell.  Butler  kicks  from 
behind  the  goal-posts  to  Scott,  who  races  forward  15  yards. 
Mercer  goes  around  the  end  for  30  yards  and  a  touchdown. 
Ramsdell  kicks  the  goal.  Butler  kicks  across  the  goal-line 
and  Pennsylvania  starts  a  scrimmage  on  the  25-yard  line. 
Mercer  skirts  the  end  for  20  yards.  Scott  punts  to  midfield. 
Butler  punts,  Whyte  gets  the  ball  and  runs  35  yards  across 
the  goal-line,  but  a  touchdown  is  not  allowed.  Kicks  are 
exchanged  and  Cornell  gets  the  ball  on  Pennsylvania's  30- 
yard  line.  Butler  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  the  ball  strikes 
the  post.  An  exchange  of  kicks  again  gives  the  ball  to 
Cornell  on  their  opponent's  40-yard  line,  where  another 
field  goal  is  attempted  but  missed.  Kicks  ensue.  Munk 
recovers  the  ball  and  runs  to  Pennsylvania's  21-yard  line. 
O'Connor  makes  4  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Quarter:  Cornell  resumes  play  19  yards  from 
Pennsylvania's  goal-line.  O'Connor  makes  3.  Pennsyl- 
vania holds  and  Butler  tries  a  place  kick  which  scores. 
Mercer  kicks  off  and  O'Connor  runs  the  ball  back  10  yards. 
Neither  team  can  gain  consecutively  and  punting  frequently 
follows  short  gains.  Pennsylvania  gets  the  ball  out  of 
bounds  at  her  25-yard  line.  Hough  goes  in  at  quarter.  He 
gets  off  for  20  yards  and  repeats  the  play  for  9  more.  Mer- 
cer adds  a  first  down.  The  ball  is  on  Cornell's  6-yard 
mark.  Pennsylvania  tries  a  fake  end  run,  terminating  in 
a  forward  pass  to  Sommer,  who  plunges  through  the  centre 
for  a  touchdown.     Goal. 

Third  Quarter:  Patterson  kicks  to  Robb.  A  long  series 
of  kicks  intermingled  with  penalties  finally  gives  Cornell 
the  ball  on  her  45-yard  line.  Nichols  circles  Pennsylvania's 
end  and  reaches  the  35-yard  line.  Butler  drops  back  to 
the  45-yard  line  and  kicks  a  difficult  goal  from  placement. 
A  brilliant  series  of  kicks  and  passes  ensues,  closing  by  Cornell 
intercepting  a  pass  on  her  35-yard  line.     Butler  shoots  an- 


CORNELL  VS.   PENNSYLVANIA  203 

other  forward  pass  for  25  yards.  Butler  gets  off  a  long 
kick,  which  strikes  the  ground  and  Eyrick  gets  it  on  Penn- 
sylvania's 15-yard  line.  Butler  tries  a  field  goal,  but  fails. 
Pennsylvania  kicks  and  recovers  the  ball.  Plunges  carry  it 
to  Corneirs  18-yard  line,  where  time  is  called. 

Fourth  Quarter:  A  line  plunge  fails  and  Cornell  gets  a 
forward  pass  on  the  15-yard  line.  Butler  kicks  and  Sea- 
grave  recovers  the  ball.  Kicks  and  penalties  terminate 
in  giving  Pennsylvania  the  ball  on  Cornell's  45-yard  line. 
Kauffman  makes  9,  Sommer  2,  Young  7,  and  a  forward  pass 
takes  the  ball  to  Cornell's  7-yard  mark.  Cornell  stands 
firm  and  Ramsdell  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  fails.  Butler 
kicks  to  midfield.  Pennsylvania  cannot  gain  and  punts. 
Nichols  makes  14  around  the  end.  Pennsylvania  stops  the 
next  plunge  for  a  10-yard  loss.  Pitcher  reaches  Pennsyl- 
vania's 45-yard  line  and  the  quarter  closes. 


CHAPTER  XII 


DARTMOUTH  VS.  PRINCETON 


DARTMOUTH 

C.  J.  Boyle,  '00, 

J.  H.  Putnam,  *01. 
F.  W.  Lowe,  '01, 
R.  Jackson,  '00, 
C.  C.  Walker,  '98, 
J.  H.  Edwards,  '99, 

F.  W.  Cavanaugh,  *99, 


Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Oct.  30,  1897 

PRINCETON 

Left  End,         W.  B.  Schwartz,  'i 


Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
t(  (( 

Right  End, 


J.  Wentworth,  *00,  Quarter-back, 

J.  B.  C.  Eckstorm,  '98, Capt.,     Left  Half, 

F.  J.  Crolius,  '99  Right  Half, 


S.  G.  Craig,  '95. 

E.  G.  Holt,  '00. 

L  R.  Dickey,  '98. 

W.  C.  Booth,  '00. 

W.  H.  Edwards,  '00. 

A.  R.  T.  Hillebrand,  '00. 

H.  Potter,  '98. 

G.  Cochran,  '98,  Capt. 

H.  R.  Lathrope,  '00. 

J.  Baird,  '99. 

H.  R.  Reiter,  '98. 

J.  L.  Crane,  '99. 

A.  W.  Kelly,  '98. 

H.  R.  Reiter,  '98. 

G.  H.  Lathrope,  '00. 

H.  Wheeler,  '00. 


D.  C.  McAndrew,  '98,  Full-back, 

W.  Stickney,  '00, 

Referee:  W.  H.  Andrus,  '97,  Princeton.  Umpire:  J.  Parker,  '89, 
Cornell.  Linesmen:  F.  E.  Jennings,  '00,  Dartmouth;  S.  P.  Hayward, 
'98,  Princeton.  Score:  Dartmouth  0,  Princeton  30.  First  Half: 
Touchdown  by  A.  W.  Kelly,  goal  by  H.  Wheeler;  touchdown  by  A.  W. 
Kelly,  goal  by  H.  Wheeler;  touchdown  by  A.  R.  T.  Hillebrand,  goal  by 
H.  Wheeler.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  R.  Reiter,  goal  by  H. 
Wheeler;  touchdown  and  goal  by  H.  Wheeler. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Dartmouth  kicks  to  Cochran.  Princeton  kicks  and 
soon  recovers  the  ball  on  downs  on  the  40-yard  line.  From 
here  Princeton  by  straight  football  rushes  the  ball  to  Dart- 
mouth's 5-yard  line,  from  which  Kelly  goes  over  for  a 

204 


DARTMOUTH  VS.  PRINCETON 


205 


touchdown.  Wheeler  kicks  the  goal.  Dartmouth  kicks 
off  and  after  an  exchange  of  kicks  Princeton  gets  the  ball 
on  a  fumble  on  Dartmouth's  30-yard  line.  Reiter,  Wheeler, 
and  Kelly  take  the  ball  across  for  a  touchdown.  Goal  by 
Wheeler.  After  the  kick-off  and  several  minutes  of  rush- 
ing, Booth  blocks  Dartmouth's  kick  on  the  latter's  30-yard 
line.  Hillebrand  gets  the  ball  and  runs  75  yards  for  a  touch- 
down.    Goal. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  kicks  off  and  Dartmouth,  unable 
to  gain,  punts  to  Princeton's  40.  Reiter  rounds  the  end 
for  30  yards.  He  skirts  the  other  end  for  30  more.  On 
the  next  play  he  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  Goal.  Dart- 
mouth kicks  off.  Holt,  Reiter,  Lathrope,  and  Wheeler 
alternating  with  the  ball,  carry  the  ball  70  yards  for  a 
touchdown.     Wheeler  kicks  the  goal.     No  further  scoring. 

1898-1902,  no  games. 


DARTMOUTH 

M.  W.  Bullock,  '04, 

W.  H.  Lillard,  '05, 

F.  H.  Brown,  '05, 

J.  T.  Oilman,  '05, 

H.  J.  Hooper,  '07. 

J.  W.  Gage,  '06, 

L.  C.  Turner,  '04, 

R.  Glaze,  '06, 

E.  A.  Herr,  '06, 

M.  E.  Witham,  '04,  Capt., 

W.  S.  Dillon,  '05, 
D.  J.  Main,  '06, 
J.  A.  Vaughan,  '05, 
H.  W.  Colburn,  '06, 
J.  W.  Knibbs,  '05, 
W.  A.  Conley,  '05, 


Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Oct.  24,  1903 

PRINCETON 

R.  T.  Davis,  '04. 


Left  End, 
((       (( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((         {( 

Quarter-back, 
<( 

Left  Half, 

((      (( 

Right  Half, 
((         <( 

Full-back, 


J.  L.  Cooney,  '07. 

H.  L.  Dillon,  '07. 

H.  H.  Short,  '05, 

J.  R.  De  Witt,  '04,  Capt. 

H.  R.  Reed,  '04. 

H.  H.  Henry,  '04. 

J.  R.  Vetterlein,  '07. 
T.  J.  Burke,  '05. 
R.  R.  Hart,  '04. 

J.  D.  Kafer,  '05. 
C.  G.  Stevens,  '04. 
S.  Rulon-Miller,  '07. 
S.  W.  McClave,  '03. 


Referee:   N.  W.  Snow,  '02,  Michigan.     Umpire:   S.  A.  Boyle,  '98, 
Pennsylvania.    Linesmen:   I.   J.  French,   '01,  Dartmouth;  W.  Pell, 


206  FOOTBALL 

'02,  Princeton.  Score:  Dartmouth  0,  Princeton  17.  First  Half: 
Touchdown  by  J.  D.  Kafer,  goal  by  J.  R.  Vetterlein.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  J.  L.  Cooney,  goal  by  J.  R.  Vetterlein;  touchdown  by 
S.  W.  McClave. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Dartmouth  kicks  to  Princeton's  20.  Princeton  fum- 
bles and  Dartmouth  gets  the  ball.  Dartmouth  tries  a  wing 
shift  and  makes  5  yards.  Princeton  holds  for  downs  and 
De  Witt  punts  60  yards.  A  long  series  of  kicks  ensues. 
Dartmouth  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage  on  their 
20-yard  line.  Dillon  breaks  through  and  gets  the  ball. 
Four  tackle-back  plays  reach  the  goal-line,  Kafer  touch- 
ing down.  Vetterlein  kicks  the  goal.  Dartmouth  kicks 
off  and  Princeton  returns.  Glaze  on  a  double  pass  goes 
around  the  end  and  runs  past  the  Princeton  team.  Rulon- 
Miller  catches  him  after  a  sprint  of  60  yards  and  brings 
him  down  on  the  20-yard  line.  Dartmouth,  by  a  wing- 
shift,  ploughs  through  for  13  yards.  Princeton  holds  for 
downs  and  De  Witt  punts  to  Dartmouth's  45.  Play  re- 
mains near  centre  for  some  time,  and  time  is  called  for  the 
half. 

Second  Half:  Dartmouth  kicks  to  De  Witt  at  Princeton's 
10-yard  line.  De  Witt  runs  80  yards.  Short  plunges  into 
the  line  by  Cooney  and  Hart  take  the  ball  to  the  5-yard  line, 
from  which  Cooney  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  Vetter- 
lein kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  kicks  off  and  Dartmouth,  by 
the  wing-shift,  rushes  the  ball  back  to  midfield.  Here  the 
ball  surges  back  and  forth  for  several  minutes  without  ad- 
vantage. Princeton  holds  for  downs  at  Dartmouth's  40. 
Kafer  circles  the  end  for  25  yards.  De  Witt  makes  5 
more.  McClave  ge^ts  around  the  end  for  a  touchdown. 
De  Witt  misses  the  goal.  Princeton  kicks  off  and  Dart- 
mouth by  short  rushes  makes  35  yards.     Time  is  called. 

1904,  no  game. 


DARTMOUTH  VS.   PRINCETON 


207 


DARTMOUTH 

G.  F.  Kennedy,  '09, 
D.  J.  Church,  '08, 
G.  N.  Bankart,  '06, 

A.  H.  Thayer,  '09, 

J.  T.  Griffin,  '06, 
J.  W.  Gage,  '06, 
J.  T.  Smith,  '06, 
R.  Glaze,  '06, 
J.  B.  Glaze,  '08, 

D.  J.  Main,  '06,  Capt., 

E.  A.  Herr,  '06, 
E.  D.  Rich,  '08, 


Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Nov.  7,  1905 

PRINCETON 

N.  B.  Tooker,  '06. 


Left  End, 
((       « 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
«        (( 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 
<< 

Left  Half, 
((      II 

Right  Half, 
<(         <( 

Full-back. 


W.  J.  Phillips,  '08. 
J.  L.Cooney,'07,Capt. 
E.  L.  Rafferty,  '06. 
H.  L.  Dillon,  '07. 
J.  C.  Waller,  '06. 
P.  E.  Waller.  '10. 

D.  G.  Herring,  '07. 
G.  H.  Fryer,  '09. 

E.  A.  Dillon,  '09. 
H.  S.  Tenney,  '07. 
R.  A.  Bard,  '06. 

J.  R.  Munn,  '06. 
W.  H.  Daub,  '07. 
L.  H.  Simons,  '06. 
J.  B.  McCormick,  '08. 


Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  J.  H. 
Minds,  '98,  Pennsylvania.  Linesmen:  W.  P.  White,  '00,  Lehigh,  S.  S. 
Feagles,  '00,  Princeton.  Score:  Dartmouth  6,  Princeton  0.  First 
Half:    Touchdown  by  G.  N.  Bankart,  goal  by  D.  J.  Main. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Dartmouth  kicks  off  to  E.  A.  Dillon  at  10,  who  runs 
back  to  25.  Bard  punts  to  midfield.  Dartmouth  opens 
up  a  steady  attack  of  line  plunges,  which  takes  the  ball  to 
Princeton's  10-yard  line.  Princeton  holds  for  downs  and 
gets  the  ball.  McCormick  punts  to  40.  Dartmouth  again 
hammers  the  ball  to  the  30-yard  line,  where  Princeton  holds 
for  downs.  Bard  goes  around  the  end  for  8.  Daub  rounds 
the  opposite  end  for  25.  Princeton  fumbles  and  Dartmouth 
gets  the  ball.  Upon  several  rushes  and  an  exchange  of 
kicks  Dartmouth  gets  the  ball  on  their  40-yard  line.  From 
here,  by  a  steady  attack  of  line  plunges  aided  by  a  total 
of  25  yards  in  penalties  Dartmouth  reaches  the  8-yard  line, 
where  Princeton  holds  for  downs.    McCormick  falls  behind 


208 


FOOTBALL 


the  line  to  punt,  but  Dartmouth  blocks  the  kick.  Bankart 
falls  on  the  ball  for  a  touchdown  and  Main  kicks  the  goal. 
Time  soon  after  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Tooker  kicks  off  to  Dartmouth's  10,  and  the 
latter,  unable  to  gain  on  the  last  down,  punts  back.  Prince- 
ton fumbles  and  Dartmouth  gets  the  ball.  Princeton 
stands  firm  and  Dartmouth  again  punts  to  Princeton's  20- 
yard  line.  Princeton  cannot  pierce  the  Green  line  and 
Bard  kicks,  the  ball  going  out  of  bounds  at  35.  Dartmouth 
hits  the  line  for  5  and  then  Main  tries  for  a  goal  from  place- 
ment, but  misses.  Princeton  kicks  out  and  Dartmouth 
returns.  Dillon  gets  away  on  a  quarter-back  run  for  30 
yards.  Line  plunges  take  the  ball  to  midfield,  where  Dart- 
mouth holds  for  downs.  Simons  skirts  the  end  for  20 
yards.  Munn  in  three  plunges  gains  17  yards,  but  Dart- 
mouth takes  the  ball  on  downs.  The  remainder  of  the 
game  becomes  a  deadlock  between  the  two  teams,  neither 
able  to  get  within  striking  distance  of  the  other's  goal,  but 
punting  after  a  few  short  gains. 


Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Nov.  3,  1906 


DARTMOUTH 

PRINCETON 

W.  Jennings,  '07, 

Left  End, 

L.  C.  Wister,  '08. 

G.  F.  Kennedy,  '09, 

ft        (( 

H.  N.  Shaw,  '07. 

C.  L.  De  Angelis,  '08, 

«        (( 

C.  K.  Pevear,  '10, 

Left  Tackle, 

W.  J.  Phillips,  '08. 

H.  H.  Hobbs,  '10, 

((         (( 

S.  Rheinstein,  '07. 

J.  A.  McDonald,  '07, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  L.  Dillon,  '07,  Capt 

J.  T.  Smith,  '06, 

«          (( 

J.  C.  Brusse,  '09, 

Centre, 

D.  G.  Herring,  '07. 

« 

M.  K.  Cameron,  '08. 

M.  K.  Smith,  '07, 

Right  Guard, 

E.  Stannard,  '08. 

C.  K.  Pevear,  '10, 

((          « 

C.  W.  Tobin,  '10, 

«          (( 

J.  Martin,  '07. 

B.  Lang,  '10, 

Right  Tackle, 

J.  L.  Cooney,  '07. 

R.  P.  Pritchard,  '07, 

Right  End, 

A.  N.  Hoagland,  '06. 

M.  Stearns,  '08, 

((         (( 

K.  B.  Warden,  '08. 

DARTMOUTH  VS.   PRINCETON  209 

DARTMOUTH  PRINCETON 

R.  Glaze,  '06,  Capt.,  Quarter-back,  E.  A.  Dillon,  '09. 

H.  L.  Dowd,  '09. 
E.  G.  Stuart,  '10,  Left  Half,  S.  Rulon-Miller,  '07. 

H.  H.  Driver,  '10,  "       "  N.  R.  Cass,  '09. 

H.  R.  Heneage,  '07,  Right  Half,  E.  H.  W.  Harlan,  '08. 

F.  M.  Tibbott,  '09. 
I.  A.  Greenwood,  '07,  Full-back,  J.  B.  McCoimick,  '08. 

H.  C.  Storrs,  '07,  "  A.  A.  Little,  '09. 

Referee:  J.  H.  Minds,  *98,  Pennsylvania.  Umpire:  Evarts  Wrenn, 
'92,  Harvard.  Head  Linesman:  O.  F.  Lamson,  '07,  Pennsylvania. 
Assistant  Linesmen:  F.  E.  Jennnigs,  '00,  Dartmouth;  A.  De  C.  O'Brien, 
'07,  Princeton.  Score:  Dartmouth  0,  Princeton  42.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  L.  C.  Wister,  goal  by  J.  B.  McCormick;  touchdown  by  D.  G. 
Herring,  goal  by  J.  B.  McCormick.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
L.  C.  Wister;  touchdown  and  goal  by  J.  B.  McCormick;  touchdown 
by  S.  Rulon-Miller,  goal  by  J.  B.  McCormick;  touchdown  by  F.  M. 
Tibbott,  goal  by  J.  B.  McCormick. 

First  Half:  After  several  minutes  of  play  with  even 
advantage,  Dillon  catches  a  punt  and  runs  55  yards  for  a 
touchdown.  McCormick  kicks  the  goaL  A  few  moments 
later  Wister  takes  a  forward  pass  and  runs  42  yards  for  a 
touchdown.  Goal  by  McCormick.  Dartmouth  kicks  off. 
Princeton  works  the  ball  gradually  into  Dartmouth's  goal, 
but  being  held  for  two  downs  without  gain,  Harlan  drops  a 
short  kick  over  the  line,  which  is  fumbled.  Herring  gets 
it  and  makes  a  touchdown.     Goal. 

Second  Half:  For  several  minutes  play  remains  at  centre, 
the  ball  changing  hands  on  punts  and  downs.  Harlan 
sends  a  long  punt  to  Dartmouth  on  the  10-yard  line  which  the 
latter  fumbles.  Wister  gets  it  and  runs  across  the  line  for 
a  touchdown.  McCormick  kicks  the  goal.  Dartmouth 
kicks  off  to  Princeton's  5-yard  line.  Princeton  opens  up 
a  series  of  straight  line  plays,  which  takes  the  ball  by  short 
gains  steadily  down  the  field  to  the  5-yard  line,  from  which 
McCormick  is  sent  through  centre  for  a  touchdown.  Goal. 
Dartmouth  kicks  off  and  Princeton  repeats  the  long  gain, 


210 


FOOTBALL 


this  time  sending  Rulon-Miller  across  for  the  touch- 
down. Goal.  Dartmouth  kicks  off  and  a  series  of  punts 
are  exchanged.  Tibbott  catches  on  his  15-yard  Hne 
and  brilliantly  runs  through  the  entire  Dartmouth  team 
for  a  touchdown.  McCormick  kicks  the  seventh  and  last 
goal. 

1907,  no  game. 

Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 
New  York,  Nov.  7,  1908 


DARTMOUTH 

PRINCETON 

G.  F.  Kennedy,  '09,  Capt., 

Left  End, 

H.  L.  Dowd,  '09. 

E.  J.  Daly,  '12, 

(<        <i 

R.  W.  Sherwin,  '11, 

Left  Tackle, 

R.  C.  Siegling,  '10. 

((        <( 

F.  C.  Bamman,  '10. 

C.  W.  Tobin,  '10, 

Left  Guard, 

P.  E.  Waller,  '10. 

J.  C.  Brusse,  '09, 

Centre, 

D.  M.  MacFadyen,  '10. 

H.  R.  Bankart,  '09, 

Right  Guard, 

H.  G.  Buckingham,  '10. 

E.  D.  Rich,  '09, 

Right  Tackle, 

A.  E.  Booth,  '09. 

G.  H.  Schildmiller,  '09, 

Right  End, 

T.  H.  Welch,  '10. 

L.  H.  Bankart,  '10, 

<(        (( 

N.  R.  Cass,  '09. 

It        tt 

H.  E.  Gill,  '10. 
R.  R.  Meigs,  '10. 

S.  Pishon,  '10, 

Quarter-back, 

E.  A.  Dillon,  '09,  Capt. 

F.  S.  Bergin,  '10. 

J.  B.  Hawley,  '09, 

Left  Half, 

F.  M.  Tibbott,  '09. 

W.  D.  Stewart,  '10, 

t(                H 

W.  D.  Sparks,  '11. 

ft               tt 

H.  W.  Bishop,  '09. 

J.  E.  Ingersoll,  '11, 

Right  Half, 

F.  B.  Read,  '10. 

J.  J.  Ryan,  '11, 

it 

T.  N.  Pfeiffer,  '08. 

ti 

L.  Cunningham,  '11. 

J.  Marks,  '11, 

Full-back, 

J.  M.  McCrohan,  '11. 

G.  W.  Hoban,  '12, 

" 

I.  A.  Greenwood,  '07, 

(( 

Referee:  C.  A.  Taussig,  '02,  Cornell.  Umpire:  N.  P.  Stauffer.  '96, 
Pennsylvania.  Field  Judge:  Carl  Williams,  '97,  Pennsylvania.  Lines- 
man: W.  R.  Okeson,  '96,  Lehigh.  Score:  Dartmouth  10,  Princeton 
6.  First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  R.  W.  Sherwin.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  L.  Cunningham,  goal  by  P.  E.  Waller;  touchdown  by 
G.  H.  Schildmiller,  goal  by  L.  H.  Bankart. 


DARTMOUTH  VS.  PRINCETON  211 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Dartmouth  punts  to  Princeton's  10.  Princeton  can- 
not make  first  down  and  Buckingham  punts.  The  ball 
goes  out  of  bounds  at  10.  A  penalty  sets  Dartmouth  back 
to  the  25-yard  line.  Princeton  holds  firm  and  gets  the  ball 
on  downs.  Buckingham  punts  to  midfield.  Play  alter- 
nates back  and  forth  for  a  long  time  between  centre  and 
Princeton's  25-yard  line  without  advantage  or  material  gain 
to  either  team.  At  last  Princeton  by  runs  and  punts  sends 
the  ball  down  to  Dartmouth's  25-yard  line.  On  the  return 
Princeton  fumbles  and  the  ball  goes  to  Dartmouth  at  mid- 
field.  Hawley  circles  the  end  for  30  yards.  Princeton 
holds  for  downs  on  the  25-yard  line  and  gets  the  ball. 
Buckingham  punts  to  centre.  Dartmouth  again  works 
the  ball  to  the  25-yard  line  and  Princeton  again  stops  the 
advance,  but  on  the  third  down  Sherwin  drops  a  field  goal. 
Dartmouth  kicks  off  and  Princeton  by  hard  line  work  and 
brilliant  end  runs  takes  the  ball  to  Dartmouth's  5-yard  line, 
where  the  ball  is  lost  on  downs.  Time  soon  after  is  called 
for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Waller  kicks  off  to  Hoban,  who  runs  back 
15  yards.  A  loss  of  5  yards  forces  Sherwin  to  punt.  A 
penalty  of  15  yards  for  Dartmouth  and  an  exchange  of 
punts  gives  the  ball  to  Princeton  on  Dartmouth's  30-yard 
line.  Gains  by  Tibbott  and  McCrohan  and  two  penalties 
place  the  ball  1  yard  from  the  line.  Cunningham  is  sent 
over  for  a  touchdown  and  Waller  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton 
kicks  off.  For  a  long  time  the  teams  are  deadlocked,  the 
play  becoming  a  rush  and  a  punt  without  advantage  to 
either.  Toward  the  close  of  the  second  half  a  misjudged 
punt  and  a  penalty  forces  Princeton  to  punt  out  from  behind 
the  goal-line.  The  kick  is  partially  blocked  and  Dart- 
mouth recovers  the  ball  on  the  17-yard  mark.  A  forward 
pass  to  Schildmiller  makes  the  touchdown.     The  goal  fails. 


212 


FOOTBALL 


In  the  remaining  time  Princeton  forces  the  ball  to  Dart- 
mouth's 3-yard  mark,  but  fails  on  the  last  plunge  to  cross 
the  line. 


DARTMOUTH 

E.  J.  Daley,  '12, 
R.  W.  Shenvin,  '11, 
W.  B.  Elcock,  '12, 
C.W.Tobiii,'10,Capt. 

E.  Needham,  '11, 
R.  E.  Farnum,  '12, 

B.  Lang,  '10, 

L.  H.  Bankart,  '10, 

C.  P.  Dodge,  '12, 

F.  A.  Brady,  '10, 
S.  Pishon,  10, 

S.  J.  Boylan,  '12, 
J.  E.  Ingersoll,  '11, 
H.  W.  Smith,  '12, 
W.  W.  Dudley,  '10, 
J.  J.  Ryan,  '11, 


J.  Marks,  '11, 


Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Nov.  6,  1909 

PRINCETON 

C.  Ballin,  '10. 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 
(( 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 


R.  C.  Siegling,  '10,  Capt. 

P.  E.  Waller,  '10. 
F.  C.  Bamman,  '10. 
C.  McCormick,  '12. 
A.  MacGregor,  '11. 
T.  H.  Welch,  '10. 


Quarter-back,  F.  C.  Bergin,  '10. 


Left  Half. 


Right  Half, 


Full-back, 


E.  J.  Hart,  '12. 


F.  B.  Read,  '10. 
W.  R.  Sparks,  '11. 
R.  E.  Bard,  '11. 
L.  Cunningham,  '11. 
F.  T.  Dawson,  10. 


Umpire:  H.  M.  Nelly, 
Pennsylvania.     Lines- 


Referee:  J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin. 
'02,  Army.  Field  Judge:  J.  H.  Minds,  '91 
man:  G.  H.  Young,  '00,  Cornell.  Score:  Dartmouth  6,  Princeton  6. 
First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  L.  Cunningham;  goal  from  field  by 
L.  Cunningham.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  Marks,  goal  by 
C.  W.  Tobin. 

First  Half:  Dartmouth  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the 
north  goal.  Waller  kicks  off  and  Dartmouth  returns.  A 
long  exchange  of  kicks  follows.  Hart  recovers  a  fumble 
on  Dartmouth's  35-yard  line.  A  forward  pass  to  Ballin  nets 
10  yards,  but  Hart  and  Read  on  end  runs  are  thrown  for 
losses.  Cunningham  drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Dart- 
mouth kicks  off,  and  after  10  minutes  of  ineffective  rushing 


DARTMOUTH   VS.   PRINCETON 


213 


by  both  teams,  Dartmouth  in  an  exchange  of  punts  is 
forced  down  into  goal.  Read  catches  a  punt  on  Dart- 
mouth's 40-yard  line.  Two  downs  fail  to  gain,  and  Cun- 
ningham, falling  back,  drops  another  field  goal.  This 
terminates  the  scoring  for  the  first  half. 

Second  Half:  Dartmouth  kicks  off.  An  exchange  of 
kicks  forces  Princeton  into  goal,  and  in  attempting  to  punt 
back  Lang  blocks  the  kick  and  recovers  the  ball  on  the 
3-yard  mark.  Ryan,  in  a  powerful  plunge,  crosses  the  line 
for  the  touchdown  and  Tobin,  at  a  most  difficult  angle,  kicks 
the  goal.  During  the  remainder  of  the  half  the  ball  con- 
stantly shifts  back  and  forth  on  downs  and  punts,  but  play  is 
confined  between  the  25-yard  lines,  neither  team  being  able 
to  force  the  other  back  within  striking  distance  of  the  goal-line. 


Dartmouth  vs.  Princeton 
New  York,  Oct,  29,  1910 


DARTMOUTH 

E.  J.  Daley,  '12, 
G.  C.  Lewis,  '12, 
R.  W.  Sherwin,  '11, 
N.  M.  Whitmore,  '12, 

E.  Needham,  '11, 
R.  L.  Bennett,  '13, 
W.  B.  Elcock,  '12, 
R.  E.  Farnum,  '12, 
L.  E.  Love  joy,  '11, 
J.  T.  Cottrell,  '12, 

J.  E.  Ingersoll,  '11, 
D.  B.  Morey,  '13, 
G.  W.  Hoban,  '13, 
J.  J.  Ryan,  '11,  Capt., 

H.  A.  Barends,  '13, 


Left  End, 
(t       « 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
«        (( 

Centre, 
<< 

Right  Guard, 
<(  (( 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((         (( 

Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

((         it 

Full-back. 


PRINCETON 

S.  B.  White,  '12. 
J.  Bredemus,  '12. 
E.  J.  Hart,  '12,  Capt. 
T.  S.  Wilson,  '13. 
C.  McCormick,  '12. 
A.  Bluethenthal,  '13. 

W.  McLean,  '12. 
C.  McCormick,  '12. 
A.  MacGregor,  '11. 
C.  C.  Dunlap,  '13. 
G.  K.  Wight,  '13. 
V.  Ballou,  '13. 
T.  T.  Pendleton,  '13. 

W.  R.  Sparks,  '11. 
H.  M.  Sawyer,  '12. 
C.  E.  Brown,  '13. 


Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  A.  E.  Whiting, 
'98,  Cornell.  Field  Judge:  W.  N.  Morice,  '99,  Pennsylvania.  Lines- 
man: C.  R.  Rinehart,  '98,  Lafayette.  Score:  Dartmouth  0,  Prince- 
ton 6.    Third  Quarter:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  T.  T.  Pendleton. 


214  FOOTBALL 

First  Quarter:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the 
south  goal.  Ballou  kicks  off  to  Ryan,  who  runs  back  15 
yards.  Ingersoll  punts  to  Pendleton  at  centre,  the  latter 
being  tackled  by  Morey.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and  a 
penalty  transfers  the  ball  to  Dartmouth.  Princeton  holds 
and  Ingersoll  punts,  Princeton  getting  the  ball  on  the  45- 
yard  line.  Sparks  makes  10  yards  and  a  penalty  adds  15. 
A  forward  pass,  Sparks  to  Pendleton,  advances  the  ball 
10  yards.  Princeton  tries  another  forward  pass,  which 
Dartmouth  intercepts.  The  latter  cannot  gain  and  punts, 
Princeton  catching  the  ball  on  their  opponent's  35-yard 
line.  A  penalty  and  two  line  plunges  take  the  ball  to  the 
5  yard-line.  Ballou  tries  a  forward  pass,  which  Daley  in- 
tercepts and,  breaking  through  into  a  clear  field,  dashes  for 
Princeton's  goal-line.  Pendleton  catches  him  from  behind 
and  stops  him  at  midfield.     The  quarter  ends. 

Second  Quarter:  Several  minutes  elapse  in  a  brilliant  punt- 
ing exchange.  At  last  Ingersoll,  catching  a  punt  from 
Pendleton,  runs  through  the  Princeton  team  and  reaches 
the  10-yard  line,  where  he  is  tackled  by  Ballou.  Princeton 
stands  firm  and  Barends  essays  a  place  kick,  which  goes  wide. 

Third  Quarter:  A  long  exchange  of  punts  terminates  in 
an  attempt  by  Barends  to  kick  a  goal  from  placement  on 
the  45-yard  line,  which  fails.  The  ball  again  is  forced  into 
Princeton's  territory  and  Barends  misses  another  goal  from 
placement,  the  ball  being  blocked  by  MacGregor.  On  the 
line-up  Needham  blocks  Ballou's  punt,  but  the  latter  saves 
the  ball.  Ballou  punts  to  Dartmouth's  45.  Dartmouth 
cannot  gain  through  the  line  and  Ingersoll  lifts  a  long  punt 
to  Pendleton  on  the  latter's  10-yard  line.  Side-stepping 
Cottrell  and  Daley,  Pendleton  dashes  sharply  to  the  left  and, 
dodging  and  twisting,  sifts  through  the  Dartmouth  for- 
wards. Running  parallel  and  close  to  the  left  side  line,  he 
races  at  great  speed  until  at  midfield  he  meets  the  opposing 
backs,  whom  he  evades  by  sprinting  sharply  to  the  right  for 


DARTMOUTH  VS.   PRINCETON  215 

a  touchdown,  from  which  a  goal  is  kicked.  Dartmouth 
kicks  off,  and  recovering  the  ball  Barends  again  tries  for  a 
goal  from  placement  on  the  40-yard  line,  but  misses.  Soon 
a  fumbled  punt  gives  Dartmouth  the  ball  on  Princeton's  10- 
yard  line.  A  plunge  at  tackle  gains  1  yard  and  on  a  wide 
quarter-back  run  Ingersoll  is  tackled  by  Sawyer  for  no  gain. 
The  quarter  ends. 

Fourth  Quarter.  Dartmouth  puts  the  ball  in  play  on 
Princeton's  9-yard  line.  Barends  and  Ingersoll  fall  back 
into  place-kick  formation.  Instead  Ingersoll  shoots  a  for- 
ward pass  over  the  line,  but  the  ball  is  fumbled.  Hart  falling 
on  it  for  a  touchback.  The  game  becomes  a  punting  duel, 
Pendleton  and  Ryan  each  getting  off  for  a  30-yard  run, 
but  neither  goal  again  is  threatened.    Thus  the  game  ends. 


CHAPTER  XIII 
HARVARD   VS.   PRINCETON 


Harvard  vs.  Princeton 


Cambridge,  April  28,  1877 


E.  H.  Nicoll,  '80. 
W.  D.  Van  Dyke,  78. 
J.  Potter,  77. 
B.  Ballard,  '80. 
A.  T.  Enos,  78. 
T.  M.  McNair,  79. 

A.  Wylly,  79. 

B.  Nicoll,  77. 

D.  Stewart,  78. 
L.  P.  Smock,  79. 

E.  S.  McCalmont,  77. 
A.  J.  McCosh,  77. 
W.  E.Dodge,  79,  Capt. 
H.  B.  Thompson,  77. 
H.  M.  Cutts,  '80. 


HARVARD  PRINCETON 

L.  Gushing,  '79,  Capt.,  Forward, 

J.  B.  Keyes,  '77, 
B.  S.  Blanchard,  '79, 
F.  G.  Perry,  '79, 
J.  B.  Holmes,  '79, 

F.  A.  Houston,  '79, 
H.  W.  Cushing,  '77, 
E.  H.  Herrick,  '77,  Half-back, 
W.  R.  Austin,  '77, 
N.  Curtis,  '76, 
Robert  Winsor,  '77, 
W.  S.  Seamans,  '80, 

G.  R.  Sheldon,  '79,  Back, 
E.  F.  Thomas,  '77, 
G.  B.  Faucon,  '75,  " 

Referee:  Mr.  Harrington,  Tufts.  Judges:  W.  E.  Russel,  '79,  Har- 
vard; E.  O.  Roessle,  '79,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  2  touchdowns, 
1  goal,  Princeton  1  touchdown.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  Cush- 
ing. Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  Cushing,  goal  by  W.  S.  Seamans; 
touchdown  by  T.  M.  McNair. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  7,  convention 
Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Princeton  startles  Harvard  by  appearing  in 
tight-fitting  canvas  jackets  to  make  tackling  more  diflBcult. 
Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal,  backed  with  a 
slight  breeze.  Harvard  kicks  off.  The  ball  oscillates  back 
and  forth  for  some  time  until  Cushing  makes  a  long  run. 
In  the  next  scrimmage  he  again  gets  the  ball  and  runs 

216 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON  217 

across  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Seamans  misses  the  goal. 
Princeton  improves  in  play  and  withstands  Harvard's 
sharp  attack.  Harvard  at  last  forces  the  ball  well  into 
Princeton's  quarters.  Ballard  gets  it  out  by  a  long  run  and 
McCosh  follows  the  play  with  a  long  punt,  transferring  the 
play  into  Harvard's  goal,  where  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  kicks  off  and  Harvard  rushes  the 
ball  back  to  midfield,  where  it  remains  for  several  minutes. 
Gushing,  '79,  finally  gets  away  and,  dodging  sharply,  crosses 
the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Seamans  kicks  the  goal.  Sides 
are  changed  and  Princeton  fights  fiercely.  McNair  finally 
breaks  through  and  makes  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is 
missed.  In  the  next  period  Harvard  presses  Princeton  back 
into  their  goal,  but  cannot  get  the  ball  across  the  line. 
Thus  the  game  closes. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Hoboken,  Nov.  23,  1877 

harvard  PRINCETON 

L.  Gushing,  79,  Capt.,  Forward,  T.  B.  Bradford,  '81. 

F.  W.  Thayer,  78,  "  B.  Ballard,  '80. 

L.  N.  Littauer,  78,  "  H.  Stevenson,  78. 

F.  G.  Perry,  79,  "  C.  C.  Clarke,  78. 

J.  Holmes,  79,  "  F.  Loney,  '81. 

J.  Swift.  '79,  "  H.  K.  Devereux,  '80. 

H.  W.  Gushing,  '77,  "  B.  Lee,  '80. 

A.  T.  Enos,  '78. 

A.  Wylly,  '79. 

W.  R.  Austin,  '79,  Half-back,  D.  O.  Irving,  '78. 

B.  S.  Blanchard,  '79,  "  W.  E.  Dodge,  '79,  Gapt. 

'G.  Harrington,  '78,  "  T.  M.  McNau-,  '79. 
F.  A.  Houston,  '79, 
F.  W.  Holden,  '80. 

W.  B.  Lombard,  '78,  Back,  W.  D.  Van  Dyke,  '78. 

Robert  Bacon,  '80,  "  H.  M.  Gutts,  '80. 

J.  A.  Wetherbee,  '78,  "  H.  L.  Minor,  '79. 

Referee:  W.  S.  Seamans,  '80,  Harvard.  Judges:  P.  T.  Barlow,  '79, 
Harvard;    E.  O.  Roessle,  '79,  Princeton.     Score:    Harvard  2  touch- 


218  FOOTBALL 

downs,  Princeton  1  touchdown,  1  goal.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
J.  Holmes.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  B.  Ballard,  goal  by  H.  M. 
Cutts;  touchdown  by  L.  Gushing. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring,  see  Rule  7,  convention 
Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix. 

The  game  is  played  at  St.  George's  Cricket  Grounds. 
The  day  is  faultless,  with  little  wind,  but  the  ground  is  very 
heavy  from  the  recent  rains.  Owing  to  the  disability  of  a 
player  on  each  side  the  game  is  played  with  fourteen  men 
upon  each  team. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Blanchard  kicks  off  for  Harvard.  Princeton  begins  a 
steady  advance.  Dodge,  McNair,  Wylly,  and  Enos  making 
good  gains,  with  Cutts  backing  up  with  long  kicks.  Har- 
vard is  forced  to  touchdown  for  safety.  The  ball  is  im- 
mediately kicked  and  rushed  to  the  centre  of  the  field.  On 
the  next  play  Cushing,  of  Harvard,  recovers  the  ball  from  a 
kick  and  when  tackled  passes  to  Holmes,  who  makes  a 
brilliant  run,  ending  in  a  touchdown.  The  try  at  goal 
falls  short.  Princeton  at  once  works  the  ball  into  Harvard's 
goal,  but  is  stopped  by  the  call  of  time  and  the  end  of  the 
half. 

Second  Half:  The  intermission  of  fifteen  minutes  having 
expired,  time  is  called  for  the  beginning  of  the  second  half 
of  forty-five  minutes.  McNair  kicks  off  or  Princeton. 
Harrington  catches  and  starts  on  a  spectacular  run,  shak- 
ing off  one  forward  after  another  until  stopped  by  Dodge 
and  Van  Dyke.  A  rough  mix-up  ensues,  in  which  many 
players  participate  for  several  minutes.  Order  at  last  is 
restored.  Dodge  coming  out  of  the  tangle  with  his  shirt 
split  to  ribbons.  The  ball  and  play  have  been  forgotten, 
but  suddenly  Ballard,  realizing  that  the  ball  throughout  the 
affair  has  not  been  dead,  picks  it  up  and  starts  for  Harvard's 
goal  with  the  Harvard  men  in  keen  pursuit.     Ballard  is 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON 


219 


overtaken,  but  shakes  himself  loose  from  his  tacklers  and  in 
a  final  superb  dash  crosses  the  line  and  touches  down  the 
ball.  Dodge  places  the  ball  for  Cutts  to  kick.  A  bard  at 
Princeton  has  best  described  the  ensuing  play: 

"Then  for  a  little  moment  all  people  held  their  breath, 
And  'mid  the  anxious  multitude  was  a  stillness  as  of  death; 
And  in  another  moment  broke  forth  from  one  and  all, 
The  well-known  rocket  cheer  from  the  men  of  Nassau  Hall." 

The  goal  has  been  squarely  kicked  and  Princeton  has 
scored. 

Amid  great  excitement  play  is  resumed.  Each  side 
strives  with  the  final  ounce  of  power  and  grit,  making  run 
after  run  and  kick  after  kick,  but  in  vain.  At  last  Gushing, 
by  a  great  dodging  effort,  swings  loose  from  the  Princeton 
pack  and  heads  for  the  goal.  Ballard  brings  him  down  on 
the  line,  but  Gushing  squirms  across  for  a  touchdown.  The 
punt-out  fails.  A  few  moments  later  Princeton  is  brought  to 
its  feet  by  Dodge  kicking  the  ball  across  the  bar,  but  the 
kick  was  a  punt  and  the  goal  does  not  count.  Shortly  after 
the  game  closes  and  the  throng  of  collegians  disperses,  realiz- 
ing that  they  have  seen  the  greatest  game  played  in  America 
up  to  this  time. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 


HARVARD 

H.  W.  Gushing,  77, 
J.  Swift,  79, 
T.  C.  Thacher,  '82, 
J.  E.  Cowdin,  79, 
J.  Holmes,  '79, 
F.  G.  Perry,  '79, 

E.  W.  Morse,  '78, 

B.  S.  Blanchard,  '79, 

F.  C.  Warren,  79, 

L.  Gushing,  79,  Capt., 


Boston,  Nov.  16,  1878 


Forward, 


Half-back, 


PRINCETON 

F.  T.  Bryan,  '80. 
F.  Loney,  '81. 
H.  McAlpin,  '81. 
H.  K.  Devereux,  '80. 
B.  Ballard,  '80,  Gapt. 
H.  H.  Brotherlin,  '80. 
H.  McDermott,  '81. 
T.  B.  Bradford,  '81. 
J.  B.  Waller,  '79. 
T.  M.  McNair,  '79. 
H.  L.  Minor,  '79. 


220  FOOTBALL 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

Robert  Winsor,  *80,  Half-back,  I.  P.  Withington,  '80. 
F.  A.  Houston,  79, 

J.  A.  Wetherbee,  78,  Back,  F.  Larkin,  79. 

Robert  Bacon,  '80,  "  H.  M.  Cutts,  '80. 

H.  D.  Sedgwick,  '82,  "  W.  Miller,  '80. 

Referee:  A.  Wylly,  '79,  Princeton.  Judges:  R.  W.  Thayer,  '78, 
Harvard;  W.  E.  Dodge,  '79,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Princeton  1 
touchdown.    First  Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  Loney. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring,  see  Rule  7,  convention 

Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Warren  kicks  off  for  Harvard.  Minor  makes  a  long  run, 
being  stopped  by  Warren.  In  the  next  scrimmage  Minor 
again  gets  away  for  another  good  run.  Harvard  gets  the 
ball  on  a  short  kick.  Houston  attempts  a  long  pass,  but 
McNair  gets  the  ball  and  makes  a  brilliant  run.  Kicks 
are  exchanged,  Holmes  getting  the  ball  and  starting  on  a 
long  run.  On  a  kick  McNair  gets  the  ball  and  runs  it  back 
again  into  Harvard^s  territory.  After  some  sharp  passing 
Blanchard  gets  away  for  a  30-yard  run,  but  is  stopped  by 
Ballard.  Harvard  kicks  and  Bryan  secures  a  fair  catch. 
McNair  kicks  far  down  the  field.  Harvard  works  the  ball 
back.  Waller  gets  the  ball  in  a  scrimmage,  makes  a  beauti- 
tiful  long  pass  to  Minor,  who  is  thrown  after  a  small  gain. 
The  ball  is  now  passed  back  to  Cutts,  who  kicks  out  of 
bounds.  Gushing  runs  the  ball  up  the  field.  Harvard 
kicks,  Devereux  gets  the  ball  and  starts  at  sharp  speed  a 
dodging  run.  He  clears  the  entire  Harvard  team  except 
Bacon.  As  the  latter  reaches  to  tackle,  Devereux  passes  the 
ball  to  Loney,  who  races  with  it  across  the  line  for  a  touch- 
down. The  try  at  goal  fails.  Wetherbee  runs  the  ball  out. 
Harvard  kicks,  Princeton  returns,  Blanchard  lifts  a  long, 
high  kick  for  Harvard  and  time  is  called  for  the  half  with 
the  ball  in  midfield. 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON 


221 


Second  Half:  Minor  kicks  off  for  Princeton.  Morse 
runs  the  ball  back.  A  great  kicking  duel  follows,  Princeton 
finally  being  forced  to  touchdown  for  safety.  Cutts  sends 
a  kick  well  into  Harvard's  territory.  Bacon  makes  a  great 
run  on  the  recovery,  being  sharply  tackled  by  McNair. 
Wetherbee  duplicates  Bacon's  feat  and  Withington  brings 
him  down.  Princeton  now  gets  the  ball  and  makes  big 
gains.  McNair  carries  the  ball  within  10  feet  of  the  Har- 
vard line,  but  is  stopped  by  Sedgwick.  McNair  tries  for  a 
field  goal,  but  misses  by  an  inch.  Harvard  touches  down 
for  safety.  Harvard  kicks  out,  but  McNair,  by  a  drop, 
kicks  the  ball  back  again,  missing  the  goal.  Harvard  again 
touches  down  for  safety.  Princeton  repeats  the  play  on  the 
kick-out,  but  cannot  make  the  goal.  Wetherbee  by  a  prodig- 
ious kick-out  gets  Harvard  out  of  difficulties.  Princeton  re- 
turns the  kick.  Harvard  sends  it  back.  Cutts  and  McNair 
outkick  Harvard  and  the  latter  tries  a  scrimmage.  Prince- 
ton gets  the  ball,  Withington  passes  to  McNair,  but  Holmes 
intercepts  the  pass  and  runs  to  Princeton's  goal-line,  where 
he  is  downed  by  Larkin.  On  the  next  play  Princeton  stops 
Harvard  and  gets  the  ball.  Princeton  is  driving  the  ball 
rapidly  down  the  field  when  time  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Hoboken,  Nov.  15,  1879 


HARVARD 


E.  W.  Morse,  78,  Forward, 
W.  H.  Manning,  '82, 

L.  Gushing,  79, 
J.  S.  Tebbets,  '80, 

F.  C.  Warren,  '79, 
H.  W.  Gushing,  '77, 
J.  T.  Howe,  '80, 
T.  C.  Thacher,  '82, 
T.  W.  Nickerson,  '80, 

Robert  Winsor,  '80,  Half-back, 

Robert  Bacon,  '80,  Capt., 


PRINCETON 

F.  T.  Bryan,  '80. 

E.  G.  Peace,  '83. 

F.  Loney,  '81. 

B.  Ballard,  '80,  Gapt. 
H.  K.  Devereux,  '80. 
H.  H.  Brotherlin,  '80. 
H.  McDermott,  '81. 
T.  B.  Bradford,  '81. 

I.  P.  Withington,  80. 
B.  Lee.  '80. 


222  FOOTBALL 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

F.  E.  Cabot,  '80,  Half-back,  T.  M.  McNair,  79. 

F.  A.  Houston,  79,  "  T.  H.  P.  Farr,  '81. 

M.  R.  Ely,  '82. 

G.  H.  Leatherbee,  '82,  Back,  W.  S.  Horton,  '80. 
A.  B.  Shattuck,  '81,                        "                     H.  M.  Cutts,  '80. 

A.  B.  Duncan,  '80. 

Referee:  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.  Judges:  W.  S.  Seamans,  '80, 
Harvard;  A.  McLaren,  '80,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Princeton 
1  goal.    First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  T.  M.  McNair. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  goal. 
Warren  kicks  off  for  Harvard.  Princeton  returns  the  kick. 
An  exchange  of  kicks  follows,  Cutts  and  Wetherbee  punting. 
Cutts  makes  a  fair  catch  of  one  of  Harvard's  punts  and 
tries  a  place  kick,  the  ball  missing  the  post  by  inches.  Har- 
vard touches  the  ball  down  for  safety  and  punts  out.  Prince- 
ton makes  a  fair  catch  and  Cutts  again  tries  a  place  kick, 
which  again  misses  and  forces  Harvard  to  touchdown  for 
safety.  Brotherlin  catches  the  kick-out,  but  passes  to 
McNair,  who  tries  a  drop  kick.  Once  more  Harvard 
makes  a  safety.  The  kick-out  is  returned  by  Cutts  across 
the  goal-line,  and  for  the  fifth  time  Harvard  makes  a  safety. 
Harvard  punts  out,  Princeton  returns  and  Harvard  tries 
a  scrimmage.  Bacon  and  Cabot  make  good  gains,  but 
Princeton  gets  the  ball  and,  with  a  strong  wind,  immediately 
kicks.  Again  Harvard  forces  the  ball  down  and  again 
Princeton  kicks.  Up  to  this  point  Princeton  has  not  tried  to 
rush  the  ball.  After  a  scrimmage  without  gain  Wetherbee 
punts  to  Cutts.  Princeton  now  lines  up  for  scrimmage. 
Withington  gets  the  ball  and  passes  it  to  McNair,  who, 
while  running,  drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Walter  Camp 
objects  to  Princeton's  style  of  "  guarding"  *  the  runner.     He 

*  Placing  a  player  at  each  side  of  the  runner,  but  not  in  advance, 
thereby  making  tackling  from  the  side  difficult.  This  was  the  play 
out  of  which  eventually  developed  "interference." 


HARVARD  VS.   PRINCETON  223 

notifies  Ballard  that  if  it  is  persisted  in  he  will  rule  on  it  as 
a  foul.  Gushing  makes  a  long  zigzag  run,  butting  over 
two  Princeton  men  with  his  head,  but  Lee  brings  him  down. 
The  half  closes  with  the  ball  in  midfield. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  kicks  off  in  the  face  of  a  strong 
wind.  Harvard  returns  the  kick.  Princeton  resorts  to  a 
scrimmage,  but  loses  the  ball  at  the  outset.  Wetherbee 
attempts  to  kick,  but  Bradford  blocks.  Princeton  recovers 
the  ball.  Withington  gets  the  ball  out  of  a  scrimmage, 
makes  a  sharp  dash  to  the  right,  and  as  he  is  about  to  be 
tackled,  passes  the  ball  to  Cutts,  who  is  tackled  by  Howe. 
McNair  adds  20  yards.  Ballard  and  Withington  reel  off 
25  more.  The  ball  is  now  within  10  yards  of  Harvard's 
goal-line.  Harvard  obtains  the  ball  out  of  scrimmage  and 
Bacon  lifts  a  tremendous  kick  far  into  Princeton's  territory. 
Princeton  works  the  ball  back  to  midfield,  where  Bacon 
again  gets  it  and  sends  it  down  into  Princeton's  goal.  Re- 
peated runs  by  Lee,  Farr,  and  Ely  work  the  ball  back  to  cen- 
tre field.  McNair  carries  it  20  yards  into  Harvard's  terri- 
tory and  tries  a  goal  from  the  field.  The  ball  falls  short 
and  Bacon  kicks.  McNair  tries  another  drop  kick  from 
midfield,  but  the  ball  again  falls  short.  Thereupon  the 
game  closes. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
New  York,  Nov.  13,  1880 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

H.  M.  Atkinson,  '84,  Forward,  T.  B.  Bradford,  '81. 

F.  H.  Clark,  '82,  "  H.  K.  Devereux,  '80. 

A.  Boyd,  '82,  "  C.  McKee,  '81. 

F.  E.  Cabot,  '80,  "  E.  C.  Peace,  '83. 

L.  Riggs,  '83. 

F.  A.  Houston,  '79,  Capt.  "  F.  Loney,  '81,  Capt. 
E.  S.  Perin,  '82,  "  P.  T.  Bryan,  '82. 

J.  P.  Flint,  '83. 
T.  C.  Thacher,  '82,  Half-back,  I.  P.  Withington,  '80. 

G.  P.  Keith,  '83,  "  B.  G.  Winton,  '82. 


224:  FOOTBALL 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

E.  G.  Kent,  '82,  Half-back, 

C.  H.  W.  Foster,  '81,  Back,  D.  P.  Morgan,  '83. 

W.  O.  Edmands,  '83,  "  J.  S.  Harlan,  '83. 

T.  W.  Cauldwell,  '81. 

Referee:  R.  W.  Watson,  '81,  Yale.  Judges:  L.  N.  Littauer,  '78, 
Harvard;  H.  McAlpin,  '81,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  1  touchdown, 
1  goal,  Princeton  2  touchdowns,  2  goals.     First  Half:  Touchdown  by 

F.  Loney,  goal  by  B.  G.  Winton;  touchdown  by  H.  M.  Atkinson,  goal  by 
W.  O.  Edmands.    Second  Half:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  B.  G.  Winton. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Keith  kicks  off  for  Harvard.  Princeton  fumbles  and  Har- 
vard gets  the  ball  on  the  25-yard  line.  Princeton  gets  the 
ball  on  a  foul,  but  on  the  first  play  is  forced  to  touch  down 
for  safety.  Harlan  kicks  out  for  Princeton,  Cabot  blocks 
the  kick  and  Princeton  makes  another  safety.  The  play  goes 
to  the  centre  of  the  field.  Harlan  lifts  a  great  punt  which 
Harvard  fumbles  and  Loney  gets  the  ball.  He  springs  out 
of  the  clutches  of  two  Harvard  men  and  dashes  across  the 
line  for  a  touchdown,  from  which  Winton  kicks  the  goal. 
Harvard  claims  a  foul,  the  crowd  break  upon  the  field,  and 
the  game  is  delayed  several  minutes.  The  foul  is  not 
allowed.  On  resumption  of  play  a  kicking  duel  ensues. 
Keith  kicks  for  Harvard.  The  ball  hits  a  spectator  and 
bounds  back  into  the  field.  Atkinson  picks  it  up  and 
touches  down  behind  the  Princeton  goal.  Princeton  claims 
Atkinson  was  off-side,  but  the  claim  is  not  allowed.  Ed- 
mands kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  commences  a  fierce  attack 
on  Harvard,  which  carries  the  ball  down  into  the  Harvard 
goal,  where  the  latter  is  forced  to  make  several  safeties  in 
succession.  Peace  and  Bryan  retire;  L.  Riggs,  *83,  and  J. 
P.  Flint,  *83,  take  their  places.  Boyd,  Cabot,  and  Houston 
are  tackling  very  sharply  and  Princeton  is  held  in  check. 
Keith  makes  one  long  kick  after  another.  Morgan  runs 
the  ball  back  time  and  again.    And  so  the  half  closes. 


HARVARD   VS.   PRINCETON  225 

Second  Half:  Harvard  has  the  wind  in  this  half.  The 
ball  is  kicked  into  Princeton's  territory,  where  sharp  work 
by  Harvard  forces  Princeton  to  touch  down  for  safety. 
Withington,  Winton,  and  Morgan  make  a  series  of  great 
runs,  transferring  the  ball  into  Harvard's  territory.  Keith 
lifts  a  number  of  long  punts,  relieving  the  danger,  but  Prince- 
ton each  time  works  it  back.  Perin  and  Houston  are  fight- 
ing hard  for  Harvard,  making  rush  upon  rush.  Peace  gets 
the  ball  and  splits  the  Harvard  line  in  two,  making  a  touch- 
down. The  ball  is  brought  back  for  a  foul.  After  a  few 
gainless  rushes  Winton  gets  away  and,  dashing  and  dodging 
down  the  field,  plants  the  ball  behind  Harvard's  goal- 
line.  Darkness  has  now  closed  down  and  the  ball  is  at  a 
wide  angle  to  the  posts.  Winton  sights  the  leather  carefully 
and  sends  it  squarely  between  the  posts.  Play  is  resumed 
and  Princeton  drives  the  ball  by  short  gains  again  down 
into  Harvard's  goal,  but  the  game  is  called  with  the  goal- 
line  ten  yards  away. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
New  York,  November  19,  1881 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

A.  Boyd,  '82,  Forward,  W.  H.  Stone,  '84. 

L.  W.  Kendall,  '84,  "  S.  H.  Benton,  '82. 

E.  T.  Cabot,  '83,                             "  J.  H.  Bryan,  '82. 
R.  M.  Appleton,  '84,                      "  L.  Riggs,  '83. 

F.  A.  Houston,  '79,  "  J.  T.  Haxall,  '83. 

W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  Capt.,  "  P.  T.  Bryan,  '82,  Capt. 
T.  C.  Thacher,  '82, 

F.  A.  Mason,  '84,  Half-back,  T.  A.  C.  Baker,  '83. 

G.  P.  Keith,  '83,  "  E.  C.  Peace,  '83. 
W.  A.  Henry,  '85.  "  A.  F.  Burt,  82. 
W.  O.  Edmands,  '83,  Back,  J.  S.  Harlan.  '83. 
H.  R.  Woodward,  '84,  "  A.  S.  Bickham,  '82. 

W.  Shaw,  P.  G. 

Referee:  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.  Judges:  L.  N.  Littauer,  '78, 
Harvard;    B.  J.  Winton,  '84,  Princeton.     Score:   Harvard  1  safety, 


226  FOOTBALL 

Princeton  1  safety.     First  Half:  Safety  by  W.  A.  Henry;  Second  Half: 
Safety  by  W.  Shaw. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring,  see  Amended  Rule  5, 
convention  Oct.  8,  1881,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Edmands  kicks  off  for  Harvard  and  Baker  returns  the  kick. 
A  further  exchange  of  kicks  ensues,  terminating  in  a  fumble 
by  Harvard.  Bryan  gets  the  ball,  races  down  the  field,  and 
touches  down  behind  Harvard's  goal-posts,  but  the  ball  is 
brought  back  because  of  a  foul.  Princeton  forces  the  ball 
to  Harvard's  10-yard  line,  where  several  scrimmages  follow, 
but  the  ball  cannot  be  driven  farther.  Harvard  gets  the 
ball  and  punts,  Princeton  returns  the  kick,  Henry  catches 
behind  his  goal-posts  and  is  thrown  by  Riggs  for  a  safety. 
Manning  now  lifts  some  long  punts  down  the  field  and  the 
play  transfers  to  Princeton's  goal.  Henry  tries  a  place 
kick,  but  misses  by  an  inch.  Two  plays  later  he  again  tries 
a  place  kick  for  goal,  but  the  ball  goes  wild  and  hits  a  police- 
man. Kicks  are  exchanged  and  for  a  third  time  Henry 
tries  for  the  goal.  Haxall  blocks  the  kick  and  the  half 
closes. 

Second  Half:  Bryan  kicks  off  in  the  second  half  for 
Princeton.  Manning  returns,  Harlan  makes  a  fair  catch 
and  tries  a  place  kick  for  the  goal,  but  misses.  Harvard 
kicks  out  and  Harlan,  Bryan,  and  Peace  break  through  for 
good  gains,  but  Manning  offsets  their  work  by  his  long  kicks. 
Harvard  attempts  a  rushing  game  and  discloses  some  bril- 
liant passing  from  one  side  of  the  field  to  the  other,  but  Riggs 
tackles  sharply  and  the  attack  fails.  Edmands  gets  the 
ball  and  by  a  long  kick  lands  the  ball  in  Princeton's  goal. 
Stone  and  Bryan  are  down  on  the  ball,  but  Harvard  forces 
a  safety  by  W.  Shaw.  Princeton  makes  a  great  fight  to  get 
the  ball  out  of  danger  without  kicking,  but  Henry,  Manning, 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON 


227 


and  Keith  stop  every  advance.  At  last  Peace  gets  away  for 
a  long  run.  Cabot  tackles,  but  Peace  passes  the  ball  to  Har- 
land,  who  plants  it  on  Harvard's  25-yard  line.  Harvard 
stands  firm  and  drives  the  ball  back  to  midfield.  Manning 
kicks  over  Princeton's  goal-line.  Harlan  is  so  hard  pressed 
by  the  Harvard  ends  that  he  is  forced  to  throw  the  ball  out 
of  bounds  to  Baker,  who  makes  a  touch-in-goal  to  avoid  a 
safety.  Harlan  kicks  and  Henry  catches.  Keith  tries  for 
a  field  goal,  but  misses.  A  long  kick  transfers  the  play  into 
Harvard's  goal.  Princeton  touches  down  behind  the  line, 
but  the  play  is  not  allowed.  The  game  closes.  Extra 
halves  are  called  for  by  the  referee,  and  the  teams  resume 
play.  The  play  is  confined  to  kicks.  At  the  end  of  fifteen 
minutes  darkness  has  settled  down  so  completely  that  the 
game  cannot  be  continued  and  the  extra  halves  are  post- 
poned. (These  were  never  played.  The  game,  therefore, 
was  a  draw.) 


HARVARD 

R.  M.  Appleton,  '84, 

E.  T.  Cabot,  '83,  Capt., 
L.  W.  Kendall,  '84, 

G.  B.  Morison,  '83, 
C.  H.  Hammond,  '83, 
G.  D.  Ayers,  '82, 
W.  F.  Wesselhoeft,  '84, 

F.  A.  Mason,  '84, 

G.  P.  Keith,  '83, 
W.  H.  Coolidge,  '81, 

W.  O.  Edmands,  '83, 


Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Cambridge,  Nov.  18,  1882 

PRINCETON 

Forward,  E.  S.  Belknap,  '84. 


Quarter-back, 

Half-back, 
(( 

Three-quarter-back, 
Full-back, 


J.  T.  Haxall,  '83. 
G.  R.  Fleming,  '83. 

C.  W.  Bird,  '85. 

E.  C.  Peace,  '83,  Capt. 
L.  Riggs,  '83. 

D.  P.  Morgan,  '83. 
T.  A.  C.  Baker,  '83. 
A.  T.  Baker,  '85. 
Alex.  Moffat,  '84. 
H.  P.  Toler,  '86. 


Referee:  R.  W.  Watson,  '81,  Yale.  Judges:  F.  A.  Houston,  '79, 
Harvard;  D.  M.  Look,  '84,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  1  touchdown, 
1  goal  from  the  field.      Princeton   1   touchdown  and  1  goal  from 


228  FOOTBALL 

touchdown.  First  Half:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  J.  T.  Haxall; 
touchdown  by  F.  A.  Mason.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  F.  A. 
Mason;  safety  by  Princeton;  safety  by  Princeton. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring,  see  Amended  Rule  5, 
convention  Oct.  8,  1881,  and  Amended  Rule  7,  convention 
Oct.  14,  1882,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Appleton  dribbles,  picks  up  the  ball  and  passes  it  to  Mason, 
standing  10  yards  back.  Mason  punting  down  to  Keith. 
Princeton^s  line  closes  in  on  Keith,  who  completes  the 
beautiful  play  by  passing  clear  across  the  field  to  Wessel- 
hoeft,  who  runs  in  for  a  touchdown.  But  the  ball  is  brought 
back,  as  Wesselhoeft  was  off  side.  Moffat  punts  and  Har- 
vard fumbles.  Haxall  falls  on  the  ball  and  squirms  with  it 
across  the  line,  scoring  a  touchdown.  Princeton  punts  out, 
Haxall  makes  a  fair  catch  and  immediately  kicks  the  goal. 

Harvard  kicks  off,  Princeton  makes  a  fair  catch,  and 
Moffat  makes  a  long  punt  down  the  field.  This  play  is 
repeated  several  times  in  succession,  the  ends  on  both  sides 
getting  down  the  field  well  and  holding  the  runner  in  his 
tracks.  Princeton  fumbles  in  their  goal,  but  recovers  the 
ball.  Peace  breaks  through  and  by  a  long  run  takes  the 
ball  to  midfield.  Moffat  lifts  a  high  punt.  Mason  catches 
the  ball  on  the  run  and,  without  stopping,  races  through 
the  Princeton  team,  being  brought  down  by  Morgan  just 
as  he  crossed  the  line,  thus  forcing  the  touchdown  to  be 
made  in  the  extreme  corner  of  the  field.  The  ball  is 
brought  out  and  Keith  tries  for  a  difficult  goal,  but  fails. 
The  half  then  ends. 

Second  Half:  In  the  second  half  Princeton  sends  Toler 
to  the  rush-line  and  plays  Peace  at  half-back,  Moffat  being 
sent  to  full-back.  Princeton  then  kicks  off.  Harvard 
rushes  the  ball  quickly  down  into  Princeton's  quarters. 
Peace,  Baker,  and  Moffat  fight  grimly  to  get  the  ball  out. 


HARVARD   VS.   PRINCETON  229 

but  Harvard  tackles  hard  and  sharp  and  Princeton  is  forced 
to  make  two  safeties.  Princeton  fumbles.  Mason  picks 
up  the  ball  and  from  his  tracks  drops  a  goal  from  the  field. 
Princeton  kicks  off  and  follows  up  the  ball.  Harvard  now 
commences  a  block  game,  voluntarily  losing  10  yards  time 
after  time  in  order  to  gain  a  first  down  and  hold  the  ball, 
thus  exhausting  the  time,  which  plan  is  successful,  Prince- 
ton regaining  the  ball  only  twice  up  to  the  end  of  the  game. 
The  referee  awards  the  game  to  Harvard.  Princeton  makes 
a  vigorous  protest,  claiming  that  a  touchdown  followed  by  a 
punt-out  and  a  goal  is  equivalent  to  a  goal  and  touchdown; 
that  the  score  is  a  tie  and  that  supplementary  halves  should 
be  played.  Watson  overrules  the  objection,  and  awards  the 
game  to  Harvard. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Nov.  17,  1883 

harvard  PRINCETON 

G.  C.  Adams,  '86,  End,  J.  M.  T.  Finney,  '84. 

L.  W.  Kendall,  '84,  Next-to-end,  R.  J.  Travers,  '84. 

L.  Bonsai,  '84,  Guard,  C.  W.  Bird,  '85. 

R.  M.  Appleton,  '84,  Capt.,       Center,  J.  M.  Harlan,  '84. 

E.  T.  Cabot,  '83,  Guard,  T.  H.  Harris,  '86. 

R.  E.  Hartley,  '86,  Next-to-end,  L.  R.  Wanamaker,  '86. 

C.  F.  Gilman,  '85,  End,  C.  M.  De  Camp,  '86. 

M.  M.  Kimball,  '86,  Quarter-back,  P.  T.  Kimball,  '84. 

F.  B.  Austin,  '86,  Half-back,  Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  Capt. 
H.  E.  Peabody,  '87,  "  H.  C.  Lamar,  '86. 

J.  V.  Cowling,  '87,  Full-back,  A.  T.  Baker,  '85. 

Referee:  R.  Tompkins,  '84,  Yale.  Judges:  L.  N.  Littauer,  '78, 
Harvard;  D.  M.  Look,  '84,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  7,  Princeton 
26.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  M.  T.  Finney,  goal  by  Alex.  Moffat; 
goal  from  field  by  J.  V.  Cowling;  touchdown  by  L.  W.  Kendall.  Sec- 
ond Half:  Goal  from  field  by  Alex.  Moffat;  goal  from  field  by  Alex. 
Moffat;  goal  from  field  by  Alex.  Moffat;  goal  from  field  by  Alex. 
Moffat. 

Note. — For  system  of  numerical  scoring  see  convention, 
Oct.  17,  1883,  Appendix. 


230  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal,  with 
a  strong  wind.  Princeton  takes  the  ball.  Moffat  opens  by 
a  dribble,  ending  in  a  pass  to  Kimball  for  a  kick.  Austin 
returns  for  Harvard  and  Lamar  catches  and  runs,  but  as 
he  is  about  to  be  tackled  he  passes  to  Baker.  Baker  by  a 
magnificent  burst  of  speed  cuts  through  the  Harvard  for- 
wards, but  is  brought  down  by  Austin.  A  long  exchange 
of  punts  ensues,  which  the  strong  wind  turns  to  Harvard's 
favor,  although  Moffat  returns  gamely.  Princeton  changes 
the  kicking  policy  and  commences  scrimmaging.  Lamar, 
Baker,  and  De  Camp  force  the  Harvard  line  for  good  gains 
and  the  ball  is  in  Harvard's  goal.  Cowling  punts  back 
again,  Moffat  returns.  Wanamaker  gets  the  ball  and  makes 
a  touchdown,  but  the  ball  is  brought  back  for  off-side  play. 
Austin  attempts  to  punt,  Harris  blocks  the  kick,  and  Finney 
gets  the  ball  and  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Moffat 
kicks  the  goal.  Austin  kicks  off  for  Harvard,  Kimball  gets 
the  ball  and  dashes  brilliantly  through  the  forwards,  but 
Cabot  brings  him  down.  Baker  gets  away  for  a  long  run, 
but  is  stopped  by  Cowling.  Princeton  fumbles  and  Har- 
vard gets  the  ball.  Cowling,  standing  at  midfield,  drops 
a  phenomenal  goal.  Princeton  kicks  off.  Harvard  returns. 
Princeton  fumbles  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball.  Cowling 
sends  a  long  high  one  behind  Princeton's  goal-line.  Baker 
catches  and  attempts  to  run  the  ball  out,  fiercely  tackled 
by  Appleton.  The  ball  is  dropped  and  Kendall  falls  upon 
it  for  a  touchdown  for  Harvard.  The  goal  fails.  Here  the 
half  ends. 

Second  Half:  The  second  half  finds  the  sides  reversed, 
Princeton  having  a  strong  wind  behind  them.  Moffat  drib- 
bles and  makes  10  yards  before  being  downed.  On  the 
next  play,  standing  46  yards  from  the  Harvard  cross-bar,  he 
drops  the  ball  squarely  over.  Harvard  kicks  off  and  Lamar, 
catching  the  ball  on  his  5-yard  line,  starts  upon  the  most 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON  231 

brilliant  run  of  the  game,  dodging  from  right  to  left,  slowing 
up  and  springing  forward  until  he  clears  the  entire  Harvard 
eleven  and  starts  unopposed  for  the  goal.  Hartley  overtakes 
him  from  behind  and  down  he  goes.  Harvard  soon  after 
gets  the  ball.  Bonsai  gets  away  for  a  run,  but  is  tackled 
by  Baker.  Princeton  gets  the  ball  and  Moffat,  at  a  dis- 
tance of  40  yards,  drops  his  second  goal.  This  style  of  scor- 
ing apparently  disorganizes  Harvard,  for  after  their  kick- 
off  and  a  return  by  Moffat,  they  lose  the  ball.  Moffat, 
standing  40  yards  from  the  line,  drops  a  third  field  goal. 
Harvard  now  uncovers  a  complicated  series  of  trick  passes 
which  takes  the  ball  well  into  Princeton's  territory.  Baker 
by  a  clever  run  gets  the  ball  out  again,  being  tackled  by  Gil- 
man.  The  ball  is  now  38  yards  from  the  line  and  to  the 
extreme  side  of  the  field.  Moffat  falls  back  for  a  drop  kick. 
He  gets  the  ball,  but  instantly  is  smothered  by  Adams,  Ken- 
dall, and  Appleton,  who  are  upon  him.  To  the  amazement 
of  the  crowd,  the  unmistakable  sound  of  a  drop  kick  is  heard 
and  through  a  slit  of  daylight  between  two  crimson  jerseys 
shoots  the  ball  straight  and  low.  Princeton  holds  its 
breath  lest  the  kick  fall  short,  but  with  wonderful  momen- 
tum the  ball  continues  to  rise  and  crosses  the  bar  with  three 
feet  to  spare,  thus  making  the  unparalled  feat  of  four  drop 
kicks  in  one  half  of  a  game  from  difficult  distances  and 
angles.     The  game  shortly  after  closes. 


Harvard  vs.  Princeton 

Cambridge,  Nov. 

15, 

1884 

HARVARD 

PRINCETON 

E.  M.  Hurd,  '88, 

End, 

H.  L.  Hodge,  '86. 

W.  P.  Romans,  '85, 

Tackle, 

W.  M.  Irvine,  '88. 

C.  F.  Oilman,  '85, 

Guard, 

C.  W.  Bird,  '85,  Capt. 

S.  E.  Winslow,  '85, 

Center, 

C.  E.  Griffith,  '86. 

W.  A.  Brooks,  '87, 

Guard, 

T.  H.  Harris,  '86. 

W.  B.  Phillips,  '86, 

Tackle, 

L.  R.  Wanamaker,  '86. 

J.  E.  Thayer,  '85, 

End, 

C.  M.  De  Camp,  '86. 

232  FOOTBALL 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

J.  Simpkins,  '85,  End, 

J.  W.  Bemis,  '85,  Quarter-back,        R.  M.  Hodge,  '86. 

W.  W.  Willard,  '87,  Half-back,  A.  T.  Baker,  '85. 

M.  M.  Kimball,  '86,  Capt.,  "  H.  P.  Toler,  '86. 

H.  C.  Lamar,  '86. 
H.  E.  Peabody,  '87,  Full-back,  Alex.  Moffat,  '84. 

Referee:  L.K.  Hull, '83,  Yale.  Judges:  G.  C.  Adams, '86,  Harvard; 
W.  W.  Connor,  '85,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  6,  Princeton  34. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  T.  Baker,  goal  by  R.  M.  Hodge;  touch- 
down by  W.  M.  Irvine,  goal  by  R.  M.  Hodge;  touchdown  by  J.  E. 
Thayer,  goal  by  J.  W.  Bemis.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  C. 
Lamar,  goal  by  A.  Moffat;  touchdown  by  T.  H.  Harris;  touchdown 
by  L.  R.  Wanamaker,  goal  by  A.  Moffat;  touchdown  by  C.  M.  De 
Camp,  goal  by  A.  Moffat. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring,  see  Amended  Rule  6, 

convention  Dec.  5,  1883,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Harvard  kicks  off.  Princeton  at  once  opens 
a  rushing  game.  Baker,  Lamar,  and  Irvine  hit  the  line 
hard,  but  Harvard  throws  them  back.  Princeton  punts. 
Harvard  attacks  the  Princeton  line,  but  Harris,  Bird,  and 
Wanamaker  allow  no  gains.  Peabody  punts.  Baker 
catches  the  ball  at  midfield  and  sharply  springing  to  the 
right,  skirts  the  Harvard  line.  Swerving  swiftly  to  the  left 
he  dodges  Willard  and  Kimball  and  crosses  the  line  for  a 
touchdown.  Hodge  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off  and 
Princeton  returns,  Moffat  lifting  a  long,  swirling  high  one. 
Harvard  lines  up  and  Willard  punts  to  midfield.  Prince- 
ton fumbles  and  Brooks  falls  on  the  ball.  Kimball  lifts 
another  punt,  which  lands  in  Moffat's  arms  on  Princeton's 
10-yard  line.  Princeton  tries  a  rush,  but  the  ball  is  fumbled. 
Hurd  gets  it,  sprints  around  the  end  and  crosses  the  goal- 
line,  but  the  ball  is  brought  back,  as  Hurd  has  run  out  of 
bounds.  Kimball  drops  back  to  kick.  Harris  and  De 
Camp  are  on  him  with  the  ball  and  the  try  for  goal  fails, 
De  Camp  falling  on  the  ball  for  Princeton.    The  Orange  and 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON  233 

Black  now  directs  a  hard  attack  against  the  Harvard  line. 
Baker,  Lamar,  and  Harris  break  through  for  long  gains  and 
the  ball  is  carried  to  Harvard's  5-yard  line.  Homans, 
Brooks,  and  Thayer  then  throw  the  Princeton  runners  for 
a  loss  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball.  Peabody  immediately 
punts  to  midfield.  Lamar  catches  and  by  a  brilliant  dash 
returns  the  ball  back  to  the  5-yard  line.  Irvine  is  called 
upon  for  a  run.  He  splits  the  Crimson  line  in  two  and 
touches  down.  Moffat  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off. 
A  series  of  rushes  ensues  in  which  the  ball  is  fumbled  and 
Winslow  gets  it.  Harvard  cannot  gain  and  Peabody  tries 
a  drop.  The  goal  is  missed,  but  the  ball  is  fumbled  and 
Thayer  falls  on  it  behind  the  line  for  a  touchdown  for  Har- 
vard.    Bemis  kicks  the  goal.     The  half  closes. 

Second  Half:  A  sharp  exchange  of  kicks  opens  the  second 
half  which  lasts  for  several  minutes.  Finally  Lamar  catches 
and  runs  40  yards.  Hodge  follows  it  up  with  30  more. 
Lamar  covers  the  remaining  distance  and  touches  down. 
Moffat  makes  a  difficult  goal.  Peabody  kicks  off  and  Moffat 
returns  the  ball  by  a  sharp  dash  to  the  40-yard  line.  Irvine 
and  Bird  advance  the  ball  20  more.  Harris  splits  the  line 
and  scores  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Harvard 
shows  a  great  burst  of  strength.  Brooks,  Winslow,  Kimball, 
and  Willard  make  good  gains  and  the  ball  is  travelling 
rapidly  toward  Princeton's  goal.  It  is  now  on  the  5-yard 
line.  It  is  carried  over,  but  fumbled.  Moffat  picks  up  the 
ball  and  carries  it  to  the  25-yard  line  before  being  brought 
down  by  Hurd.  Baker  is  hurt  and  retires,  Toler  taking  his 
place.  Princeton  now  opens  up  a  brilliant  passing  and 
running  game.  The  backs  and  linemen  alternate  in  receiv- 
ing the  ball  and  all  as  tackled  make  long  passes  to  others  of 
their  team.  Wanamaker,  from  the  15-yard  line,  takes  the 
ball  over.  Moffat  kicks  the  goal.  Heavy  kicking  and  a  bad 
fumble  soon  gives  the  ball  again  to  Princeton  on  Harvard's 


234 


FOOTBALL 


5-yard  line.  Hodge  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  fails.  De 
Camp  is  on  the  ball,  however,  and  touches  down  for  Prince- 
ton. Moffat  makes  the  goal.  Another  exchange  of  kicks 
intermingled  with  sharp  rushing  by  Harris,  Bird,  and  Irvine 
again  lands  the  ball  on  Harvard's  5-yard  line.  Brooks, 
Oilman,  and  Simpkins  throw  Princeton  for  a  loss  and 
Harvard  gets  the  ball.  Willard  is  forced  to  punt  from  be- 
hind the  line.  Irvine  and  Wanamaker  are  on  him  and  the 
punt  is  shot  straight  overhead.  Lamar  gets  it  standing  on 
the  20-yard  line  and  leaps  for  the  goal.  Just  as  he  crosses 
the  line  Brooks  tackles  and  Bemis,  punching  the  ball  out 
of  Lamar*s  arms  falls  on  it.  Harvard  lines  up  and  punts, 
but  time  expires. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 


Pri 

nceton,  Nov.  13, 

1886 

HARVARD 

PRINCETON 

A.  F.  Holden,  '88, 

End, 

H.  L.  Hodge,  '86. 

F.  Remington,  '87, 

Tackle, 

F.  Moore,  '89. 

F.  C.  Woodman,  '88, 

Guard, 

H.  W.  Cowan,  '88. 

W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Capt., 

Centre, 

W.  J.  George,  '89. 

T.  P.  Burgess,  '87, 

Guard, 

W.  M.  Irvine,  '88. 

A.  P.  Butler,  '88, 

Tackle, 

W.  J.  Cook,  '89. 

V.  M.  Harding,  '89, 

End, 

E.  O.  Wagenhurst,  '88. 

J.  B.  Fletcher,  '87, 

Quarter-back, 

R.  M.  Hodge,  '86. 

A.  T.  Dudley,  '87, 

« 

C.  A.  Porter,  '88, 

Left  Half, 

L.  E.  Price,  '88. 

J.  H.  Sears,  '89, 

Right  Half, 

K.  L.  Ames,  '90. 

H.  E.  Peabody,  '87, 

Full-back, 

H.  S.  Savage,  '87,  Capt. 

Referee:  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Princeton 
12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  K.  L.  Ames,  goal  by  R.  M.  Hodge; 
touchdown  by  K.  L.  Ames,  goal  by  R.  M.  Hodge. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Brooks  dribbles  and  passes  to  Sears.  Sears  runs,  but  is 
tackled  by  Cowan.  The  ball  is  passed  to  Porter,  who 
makes  20  yards  before  being  thrown  by  Irvine.  Brooks 
gets  the  ball  and  by  a  double  pass  carries  it  to  Princeton's  20- 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON  235 

yard  line.  Princeton  stands  like  a  wall,  George,  Cook,  and 
Hodge  throwing  back  the  Crimson  backs  and  the  Orange 
and  Black  gets  the  ball.  Ames  punts  to  midfield,  where 
Harvard  fumbles.  H.  Hodge  falls  on  the  ball.  Ames 
breaks  Harvard's  centre  for  15  yards.  Cowan  hits  the  right 
side  of  the  line  for  10  more.  Ames  crashes  through  centre 
and  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Hodge  makes  the  goal. 
On  the  kick-off  Brooks  again  dribbles  and  passes  to  Sears, 
who  makes  20  yards  before  being  downed  by  Price.  Moore, 
Cook,  and  Cowan  stop  the  Harvard  backs  and  Princeton  gets 
the  ball.  Harvard  holds  and  recovers.  Peabody  punts. 
Savage  returns.  On  the  line-up  Peabody  punts,  Princeton 
fumbles,  and  Holden  gets  the  ball.  He  starts  to  run,  but 
Cowan  brings  him  down.  Fletcher  sends  a  long  side  pass 
to  Burgess,  who  makes  20  yards.  Price  tackling.  Porter 
gets  through  the  line  for  20  yards,  being  tackled  by  H.  Hodge. 
Harvard  fumbles  and  Cowan,  picking  up  the  ball,  makes  a 
run  of  40  yards  before  being  thrown  by  Brooks.  Hodge, 
Ames,  Irvine,  and  Price  in  succession  carry  the  ball  to  Har- 
vard's 10-yard  line.  As  Price  is  falling  he  passes  the  ball 
to  Moore,  who  makes  5  yards  more.  Ames  breaks  the  cen- 
tre for  the  touchdown.     Hodge  kicks  the  goal. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  opens  the  second  half  with  a 
dribble  to  Ames,  who  runs  brilliantly  to  the  15-yard  line, 
being  tackled  by  Porter.  Three  downs  yield  no  further 
gain  and  Savage  touches  down  10  yards  back  in  order  to 
hold  the  ball  for  a  first  down.  Cook,  Ames,  and  Price  ad- 
vance the  ball  5  yards.  Savage  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but 
misses.  Porter  punts  out  from  the  25-yard  line  and  Moore 
makes  the  catch.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and  Savage  punts. 
Harvard  tries  the  Princeton  line  without  results  and  Porter 
punts  out  of  bounds  at  35.  Price  recovers  the  ball.  Fletcher 
is  hurt  and  Dudley  takes  his  place.  The  Orange  and  Black 
can  make  no  impression  on  the  Crimson  line  and  Ames 


236 


FOOTBALL 


punts.  Sears  catches  and  returns  the  kick.  Irvine,  Cowan, 
and  Ames,  by  hard  rushing,  work  the  ball  to  midfield. 
Price  goes  round  the  end  for  20  yards.  Cowan  splits  the 
line  for  10  more.  Price  again  gets  round  the  end  and  takes 
the  ball  to  Harvard's  5-yard  line,  but  on  the  next  play  a 
penalty  sets  Princeton  back  5  yards.  Savage  tries  for  a  goal 
from  the  field,  but  misses.  Numerous  fumbles  mar  the 
ensuing  plays,  the  ball  changing  from  side  to  side  several 
times.  Sears  lifts  a  high  punt,  which  Princeton  fumbles, 
and  Harding  gets  the  ball  on  Princeton's  15-yard  line. 
Princeton  does  not  give  an  inch  and  gets  the  ball  on  the 
fourth  down.  Cowan  goes  through  tackle  for  20  yards. 
Irvine,  Ames,  and  Price,  in  three  plays,  plant  the  ball  at 
midfield.  Harvard  stops  the  advance  and  gets  the  ball. 
Sears  punts.  Princeton  in  a  series  of  brilliant  plays  rapidly 
works  the  ball  to  Harvard's  23-yard  mark.  Savage  tries  a 
drop  kick,  but  misses  the  post.  The  two  teams  are  played 
to  a  deadlock.  The  play  becomes  a  series  of  ineffectual 
rushes  and  punts  on  each  side.  Price  gets  away  for  a  30- 
yard  run.  Ames  follows  with  a  dash  for  30  more,  placing 
the  ball  on  Harvard's  30-yard  line,  where  time  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Princeton 

Cambridge,  Nov.  '. 

12,  1887 

HARVARD 

PRINCETON 

A.  J.  Cumnock,  '91, 

Left  End, 

D.  Bovaird,  '89. 

L.  A.  Piper,  '90, 

«        (( 

P.  D.  Trafford,  '89, 

Left  Tackle, 

R.  E.  Speer,  '89. 

J.  W.  Appleton,  '88, 

((         <( 

J.  B.  Markoe,  '89, 

Left  Guard, 

W.  M.  Irvine,  '88. 

F.  C.  Woodman,  '88, 

Centre, 

W.  J.  George,  '89. 

A.  P.  Butler,  '88, 

Right  Guard, 

H.  W.  Cowan,  '88. 

<<              n 

W.  T.  Chapin,  '90. 

W.  Alexander,  '87, 

Right  Tackle, 

J.  R.  Church,  '88. 

W.  D.  Bancroft,  '88. 

Right  End, 

E.G.  Wagenhurst,  '88,  Capt. 

V.  M.  Harding,  '89, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  Hancock,  '88. 

HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON  237 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

A.  F.  Holden,  '88,  Capt.,  Half-back,  L.  E.  Price,  '88. 

J.  A.  Saxe,  '88,  "  W.  C.  Price,  '88. 

C.  A.  Porter,  '88,  "  R.  H.  Channing,  '91. 

R.  W.  Boyden,  '85,  Full-back,  K.  L.  Ames,  '90. 

Referee:  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  Terry,  '85,  Yale. 
Score:  Harvard  12,  Princeton  0.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  C.  A. 
Porter,  goal  by  J.  A.  Saxe;  touchdown  by  R.  W.  Boyden,  goal  by  J.  A. 
Saxe. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  upper 
goal,  with  a  strong  wind.  Harding  dribbles  and  runs,  but 
is  tackled  by  Irvine.  Butler  makes  a  gain  of  3  yards. 
Holden  gets  away  for  a  long  run  and  plants  the  ball  on 
Princeton's  20-yard  line.  Bovaird  and  Wagenhurst  tackle 
sharply  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  Ames  punts 
40  yards,  but  Holden  runs  the  ball  back  to  the  10-yard  line. 
Here  Harvard  fumbles  and  Cowan  gets  the  ball.  Harvard 
holds  for  downs.  Cowan  goes  out  and  Chapin  takes  his 
place.  Porter  and  Boyden  in  two  rushes  take  the  ball  within 
3  yards  of  the  line.  Speer,  Church,  and  Bovaird  throw 
the  crimson  runners  back  for  losses  and  it  is  Princeton's 
ball.  Ames  punts.  Harvard  fumbles  and  Price  picks  up 
the  ball  and  runs  to  Harvard's  10-yard  line.  On  the  next 
play  Harding  intercepts  a  pass  and  gets  the  ball.  Porter 
and  Boyden  break  through  for  good  gains.  Princeton 
holds  for  downs,  but  cannot  gain,  and  Ames  punts.  Ban- 
croft, Trafford,  Boyden,  and  Porter  begin  a  heavy  attack  on 
Princeton's  line  and  work  the  ball  yard  after  yard  until  the 
leather  rests  on  Princeton's  15-yard  line.  Boyden  tries  for 
a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Ames  runs  the  ball  out  from  be- 
hind the  line  and  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  opens  with  the  V  trick  and  Price 
gains  20  yards.  Cumnock  and  Bancroft  tackle  sharply  and 
it  is  Harvard's  ball  on  their  35-yard  line.  Porter  and  But- 
ler gain  10.     A  double  run  and  pass.  Porter  to  Butler  and 


238 


FOOTBALL 


Butler  to  Bancroft,  takes  the  ball  to  the  25-yard  line 
Holden  makes  10  yards  through  the  line.  Trafford  gains 
5  more.  A  fumble  occurs  and  Bovaird  gets  the  ball.  Ban- 
croft goes  out  and  Alexander  takes  his  place.  Ames  punts 
and  Harvard  gets  the  ball  on  the  45-yard  line.  Porter, 
Piper,  and  Saxe  force  it  to  the  10-yard  line.  Porter  splits 
the  line  for  a  touchdown  and  Saxe  kicks  the  goal.  Price 
goes  out  and  is  succeeded  by  his  brother,  W.  C.  Price. 
Princeton  opens  with  the  V  and  makes  10  yards.  Chan- 
ning  makes  10  more.  Harvard  holds  and  Princeton  kicks. 
Harvard  scrimmages,  but  Irvine  and  Speer  stop  the  Crimson 
for  no  gain.  Boyden  punts.  Cumnock  goes  off  and  Piper 
takes  his  place.  For  a  long  time  play  remains  upon  Prince- 
ton's 45-yard  line,  being  a  succession  of  plunges,  stops,  kicks, 
and  returns.  Boyden  at  last  breaks  through  and  races  the 
length  of  the  field  for  a  touchdown.  Saxe  again  kicks  the 
goal.  Play  is  resumed,  but  becomes  a  kicking  contest  be- 
tween Ames  and  Boyden.     The  game  closes. 


Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Nov.  17,  1888 


HARVARD 

A.  J.  Cumnock,  *91, 

F.  C.  Woodman,  '88, 

E.  H.  Carpenter,  '93, 
J.  S.  Cranston,  '92, 
P.  D.  Trafford,  '89, 
J.  T.  Davis,  '89, 
V.  M.  Harding,  '89, 
S.  V.  R.  Crosby,  '91, 

G.  F.  Harding,  '89, 
J.  P.  Lee,  '91, 

C.  A.  Porter,  '88, 

J.  H.  Sears,  '89,  Capt., 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

<<  t( 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
«         (( 

Quarter-back, 
Half-back, 

Full-back. 


PRINCETON 

J.  B.  Riggs,  '92. 
W.  J.  Cook,  '89. 
R.  E.  Speer,  '89. 
W.  M.  Irivne,  '88. 
W.  J.  George,  '89. 
H.  H.  Janeway,  '90. 
H.  W.  Cowan,  '88,  Capt. 
David  Bovaird,  '89. 

R.  M.  Hodge,  '86. 
J.  S.  Black,  '91. 
L.  D.  Mowry,  '91. 
K.  L.  Ames.  '90. 


Referee:  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.     Umpire:    W.  H.  Corbin,  '89, 
Yale.     Score:   Harvard  6,  Princeton  18.     First  Half:  Touchdown  by 


HARVARD  VS.   PRINCETON  239 

W.  J.  Cook;  touchdown  by  J.  S.  Black;  touchdown  by  H.  W.  Cowan. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  D.  Bovaird,  goal  by  R.  M.  Hodge; 
touchdown  by  J.  T.  Davis,  goal  by  J.  H.  Sears. 

First  Half:  Harvard  opens  with  the  V  and  Lee  makes 
5  yards.  Sears  punts.  Cowan,  Janeway,  and  Cook  in 
succession  make  20  yards.  Ames  makes  25  around  the 
end.  Black  breaks  the  line  for  10  more.  Mowry  carries 
the  ball  to  Harvard's  10-yard  line.  Sharp  tackling  by  Cum- 
nock, TrafFord,  and  Davis  gets  the  ball  for  Harvard.  Hard- 
ing passes  back  to  Sears  for  a  punt,  but  Cook  is  through 
and  gets  the  ball,  touching  it  down  for  Princeton.  Ames 
misses  the  try  at  goal.  Harvard  sends  Porter  in  the  V  for 
12  yards,  Janeway  getting  him.  Bovaird  and  Riggs  throw 
Lee  and  Porter  sharply  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball  on  downs. 
Ames  and  Sears  exchange  punts.  Janeway  gets  the  ball 
for  Princeton  on  Harvard's  40-yard  line.  Ames  falls  back 
for  a  drop  kick,  but  Cumnock  blocks  the  kick.  Ames  gets 
the  ball.  Black  hits  the  centre  hard  and  it  breaks  in  two. 
Black  leaps  past  the  backs,  and  dashing  sharply  to  the 
right,  crosses  the  goal-line  and  touches  down.  Ames  kicks 
the  goal.  Harvard  sends  Lee  in  the  wedge  for  20  yards. 
Gains  by  Woodman,  Carpenter,  and  Davis  land  the  ball  on 
Princeton's  15-yard  line.  Bovaird,  Janeway,  and  Riggs 
stop  the  advance  and  get  the  ball.  Ames  punts.  Harvard 
fumbles  and  Cowan  gets  the  ball.  Ames  goes  round  the 
end  for  20  yards  and  follows  it  up  for  7  more  around  the 
opposite  side.  Black  dives  through  tackle  for  5.  The  ball 
is  now  on  the  10-yard  line.  Cowan  runs  from  tackle  posi- 
tion, swinging  in  on  the  opposite  side  and  goes  through 
for  a  touchdown.  Ames  again  makes  the  goal.  Time  is 
called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  opens  with  the  V,  Black  making 
15  yards.  Ames  punts.  Harvard  now  commences  a  bril- 
liant attack.  Lee  and  Porter  alternate  running  the  ends 
with  Sears  and  Woodman,  Carpenter,  Trafford,  and  Davis 


240  FOOTBALL 

running  from  line  position.  Without  a  check  the  ball 
travels  down  to  Princeton's  10-yard  line.  Here  Bovaird 
and  Riggs  throw  the  Harvard  backs  for  a  big  loss  and  Prince- 
ton gets  the  ball.  Ames  immediately  punts.  Sears  sends 
it  back  to  Princeton's  15-yard  line.  Black  strikes  through 
tackle  for  10  yards.  Off-side  play  gives  Harvard  the  ball. 
A  drop  kick  is  attempted,  but  Cook  breaks  it  up.  Cook 
goes  off  and  Speer  takes  his  place.  Mowry  makes  a  touch- 
back  of  the  drop  kick.  Ames  punts  out.  Sears  returns. 
Ames  again  punts  and  Harvard  fumbles.  Bovaird  gets 
the  ball  and  with  a  clear  field  races  down  the  field  for  a 
touchdown.  Ames  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  opens  with 
the  V  and  makes  15  yards.  Princeton  holds  and  Sears 
punts.  On  the  line-up  Princeton  springs  a  trick  play,  a 
V-shaped  mass,  splitting  the  line  between  end  and  tackle, 
the  Princeton  end  coming  in  against  the  Harvard  tackle 
and  the  half  carrying  the  opposing  end  out.  The  backs 
running  in  the  form  of  a  triangle  give  the  play  the  appear- 
ance of  a  V.  Princeton  calls  it  a  "  split-the-line-open  play," 
or  "  boxing  the  tackle."  Ames  gains  45  yards  on  the  play. 
Harvard  stops  Princeton's  advance  on  the  25-yard  line. 
Unable  to  gain.  Sears  punts;  Princeton  returns.  Sears  takes 
the  ball  on  the  bound  and  runs  through  the  Princeton 
team,  being  brought  down  on  the  3-yard  mark.  Prince- 
ton makes  a  spirited  stand  and  takes  the  ball.  Kicks  are 
exchanged.  A  fumble  occurs,  and  Davis  coming  up  on 
the  run,  picks  up  the  ball  and  dashes  across  the  line  for  a 
touchdown.    Sears  kicks  the  goal  and  time  is  called. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Cambridge,  Nov.  16,  1889 

HARVARD  PRINCETON 

A.  J.  Cumnock,  '91,  Capt.,      Left  End,  B.  Donnelly,  '90. 

R.  Furness,  '91. 
J.  D.  Upton,  '93,  Left  Tackle,  H.  W.  Cowan,  '88. 

J.  S.  Cranston,  '92,  Left  Guard,  H.  H.  Janeway,  '90. 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON 


241 


HARVARD 

B.  T.  Tilton,  '90, 
P.  D.  Trafford,  '89, 

H.  H.  Stickney,  '93, 
S.  V.  R.  Crosby,  '91, 
D.  S.  Dean,  '91, 
J.  P.  Lee,  '91, 
J.  A.  Saxe,  '88, 
G.  R.  Fearing,  '93, 
B.  W.  Trafford.  '93. 


Centre, 
Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half-back, 

Right  Half-back, 

Full-back. 


PRINCETON 

W.  J.  George,  '89. 
J.  B.  Riggs,  '92. 
P.  C.  Jones,  '91. 
W.  S.  Cash,  '90. 
R.  H.  Warren,  '93. 
E.  A.  Poe,  '91,  Capt. 
R.  H.  Channing,  '91. 
J.  S.  Black,  '91. 

K.  L.  Ames,  '90. 


Referee:  G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89,  Yale.  Umpire:  H.  Beecher,  '88, 
Yale.  Score:  Harvard  15,  Princeton  41.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
S.  V.  R.  Crosby;  touchdown  by  R.  H.  Channing,  goal  from  field  by 
B.  W.  Trafford;  touchdown  by  R.  H.  Channing,  goal  by  K.  L.  Ames; 
touchdown  by  J.  P.  Lee.  Second  Half:  Safety  by  B.  W.  Trafford;  goal 
from  field  by  K.  L.  Ames;  touchdown  and  goal  by  K.  L.  Ames;  touch- 
down by  H.  W.  Cowan;  touchdown  by  R.  H.  Channing;  touchdown  by 
H.  W.  Cowan;  touchdown  by  W.  S.  Cash;  goal  by  K.  L.  Ames. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  game  opens  with  a  V,  in  which  Channing  makes  10 
yards.  On  the  line-up  Princeton  fumbles  and  Crosby, 
getting  the  ball,  dodges  the  entire  Princeton  team  and  makes 
a  touchdown.  Trafford  misses  the  goal.  Princeton  re- 
sumes play  with  a  V,  Black  making  12  yards.  Harvard 
holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  ball.  Lee  is  sent  into  the  line 
without  gain.  Harvard  fumbles  and  Channing  gets  the 
ball.  Princeton  sends  a  play  right  and  left  of  centre,  which 
Harvard  stops.  Channing  gets  through  the  line  and  races  off 
for  a  touchdown.  Ames  misses  the  goal.  Harvard  sends 
the  wedge  to  the  right  and  Cowan  smashes  it.  Trafford 
and  Ames  exchange  kicks,  on  one  of  which  Trafford  recov- 
ers the  ball  35  yards  from  Princeton's  goal-line.  He  drops 
back  for  a  field  goal  and  sends  the  ball  squarely  between  the 
posts.  Princeton  resumes  play  with  a  V,  gaining  15  yards. 
Black,  Channing,  and  Cowan  hit  the  line  hard  and  gain 
consecutively.     The   ball    has    reached    the   10-yard    line. 


242  FOOTBALL 

Harvard  contracts  the  line,  the  ball  is  snapped,  Channing 
swings  around  from  place  and  hitting  the  line  just  inside 
of  end  breaks  across  for  the  touchdown.  Ames  kicks  the 
goal.  Harvard  starts  off  with  the  wedge,  from  which  Lee 
makes  20  yards.  On  the  line-up  he  rounds  the  end  for  20 
more.  Again  he  is  called  to  take  the  ball,  and,  dashing  for 
the  end,  suddenly  cuts  through  tackle  and  crosses  the  line. 
Trafford  kicks  the  goal  and  the  half  closes. 

Second  Half:  Harvard  opens  the  second  half  with  a  V, 
which  gains  5  yards.  Riggs,  Janeway,  and  Cash  throw 
the  Harvard  runners  back  and  Trafford  punts.  Ames  gets 
the  ball  and  runs  it  back  10  yards  before  being  thrown. 
Princeton  now  attacks  the  Harvard  line,  Riggs,  Cash,  and 
Cowan  breaking  through  for  good  gains,  alternating  with 
Black  and  Channing.  Harvard  is  forced  back,  but  gets 
the  ball  in  her  own  goal.  Trafford  drops  back  to  punt,  but 
Cowan  and  Furness  are  on  him  and  he  makes  a  safety. 
Trafford  punts  out.  Ames  runs  the  ball  back  10  yards 
and  then  drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Harvard  starts  the 
wedge  at  centre,  but  cannot  gain  and  punts.  Ames  catches 
the  ball  and  by  a  brilliant  dash,  dodging  from  left  to  right, 
slips  through  the  Harvard  team  and  crosses  the  line  for  a 
touchdown.  A  moment  later  he  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard 
again  launches  a  V,  but,  unable  to  gain,  punts.  Ames  re- 
turns and  several  kicks  are  exchanged.  Cowan  finally  getting 
the  ball.  In  a  burst  of  speed  he  crashes  through  and  over 
the  Harvard  players  for  a  touchdown.  Trafford  punts  out 
from  the  25-yard  line  and  Poe  catches  and  runs  the  ball 
back  25  yards.  Harvard  holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  ball. 
Riggs  and  Poe  make  great  tackles  and  Princeton  recovers 
the  ball.  A  play  is  sent  against  centre,  Channing  carry- 
ing the  ball,  gaining  5  yards.  Cowan  breaks  away  and, 
dragging  several  players  clinging  to  him,  crosses  the  line. 
Harvard  starts  the  ball,  but  cannot  gain.     Trafford  punts. 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON 


243 


Channing  makes  a  run  of  25  yards.  Harvard  holds  and 
Princeton  punts.  Trafford  returns,  landing  the  ball  in 
Ames's  arms  beneath  the  cross-bar.  Ames  starts  swiftly- 
forward,  but  at  the  20-yard  line  slips  and  falls.  Cumnock 
is  upon  him,  but,  shaking  him  off,  Ames  springs  to  his  feet 
and  dashes  down  the  side  line.  Swerving  to  the  right  he 
threads  his  way  by  sharp  dodging  through  the  Harvard 
forwards,  then  suddenly  crossing  the  field  he  eludes  the  Har- 
vard backs  and  once  more  turns  to  the  right.  Dodging 
tackier  after  tackier  he  turns  toward  the  goal,  only  15  yards 
away.  At  the  5-yard  line  he  slips  and  falls  to  one  knee. 
Before  he  can  rise  Trafford  is  upon  him  and  his  great  run 
is  ended.  Harvard  stands  like  a  wall.  Upton,  Crosby,  and 
Dean  throw  the  Orange  and  Black  runners  back  and  Har- 
vard gets  the  ball.  The  Crimson  cannot  gain  and  punts. 
Channing  brings  the  ball  back  and  on  the  next  play  takes  it 
over  for  a  touchdown.  The  play  resumes  and  Harvard 
punts.  Darkness  is  coming  on  and  the  spectators  are 
crowding  upon  the  field.  Ames  receives  Trafford's  kick 
and  once  more  comes  swiftly  down  the  side  line,  carrying 
the  ball  to  the  15-yard  line.  On  the  next  play  Cash  breaks 
through  and  scores  a  touchdown.  Ames  kicks  the  goal. 
Soon  after  time  is  called. 


HARVARD 

N.  W.  Cabot,  '98, 
R.  H.  Hallowell,  '96, 
T.  G.  Stevenson,  '96 
S.  W.  Wheeler,  '98, 

E.  G.  Holt,  '99, 

F.  G.  Shaw,  '97, 

J.  E,  N.  Shaw,  '98, 
M.  Donald,  '99, 


Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Nov.  2,  1895 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 


Left  Guard, 
"        ft 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 


PRINCETON 

W.  P.  Hearn,  '96. 
W.  W.  Church,  '97. 


D.  Riggs,  '97. 
P.  Wentz,  '99. 
R.  R.  Gailey,  '97. 
J.  M.  Rhodes,  '97. 
L.  Lea,  '96,  Capt. 
A.  C.  Tyler,  '97. 


244 


FOOTBALL 


PRINCETON 

G.  Cochran,  '98. 

H.  M.  Suter,  '99. 
A.  H.  Rosengarten/97. 


H.  C.  Armstrong, '{ 
W.  H.  Bannard,  '91 
J.  Baird,  '99. 


HARVARD 

A.  H.  Brewer,  '96,  Capt.,  Right  End, 

G.  Newell,  '98, 

A.  Borden,  '96,  Quarter-back, 

E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Left  Half, 
J.  A.  Sullivan,  '97,  "       " 
M.  G.  Gonterman,  '96, 
C.  Brewer,  '96,  Right  Half, 

J.  C.  Fau-child,  '96,  Full-back, 

J.  W.  Dunlop,  '97, 

Referee:  H.  L.  Pratt  '95,  Amherst.    Umpires:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy; 

F.  de  P.  Townsend,  '95,  Williams.  Linesmen:  M.  A.  Kennedy,  Stan- 
ford; V.  M.  Coyne,  E.  A.  C.  Score:  Harvard  4,  Princeton  12.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  H.  Rosengarten;  touchdown  by  F.  G.  Shaw; 
touchdown  by  A.  H.  Rosengarten;  touchdown  by  H.  M.  Suter. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  north 
goal.  Lea  kicks  off  and  C.  Brewer  returns.  On  the  line-up 
Baird  punts  and  Harvard  returns  the  kick.  Lea  swings 
into  tackle  for  7  yards.  The  play  is  reversed,  gaining  4 
more.  Rosengarten  bucks  the  line  for  3,  Church  3,  Arm- 
strong 3,  and  Rosengarten  5.  The  ball  is  fumbled  and 
Wrightington  gets  it.  Harvard  cannot  gain  an  inch  and  C. 
Brewer  kicks  over  the  goal-line.  Princeton  punts  out  and 
Harvard  returns.  Princeton  tries  the  line,  but  cannot  ad- 
vance and  Baird  punts.  Hansard  again  sends  back  the 
ball  on  the  line-up.  Baird  attempts  to  skirt  the  end,  but 
is  tackled  on  the  10-yard  line.  On  the  next  play  he  kicks 
to  45.  Harvard  holds  in  the  line  and  the  ball  goes  to 
Princeton.  Armstrong  splits  the  tackle  for  5.  Harvard 
holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  ball.  Church  stops  Wright- 
ington and  Lea  does  the  same  for  C.  Brewer.  C.  Brewer 
kicks  down  to  Princeton's  5-yard  line.  Princeton  tries  to 
punt,  but  the  kick  is  bad  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball  on  the 
12-yard  line.  Harvard  plunges  hard  and  is  taking  the  ball 
across  the  line  when  a  fumble  occurs.     Suter  picks  it  up  and 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON  245 

dashes  for  the  Harvard  goal,  110  yards  away.  The  two 
teams  give  chase,  but  Suter,  closely  pursued  by  C.  Brewer, 
draws  away.  The  white  lines  are  flying  under  feet,  but 
Brewer  is  gaining.  As  Suter  crosses  the  20-yard  line  Brewer 
springs  through  the  air  and  brings  him  down  15  yards  from 
Harvard's  goal-line.  Rosengarten  breaks  through  the  cen- 
tre for  5.  Cabot  and  Holt  throw  back  the  next  two  runners 
and  Harvard  gets  the  ball.  Brewer  kicks  to  40.  Prince- 
ton by  small  gains  works  the  ball  to  Harvard's  40.  Baird 
tries  a  drop,  but  the  kick  is  blocked.  Harvard  by  a  series 
of  runs  and  double  passes  now  quickly  advances  the  ball  to 
Princeton's  25-yard  line.  Fairchild  tries  for  a  field  goal, 
but  his  kick  is  blocked.  Princeton  kicks  out  and  Harvard 
works  back  to  the  35-yard  line.  Again  Fairchild  tries  for 
a  goal,  but  Lea  blocks  the  kick.  Time  is  called  for  the  half. 
Second  Half:  Harvard  kicks  down  to  Princeton's  20. 
Princeton  lines  up  to  punt  back,  but  the  kick  is  blocked. 
Harvard  getting  the  ball.  The  Crimson  cannot  gain  and 
tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  the  kick  is  blocked.  Princeton 
punts  and  Harvard  fumbles.  Princeton  punts  again. 
Harvard  lines  up  to  punt,  but  the  kick  is  blocked  and  it  is 
Princeton's  ball  on  Harvard's  3-yard  line.  Rosengarten 
in  one  plunge  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  C.  Brewer  kicks 
off  to  Princeton's  20-yard  line.  Princeton  tries  a  fake  kick 
and  gains  5  yards.  Baird  then  attempts  to  punt,  but  Shaw 
blocks  the  kick,  which  rolls  across  the  goal-line,  where  he 
falls  on  it  for  a  touchdown  for  Harvard.  The  goal  is 
missed.  Harvard  kicks  off.  Princeton  returns  over  the 
heads  of  the  Harvard  men  and  the  ball  rolls  almost  to 
Harvard's  goal.  The  Crimson  lines  up  and  C.  Brewer, 
standing  on  his  10-yard  line,  prepares  to  punt.  The  kick 
is  blocked  and  rolls  across  the  line,  where  Rosengarten 
falls  on  it  for  a  touchdown  for  Princeton.  Suter  misses  the 
goal.     Harvard  kicks  off  and  Princeton  returns.     Harvard 


246 


FOOTBALL 


tries  the  line,  but  cannot  make  first  down.  C.  Brewer  drops 
back  to  punt  and  again  the  kick  is  blocked.  Wrightington 
recovers  the  ball.  Harvard  again  tries  the  line  without  gain 
and  drops  back  to  punt,  but  once  more  the  Princeton  for- 
wards crash  through  and  the  kick  is  blocked.  This  time 
Princeton  gets  the  ball  on  the  10-yard  line.  Bannard 
shoots  a  double  pass  to  Suter  and  the  latter  goes  around  the 
end  for  a  touchdown.  No  goal.  The  remainder  of  the 
time  is  spent  in  useless  line-bucking  by  Harvard  and  long 
punts  by  Princeton. 

Harvard  vs.  Princeton 
Cambridge,  Nov.  7,  1896 


harvard 

PRINCETON 

A.  H.  Brewer,  '96, 

Left  End, 

H.  C.  Brokaw,  '97. 

N.  W.  Cabot,  '98, 

((        t( 

S.  H.  Thompson,  '97. 

S.  W.  Lewis,  '00, 

((                 €( 

C.  O.  Swain,  '00, 

Left  Tackle, 

W.  W.  Church,  '97. 

G.  W.  Bouv^,  '98, 

Left  Guard, 

E.  G.  Crowdis,  '99. 

F.  G.  Shaw,  '97, 

Centre, 

R.  R.  Gailey,  '97. 

A.  E.  Doucette,  '95, 

« 

J.  E.  N.  Shaw, 

Right  Guard, 

H.  C.  Armstrong,  '98. 

J.  H.  Lee,  '00, 

Right  Tackle, 

A.  R.  T.  Hillebrand,  '00. 

J.  E.  Moulton,  '98, 

Right  End, 

G.  Cochran.  '98,  Capt. 

A.  M.  Beale,  '97, 

Quarter-back, 

F.  L.  Smith,  '97. 

G.F.  Cozzens,  '96, 

Left  Half, 

W.  H.  Bannard,  '99. 

«        (( 

H.  Wheeler,  '00. 

J.  W.  Dunlop,  '97,  Capt., 

Right  Half, 

A.  W.  Kelly,  '98. 

J.  A.  SulUvan,  '97, 

a             (( 

H.  R.  Reiter,  '98. 

it             it 

N.  Poe,  '97 

R.  W.  P.  Brown,  '98, 

Full-back, 

J.  Baird,  '99. 

B.  H.  Dibblee,  '99, 

(( 

Referee:  W.  O.  Hickok,  '95,  Yale.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesman:  C.  R.  Wyckoff,  '96,  Cornell.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Princeton 
12.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  W.  H.  Bannard,  goal  by  J.  Baird; 
touchdown  by  H.  C.  Brokaw,  goal  by  J.  Baird. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west 
goal.  Baird  kicks  off  for  Princeton,  sending  the  ball  to 
Harvard's   10-yard  line.     On   the  line-up  Brown  returns 


HARVARD  VS.  PRINCETON  247 

the  kick  to  midfield.  Kelly  goes  through  the  centre  for  3. 
Bannard  rounds  the  end  for  10.  Two  downs  fail  to  make 
the  required  distance  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball.  Brown 
punts  to  Princeton's  30.  Smith  goes  through  tackle  for  2. 
Three  revolving  tandem  plays  net  15  yards.  Harvard 
holds  for  downs.  Brown  punts  35  yards.  Kelly  hits  the 
centre  for  5.  Church  splits  the  tackle  for  3.  Harvard 
holds  and  Baird  punts  to  Harvard's  48.  Dunlop  circles 
the  end  for  15  yards.  Several  exchanges  of  punts  ensue. 
Brown  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Baird  kicks  out 
to  midfield.  Reiter  takes  the  place  of  Kelly.  Brown 
punts  over  Princeton's  goal-line.  Princeton  kicks  out,  but 
Brown  returns.  Princeton  opens  up  the  revolving  tackle  play 
and  gains  15  yards.  Harvard  holds  for  downs  and  Brown 
punts.  Smith  makes  5.  Two  plunges  into  the  line  fail 
to  gain  and  Baird  drops  back  to  punt.  Brown  returns  the 
kick.  Reiter  goes  through  the  line  for  4.  Harvard  holds 
and  Baird  again  falls  back  to  punt.  Bouv^  blocks  the  kick. 
Moulton  picks  up  the  ball  and  with  a  clear  field  starts  for 
the  goal,  but  slips  on  the  20-yard  line  and  loses  the  ball. 
Baird  gets  it  for  Princeton.  Punts  are  exchanged.  Beale 
tries  a  quarter-back  kick,  but  Brokaw  gets  the  ball.  Baird 
goes  through  the  line  for  4.     Time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Brown  kicks  to  Princeton's  25.  Baird  re- 
turns. Brown  punts,  but  the  Princeton  forwards  are  on 
him  and  the  ball  goes  straight  into  the  air,  Baird  catching 
it  on  Harvard's  35.  Cabot  takes  the  place  of  Brewer.  The 
teams  line  up,  the  ball  is  snapped,  and  Bannard  dashes 
around  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  Baird  kicks  the  goal. 
Brown  kicks  off  for  Harvard,  sending  the  ball  to  Princeton's 
10-yard  line.  Baird  returns  to  midfield.  Brokaw  tackles 
Cabot  for  no  gain.  Punts  are  exchanged.  Sullivan  re- 
covers ball  for  Harvard  at  53.  Brown  punts  to  Princeton's 
35-yard  line.     Another  exchange  of  punts  follows.     Smith 


248  FOOTBALL 

heels  a  fair  catch  for  Princeton  50  yards  from  the  Crimson 
goal.  Baird  attempts  a  place  kick,  but  misses.  Harvard 
kicks  out  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball  at  40.  The  revolving 
tandem  again  starts  in  motion.  Harvard  stops  the  ad- 
vance on  the  25-yard  line.  Wheeler  replaces  Bannard. 
Brown  punts  and  Baird  catches  at  45.  Church  and  Hille- 
brand  each  make  10  yards.  Baird  punts  to  Harvard's  20. 
A  penalty  sets  Princeton  back  10  yards.  Sullivan  takes  the 
place  of  Dunlop.  Brown  falls  back  to  punt,  but  Church 
blocks  the  kick.  The  ball  bounds  back  over  Harvard's 
goal-line,  where  Brokaw  falls  on  it  for  a  touchdown.  Baird 
kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off.  Princeton  quickly 
works  the  ball  into  Harvard's  territory.  Poe  replaces 
Reiter  and  Lewis  takes  the  place  of  Cabot.  Dibblee  re- 
lieves Brown.  Princeton  commences  a  fierce  attack  on  the 
Harvard  line.  The  ball  rapidly,  but  by  short  gains,  ad- 
vances toward  the  Crimson  goal.  As  it  reaches  the  15- 
yard  line  the  strains  of  "Fair  Harvard"  float  from  a  cornet 
in  the  east  stand.  The  Crimson  stands  firm  and  the  attack  is 
stopped.  Harvard  punts  and  once  more  Princeton  forces 
the  ball  steadily  toward  the  goal.  The  ball  reaches  the  30- 
yard  line.  Time  is  called. 
1897-1910  no  games. 


CHAPTER  XIV 
HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


Harvard  vs. 

Yale 

] 

New  Haven,  Nov. 

13,  1875 

HARVARD 

YALE 

H.  C.  Leeds,  77, 

Rusher, 

M.  H.  Phelps,  76. 

M.  L.  Gate,  77, 

t( 

W.  J.  Wakeman,  76. 

J.  B.  Keyes,  77, 

u 

J.  P.  Peters,  73. 

B.  S.  Blanchard,  79, 

u 

C.  C.  Camp,  77. 

A.  C.  Tower,  77, 

It 

G.  T.  Elliott,  77. 

u 

G.  V.  Bushnell,  74. 

ft 

O.  D.  Thompson,  79 

J.  A.  Wetherbee,  78, 

Half-tender, 

D.  T.  Trumbull,  76. 

H.  L.  Morse,  77, 

« 

F.  W.  Vaille.  76. 

it 

D.  R.  Alden,  76. 

E.  C.  Hall,  76, 

Tender, 

William  Arnold,  76,  Capt. 

W.  S.  Seamans,  '80, 

(( 

C.  Johnson,  76. 

N.  Curtis,  77,  Capt., 

(( 

W.  L.  R.  Wurts,  78. 

D.  C.  Bacon,  76, 

(( 

E.  H.  Herrick,  77, 

(( 

Referee:  R.  C.  Cornell,  Columbia.  Judges:  W.  A.  Whiting,  77, 
Harvard;  E.  J.  McKnight,  76,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  4  goals,  Yale  0. 
First  Half  Hour:  Goal  by  H.  C.  Leeds;  goal  by  W.  S.  Seamans. 
Second  Half  Hour:  Goal  by  B.  S.  Blanchard.  Third  Half  Hour: 
Goal  by  A.  C.  Tower.    (Score  by  goals  only.) 

This  game  was  played  at  Hamilton  Park  under  a  code  of 
rules  known  as  the  "  concessionary  rules,"  so  called  because 
of  certain  concessions  in  the  Rugby  Union  code  granted  by 
Harvard  to  Yale.  At  noon  on  the  day  of  the  game  the  train 
from  Boston  arrived  with  a  throng  of  150  collegians,  chroni- 
cled at  the  time  as  "the  biggest  crowd  from  Boston  ever 
seen  in  New  Haven." 

249 


250  FOOTBALL 

First  Half  Hour:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the 
wind.  Arnold  kicks  off  for  Yale,  sending  a  long  kick  down 
the  field.  Leeds  springs  a  trick  not  known  at  Yale:  he 
kicks  the  ball  back  again.  Yale  again  kicks  and  Leeds, 
catching,  runs  in  for  a  touchdown.  He  kicks  the  goal.  The 
ball  is  kicked  off  and  Harvard  soon  has  it  in  touch  near 
Yale's  goal.  It  is  thrown  in  to  Seamans,  who  kicks  a  goal 
from  the  field.  Yale  kicks  off.  Seamans  almost  runs  in 
to  Yale's  goal,  but  stops  35  yards  away  and  tries  a  drop 
kick.  The  ball  sails  squarely  for  the  posts,  but  Trumbull 
jumps  in  the  air  and  stops  it  with  his  hand  just  as  it  is  cross- 
ing the  cross-rope.  Yale  kicks  out  and  the  half  hour  termi- 
nates with  the  ball  10  yards  from  Yale's  goal. 

Second  Half  Hour:  Bacon  sends  a  long  kick  down  the 
field  for  Harvard.  Arnold  returns  and  Herrick,  catching, 
almost  runs  in  for  a  touchdown,  being  stopped  by  Bushnell. 
On  the  next  play  Gushing  gets  away  and  makes  a  touch- 
down. The  goal  fails.  Yale  kicks  off.  After  a  few  plays 
Wetherbee  gets  the  ball,  and  as  he  is  about  to  be  tackled^ 
passes  to  Blanchard,  who  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field.  Yale 
kicks  off.  Gate  catches  and  runs,  but  is  brought  down  by 
Elliott.  The  ball  is  in  touch  with  a  pile  of  men  upon  it. 
The  referee  finds  several  pairs  of  hands  holding  the  ball, 
but  gives  it  to  Harvard.  The  ball  is  thrown  in  and  time 
is  called. 

Third  Half  Hour:  Yale  kicks  off.  Harvard  runs  back, 
but  Yale  now  shows  greater  familiarity  with  the  game  and 
tackles  strongly.  The  runner  is  stopped  and  the  whole 
Yale  team  pile  on  him.  When  they  are  taken  off  the  ball 
is  found  a  flattened  sheet  of  rubber  at  the  bottom.  It  is 
blown  up  again  and  the  game  proceeds.  Blanchard  gets  the 
ball  and  runs  in  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed. 
Play  is  resumed,  and  after  a  few  runs  and  tackles  Tower 
kicks  a  goal  from  the  field.     Yale  kicks  off  and  forces  the 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


251 


ball  into  Harvard^s  quarters.  The  latter  transfers  the  play 
to  the  other  end  of  the  field,  where  just  as  the  game  closes 
Seamans  makes  a  touchdown.     The  goal  fails. 


HARVARD 

H.  W.  Gushing,  77, 
L.  Gushing,  79, 
F.  A.  Houston,  79, 
J.  B.  Keyes,  77, 
F.  W.  Rollins,  77, 


N.  Curtis,  77,  Capt., 

E.  H.  Herrick,  77, 
W.  S.  Seamans,  '80, 
G.  P.  Faucon,  75, 

F.  D.  Jordan,  '80, 
J.  A.  Wetherbee,  78, 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  18,  1876 

YALE 

Forward,  N.  U.  Walker,  77. 

W.  V.  Downer,  78. 

W.  H.  Taylor,  78. 

G.  H.  Glark,  '80. 

G.  G.  Gamp,  '77. 

E.  L.  Morse,  '78. 

W.  L.  R.  Wurts,  78. 
Half-back  Walter  Gamp,  '80. 

W.  D.  Hatch,  '79. 


Back, 


E.  V.  Baker,  '77,  Gapt. 
W.  I.  Bigelow,  '77. 
O.  D.  Thompson,  79. 

Referee:  G.  V.  Bushnell,  '74,  Yale.  Judges:  W.  E.  Russell,  '77, 
Harvard;  G.  T.  Elliott,  '77,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  1  goal. 
Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  O.  D.  Thompson. 

Note. — At  the  request  of  Yale  an  agreement  was  made 
preliminary  to  this  game  that  touchdowns  should  not  count 
in  the  scoring,  but  that  the  latter  should  be  computed  by- 
goals  alone.  At  the  request  of  Harvard  the  game  was 
played  with  ten  men  only  upon  a  side. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  upper 
goal.  The  two  teams,  composed  of  ten  men  each,  deploy 
upon  the  field.  It  is  noticed  that  they  present  two  different 
tactical  dispositions  of  the  men.  Harvard  is  playing  three 
men  at  half-back,  or,  as  the  position  is  known  at  Cambridge, 
as  "half-tend,"  while  Yale  uses  only  two,  thus  throwing 
an  extra  man  for  Yale  in  the  line  of  forwards,  or,  as  Har- 


252  FOOTBALL 

vard  denominates  the  position,  "rushers."  Each  side  is 
playing  three  men  at  "  back,"  or  "  tend."  Baker  kicks  off 
and  Faucon  returns  the  kick.  For  half  an  hour  the  play 
is  even,  kicks  and  scrummages  following  in  rapid  succes- 
sion to  the  advantage  of  neither.  Houston  at  last  gets  away 
for  a  long  run  and  makes  a  touchdown,  but  the  try  at  goal 
fails.  The  half  comes  to  an  end  without  further  features 
of  record. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  the  second  half  by  quickly  rush- 
ing the  ball  into  Harvard's  quarters,  but  sharp  work  by  Sea- 
mans  and  Herrick  gets  it  back  again.  After  thirty  minutes  of 
varying  play  O.  D.  Thompson  gets  the  ball  and,  standing  on 
the  35-yard  mark  and  at  a  wide  angle,  cleverly  sends  a  drop 
kick  squarely  over  the  bar  and  between  the  posts.  Harvard 
resumes  play  desperately  and  forces  Yale  back.  Three 
seconds  before  the  expiration  of  time  Herrick  runs  in  for 
a  touchdown,  but  time  expires  while  he  is  in  flight  and  the 
try  at  goal  is  not  allowed.  The  referee  awards  the  game  to 
Yale  by  1  goal  to  0. 

1877,  no  game. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Boston,  Nov.  23,  1878 

HARVARD  YALE 

H.  W.  Gushing,  77,  Rusher,  J.  V.  Farwell,  79. 

J.  Swift,  79,  "  P.  C.  Fuller,  '81. 

W.  D.  Holden,  '82,  "  J.  S.  Harding,  '80. 

F.  G.  Perry,  '79,  "  L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 

F.  C.  Warren,  '79,  "  P.  King,  '80. 

T.  C.  Thacher,  '82,  "  F.  M.  Eaton,  '82. 

J.  E.  Cowdin,  '79,  "  W.  I.  Badger,  '82. 

E.  W.  Morse,  '78,  "  W.  A.  Peters,  '80. 

B.  S.  Blanchard,  '79,  Half-back  O.  D.  Thompson,  '79. 

L.  Gushing,  '79,  Gapt.,  "  R.  W.  Watson,  '81. 

H.  D.  Sedgwick,  '82,  "  Walter  Gamp,  '80,  Gapt. 

Robert  Winsor,  '80, 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE         253 

HARVARD  YALE 

J.  A.  Wetherbee,  78,  Back,  W.  W.  K.  Nixon,  '81. 

F.  L.  Eldridge,  '82,  "  W.  J.  Wakeman,  '77. 

F.  A.  Houston,  '79,  "  C.  W.  Lyman,  '82. 

J.  Holmes,  '79,  " 

Referee:  B.  Ballard,  '80,  Princeton.  Judges:  W.  A.  Whiting,  '77, 
Harvard;  G.  H.  Clark,  '80,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  1  goal. 
Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  O.  D.  Thompson. 

Note. — At  the  request  of  Yale  an  agreement  was  made 
preliminary  to  this  game  that  touchdowns  should  not  count 
in  the  score,  but  that  the  latter  should  be  computed  by  goals 
alone. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Yale  kicks  off.  Harvard  at  once  works  the  ball,  by  runs  of 
Wetherbee,  Gushing,  and  Houston,  into  Yale's  goal.  Camp 
gets  the  ball  and  runs  it  out  of  danger.  Sedgwick  runs  it 
back  again.  A  random  kick  sends  the  ball  into  a  small 
pond  of  water  near  the  field  of  play,  but  both  teams  plunge 
in  after  it  to  the  huge  merriment  of  the  spectators.  W.  Camp 
gets  it.  The  ball  is  now  worked  back  to  centre  by  Thomp- 
son, Watson,  and  Wakeman.  L.  Cushing  gets  it  out  of  a 
scrimmage  and  makes  20  yards,  kicking  just  as  he  is  about 
to  be  tackled.  Wetherbee  takes  it  down  into  Yale's  goal. 
Yale  gets  the  ball  and  by  long  runs  of  Thompson,  Watson, 
and  W.  Camp  carries  it  within  20  yards  of  Harvard's  goal. 
W.  Camp  drops  a  goal  from  the  field,  but  time  expires  while 
the  ball  is  in  flight  and  the  goal  does  not  count. 

Second  Half:  Warren  kicks  off  to  Yale  in  the  second 
half.  Yale  plays  up  strong  and  works  the  ball  quickly 
down  into  Harvard's  goal,  where  Holmes  runs  it  out,  deliv- 
ering a  long  punt  while  on  the  run.  Thompson  catches, 
and  eluding  the  Crimson  tacklers,  runs  with  the  ball,  also 
kicking  when  about  to  be  tackled.  The  ball  is  again  in 
Harvard's  goal,  but  rush  upon  rush  cannot  get  it  over. 


254  FOOTBALL 

Holmes  again  gets  the  ball  and  saves  Harvard  by  running  it 
out  to  midfield.  Thompson  runs  15  yards  into  Harvard's 
territory.  W.  Camp  tries  a  long  drop,  but  misses  the  posts. 
Winsor  and  Wetherbee  by  long  runs  transfer  the  play  to 
Yale's  side,  where  it  remains  for  some  time.  Camp  and 
Lyman  get  it  back  to  midfield.  Thompson  runs  the  ball 
to  the  40-yard  mark,  and  stopping  suddenly,  tries  a  drop 
for  the  goal.  The  ball  shoots  between  two  Harvard  men 
and  sails  squarely  between  the  posts  for  a  goal.  Play  is 
resumed.  The  ball  remains  at  centre  for  several  minutes 
and  time  is  called. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  8,  1879 

harvard  YALE 

E.  W.  Morse,  78,  Rusher,  L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 

W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  "  C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 

L.  Gushing,  '79,  "  F.  R.  Vernon,  '81. 

E.  Brooks,  '80,  "  B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 

F.  C.  Warren,  '79,  "  J.  S.  Harding,  '80. 
J.  S.  Tebbets,  '80,  "  F.  Remington,  '80. 
T.  C.  Thacher,  '82,  "  F.  M.  Eaton,  '82. 
T.  W.  Nickerson,  '80,  "  J.  Moorehead,  '80. 
Robert  Bacon,  '80,  Capt.,     Quarter-back, 

Robert  Winsor,  '80,  Half-back,         Walter  Camp,  '80,  Capt. 

W.  R.  Austin,  '77,  "  W.  A.  Peters,  '80. 

W.  I.  Badger,  '82. 

G.  H.  Clark,  '80. 

F.  E.  Cabot,  '80,  Three-quarter-back,  B.  W.  Bacon,  '81. 

G.  H.  Leatherbee,  '82,  Back,  W.  W.  K.  Nixon,  '81. 
A.  B.  Shattuck,  '81,                        "  C.  W.  Lyman,  '82. 

Referee:   B.  Ballard,  '80,  Princeton.     Judges:   F.  A.  Houston,  '79, 
Harvard;  W.  C.  McHenry,  '80,  Yale.     Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  0. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  7,  convention 
Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.     Yale  kicks  off.     Harvard,  by  runs  of  Cabot  and 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  255 

Austin,  works  the  ball  back  to  midfield,  where  it  remains 
for  twenty  minutes.  Runs  by  Camp,  Peters,  and  Badger 
then  take  it  down  near  Harvard's  goal.  Long  kicks  by 
Cabot  and  Shattuck  suddenly  transfer  play  into  Yale's  goal, 
where  Nixon  gets  the  ball  and  by  a  long  run  followed  by  a 
kick  by  Camp  the  ball  is  placed  40  yards  from  Harvard's 
goal.  Here  Eaton  is  fouled  and  Yale  is  given  a  free  kick 
as  a  penalty.  The  ball  goes  to  the  left  of  the  posts.  Harvard 
punts  well  down  the  field  and  Yale  returns.  Lamb  gets  the 
ball  and  runs  across  the  line  for  a  touchdown,  but  the  play  is 
not  allowed  on  account  of  a  foul.  The  ball  is  directly  in 
front  of  Harvard's  goal.  Harding  passes  to  Camp,  who 
drops  a  goal  from  the  45-yard  line,  but  again  the  play  is 
not  allowed  on  account  of  holding  by  Yale.  Time  is  then 
called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Harvard  opens  the  second  half  by  a  long 
kick.  Moorehead  gets  the  ball  and  almost  covers  the  field 
for  a  touchdown,  but  is  stopped  when  near  the  goal.  Har- 
vard puts  up  a  strong  fight  to  save  their  goal-line,  but  cannot 
get  the  ball  out,  although  they  prevent  it  from  being  rushed 
over.  Camp  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Harvard 
makes  a  safety.  Shattuck  by  a  long  run  and  kicks  gets  the 
ball  near  Yale's  goal.  Yale  gets  the  ball,  but  is  forced  to 
touch  down  twice  for  safety.  At  last  Camp  punts  far  down 
the  field  and  time  then  is  called. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Boston,  Nov.  20,  1880 

harvard  YALE 

H.  M.  Atkinson,  '84,  Forward,  P.  C.  Fuller,  '81. 

F.  C.  Warren,  79,  "  C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 

F.  A.  Houston,  '79,  "  B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 
W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  Capt.,  "  J.  S.  Harding,  '80. 
Alex.  Boyd,  '82,  "  C.  B.  Storrs,  '82. 

G.  B.  Morison,  '83,  "  F.  R.  Vernon,  '81. 
T.  C.  Thacher,  '82,  "  W.  L.  Adams,  '83. 


256  FOOTBALL 

HARVARD  YALE 

Quarter-back,  W.  I.  Badger,  '82. 

W.  O.  Edmands,  '83,  Half-back,  R.  W.  Watson,  '81,  Capt. 

C.  H.  W.  Foster,  '81,  "  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

G.  P.  Keith,  '83, 

H.  M.  Cutts,  '83,  Full-back,  B.  W.  Bacon,  '81. 

Referee:  F.  Loney,  '81,  Princeton.  Judges:  R.  Winsor,  '80,  Har- 
vard; G.  H.  Clark,  '80,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  1  field  goal,  1 
touchdown.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  Walter  Camp;  touch- 
down by  R.  W.  Watson. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  7,  convention 
Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south  goal, 
favored  by  a  light  vrind.  Keith  kicks  off  for  Harvard, 
whose  players  follow  up  the  ball  and  force  Yale  to  make 
a  safety.  A  great  kicking  exchange  follows,  the  field  being 
too  slippery  for  good  rushing.  By  kicks  of  Camp  and 
Watson  the  ball  is  transferred  into  Harvard's  territory. 
The  ball  is  now  within  20  yards  of  the  goal.  Camp  tries 
to  run  in  for  a  touchdown,  but  Keith  stops  him.  He  tries 
for  a  field  goal,  but  the  slippery  ball  glances  to  one  side. 
Harvard  is  in  straits  and  makes  four  safeties.  Harvard  by 
long  runs  of  Edmands,  Foster,  and  Keith  works  the  ball 
back  to  Yale's  side  and  carries  it  within  5  yards  of  the  goal. 
Several  rushes  fail  to  advance  it  an  inch  and  Edmands 
prepares  for  a  drop  at  goal.  The  kick  misses  the  post  by 
inches.  Watson  makes  two  long  runs  in  succession,  getting 
the  ball  to  midfield.  Camp  follows  with  another  of  25  yards 
and  Adams  gets  away  in  a  clear  field,  but  slips  and  falls  on  the 
5-yard-line  mark.     Time  is  then  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Harding  kicks  off  for  Yale.  Manning  is 
hurt  in  the  scrimmage  and  retires,  Boyd  taking  his  place. 
Boyd  soon  after  also  is  injured  and  goes  off.  Manning,  who 
has  recovered,  coming  back  in  his  place.     Yale  is  playing 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


257 


strong  now  and  the  ball  is  travelling  rapidly  down  the  field. 
It  is  within  6  paces  of  the  goal.  Watson  is  hurt,  but  re- 
sumes playing.  Yale  makes  a  number  of  downs  in  front  of 
the  goal,  gaining  a  few  inches.  Cutts  gets  the  ball  and 
pretends  to  make  a  safety,  but  instead  runs  the  ball  out  and 
kicks.  Bacon  gets  it  and  kicks  it  back.  Only  five  minutes 
are  left  to  play.  The  referee  awards  a  foul  to  Yale  in  front 
of  the  goal-posts.  Yale  takes  a  free  kick  and  draws  back. 
The  ball  is  carefully  placed  and  Camp  sends  it  squarely 
between  the  posts.  Harvard  kicks  off  at  centre  and  Watson, 
catching  the  ball,  runs  through  the  entire  Harvard  team, 
making  a  touchdown.  Before  the  try  at  goal  can  be  made 
time  expires  and  the  great  game  is  at  an  end.  In  the  evening 
the  Harvard  team  entertained  their  opponents  with  a  dinner 
at  Young's.  Speeches  were  made  by  Coolidge,  Lamb, 
Manning,  Loney,  and  Watson,  and  the  company  was  enter- 
tained by  the  singing  of  Atkinson,  Edmands,  and  Merrill. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  12,  1881 


harvard 


YALE 


W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  Capt.,     Forward 

E.  T.  Cabot,  '83, 

F.  A.  Houston,  '79, 
T.  C.  Thacher,  '82, 
L.  W.  Kendall,  '84, 
R.  M.  Appleton,  '84, 

E.  S.  Perin,  '82, 

F.  A.  Mason,  '84, 
W.  A.  Henry,  '85, 

G.  P.  Keith,  '83, 
W.  O.  Edmands,  '83, 


Quarter-back, 
Half-back, 


Full-back, 


H.  H.  Knapp,  '82. 

A.  L.  Farwell,  '84. 
R.  Tompkins,  '84. 
L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 
C.  B.  Storrs,  '82. 
C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 

B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 
W.  I.  Badger,  '82. 
Walter  Camp,'80,  Capt. 
E.  L.  Richards,  '85. 
B.  W.  Bacon.  '81. 


Referee:  P.  T.  Bryan,  '82,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  4  safeties, 
Yale  0.  First  Half:  3  safeties  by  Harvard.  Second  Half:  1  safety  by 
Harvard.     (Names  of  judges  and  makers  of  safeties  not  on  record.) 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  5,  convention 
Oct.  8,  1881,  Appendix. 


258  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Camp  kicks  off.  Harvard  is  taken  by  surprise,  as  the 
kick  is  to  the  side,  which  Knapp,  running  forward,  recovers. 
On  the  scrimmage  Badger  sends  a  long  side  pass  to  Lamb, 
but  Houston  prevents  a  gain.  Badger  then  passes  the  ball 
to  Camp,  who  kicks.  During  the  rest  of  this  half  the  ball  is 
kept  inside  of  Harvard's  25-yard  line  by  rush  upon  rush, 
resulting  only  in  slight  gains  for  Yale.  Harvard  at  last  gets 
the  ball  on  a  foul.  A  long  pass  is  sent  to  the  side,  but  Badger 
intercepts  it  and  gets  the  ball.  Hull  snaps  to  Badger, 
who  passes  to.  Lamb.  Lamb  is  forced  out  of  bounds.  Har- 
vard gets  the  ball,  but  is  forced  to  make  a  safety.  The 
ball  after  the  kick-out  is  forced  back  into  Harvard's  goal, 
where  a  second  safety  is  made.  Henry  punts  out.  Lamb 
catches  and  runs  in  until  tackled,  when  the  ball  is  passed 
to  Camp.  Camp  is  stopped.  A  try  at  goal  fails  and  Har- 
vard for  the  third  time  touches  down  for  safety.  Henry 
punts  out  to  Hull,  who  runs,  but  is  thrown  by  Cabot.  Hull 
then  passes  the  ball  sideways  to  Storrs,  who  crosses  the 
line,  but  the  referee  refuses  to  allow  the  touchdown  and 
time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Keith  kicks  off  at  the  opening  of  the  sec- 
ond half  to  Bacon,  who  stands  underneath  the  cross-bar. 
Bacon  returns  the  kick.  The  ball  oscillates  back  and  forth 
near  midfield  without  advantage  to  either  side.  Richards, 
Camp,  and  Keith  commence  a  brisk  kicking  duel  which 
terminates  in  a  long  run  by  Camp.  Another  exchange  of 
kicks  follows  and  Hull  gets  away  for  a  long  run.  Harvard 
gets  the  ball  and  Manning  immediately  runs  it  back  into 
Yale's  territory.  Camp  sends  two  kicks  which  take  the 
ball  into  Harvard's  goal  and  the  Crimson  makes  its  fourth 
safety.  Henry  punts  out.  Bacon  returns,  and  Badger  re- 
covers the  ball.  Camp,  Badger,  and  Lamb  try  to  force 
a  touchdown,  but  cannot  g^i  through  the  Harvard   line. 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  259 

Manning  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble  and  makes  40  yards. 
Knapp  stops  him  from  reaching  the  clear  field.  Keith, 
Richards,  and  Henry  get  in  some  long  kicks,  terminating 
in  a  great  run  by  Keith  which  seems  good  for  a  touch- 
down, when  Lamb  forces  him  out  of  bounds.  Yale  gets 
the  ball  and  Camp  sends  it  out  of  danger  by  a  long  kick. 
Time  is  then  called. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Cambridge,  Nov.  25,  1882 

harvard  YALE 

G.  B.  Morison,  '83,  Rusher,  H.  H.  Knapp,  '82. 

L.  W.  Kendall,  '84,  "  W.  H.  Hyndman,  '84. 

E.  T.  Cabot,  '83,  Capt.,              "  R.  Tompkins,  '84,  Capt. 
C.  M.  Hammond,  '83,                 "  L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 

R.  M.  Appleton,  '84,  "  F.  G.  Peters,  '86. 

G.  D.  Ayers,  '82,  "  C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 

W.  F.  Wesselhoeft,  '84,  "  A.  L.  Farwell,  '84. 
G.  C.  Adams,  '86, 

F.  A.  Mason,  '84,  Quarter-back,  H.  B.  Twombly,  '84. 
W.  H.  Coolidge,  '8L  Half-back,  W.  Terry,  '85. 

G.  P.  Keith,  '83,  "  E.  L.  Richards, '85. 
W.  O.  Edmands,  '83,  Back,  B.  W.  Bacon,  '81. 

Referee:  C.  J.  Winton,  '84,  Princeton.  Judges:  F.  A.  Houston,  *79, 
Harvard;  W.  I.  Badger,  '82,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  2  safeties,  Yale 
4  touchdowns,  1  goal  from  touchdown.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
L.  K.  Hull;  safety  by  Harvard;  touchdown  by  C.  S.  Beck.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  C.  S.  Beck;  goal  by  E.  L.  Richards;  touchdown 
by  A.  L.  Farwell;  safety  by  Harvard. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  5,  convention  Oct. 
8,  1881,  and  Rule  7,  convention  Oct.  14,  1882,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  goal  backed 
by  a  strong  wind.  Edmands  kicks  off  for  Harvard  and 
lands  the  ball  in  Yale's  goal.  Richards  kicks  it  back  and 
Edmands  returns.  Yale  puts  the  ball  in  play  by  a  scrim- 
mage and  the  play  for  several  minutes  is  at  midfield. 
Bacon  punts  and  Edmands  again  returns.  On  the  second 
scrimmage  Hull  gets  through,  and  dashing  swiftly  to  the 


260  FOOTBALL 

right,  dodges  Keith  and  Edmands  and  touches  down. 
Richards  tries  for  goal  at  a  difficult  angle,  but  misses. 
Harvard  puts  the  ball  in  play  by  a  dribble  and  run. 
Tompkins  tackles  for  no  gain.  Scrimmage  now  follows 
scrimmage.  Harvard  is  forced  to  make  a  safety.  Yale 
gets  the  ball  and  slowly  forces  it  down  the  field.  Beck  tak- 
ing it  across  for  Yale's  second  touchdown.  Richards  again 
misses  the  goal.  On  resumption  of  play  Wesselhoeft  is 
injured  and  Adams  takes  his  place.  Bacon  and  Edmands 
commence  a  punting  duel.  Time  for  the  half  expires  with 
the  ball  in  midfield. 

Second  Half:  The  strong  wind  that  favored  Yale  in  the 
first  half  has  died  down.  Richards  kicks  off,  sending  the 
ball  over  Harvard's  goal-line.  Harvard  fumbles  and  Beck 
is  down  on  the  ball  for  a  touchdown.  The  ball  is  punted 
out  and  caught.  Richards  kicks  the  goal.  Bacon  sends  the 
ball  on  the  kick-off  into  Yale's  goal.  Bacon  runs  it  out  15 
yards.  Yale  now  commences  a  fierce  attack.  Richards,  Hull, 
and  Twombly  alternate  with  the  ball.  Appleton,  Kendall, 
and  Cabot  tackle  desperately,  but  slowly  the  ball  travels 
down  the  field.  It  is  now  on  the  10-yard  line.  A  pass  is 
made  out  to  Farwell,  who  takes  it  over  for  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  is  missed.  Harvard  kicks  off  and  Yale  commences 
another  vigorous  attempt  to  score.  The  time  is  growing 
short.  The  Yale  backs  cut  through  Harvard's  line  for  big 
gains,  but  Mason  and  Coolidge  finally  stop  the  onslaught. 
Harvard  makes  another  safety  and  punts.  Yale  also  is  soon 
forced  to  kick,  and  the  time  expires. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  29,  1883 

HARVARD  YALE 

J.  Simpkins,  '85,  Rusher,  L.  F.  Robinson,  '85. 

R.  E.  Hartley,  '86,  "  W.  P.  McCrorey,  '84. 

C.  F.  Oilman,  '85,  "  R.  Tompkins,  '84,  Capt. 

R.  M.  Appleton,  '84,  Capt.,  "  W.  H.  Hyndman,  '84. 


HARVARD  VS.   YALE  261 

HARVARD  YALE 

L.  Bonsai,  '84,  Rusher,  F.  G.  Peters,  '86. 

L.  W.  Kendall,  '84,  "  S.  R.  Bertron,  '85. 

J.  Clodman,  '85,  *'  A.  L.  Farwell,  '84. 

A.  R.  Crane,  '84,  Quarter-back,  H.  B.  Twombly,  '84. 

W.  A.  Henry,  '85,  Half-back,  E.  L.  Richards,  '85. 

J.  V.  Cowling,  '87,  "  W.  Terry,  '85. 

H.  E.  Peabody,  '87,  Full-back,  S.  H.  Deneen,  '87. 

Referee:  E.  C.  Peace,  '83,  Princeton.  Judges:  L.  N.  Littauer,  '78, 
Harvard;  F.  Kellogg,  '83,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  2,  Yale  23.  First 
Half:  Safety  by  Harvard;  goal  from  field  by  E.  L.  Richards;  touch- 
down by  W.  H.  Hyndman,  goal  by  E.  L.  Richards.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  J.  Codman;  goal  from  field  by  H.  B.  Twombly;  touch- 
down by  A.  L.  Farwell,  goal  by  W.  Terry. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  convention  Oct.  17, 
1883,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal  with 
the  wind.  Harvard  kicks  off  and  Richards  returns,  landing 
the  ball  20  yards  from  Harvard's  goal,  where  Harvard  fum- 
bles and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Terry  tries  a  drop  kick,  miss- 
ing the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  out  and  on  the  return  shows 
amazing  strength.  Henry  gets  the  ball  and  breaks  through 
the  line  for  a  long  run.  Yale  tackles  sharply  and  Harvard 
punts.  Richards  catches  the  ball  and  runs  it  back.  Farwell 
follows  it  up  by  another  brilliant  dash.  Harvard  holds 
and  Richards  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Henry 
punts  out  lifting  the  ball  60  yards.  Richards  sends  it  back. 
Cowling  attempts  to  punt,  but  the  kick  is  blocked.  The 
ball  is  5  yards  from  Harvard's  goal-line.  A  maul  in  goal 
ensues,  the  spectators  screaming  with  excitement.  Harvard 
gets  out  of  the  predicament  with  a  safety.  Cowling  kicks 
out  and  Twombly  takes  the  ball  on  the  run,  bringing  it  back 
through  the  entire  Harvard  team  to  the  35-yard  line.  Har- 
vard holds.  Richards  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field.  Har- 
vard kicks  off.    Yale  rushes  and  Terry  misses  a  long  drop 


262  FOOTBALL 

kick  for  goal.  Harvard  kicks  out  and  on  the  next  play 
Terry  gets  away  and  runs  85  yards,  being  brought  down  by 
Cowling  on  Harvard's  5-yard  line.  Hyndman  gets  the^b^U, 
and  with  the  entire  Harvard  team  on  his  back  staggers 
across  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Richards  kicks  the  goal 
and  the  half  ends. 

Second  Half:  During  the  first  half  Henry's  punting  has 
been  the  chief  feature  of  Harvard's  play.  In  the  second 
half  he  has  the  additional  aid  of  a  strong  wind.  Henry 
feints  to  kick  off  but  dribbles  and  sends  a  long  pass  out  to 
Cowling,  who  dashes  down  the  field  to  Yale's  30-yard  line. 
Yale  tightens  up  and  gets  the  ball.  Richards  immediately 
lifts  the  ball  back  to  midfield.  Henry  catches  at  full 
speed,  and  when  hard  pressed  lifts  a  magnificent  punt  while 
running,  sending  the  ball  over  the  side  line  close  to  Yale's 
goal-line.  Yale  fumbles  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball.  Har- 
vard lines  up  for  a  drop  kick.  The  Yale  line  comes  through 
upon  Henry,  but  the  play  has  been  a  feint,  for  the  ball  is 
shot  out  to  the  side  to  Codman,  who  leaps  across  the  line 
for  a  touchdown.  Cowling  tries  for  goal,  but  the  ball  strikes 
the  post,  bounding  back  upon  the  field,  where  Bonsai  is 
through  and  on  it.  Yale  stands  like  a  stone  wall  and  stops 
another  touchdown,  getting  the  ball.  A  heavy  attack  is  now 
directed  against  the  Harvard  rushers,  which  carries  the  ball 
down  into  Harvard's  goal.  The  Crimson  line  plays  with 
desperation  and  gets  the  ball.  Henry  and  Peabody  lift  two 
great  kicks  in  succession  and  the  ball  is  in  Yale's  goal. 
Deneen  makes  a  long  run,  Codman  tackling.  Twombly 
follows  it  up  with  another  and  again  Codman  saves  Har- 
vard's line.  The  ball  is  exchanged  on  kicks.  Twombly 
gets  it  and,  standing  on  the  45-yard  line,  and  at  a  wide 
angle  drops  a  difficult  goal  from  the  field.  Harvard  kicks 
off.  Yale  lifts  a  tremendous  punt,  which  the  wind  catches 
and  whirls  over  Harvard's  line.     Henry  kicks  out   from 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  263 

the  25-yard  line.  The  ball  is  returned,  Kendall  gets  it 
and  dashes  down  the  field  for  35  yards.  Yale  holds  and 
gets  the  ball.  They  line  up  for  a  punt,  but  the  ball  is  shot 
to  the  side,  where  Farwell  gets  it  and  with  a  clear  field 
dashes  down  the  side  line  50  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Terry 
kicks  the  goal.     The  ball  is  kicked  off,  but  time  is  called. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  22,  1884 

HARVARD  YALE 

E.  M.  Hurd,  '88,  Rusher,  L.  F.  Robinson,  *85. 

J.  E.  Thayer,  '85,  "  S.  R.  Bertron,  '85. 

C.  F.  Oilman, '85,  "  H.  R.  Flanders,  '85. 

T.  P.  Burgess,  '87,  "  R.  S.  Storrs,  '85. 

W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  "  F.  G.  Peters,  '86. 

W.  P.  Romans,  '85,  "  A.  B.  Coxe,  '87. 

J.  M.  T.  Finney,  '89,  "  R.  Ronalds,  '86. 

W.N.  Goodwin, '88. 

J.  W.  Bemis,  '85,  Quarter-back,  T.  L.  Bayne,  '87. 

W.  W.  Willard,  '87,  Half-back,  E.  L.  Richards,  '85,  Capt. 

M.  M.  Kimball,  '86,  Capt.,  "  W.  Terry,  '85. 

H.  E.  Peabody,  '87,  Full-back,  M.  H.  Marlin,  '86. 

Referee:  D.  M.  Look,  '84,  Princeton.  Judges:  G.  C.  Adams,  '86, 
Harvard;  L.  K.  Hull,  '83,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  48.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  B.  Coxe,  goal  by  E.  L.  Richards;  touchdown 
by  H.  R.  Flanders,  goal  by  W.  Terry;  touchdown  by  T.  L.  Bayne, 
goal  by  E.  L.  Richards;  touchdown  and  goal  by  E.  L.  Richards. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  G.  Peters;  touchdown  by  A.  B.  Coxe; 
touchdown  by  A.  B.  Coxe;  touchdown  by  E.  L.  Richards,  goal  by  W. 
Terry;  touchdown  by  T.  L.  Bayne,  goal  by  W.  Terry. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  6,  convention 
Dec.  5,  1883,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  goal 
backed  by  a  slight  wind.  Yale  kicks  off,  Terry  dribbling, 
but  quickly  passes  the  ball  out  to  Coxe,  who  runs,  but  is 
downed  by  Burgess.  The  ball  is  then  passed  to  Richards, 
who  sends  a  long  punt  down  to  Peabody.     On  the  line-up 


264  FOOTBALL 

Harvard  fumbles  and  it  is  Yale's  ball  5  yards  from  the  line. 
Coxe  throws  his  230  pounds  against  the  Harvard  line,  and 
it  breaks  in  two,  letting  him  over  with  the  ball  for  a  touch- 
down. Richards  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  dribbles  and 
runs.  Willard,  Kimball,  and  Thayer  work  the  ball  down  to 
Yale's  10-yard  line,  where  the  Blue  holds  and  gets  the  ball. 
Terry  kicks  and  Peabody  returns.  Yale  fumbles  and  it  is 
Harvard's  ball  10  yards  from  the  line.  They  form  for  a 
drop  kick.  Flanders  gets  through  and  intercepts  the  pass. 
Shaking  loose  the  backs  he  starts  for  the  goal-line  100  yards 
distant,  with  the  whole  Harvard  team  in  pursuit.  Hurd 
gets  him  just  as  he  crosses  the  line,  but  Flanders  goes  over 
for  the  touchdown.  Terry  makes  the  goal.  Peabody  kicks 
off  for  Harvard  and  Hurd  is  down,  getting  the  ball.  On 
the  first  play  the  ball  is  fumbled.  Yale  sends  Terry  on 
a  run  of  35  yards;  Bemis  stops  him  with  a  hard  tackle. 
Harvard  gets  the  ball  and  punts.  The  kick  is  high  and 
Bayne  makes  a  fair  catch  for  Yale.  Richards  tries  for  goal, 
but  fails.  Terry  picks  up  the  ball  on  the  ground  and  at- 
tempts to  leap  across  the  line,  but  Finney  throws  him  back. 
Harvard  gets  the  ball  and  tries  to  punt.  The  Yale  men  are 
through  and  the  ball  goes  straight  into  the  air.  Richards 
makes  a  fair  catch  on  the  35-yard  line.  He  draws  the  Yale 
team  10  yards  back  and  tries  for  a  place  kick.  Terry  kicks, 
but  misses.  On  the  kick-out  Yale  gets  the  ball  and  lines 
up  for  a  punt,  but  a  long  pass  is  sent  to  the  side  to  Bayne, 
who  races  45  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Richards  kicks  the 
goal.  Harvard  kicks  off.  Richards  runs  back  the  kick  15 
yards.  Bayne  gets  off  on  the  first  play  for  40  more.  On 
the  next  line-up  the  ball  is  passed  to  Richards,  who  covers 
the  remaining  distance  and  touches  down.  He  kicks  the 
goal  and  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Flanders  has  been  relieved  by  Storrs.    Har- 
vard  kicks  off,  Richards    catches,  but  is   thrown   in  his 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  265 

tracks.  Terry  punts.  Yale  gets  the  ball  and  Richards 
lifts  one  across  Harvard's  line.  Harvard  kicks  out  from 
the  25-yard  line.  Terry  catches  and  dashes  for  the  line. 
Brooks  tackles,  but  the  ball  is  passed  to  Richards,  who 
makes  10  yards  and  then  passes  to  Peters  as  Homans 
tackles.  Peabody  tackles  Peters,  but  the  burly  Yale  man 
drags  him  across  the  line  and  makes  a  touchdown.  The 
try  for  goal  fails.  Harvard  punts  out  and  Terry  runs 
the  ball  back  10  yards.  Coxe  gets  the  ball  and  starts 
down  the  field  close  to  the  side  line,  Peters  blocking  off. 
The  referee  awards  a  foul  for  such  interference.  Yale 
quickly  recovers  the  ball  and  forces  it  down  to  Harvard's 
goal-line.  Coxe  is  sent  across  for  the  touchdown.  The 
try  for  goal  fails.  Yale  quickly  works  the  ball  again  into 
Harvard's  5-yard  line.  Harvard  masses  for  an  attack 
on  centre.  Coxe  hits  the  line,  but  cannot  get  through. 
He  rolls  around  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is 
missed.  Again  Harvard  punts  out  and  Terry  almost  runs 
the  ball  back  to  the  line.  Richards  is  sent  across  for  the 
touchdown  and  Terry  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off. 
Coxe  gets  the  ball  on  the  first  down  and  rolls  around  the 
end  for  5  yards.  Richards  skirts  the  opposite  side  for  40. 
Bayne  goes  over  for  a  touchdown  and  Terry  kicks  the  goal. 
Harvard  kicks  off,  but  time  is  soon  called. 

1885  no  game.     Harvard's    faculty  abolished   football 
Jan.  6,  1885,  but  re-established  the  sport  Jan.  5,  1886. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Cambridge,  Nov.  20,  1886 

HARVARD  YALE 

G.  C.  Adams,  '86,  Rusher,  F.  W.  Wallace,  *89. 

F.  Remington,  '87,  "  C.  O.  Gill,  '89. 

F.  C.  Woodman,  '88,  "  G.  R.  Carter,  '88. 

T.  P.  Burgess,  '87,  "  J.  J.  Buchanan,  '89. 

W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Capt.,  "  W.  H.  Corbin,  '89. 

J.  W.  Wood,  '88,  "  G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89. 


266 


FOOTBALL 


HARVARD 

A.  P.  Butler,  '88, 
V.  M.  Harding,  '89, 
A.  T.  Dudley,  '87, 
J.  B.  Fletcher,  '87, 
C.  A.  Porter,  '88, 
R.  W.  Boyden,  '85, 
A.  F.  Holden,  '88, 
J.  H.  Sears,  '89, 
H.  E.  Peabody,  '87, 


Rusher 


Quarter-back, 
Half-back, 


Full-back, 


YALE 

E.  L.  Burke,  '87. 

R.  N.  Corwin,  '87,  Capt. 

H.  Beecher,  '88. 

G.  A.  Watkinson,  '89. 

S.  B.  Morison,  '91. 


W.  T.  Bull,  '88. 


Referee:  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  4,  Yale  29. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  S.  B.  Morison,  goal  by  G.  A.  Watkinson; 
touchdown  by  H.  Beecher,  goal  by  G.  A.  Watkinson;  touchdown  by 
H.  Beecher,  goal  by  G.  A.  Watkinson;  touchdown  by  A.  F.  Holden. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  C.  O.  Gill,  goal  by  G.  A.  Watkinson; 
goal  from  field  by  G.  A.  Watkinson. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Corbin  dribbles,  picks  up  the  ball  and  runs  20  yards.  Wat- 
kins,  Beecher,  and  Corbin  in  three  rushes  reach  the  5-yard 
line.  Morison  is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown  on  the  next 
play.  Watkinson  kicks  the  goal.  Holden  opens  for  Har- 
vard with  a  rush  of  20  yards.  Wallace,  Gill,  and  Woodruff 
hold  Harvard  for  downs.  Woodruff  cannot  gain  and  Wat- 
kinson punts.  Peabody  returns  the  kick.  Gill  and  Wood- 
ruff in  a  series  of  rushes  force  the  ball  to  Harvard's  10-yard 
line.  Beecher  is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown.  Watkinson 
makes  the  goal.  Harvard  resumes  play  with  a  long  kick- 
off  which  Bull  returns.  Holden,  Brooks,  and  Porter  hit 
the  line  hard,  but  Yale  does  not  give  way.  Porter  is  re- 
lieved by  Boyden.  Peabody  punts.  Woodruff  catches  and 
makes  a  brilliant  run  to  Harvard's  20-yard  line.  On  the 
next  play  Beecher  dashes  through  the  line  and  makes  a 
touchdown.  Watkinson  again  kicks  the  goal.  Boyden 
opens  play  for  Harvard,  but  cannot  gain.  Adams  and 
Holden  break  Yale's  line  for  long  gains  and  plant  the  ball 
on  the  latter's  10-yard  line.     Holden  again  hits  the  centre. 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


267 


which  gives  way  and  he  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  is  missed.  Play  is  resumed,  but  time  soon  after  is 
called. 

Second  Half:  Watkinson  opens  for  Yale  by  sending  a  long 
kick  almost  to  Harvard's  goal.  The  ball  is  fumbled.  Gill 
is  down  and  gets  it,  diving  across  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
Watkinson  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off.  Yale  by 
strong  rushing  gets  the  ball  within  the  35-yard  line,  but  Har- 
vard holds  and  Watkinson  is  forced  to  try  a  drop  kick  for 
goal,  which  fails.  Harvard  kicks  out  and  Yale  again  works 
the  ball  back  to  the  35-yard  line,  where  Harvard  again  stiffens 
and  Watkinson  misses  another  try  at  goal.  The  series  of 
plays  are  repeated,  but  this  time,  standing  on  the  40-yard  line 
and  well  to  the  side  Watkinson  kicks  a  goal  from  the  jBeld. 
Peabody  kicks  off  for  Harvard,  punting  over  Yale's  goal- 
line.  Yale,  by  strong  rushing  of  Wallace,  Gill,  Woodruff, 
and  Corbin,  drives  the  ball  by  short  gains  to  Harvard's  15- 
yard  line.  As  the  teams  line  up  time  is  called  and  the  game 
is  over. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  York.  Nov.  24.  1887 


HARVARD 


TALE 


A.  J.  Cumnock,  '91,  Left  End, 

J.  W.  Appleton,  '88,  "       " 

F.  C.  Woodman,  '88,  Left  Tackle, 
J.  W.  Wood,  '88,  Capt.,         Left  Guard, 

J.  B.  Markoe,  '89,  Centre, 

P.  D.  Trafford,  '89,  Right  Guard, 

A.  P.  Butler,  '88,  Right  Tackle, 

W.  D.  Bancroft,  '88,  Right  End, 

V.  M.  Harding,  '89,  Quarter-back, 

R.  W.  Boyden,  '85,  Left  Half, 

C.  A.  Porter,  '88,  Right  Half, 

J.  H.  Sears,  '89,  Full-back, 
J.  A.  Saxe,  '88, 

Referee:  J.  Hancock,  '88,  Princeton.  Umpire:  A.  T.  Baker,  '85, 
Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  8,  Yale  17.  First  Half:  Goal  from  field 
by  W.  T.  Bull;    touchdown  by  W.  H.  Corbin,  goal  by  W.  T.  Bull. 


F.  W.  Wallace,  '89. 

C.  O.  Gill,  '89. 

G.  R.  Carter,  '88. 
W.  H.  Corbin,  '89. 
G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89. 
S.  M.  Cross,  '88. 

F.  C.  Pratt,  '88. 
H.  Beecher,  '88,  Capt. 
W.  P.  Graves,  '91. 
W.  C.  Wurtenberg,  '89. 
W.  T.  Bull.  '88. 


268  FOOTBALL 

Second  Half:  Safety  by  W.  P.  Graves,  touchdown  by  C.  A.  Porter, 
goal  by  J.  A.  Saxe;  touchdown  by  W.  C.  Wurtenberg,  goal  by  W.  T. 
Bull. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  Cor- 
bin  dribbles,  runs,  and  passes  to  Beecher.  Yale  cannot  gain 
and  Bull  punts.  Porter  and  Sears  by  hard  rushing  work  the 
ball  back  to  midfield.  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  a  foul.  Graves 
gets  through  for  a  gain  of  25  yards.  Harvard  holds  and 
gets  the  ball  on  downs.  Porter  rounds  the  end  for  25  yards; 
Boyden  adds  10  more  through  the  line.  The  ball  is  fum- 
bled and  Wallace  gets  it.  Beecher  gets  through  for  10 
yards.  Harvard  stops  the  next  two  rushes  and  Bull  punts. 
Boyden  catches  and  runs,  passing  the  ball  to  Sears  as  he  is 
tackled,  Sears  making  25  yards.  A  long  exchange  of  punts 
mixed  with  short  gains  ensues.  The  ball  is  in  midfield  in 
Yale's  possession.  Corbin  suddenly  dribbles  the  ball  a 
few  inches,  picks  it  up  and  dodges  through  the  Harvard 
line  for  25  yards.  Beecher  follows  it  up  with  a  gain  of  20 
more,  placing  the  ball  on  the  15-yard  line.  Harvard  stops 
the  attack  and  Bull,  dropping  back  to  the  25-yard  line,  kicks 
a  goal  from  the  field.  Harvard  kicks  off  and  Bull  returns. 
Beecher  and  Gill  in  two  great  runs  bring  the  ball  to  Harvard's 
25-yard  line.  Corbin  is  unguarded  and  suddenly  putting 
the  ball  in  play  by  a  short  dribble  he  springs  through 
the  Harvard  line  for  a  touchdown.  Bull  kicks  a  diffi- 
cult goal.  Harvard  kicks  off  and  after  some  unimportant 
scrimmaging  gets  the  ball.  Boyden,  Trafford,  and  Sears 
beat  Yale  down  to  the  15-yard  line.  Porter  makes  2; 
Sears  adds  2  more.  An  off-side  penalty  gives  Harvard  5 
more  and  Sears  runs  through  the  centre  for  a  touchdown. 
This  does  not  count,  as  time  has  expired  during  the  play. 

Second  Half:  Harvard  opens  the  second  half  by  a  dribble 
and  run  by  Harding,  gaining  10  yards.  Sears  and  Porter 
by  good  runs  work  the  ball  to  Yale's  15-yard  line.  Yale 
tackles  sharply  and  gets  the  ball  on  downs.     Bull  punts  50 


HARVARD  VS.   YALE  269 

yards.  Boyden  and  Porter  run  the  ball  back  again  in  four 
dashes.  Cumnock  is  hurt  and  goes  off,  Appleton  taking 
his  place.  Yale  breaks  through  and  throws  the  Crimson 
backs  for  a  loss,  getting  the  ball  on  the  fourth  down.  Bull 
drops  back  for  a  punt.  The  ball  is  kicked  low,  striking 
Woodman  in  the  chest  and  bounding  behind  the  Yale  line, 
where  Graves  falls  on  it  for  a  safety.  Corbin  dribbles  and 
passes  to  Gill,  who  makes  5  yards.  Kicks  are  exchanged. 
Wurtenberg,  Woodruff,  and  Graves  make  good  gains,  but 
Bull  is  finally  forced  to  punt.  Sears  leaves  and  Saxe  takes 
his  place.  Kicks  are  exchanged  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball 
on  a  fumble  on  Yale's  10-yard  line.  Porter  hits  the  line  for 
no  gain.  The  ball  again  is  given  to  Porter,  and  the  latter, 
leaping  through  the  line,  dodges  Yale's  backs  and  by  a 
marvellous  burst  of  speed  runs  the  remaining  length  of  the 
field  for  a  touchdown.  Saxe  kicks  a  difficult  goal.  Yale 
kicks  off  by  dribbling  and  commences  a  series  of  terrific 
rushes.  Gill,  Beecher,  Woodruff,  and  Graves  hit  the  Har- 
vard line  in  rapid  succession,  carrying  the  ball  to  the  Crim- 
son's 20-yard  line.  Harvard  here  stops  the  advance  by 
holding  Yale  for  4  downs.  Saxe  immediately  punts.  Yale 
once  more  starts  in  motion  its  great  attack  and  fights  the 
ball  to  Harvard's  5-yard  line.  Harvard  makes  a  great 
rally  and  holds  4  downs.  Saxe  punts.  The  two  teams 
line  up  on  Harvard's  45-yard  line.  The  ball  is  passed  to 
Bull,  who  again  passes  to  Wurtenberg  and  the  latter  runs 
35  yards.  Time  is  nearly  up.  A  plunge  at  the  line  yields 
no  gain.  The  game  almost  has  ended,  when  the  ball  is 
passed  to  Wurtenberg.  By  brilliant  dodges  he  runs  35 
yards  and  touches  down  at  the  corner  of  the  field.  Bull, 
standing  on  the  35-yard  line  at  the  extreme  side  of  the  field, 
kicks  the  ball  squarely  between  the  posts.  Time  soon  after 
is  called. 

1888.     No  game. 


270 

FOOTBALL 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 

Springfield,  Nov.  23,  ] 

L889 

HARVARD 

YALE 

A.  J.  Cumnock,  '91, 
J.  D.  Upton,  '93, 

J.  S.  Cranston,  '92, 

B.  T.  Tilton,  '90, 

Capt.,      Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 
Centre, 

A.  A.  Stagg,  '88. 

C.  O.  Gill,  '89,  Capt. 
W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91, 

B.  Hanson,  '90. 
H.  T.  Ferris,  '91. 

P.  D.  TrafTord,  '89, 

Right  Guard, 

A.  B.  Newell,  '90. 

H.  H.  Stickney,  '93, 
J.  A.  Blanchard,  '91, 

Right  Tackle, 

L.  Heyworth,  '90. 
W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91. 

H.  Hutchinson,  '93, 

Right  End, 

J.  A.  Hartwell.  '89. 

F.  W.  Hallowell,  '93, 

((         « 

D.  S.  Dean,  '91, 
J.  P.  Lee,  '91, 
J.  A.  Saxe,  '88, 

Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 

W.  C.  Wurtenberg,  '89. 
Lee  McClung,  '92. 
S.  B.  Morison,  '91. 

B.  W.  TraflFord,  '93, 

Full-back, 

H.  McBride,  '90. 

Referee:  C.  A.  Porter,  '88,  Harvard.  Umpire:  E.  C.  Peace,  '83, 
Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  6.  First  Half:  Touchdown  and 
goal  by  Lee  McClung. 


First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Yale  opens  with  the  V,  sending  Gill  for  a  gain  of  15  yards. 
Harvard  stops  the  next  two  rushes  without  gain  and  Mc- 
Bride punts.  Trafford  returns  and  McBride  again  sends 
the  ball  down  to  Harvard.  Stickney  breaks  through  tackle 
for  20  yards.  Lee  doubles  the  end  for  10  more.  Yale 
stiffens  and  throws  back  Saxe  and  Trafford  for  a  loss  and 
the  latter  punts.  McBride  returns  the  kick  and  Harvard 
fumbles.  Stagg  gets  the  ball.  McClung  bucks  the  line  for 
8,  Wurtenberg  for  5,  and  Morison  for  3.  Cumnock  drops 
McClung  for  a  loss  and  McBride  punts.  Trafford  returns 
the  ball  to  Yale's  10-yard  line,  the  kick  going  over  the  heads 
of  the  Yale  backs.  Newell  goes  off  and  Heyworth  takes 
his  place.  The  ball  changes  sides  several  times  at  this 
point  on  fumbles.  Hanson  goes  off  and  Ferris  is  substi- 
tuted.    Trafford  kicks  and  Yale  fumbles,  Cumnock  getting 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  271 

the  ball  at  midfield.  Three  times  the  Crimson  backs  hit 
the  line,  but  Gill  and  Rhodes  throw  them  back.  Trafford 
punts,  but  Heffelfinger  blocks  the  kick.  McClung  makes 
18  yards  through  centre.  Stickney  and  Upton  break  up  the 
next  two  plays  and  McBride  punts.  Trafford  sends  it  back 
and  Harvard  holds  for  downs.  Lee  rounds  the  end  for 
10  and  adds  10  more  through  the  line.  Stickney  gets  through 
tackle  for  10  and  Trafford  in  two  rushes  gains  15.  Hartwell 
stops  a  rush  at  him  for  a  loss  and  Stagg  tackles  behind  the 
line.  Kicks  are  exchanged  and  the  play  is  very  rapid. 
Stickney  leaves  and  Blanchard  takes  his  place.  Gill  gets 
through  the  line  for  20  yards  and  McClung  adds  5  more. 
Heffelfinger  swings  round  the  end  for  5  and  McClung  plants 
the  ball  on  the  25-yard  line.  Cranston  and  Hutchinson 
stop  the  next  three  plays  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball  on  downs. 
Yale  immediately  gets  the  ball  for  holding.  McClung 
and  Morison  bend  back  the  line  for  2  yards  each.  Mc- 
Clung splits  the  centre  in  two  for  15,  and  on  the  next  play 
is  sent  over  the  line  on  a  blue  mountain  of  jerseys  for  a 
touchdown.     A  moment  later  he  kicks  the  goal. 

Second  Half:  In  the  intermission  Harvard  substitutes 
Hallowell  for  Hutchinson.  Harvard  opens  with  the  V, 
sending  Lee  for  a  gain  of  15  yards.  Upton  and  Lee  then 
make  5  each  on  line  plays.  Lee  adds  8  more  around  the 
end.  Yale  holds  and  Trafford  punts.  Yale  fumbles  and 
Cumnock  gets  the  ball  on  Yale's  25-yard  line.  Harvard 
also  fumbles  on  the  first  play  and  Heyworth  gets  the  ball 
for  Yale.  McBride  kicks.  The  ends  are  down  and  there 
is  no  run  back.  Lee  gets  around  the  end  for  15  yards. 
Hartwell  and  Stagg  throw  Harvard  for  a  loss  and  Trafford 
tries  a  drop  kick.  The  goal  is  missed  and  Yale  touches 
back.  Yale  kicks  out.  Harvard  cannot  gain  and  punts. 
Yale  returns  and  with  one  or  two  rushes  kicks  again  are 
exchanged.     McClung   tries  for  a  goal  from  the  45-yard 


272 


FOOTBALL 


line,  but  cannot  make  it.  Hard  scrimmaging,  with  punts 
and  returns,  takes  place  for  nearly  twenty  minutes  on  Har- 
vard's 25-yard  line,  but  Harvard's  ends  prevent  Yale  from 
advancing  beyond  that  mark.  Trafford  finally  punts. 
McClung  gets  around  the  end  for  a  long  run,  bringing  the 
ball  to  Harvard's  5-yard  line,  where  time  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Springfield,  Nov.  22,  1890 


harvard 


A.  J.  Cumnock,  '91,  Capt., 
J.  D.  Upton,  '93, 

J.  R.  Finlay,  '91, 
J.  S.  Cranston,  '92, 
P.  D.  Trafford,  '89, 
M.  Newell,  '94, 
F.W.Hallowell, '93, 

D.  S.  Dean,  '91, 
J.  Corbett,  '94, 

E.  J.  Lake,  '92, 
J.  P.  Lee,  '91, 

B.  W.  Trafford,  '93, 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
((         (( 

Full-back. 


YALE 

J.  A.  Hartwell,  '89. 

A.  H.  Wallis,  '93. 

W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91. 
W.  M.  Lewis,  '91. 
S.  N.  Morison,  '91. 
W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91,  Capt. 

B.  L.  Crosby,  '92. 
F.  E.  Barbour,  '92. 
Lee  McClung,  '92. 
H.  L.  Williams,  '91. 
L.  T.  Bliss,  '93. 

S.  B.  Morison,  '91. 


Referee:  W.  M.  Irvine,  '88,  Princeton.  Umpire:  W.  J.  George,  '89, 
Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  12,  Yale  6.  Second  Half:  Touchdown 
by  J.  P.  Lee,  goal  by  B.  W.  Trafford;  touchdown  by  D.  S.  Dean,  goal 
by  B.  W.  Trafford;  touchdown  and  goal  by  Lee  McClung. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  chooses  the  south  goal. 
Harvard  opens  with  the  V  and  gains  5  yards.  Corbett  and 
Lake  each  gain  10  yards  more.  Harvard  fumbles  and 
Hartwell  gets  the  ball.  B.  Morison  goes  around  the  end, 
Heffelfinger  interfering,  and  40  yards  are  covered  before 
Lake  brings  him  down.  Cumnock  drops  McClung  for  no 
gain.  Williams  carries  the  ball  three  times  in  succession, 
covering  20  yards.  Yale  fumbles,  but  recovers  the  ball. 
Morison  punts  and  Trafford  catches.  Harvard  tries  the 
line  three  times,  but  is  piled  up  underneath  a  mountain  of 
blue  jerseys  for  no  gain.     Trafford  punts  and  McClung 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  273 

catches  on  the  20-yard  line.  Williams  and  Morison  each 
hit  the  line  for  5  yards  and  then  Yale  fumbles.  Corbett 
makes  10  yards  around  the  end.  Lake  tries  the  line  for 
no  gain  and  Trafford  punts.  McClung  catches  and  runs 
across  the  field,  but  cannot  gain,  Cumnock  tackling  hard. 
Harvard  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  McClung  goes  around 
the  end  and  passes  the  entire  team  except  Trafford,  covering 
35  yards,  but  Trafford  brings  him  down.  Williams  makes 
4,  5,  and  then  loses  6,  Cranston  and  Cumnock  making  the 
tackles.  Harvard  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  Lake  hits  centre 
for  3,  Corbett  makes  3,  and  Trafford  punts.  Morison 
returns  the  kick.  Corbett  makes  25  yards  through  Yale's 
centre,  but  the  ball  is  brought  back.  McClung  is  hurt,  but 
resumes  playing.  Harvard  fumbles  and  Williams  gets  the 
ball.  Williams  makes  4  and  then  Harvard  holds  for  downs. 
Lake  and  Corbett  cannot  gain  and  Trafford  punts.  Mc- 
Clung catches,  but  Cumnock  downs  him  in  his  tracks. 
Rhodes  tries  a  run  from  position,  but  Newell  stops  him. 
Williams  rounds  the  end  for  20  yards.  McClung,  with  a 
strong  wind,  tries  for  a  field  goal  at  50  yards,  but  fails.  Cor- 
bett, Upton  interfering,  runs  the  ball  back  20  yards.  They 
both  go  down  underneath  a  mass  near  the  side  line  and 
Upton  comes  out  with  his  jersey  torn  to  ribbons.  Harvard 
punts  and  Yale  returns,  but  the  latter's  kick  is  high  and 
Corbett  catches.  Lake  and  Corbett  split  the  tackle  for  6 
yards,  Crosby  bringing  them  down.  Harvard  punts  and 
McClung  makes  a  fair  catch  and  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but 
the  kick  is  short,  both  teams  piling  up  6  feet  high  on  the 
ball  as  the  whistle  blows  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  the  second  half  with  a  V  and 
makes  10  yards.  Williams  is  injured  and  Bliss  takes  his 
place,  a  long  wrangle  ensuing  between  the  captains  and  doc- 
tors over  Yale's  right  to  make  the  substitution.  Trafford 
and  Morison  now  exchange  kicks,  Corbett  catching  and 


274  FOOTBALL 

running  forward  for  12  yards.  Harvard  cannot  gain  and 
Yale  hits  the  centre  for  3  downs  without  making  an  inch. 
Harvard  gets  the  ball,  and  on  the  first  play  Corbett  goes 
through  for  40  yards;  McClung  tackles  hard  and  both  are 
laid  out,  but  quickly  recover.  The  ball  is  taken  back  for 
an  off-side  play.  McClung  opens  up  the  Harvard  centre 
for  20  yards.  McClung  rounds  the  end,  with  HeflFelfinger  in- 
terfering, and  Cumnock  tackles  both  and  brings  them  down. 
Lake  downs  Bliss  in  his  tracks  for  a  loss.  McClung  tries  a 
difficult  drop  kick,  but  fails.  Lake  rounds  the  end  for  20 
yards.  Corbett  adds  3  more  and  then  Trafford  punts. 
Yale  fumbles,  and  Newell,  on  the  run,  picks  up  the  ball  and 
races  across  the  line  for  a  touchdown,  but  the  ball  is  brought 
back  on  a  foul.  McClung  breaks  through  Harvard's  centre 
for  35  yards.  Harvard  stiffens  and  gets  the  ball  on  downs. 
Trafford  punts.  Yale  catches  and  after  one  try  at  the  line. 
Bliss  making  3  yards,  returns  the  kick,  Hartwell  downing 
Corbett  without  a  gain.  Lake  now  in  a  great  burst  of  speed 
circles  the  end  for  25  yards,  Barbour  tackling  so  sharply 
that  both  are  laid  out.  Lake  is  compelled  to  retire,  Lee 
taking  his  place,  but  Barbour  resumes.  Yale  tightens  up 
and  gets  the  ball.  McClung  splits  the  tackle  for  2  yards. 
Yale  fumbles  and  Dean  gets  the  ball.  Corbett  makes  2 
yards  through  centre,  but  here  is  stopped.  Trafford  punts. 
Wallis  and  Bliss  hit  the  line  for  4  yards  each.  On  the  next 
play  Yale  fumbles.  Lee  picks  up  the  ball,  the  Yale  men  are 
on  him,  but  wriggling  loose  he  sprints  at  great  speed  tow- 
ard the  side-line,  then  turning  sharply  down  the  field  he 
races  and  dodges  through  the  Yale  team  for  40  yards,  mak- 
ing a  touchdown.  Trafford  kicks  the  goal.  Yale  starts 
play  with  the  V,  making  11  yards.  On  the  line-up  the  ball 
is  fumbled.  Dean  gets  it.  Hartwell  leaps  for  him,  but 
falls  short.  Dean  springs  away,  and  with  the  Yale  team 
following  him  he  outruns  his  pursuers  except  Hartwell,  who 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


275 


has  regained  his  feet  and  again  leaps  for  Dean  just  as  he 
dives  headlong  between  the  posts  for  a  touchdown.  Traf- 
ford  again  kicks  the  goal.  Yale  resumes  with  the  V, 
ploughing  ahead  for  10  yards.  Wallis  and  Rhodes  run 
from  position  and  make  steady  gains;  McClung  and  Bliss 
alternate  likewise,  breaking  the  line  for  yardage.  Corbett 
is  playing  strong,  but  Harvard  seems  to  be  weakening. 
Yale  is  playing  fiercely  now.  Without  a  stop  the  ball  travels 
by  slow  gains  to  Harvard's  10-yard  line.  The  moon  has 
risen  and  twilight  is  deepening.  The  lines  tighten  and 
quiver  from  end  to  end,  the  ball  is  snapped  to  McClung 
and  with  a  crash  he  throws  himself  against  the  Harvard 
centre,  bursting  it  in  two  and  crossing  the  line  for  a  touch- 
down. The  goal  is  made.  Harvard  kicks  off.  Yale  re- 
sumes its  desperate,  smashing  attack,  but  with  the  ball 
travelling  rapidly  down  the  field  the  whistle  sounds  and 
this  great  game  is  over. 


HARVARD 

R.  W.  Emmons,  '95, 
B.  G.  Waters,  '94, 
S.  Dexter,  '93, 
F.  R.  Bangs,  '91, 
W.  C.  Mackie,  '94, 
M.  Newell,  '94, 
F.  W.  Hallowell,  '93, 
W.  B.  Gage,  '94, 
E.  J.  Lake,  '92, 
J.  Corbett,  '94, 
B.  W.  Trafford,  '93, 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Springfield,  Nov.  21,  1891 

YALE 

F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95. 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
Capt.,     Full-back, 


W.  C.  Winter,  '93. 
W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91. 
G.  F.  Sanford,  '95. 
S.  N.  Morison,  '92. 
A.  H.  Wallis,  '93. 
J.  A.  Hartwell,  '89. 
F.  E.  Barbour,  '92. 
Lee  McClung,  '92,  Capt. 
L.  T.  Bliss,  '93. 
V.  C.  McCormick,  '93. 


Referee:  Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  Princeton.  Umpire:  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89, 
Wesleyan.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  10.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
S.  N.  Morison.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  T.  Bliss,  goal  by 
V.  C.  McCormick, 


276  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  San- 
ford  makes  7  in  the  V.  Bliss  goes  through  centre  for  2  more. 
McClung  rounds  the  end  and  runs  to  the  10-yard  line  aided 
by  the  magnificent  interference  of  Heffelfinger  and  Bliss. 
Heffelfinger  hits  the  line  for  no  gain.  McCormick  gets  to 
the  5-yard  line  through  centre  and  again  taking  the  ball  he 
makes  4  more  around  the  end.  Morison  is  pushed  through 
tackle  for  the  touchdown.  The  goal  fails.  Lake  makes 
9  in  the  V,  Corbett  adds  2,  Lake  6,  and  Hinkey  makes  a 
tackle  behind  the  line,  forcing  Trafford  to  punt.  McClung 
gets  a  fair  catch  for  interference  by  the  Harvard  ends.  The 
V  is  tried,  but  Winter  makes  no  gain.  McClung  punts  and 
Harvard  returns  the  kick.  Sanford  picks  up  a  fumble  and 
runs  around  the  end  for  13  yards.  McClung  breaks  the 
centre  for  15.  Morison,  Winter,  and  Bliss  add  5  each. 
Emmons,  Waters,  and  Newell  hold  for  downs  and  get  the 
ball.  Hartwell  throws  the  Harvard  backs  for  a  loss  and 
Trafford  punts  to  Yale's  25-yard  line.  The  ball  is  fumbled 
and  Hallowell  gets  it.  Hinkey  stops  Lake  and  Hartwell 
holds  Corbett  for  no  gains.  Heffelfinger  stops  an  attack 
on  centre  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  McClung  doubles  the 
end  for  20.  Bliss  and  Morison  in  two  plunges  add  10.  The 
ball  goes  to  Harvard  for  holding  in  the  line.  Bliss  tackles 
Corbett  for  no  gain.  Trafford  punts  to  McCormick. 
McClung  bucks  the  centre  for  a  great  run  of  30  yards.  The 
next  3  downs  fail  to  gain  and  McCormick  kicks.  Har- 
vard tries  the  Yale  line,  but  cannot  get  through  and  punts. 
McClung  catches,  standing  close  to  the  side  line.  Heffel- 
finger interferes  and  McClung,  running  close  to  the  line, 
covers  34  yards  before  being  thrown  by  Trafford.  Har- 
vard holds  for  downs  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Lake  makes  5  yards  in  the  V.  Bliss  throws 
Corbett  behind  the  line  and  Trafford  punts.  Yale  can- 
not make  an  inch  and  McCormick  punts.     Harvard  fumbles 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


277 


and  Wallis  gets  the  ball  on  the  45-yard  line.  Heffelfinger 
hits  the  centre  for  2.  Bliss  rounds  the  end  for  10.  McClung 
doubles  the  other  end  for  15  more.  Dexter  and  Bangs 
tackle  for  a  loss  and  Yale  punts.  Harvard  can  make  no  im- 
pression on  the  Yale  line  and  punts.  Yale,  after  trying  to 
gain  without  success,  also  kicks.  The  ball  goes  out  of 
bounds  at  Harvard's  25-yard  line.  The  teams  line  up. 
Gage  passes  the  ball  to  Corbett,  who  starts  for  the  end. 
Hinkey  tackles  him  fiercely  and  the  ball  rolls  upon  the 
ground.  Trafford  jumps  for  it,  but  McCormick  blocks 
him.  Bliss  picks  up  the  ball  and  leaps  across  the  four 
remaining  lines  for  a  touchdown.  McCormick  kicks  the 
goal.  Harvard  resumes  play  desperately.  Lake  and  Cor- 
bett in  rapid  plunges  carry  the  ball  to  Yale's  10-yard  line. 
Unable  to  advance  farther  Trafford  tries  a  drop,  but  misses. 
Yale  punts  out  and  Harvard  rushes  the  ball  within  kicking 
distance.  Trafford  again  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  Hinkey 
and  Heffelfinger  block  the  kick.  Hallowell  recovers  the 
ball.     Time  is  then  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 


Springfield,  Nov.  19, 

HARVARD 

R.  W.  Emmons,  '95,  Left  End, 
F.  Mason,  '92, 
J.  D.  Upton,  '93, 
L.  T.  Shea,  '96, 

B.  G.  Waters,  '94,  Left  Guard, 

W.  H.  Lewis,  '95,  Centre, 

W.  C.  Mackie,  '94,  Right  Guard, 

M.  Newell,  '94,  Right  Tackle, 

F.  W.  Hallowell,  '93,  Right  End, 

B.  W.  TrafiFord,'93,  Capt.,  Quarter-back, 

G.  A.  Gray,  '94,  Left  Half, 
E.  J.  Lake,  '92,  Right  Half, 

C.  Brewer,  '96,  Full-back, 


1892 

YALE 

F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95. 

Left  Tackle,     W.  C.  Winter,  '93. 

J.  A.  McCrea,  '95. 

P.  T.  Stillman,  '95. 

W.  O.  Hickok,  '95. 

A.  H.  Wallis,  '93. 

J.  C.  Greenway,  '95. 

V.  C.  McCormick,  '93,  Capt. 

L.  T.  Bliss,  '93. 

C.  D.  Bliss,  '93. 

F.  S.  Butterworth,  '95. 


Referee:  Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  Princeton.  Umpire:  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89, 
Wesleyan.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  6.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
C.  D.  Bliss,  goal  by  F.  S.  Butterworth. 


278  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  Mc- 
Cormick  makes  15  yards  on  the  V.  Harvard  holds  and 
Yale  punts.  Harvard  at  once  adopts  kicking  tactics. 
Yale  makes  several  fumbles  and  Emmons  falls  on  the  ball 
behind  Yale^s  goal  line,  but  interference  is  awarded  and  the 
ball  brought  out  and  given  to  Yale.  Yale  now  starts  a  heavy 
attack  on  the  Harvard  line.  The  two  Blisses  and  Butter- 
worth,  relieved  by  Wallis  and  Winter,  buck  right  and  left. 
Emmons,  Upton,  and  Newell  prevent  any  large  gains,  but 
the  ball  travels  continually  down  to  Harvard's  3-yard  line, 
where  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Harvard  opens  the  second  half  with  a  new 
and  startling  formation.  Trafford  stands  10  yards  back 
from  midfield  with  the  ball.  The  Harvard  team  divides  into 
two  parts,  each  part  drawing  back  20  yards  and  taking  a 
position  at  opposite  sides  of  the  field  near  the  side  lines. 
Trafford  signals  and  the  Harvard  men  come  forward  rap- 
idly, converging  toward  Trafford.  As  they  reach  him  he 
touches  the  ball  in  play  and  disappears  into  the  mass,  which 
has  now  formed  into  a  wedge.  This  formation,  the  famous 
"flying  wedge,"  goes  crashing  into  the  Yale  men  with  a 
tremendous  impact,  taking  the  ball  to  the  25-yard  line. 
Sensation  runs  through  the  stands  at  the  novel  play,  which 
is  the  most  original  and  beautiful  ever  seen  upon  a  football 
field.  Yale  holds  and  Brewer  punts.  Butterworth  attempts 
to  return,  but  the  kick  is  blocked  and  Harvard  gets  the  ball. 
Hinkey,  McCrea,  and  Hickok  stop  Harvard  on  the  7-yard 
line  and  g^t  the  ball.  The  Yale  backs  carry  the  ball  to  the 
centre  of  the  field,  but  lose  it  here  on  a  fumble.  Upton 
makes  20  yards.  Yale  holds  and  Brewer  punts  out  of 
bounds.  Emmons  and  Upton  retire  and  Shea  and  Mason 
come  on.  An  exchange  of  kicks  follows  and  L.  Bliss  gets 
around  the  end  for  35  yards.  Yale  now  starts  a  series  of 
quick  plays  through  the  line,  the  two  Blisses  and  Butter- 
worth  carrying  the  ball.     The  gains  are  short  but  consecu- 


^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 

*m 

i 

i^^Jf^UMiA 

« 

kM  T^.- 

^^HBil^EBiiHiH^^s^H9Hi 

K  ^  ^-t'./-^?.    W 

,  r 

""ifl^^^HyF 

■ 

-   c 

W    a 


>t      O 

o    * 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


279 


tive.  Gradually  Harvard  is  being  beaten  back  and  weak- 
ening. The  ball  is  on  the  2-yard  line.  The  lines  contract 
at  centre.  C.  D.  Bliss  takes  the  ball  and,  lifted  upon  a  wave 
of  blue  jerseys,  is  carried  over  the  centre  and  across  the 
line  for  a  touchdown.  Butterworth  kicks  the  goal.  In  the 
remaining  minutes  of  play  Harvard  blocks  Butterworth's 
punt  and  gets  the  ball  on  the  15-yard  line.  Three  downs 
are  tried  for  no  gain.  Winter  stops  Trafford's  try  for  a 
goal  from  the  field  and  time  is  called. 

Harvard  vs.  Yale 


Springfield,  Nov.  25,  1893 


HARVARD 


YALE 


R.  W.  Emmons,  '95, 
T.  J.  Mannahan,  '96, 
R.  Acton,  '94, 
W.  H.  Lewis,  '95, 
W.  C.  Mackie,  '94, 
M.  Newell,  '94, 
R.  H.  Stevenson,  '97, 

A.  M.  Beale,  '97, 

E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97, 

B.  G.  Waters,  '94,  Capt., 
J.  W,  Dunlop,  '97, 

C.  Brewer,  '96, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 


F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95,  Capt. 

F.  T.  Murphy,  '97. 
J.  A.  McCrea,  '95. 
P.  T.  Stillman,  '95. 
W.  O.  Hickok,  '95. 
A.  McC.  Beard,  '95. 
J.  C.  Greenway,  '95. 

G.  T.  Adee,  '95. 
S.  B.  Thome,  '96. 
R.  Armstrong,  '95. 


Full-back,         F.  S.  Butterworth,  '95. 


Referee:  C.  H.  Schoff,  '93,  Pennsylvania.  Umpire:  Alex.  Moffat, 
'84,  Princeton.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  6.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down by  F.  S.  Butterworth,  goal  by  W.  O.  Hickok. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north  goal. 
Harvard  makes  25  yards  with  the  flying  wedge.  Waters 
and  Wrightington  in  two  plays  through  the  line  make  5 
yards.  Greenway  and  Hinkey  hold  the  Harvard  backs 
for  downs  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Butterworth  punts. 
Harvard  now  discloses  a  series  of  intricate  formations  and 
plays  evolved  by  Lorin  F.  Deland,  the  inventor  of  the  flying 
wedge.  The  Yale  ends  are  alert,  however,  and  nip  the 
Harvard  backs  for  no  gain.     Brewer  punts.     Butterworth 


280  FOOTBALL 

returns  to  Harvard^s  10-yard  line.  Brewer  sends  it  back  on 
the  second  down.  Thome  rounds  the  end  for  10.  On  the 
next  play  the  ball  is  fumbled  and  Emmons  gets  it.  Brewer 
punts.  Yale  fumbles  and  Stevenson  falls  on  the  ball.  Newell 
strikes  the  opposite  tackle  for  3.  Waters,  Dunlop,  and 
Brewer  in  the  new  Deland  mass  play,  an  oval  forniation 
called  a  "  turtle-back,"  work  the  ball  to  Yale^s  35-yard  line. 
Murphy,  McCrea,  and  Hickok  hold  for  downs  and  Yale 
gets  the  ball.  Butterworth  lifts  the  leather  70  yards  down 
the  field.  On  the  line-up  Brewer  punts,  but  the  kick  is  high 
and  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  Harvard^s  25-yard  line.  Three 
plunges  into  the  line  do  not  yield  a  first  down  and  it  is 
Harvard's  ball.  Harvard  uses  a  flying  interference  play  for 
consecutive  gains  of  40  yards,  which  Hinkey  and  Murphy 
finally  check  by  sharp  tackling.  Yale  uses  a  revolving 
wedge  that  gains  5  yards  and  then  loses  3.  Butterworth 
tries  for  a  long  field  goal,  but  cannot  make  it.  Harvard 
punts  out  and  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  with  the  flying  wedge,  making 
10  yards.  Hinkey  nets  6  around  the  end  and  Thorne  dupli- 
cates the  run  around  the  other  end.  By  a  series  of  mass 
plays  Thorne,  Armstrong,  and  Butterworth,  alternating  with 
the  ball,  advance  by  gains  of  6,  6,  3,  15,  and  7  yards  to  the 
2-line  mark,  where  Butterworth  is  rammed  across  the  line 
for  a  touchdown.  Hickok  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  resumes 
play  with  the  flying  wedge  and  makes  15  yards.  Waters, 
Newell,  and  Brewer  are  sent  into  the  line  on  flying  plays 
for  steady  gains  to  the  35-yard  line,  where  Hinkey  and 
Greenway  break  them  up  and  get  the  ball.  Yale  punts 
and  Brewer  returns.  Thorne  catches  and  runs  back  the 
kick  35  yards.  Unable  to  gain  farther,  Butterworth  punts. 
Harvard  resumes  its  flying  plays,  in  which  the  interference 
starts  before  the  ball  is  in  play.  Wrightington  skirts  the 
end  for  15,  Brewer  doubles  the  other  for  15.     Yale  stops  the 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


281 


advance  on  their  35-yard  line  and  Thome  and  Butterworth 
in  four  rushes  take  the  ball  back  to  centre.  Waters  goes 
off  and  Dunlop  takes  his  place.  Harvard  attempts  a 
double  pass,  but  McCrea  gets  it.  Kicks  are  exchanged. 
Thome  and  Butterworth  by  great  work  hammer  the  ball  to 
Harvard's  5-yard  line,  Lewis,  Mackie,  and  Newell  hold 
for  downs.  Brewer  from  behind  the  line  punts  to  Butter- 
worth at  40.  Armstrong  and  Thome  rush  it  back  to  Har- 
vard's 15-yard  line,  where  it  goes  to  Harvard  on  fourth  down. 
Brewer  punts  to  Yale's  45-yard  line  and  time  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 

Springfield,  Nov.  24, 

1894 

HARVARD 

YALE 

N.  W.  Cabot,  '98, 

Left  End, 

F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95,  Capt. 

«       (I 

L.  M.  Bass,  '97. 

R.  H.  Hallowell,  '96, 

Left  Tackle, 

A.  McC.  Beard,  '95. 

S.  W.  Wheeler,  '98, 

(€                     H 

W.  C.  Mackie,  '94, 

Left  Guard, 

J.  A.  McCrea,  '95. 

F.  G.  Shaw,  '97, 

Centre, 

P.  T.  Stillman,  '95. 

J.  E.  N.  Shaw,  '98, 

Right  Guard, 

W.  O.  Hickok,  '95. 

B.  G.  Waters,  '94, 

Right  Tackle, 

F.  T.  Murphy,  '97. 

«           « 

C.  Chadwick,  '97. 

A.  H.  Brewer,  '96, 

Right  End, 

L.  Hinkey,  '97. 

R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95,  Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

G.  T.  Adee,  '95. 

E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97, 

Left  Half, 

S.  B.  Thorne,  '96. 

P.  W.  Whittemore,  '95, 

"        " 

C.  Brewer,  '96, 

Right  Half, 

A.  N.  Jerrems,  '96. 

J.  J.  Hayes,  '96, 

((         it 

R.  Armstrong,  '95. 

M.  G.  Gonterman,  '96, 

i(         (t 

J.  C.  Fairchild,  '96, 

Full-back, 

F.  S.  Butterworth,  '95. 

((       « 

H.  W.  Letton,  '97. 

Referee:  D.  Bovaird,  '89,  Princeton.  Umpire:  Alex.  Moffat,  '84, 
Princeton.  Linesman:  H.  L.  Pratt,  '95,  Amherst.  Score:  Harvard  4, 
Yale  12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  P.  T.  Stillman,  goal  by  W.  O. 
Hickok;  touchdown  by  J.  J.  Hayes;  touchdown  by  S.  B.  Thorne,  goal 
by  W.  O.  Hickok. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.     Hickok  kicks  off  to  Brewer  and  the  latter  runs  the 


282  FOOTBALL 

ball  back  20  yards,  being  tackled  by  Beard.  Stillman 
blocks  Wrightington's  kick.  The  ball  rolls  across  Har- 
vard's goal-line.  Stillman  falls  on  it  for  a  touchdown. 
Hickok  kicks  the  goal.  On  the  kick-off  Harvard  dribbles 
the  ball  to  the  right  and  Brewer  falls  on  it.  Wrightington 
and  Brewer  hit  the  centre  for  6  yards.  Wrightington 
rounds  the  end  for  10  yards,  but  Yale  gets  the  ball  for 
off-side  play.  Harvard  regains  it  immediately  for  hold- 
ing. The  ball  changes  sides  several  times  for  downs. 
Fairchild  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  the  ball  hits  the  cross- 
bar. Thorne  punts.  C.  Brewer  is  hurt  and  Hayes  takes  his 
place.  Harvard  starts  a  lively  attack  on  Yale's  line, 
Wrightington,  Hayes,  and  Fairchild  breaking  through  for 
consecutive  gains.  Hayes  gets  around  the  end  for  17  yards 
and  a  touchdown.  The  punt-out  is  fumbled.  The  ball  is 
kicked  off  and  Wrightington  is  injured.  Whittemore  takes 
his  place.  Thorne  misses  a  field  goal.  Hayes  catches  the 
ball  on  the  5-yard  line.  Yale  blocks  the  kick  and  gets  the 
ball.  On  the  first  play  Thorne  is  pushed  over  for  the  touch- 
down.    Hickok  kicks  the  goal. 

Second  Half:  Chadwick  takes  the  place  of  Murphy. 
Armstrong  is  substituted  for  Jerrems  and  Letton  for  Butter- 
worth.  Fairchild  kicks  off.  The  playing  during  this  half 
is  fierce  and  vigorous.  Smash  after  smash  is  made  against 
the  opposing  lines,  but  neither  side  can  score.  Thorne 
tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Hallowell  is  injured  and 
Wheeler  takes  his  place.  Harvard  drives  the  ball  down 
to  the  27-yard  line.  The  signal  is  given  for  a  punt.  The 
whistle  sounds,  the  ball  is  passed  back  to  Fairchild,  who 
drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Harvard  claims  the  goal,  but 
Bovaird  rules  that  time  was  called.    The  game  closes. 

1895.  No  game. 

1896.  No  game. 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


283 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 


HARVARD 

N.  W.  Cabot,  '98,  Capt. 
C.  O.  Swain,  '00, 
S.  W.  Wheeler,  '98, 
G.  W.  Bouv6,  '98, 

A.  E.  Doucette,  '95, 
H.  B.  Haskell,  '99, 
J.  E.  N.  Shaw,  '98, 
M.  Donald,  '99, 
S.  F.  Mills,  '99, 
J.  E.  Moulton,  '98, 
W.  L.  Garrison,  '97, 

B.  H.  Dibblee,  '99, 
L.  Warren,  '00, 
G.  S.  Parker,  '00, 
P.  D.  Haughton,  '99, 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh 
Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  0. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Cambridge,  Nov.  13,  1897 

YALE 

J.  J.  Hazen,  '98. 

J.  O.  Rodgers,  '98,  Capt. 


C.  Chadwick,  '97. 

G.  L.  Cadwalader,  '01. 

F.  G.  Brown,  '01. 


Right  Tackle,      B.  C.  Chamberlin,  '97. 


Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 


J.  A.  Hall,  '97. 
C.  A.  H.  De  SauUes,  '99. 
A.  F.  Corwin,  '99. 
H.  F.  Benjamin,  '99. 


Full-back,         M.  L.  McBride,  '00. 

Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 


Note. — See  amended  rule  of  scoring,  session  Feb.  19, 
1897,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west  goal. 
Haughton  kicks  off  to  Hazen  on  the  25-yard  line.  Corwin 
makes  5.  Cabot  and  Moulton  tackle  behind  the  line  and 
Chamberlin  punts  to  Harvard's  20-yard  line.  Dibblee 
rounds  the  end  for  17.  Harvard  sends  a  guards-back  for- 
mation into  the  line  twice,  and  not  making  first  down 
Haughton  punts.  Corwin  makes  1,  Benjamin  adds  another, 
and  Chamberlin  lifts  a  kick  into  Harvard's  goal.  Haugh- 
ton punts  out  from  the  25-yard  line.  Yale  fumbles  and 
Haskell  gets  the  ball.  Warren  splits  the  line  for  5  and 
immediately  repeats  the  play  for  5  more.  Cabot  gets 
through  for  4,  and  then  Rodgers  and  Brown  throw  Harvard 
for  a  loss  and  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  McBride  im- 
mediately punts.  Harvard  lines  up  and  Warren  rounds  the 
end  for  12.     Cabot  plunges  through  centre  for  7,  but  Yale 


284  FOOTBALL 

gets  the  ball  on  a  penalty.  McBride  drops  back  to  punt, 
but  Haskell  blocks  the  kick.  Harvard  hits  the  line  hard, 
but  Hall,  Chamberlin,  and  Chadwick  stop  the  Crimson 
backs  for  no  gain  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  McBride  falls 
back  to  kick  on  the  first  down.  The  kick  again  is  blocked. 
Warren  gets  around  the  end  for  12,  Cabot  doubles  the  other 
end  for  7,  but  the  ball  goes  to  Yale  on  a  foul.  McBride 
punts  and  Haughton  returns.  Yale  cannot  gain.  For  the 
third  time  Harvard  blocks  the  kick  and  gets  the  ball.  Two 
plunges  into  the  line  fail  to  gain  and  Haughton  kicks 
to  De  Saulles.  Several  scrimmages  ensue  without  gain. 
McBride  kicks  to  Haughton,  who  returns.  Yale  starts  a 
series  of  hard  rushes.  Corwin  makes  4  through  tackle. 
Benjamin  breaks  the  centre  for  4.  Corwin  rounds  the  end 
for  4.  Chamberlin  plunges  into  the  line  for  6.  McBride 
adds  5  and  Corwin  5.  The  ball  is  now  on  Harvard's 
15-yard  line.  Cadwalader  snaps  the  ball,  but  there  is  a 
mistake  in  the  signals  and  Swain  falls  on  the  ball  for  Har- 
vard. Harvard  puts  it  down  for  a  scrimmage.  Dibblee, 
Haughton,  and  Parker  buck  the  line  for  good  gains  and 
the  ball  advances  back  to  centre.  Here  kicks  are  exchanged 
and  time  is  called,  with  the  ball  in  Harvard's  possession  on 
the  45-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  Yale  kicks  off  and  Haughton  returns. 
Yale  kicks  out  of  bounds  at  Harvard's  50-yard  mark. 
Dibblee  and  Parker  plunge  into  the  line  for  4  yards. 
Parker  tries  the  end  and  in  a  magnificent  dash  takes  the 
ball  to  Yale's  5-yard  line,  where  he  is  stopped  by  Chamber- 
lin. Rodgers  and  Brown  throw  Dibblee  and  Cabot  for  a 
loss  of  5  yards.  Haughton  tries  to  make  it  up,  but  is 
tackled  by  Hazen  and  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  fourth  down. 
McBride  from  behind  the  line  punts  out  to  the  30-yard  line. 
Harvard  makes  a  desperate  effort  to  score,  but  cannot  make 
the  first  down.     Yale  prepares  to  punt,  but  the  kick  is 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


285 


partly  blocked.  Yale  recovers  it.  A  long  series  of  kicks 
are  exchanged  in  which  Yale  gains.  De  Saulles  finally 
catches  on  his  30-yard  line  and  runs  back  to  centre.  Yale 
cannot  gain  and  punts.  Haughton  runs  back  the  kick  and 
punts.  McBride,  on  the  line-up,  tries  to  punt,  but  the  kick 
is  blocked,  De  Saulles  recovering.  Yale  cannot  gain  and 
drops  back  to  kick,  but  time  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  ' 

^ALE 

New  Haven,  Nov. 

19,  1898 

HARVARD 

YALE 

F.  D.  Cochrane,  '99, 

Left  End, 

G.  W.  Hubbell,  '01. 

J.  W.  Farley,  '99, 

«       (( 

M.  Donald,  '99, 

Left  Tackle, 

G.  S.  Stillman,  '01. 

W.  D.  Eaton,  '02, 

(<         *( 

W.  A.  Boal,  '00, 

Left  Guard, 

F.  G.  Brown,  '01. 

P.  M.  Jaffray,  '99, 

«         (( 

F.  L.  Burnett,  '02, 

Centre, 

G.  B.  Cutten,  '99. 

W.  A.  M.  Burden,  '00, 

Right  Guard, 

E.  E.  Marshall,  '99. 

P.  D.  Houghton,  '99, 

Right  Tackle, 

B.  C.  Chamberlin,  '97,  Capt. 

J.  W.  Hallowell,  '01, 

Right  End, 

E.  M.  Eddy,  '99. 

U                   (( 

L.  M.  Thomas,  '01. 

C.  D.  Daly,  '01, 

Quarter-back, 

M.  U.  Ely,  '98. 

B.H.Dibblee,'99,Capt. 

,      Left  Half, 

C.  T.  Dudley,  '00. 

((         (( 

E.  M.  Eddy,  '99. 

L.  Warren,  '00, 

Right  Half, 

A.  H.  Durston,  '99. 

W.  T.  Reid,  '01, 

Full-hack, 

R.  Townshend,  '00. 

«      « 

M.  L.  McBride,  '00. 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  F.  B.  Talbot,  '00,  Harvard;  D.  R.  Francis,  '00,  Yale. 
Score:  Harvard  17,  Yale  0.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  W.  T.  Reid; 
touchdown  by  B.  H.  Dibblee,  goal  by  P.  D.  Haughton.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  W.  T.  Reid,  goal  by  P.  D.  Haughton. 


First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  Cham- 
berlin kicks  off  and  Reid  returns  to  midfield.  Yale  tries  a 
buck  at  the  line,  but  cannot  gain.  The  backs  drop  back 
for  a  punt,  but  a  line  play  is  sent  instead,  gaining  3  yards. 
Harvard  stops  the  next  play  and  gets  the  ball.     On  the  first 


286  FOOTBALL 

down  a  Crimson  player  is  oflf  side  and  the  ball  goes  back  to 
Yale.  Two  cracks  against  the  line  fail  to  yield  an  inch  and 
Townshend  punts  to  Daly,  who  instantly  sends  the  ball  back 
to  Yale's  45-yard  line.  Two  trials  at  the  line  by  Yale  net 
3  yards  and  Townshend  again  lifts  the  leather  to  Harvard's 
35-yard  line.  Haughton  drops  back  for  a  punt  and  sends  the 
ball  over  Yale's  goal-line.  It  is  brought  out  to  the  25-yard 
line.  Townshend  kicks  it  to  Harvard's  45-yard  line,  but 
Daly  catches  and  runs  it  to  midfield.  Dibblee  and  Reid  hit 
the  line  right  and  left  for  10  yards.  Dibblee  gets  through 
tackle  for  5  more.  Reid  and  Warren  pierce  the  centre 
for  7.  Harvard  now  has  the  ball  on  Yale's  45-yard  line. 
Dibblee  advances  it  through  centre  20  yards.  He  takes  it 
around  the  end  for  10  more.  Reid  splits  the  tackle  for  5. 
The  Crimson  team  masses  toward  centre  and  shoves  Yale 
back  for  5  yards.  Reid  tries  for  the  last  5,  but  is  stopped. 
He  again  hits  the  line  and  goes  over  at  the  extreme  corner 
of  the  field  for  a  touchdown.  The  ball  is  punted  out  and 
kicked  from  placement,  but  it  strikes  the  goal-post.  Cham- 
berlin  kicks  off  for  Yale  and  Haughton  returns  the  ball  to 
midfield.  Durston  makes  a  yard,  but  Yale  is  forced  to  kick. 
Dibblee  runs  the  ball  back  10  yards.  Haughton  punts  to 
Ely,  who  brings  the  ball  back  to  centre.  Yale  cannot  gain 
and  Chamberlin  punts.  Off-side  play  is  given  and  Har- 
vard gets  the  ball.  The  ball  changes  sides  without  sub- 
stantial gains.  Harvard  gets  the  ball  on  a  foul  on  Yale's 
20-yard  line.  Reid  plunges  through  centre  and  plants  the 
ball  on  the  12-yard  line.  Townshend  is  hurt  and  McBride 
goes  to  full-back.  Reid  adds  3  more  through  the  line,  and 
Dibblee,  dashing  between  guard  and  tackle,  covers  the  re- 
maining distance  and  touches  down.  Haughton  kicks  the 
goal.  Yale  kicks  off  and  Harvard  returns.  The  ball  is 
fumbled  and  Harvard  gets  it.  On  the  first  down  Dibblee 
gets  around  Yale's  end  for  40  yards,  placing  the  ball  on  the 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  287 

10-yard  line.  Yale  stops  the  Crimson  for  downs  without  a 
gain  and  gets  the  ball.  McBride  punts  to  the  40-yard  line, 
where  Daly  heels  for  a  fair  catch.  Haughton  tries  a  place 
kick,  but  misses.  McBride  kicks  out  to  midfield  and  Daly 
returns  to  Yale's  5-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is  fumbled 
and  rolls  over  the  line,  being  touched  down  by  Ely.  Har- 
vard claims  a  safety,  but  it  is  not  allowed.  The  ball  is 
kicked  out  and  Dibblee  runs  it  back  10  yards.  Harvard 
cannot  gain  and  Yale  gets  the  ball,  punting  on  the  first 
down  to  Harvard's  20-yard  line.  Dibblee  returns  the  punt 
to  midfield  and  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Haughton  kicks  off  to  McBride.  On  the 
first  line-up  Yale  returns.  Harvard  puts  the  ball  down  for 
a  scrimmage  at  midfield.  Dibblee  rounds  the  end  for  5  and 
Reid  duplicates  the  play  on  the  opposite  side  for  5  more. 
An  attempt  to  go  through  centre  results  in  a  fumble  and 
Yale  takes  the  ball  on  the  40-yard  line.  By  a  mass  play  on 
tackle  the  Blue  sends  Durston,  Stillman,  and  McBride  for 
short  but  steady  gains  for  a  total  of  60  yards.  Harvard 
now  holds  for  downs  and  Reid  punts  back  to  midfield. 
An  exchange  of  kicks  follows,  resulting  in  Yale  punting 
out  of  bounds  through  a  high  punt  being  blown  back  by 
the  wind,  sending  the  ball  out  at  the  10-yard  line.  Dibblee 
circles  the  end  for  4  yards.  Daly  tries  to  round  the  opposite 
side,  but  Chamberlin  throws  him  for  a  loss.  Yale  takes 
the  ball  on  downs  and  Chamberlin  punts.  Haughton 
returns  the  kick  and  Yale  fumbles  on  the  15-yard  line. 
Warren  goes  through  centre  for  4.  Dibblee  makes  3  and 
Warren  gains  8  more.  Reid  hits  the  line  and  bursts  through 
for  a  touchdown.  Haughton  kicks  the  goal.  Yale  kicks 
off  and  Harvard  returns.  For  a  long  time  neither  team  is 
able  to  make  a  substantial  advance,  the  play  becoming  a 
series  of  unsuccessful  line  plunges  followed  by  punts.  Yale 
sends  a  long  pass  to  the  side,  Durston  to  Ely,  and  the  latter 


288 


FOOTBALL 


carries  the  ball  to  Harvard's  25-yard  line.  Two  line  plunges 
fail  to  gain  and  Chamberlin  falls  back  to  try  a  goal  from 
placement.  The  Harvard  forwards  hurry  the  kick  and  the 
try  fails.     Time  soon  after  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Cambridge,  Nov.  18,  1899 


HARVARD 


YALE 


Left  End,        G.  W.  Hubbell,  '01. 
Left  Tackle,      D.  R.  Francis,  '00. 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 


((        (( 


Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
ti       (( 

Right  Half, 
((       (( 

Full-back, 


F.  G.  Brown,  '01. 
P.  T.  W.  Hale,  '00. 
H.  P.  Olcott,  '01. 

G.  S.  Stillman,  '01. 
E.  N.  Snitjer,  '00. 
P.  J.  Gibson,  '01. 
W.  M.  Fincke,  '01. 
A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02, 
G.  B.  Chadwick,  '03. 
R.  B.  Keane,  '02. 
H.  Richards,  '00. 

M.  L.  McBride,  '00,  Capt. 


D.  C.  Campbell,  '02, 
A.  W.  Ristine,  '02, 
M.  Donald,  '99, 
W.  D.  Eaton,  '02, 
A.  R.  Sargent,  '00, 

F.  L.  Burnett,  '02, 
W.  A.  M.  Burden,  '00,  Capt. 
J.  Lawrence,  '01, 
J.  W.  Hallowell,  '01, 

C.  D.  Daly,  '01, 

E.  H.  Kendall,  '02, 

G.  A.  Sawin,  '01, 
G.  S.  Parker,  '00, 

S.  G.  Ellis,  '01, 
W.  T.  Reid,  '01, 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  G.  M.  Thompson,  '99,  Harvard;  R.  J.  Schweppe,  '00,  Yale. 
Timekeeper:  F.  A.  Wood,  B.  A.  C.     Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  0. 

First  Half:  Francis  kicks  off  for  Yale.  Harvard  brings 
the  ball  out,  and  a  try  at  the  line  failing,  Hallowell  punts  to 
Yale's  45-yard  line,  Sharpe  making  the  catch  and  running 
the  ball  back  3  yards.  Yale  cannot  gain  and  McBride 
sends  the  ball  down  to  Harvard's  10-yard  line.  Daly 
skirts  the  end  for  10.  A  centre  play  fails  and  Hallowell 
punts  to  Yale's  40-yard  line.  Fincke  catches  and  attempts 
to  run,  but  Campbell  tackles  him.  Two  plunges  into  the 
line  are  tried  without  a  gain  and  McBride  punts.  Harvard 
cannot  make  a  foot  in  three  attempts  and  punts.     Yale  gains 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  289 

3  yards,  but  McBride  punts  on  the  third  down.  The  ball  is 
out  of  bounds.  It  is  brought  in  and  Kendall  gets  away  on 
a  double  pass  for  20  yards,  placing  the  ball  on  Yale's  45- 
yard  line,  Francis  making  the  tackle.  Daly  gets  around 
the  opposite  end  and  is  not  stopped  until  he  reaches  the  17- 
yard  mark.  By  short  gains  of  Daly  and  Kendall  the  ball 
is  advanced  to  the  7-yard  line,  where  it  is  third  down,  with 
1  yard  to  gain.  Ellis  by  a  great  effort  makes  it.  Again 
the  Harvard  backs  strike  the  line  and  the  Yale  men  tackle 
desperately.  Three  downs  are  required  to  get  the  4  yards, 
and  on  the  last  attempt  Yale  stops  the  advance  and  gets 
the  ball.  Sharpe  from  behind  the  line  punts  out  to  the  35- 
yard  line.  Daly  signals  for  a  fair  catch,  but  is  thrown. 
Burnett  drops  back  and  sights  the  ball  for  a  place  kick  from 
the  25-yard  line.  The  ball  misses  by  inches.  Play  starts 
at  the  25-yard  line  and  Francis  punts.  Sawin  runs  back  the 
kick  5  yards,  landing  the  ball  on  the  40-yard  line.  Hallo- 
well  kicks  out  of  bounds.  The  ball  is  brought  in  and  Yale 
punts.  Harvard  cannot  gain  and  again  kicks  the  ball 
down  into  Yale's  goal.  Fincke  runs  it  back  10  yards. 
McBride  punts  to  Harvard's  45-yard  line  and  Sawin  runs 
it  back  20  yards.     Time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Burnett  kicks  for  Harvard  to  Sharpe  on 
the  10-yard  line.  Yale  lines  up  and  McBride  returns  to 
midfield.  Sawin  goes  through  centre  for  1,  Kendall  follows 
for  1.  Hallowell  punts.  McBride  returns.  On  a  double 
pass  Sawin  goes  round  the  end  for  20  yards.  The  ball  is 
brought  back  and  given  to  Yale.  Chad  wick  takes  the  place 
of  Sharpe  and  the  ball  is  put  in  play.  Keane  makes  1, 
Chadwick  1.  Yale  sends  McBride  20  yards  back  and 
touches  down  for  the  full  loss  of  20  yards,  thereby  holding  the 
ball  under  the  rule  for  first  down.  Yale  commences  a  hard 
attack.  Keane,  Chadwick,  and  McBride,  alternating  with 
Francis  and  Stillman,  by  short  gains  advance  the  ball  to 


290 


FOOTBALL 


Yale's  25-yard  line.  Here  Campbell  and  Lawrence  stop 
the  Yale  backs  for  a  loss  and  once  more  McBride  deliber- 
ately marks  off  a  loss  of  20  yards  in  order  to  hold  first 
down.  On  the  next  play  Yale  fumbles  and  Harvard  gets 
the  ball.  Reid  replaces  Ellis.  Hubbell  and  Snitjer  stop 
a  run  at  the  ends  and  Reid  punts.  Eaton  replaces  Donald. 
Keane  and  Chadwick  by  short  gains  place  the  ball  on  the 
30-yard  line.  Lawrence  and  Sargent  stop  the  attacks  and 
Harvard  gets  the  ball.  Harvard  now  commences  a  fierce 
assault  on  Yale's  line.  The  ball  moves  forward  line  by  line 
until  it  is  down  on  Yale's  30-yard  line.  A  fumble  occurs 
and  Chadwick  gets  the  ball.  McBride  immediately  kicks  to 
Daly,  who  runs  the  ball  back  20  yards.  Reid  lifts  a  prodig- 
ious punt  to  Yale's  15-yard  line,  where  it  is  fumbled  and 
Ristine  gets  the  ball.  Two  plunges  into  Yale's  line  do  not 
gain  and  Hallowell  drops  back  for  a  try  for  goal,  but  misses. 
The  ball  is  punted  out  and  time  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  24,  1900 


HARVARD 

YALE 

D.  C.  Campbell,  '02, 

Left  End, 

C.  Gould,  '02. 

E.  Bowditch,  '03, 

«        (( 

J.  D.  Clark,  '03, 

" 

W.  D.  Eaton,  '02, 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  R.  Bloomer,  '05. 

T.  H.  Graydon,  '03, 

((        (( 

W.  C.  Lee,  '01, 

Left  Guard, 

F.  G.  Brown,'01,  Capt. 

F.  L.  Burnett,  '02, 

(C                     (( 

C.  S.  Sargent,  '02, 

Centre, 

H.  P.  Olcott,  '01. 

C.  A.  Barnard,  '02, 

tt 

H.  C.  Holt,  '03. 

H.  K.  Roberts,  '00, 

Right  Guard, 

R.  Sheldon,  '02. 

J.  S.  Lawrence,  '01, 

Right  Tackle, 

G.  S.  Stillman,  '01. 

J.  W.  Hallowell,  '01, 

Right  End, 

S.  L.  Coy,  '01. 

A.  W.  Ristine,  '02, 

it         « 

C.  D.  Daly,  '01,  Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

W.  M.  Fincke,  '01. 

R.  Fincke,  '01, 

u 

HARVARD  VS.  YALE  291 


HARVARD 

YALE 

G.  A.  Sawin,  '01, 

Left  Half, 

A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02. 

W.  S.  Gierasch,  '01, 

<(       It 

E.  H.  Kendall,  '02, 

Right  Half, 

G.  B.  Chadwick,  '03. 

S.  G.  Ellis,  '01, 

«        « 

A.  Stillman,  '03, 

Full-back, 

P.  T.  W.  Hale,  '00. 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  B.  G.  Waters,  '94,  Harvard;  T.  B.  Hull.  Score:  Har- 
vard 0,  Yale  28.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  R.  Bloomer,  goal  by 
P.  T.  W.  Hale;  touchdown  by  W.  M.  Fincke,  goal  by  P.  T.  W.  Hale. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  G.  B.  Chadwick,  goal  by  P.  T.  W.  Hale; 
touchdown  by  S.  L.  Coy;  goal  from  field  by  A.  H.  Sharpe. 


First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal,  with  a  slight  wind.  Hale  kicks  to  Sawin  on  Harvard's 
10-yard  line.  The  ball  is  returned  to  Sharpe  at  Yale's 
50-yard  line,  Hallowell  tackling.  Hale  hits  the  centre  for 
3  yards  and  then  the  tackle  for  3  yards  more.  Chadwick  gets 
through  centre  for  2.  A  delayed  pass  sends  Sharpe  around 
the  end  and  down  to  Harvard's  30-yard  line,  where  Sawin 
brings  him  down.  Yale  forms  a  tackle-back  against  Hallo- 
well.  Chadwick  takes  the  ball  and  rounds  the  end  for  5 
yards.  Yale  hits  the  line  right  and  left  in  rapid  succession, 
making  short  gains  and  planting  the  ball  3  yards  from  the 
line.  Yale  masses  for  the  final  thrust,  but  the  ball  is  fumbled 
and  Campbell  gets  it.  The  pass  to  Ellis  is  high  and  the 
kick  goes  out  of  bounds  at  the  23-yard  mark.  Hale  makes 
2  through  the  centre  and  Sharpe  adds  three  more  through 
tackle.  Chadwick  and  Bloomer  take  the  ball  to  the  6-yard 
line.  Harvard  stops  Chadwick  on  the  next  rush.  Sharpe 
makes  the  3-yard  line,  third  down,  and  1  to  gain.  Hale 
makes  first  down.  On  the  next  play  Bloomer  gets  across 
for  a  touchdown.  Hale  kicks  the  goal.  Kendall  kicks  off  to 
Fincke  at  the  10-yard  mark.  The  ball  is  run  back  15  yards. 
Sawin  stops  Sharpe  with  a  gain  of  2  yards  around  the  end. 


292  FOOTBALL 

Kendall  does  the  same  for  Chadwick,  with  1  yard  gain 
around  the  other  extremity.  Hale  punts  to  Daly  on  the 
52-yard  mark.  Ellis  makes  3  yards  through  the  centre. 
Sawin  adds  3  more  and  Ellis  duplicates  the  gain.  Sawin 
punts  out  of  bounds  at  the  6-yard  mark.  Stillman  and 
Chadwick  make  2  each  through  tackle.  Sharpe  gets  around 
the  end  for  10  yards  and  then  on  a  double  pass  gets  2  more. 
Bloomer,  Chadwick,  and  Hale  on  tackle  plays  gain  20  yards. 
Hale  gets  through  the  centre  for  20  more.  Harvard  gets 
the  ball  for  holding.  Sawin  punts.  Fincke  picks  up  the  ball 
from  the  ground  and,  with  great  interference,  runs  through 
the  Crimson  players  for  a  touchdown.  Hale  kicks  the  goal. 
During  the  remainder  of  this  half  Yale  steadily  punctures 
Harvard's  line  for  steady  gains,  being  checked  only  once  by 
failure  to  make  the  distance.  Sawin  immediately  lifts  a 
long  punt  to  Yale's  20-yard  line  and  the  Blue  again  starts 
to  hammer  its  way  steadily  down  the  field  until  stopped  by 
the  call  of  time. 

Second  Half:  Burnett  kicks  off,  sending  the  ball  across 
the  goal-line.  Hale  punts  out,  kicking  down  to  Daly  on 
Harvard's  35-yard  line.  The  latter  runs  back  20  yards. 
Sawin  goes  through  centre  for  1.  Yale  is  penalized  10. 
Line  plunges  bring  the  ball  to  Yale's  40-yard  line,  where 
Gould  throws  Stillman  foi;  a  loss.  Sawin  tries  for  a  field 
goal,  but  misses.  Fincke  rounds  the  end  for  13,  Hale  adds 
3,  Stillman  3,  and  Sharpe  1.  Sharpe  gets  off  a  quick  kick. 
Sawin  catches  it  on  the  20-yard  line.  On  the  line-up  Har- 
vard fumbles  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Hale  and  Bloomer, 
alternating  with  Stillman,  Sharpe,  and  Chadwick,  drive  the 
ball  by  short  but  consecutive  gains  to  Harvard's  16-yard  line. 
Yale  feints  to  strike  the  centre,  but  sends  Chadwick  outside 
of  tackle  for  the  touchdown.  Goal.  Bowditch  replaces 
Campbell  and  Fincke  takes  the  place  of  Daly.  Roberts 
also  is  sent  on  in  place  of  Barnard.     Harvard  kicks  oiff  and 


O  ;r 


n  s 


^  .2 

w  I 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


293 


Sharpe  runs  the  ball  back  to  the  25-yard  line.  Chadwick 
makes  6  and  on  the  next  play  adds  6  more.  Harvard  holds 
and  Sharpe  punts  to  Harvard's  40.  Sawin  rounds  the  end 
for  15.  On  the  line-up  there  is  a  mistake  in  the  Harvard 
signals,  which  leaves  a  pass  uncovered  in  the  air.  Coy  gets 
it  and  runs  50  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Hale  misses  the  goal. 
Gierasch  takes  the  place  of  Sawin.  Harvard  kicks  off  and 
Yale  returns.  Harvard  punts  and  again  Yale  returns,  the 
ball  being  fumbled  by  Harvard  on  their  32-yard  mark  and 
recovered  by  Brown.  Two  line  plunges  fail  to  gain  and 
Sharpe  tries  for  a  goal,  but  misses.  Harvard  kicks  out  to 
Hale  at  centre.  Yale  by  short  rushes  returns  it  to  the  20- 
yard  line.  Unable  to  advance  farther  Sharpe  drops  back 
and  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field.  Hallowell  and  Bowditch 
are  hurt,  and  Ristine  and  Clark  take  their  places.  The 
game  now  develops  into  an  exchange  of  punts  mixed  with  a 
few  short  runs.  Olcott  goes  off  and  Holt  takes  his  place. 
On  a  double  pass  R.  Fincke  gets  away  for  20  yards,  but 
Harvard  can  go  no  farther.  Stillman  punts  and  the  game 
ends  with  the  ball  at  midfield. 


HARVARD 

D.C.Campbell, '02, 

C.  Blagden,  '02, 
W.  C.  Lee,  '01, 
E.  H.  Greene,  '02, 
C.  A.  Barnard,  '02, 

O.  F.  Cutts,  '03, 
E.  Bowditch,  '03, 
C.  B.  Marshall,  '04, 

R.  P.  Keman,  '03, 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Cambridge,  Nov.  23,  1901 

YALE 

Capt.,       Left  End,         C.  Gould,  '02,  Capt. 


Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
<(  (I 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half. 


C.  D.  Rafferty,  '04. 
G.  A.  Goss,  '03. 
H.  P.  Olcott,  '01. 
H.  C.  Holt,  '03. 
C.  J.  Hamlin,  '03. 
T.  R.  Johnson,  '04. 
J.  J.  Hogan,  '05. 
J.  R.  Swan,  '02. 
J.  L.  De  SauUes,  '04. 
H.  G.  Metcalf,  '04. 
J.  B.  Hart,  '02. 


294  FOOTBALL 

HARVARD  YALE 

A.  W.  Ristine,  '02,  Right  Half,        G.  B.  Chadwick,  '03. 

J.  E.  Owsley,  '05. 
T.  H.  Graydon,  '03,  Full-back,         C.  A.  Weymouth,  '03. 

S.  O.  Van  der  Poel,  '03. 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  J.  S.  Lawrence,  '01,  Harvard;  T.  B.  Hull.  Timekeeper: 
F.  A.  Wood,  B.  A.  C.  Score:  Harvard  22,  Yale  0.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  C.  Blagden,  goal  by  O.  F.  Cutts;  touchdown  by  A.  W.  Ristine, 
goal  by  O.  F.  Cutts;  goal  from  field  by  C.  B.  Marshall.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  T.  H.  Graydon. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  east 
goal,  with  the  wind.  Olcott  kicks  to  the  15-yard  line  to 
Campbell.  Harvard  opens  with  a  tackle-back  and  gains 
5  yards.  The  ball  is  fumbled  and  Yale  gets  it.  De  Saulles 
drops  back  for  a  try  for  goal,  but  misses.  Harvard  punts  to 
the  50-yard  line.  Yale  loses  ground  on  three  plays  and 
punts.  Harvard  gains  35  yards,  but  Yale  gets  the  ball  on 
the  fourth  down  at  midfield.  Harvard  twice  stops  Yale 
without  a  gain,  but  a  quarter-back  kick  takes  the  ball  to  the 
22-yard  line.  De  Saulles  tries  for  a  goal,  but  the  kick  is 
blocked.  Harvard  works  the  tackle-back  for  19  yards, 
but  finally  is  forced  to  kick.  De  Saulles  returns  and  Ker- 
nan  in  turn  lifts  the  ball  over  Yale's  goal-line.  De  Saulles 
kicks  out  to  midfield,  but  Kernan  runs  it  down  to  Yale's  22- 
yard  line,  but  the  plays  are  for  naught,  as  Kernan  is  caught 
out  of  bounds.  De  Saulles  again  kicks  out.  Cutts  and 
Ristine  in  successive  plays  bring  the  ball  to  Yale's  10-yard 
line,  where  De  Saulles  by  a  great  tackle  saves  a  touchdown. 
Blagden  hits  the  line  for  a  gain  of  6.  Ristine  makes  3  and 
Blagden  takes  the  ball  over  for  a  touchdown.  Cutts  kicks 
the  goal.  Yale  kicks  off  and  Harvard  returns.  A  series  of 
scrimmages  and  kicks  ensue,  the  play  being  at  Harvard's  40- 
yard  line.  On  a  line  play  Cutts  reaches  Yale's  33-yard 
mark.    Graydon  advances  10  more.    Ristine  hits  one  tackle 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  295 

for  3  and  Cutts  the  opposite  tackle  for  2.  Cutts  reaches  the 
13-yard  mark  and  Graydon  goes  to  the  10  and  then  to  the  6. 
Yale  makes  a  desperate  stand.  One  down  and  no  gain; 
second  down  4  yards  to  gain.  On  the  third  down  a  re- 
volving play  on  the  tackle  is  sprung  which  whirls  Ristine 
just  over  the  line.  Touchdown.  Cutts  kicks  the  goal. 
Olcott  kicks  to  Harvard's  20-yard  line,  where  Marshall, 
aided  by  great  interference,  catches  and  runs  back  to  Yale's 
45-yard  line.  Harvard's  play  is  very  quick  now — Kernan  2, 
Blagden  4,  Graydon  6,  Kernan  5,  Blagden  1,  Graydon  1. 
Yale  holds.  Marshall  drops  back  to  the  45-yard  line  for  a 
try  at  goal,  and  sends  the  ball  squarely  between  the  posts 
for  a  goal.  Yale  kicks  off.  Harvard  returns,  and  time  is 
called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Marshall  kicks  off  for  Harvard,  sending 
the  ball  down  to  Weymouth  at  25.  Yale  lines  up  and  De 
Saulles  punts.  Graydon  is  downed  in  his  tracks.  On  the 
line-up  the  ball  goes  to  Yale  for  a  foul.  Campbell  and 
Bowditch  stop  Yale's  attacks  and  De  Saulles  punts.  Gray- 
don makes  5,  Cutts  adds  4  more.  Rafferty  and  Hogan 
tackle  for  losses  and  Kernan  punts  to  Yale's  50.  Weymouth 
rounds  the  end  for  11  yards.  Hart  and  Chadwick  hit  the 
line,  but  cannot  g^et  through.  De  Saulles  tries  a  quarter- 
back kick,  but  Marshall  makes  the  catch  and  runs  to  Yale's 
45.  De  Saulles  makes  the  tackle,  but  is  hurt.  Metcalf  takes 
his  place.  Ristine  goes  through  tackle  for  5,  Cutts  splits  the 
opposite  position  for  6,  Graydon  gets  around  end  for  15,  and 
Cutts  adds  7  more.  Ristine  plunges  into  the  line  for  7. 
Graydon  and  Cutts  in  three  plunges  plant  the  ball  on  the 
6-yard  line.  Cutts  gets  4  more.  The  lines  mass  toward 
centre,  the  ball  is  snapped,  and  Graydon  is  rammed  through 
centre  for  the  touchdown.  The  goal  fails.  Van  der  Poel 
takes  the  place  of  Weymouth.  Yale  kicks  down  to  Graydon, 
who  runs  back  5.     On  the  line-up  he  skirts  the  end  for  8. 


296 


FOOTBALL 


He  tries  the  end  again,  but  is  thrown  for  an  8-yard  loss. 
Kernan  punts  and  Van  der  Poel  returns.  Cutts  and  Gray- 
don  hit  the  line  in  rapid  succession  for  good  gains,  but  Yale 
finally  holds  on  the  43-yard  mark.  The  Blue  immediately 
punts  down  into  Harvard's  goal.  Harvard  fumbles  and 
Hogan  gets  the  ball.  Hart  hits  the  line  for  3,  and  on  the  next 
plunge  takes  the  ball  to  the  10-yard  line.  Harvard  tackles 
sharply  and  holds  for  downs.  Kernan  punts  out  of  danger. 
Owsley  is  substituted  for  Chadwick.  Harvard  gets  the  ball 
on  the  line-up  for  a  foul.  The  Harvard  backs  commence  a 
terrific  assault  on  Yale's  line,  breaking  it  in  two  for  consecu- 
tive gains  until  60  yards  have  been  covered.  Yale  stops  the 
advance  on  the  35-yard  line.  Marshall  drops  back  to  try 
for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Yale  punts  out.  Harvard  now 
adopts  a  kicking  game  and  Yale  does  likewise.  Thus  the 
game  comes  to  a  close. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 


New  Haven,  Nov.  24,  1902 


YALE 

Left  End,  C.  D.  Rafferty,  '04. 

Left  Tackle,  R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 

Left  Guard,  E.  T.  Glass,  '04. 

Centre,  H.  C.  Holt,  '03. 

Right  Guard,  G.  A.  Goss,  '03. 

C.  J.  Hamlin,  '03. 

Right  Tackle,  J.  J.  Hogan,  '05. 

Right  End,        T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06. 
<(        « 

Quarter-back,      F.  H.  Rockwell,  '06. 
Left  Half,         G.  B.  Chadwick,  '03,  Capt. 
Right  Half,        H.  G.  Metcalf,  '04. 
Full-back,         M.  H.  Bowman,  '05. 

S.O.  Van  der  Poel, '03. 

M.  Farmer,  '04. 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  N.  W.  Cabot,  '98,  Harvard,  T.  B.  Hull.  Time-keeper: 
J.  C.  McCracken,  '01,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  23. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  J.  Hogan,  goal  by  M.  H.  Bowman; 


HARVARD 

p.  O.  Mills,  '05, 
C.  A.  Shea,  '04, 

C.  A.  Barnard,  '02, 
W.  S.  Sugden,  '03, 
A.  Marshall,  '04, 

D.  W.  Knowlton,  '03, 

E.  Bowditch,  '03, 
W.  J.  Clothier,  '04, 

C.  B.  Marshall,  '04, 

R.  P.  Kernan,  '03,  Capt., 
E.  T.  Putnam,  '01, 
T.  H.  Graydon,  '03, 

D.  J.  Hurley,  '05, 


HARVARD   VS.   YALE  297 

touchdown  by  H.  G.  Metcalf,  goal  by  M.  H.  Bowman.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  R.  P.  Kinney,  goal  by  H.  G.  Metcalf;  touchdown  by 
J.  J.  Hogan. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Bowman  kicks  off  to  Putnam  on  the  10-yard  line. 
Harvard  makes  3  yards  in  2  downs  and  Kernan  kicks  to  the 
50-yard  line.  Two  downs  for  Yale  result  in  no  gain,  but 
on  the  third  attempt  a  tackle-back  sends  the  ball  to  the  20- 
yard  line.  Three  downs  with  the  same  play  nets  another 
5  yards.  Metcalf  gets  through  the  line  for  3  yards.  Bow- 
man and  Chad  wick  make  the  10-yard  line  and  first  down. 
Four  plays  take  the  ball  to  the  5-yard  line,  from  which 
Hogan  on  the  next  play  makes  a  touchdown  and  Bowman 
kicks  the  goal.  Marshall  kicks  to  Yale's  5-yard  line,  Shev- 
lin  runs  it  back  20  yards.  Bowman  kicks  to  Marshall  and 
the  ball  is  down  at  midfield.  By  steady  mass  plays  and  short 
gains  Harvard  advances  the  ball  to  Yale's  40-yard  line,  where 
a  fumble  gives  the  ball  to  Yale.  Bowman  punts.  Harvard 
sends  five  plays  into  the  line,  taking  the  ball  to  Yale's  35- 
yard  line,  where  a  fumble  again  gives  the  leather  to  the  Blue. 
On  the  line-up  the  Harvard  line  is  split  in  two  and  Metcalf 
runs  73  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Bowman  kicks  the  goal. 
Harvard  kicks  off  and  a  series  of  scrimmages  and  exchanges 
of  kicks  puts  the  ball  in  Harvard's  hands  at  midfield. 
Kernan  and  Graydon  advance  the  ball  20  yards.  Putnam 
adds  5  more.  Graydon  and  Putnam  through  centre  take 
the  ball  to  the  28-yard  line.  Kernan  adds  2  through  tackle. 
Graydon  gets  to  the  15-yard  line.  Putnam  on  a  mass  play 
makes  the  9-yard  mark.  Harvard  fumbles,  but  Sugden 
recovers  the  ball.  Two  plunges  at  the  line  fail  and  it  is 
Yale's  ball.  A  trick  play  by  the  Blue  loses  3  yards.  Bow- 
man punts  high  and  Harvard  g^is  the  ball  on  the  35-yard 
line.  Putnam  and  Kernan  bring  it  down  to  the  20-yard  line, 
where  Yale  gets  it  on  a  fumble.     Yale  makes  10  yards  by 


298  FOOTBALL 

rushes  of  Chadwick  and  Kinney,  and  Bowman  punts  to 
the  50-yard  line.  Harvard  loses  5  on  a  trick  play.  Kernan 
punts  and  Bowman  runs  it  out  to  the  25-yard  line,  where 
time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Van  der  Poel  replaces  Bowman.  Harvard 
kicks  to  Yale's  10-yard  line.  Metcalf  runs  the  kick  back 
15  yards.  Glass  makes  8  through  tackle.  An  off-side  play 
yields  5  more.  Glass  again  hits  the  line  for  8.  Kinney 
rounds  the  end  for  30  and  Chadwick  does  the  same  for  10. 
Kinney  goes  through  tackle  for  5.  Yale  now  has  the  ball 
on  Harvard's  15-yard  line.  Hogan  splits  the  tackle  for  3, 
Metcalf  plunges  for  12.  On  the  line-up  Kinney  breaks 
through  for  a  touchdown.  Metcalf  kicks  the  goal.  Har- 
vard kicks  off  to  Yale's  12-yard  line.  By  line-plunging 
Harvard  works  the  ball  back  to  Yale's  45,  where  the  Blue 
holds  for  downs.  Marshall  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses. 
Yale  punts  out  and  again  Harvard  tries  in  vain  to  break  the 
Blue  line.  Goss  is  hurt  and  Hamlin  takes  his  place.  Har- 
vard punts.  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  the  20.  Chadwick  goes 
through  tackle  for  4.  Kinney  adds  4  more.  Van  der  Poel 
makes  4.  Metcalf  rounds  the  end  for  18.  Chadwick  hits 
the  line  for  7  and  Hogan  repeats  the  play  for  3  more.  Hogan 
again  takes  the  ball  and  gains  4  yards.  Van  der  Poel  adds 
7.  Harvard  makes  a  determined  stand  on  their  25-yard 
line  and  Bowditch  and  Mills  throw  the  Yale  backs  for  no 
gain  and  get  the  ball.  Graydon  punts  to  Yale's  45  and 
Metcalf  runs  back  the  kick  20  yards.  Yale  now  opens  a 
rapid  attack  on  the  Harvard  line.  Van  der  Poel,  Hogan,  and 
Chadwick  taking  the  ball  to  the  4-yard  mark,  from  which 
Hogan  is  shot  across  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  fails. 
Harvard  kicks  off  and  both  teams  resort  to  a  punting  game 
without  further  scoring  until  the  close  of  the  game. 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


E 

[arvard  vs.  Yale 

Cambridge,  Nov.  21, 

1903 

HARVARD 

YALE 

W.  J.  Clothier,  '04, 

Left  End, 

C.D.Rafferty,'04,Capt. 

R.  A.  Derby,  '05, 

Left  Tackle, 

R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 

B.  H.  Squiers.  '06, 

<•         (( 

L.  F.  Bissell,  '04. 

ti         « 

S.  B.  Morton,  '00. 

H.  LeMoyne,  '07, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  S.  Batchelder,  '05. 

J.  Parkinson,  '06, 

Centre, 

J.  C.  Roraback,  '03. 

A.  Marshall,  '04, 

Right  Guard, 

J.  E.  Miller,  '04. 
R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 

D.  W.  Knowlton,  '03, 

Right  Tackle, 

J.  J.  Hogan,  '05. 

E.  Bowditch,  '03, 

Right  End, 

T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06. 

J.  M.  Montgomery, 

'06, 

<<         (( 

C.  B.  Marshall,  '04,  i 

Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

F.  H.  Rockwell,  '06. 
W.  B.  Soper,  '04. 

J.  D.  Nichols,  '06, 

Left  Half, 

W.  L.  Mitchell,  '04. 

F.  A.  Goodhue,  '06, 

((       <« 

D.  J.  Hurley,  '05, 

Right  Half, 

H.  G.  Metcalf,  '04. 

H.  Schoellkopf,  '01, 

Full-back, 

M.  Farmer,  '04. 

P.  O.  Mills,  '05, 

it 

J.  E.  Owsley,  '05. 

t( 

M.  H.  Bowman,  '05. 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpu-e:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesman:  A.  E.  Whiting,  '98,  Cornell.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  16. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  R.  P.  Kinney.  Second  Half:  Touchdown 
by  J.  J.  Hogan;  touchdown  by  J.  J.  Hogan,  goal  by  W.  L.  Mitchell. 


First  Half:  Schoellkopf  kicks  off  for  Harvard  to  Shevlin  on 
the  5-yard  line  and  the  ball  is  run  back  10  yards.  Yale  tries 
the  Harvard  line,  but  cannot  gain,  and  Mitchell  kicks.  Har- 
vard has  the  ball  on  Yale's  45-yard  line.  Marshall  goes 
around  the  end  for  25  yards.  A  tackle  behind  the  line  and 
a  penalty  give  Yale  the  ball  on  their  30-yard  line.  Mitchell 
punts  dovrn  to  Marshall  on  the  latter's  25-yard  stripe, 
but  the  ball  is  run  back  20  yards.  Harvard  rushes  vigor- 
ously, but  a  penalty  forces  Marshall  to  kick.  A  bad  pass 
forces  him  to  run  across  the  field  v^ithout  gain  and  it  is  Yale's 
ball.  Hogan  drops  back  and  ploughs  through  to  the  28- 
yard  line.    Three  plunges  take  the  ball  to  the  3-yard  mark. 


300  FOOTBALL 

A  tackle-back  is  formed.  Kinney  takes  the  ball  and  splits 
the  Harvard  line  in  two,  crossing  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
Mitchell  misses  a  difficult  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off.  An 
exchange  of  kicks  and  a  fumble  gives  Harvard  the  ball  on 
Yale's  25-yard  line.  Three  mass  plays  take  the  ball  to  the 
15-yard  line  and  two  more  reach  the  5.  Harvard  tries  a 
fake  end  run  and  loses  3  yards.  It  is  third  down  and  2  yards 
to  gain.  Marshall  drops  back  for  a  kick.  The  pass  is  bad 
and  the  kick  is  blocked,  but  Harvard  gets  the  ball  on  the 
30-yard  line.  A  tandem  on  the  left  nets  3  yards.  A  de- 
layed pass  gains  1  more.  Nichols  gets  around  the  end  for  6. 
Two  more  plunges  plant  the  ball  on  the  10-yard  line.  Yale 
is  penalized  5  yards.  Nichols  makes  the  5-yard  line.  On 
the  next  play  the  ball  is  fumbled  and  Yale  gets  it.  The 
kick  is  weak  and  it  is  again  Harvard's  ball  on  the  20-yard 
line.  Marshall  tries  a  delayed  pass,  but  is  thrown  for  a  loss. 
He  drops  back  for  a  goal,  but  misses.  Yale  punts  out  to 
the  50-yard  line.  Here  rush  follows  rush  by  Harvard,  end- 
ing on  each  third  down  with  a  kick  and  a  return  by  Yale, 
and  playing  thus  the  half  closes. 

Second  Half:  Mitchell  kicks  down  to  Bowditch  at  25. 
Le  Moyne  on  the  line-up  punts  to  Farmer  at  Yale's  25.  An 
exchange  of  kicks  between  Le  Moyne  and  Marshall  places 
the  ball  in  Harvard's  possession  on  the  latter 's  15.  Har- 
vard forms  to  punt.  Rafferty  breaks  through  and  blocks 
the  kick.  Hogan  falls  on  the  ball  behind  the  line  for  a 
touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Le  Moyne  kicks  off  for 
Harvard,  sending  the  ball  across  the  goal-line.  Mitchell 
punts  out  to  Marshall  on  Harvard's  50.  A  brisk  kicking 
exchange  ensues.  Harvard  on  a  fumble  gets  the  ball  on 
Yale's  40.  Mills  gets  away  for  a  run  to  Yale's  20-yard  line. 
Mills  and  Nichols  in  two  plunges  gain  6  yards.  Nichols 
adds  3  more.  Mills  and  Nichols  then  advance  the  ball  to 
the  2-yard  mark.     Rafferty,  Kinney,  and  Shevlin  throw 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


301 


Harvard  back  and  get  the  ball  on  downs.  Farmer  in  three 
plunges  makes  15  yards.  Mitchell  kicks  to  Nichols  at  Yale's 
50.  Harvard  tries  the  line  in  vain  and  forms  to  punt. 
Mitchell  blocks  Le  Moyne's  kick  and  Bissel,  diving  for  the 
ball,  gets  it  on  Harvard's  30-yard  line.  Mitchell  skirts  the 
end  for  15.  Metcalf  goes  through  the  line  for  5.  Hogan 
makes  5  yards  twice  in  succession  and  then  crosses  the  line 
for  a  touchdown.  Mitchell  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks 
off.  Each  team  now  tries  scrimmage  after  scrimmage,  but 
cannot  make  a  substanial  gain  and  so  resorts  to  kicking. 
Harvard  at  last  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  try  at  the  line,  but 
on  the  plunge  the  ball  is  fumbled  and  Shevlin  races  down 
the  field  and  across  the  goal-line.  The  touchdown  is  not  al- 
lowed.    The  teams  resort  to  kicking  and  thus  the  game  ends. 


HARVARD 

C.  W.  Kendall,  '05, 
W.  C.  Matthews,  '05, 
F.  Pruyn,  '04, 

K.  F.  Brill,  '08, 

F.  H.  White,  '06, 

B.  Parker,  '08, 

J.  Parkinson,  '06, 

B.  H.  Squires,  '06, 

F.  H.  White,  '06, 

R.  A.  Derby,  '05, 

J.  M.  Montgomery,  '06, 

D.  P.  Starr,  '08, 
S.  H.  Noyes,  '05, 
R.  E.  Sperry,  '06, 
J.  D.  Nichols,  '06, 

D.  J.  Hurley,  '05,  Capt., 
P.  O.  Mills,  '05, 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  19,  1904 

YALE 

Left  End,  T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06. 


Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 


J.  R.  Bloomer,  '05. 
R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 
J.  C.  Roraback,  '03. 


Right  Guard,  R.  C.  Tripp,  '06. 


Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
((        (( 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


J.  J.  Hogan,  '05,  Capt. 
C.  T.  Neal,  '05. 
F.  H.  Rockwell,  '06. 

L.  Hoyt,  *06. 

S.  F.  B.  Morse,  '07. 
A.  R.  Flinn,  '06. 


Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesman:  J.  C.  McCracken,  '01,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Harvard  0, 
Yale  12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  S.  F.  B.  Morse,  goal  by  L.  Hoyt. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  R.  Flinn,  goal  by  L.  Hoyt. 


302  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Roraback  kicks  to  Harvard's  15-yard  line,  Kendall 
running  the  kick  back  to  the  30-yard  line.  A  double  pass 
is  shot  to  Sperry  for  an  end  run,  but  the  play  fails.  A 
line  plunge  into  centre  results  similarly  and  Sperry  punts  to 
Rockwell.  Yale  now  starts  in  motion  its  tackle-back  play, 
alternating  rapidly  from  right  to  left,  in  which  Rockwell 
gains  3,  Flinn  6,  Morse  3,  Hogan  5,  Flinn  10,  Hogan  10, 
and  with  other  gains  taking  the  ball  to  Harvard's  20-yard 
line.  Here  the  Crimson  holds  for  downs.  On  a  tandem 
Harvard  makes  4  through  tackle,  but  the  next  play  fails 
and  a  long  punt  takes  the  ball  to  Hoyt  at  Yale's  45,  the  latter 
running  10  yards  before  being  tackled.  Morse,  Flinn, 
Bloomer,  and  Hogan  by  short,  quick  plunges  return  the 
ball  to  Harvard's  25,  where  it  goes  to  Harvard  on  a  fumble. 
Mills  picking  it  up  and  running  30  yards  before  being  stopped 
by  Hogan.  Two  line  plays  fail  to  yield  a  first  down  and 
Sperry  punts.  Yale  returns  on  the  first  line-up  and  Har- 
vard fumbles.  Hogan  recovers  the  ball  at  32.  Flinn, 
Morse,  Bloomer,  and  Hogan  advance  the  ball  to  the  15-yard 
line.  Flinn  makes  2  through  centre,  but  a  penalty  sets  the 
Blue  back  15  yards.  Hoyt  falls  back  for  a  drop  kick,  but 
Harvard  blocks  it  and  gets  the  ball.  Sperry  punts  to  mid- 
field.  Yale,  by  tackle-back  formations,  in  ten  plays  returns 
the  ball  to  the  Crimson's  25-yard  line.  Flinn  makes  1. 
A  penalty  gives  Yale  half  the  distance  to  the  goal-line. 
Hogan  hits  the  line  for  5,  and  on  the  next  play  Morse  goes 
the  remaining  distance  for  a  touchdown.  Hoyt  kicks  the 
goal.  Sperry  kicks  to  Shevlin  on  the  15-yard  line  and  the 
latter  runs  32  yards  before  being  stopped.  Yale  cannot 
pierce  the  Crimson  line  and  Hoyt  punts  to  Sperry  at  25. 
Time  is  now  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Sperry  kicks  off  to  Shevlin  at  10,  the  latter 
running  the  kick  out  to  33.     Two  line  plunges  fail  to  gain 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


303 


and  Hoyt  punts  40  yards  and  Harvard  fumbles,  Shevlin 
getting  the  ball.  Again  Yale  fails  to  gain  consecutively 
and  Hoyt  punts  to  Harvard's  20.  For  a  long  time  the  two 
teams  play  without  substantial  advantage  to  either,  line  plays 
failing  to  gain  consistently  and  being  followed  by  punts, 
the  play  being  confined  between  the  25-yard  lines.  At  last 
Tripp  blocks  a  kick  on  Harvard's  25.  Bloomer  picks  up  the 
ball  and  runs  to  the  3-yard  mark,  where  Mills  brings  him 
down.  Flinn  in  a  tackle-back  formation  crosses  the  line  for 
the  touchdown.  Hoyt  kicks  the  goal.  Play  is  resumed, 
but  no  further  scoring  occurs. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 

Cambridge,  Nov.  25, 

,  1905 

HARVARD 

YALE 

L.  H.  Leary,  '05, 

Left  End, 

J.  M.  Gates,  '06. 
H.  H.  Jones,  '08. 

K.  F.  Brill,  '08, 

Left  Tackle, 

R.  W.  Forbes,  '07. 

J.  M.  Montgomery,  '06, 

F.  H.  Burr,  '09, 

Left  Guard, 

A.  G.  Erwin,  '07. 

((         « 

C.  W.  Hockenberger,  '07. 

B.  Parker,  '08, 

Centre, 

C.  S.  Flanders,  '06. 

H.  B.  Barney,  '08, 

« 

P.  C.  Smith,  '06. 

H.  E.  Kersburg,  '06, 

Right  Guard, 

R.  C.  Tripp,  '06. 

B.  H.  Squires,  '06, 

Right  Tackle, 

L.  H.  Biglow,  '08. 

D.  W.  Knowlton,  '03, 

Capt.,  Right  End, 

T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06,  Capt. 

D.  P.  Starr,  '08, 

Quarter-back, 

T.  A.  D.  Jones,  '08. 

M.  L.  Newhall,  '08, 

« 

G.  Hutchinson,  '06. 

H.  Foster,  '07, 

Left  Half, 

H.  L.  Roome,  '07. 

J.  D:  Nichols,  '06, 

•       "       " 

W.  F.  Knox,  '07. 

J.  W.  Wendell,  '08, 

Right  Half, 

S.  F.  B.  Morse,  '07. 

(<         « 

L.  Hoyt,  '06. 

W.  Z.  Carr,  '06, 

Full-back, 

J.  J.  Quill,  '06. 

(( 

J.  N.  Levine,  '07. 

It 

A.  R.  Flinn,  '06. 

Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesman:  A.  E.  Whiting,  '98,  Cornell.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  6. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  R.  W.  Forbes,  goal  by  L.  Hoyt. 


304  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Biglow  kicks  to  Starr  at  Harvard's  7  and  the  latter  runs 
the  kick  back  10  yards.  Harvard  tries  the  tandem  on  the 
tackles,  but  cannot  gain,  and  Burr  punts  to  Roome  at  Yale's 
49.  The  Blue  sets  in  motion  its  tackle-back  play,  but 
cannot  gain  consecutively,  and  Roome  punts  to  Harvard's 
35.  The  Crimson  again  calls  for  the  tandem  and  by  short 
plunges  takes  the  ball  to  Yale's  43-yard  mark,  where  the 
latter  holds  for  downs  and  takes  the  ball.  Quill  circles  the 
end  for  20  yards  and  on  the  next  play  doubles  the  other 
end  for  10  more.  Roome  and  Biglow  by  line  plunges 
reach  the  16-yard  mark.  Here  Harvard  holds  for  downs. 
The  Crimson  tries  a  trick  play,  but  Yale  nips  the  runner 
behind  the  line.  For  several  minutes  play  becomes  a 
series  of  punts  between  the  25-yard  lines,  neither  eleven 
being  able  to  pierce  the  other's  line  consecutively.  The 
half  closes  with  the  ball  at  midfield,  the  advantages  of  the 
half  being  neutral. 

Second  Half:  Burr  kicks  to  Shevlin  on  Yale's  5-yard 
line.  Shevlin  runs  back  the  kick  10  yards.  A  line  plunge 
fails  to  gain  and  a  long  punt  reaches  Harvard's  50-yard  line. 
The  Crimson  attempts  to  run  the  Yale  end,  but  loses  ground 
and  a  line  plunge  fares  no  better.  Burr  then  punts.  Jones 
catches  on  the  15-yard  line  and  by  a  brilliant  dodging  run 
carries  the  ball  out  to  40.  The  Harvard  line  does  not  yield 
to  the  following  attack  by  Yale  and  Roome  sends  the  ball 
to  Harvard's  10-yard  line.  The  Criijjson  now  uncovers  a 
rapid,  brilliant  attack,  taking  the  ball  by  tandem  plays  to 
Yale's  25-yard  line.  Here  Yale,  stiffens  and  holds  for  3 
downs  without  gain.  Burr  tries  a  short  kick  over  the  line, 
but  Yale  gets  it.  Hoyt  punts  and  Burr  returns.  Another 
exchange  of  kicks  follows  and  Harvard  fumbles.  Shevlin 
gets  the  ball  and  reaches  Harvard's  31-yard  mark  before 
being  stopped.     Five  plunges  put  the  ball  on  the  Crim- 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


305 


son's  5-yard  line,  from  which  Forbes  takes  it  over  for  a 
touchdown.  Hoyt  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off  and 
after  several  exchanges  of  kicks  time  is  called  for  the  game. 


Harvard  vs. 

Yale 

New  Haven,  Nov. 

24,  1906 

HARVARD 

YALE 

J.  F.  Macdonald,  '08, 

Left  End, 

R.  W.  Forbes,  '07. 

V.  P.  Kennard,  '09, 

((      « 

C.  B.  Stuart,  '07. 

C.  G.  Osborne,  '07, 

Left  Tackle, 

H.  R.  Paige,  '08. 

F.  H.  Burr,  '09, 

Left  Guard, 

A.  E.  Brides,  '09. 

B.  Parker,  '08, 

Centre, 

C.  W.  Hockenberger,  '07. 

S.  Fraser,  '07, 

<( 

H.  E.  Kersburg,  '07, 

Right  Guard, 

A.  G.  Erwin,  '07. 

W.  Pierce,  '07, 

Right  Tackle, 

L.  H.  Biglow,  '08. 

D.  P.  Starr,  '08, 

Right  End, 

H.  H.  Jones,  '08. 

G.  M.  Orr,  '08, 

((        (( 

C.  F.  Alcott,  '08. 

((        « 

S.  F.  B.  Morse,  '07. 

M.  L.  Newhall,  '08, 

Quarter-back, 

T.  A.  D.  Jones,  '08. 

« 

T.  M.  Dines,  '08. 

H.  Foster,  '07,  Capt., 

Left  Half, 

P.  L.  Veeder,  '07. 

C.  E.  Lincoln,  '08, 

Right  Half, 

W.  F.  Knox,  '07. 

ti        <( 

H.  L.  Roome,  '07. 

tt        (( 

W.  P.  Bomar,  '08. 

It               u 

H.  Linn,  '07. 

J.  W.  Wendell,  '08, 

Full-hark, 

S.  F.  B.  Morse,  '07,  Capt 

(( 

F.  E.  Wemeken,  '07. 

Referee:  E.  K.Hall, '92,  Dartmouth.  Umpire:  W. H. Edwards, '00, 
Princeton.  Linesmen:  H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army;  E.  A.  Everett, 
Groton.  Timekeeper:  F.  A,  Wood,  B.  A.  C.  Score:  Harvard  0, 
Yale  6.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  L.  Roome,  goal  by  P.  L. 
Veeder. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north  goal. 
Burr  kicks  off  to  Veeder,  who  runs  the  ball  back  20  yards. 
On  the  line-up  Veeder  drops  back  to  punt,  but  Macdonald 
gets  through  and  blocks  the  kick,  recovering  the  ball.  Har- 
vard feints  into  the  line,  but  sends  a  forward  pass  to  Starr, 
who  makes  20  yards.  Lincoln  goes  through  tackle  for  5. 
Newhall  adds  3  more.    Yale  stops  the  next  play  and  New- 


306  FOOTBALL 

hall  falls  back  for  a  drop  at  goal.  Yale  blocks  the  kick 
and  Forbes  gets  the  ball.  The  Blue  cannot  gain  and  a  pen- 
alty sets  them  back  15.  Veeder  punts  to  Harvard's  48. 
Lincoln  on  a  triple  pass  makes  10  yards.  He  gains  5  more 
through  the  line,  but  a  penalty  sets  Harvard  back  5.  Burr 
punts  to  Yale's  35.  The  Blue  fumbles  and  Harvard 
gets  the  ball.  The  ball  is  taken  back  and  Harvard  is 
penalized  15  yards.  Several  exchanges  of  kicks  ensue. 
Biglow  gets  the  ball  at  Yale's  50.  Knox  tries  an  on-side 
kick,  which  Forbes  recovers  on  Harvard's  30-yard  line. 
Roome  replaces  Knox.  Roome  fails  to  gain.  Yale  is 
penalized  5  yards.  Veeder  sends  a  forward  pass  30  yards 
to  Forbes  on  Harvard's  4-yard  mark.  Yale  tries  a  mass 
play  into  the  line,  but  Harvard  stops  it.  Roome  is  sent 
against  tackle  and  rammed  through  for  a  touchdown. 
Veeder  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard  kicks  off.  T.  Jones  runs 
the  ball  back  30  yards.  Yale  punts.  Harvard  tries  a 
scrimmage  without  substantial  gain  and  punts.  The  half 
closes  with  the  ball  on  Yale's  35-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  Yale  kicks  off  to  Macdonald  at  20.  Burr 
punts  to  Yale's  35.  Veeder  catches  and  runs  the  ball  back 
to  midfield.  By  a  series  of  fast  and  smashing  line  plays 
Yale  forces  the  ball  down  to  Harvard's  25-yard  line.  Fraser 
takes  the  place  of  Parker.  Harvard  stops  the  advance  and 
Veeder  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  misses.  Harvard  punts.  On 
the  line-up  Veeder  returns.  Starr  tries  a  forward  pass  from 
the  48-yard  mark,  but  Yale  gets  it.  The  Blue  makes  10 
around  the  right  end  and  then  20  around  the  left.  Roome 
gets  through  the  line  for  10  more.  Yale  is  penalized  15. 
Veeder  tries  for  a  goal  from  the  field,  but  fails.  Orr  takes 
the  place  of  Starr.  Harvard  gets  the  ball  at  45  and  Burr 
punts  to  Yale's  15.  Bomar  replaces  Roome.  Sharp  tack- 
ling sets  the  Blue  back  15  yards.  A  penalty  causes  the  loss 
of  5  more.     Veeder   kicks  from  behind    his  goal-line  to 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


307 


Newhall  at  45.  Harvard  cannot  gain  and  Burr  punts. 
The  kick  is  low  and  Jones  gets  it,  running  it  out  to  45. 
Jones  punts.  On  the  line-up  Burr  punts  to  Yale's  18. 
The  Blue  is  penalized  15.  Kennard  replaces  Macdonald. 
Veeder  punts  from  the  line  out  to  40.  Harvard  tries  a  for- 
ward pass,  Newhall  to  Orr,  and  the  latter  gains  8  yards. 
On  the  next  play  Yale  throws  the  Crimson  for  a  loss.  Har- 
vard tries  a  double  pass.  The  ball  is  fumbled  and  Forbes 
gets  it.  Linn  replaces  Bomar.  Yale  opens  a  fierce  attack 
on  the  Harvard  line,  the  ball  being  carried  by  line  plunges 
from  line  to  line  until  the  10-yard  line  is  reached,  where 
time  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 


Cambridge,  Nov.  23,  1907 


HARVARD 

D.  P.  Starr,  '08, 
G.  G.  Browne,  '10, 
F.  H.  Burr,  '09, 

B.  Parker,  '08,  Capt., 

S.  Hoar,  '08, 

P.  Grant,  '08, 

W.  Pierce,  '08, 

H.  Fish,  '10, 

J.  F.  Macdonald,  '08, 

M.  L.  Newhall,  '08, 

J.W.Wendell,  '08, 

J.  H.  Rand,  '08, 

P.  C.  Lockwood,  '08, 


C.  Appollonio,  '08, 


TALE 


Left  End, 
ft      (( 

Left  Tackle, 
((         (( 

Left  Guard, 
((         (( 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
((       (( 

Right  Half, 
((       (( 

((       « 
Full-back. 


H.  H.  Jones,  '08. 

R.  B.  Burch,  '09. 

H.  R.  Paige,  '08. 

G.  Foster,  '07. 

C.  T.  Cooney,  '10. 

H.  M.  S.  Dunbar,  '08. 

E.  Congdon,  08. 

W.  A.  Goebel,  '10. 

L.  H.  Biglow,  '08,  Capt 

C.  F.  Alcott,  '08. 

T.  A.  D.  Jones,  '08. 

T.  M.  Dines,  '08. 

A.  E.  Brides,  '10. 

R.  Beebe,  '08. 

W.  P.  Bomar,  '08. 

S.  H.  Philbin,  '10. 

H.  M.  Wheaton,  '09. 

E.  H.  Coy,  '10. 

E.  A.  Wylie,  '08. 


Referee:  M.  J.  Thompson,  '01,  Georgetown.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Ed- 
wards, '00,  Princeton.  Field  Judge:  H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army.  Head 
Linesman:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.     Assistant  Linesmen:  D.  J. 


308  FOOTBALL 

Hurley,  *05,  Harvard;  J.  J.  Hogan,  '05,  Yale.  Score:  Harvard  0, 
Yale  12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  H.  Coy,  goal  by  L.  H.  Big- 
low.    Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  H.  Coy,  goal  by  L.  H.  Biglow. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south  goal. 
Burr  kicks  to  Coy  on  the  10-yard  line  and  the  latter  runs 
back  the  kick  15  yards.  On  the  line-up  Yale  punts  and 
Harvard  returns  the  kick.  Another  exchange  of  punts  fol- 
lows, resulting  in  a  fumble  by  Yale  and  the  recovery  of  the 
ball  by  Harvard  on  the  former's  25-yard  line.  The  Blue  line 
stops  two  plunges  without  gain  and  Parker  tries  for  a  goal 
from  placement,  but  misses.  Yale  kicks  out  and  Harvard 
again  returns.  Brides  catches  the  kick  and  runs  30  yards. 
A  sharp  attack  on  the  Harvard  tackles  nets  20  yards.  Har- 
vard holds  for  three  downs  and  Yale  gets  off  a  short  on- 
side  kick  which  is  recovered  at  Harvard's  23-yard  mark. 
The  Crimson  line  will  not  yield  a  foot  and  Coy  tries  for  a 
goal  from  placement,  but  is  hurried  in  his  kick  and  misses. 
Harvard  kicks  out.  Coy  on  fake  kick  formations  tries  to 
run  the  Harvard  ends,  but  is  stopped  for  no  gains.  Fol- 
lowing a  series  of  kicks  Coy  catches  at  45.  Bomar  and  Coy 
make  20  yards  through  the  line.  Philbin  adds  10  more. 
Coy  gains  2,  and  on  the  next  play  Philbin  reaches  Harvard's 
2-yard  mark.  On  the  line-up  Coy  bursts  through  centre 
for  a  touchdown  and  Biglow  kicks  the  goal.  Harvard 
kicks  off  and  Yale  returns.  Harvard  tries  a  number  of  line 
plays  for  short  gains  and  then  Wendell  shoots  a  forward  pass 
to  Starr,  which  places  the  ball  on  Yale's  30-yard  line. 
Unable  to  advance  farther  by  rushing,  Newhall  tries  for  a 
goal  from  placement,  but  misses.  Yale  punts  out  and 
Harvard  in  several  line  plunges  again  places  the  ball  on 
Yale's  25-yard  line,  from  which  a  second  try  by  placement 
is  made  and  lost.     Time  soon  after  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Yale  kicks  off  and  Harvard,  after  an  in- 
effectual attack  on  the  line,  punts.     Coy  catches  at  40. 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


309 


On  the  line-up  he  makes  10  through  centre.  Philbin  adds 
9  more.  Coy  makes  5,  and  a  forward  pass  to  Alcott  places 
the  ball  on  Harvard's  35-yard  line.  Brides  goes  through 
tackle  for  10.  Philbin  and  Brides  in  two  plunges  reach 
the  4-yard  mark,  from  which  Coy  goes  over  for  a  touch- 
down. Goal.  Harvard  kicks  off  and  Yale  returns.  Fol- 
lowing another  sharp  exchange  of  kicks  Harvard  gets  the 
ball  at  30.  A  fierce  attack  now  opens  on  the  Yale  line, 
Appollonio  and  Wendell  making  most  of  the  gains,  which 
takes  the  ball  to  Yale's  30-yard  line.  On  an  end  run 
Wendell  makes  25  yards.  Harvard  in  4  downs  comes 
within  6  inches  of  Yale's  goal-line  and  the  Blue  gets  the  ball. 
Yale  punts  and  Harvard  returns.  Jones  catches  on  the 
5-yard  line.  Notwithstanding  the  nearness  of  the  goal-line 
Yale  tries  a  line  play  and  Brides  gains  10  yards.  On  the 
next  play  Yale  punts  and  Harvard  fumbles.  Brides  gets 
the  ball.  Bomar  goes  through  the  line  for  5.  A  forward 
pass  yields  10  more.  Harvard  stops  the  next  two  plays 
and  Coy  lifts  a  long  punt  to  Harvard's  10-yard  line.  The 
Crimson  fails  to  pierce  the  Blue  line  and  Harvard  punts 
to  Jones  at  28.     Time  soon  after  is  called. 


HARVARD 

C.  F.  Crowley,  '11, 
R.  G.  McKay,  '11, 

C.  E.  Dunlap,  '11, 
P.  Withington,  '09, 
G.  S.  West,  '10, 
C.  J.  Nourse,  '09, 

S.  Hoar,  '09, 

H.  Fish,  '10,  Capt, 

G.  G.  Browne,  '10, 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  21,  1908 

TALE 

Left  End,  W.  S.  Logan,  '10. 

Left  Tackle,  H.  H.  Hobbs,  '10. 

T.  Lilley,  '10. 
H.  F.  Andrus,  '10. 


Left  Guard, 


Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 


A.  A.  Biddle,  '09. 
C.  T.  Cooney,  '10. 
W.  A.  Goebel,  '10. 
A.  E.  Brides,  '09. 
R.  B.  Burch,  '09,  Capt. 
A.  Haines,  '10. 


310 


FOOTBALL 


Quarter-back, 


Left  Half. 


Right  Half, 
Full-back. 


TALE 

A.  L.  Corey,  '11. 
J.  F.  Johnson,  '10. 
H.  M.  Wheaton,  '09. 
F.  J.  Daly,  '11. 

S.  H.  Philbin,  '10. 
E.  H.  Coy,  '10. 


HARVARD 

J.  W.  Cutler,  '09, 

H.  F.  Corbett,  '11, 
H.  B.  Sprague,  '11, 
H.  C.  Leslie,  '11, 
R.  V.  White,  '09, 
E.  F.  Ver  Wiebe,  '09, 
V.  P.  Kennard,  '10, 
P.  D.  Smith,  '11, 

Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards, 
'00,  Princeton.  Field  Judge:  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dartmouth.  Linesman: 
H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army.  Score:  Harvard  4,  Yale  0.  First  Half: 
Goal  from  field  by  V.  P.  Kennard. 

First  Half:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Hobbs  kicks  to  Cutler  at  the  2-yard  mark.  On  the 
line-up  Cutler  punts.  Coy  heels  a  fair  catch  at  42.  Phil- 
bin  and  Coy  by  line  plunges  reach  Harvard's  26-yard  mark. 
Wheaton  makes  10  around  the  end.  A  penalty  sets  Yale 
back  10  yards.  From  a  fake  kick  formation  Coy  tries 
to  double  the  end,  but  is  thrown  for  a  loss  of  10  yards. 
Wheaton  now  tries  a  place  kick  for  goal,  but  Harvard  blocks 
it.  Corbett  circles  the  end  for  10  and  Cutler  kicks.  Coy 
heels  a  fair  catch  at  50.  Wheaton,  Coy,  and  Philbin  in  a 
series  of  hard  line  plunges  take  the  ball  to  Harvard's  15- 
yard  line.  Here  Harvard  holds  for  downs  and  takes  the 
ball.  Ver  Wiebe  and  White  make  10.  Unable  to  gain  fur- 
ther through  the  line  an  on-side  kick  is  tried,  but  Coy  gets 
it.  Harvard  stands  firm  and  Yale  is  forced  to  punt,  Cutler 
making  a  fair  catch  at  20.  White  rounds  the  end  for  16 
yards.  Corbett,  Ver  Wiebe,  and  White  advance  the  ball  40 
yards.  Unable  to  make  the  first  down  a  forward  pass  is 
tried,  but  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Coy  punts  to  Harvard's  40. 
Ver  Wiebe  makes  14,  Corbett  and  White  reach  Yale's  42- 
yard  line.  Corbett  adds  6  and  White  places  the  ball  on  the 
20-yard  line.     Here  Yale  holds  for  2  downs.     Ver  Wiebe 


•  ••  •  »    > 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE 


311 


suddenly  is  withdrawn  and  Kennard  called  from  the  bench 
and  placed  at  full-back.  Harvard  forms  for  a  try  at  goal. 
The  ball  immediately  is  passed  to  Kennard,  and  the  latter, 
standing  on  the  30-yard  line,  drops  a  goal  from  the  field. 
Time  soon  after  is  called. 

Second  Half:  McKay  kicks  off  and  Daly  runs  the  kick 
back  42  yards.  Harvard  holds  and  Coy  punts.  Harvard 
tries  the  line  without  gain  and  Kennard  kicks  to  Coy  at 
midfield.  Daly  and  Coy  in  two  plunges  advance  17  yards. 
From  a  kicking  formation  Coy  runs  the  end  for  20  yards. 
A  forward  pass  to  Coy  places  the  ball  on  Harvard's  8-yard 
line,  but  the  play  is  not  allowed,  Harvard  getting  the  ball. 
Cutler  punts,  and  Yale  from  midfield  by  hard  line-plunging 
works  the  ball  to  the  35-yard  line.  Here  Harvard  holds 
for  2  downs  and  an  on-side  kick  is  tried,  which  Harvard 
captures  on  the  15-yard  line.  The  game  now  becomes 
largely  one  of  kicks  and  play  is  confined  thereafter  between 
the  25-yard  lines.  . 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
Cambridge,  Nov.  20,  1909 


HARVARD 


L.  D.  Smith,  '12, 
F.  de  H.  Houston,  '10, 
R.  G.  McKay,  '11, 
L.  Withington,  '11, 
P.  Withington,  '09, 
R.  T.  Fisher,  '12, 
H.  Fish,  '10,  Capt., 


G.  G.  Browne,  '10, 
H.  A.  Rogers,  '11, 


Left  End, 
<<       (( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 


Right  End, 


D.  V.  O'Flaherty,  '11,  Quarter-back, 

R.  B.  Wigglesworth,  '12, 

H.  F.  Corbett,  '11,  Left  Half. 


TALE 

J.  R.  Kilpatrick,  11. 

H.  H.  Hobbs,  '10. 
H.  F.  Andrus,  '10. 
C.  T.  Cooney,  '10. 
W.  A.  Goebel,  '10. 
T.  Lilley,  '10. 
C.  H.  Paul,  '12. 
J.  B.  Spencer,  '10. 

E.  Savage,  '11. 
J.  W.  Field,  '11. 
H.  J.  Holt,  '10. 
H.  Vaughn,  '11. 
A.  Howe,  '12. 

F.  J.  Daly,  '11. 


312  FOOTBALL 

HARVARD  YALE 

T.  Frothingham,  '12,  Left  Half,  F.  J.  Murphy,  '10. 

H.  C.  Leslie,  '11,  Right  Half,  S.  H.  Philbin,  '10. 
P.  D.  Smith,  '11, 

W.  M.  Minot,  '11,  Full-back,  E.  H.  Coy,  '10,  Capt. 

Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards, 
'00,  Princeton.  Field  Judge:  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dartmouth.  Linesman: 
J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin.  Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  8.  First  Half: 
Safety  by  W.  M.  Minot;  goal  from  field  by  E.  H.  Coy.  Second  Half: 
Goal  from  field  by  E.  H.  Coy. 

Note. — See  amended  rule  of  scoring,  session  March  27, 
1909,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south  goal. 
Withington  kicks  off  for  Harvard.  A  penalty  and  Philbin's 
run  of  5  yards  returns  the  ball  to  midfield.  Coy  punts. 
Harvard  fumbles,  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Two  plunges  at 
tackle  fail  to  gain  and  Coy  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses. 
Harvard  puts  the  ball  in  play  at  25,  but,  unable  to  rush, 
punts.  Yale  fumbles  and  Browne  gets  it.  The  Crimson 
makes  20  yards  in  four  plunges,  but  loses  the  ball  on  an  in- 
tercepted forward  pass.  Coy,  failing  to  gain,  punts  to 
Harvard's  25.  Harvard,  in  four  plays,  gains  55  yards, 
two  of  which  are  end  runs  by  Leslie  and  Corbett,  25  and 
18  yards.  A  penalty  sets  Harvard  back  15.  Minot  is 
stopped  in  the  centre  and  the  latter  punts  to  Philbin,  who 
returns  to  Harvard's  40.  Yale  can  make  no  impression  on 
the  Harvard  line  and  Coy  sends  a  long  punt  down  the  field. 
An  exchange  of  kicks  terminates  in  Cooney  recovering  a 
short  one,  on  side,  for  Yale  on  Harvard's  35-yard  line.  Coy 
plunges  through  centre  for  8.  He  repeats  the  play  for  1. 
Philbin  makes  5,  2,  and  Coy  3.  The  latter  tries  a  drop 
kick,  but  misses.  Harvard  puts  the  ball  down  at  25  and 
gains  5  yards,  Minot  then  punting  to  Daly  at  centre.  A 
forward  pass  hits  the  ground  and  Yale  is  set  back  to  40. 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  313 

Coy  punts  to  Minot  at  Harvard's  42.  Howe  gets  Harvard's 
short  kick  and  reaches  his  45-yard  line.  Philbin  on  a  wide 
end  run  fails  to  gain  and  Coy  punts.  Minot  falls  back  to 
punt,  but  Cooney  blocks  the  kick.  The  ball  rolls  behind  the 
goal  line.  Minot  falls  on  it  for  a  safety.  Harvard  tries  a 
forward  pass  on  the  25-yard  line,  which  fails,  and  on  the 
next  play  Minot  punts  from  behind  his  goal-posts.  Daly 
makes  a  fair  catch  at  40  and  Hobbs  tries  for  a  goal  from 
placement,  but  misses.  An  exchange  of  kicks  gives  Yale  the 
ball  on  Harvard's  46-yard  line.  Philbin  and  Coy  gain  6 
yards,  and  then  Coy  tries  a  drop  kick,  which  misses.  Minot 
punts  and  Philbin  runs  back  the  kick  to  Harvard's  15-yard 
line.  On  the  line-up  Coy  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field.  Yale 
kicks  off.  Harvard  catches  and  returns.  Time  is  called  for 
the  half. 

Second  Half:  Cooney  kicks  off  to  McKay  at  20.  Minot 
cannot  gain  and  punts  to  Philbin  at  Yale's  38.  Murphy 
makes  3  yards,  and  a  forward  pass,  Howe  to  Savage,  advances 
the  ball  to  42,  where  Coy  punts  to  O'Flaherty  at  Harvard's 
24.  Leslie  makes  5  yards  through  tackle,  Minot  10,  and 
Frothingham  6.  Harvard  tries  an  on-side  kick,  but  Howe 
gets  the  ball  and  runs  the  length  of  the  field.  The  touch- 
down is  not  allowed,  as  the  ball  was  dead.  Yale  puts  the 
ball  down  for  scrimmage.  Coy  makes  9  and  then  7, 
Philbin  3,  Murphy  3,  and  Coy  5.  Coy  now  punts  to 
O'Flaherty  at  14.  Harvard  makes  a  few  short  gains,  reach- 
ing the  25-yard  line.  From  here  Frothingham  makes  5, 
Minot  12,  Houston  7,  and  Minot  2.  A  penalty  sets  the  Crim- 
son back  15  yards.  Minot  punts  to  Coy  at  centre  and  the 
latter  returns  to  him  at  10.  Brown  tries  the  line,  but 
a  penalty  sets  Harvard  within  1  foot  of  the  goal-line. 
Minot  punts  to  Philbin  at  38.  Murphy  makes  8,  and  then 
Coy  tries  an  on-side  kick,  which  Frothingham  gets.  Minot 
plunges  into  the  line  for  5.     Wigglesworth  skirts  the  end 


314 


FOOTBALL 


for  13.  Frothingham  and  Houston  fail  to  gain  and  Minot 
punts  out  of  bounds  at  50.  A  run  from  a  fake  kick  by  Coy 
fails  and  the  latter  gets  off  an  on-side  kick  to  Hobbs,  which 
the  latter  gets  at  Harvard's  41.  Coy  now  resorts  to  short 
punts  to  keep  the  ball  continually  in  front  of  Harvard's  goal. 
After  two  exchanges  of  punts  Minot  tries  an  on-side  kick 
from  the  15-yard  line,  which  Howe  secures  at  30.  Murphy 
makes  5.  Coy  falls  back  and  drops  a  goal  from  the  field. 
Time  soon  after  is  called. 


Harvard  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  19,  1910 


harvard 

YALE 

R.  p.  Lewis,  '13, 

Left  End, 

J.  R.  Kilpatrick,  '11. 

R.  G.  McKay,  '11, 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  W.  Scully,  '12. 

W.  M.  Minot,  '11, 

Left  Guard, 

M.  E.  Fuller,  '12. 

(t         (( 

C.  C.  Childs,  '11. 

J.  G.  B.  Perkins,  '11, 

Centre, 

E.  B.  Morris,  '12. 

P.  D.  Smith,  '11, 

It 

R.  T.  Fisher,  '12, 

Right  Guard, 

E.  W.  McDevitt,  '12. 

L.  Withington,  '11,  Capt., 

Right  Tackle, 

C.  H.  Paul,  '12. 

L.  D.  Smith,  '12, 

Right  End, 

S.  H.  Brooks,  '11. 

((                    K 

H.  Vaughn,  '11. 

R.  B.  Wigglesworth,  '12, 

Quarter-back, 

A.  Howe,  '12. 

R.  S.  Potter,  '12, 

(( 

H.  B.  Gardner,  '13, 

*( 

S.  M.  Felton,  '13, 

Left  Half, 

J.  W.  Field,  '11. 

P.  L.  Wendell,  '13, 

((       (( 

A.  L.  Corey,  '11. 

H.  F.  Corbett,  '11, 

Right  Half, 

F.  J.  Daly,  '11,  Capt. 

T.  J.  Campbell,  '12, 

i(        ft 

H.  C.  Leslie,  '11, 

Full-back, 

E.  O.  Kistler,  '11. 

G.  E.  Morrison,  '12, 

(( 

Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  D.  L.  Fultz,  '98, 
Brown.  Field  Judge:  J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin.  Linesman: 
W.  N.  Morice,  '99,  Pennsylvania.    Score:  Harvard  0,  Yale  0. 

First  Quarter:  Harvard  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Paul  kicks  to  Felton  on  the  10-yard  line  and  the  latter 
runs  out  12  yards.     Leslie  makes  2  and  Felton  punts  to 


HARVARD  VS.  YALE  316 

Howe  on  the  latter's  45.  Field  fails  to  gain  and  Howe  punts. 
Corbett  catches  on  his  30  and  runs  back  25  yards.  Corbett 
adds  15  more  through  the  line,  but  Harvard  is  forced  to  punt, 
the  ball  going  over  the  line.  Yale  starts  a  scrimmage  on  the 
25.  Howe  is  thrown  for  a  loss  and  punts  to  Wiggles  worth 
at  centre.  Corbett  makes  15  on  a  line  plunge.  Wiggles- 
worth  makes  2  more,  but  Harvard  is  forced  to  kick.  Howe 
punts  from  the  25  yard  line.  Brooks  getting  the  ball  at  45. 
Following  a  few  unimportant  plays  ending  in  a  kick  and  a 
penalty,  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  their  35-yard  line.  Failing  to 
gain,  Howe  punts  to  Wigglesworth  at  Harvard's  40.  Cor- 
bett makes  6,  Leslie  7,  Corbett  3.  Yale  holds  and  Felton 
punts.     Howe  returns  and  the  quarter  closes. 

Second  Quarter:  Harvard  resumes  play  with  the  ball  on 
their  45-yard  line.  Punts  are  exchanged,  Yale  gaining  10 
yards.  Corbett  goes  through  centre  for  8.  Field  recovers 
a  fumble  at  centre.  Howe  skirts  the  end  for  15  yards. 
Yale  is  penalized  15  yards.  Daly  repeats  the  formation 
and  circles  the  end  for  25  yards.  Harvard  holds  for  downs. 
Wendell  replaces  Felton.  Wendell  makes  8,  3,  5,  and  8. 
Corbett  hits  the  line  for  4.  Wendell  dodges  for  15  yards. 
A  penalty  sets  the  Crimson  back  15.  Wigglesworth  punts 
to  Howe.  A  long  punting  duel  ensues.  Wendell  gets 
through  tackle  for  10.  Corbett  adds  15  more.  Potter  re- 
places Wigglesworth.  Harvard  lines  up  and  Potter  sends 
a  forward  pass  to  Corbett  for  4  yards.  Kicks  follow  and 
the  half  closes. 

Third  Quarter:  Wigglesworth  returns  to  the  game,  re- 
lieving Potter.  Morrison  goes  in  for  Leslie  at  full-back. 
Paul  kicks  to  Wendell  and  the  latter  runs  out  30  yards 
Wendell  makes  4  more  and  Corbett  punts  to  Howe.  Yale 
tries  the  line  shift  and  Kistler  makes  10,  Daly  8,  Kistler  10, 
Field  6.  Howe  punts  to  Wigglesworth,  who  heels  a  fair 
catch.     The  play  is  recalled.     A  penalty  puts  Yale  with  the 


316  FOOTBALL 

ball  on  Harvard's  40-yard  line.  Yale  fumbles  and  Corbett 
gets  the  ball.  Punts  are  exchanged  and  Howe  intercepts 
Wigglesworth's  forward  pass.  Kistler  and  Howe  fail  to 
gain  and  the  latter  punts.  Campbell  replaces  Corbett. 
Wendell  makes  5.  Harvard  tries  a  drop  kick  from  the  45- 
yard  line,  but  the  ball  falls  short.  Howe  gets  the  ball  on 
Yale's  12-yard  line.  Kistler  and  Daly  make  9  yards  and 
Howe  punts.  Wendell  gets  the  ball  on  Harvard's  45-yard 
line  and  the  quarter  closes. 

Fourth  Quarter:  Corbett  replaces  Campbell  and  makes 
4  yards.  Wendell  adds  6  more.  Corbett  nets  2  on  a 
delayed  pass.  Wendell  hits  tackle  for  6.  Wigglesworth 
punts  to  Howe  on  his  3-yard  line.  Howe  punts  out  of 
bounds  at  23.  Wendell  makes  5  and  then  8.  Harvard 
fumbles  and  Howe  gets  the  ball  on  the  13-yard  mark. 
Howe  punts  to  Corbett  at  40,  Harvard  is  penalized.  Corey 
replaces  Field.  Wigglesworth  punts  and  Howe  quickly 
returns.  Wendell  makes  2  and  a  forward  pass  adds  20 
more.  Howe  recovers  a  punt  on  his  30-yard  line.  Kicks 
and  short  gains  terminate  in  giving  the  ball  to  Yale  on  Har- 
vard's 34-yard  line,  Minot  having  punted  out  of  bounds. 
Daly  misses  a  drop  kick  from  the  45-yard  line.  Harvard 
puts  the  ball  in  play  on  the  25-yard  line  and  the  game 
closes. 


CHAPTER  XV 

MICHIGAN  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


Michigan  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  11,  1899 


MICHIGAN 


PENNSYLVANIA 


F.  Stehle,  '01. 

J.  B.  Snover,  '00. 

T.  T.  Hare,  '01,  Capt. 

P.  D.  Overfield,  '01. 
J.  C.  Teas,  '01. 
C.  E.  Wallace,  '01. 
J.  H.  Outland,  '00. 
W.  J.  Coombs,  '00. 
F.  E.  Woodley,  '01. 
A.  R.  Kennedy,  '01. 
J.  P.  Gardiner,  '01. 

J.  C.  McCracken,  '01. 


C.  F.  Juttner,  '00,  Left  End, 

H.  White,  '02,  "      " 

C.  G.  McDonald,  '00,  Left  Tackle, 

R.  J.  Siegmund,  '02,  Left  Guard, 
C.  L.  Bliss,  '02, 

W.  R.  Cunningham,  '99,  Centre, 

R.  R.  France,  '02,  Right  Guard, 

W.  C.  Steckle,  '01,  Right  Tackle, 

N.  W.  Snow,  '02,  Right  End, 

C.  E.  Street,  '02,  Quarter-back, 
J.  F.  McLean,  '00,  Capt.,         Left  Half, 

C.  M.  Leiblee,  '03,  Right  Half, 
H.  S.  Weeks,  '02, 

H.  White,  '02,  Full-back, 
E.  M.  Sweeley,  '03, 

Referee:  W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '77, 
Harvard.  Linesmen:  Mr.  Bliss,  Michigan;  J.  de  Silver,  '00,  Penn- 
sylvania. Timekeeper:  L.  T.  Bliss,  '93,  Yale.  Score:  Michigan  10, 
Pennsylvania  11.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  F.  McLean.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  T.  T.  Hare;  touchdown  by  G.  C.  McDonald; 
touchdown  by  T.  T.  Hare,  goal  by  P.  D.  Overfield. 

First  Half:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the 
ball.  Hare  kicks  off  to  Leiblee  at  20,  Leiblee  running  back 
the  kick  12  yards.  McLean  skirts  the  end  for  15  yards. 
Pennsylvania  holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  balL  From  this 
point  by  short  gains  through  the  line  Pennsylvania  works 
the  ball  to  Michigan's  35-yard  line.     Here  Michigan  se- 

317 


318  FOOTBALL 

cures  the  ball.  Leiblee,  Steckle,  McDonald,  and  McLean 
by  plunges  take  the  ball  back  to  midfield,  where  it  is  fumbled. 
Pennsylvania  tries  two  plunges  at  the  line  for  a  4-yard  gain, 
but  the  ball  goes  to  Michigan  on  a  foul.  Steckle  and 
McLean  by  end  runs  advance  the  ball  to  the  20-yard  line. 
McLean  again  rounds  the  end  and  makes  a  touchdown. 
The  tiy  at  goal  fails.  Hare  kicks  off  to  Michigan's  20, 
McLean  running  the  ball  back  to  the  45-yard  line.  Penn- 
sylvania holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  ball,  but  immediately 
loses  to  Michigan,  also  on  downs.  Michigan  now  rushes 
the  ball  to  Pennsylvania's  15-yard  line,  where  it  is  lost  on  a 
foul.  Pennsylvania  develops  sudden  strength  and  by  short 
plunges  takes  the  ball  to  Michigan's  35-yard  line,  where 
it  is  lost  on  downs.  McLean  goes  around  the  end  for  40 
yards.  Michigan  reaches  the  30-yard  line,  where  the  ball 
goes  to  Pennsylvania  on  a  quarter-back  kick.  The  ball 
travels  back  and  forth  for  some  time  until  McCracken  heels 
a  fair  catch  on  Michigan's  40-yard  line.  The  try  for  goal 
is  missed.  Michigan  rushes  the  ball  out  to  the  45-yard 
line,  where  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Sweeley  kicks  off  to  Outland  on  Pennsyl- 
vania's 15-yard  line,  Outland  running  back  the  kick  10 
yards.  Pennsylvania  carries  ball  to  midfield  and  fumbles. 
Coombs  gets  ball  on  a  fumble  and  on  the  first  play  goes 
around  the  end  for  25  yards.  The  ball  by  short  gains  now 
travels  to  Michigan's  25-yard  line,  where  Michigan  recov- 
ers it  on  a  fumble.  Michigan  gets  off  a  bad  punt,  and 
Woodley,  catching  at  30,  runs  25  yards.  McCracken,  Teas, 
and  Hare  by  yard  plunges  take  the  ball  over  for  a  touch- 
down. No  goal.  Michigan  punts  to  Pennsylvania  at  37. 
Pennsylvania  works  the  ball  out  to  40,  where  Michigan 
takes  it  on  downs.  McLean  goes  around  the  end  for  20 
yards.  Steckle,  McLean,  and  McDonald  reach  the  10-yard 
line.     McDonald  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.     No  goal. 


MICHIGAN  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA 


319 


Hare  kicks  off  to  McDonald  at  30,  the  latter  running  back 
25  yards.  Overfield  gets  the  ball  at  45.  Coombs  punts 
down  to  23.  Sweeley  kicks  to  Gardiner  at  centre.  Mc- 
Cracken,  Hare,  and  Teas  by  short  gains  reach  Michigan's 
20-yard  line.  Hare  makes  8  around  the  end  and  then 
plunges  through  centre  for  a  touchdown.  The  ball  is 
punted  out  to  Overfield,  who  kicks  the  goal.  Michigan 
kicks  off,  but  time  soon  after  is  called. 
1900  to  1906  no  games. 

Michigan  vs.  Pennsylvania 


Philadelphia,  Nov.  17,  1906 


I.  G.  Levene,  '06. 

D.  W.  Draper,  '09. 
P.  J.  Gallagher,  '09. 
J.  K.  Dwyer,  '08. 
A.  B.  Ziegler,  '07. 

F.  H.  Gaston,  '08. 
U.  V.  Lavery,  '07. 
H.  W.  Scarlett,  '07. 

G.  J.  Lawrence,  '07. 
R.  C.  Folwell,  '08. 

E.  L.  Greene,  '08,  Capt 


MICHIGAN  PENNSYLVANIA 

J.  L.  Loel,  '09,  Left  End, 

W.  L.  Eycke,  '07,  Left  Tackle, 

S.  J.  Davidson,  '08,  Left  Guard, 

C.  H.  Clement,  '07,  Centre, 

W.  D.  Graham,  '08,  Right  Guard, 

F.  B.  Newton,  '08,  Right  Tackle, 

H.  S.  Hammond,  '08,  Right  End, 

H.  A.  Workman,  '07,  Quarter-back, 

P.  P.  Magoffin,  '08,  Left  Half, 

H.  S.  Bishop,  '09,  Right  Half, 

M.  P.  Rumney,  '08, 

J.  C.  Garrels,  '07,  Capt.,         Full-back,  W.  M.  Hollenback,  '08. 

Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  A.  W.  Kelly,  '98, 
Princeton.  Linesman:  D.  L.  Fultz,  '98,  Brown.  Score:  Michigan  0, 
Pennsylvania  17.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  R.  C.  Folwell,  goal  by 
W.  M.  Hollenback.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  L.  Greene,  goal 
by  W.  M.  Hollenback;  touchdown  by  E.  L.  Greene. 

First  Half:  Michigan  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Pennsylvania  kicks  off  and  Michigan  fumbles,  but  Garrels 
recovers  the  ball.  On  the  line-up  Garrels  punts.  Greene 
makes  2,  but  Michigan  stops  the  next  play  and  Pennsylvania 
punts  to  Magoffin  at  35.  The  latter  runs  the  kick  back  to 
midfield.  Here  Pennsylvania  holds  and  Garrels  punts. 
An  exchange  of  kicks,  a  fumble,  and  a  penalty  sets  Michi- 


320  FOOTBALL 

gan  with  the  ball  on  Pennsylvania's  35-yard  line.  Garrels 
tries  to  round  Levene,  but  is  thrown  for  a  loss.  Bishop  tries 
to  gain  on  a  trick  play,  but  is  stopped,  and  Pennsylvania 
takes  the  ball.  Greene  punts  to  midfield.  Michigan  cannot 
pierce  the  Red  and  Blue  line  and  Garrels  kicks.  Another 
fumble  and  a  penalty  brings  Michigan  back  to  Pennsylva- 
nia's 35-yard  line,  from  which  Garrels  misses  a  goal  from 
placement.  A  kick-out  and  a  run  back  gives  Michigan 
again  a  place  on  Pennsylvania's  35-yard  line.  Magoffin 
makes  5.  Michigan  fumbles  and  Pennsylvania  punts  to 
Michigan's  45,  where  another  fumble  gives  Pennsylvania 
the  ball.  Lawrence,  on  a  quarter-back  run  terminating  in 
a  forward  pass  to  Levene,  sends  the  ball  to  Michigan's  3-yard 
line.  Hollenback  makes  2,  and  on  the  next  play  Folwell 
goes  over  for  the  touchdown.  Hollenback  kicks  the  goal. 
Second  Half:  Garrels  kicks  off,  sending  the  ball  to  Law- 
rence at  35.  Hollenback  hits  centre  for  5.  Michigan  takes 
the  ball  on  downs.  Garrels  falls  back  to  punt,  but  Gas- 
ton blocks  the  kick  and  Gallagher  gets  the  ball.  An  ex- 
change of  punts  gives  Pennsylvania  the  ball  on  Michigan's 
35-yard  line.  Greene  makes  6  and  then  10,  Folwell  gets 
through  for  5.  Michigan  holds  for  downs  and  punts. 
Ziegler  catches  and  runs  back  to  the  35-yard  line.  Hollen- 
back from  a  kicking  formation  runs  to  the  15-yard  line. 
Folwell  makes  8  and  follows  it  for  6.  Greene  goes  over  for 
the  touchdown  and  Hollenback  kicks  the  goal.  Michigan 
kicks  off.  A  long  kicking  exchange  ensues.  At  last  Hollen- 
back gets  away  for  a  55-yard  run,  putting  the  ball  on  Mich- 
igan's 25-yard  line.  Ziegler  makes  7,  but  Michigan  takes 
the  ball  on  downs.  Garrels  punts.  Lawrence  and  Hollen- 
back by  a  double  pass  bring  the  ball  to  Michigan's  40-yard 
line.  Lavery  recovers  a  short  kick  at  20.  Folwell,  Hol- 
lenback, and  Greene  in  three  plunges  make  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  is  missed. 


<  ■= 


MICHIGAN  VS.   PENNSYLVANIA 


321 


Michigan  vs.  Pennsylvania 


Ann  Arbor,  Nov.  16,  1907 


MICHIGAN 


PENNSYLVANIA 


M.  P.  Rumney,  '08, 
W.  M.  Casey,  '09, 
W.  J.  Embs,  '09, 
A.  W.  Schuiz,  '09, 
W.  D.  Graham,  '08, 
W.  Rheinschild,  '08, 
H.  S.  Hammond,  '08, 
W.  S.  Wasmund,  '09, 
P.  P.  Magoffin,  '08,  Capt., 
D.  W.  Allerdice,  '10, 
J.  J.  Miller,  '10, 
J.  K.  Watkins,  '09, 
J.  L.  Loell,  '09, 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
((         (( 

Full-back, 


S.  H.  Pauxtis,  '10. 

D.  W.  Draper,  '09. 
P.  J.  Gallagher,  '09. 
J.  K.  Dwyer,  '08. 
A.  B.  Ziegler,  '07. 
F.  H.  Gaston,  '08. 
H.  W.  Scarlett,  '07. 
C.  Keinath,  '09. 

R.  C.  Folwell,  '08,  Capt. 

E.  L.  Greene,  '08. 

W.  M.  Hollenback,  '08. 


Referee:  F.  W.  Murphy,  *99,  Brown.  Umpire:  H.  M.  Nelly,  '02, 
Army.  Field  Judge:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Linesman:  W.  E. 
McCormack,  '97,  Dartmouth.  Score:  Michigan  0,  Pennsylvania  6. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  P.  J.  Gallagher,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett. 

First  Half:  Michigan  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west 
goaL  Hollenback  kicks  off  to  Allerdice  at  15.  Michigan 
sends  Watkins  into  the  line  for  a  gain  of  10  yards  in  two 
plunges,  but  Pennsylvania  holds  and  Hammond  punts. 
Michigan  holds  Pennsylvania  for  no  gain  and  Hollenback 
returns  the  kick.  Magoffin  catches  on  the  1-yard  line  and  is 
thrown  by  Pauxtis  1  inch  from  the  goal-line.  Hammond 
punts  to  Keinath  at  55.  Hollenback  circles  the  end  for  10 
and  follows  it  up  with  another  run  for  8.  A  forward  pass 
is  tried,  but  Magoffin  gets  it.  Michigan  tries  the  Red  and 
Blue  line  in  vain  and  punts.  The  Pennsylvania  forwards 
g^i  through  and  the  kick  is  high,  Pennsylvania  getting  it 
on  the  30-yard  line.  Hollenback  and  Greene  make  first 
down.  Keinath  falls  back  for  a  drop  kick.  Instead  a 
short  kick  is  sent  over  the  rush  line,  which  Gallagher  gets 
and  plants  behind  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Scarlett  kicks 
the  goal. 


322 


FOOTBALL 


Second  Half:  Michigan  kicks  off  and  both  teams  settle 
down  to  a  hard  game,  neither  eleven  being  able  to  make 
consecutive  gains,  but  punting  after  each  second  or  third 
down.  A  punt  from  Pennsylvania  goes  out  of  bounds. 
Michigan  on  the  run  takes  the  ball  quickly  in,  the  rush  line 
forming  out  of  customary  positions  with  one  end  back. 
The  ball  is  put  in  play  and  a  double  pass  occurs  behind  the 
line  followed  by  a  long  pass  forward  down  the  field  to  the 
tackle,  who  carries  it  across  the  line  and  touches  down. 
The  touchdown  is  not  allowed.  Neither  goal  thereafter  is 
threatened,  although  the  ball  several  times  reaches  the  35- 
yard  lines. 


Michigan  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Ann  Arbor,  Nov.  14,  1908 


MICHIGAN 

W.  J.  Embs,  '09, 


W.  M.  Casey,  '09, 
A.  Benbrooke,  '11, 
A.W.Schulz,'09,Capt., 
H.  A.  Brennan,  '09, 
J.  Riley,  '09, 

M.  E.  Crumpacker,  *09, 
F.  H.  Linthicum,  '10, 
W.  S.  Wasmund,  '09, 

P.  P.  Douglas,  '09, 

D.  W.  Allerdice,  '10,Capt. 

S.  J.  Davison.  '09. 


PENNSYLVANIA 

Left  End,        H.  P.  Braddock,  '10. 

T.  Crooks,  '10. 
Left  Tackle,     D.  W.  Draper,  '09. 
Left  Guard,      G.  A.  Dietrich,  '10. 
Centre,         W.  Le  R.  Marks,  '11. 
E.  B.  Cozens,  '11. 
Right  Guard,     R.  E.  Lamberton,  '10. 

C.  H.  Pike,  '11. 
Right  Tackle,    F.  H.  Gaston,  '08. 
Right  End,       H.  W.  Scarlett,  '07. 
Quarter-back,    C.  Keinath,  '09. 
A.  C.  Miller,  '10. 
Left  Half,        J.  W.  Means,  '10. 
Right  Half,       J.  O.  Manier,  '09. 
Full-back,       W.  M.  Hollenback,  '08,  Capt 


Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Edwards, 
'00,  Princeton.  Field  Judge:  G.  Stahl,  '03,  Illinois.  Linesman:  A.  C. 
Lerum,  '03,  Wisconsin.  Score:  Michigan  0,  Pennsylvania  29.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  D.  W.  Draper,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  W.  M.  Hollenback,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett; 
touchdown  by  W.  M.  Hollenback,  goal  by  H.  W.  Scarlett;  touchdown 
by  J.  W.  Means;  touchdown  by  W.  M.  Hollenback,  goal  by  H.  W. 
Scarlett. 


MICHIGAN  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  323 

First  Half:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the 
north  goal.  Allerdice  kicks  off  to  Hollenback.  Pennsyl- 
vania makes  a  short  gain  and  then  punts.  Michigan  tries 
the  Pennsylvania  line  for  a  first  down,  but,  unable  to  ad- 
vance consecutively,  kicks.  The  play  is  now  confined  be- 
tween the  25-yard  lines,  neither  eleven  being  able  to  advance 
against  the  other.  Toward  the  close  of  the  half  Pennsyl- 
vania springs  a  triple  pass — Keinath,  Means,  and  Draper 
— the  latter  running  45  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Scarlett 
kicks  the  goal.     There  is  no  further  scoring  in  this  half. 

Second  Half:  Pennsylvania  kicks  off.  After  a  series  of 
kicks  interspersed  with  a  number  of  unimportant  scrim- 
mages Means  gets  off  a  short  on-side  kick  to  Braddock  on 
Michigan's  40-yard  line.  On  the  next  play  Means  shoots 
a  forward  pass  to  Braddock,  which  places  the  ball  on  the 
10-yard  line.  Hollenback  goes  over  for  a  touchdown  and 
Scarlett  kicks  the  goal.  After  kick-off  play  surges  back 
and  forth  across  the  centre  line  for  several  minutes.  At 
last  Allerdice  punts  to  Hollenback  at  Pennsylvania's  45- 
yard  line.  The  latter  runs  brilliantly  through  the  Michigan 
team  65  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Scarlett  kicks  the  goal. 
A  few  minutes  later  Miller  catches  Allerdice's  punt  at  mid- 
field.  Hollenback  circles  the  end  for  20.  Means  makes 
10  through  tackle.  Hollenback  gains  8,  Means  5,  and  on 
the  next  play  Hollenback  reaches  the  5-yard  line.  Means 
makes  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Pennsylvania 
secures  its  last  touchdown  just  before  the  close  of  the  game 
by  recovering  a  fumble  on  Michigan's  30-yard  line.  Hollen- 
back makes  5,  Manier  20,  and  Hollenback  crosses  the  line 
for  a  touchdown.     Scarlett  kicks  the  goal. 


324 


FOOTBALL 


Michigan  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  13,  1909 


MICHIGAN 

PENNSYLVANIA 

F.  J.  Conklin,  ^12, 

Left  End, 

H.  P.  Braddock,  '10. 

R.  W.  Ranney,  '11, 

tt       t( 

H.  K.  Cornell,  '10. 

W.  M.  Casey,  '09, 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  L.  Fretz,  '12. 

«         (( 

R.  B.  Burns,  '10. 

A.  Benbrooke,  '11, 

Left  Guard, 

G.  A.  Dietrich,  '10. 

A.  W.  Smith,  '12, 

Centre, 

E.  B.  Cozens,  '11. 

tt 

W.  W.  Philler,  '11. 

W.  P.  Edmunds,  ^2, 

Right  Guard, 

R.  E.  Lamberton,  '10. 

«          <( 

C.  H.  Pike,  '11. 

S.  M.  Wells,  '11, 

Right  Tackle, 

P.  A.  Ferrier,  11. 

J.  J.  Miller,  '11, 

Right  End, 

S.  S.  Large,  '11. 

<<         (( 

P.  B.  Kauffman,  '11. 

<(         (( 

A.  C.  Miller,  '10,  Capt. 

W.  Wasmund,  '09, 

Quarter-back, 

A.  D.  Thayer,  '10. 

J.  Magidsohn,  '11, 

Left  Half, 

W.  J.  Young,  '11. 

tt       ft 

F.  Sommer,  '11. 

D.W.Allerdice,'10,:Capt., 

Right  Half, 

A.  G.  Heilman,  *12. 

«         « 

P.  C.  Irwin,  '10. 

F.  G.  Clark,  '12, 

Full-back, 

D.  L.  Hutchinson,  '12. 

ft 

J.  H.  Scott,  '11. 

Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  J.  W.  Beacham, 
'97,  Cornell.  Field  Judge:  D.  L.  Fultz,  '98,  Brown.  Linesman: 
F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95,  Yale.  Score:  Michigan  12,  Pennsylvania  6.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  Magidsohn,  goal  by  D.  W.  Allerdice;  touch- 
down by  J.  Magidsohn,  goal  by  D.  W.  Allerdice;  touchdown  by  D.  L. 
Hutchinson,  goal  by  H.  P.  Braddock. 


First  Half:  Michigan  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Allerdice  kicks  to  Braddock,  who  runs  back  20  yards. 
Pennsylvania  fumbles  and  Michigan  gets  the  ball.  Two 
attempts  at  end  fail,  but  the  ball  is  placed  directly  in  front 
of  the  goal-posts.  Allerdice  falls  back  to  try  a  drop  kick, 
but  the  play  is  a  feint,  as  the  ball  is  passed  forward  to  Conk- 
lin, who  reaches  the  8-yard  line.  On  the  second  down 
Magidsohn  is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown  and  Allerdice 


MICHIGAN  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  325 

kicks  the  goal.  Hutchinson  kicks  off  for  Pennsylvania  an 
sends  the  ball  to  the  25-yard  line.  Allerdice  kicks  to  Penn- 
sylvania's 45-yard  line  and  Miller  runs  the  ball  back  to 
Michigan's  50  before  being  downed.  Hutchinson  makes 
3  yards  through  the  line  and  then  12  around  the  end.  Heil- 
man  makes  5  more,  but  a  fumble  gives  the  ball  to  Michi- 
gan. Wasmund  ploughs  forward  for  12  yards.  Magidsohn 
reaches  Pennsylvania's  33-yard  line  and  on  a  delayed 
tripple  pass  gets  away  for  a  touchdown.  Allerdice  kicks 
the  goal.  Hutchinson  kicks  over  the  goal-line.  Clark 
attempts  to  run  it  out,  but  is  thrown  on  the  1-yard  line. 
Michigan  punts  from  behind  the  goal-line,  sending  the 
ball  out  of  bounds  at  30.  Pennsylvania  fails  to  make  first 
down  and  Allerdice  punts  to  35.  Young  and  Heilman 
make  first  down.  A  forward  pass  strikes  the  ground  and 
Michigan  takes  the  ball  at  15.  Allerdice  punts.  After 
several  exchanges  of  kicks  and  rushes  Pennsylvania  shoots 
a  forward  pass  from  50  to  35,  Hutchinson  to  Cozens. 
A  second  forward  pass  fails  and  Pennsylvania  is  penalized. 
An  on-side  kick  is  recovered  by  Cozens  at  20.  Heilman 
and  Young  make  a  first  down.  Hutchinson  crosses  the 
remaining  13  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Braddock  kicks  the 
goal. 

Second  Half:  Hutchinson  kicks  over  the  goal-line.  Michi- 
gan puts  the  ball  in  play  at  25.  Allerdice  punts  to  Hutch- 
inson at  43.  Pennsylvania  rushes  the  ball  to  the  20-yard 
line,  where  Michigan  holds  for  downs.  After  the  ball 
changes  hands  several  times  on  kicks  and  downs  Was- 
mund runs  around  the  end  for  45  yards,  placing  the  ball  at 
midfield.  Michigan  cannot  gain  farther  and  punts.  Neither 
team  in  the  remainder  of  this  half  seriously  threatens  the 
other's  goal,  the  play  consisting  of  ineffective  gains  followed 
by  punts. 


326 


FOOTBALL 


MICHIGAN 

W.  P.  Edmunds.  '12 


Michigan  vs.  Pennsylvania 
Philadelphia,  Nov.  12,  1910 

PENNSYLVANIA 

W.  Le  R.  Marks.  '11. 


F.  J.  Conklin,  '12, 

A.  Benbrooke,  '11,  Capt., 

A.  B.  Cornwell,  '13, 

C.  P.  Quinn,  '13, 

W.  D.  Cole,  '12, 

S.  M.  Wells,  '11, 
N.  McMillan,  '13, 

J.  Magidsohn,  '11, 


V.  C.  Pattingill,  '11, 
G.  C.  Thompson,  '12, 


Left  End, 

tt        (( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
<(  <( 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 
<( 

Left  Half, 


Right  Half, 


Full-back. 


E.  Thayer,  '12. 
L.  L.  Rodgers,  '12. 
C.  C.  Wolferth,  '12. 

E.  B.  Cozens,  '11,  Capt 
J.  M.  Cramer,  '13. 
H.  H.  Morris,  '12. 
T.  F.  Dillon,  '13. 
L.  W.  Jourdet,  '13. 
J.  H.  Scott,  '11. 
W.  J.  H.  Hough,  '11. 

F.  L.  Ramsdell,  '11. 
J.  P.  Harrington,  '13. 
W.  J.  Young,  '11. 
F.  Sommer,  '11. 
L.  M.  Kennedy,  '13. 
E.  L.  Mercer,  '13. 

Referee:  W.  H.  Eckersall,  '07,  Chicago.  Umpire:  C.  B.  Marshall, 
'04,  Harvard.  Field  Judge:  W.  G.  Crowell,  '06,  Swarthmore.  Lines- 
man: J.W.  Beacham,'97,  Cornell.    Score:  Michigan  0,  Pennsylvania  0. 

First  Quarter:  Michigan  wins  the  toss  and  elects  to 
receive  the  kick-off.  Mercer  kicks  to  Pattingill.  Magid- 
sohn makes  5,  Thompson  5,  Cozens  throws  the  next  runner 
for  a  loss,  and  Thompson  punts.  Mercer  makes  5,  but 
Scott  is  forced  to  kick.  Several  plays  on  each  side  are  lim- 
ited to  a  short  line  plunge  and  a  necessary  kick.  Thompson 
tries  a  place  kick  on  the  40-yard  line,  but  Marks  blocks  the 
ball.  Michigan  recovers  the  ball  at  50.  Magidsohn  hits 
the  line  for  10.  McMillan  adds  12  more.  Magidsohn 
reaches  the  35-yard  line.  Pennsylvania  holds  for  downs. 
Unable  to  gain,  Scott  punts.  By  hard  plunges  Magidsohn 
and  Pattingill  advance  the  ball  25  yards,  when  Pennsylvania 
again  holds  for  downs.  A  bounding  kick  crosses  the  line. 
Pennsylvania  brings  the  ball  out  to  the  25-yard  line  and  the 
quarter  closes. 


MICHIGAN  VS.  PENNSYLVANIA  327 

Second  Quarter:  Scott  sends  a  long  punt  to  McMillan. 
Magidsohn  hits  centre  for  5.  Michigan  is  penalized  and 
fumbles,  but  recovers  the  ball.  Thompson  punts  to  Scott. 
Mercer  circles  the  end  for  15  yards.  Kennedy  breaks 
through  into  a  clear  field,  but  slips  and  falls.  Scott  punts 
to  McMillan  on  Michigan's  40.  Several  exchanges  of 
punts,  with  a  long  run  by  Mercer,  brings  the  ball  to 
Michigan's  30-yard  line.  Mercer  plunges  to  the  15-yard 
mark.  He  adds  5  more.  Michigan  throws  the  next  runner 
for  a  20-yard  loss.  Thayer  is  sent  back  to  try  for  a  field 
goal,  but  the  kick  is  blocked.  Cozens  getting  the  ball.  A 
forward  pass  is  stopped  and  the  half  closes. 

Third  Quarter:  Mercer  kicks  to  Edmunds,  who  runs  back 
15  yards.  Thompson  punts  out  of  bounds.  Michigan 
fumbles  the  return  and  Cozens  gets  the  ball  on  Michigan's 
15-yard  line.  Michigan  holds  for  downs  and  takes  the  ball. 
An  exchange  of  punts  places  the  ball  on  Michigan's  12-yard 
line,  in  the  latter's  possession.  Several  kicks  now  are  ex- 
changed and  Wells  gets  away  on  a  forward  pass  and  races 
to  Pennsylvania's  goal-line,  but  is  put  back  to  the  12-yard 
mark,  having  stepped  out  of  bounds.  Pennsylvania  holds 
for  downs.  Mercer  makes  5  on  a  double  pass.  Scott  punts. 
Further  kicks  are  exchanged  and  the  quarter  closes. 

Fourth  Quarter:  Marks  throws  Magidsohn  for  a  loss  of 
2  yards  on  Michigan's  45-yard  line.  An  exchange  of  punts 
and  a  fumble  by  Pennsylvania  gives  Michigan  the  ball  on 
the  former's'  40-yard  line.  Magidsohn  gets  around  the 
end  for  15  yards.  McMillan's  forward  pass  hits  the  ground 
and  Pennsylvania  takes  the  ball  on  the  20-yard  line.  Scott 
punts.  Kicks  are  exchanged.  Edmunds  shoots  a  forward 
pass  20  yards  to  Wells.  A  long  punting  duel  follows,  termi- 
nating in  a  run  back  of  35  yards  by  Mercer  placing  the  ball  on 
Pennsylvania's  40-yard  line.  Mercer  punts.  Michigan  fum- 
bles, but  Cornwell  recovers  the  ball.     The  game  now  ends. 


CHAPTER  XVI 

MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN 

Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Nov.  15,  1890 


MINNESOTA 

WISCONSIN 

J.  A.  Harris, 

Left  End, 

T.  P.  Loope,'91. 

W.  C.  Muir, 

Left  Tackle, 

W.  C.  McNaught,  '93. 

C.  J.  Flannagan, 

Left  Guard, 

J.  D.  Freeman,  '94. 

J.  E.  Maddigan, 

Centre, 

H.  Oppenheim,  '91. 

S.  S.  Start, 

Right  Guard, 

M.  R.  Wiener,  '91. 

G.  C.  Sikes, 

Right  Tackle, 

E.  H.  Ahara,  '92. 

C.  E.  Guthrie, 

Right  End, 

R.  J.  Logeman,  *92. 

A.  F.  Pillsbury, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  B.  Kerr,  '89,  Capt. 

W.  J.  Leary, 

Left  Half, 

L.  D.  Sumner,  '93. 

E.  L.  Patterson, 

Right  Half, 

F.  W.  Prael,  '91. 

G.  K.  Belden, 

Full-back, 

J.  H.  McNaught,  '91. 

Substitutions  by  Minnesota:  G.  B.  Rossman,  H.  E.  White,  D.  R. 
Burbank.  Referee:  L.  K.  Hull,  '83,  Yale.  Umpire:  G.  P.  Kletsch. 
Score:  Minnesota  63,  Wisconsin  0. 

First  Half:  Touchdown  by  Patterson.  Touchdown  by- 
Harding  and  goal  by  Belden.  Touchdown  by  Patterson. 
Touchdown  by  Patterson  and  goal  by  Belden. 

Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  Patterson  and  goal  by 
Belden.  Touchdown  by  Leary  and  goal  by  Belden. 
Touchdown  by  Leary  and  goal  by  Belden.  Touchdown 
by  Leary.  Touchdown  by  Patterson  and  goal  by  Belden. 
Touchdown  by  Patterson  and  goal  by  Belden.  Touchdown 
by  Patterson.     Goal  from  the  field  by  Belden. 

328 


MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN 


329 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Oct.  24,  1891 

WISCONSIN 

Left  End,  D.  H.  Walker,  '92. 


J.  D.  Freeman,  '94. 

G.  N.  Knapp,  '95. 

F.  KuU,  '94. 

L.  B.  Flower,  '92. 

J.  F.  A.  Pyre,  '92. 

J.  B.  Kerr,  '89. 

E.  H.  Ahara,  '92,  Capt 

H.  M.  Coleman,  '95. 

R.  C.  Thiele,  '93. 

L.  D.  Sumner,  '93. 


MINNESOTA 

L.  C.  Edson, 

E.  C.  Bisbee,  "       " 

R.  C.  Dewey,  Left  Tackle, 

C.  J.  Flannagan,  Left  Guard, 
J.  E.  Madigan,  Centre, 
E.  P.  Harding,  Right  Guard, 
G.  C.  Sikes,  Right  Tackle, 

D.  R.  Burbank,  Right  End, 
A.  F.  Pillsbury,  Quarter-back, 
W.  J.  Leary,  Left  Half, 

E.  L.  Patterson,  Right  Half, 
G.  K.  Belden,  Full-back, 
C.  S.  Hale, 

Score:  Minnesota  26,  Wisconsin  12.  No  record  of  oflBcials.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  byH.  M.  Coleman,  goal  by  J.  F.  A.  Pyre;  touch- 
down by  W.  J.  Leary,  goal  by  G.  K.  Belden;  touchdown  by  L.  D. 
Sumner,  goal  by  J.  F.  A.  Pyre.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  L. 
Patterson,  goal  by  G.  K.  Belden;  touchdown  by  A.  F.  Pillsbury,  goal 
by  G.  K.  Belden;  touchdown  by  W.  J.  Leary;  touchdown  by  A.  F. 
Pillsbury. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Starting  with  the  V,  Minnesota  makes  15  yards.  A  run  by 
Leary  and  a  line  plunge  by  Harding  takes  the  ball  to  Wis- 
consin's 5-yard  line,  where  Minnesota  fumbles.  Coleman 
gets  the  ball  and  runs  105  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Pyre 
kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  starts  off  with  the  wedge  and 
by  rapid  line  plays  carries  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  5-yard 
line,  from  which  Leary  is  sent  over  for  a  touchdown.  Bel- 
den kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin  makes  15  yards  in  the  V. 
The  ball  changes  sides  frequently  on  punts  and  downs 
without  substantial  advantage  to  either  eleven.  Just  as 
the  half  is  closing  Sumner  catches  a  punt  on  his  25-yard 
line  and  runs  through  the  entire  Minnesota  team  for  a 
touchdown.     Pyre  kicks  the  goal. 


330 


FOOTBALL 


Second  Half:  Wisconsin  opens  play  with  the  V  and  makes 
2  yards.  Minnesota  holds  for  downs  and  Wisconsin  punts. 
Minnesota  opens  a  fierce  line  attack  and  rapidly  carries 
the  ball  by  plunges  of  Harding  and  Pillsbury  to  their  op- 
ponent's 5-yard  line,  from  which  Patterson  is  sent  across 
for  a  touchdown.  Belden  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin 
makes  10  yards  in  the  V,  but  is  soon  forced  to  punt.  Min- 
nesota again  carries  the  ball  the  length  of  the  field  by  line 
plays  and  sends  Pillsbury  across  the  last  line  for  the  touch- 
down. Goal.  Wisconsin  gains  15  yards  in  the  V  and  by  line 
plays  reaches  Minnesota's  10-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is 
lost  on  downs.  Minnesota  starts  an  attack  on  the  tackles 
and  reaches  the  10-yard  line.  Leary  gets  across  for  a  touch- 
down. A  sixth  touchdown  is  scored  for  Minnesota  by 
Pillsbury.    No  goal. 

Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Oct.  29,  1892 


MINNESOTA 

W.  F.  Dalrymple, 
G.  C.  Sikes, 
A.  T,  Larson, 
J.  E.  Madigan, 
E.  P.  Harding, 

C.  Larson, 
E.  C.  Bisbee, 
A.  F.  Pillsbury, 
E.  L.  Patterson, 

D.  R.  Burbank, 
R.  H.  Folewell, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


WISCONSIN 

C.  C.  Case,  '93. 
J.  H.  Francis,  '94. 
T.  P.  Krenshaw,  '95. 
F.  Kull,  '94. 
H.  H.  Jacobs,  '93. 
T.  P.  Silverwood,  '96. 
J.  R.  Richards,  '96. 
T.  U.Lyman, '94,  Capt. 
J.  C.  Karel,  '95. 
R.  C.  Thiele,  '93. 
F.  H.  Dillon.  '95. 


Score:    Wisconsin  4,  Minnesota  32.     No    record    of   officials    and 
maikers  of  scores. 


First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  V  gains  20  yards.  Line  plays  by  Larson  and  Patter- 
son carry  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  20-yard  line,  from  which  a 
criss-cross  sends  Patterson  around  the  end  for  a  touchdown. 


MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN 


331 


Wisconsin  gains  15  yards  in  the  V.  By  end  runs  Karel  and 
Thiele  reach  the  10-yard  Hne.  Thiele  again  circles  the  end 
for  a  touchdown.  Minnesota  gains  5  in  the  V.  Both  teams 
now  play  hard,  but  cannot  come  within  striking  distance  of 
each  other's  goal. 

Second  Half:  Wisconsin  opens  with  the  V  for  15  yards. 
Thiele,  Karel,  and  Dillon  by  line  plunges  reach  the  4-yard 
line.  Here  Minnesota  holds  for  downs.  Minnesota  now 
opens  up  a  game  largely  of  trick  plays,  double  passes,  criss- 
crosses, fake  runs,  line  and  position  shifts,  which  com- 
pletely bewilders  their  opponents,  by  which  6  touchdowns 
are  scored.     Folewell  also  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field. 


MINNESOTA 

W.  F.  Dalrymple, 

C.  Larson, 

A.  T.  Larson, 

J.  E.  Madigan, 

E.  P.  Harding, 

W.  C.  Muir, 

E.  C.  Bisbee, 

C.  H.  Van  Campen, 

C.  Adams, 

A.  F.  Pillsbury, 

H.  C.  Cutler, 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Nov.  11,  1893 

WISCONSIN 

W.  H.  Sheldon.  '96. 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 

Full-back, 


J.  D.  Freeman,  '94. 
C.  W.  Bunge,  '95. 
F.  KuU,  '94. 
H.  H.  Jacobs,  '93. 
P.  H.  Davis,  '94. 
H.  F.  Dickinson,  '96. 
T.  U.  Lyman,  '94,  Capt. 
F.  W.  Nelson,  '97. 
J.  C.  Karel,  '95. 
J.  R.  Richards,  '96. 


Score:  Wisconsin  0,  Minnesota  40.  No  record  of  officials.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  C.  Adams;  touchdown  by  A.  F.  Pillsbury,  goal 
by  H.  C.  Cutler.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  P.  Harding,  goal  by 
H.  C.  Cutler;  touchdown  by  A.  F.  Pillsbury,  goal  by  H.  C.  Cutler; 
touchdown  by  C.  Adams,  goal  by  H.  C.  Cutler;  touchdown  by  A.  F. 
Pillsbury,  goal  by  H.  C.  Cutler;  touchdown  by  C.  Adams,  goal  by 
H.  C.  Cutler. 


First  Half:  Minneapolis  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  game  starts  with  a  flying  wedge,  Davis  stopping  Pills- 


332  FOOTBALL 

bury  for  no  gain.  Wisconsin  takes  the  ball  on  downs.  The 
latter  sends  several  plays  in  succession  against  Minnesota's 
tackles  and  the  ball  reaches  the  3-yard  mark,  where  it  is 
fumbled.  Cutler  punts.  Wisconsin  cannot  gain  consecu- 
tively and  Richards  punts.  Minnesota  by  line  plays  reaches 
their  opponent*s  25-yard  line.  Adams  circles  the  end  for  a 
touchdown.  Wisconsin  gains  10  yards  in  the  flying  wedge 
and  Karel  and  Nelson  force  the  ball  to  Minnesota's  5- 
yard  line.  Minnesota  takes  the  ball  on  downs  and  by  line 
plays  takes  the  ball  the  length  of  the  field,  where  Pillsbury 
makes  a  touchdown.  Cutler  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin, 
starting  with  the  flying  wedge,  advances  the  ball  to  Minne- 
sota's 10-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is  lost  on  a  fumble. 
Minnesota  drives  it  to  Wisconsin's  12-yard  line  and  time  is 
called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Wisconsin  gains  10  yards  in  the  wedge, 
but  is  then  held  for  downs.  Pillsbury  makes  two  long  end 
runs  terminating  in  a  touchdown.  Obtaining  the  ball  on 
downs  on  the  40-yard  line  Minnesota  hammers  Wisconsin's 
line  until  the  ball  rests  on  the  25-yard  line.  Harding  goes 
around  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  Pillsbury  makes  the 
next  touchdown  by  securing  the  ball  on  a  fumble  and 
running  40  yards.  Goal.  Wisconsin  is  held  for  downs  at 
the  35-yard  line  and  Pillsbury  and  Adams  on  trick  plays 
double  the  ends  for  the  distance  and  a  touchdown.  Goal. 
Wisconsin  carries  the  ball  to  Minnesota's  10-yard  line,  where 
the  latter  takes  the  ball  on  downs.  Line  plays  reach  Wis- 
consin's 10-yard  line  and  Pillsbury  gets  across  for  a  touch- 
down. Goal.  Just  as  time  is  expiring  Adams  gets  away 
for  a  45-yard  run  and  touchdown.     Goal. 


MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN 


333 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Nov.  17,  1894 


MINNESOTA 

O.  K.  Harrison, 

J.  S.  Dalrymple, 
A.  T.  Larson, 
G.  A.  Finlayson, 
E.  P.  Harding, 
W.  J.  Walker, 
W.  F.  Dalrymple, 
C.  H.  Van  Campen 
C.  Adams, 
W.  N.  Southworth, 
H.  C.  Cutler, 
H.  A.  Parkyn, 


Left  End, 

((       (( 

Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard. 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back. 


WISCONSIN 

W.  H.  Sheldon,  '96. 
J.  C.  Major,  '96. 
W.  Alexander,  '97. 
G.  W.  Bunge,  '95. 
F.  Kull,  '94. 
J.  E.  Ryan,  '95. 
J.  F.  A.  Pyre,  '92. 
H.  F.  Dickinson,  '96. 
T.  U.  Lyman,  '94,  Capt. 
F.  W.  Nelson,  '97. 
J.  C.  Karel,  '95. 
J.  R.  Richards,  '96. 


Referee:  H.  H.  Stepp,  '96,  Grinnell.  Umpire:  F.  M.  Gould,  '93, 
Amherst.  Score:  Wisconsin  6,  Minnesota  0.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down by  J.  C.  Karel,  goal  by  T.  U.  Lyman. 

First  Half:  Wisconsin  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goaL 
Minnestoa  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  rushes  the  ball  by  line 
plays  to  their  opponent's  30-yard  line,  where  the  latter  holds 
for  downs.  Minnesota  drives  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  30- 
yard  line  and  there  loses  on  downs.  Karel  and  Nelson  by 
end  runs  reach  Minnesota's  2-yard  mark,  where  the  ball 
is  fumbled.  Cutler  punts  to  centre.  Wisconsin  fumbles 
and  Minnestoa  gets  the  ball.  Cutler  again  punts.  Sev- 
eral exchanges  of  kicks  follow  and  time  for  the  half  is 
called. 

Second  Half:  Richards  kicks  to  Minnesota's  25-yard 
line.  Minnesota  reaches  midfield  on  line  plunges,  but 
there  is  held  for  downs.  Karel  gets  around  the  end  for 
50  yards  and  a  touchdown.  Lyman  kicks  the  goal.  Min- 
nesota kicks  off  and  Karel  returns.  Larson  makes  15 
yards  and  line  plays  carry  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  35-yard 


334 


FOOTBALL 


line.  Parkyn  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  misses.  Karel  gets 
around  the  end  for  40  yards.  Minnesota  takes  the  ball 
on  downs  and  Parkyn  punts.  The  play  remains  near  cen- 
tre during  the  remainder  of  the  half. 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Nov.  16,  1895 

MINNESOTA  WISCONSIN 

J.  M.  Harrison,  Left  End,  W.  H.  Sheldon,  '96. 

J.  S.  Dalrymple,  Left  Tackle,  W.  Alexander,  '97. 

A.  T.  Larson,  Left  Guard,  J.  P.  Riordan,  '98. 

J.  C.  Fulton,  Centre,  F.  Kull,  '94. 

G.  A.  Finlayson,  Right  Guard,  N.  A.  Comstock,  '97. 

W.  J.  Walker,  Right  Tackle,  J.  F.  A.  Pyre,  '92. 

T.  M.  Kehoe,  Right  End,  H.  F.  Dickinson,  '96. 

C.  Adams,  Quarter-back,  G.  H.  Trautman,  '96. 

H.  C.  Lcomis,  Left  Half,  J.  P.  Gregg,  '99. 

G.  Thompson,  '99. 

"        "  F.  W.  Nelson,  '97. 

H.  B.  Gilbert,  Right  Half,  J.  C.  Karel,  '95. 

H.  A.  Parkyn,  Full-back,  J.  R.  Richards,  '96,  Capt 

Referee:  H.  H.  Stepp,  '96,  Grinnell.  Umpire:  H.  Cornish,  C.  A.  A. 
Linesmen:  E.  P.  Harding,  Minnesota;  A.  R.  Smith,  Wisconsin. 
Score:  Wisconsin  10,  Minnesota  14.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  F. 
A.  Pyre,  goal  by  J.  R.  Richards;  touchdown  byT.  M.  Kehoe;  touch- 
down by  J.  R.  Richards.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  B.  Gilbert; 
touchdown  and  goal  by  H.  B.  Gilbert. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Wisconsin  kicks  to  Minnesota's  10-yard  line  and  Parkyn 
runs  back  the  kick  10  yards.  Wisconsin  takes  the  ball  on 
downs  and  Minnesota  immediately  recovers  it  likewise. 
Parkyn  punts.  Wisconsin  opens  a  rapid  attack  on  the  line 
and  carries  the  ball  to  Minnesota's  2-yard  mark,  where 
the  latter  holds  for  downs.  Parkyn  kicks  to  Karel.  Wis- 
consin now  attacks  the  centre  and  creeps  forward  line 
after  line  until  Pyre  is  sent  through  for  the  last  5  yards 


MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN 


335 


and  a  touchdown.  Richards  kicks  the  goal.  Parkyn  kicks 
off  and  Richards  returns.  Minnesota  advances  20  yards, 
but  the  ball  goes  to  Wisconsin  on  downs.  A  fumble  occurs 
and  Kehoe  gets  the  ball  and  runs  for  a  touchdown.  The 
goal  is  missed.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Adams  runs  back 
the  kick  10  yards.  Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on  a  punt. 
Alexander  makes  5,  Karel  30,  Karel  5,  bringing  the  ball  to 
the  10-yard  line.  Richards  goes  through  centre  for  the 
touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Time  is  called  for  the 
half. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Karel  runs  the 
kick  back  10  yards.  Karel  circles  the  end  for  40  yards. 
Minnesota  takes  the  ball  on  downs.  Parkyn,  Larson,  Gil- 
bert, and  Loomis  now  hit  the  line  in  rapid  succession,  send- 
ing the  ball  forward  line  after  line  until  a  touchdown  is  made. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Minnesota  again  hammers  the  ball 
the  length  of  the  field,  but  is  held  for  downs  on  Wisconsin's 
10-yard  line.  Minnesota  recovers  the  ball  and  Gilbert 
makes  a  touchdown.  Goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off.  Min- 
nesota returns.  Karel  and  Nelson  in  end  runs  take  the 
ball  to  centre  and  a  fierce  attack  on  the  line  advances  the 
ball  to  Minnesota's  20-yard  line,  where  time  is  called. 


MINNESOTA 

J.  M.  Harrison, 
A.  N.  Smith, 
G.  A.  Finlayson, 
J.  C.  Fulton, 
E.  P.  Harding, 
I.  A.  Parry, 
H.  A.  Scandrett, 
G.  E.  Cole, 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Nov.  21,  1896. 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 


WISCONSIN 

W.  H.  Sheldon,  '96. 
W.  A.  Atkinson, '97,  Capt. 
J.  P.  Riordan,  '98. 
N.  A.  Comstock,  '97. 
J.  E.  Ryan,  '95. 
J.  F.  A.  Pyre,  '92. 
C.  L.  Brewer,  '99. 
J.  P.  Gregg,  '99. 
C.  W.  McPherson,  '99. 


336  FOOTBALL 

MINNESOTA  WISCONSIN 

S.  W.  Bagley,  Left  Half,  F.  W.  Nelson,  '97. 

"        "  H.  J.  Peele,  99. 

M.  Teigen,  Right  Half,  J.  C.  Karel,  95. 

H.  C.  Loomis,  Full-back,  J.  R.  Richards,  '96. 

Referee:  C.  F.  Roby,  '99,  Chicago.  Umpire:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95, 
Harvard.  Score:  Minnesota  0,  Wisconsin  6.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down and  goal  by  J.  R.  Richards. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Richards  kicks  to  Bagley,  who  runs  back  5  yards.  Minne- 
sota tries  two  line  plays  with  a  small  gain  and  then  punts 
to  Wisconsin's  25.  A  penalty  advances  the  latter  10  yards. 
Karel  makes  5,  Nelson  2,  and  Richards  5.  Other  line  plays 
net  20  yards,  but  the  ball  is  lost  on  downs.  Minnesota 
rushes  20  yards  and  fumbles.  Wisconsin  in  brilliant  line 
plays  reaches  their  opponent's  8-yard  line,  where  it  goes 
to  Minnesota  on  a  fumble.  Harding  goes  through  centre 
for  5  yards.  Loomis  circles  the  end  for  25  more.  Minne- 
sota now  steadily  advances  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  25-yard 
line,  where  they  are  held  for  downs.  Wisconsin  punts  to 
Minnesota's  45.  The  latter  returns  to  Wisconsin's  40. 
Wisconsin  fumbles  and  the  ball  goes  to  Minnesota.  The 
ball  by  short  gains  reaches  Wisconsin's  25-yard  line,  where 
it  is  fumbled.     Richards  punts  to  centre  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Loomis  kicks  off  and  Pyre  runs  the  kick 
back  15  yards.  Wisconsin  fumbles  and  it  is  Minnesota's 
ball  on  their  opponent's  30-yard  line.  Wisconsin  holds 
for  downs  and  takes  the  ball.  Richards  punts  to  centre. 
On  the  first  play  Minnesota  fumbles  and  Richards  on  lining 
up  punts  across  the  goal-line.  Minnesota  kicks  out.  A 
series  of  kicks  are  exchanged  which  with  a  fumble  gives 
Minnesota  the  ball  on  Wisconsin's  35-yard  line.  The  latter 
holds  for  downs.  A  punt  and  a  fumble  give  Wisconsin  the 
ball  at  centre.     Minnesota  does  not  yield  and  Richards 


MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN 


337 


punts  across  the  goal-line.  Loomis  kicks  out  and  Karel 
runs  the  ball  back  15  yards.  A  centre  play  yields  5  and  then 
the  ball  goes  to  Minnesota  on  a  fumble.  Minnesota  by  line 
plunges  reaches  the  centre  of  the  field,  where  Wisconsin 
takes  the  ball  and  rushes  to  the  25-yard  line  to  lose  on 
downs.  Minnesota  makes  10,  but  Wisconsin  holds  for 
fourth  down.  Brewer  circles  the  end  for  25.  Karel  reaches 
Minnesota's  10-yard  line.  Atkinson  makes  3,  Peele  1,  Rich- 
ards to  the  1-foot  mark.  Minnesota  holds  for  downs. 
The  ball  is  recovered  on  a  fumble.  Atkinson  makes  1 
yard,  Karel  3,  Richards  over  for  a  touchdown  and  goal. 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Oct.  30,  1897. 


MINNESOTA 

J.  M.  Harrison, 
G.  A.  Finlayson, 
A.  N.  Smith, 
J.  G.  Winkjer, 
A.  K.  Ingalls, 
C.  Nicoulin, 
G.  R.  Shepley, 
G.  E.  Cole, 
G.  W.  Evans, 
S.  W.  Bagley, 

H.  C.  Loomis, 


WISCONSIN 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back, 


J.  Dean,  '01. 
H.  R.  Holmes,  '99. 
J.P.Riordan,'98,Capt 
W.  C.  Hazzard,  '98. 
N.  A.  Comstock,  '97. 
H.  G.  Forrest,  '98. 
E.  S.  Anderson,  '99. 
J.  P.  Gregg,  '99. 
H.  F.  Cochems,  '97. 
H.  J.  Peele,  '99. 
W.  M.  Joliffe,  P.  G. 
P.  J.  O'Dea,  '00. 


Referee:  L.  Stacey,  '96,  Army.  Umpire:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard. 
Score:  Minnesota  0,  Wisconsin  39.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  J. 
Peele,  goal  by  P.  J.  O'Dea;  touchdown  by  H.  J.  Peele,  goal  by  J.  P. 
Gregg;  touchdown  by  J.  P.  Riordan,  goal  by  J.  P.  Gregg;  goal  from 
field  by  P.  J.  O'Dea.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  P.  Riordan; 
touchdown  by  H.  J.  Peele,  goal  by  J.  P.  Gregg;  touchdown  by  W. 
M.  Jolifife,  goal  by  P.  J.  O'Dea. 


First  Half:  Wisconsin  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Cochems  runs  back  the  kick-off  15  yards.  0*Dea  punts  to 
Minnesota's  20-yard  line,  where  Wisconsin  takes  the  ball  on 


338  FOOTBALL 

a  fumble.  Minnesota  regains  the  ball  on  downs  and  punts. 
Wisconsin  returns.  Further  kicks  are  exchanged  and  Wis- 
consin finally  gets  the  ball  at  midfield.  Wisconsin  now 
opens  up  a  sharp  attack  on  their  opponent's  rush-line  and 
the  ball  creeps  forward  line  by  line  until  it  reaches  the  10- 
yard  line.  Riordan  makes  5  and  Peele  goes  across  for  the 
touchdown.  O'Dea  kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off 
and  Wisconsin  soon  is  forced  to  punt.  Wisconsin  does  not 
yield  a  yard  and  Minnesota  punts.  Riordan,  Forrest,  and 
Cochems  make  steady  gains  until  the  ball  rests  on  the  3-yard 
line.  Peele  goes  around  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  Gregg 
kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  O'Dea  returns. 
Wisconsin  holds  for  downs  at  centre.  Line  plays  again 
send  the  ball  steadily  down  the  field  and  Riordan  is  shot 
across  the  last  line  for  a  touchdown.  Gregg  kicks  the  goal. 
Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  rushes  the  ball  to  Minne- 
sota's 30-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is  lost  on  a  fumble.  Min- 
nesota cannot  gain  and  punts  to  O'Dea  at  45.  A  line 
plunge  reaches  the  35-yard  line,  where  Minnesota  holds  for 
two  downs.  O'Dea  falls  back  and  kicks  a  goal  from  the 
field. 

Second  Half:  Wisconsin  kicks  off,  and  Minnesota,  failing 
to  pierce  the  line,  punts  to  40.  Wisconsin  cannot  get  in 
motion  and  O'Dea  punts  to  opponent's  5-yard  line.  Wis- 
consin holds  for  two  downs  and  Loomis  falls  behind  his 
goal-line  to  kick,  sending  the  ball  out  to  the  35-yard 
line.  Cochems,  Holmes,  and  Gregg  by  line  plays  carry  the 
ball  to  the  10-yard  line.  Peele  gets  through  for  6  and 
Riordan  covers  the  remaining  distance  for  a  touchdown. 
The  try  at  goal  fails.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  O'Dea  re- 
turns. Minnesota  fumbles  and  Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on 
their  opponent's  35-yard  line.  Minnesota  puts  up  a  stub- 
born defence  and  O'Dea  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  misses. 
Loomis  kicks  out  to  O'Dea  and  the  latter  runs  back  30 


MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN 


339 


yards.  Forrest,  Peele,  and  Gregg  reach  the  4-yard  line. 
Peele  is  sent  through  centre  for  a  touchdown.  Gregg  kicks 
the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  rushes  the 
ball  to  Minnesota's  40-yard  line,  where  it  is  lost  on  downs. 
Minnesota  is  soon  forced  to  punt.  Wisconsin  starts  a 
fierce  attack  on  their  opponent's  line  and  steadily  forces  the 
ball  to  the  last  line,  which  Joliffe  crosses  for  a  touchdown. 
O'Dea  kicks  the  goal. 


Minnesota  vs. 

Wisconsin 

Madison,  Oct. 

29,  1898 

MINNESOTA 

WISCONSIN 

V.  Von  Schlegel, 

Left  End, 

E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 

R.  Gray, 

THt  Tackle, 

A.  H.  Curtis,  '02. 

(f        (1 

I.  Mather,  'OL 

A.  N.  Smith, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  R.  Chamberlain,  '99. 

L.  A.  Page, 

Centre, 

A.  A.  Chamberlain,  '99,  Cpt. 

C.  Nicoulin, 

Right  Guard, 

C.  Yeager,  'OL 

G.  Anderson, 

Right  Tackle, 

f.  T.  S.  Lyle,  '00. 

H.  A.  Scandrett, 

Right  End, 

W.  Fugitt,  'OL 

H.  C.  Adams, 

Quarter-back, 

P.  H.  Tratt,  'OL 

(( 

H.  E.  Bradley,  'OL 

G.  Otte, 

Left  Half, 

W.  M.  Joliffe,  P.  G. 

G.  B.  Coleman, 

Right  Half, 

A.  F.  Larson,  '02. 

G.  R.  Shepley, 

Full-back, 

E.  S.  Anderson,  '99. 

Referee:  Evarts  Wrenn,  '92,  Harvard.  Umpire:  R.  D.  Wrenn, 
'95,  Harvard.  Score:  Minnesota  0,  Wisconsin  28.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  A.  F.  Larson,  goal  by  E.  S.  Anderson;  touchdown  by  A.  F. 
Larson,  goal  by  E.  S.  Anderson;  touchdown  by  H.  R.  Chamberlain; 
touchdown  and  goal  by  E.  S.  Anderson.  Second  Half:  Touchdown 
by  E.  B.  Cochems. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Anderson  kicks  off,  Minnesota  fumbles,  Larson  gets  the 
ball  and  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Anderson  kicks 
the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  then  holds  Wisconsin 
for  no  gain.  Anderson  punts.  For  a  long  time  play  swings 
back  and  forth  between  the  35-yard  lines.     At  last  Larson 


340  FOOTBALL 

gets  around  Minnesota's  end  and  runs  35  yards  for  a  touch- 
down. Anderson  makes  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and 
Wisconsin  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage  on  the  20- 
yard  line.  End  runs,  line  plunges,  and  trick  plays  follow 
one  another  in  rapid  succession  and  the  ball  is  carried  to 
Minnesota's  3-yard  line,  where  the  latter  takes  the  ball  on 
downs.  The  ball  is  kicked  out  to  the  20-yard  line.  Lar- 
son makes  5,  Joliffe  5,  Larson  3,  and  Joliffe  reaches  the  2- 
yard  mark.  H.  R.  Chamberlain  breaks  through  centre  for  a 
touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Minnesota  kicks  off 
and  Anderson  runs  the  ball  back  20  yards.  Tratt  circles 
the  end  for  20  more.  Joliffe  and  Anderson  hit  the  line  for 
continual  gains  until  the  5-yard  line  is  reached.  Anderson 
is  shot  through  centre  for  a  touchdown.  A  moment  later 
he  kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin, 
putting  the  ball  down  for  scrimmage  at  20,  forces  the  way 
by  short  line  plunges  until  Minnesota's  3-yard  mark  is 
reached,  where  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Shepley  runs  the 
kick  back  10  yards  and  then  punts.  The  ball  for  some  time 
changes  sides  frequently  on  punts  and  downs  and  play  does 
not  pass  either  35-yard  line.  Minnesota  forms  to  punt  on 
the  45-yard  line.  The  Wisconsin  forwards  come  through 
and  the  kick  is  blocked.  Anderson  gets  the  ball  and  runs 
20  yards.  Another  end  run  and  a  penalty  place  the  ball 
on  Minnesota's  10-yard  line.  Cochems  skirts  the  end  for 
a  touchdown.     Anderson  kicks  the  goal. 

Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 


^ 

Minneapolis,  Nov. 

18, 

1899 

MINNESOTA 

WISCONSIN 

G.  Dobie, 

Left  End, 

E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 

«                 K 

W.  Juneau,  '04. 

G.  Otte, 

Left  Tackle, 

E.  R.  Blair,  '03. 

B.  Aune, 

Left  Guard, 

A.  C.  Lerum,  '03. 

MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN 


341 


WISCONSIN 

A.  A.  Chamberlain,  '99. 
C.  W.  Rodgers,  P.  G. 
A.  H.  Curtis,  '02. 

F.  S.  Hyman,  '02. 

G.  H.  Wilmarth,  P.  G. 
H.  J.  Peele,  '99. 

G.  Senn,  '01. 
S.  E.  Driver,  '03. 
W.  M.  Joliffe,  P.  G. 
P.  J.  O'Dea,  '00,  Capt. 


MINNESOTA 

L.  A.  Page,  Centre, 

F.  Tift,  Right  Guard, 
R.  Gray,  Right  Tackle, 
H.  A.  Scandrett,  Right  End, 

G.  E.  Cole,  Quarter-back, 
G.  W.  Evans,  Left  Half, 

W.  Keinboltz,  Right  Half, 

F.  Cameron,  "         " 

W.  C.  Knowlton,  Full-back, 

Referee:  W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  B.  Burtt,  '99, 
Army.  Score:  Minnesota  0,  Wisconsin  19.  Second  Half:  Goal  from 
field  by  P.  J.  O'Dea;  touchdown  by  E.  B.  Cochems,  goal  by  P.  J. 
O'Dea;  touchdown  by  F.  S.  Hyman,  goal  by  P.  J.  O'Dea;  safety  by 
W.  C.  Knowlton. 

First  Half:  Wisconsin  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Knowlton  kicks  off  and  Wilmarth  runs  the  ball  back  10 
yards.  0*Dea  punts  and  Wisconsin  recovers  the  kick  on 
Minnesota's  40-yard  line.  Unable  to  gain  by  rushing, 
O'Dea  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  misses  the  post.  Knowlton 
kicks  out  to  centre  and  O'Dea  runs  the  ball  back  20  yards. 
O'Dea  tries  another  drop,  but  again  misses.  Minnesota 
gets  the  ball  on  the  15-yard  line.  Aune  gets  through  for 
a  run  of  30  yards.  Wisconsin  stands  firm  and  Minnesota 
punts.  Several  kicks  are  exchanged  and  a  fumble  gives 
Minnesota  the  ball  on  Wisconsin's  30-yard  line.  The  latter 
takes  the  ball  on  downs.  Play  during  the  rest  of  this  half 
is  confined  between  the  35-yard  lines. 

Second  Half:  O'Dea  kicks  off  and  Knowlton  returns  the 
kick  to  centre.  Driver,  Peele,  and  Curtis  advance  the  ball 
to  Minnesota's  20-yard  line.  O'Dea  on  a  fake  kick  makes 
10  yards  more.  Two  plunges  into  the  line  net  5.  Minne- 
sota holds  for  downs  and  takes  the  ball  on  the  2-yard 
mark.  Knowlton  punts  and  O'Dea  heels  a  fair  catch  on 
the  35-yard  line.     The  try  at  goal  is  missed.     Minnesota 


342 


FOOTBALL 


kicks  out  and  Wisconsin  recovers  the  ball  on  the  25-yard 
line.  Unable  to  gain  by  rushing,  O'Dea  falls  back  and 
drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and 
O'Dea  returns  the  kick  to  centre.  Punts  are  exchanged. 
Minnesota  puts  the  ball  down  for  scrimmage  on  their 
5-yard  line.  Knowlton  falls  behind  the  line  to  punt.  Coch- 
ems  is  through  and  blocks  the  kick,  falling  on  the  ball  for 
a  touchdown.  O'Dea  kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks 
off  and  O'Dea  returns.  Minnesota  tries  the  line,  but  is 
forced  to  punt.  Hyman  blocks  the  kick  and  picking  up 
the  ball  runs  40  yards  for  a  touchdown.  O'Dea  kicks  the 
goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  by  several 
rushes  and  kicks  transfers  the  ball  into  Minnesota's  terri- 
tory. 0*Dea  tries  a  drop  kick  from  the  45-yard  line,  but 
misses.  Knowlton  catches  on  his  5-yard  line.  Minnesota 
fumbles  and  the  ball  rolls  behind  the  goal-line.  Knowlton 
recovers  it  for  a  safety.     Time  is  then  called. 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 


3,  1900 

WISCONSIN 

E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 

A.  C.  Abbott,  '04. 

A.  A.  Chamberlain,  '99,  Cpt. 

J.  P.  Riordan,  '98. 
E.  Scow,  '01. 
A.  C.  Lenim,  '03. 
A.  H.  Curtis,  '02. 
W.  Juneau,  '04. 
P.  H.  Tratt,  '01. 
A.  L.  Marshall,  '04. 
A.  F.  Larson,  '02. 
W.  E.  Schreiber,  '04. 
S.  E.  Driver  '03. 

Referee:  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95,  Harvard.  Umpire:  Evarts  Wrenn,  '92, 
Harvard.  Score:  Minnesota  6,  Wisconsin  5.  First  Half:  Touchdown 
by  E.  B.  Cochems;  touchdown  by  B.  Aune,  goal  by  W.  C.  Knowlton. 


MINNESOTA 

B.  Aune,  '01, 

C.  S.  Fee, 
P.  S.  Smith, 
J.  G.  Flynn, 
L.  A.  Page, 
G.  F.  Mueller, 
H.  C.  Tweet, 
C.  Hoyt, 

G.  Dobie, 
W.  S.  Lafans, 
H.  Van  Valkenburg, 
W.  C.  Knowlton, 


Minneapolis,  Nov. 

Left  End, 
«        « 

Left  Tackle, 

«         (( 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back, 


MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN  343 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Knowlton  runs  the  kick  back  10 
yards.  By  mass  plays  Minnesota  sends  Lafans  and  Van 
Valkenburg  forward  15  yards,  where  they  are  held  for 
downs.  Wisconsin  cannot  gain  and  Minnesota  takes  the 
ball  on  downs.  A  fumble  at  once  transfers  it  back  to  Wis- 
consin. Marshall  and  Larson  hit  the  line  for  15  yards. 
Several  penalties  take  the  ball  to  Minnesota's  5-yard  line. 
Minnesota  holds  until  the  last  down,  when  Wisconsin  gets 
off  a  quarter-back  kick,  which  Cochems  recovers  and 
secures  a  touchdown.  The  try  at  goal  fails.  Minnesota 
kicks  off,  sending  the  ball  across  the  goal-line.  Wisconsin 
kicks  out.  Minnesota  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage 
at  midfield.  Van  Valkenburg,  Lafans,  and  Knowlton  hit 
the  centre  for  repeated  gains,  taking  the  ball  to  Wiscon- 
sin's 5-yard  line.  Aune  goes  through  for  a  touchdown. 
Knowlton  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Minne- 
sota returns  the  kick.  Wisconsin  hits  their  opponent's 
line  for  a  total  of  25  yards  and  then  are  held  for  downs. 
Van  Valkenburg  circles  the  end  for  30  yards.  Wiscon- 
sin takes  the  ball  on  downs  on  its  10-yard  line.  Driver 
punts. 

Second  Half:  Knowlton  kicks  off.  Wisconsin  starts 
upon  the  20-yard  line,  and  hitting  the  line  for  continual  gains 
of  5  yards,  carries  the  ball  to  Minnesota's  18-yard  mark, 
Larson  and  Marshall  being  used  repeatedly.  Minnesota 
stands  firm  and  takes  the  ball  on  fourth  down.  Knowlton 
punts.  Wisconsin  fumbles,  and  Minnesota,  regaining  the 
ball,  again  punts.  Wisconsin  returns  the  kick  to  Minne- 
sota's 40.  Knowlton  punts  to  Wisconsin's  25.  Again  Wis- 
consin starts  a  heavy  attack  on  the  Minnesota  line  and  carries 
the  ball  to  their  opponent's  15-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is 
lost  on  downs.  Minnesota  tries  three  plunges  into  the  line, 
netting  30  yards,  and  then  punts  to  Wisconsin's  35.     Punts 


344 


FOOTBALL 


are  exchanged  and  Tratt  tries  a  drop  kick  for  goal,  but 
misses.  Wisconsin  rushes  the  ball  to  Minnesota's  35-yard 
line,  where  time  is  called. 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Nov.  16,  1901 


MINNESOTA 

E.  L.  Rogers, 
C.  S.  Fee, 

J.  G.  Flynn, 

L.  A.  Page, 

M.  L.  Strathem, 

F.  Schacht, 
B.  Aune, 

G.  Dobie, 

W.  W.  Thorpe, 
W.  S.  Lafans, 
W.  C.  Knowlton, 


WISCONSIN 


Left  End. 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back, 


A.  C.  Abbott,  '04. 
E.  J.  Haumerson,  '03. 
A.  C.  Lerum,  '03. 
E.  Scow,  '01. 
W.  A.  Wescott,  '03. 
A.  H.Curtis, '02,  Capt. 
W.  Juneau,  '03. 
A.  L.  Marshall,  '04. 
E.  B.  Cochems,  '00. 
A.  F.  Larson,  '02. 
S.  E.  Driver,  '03. 


Referee:  R.  T.  Hoagland,  '95,  Princeton.  Umpire:  W.  S.  Kennedy, 
'00,  Chicago.  Score:  Minnesota  0,  Wisconsin  18.  First  Half:  Safety 
by  G.  Dobie;  touchdown  by  A.  H.  Curtis,  goal  by  W.  Juneau;  touch- 
down by  A.  F.  Larson;  touchdown  by  A.  H.  Curtis. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Driver  kicks  off  and  Knowlton  runs  the  ball  back  20  yards. 
Knowlton  punts  to  centre.  Wisconsin  hits  the  line  twice 
without  gain  and  Driver  returns  the  ball.  Minnesota  is 
forced  to  punt  from  behind  the  line.  Haumerson  blocks  the 
kick,  but  Dobie  falls  on  it  for  a  safety.  Minnesota  kicks  out 
to  centre  and  recovers  ball  on  a  fumble.  Flynn  runs  to 
the  15-yard  line.  Wisconsin  takes  ball  on  downs  at  8-yard 
mark.  Driver  punts  to  centre.  Minnesota  by  mass  plays 
forces  the  ball  to  the  10-yard  line,  where  Knowlton  is  forced 
to  try  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Wisconsin  kicks  out 
and  recovers  ball  on  the  45-yard  line.  Driver  kicks  to 
Minnesota's  25-yard  line  and  again  recovers  the  ball  on  a 
fumble.     Minnesota  holds  for  downs  and  punts  to  centre. 


MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN  345 

Larson  skirts  the  end  for  25  yards.  Larson  plunges  through 
the  line  and  reaches  the  5-yard  line.  Minnesota  holds  for 
downs  and  takes  the  ball  1  yard  from  the  line.  Knowlton 
punts  to  the  55-yard  line  and  Larson  runs  the  kick  back 
to  the  2-yard  line.  Curtis  goes  over  for  a  touchdown. 
Juneau  kicks  the  goal.  Knowlton  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin 
runs  the  kick  out  to  the  40-yard  line.  Larson  circles  the 
end  for  30  yards.  Kicks  are  exchanged,  and  Cochems, 
catching  the  return,  runs  to  the  10-yard  line.  Juneau  tries 
for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Minnesota  kicks  out,  Wis- 
consin returns  and  recovers  a  fumble  on  their  opponent's 
20-yard  line.  Larson  breaks  through  for  a  touchdown. 
Juneau  misses  the  goal.  Knowlton  kicks  off  and  Driver 
runs  the  kick  off  to  Minnesota's  35-yard  line.  Minnesota 
takes  the  ball  on  downs,  but  fumbles  on  the  first  line-up. 
Curtis  gets  the  ball  and  dashes  across  the  line  for  a  touch- 
down.    No  goal. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Marshall  runs  the 
ball  out  to  the  35-yard  line.  Driver  punts  to  Minnesota's 
35.  The  latter  by  line  plays  reaches  Wisconsin's  40-yard 
line,  where  the  ball  is  lost  on  a  fumble.  Larson  skirts  the 
end  for  35  yards.  Wisconsin  punts.  Minnesota  forces  it 
back  by  line  plays  to  Wisconsin's  35,  where  the  latter  takes 
the  ball  on  downs  and  Driver  punts.  A  long  punting  duel 
now  ensues.  Wisconsin  begins  a  scrimmage  on  the  45- 
yard  line.  Larson  makes  25.  Kicks  again  are  exchanged 
and  time  is  called. 

Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Nov.  15,  1902 

MINNESOTA  WISCONSIN 

E.  L.  Rogers,  Left  End,  A.  C.  Abbott,  '04,  Capt 

"        "  A.  R.  Findlay,  '06. 

J.  B.  Warren,  Left  Tac.ke,  F.  A.  Long,  '05. 

J.  G.  Flynn,  Left  Guard,  W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 


346 


FOOTBALL 


MINNESOTA 

M.  L.  Strathern, 

P.  S.  Smith, 

F.  Schacht, 

R.  Gray, 

S.  Harris, 

O.  N.  Davies, 

H.  Van  Valkenburg, 

J.  B.  Irsfield, 

W.  W.  Thorpe, 

W.  C.  Knowlton, 


WISCONSIN 

Centre,  E.  Scow,  '04. 

Right  Guard,  A.  C.  Lerum,  '03. 

Right  Tackle,  E.  J.  Haumerson,  '03. 

Right  End,  J.  I.  Bush,  '06. 

Quarter-back,  J.  G.  Fogg,  '04. 

Left  Half,  E.  J.  Vanderboom,  '06. 

<(       « 

Right  Half,  C.  D.  Marsh,  '06. 

W.  F.  Moffatt,  '02. 
Full-back,  W.  F.  Moffatt,  '02. 

W.  E.  Driver,  '03. 

Referee:  T.  L.  Burkland,  '99,  Illinois.  Umpire:  B.  P.  Gale,  '06, 
Chicago.     Score:  Minnesota  11,  Wisconsin  0. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Minnesota  by  mass  plays  rushes 
the  ball  to  centre,  where  Wisconsin  holds  and  Knowlton 
punts.  Kicks  are  exchanged  and  the  ball  goes  to  Wiscon- 
sin on  a  fumble.  Minnesota  at  once  takes  the  ball  on 
downs.  Van  Valkenburg  hits  Wisconsin's  line  for  re- 
peated gains  and  reaches  their  45-yard  line,  where  the  latter 
holds.  A  punting  duel  now  ensues  which  lasts  throughout 
the  remainder  of  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Fogg  runs  the  ball 
back  15  yards.  Minnesota  holds  and  Wisconsin  punts. 
Harris  circles  the  end  for  15  yards.  Van  Valkenburg  gains 
three  yards  in  two  plunges.  Schacht  skirts  the  end  for  15. 
Van  Valkenburg  goes  through  centre  for  8.  The  ball  is  now 
on  Wisconsin's  2-yard  mark.  Van  Valkenburg  goes  through 
tackle  for  a  touchdown.  Knowlton  kicks  the  goal.  Wis- 
consin kicks  off  and  Harris  runs  the  ball  out  10  yards.  Van 
Valkenburg  makes  5  through  the  line.  Wisconsin  takes  the 
ball  on  a  fumble.  Vanderboom  circles  the  end  for  30  yards. 
Moffat  and  Vanderboom  alternate  rapidly  on  each  side  of 
the  line  and  take  the  ball  to  Minnesota's  5-yard  line,  where 
the  latter  holds  for  downs.     Knowlton  punts.     Minnesota 


MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN 


347 


recovers  the  ball  and  Thorpe  and  Schacht  make  15  yards. 
Van  Valkenburg  makes  8,  Warren  3,  Van  Valkenburg  12. 
The  ball  reaches  Wisconsin's  35-yard  line,  where  the  latter 
holds  for  2  downs  and  Knowlton  tries  a  place  kick,  but 
misses.  Minnesota  gets  the  ball  and  on  a  fumble  Strathern 
picks  up  the  ball  and  runs  10  yards  for  a  touchdown.  The 
try  at  goal  fails. 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Nov.  26,  1903 


MINNESOTA 

E.  L.  Rogers, 
G.  B.  Webster, 
J.  B.  Warren, 
M.  L.  Strathern, 
W.  W.  Thorpe, 

F.  Schacht, 

U.  L.  Burdick, 
S.  Harris, 
O.  N.  Davies, 
J.  B.  Irsfield, 
E.  H.  Current. 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back. 


WISCONSIN 

A.  C.  Abbott,  '04,  Capt. 
A.  R.  Findlay,  '06. 
W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 
R.  W.  Remp,  '05. 
H.  R.  Chamberlain,  '06. 
C.  Washer,  '05. 
J.  I.  Bush,  '06. 
J.  G.  Fogg,  '04. 

E.  J.  Vanderboom,  '06. 
W.  M.  Baine,  '07. 

H.  A.  Schofield,  '04. 

F.  M.  Clark,  '07. 


Referee:  T.  L.  Burkland,  '99,  Illinois.  Umpire:  B.  P.  Gale,  '06, 
Chicago.  Score:  Minnesota  17,  Wisconsin  0.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down by  F.  Schacht,  goal  by  E.  L.  Rogers;  touchdown  by  F.  Schacht, 
goal  by  W.  W.  Thorpe;  touchdown  by  U.  L.  Burdick. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goaL 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Harris  runs  the  kick  back  20  yards. 
Line  plays  take  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  45-yard  line,  where 
the  ball  goes  to  the  latter  on  a  fumble.  Bush  punts  to  mid- 
field.  Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble  and  Bush  punts 
to  Minnesota's  10.  Minnesota  rushes  the  ball  back  to  mid- 
field  and  again  fumbles.  Bush  punts  and  again  Minnesota 
by  line  plunges  brings  the  ball  back  to  centre,  where  this 
time  Wisconsin  holds  for  downs.  The  latter  cannot  gain 
and  Bush  punts.     Several  series  of  kicks  are  exchanged  and 


348  FOOTBALL 

Wisconsin  secures  the  ball  on  a  fumble  on  Minnesota's  35. 
Baine  misses  a  place  kick.  Following  the  kick-out  and  a 
return  Wisconsin  takes  the  ball  on  downs  on  Minnesota's 
35-yard  line.  Two  rushes  fail  to  gain  and  Baine  tries 
but  misses  a  drop  kick  for  goal.  Time  is  called  for  the 
half. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Vanderboom  runs 
the  ball  back  18  yards.  Bush  punts  to  centre.  Schacht 
makes  8,  Irsfield  4,  Davies  3,  Schacht  10,  and  by  short 
gains  the  ball  travels  rapidly  to  Wisconsin's  10-yard  line. 
Davies  makes  1,  Irsfield  4,  and  Schacht  covers  the  remain- 
ing distance  for  a  touchdown.  Rogers  kicks  the  goal. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Minnesota  punts  to  midfield. 
Kicks  are  exchanged.  Minnesota  gets  ball  at  centre. 
Schacht  circles  the  end  and  reaches  the  8-yard  line.  He 
again  gets  away  and  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
Thorpe  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Burdick 
runs  the  kick  back  20  yards.  Kicks  are  exchanged.  Haines 
and  Schacht  in  4  long  runs  carry  the  ball  65  yards,  planting 
it  on  Wisconsin's  20-yard  line.  Davies  makes  3,  Schacht  4, 
Burdick  6,  Davies  4,  Burdick  over  for  a  touchdown.  The 
try  at  goal  fails.  Following  the  kick-off  the  ball  is  rushed 
into  Wisconsin's  territory,  where  Harris  and  Davies  each 
try  a  place  kick  for  goal,  but  fail.  Time  is  called  with  the 
ball  at  centre. 

Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Nov.  12,  1904 

MINNESOTA  WISCONSIN 

R.  Marshall,  Left  End,  A.  R.  Findlay,  '06. 

"        "  C.  S.  Perry,  '07. 

T.  Vita,  Left  Tackle,  W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 

G.  L.  Case,  "         "  F.  E.  Hunt,  '08. 

W.  W.  Thorpe,  Left  Guard,  L.  P.  Donovan,  '06. 

M.  L.  Strathem,  Centre,  R.  W.  Remp,  '05. 

M.  W.  Ricker,  Right  Guard,  H.  Fleischer,  '07. 


MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN 


349 


MINNESOTA 

P.  P.  Brush, 
F.  P.  Burgan, 
S.  Harris, 

F.  Hunter, 
O.  N.  Davies, 

G.  E.  Kremer, 

E.  H.  Current, 


Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
«      « 

Right  Half, 
«        « 

Full-back, 


WISCONSIN 

J.  E.  O'Brien,  '05. 
T.  H.  Brindley,  '03. 
J.  I.  Bush,  '06,  Capt. 
G.  W.  Jones,  '07. 

E.  J.  Vanderboom,  *06. 

V.  Wrabetz,  '03. 

D.  Stromquist,  P.  G. 

F.  M.  Clark,  '07. 


Referee:  R.  C.  Hamill,  '99,  Chicago.  Umpire:  S.  C.  Williams,  '01, 
Iowa.  Score:  Minnesota  28,  Wisconsin  0.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
G.  E.  Kremer,  goal  by  E.  H.  Current;  touchdown  by  O.  N.  Davies, 
goal  by  S.  Harris.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  H.  Current; 
touchdown  by  G.  E.  Kremer;  touchdown  by  G.  E.  Kremer,  goal  by 
E.  H.  Current. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Current  runs  the  kick  back  10 
yards.  Davies  makes  20  around  the  end.  Six  plunges  take 
the  ball  to  the  5-yard  line,  from  which  Kremer  goes  over 
for  a  touchdown  and  Current  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin 
kicks  off  and  recovers  the  ball  on  a  fumble.  Jones  tries  a 
drop  kick  for  goal,  but  misses.  Minnesota  g'^is  the  ball 
before  it  crosses  the  line  and  starts  a  scrimmage.  By  line 
plays  the  ball  is  carried  to  Wisconsin's  20-yard  line,  where 
the  latter  takes  the  ball  on  downs.  Line  plays  yield  35- 
yards  and  an  on-side  kick  is  recovered  by  Wisconsin  on 
Minnesota's  35-yard  line.  Minnesota  holds  and  Jones  tries 
a  place  kick,  but  misses.  Minnesota  rushes  the  ball  to 
Wisconsin's  15-yard  line,  where  it  is  lost  on  downs.  Several 
kicks  are  now  exchanged.  Minnesota  gets  ball  at  centre 
and  Davies  circles  the  end  for  50  yards.  On  the  next  play 
he  breaks  through  the  centre  for  a  touchdown.  Harris  kicks 
the  goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Minnesota  carries  the 
ball  to  Wisconsin's  30-yard  line,  where,  being  held  for  2 
downs,  Harris  tries  a  drop  kick  for  goal,  but  misses.     Jones 


350 


FOOTBALL 


punts  out  and  Minnesota  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage 
on  the  45-yard  line  as  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  recovers  the  ball 
on  a  fumble  on  their  opponent's  30-yard  line.  Davies 
makes  15  yards  around  the  end.  Three  plunges  reach  the 
5-yard  line.  Current  goes  over  for  the  touchdown.  The  try 
at  goal  fails.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Davies  runs  the  ball 
back  20  yards.  Minnesota  now  begins  a  steady  advance 
down  the  field  yard  by  yard  until  Kremer  crosses  the  last 
line  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Wisconsin  kicks 
off  and  Bush  returns  the  kick.  Minnesota  gets  the  ball  at 
centre  and  again  starts  a  steady  advance  down  the  field, 
Kremer  finally  being  pushed  through  centre  for  a  touch- 
down.    Current  kicks  the 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Nov.  4,  1905. 


MINNESOTA 

R.  Marshall, 
W.  Ittner, 
T.  Vita, 
J.  A.  Kjelland, 

D.  D.  Smith, 
P.  P.  Brush, 

F.  P.  Burgan, 

G.  F.  Weisel, 
A.  Larkin, 

J.  P.  Cutting, 
G.  E.  Kremer, 

E.  H.  Current, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


WISCONSIN 

T.  H.  Brindley,  '03. 
W.  A.  Berthke,  '06. 
L.  P.  Donovan,  '06. 
R.  W.  Remp,  '05. 
W.  A.  Gelbach,  '07. 
C.  N.  Dering,  '06. 
J.  I.  Bush,  '06. 
A.  B.  Melzner,  '06. 

E.  J.  Vanderboom,  '06,  Capt. 
A.  R.  Findlay,  '06. 
L.  E.  Roseth,  '08. 


Referee:  H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army.  Umpire:  T.  L.  Burkland,  '99, 
Illinois.  Score:  Minnesota  12,  Wisconsin  16.  First  Half:  Touchdown 
by  W.  Ittner,  goal  by  J.  P.  Cutting;  touchdown  by  A.  R.  Findlay, 
goal  by  J.  I.  Bush;  touchdown  by  A.  R.  Findlay,  goal  by  J.  I.  Bush. 
Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  A.  B.  Melzner;  touchdown  and  goal 
by  J.  P.  Cutting. 


MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN  351 

First  Half:  Wisconsin  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Findlay  runs  the  ball  back  10 
yards.  After  a  few  short  gains  Bush  punts  40  yards.  Kicks 
are  exchanged  and  Minnesota  puts  the  ball  down  for  a 
scrimmage  on  the  50-yard  line.  Short  line  plunges  by  Cut- 
ting, Current,  and  Kremer  carry  the  ball  to  the  7-yard 
mark,  from  which  Ittner  breaks  through  for  a  touchdown. 
Cutting  kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Vander- 
boom  runs  the  kick  back  3  yards.  Wisconsin  by  line  plays 
advances  the  ball  to  midfield,  where  Minnesota  takes  it  on 
downs  and  punts  to  Wisconsin's  20-yard  line.  Findlay  gets 
around  the  end  on  the  second  down  and  runs  85  yards  for 
a  touchdown.  Bush  kicks  the  goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off 
and  Minnesota  runs  the  ball  out  10  yards.  Unable  to  pierce 
the  line  Current  punts  to  midfield.  Bush  punts  back  to  the 
10-yard  line.  Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble.  Min- 
nesota holds  and  Melzner  misses  a  drop  kick.  Minnesota 
punts  out.  Kicks  are  exchanged.  Wisconsin  puts  the  ball 
down  for  a  scrimmage  on  the  25-yard  line.  Findlay  circles 
the  end  and  runs  80  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Bush  kicks 
the  goal. 

Second  Half:  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Kremer  runs  the 
kick  back  20  yards.  Larkin  punts  to  midfield.  Wisconsin 
runs  the  ball  back  20  yards  and  Melzner  tries  but  misses 
a  drop  kick  for  goal.  Larkin  punts  to  centre.  Bush  re- 
turns the  kick  and  Wisconsin  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble  on 
Minnesota's  5-yard  line.  Minnesota  holds  for  downs  and 
takes  the  ball.  Kremer  kicks  to  midfield.  Wisconsin  runs 
the  ball  back  15  yards.  Melzner  drops  a  field  goal  from 
the  40-yard  line.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Larkin  runs 
the  kick  back  30  yards.  Minnesota  punts  and  Wisconsin 
by  line  plays  carries  the  ball  to  their  opponents'  20-yard  line, 
where  the  ball  is  lost  on  downs.  Minnesota  punts  to  the 
45-yard  line.     Bush  returns  the  kick.     Cutting  gets  through 


352 


FOOTBALL 


the  line  and  runs  80  yards  for  a  touchdown.     He  also 
kicks  the  goal.    Wisconsin  kicks  off,  and  getting  the  ball  on 
the  return,  Melzner  tries  a  drop  kick  for  goal,  but  misses. 
Time  is  soon  called. 
1906,  no  game. 

Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Madison,  Nov.  23,  1907 


WISCONSIN 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
<(  (( 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back. 


H.  B.  Rogers,  '09. 
F.  E.  Boyle,  '10. 
L.  H.  Huntley,  '08. 

E.  O.  Stiehm,  '09. 
T.  R.  Davidson,  '08. 
P.  J.  Murphy,  '10. 

F.  A.  Dittman,  '08. 

J.  Messmer,  '09,  Capt. 
C.  J.  Cunningham,  '09. 
R.  A.  Fucik,  '10. 
R.  W.  Mucklestone,  '09. 
J.  W.  Wilce,  '10. 


MINNESOTA 

E.  T.  Chestnut, 
J.  P.  Young, 
A.  G.  Molstad, 
J.  A.  Kjelland, 
W.  J.  Bandelin,  * 
G.  L.  Case, 

W.  H.  Radermacher, 
E.  D.  Coughlan, 
G.  Capron, 
J.  R.  Schuknecht, 
N.  Dunn, 

Referee:  A.  W.  Kelly,  '98,  Princeton.  Umpire:  N.  W.  Snow,  '02, 
Michigan.  Score:  Minnesota  17,  Wisconsin  17.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  J.  W.  Wilce,  goal  by  R.  W.  Mucklestone;  touchdown  by  N. 
Dunn;  touchdown  and  goal  by  R.  W.  Mucklestone;  goal  from  field 
by  G.  Capron;  goal  from  field  by  G.  Capron;  touchdown  by  R.  W. 
Mucklestone.    Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  G.  Capron. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Capron  runs  the  ball  back  to  the 
20-yard  line.  Capron  punts  to  centre.  Wisconsin  returns. 
Minnesota  fumbles  and  the  ball  goes  to  opponents.  Muck- 
lestone recovers  a  forward  pass  and  gains  25  yards.  Fucik 
and  Wilce  plunge  forward  to  the  10-yard  line.  Wilce 
makes  5  and  on  the  next  play  crosses  the  line  for  a  touch- 
down. Mucklestone  kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off 
and  Wisconsin  punts  and  recovers  the  ball  on  the  45-yard 
line.  Minnesota  immediately  recovers  on  a  fumble.  A 
long  forward  pass  takes  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  15-yard  line. 


MINNESOTA  VS.   WISCONSIN  353 

Schuknecht  is  sent  twice  into  the  line,  netting  5  yards  on 
each  plunge.  Dunn  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal 
is  missed.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Schuknecht  runs  back 
15  yards.  Unable  to  gain  Dunn  punts.  Mucklestone  re- 
covers a  long  forward  pass  and  reaches  Minnesota's  10-yard 
line.  Wilce  makes  5  and  Mucklestone  takes  the  ball  across 
and  also  kicks  the  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  recovers 
the  ball  on  a  fumble  on  their  opponent's  30-yard  line. 
Schuknecht  makes  10.  Capron  drops  a  fieM  goal.  Wis- 
consin kicks  off  and  Schuknecht  runs  the  ball  back  20 
vards.  On  the  line-up  he  circles  the  end  for  30  more. 
Capron  drops  another  field  goal  from  the  45-yard  line. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Minnesota  returns  the  kick. 
Mucklestone  in  two  attempts  at  end  gains  35  yards  and  on 
a  third  trial  makes  a  touchdown.     The  goal  is  missed. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Mucklestone  runs 
the  ball  back  20  yards  and  then  punts  to  Minnesota's  45. 
Capron  goes  through  the  line  for  5.  Schuknecht  makes 
5  more.  Capron  adds  15  and  then  drops  a  field  goal  from 
the  45-yard  line.  Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Minnesota  by 
kicks  and  runs  transfers  the  play  into  their  opponent's  ter- 
ritory. Capron  three  times  tries  for  further  field  goals. 
Two  of  his  tries  are  blocked  and  the  third  misses  the  post. 
Both  teams  punt  continually,  but  neither  goal  is  again 
threatened. 

Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 
Minneapolis,  Nov.  7,  1908 

MINNESOTA  WISCONSIN 

L.  Pettijohn,  '10,  Left  End,  F.  E.  Rogers,  '09,  Capt. 

J.  P.  Young,  Left  Tackle,  F.  E.  Boyle,  '10. 

P.  M.  Ostrand,  '10,  Left  Guard,  J.  Mesmer,  '09. 

O.  E.  Safford,  '10,  Centre,  E.  O.  Stiehm,  '09. 

R.  M.  Rosenwald,  '13,  Right  Guard,  C.  E.  Dreutzer,  '09. 

H.  E.  Farnam,  '10,  Right  Tackle,  O.  P.  Osthoff,  '10. 

W.  H.  Radermacher,  '10,  Right  End,  J.  P.  Dean,  '11. 


354  FOOTBALL 

MINNESOTA  WISCONSIN 

J.  F.  McGovern,  Quarter-back,  J.  Moll,  '11. 

L.  Johnson,  Left  Half,  C.  J.  Cunningham,  '09. 

R.  W.  Mucklestone,  '09. 
F.  Hubbard,  Right  Half,  H.  Culver,  '10. 

A.  F.  Flankers,  Full-back,  J.  W.  Wilce,  '10. 

Referee:  H.  Haddon,  Michigan.  Umpire:  N.  W.  Snow,  '02, 
Michigan.  Score:  Minnesota  0,  Wisconsin  5.  First  Half:  Touchdown 
by  J.  Moll. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Wilce  kicks  off  and  Pettijohn  runs  the  ball  back  15  yards. 
On  the  line-up  he  punts  to  centre.  Moll  returns.  Minne- 
sota makes  10  yards  on  a  forward  pass.  Johnson  adds  10, 
Hubbard  5,  and  then  the  ball  is  worked  to  Wisconsin's 
5-yard  line,  where  the  latter  takes  it  on  downs.  Wilce 
punts  and  Wisconsin  recovers  the  ball.  Minnesota  secures 
a  forward  pass  and  punts.  Moll  returns.  Pettijohn  punts. 
Osthoff  rounds  the  end  for  15  yards.  Culver  takes  a  for- 
ward pass  for  20  yards.  Cunningham  makes  5  and  then 
Culver  takes  another  long  forward  pass  for  a  touchdown. 
No  goal.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Cunningham  runs  the 
ball  out  to  the  40-yard  line.  Punts  are  exchanged.  Moll 
heels  a  fair  catch  at  centre  and  tries  for  a  place  kick,  but 
misses.  Punts  are  exchanged  and  Moll  again  heels  a  fair 
catch  at  50  and  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Moll  runs  back  the 
kick  20  yards.  Unable  to  gain  Wisconsin  punts.  Petti- 
john returns.  Wisconsin  now  opens  a  hard  line  attack  and 
carries  the  ball  by  short  gains  40  yards,  but  is  finally  held. 
Punts  are  exchanged.  Johnson,  for  Minnesota,  three  times 
circles  the  end  and  plants  the  ball  on  Wisconsin's  25-yard 
line,  but  each  time  the  latter  holds  for  downs  and  Moll  by  a 
long  punt  returns  the  ball  to  midfield.  The  game  is  called 
with  the  ball  in  Wisconsin's  possession  on  Minnesota's  8- 
yard  mark. 


MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN 


355 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 


Madison,  Nov.  13,  1909 


MINNESOTA 

J.  H.  Vidal,  '10, 

G.  A.  Schain,  '11, 

J.  C.  Walker,  '12, 

A.  Molstad,  '10, 

H.  E.  Farnam,  '10, 

H.  Powers,  '12, 

J.  A.  McCree, 

W.  H.  Radermacher,  '10, 

L.  Pettijohn,  '10, 
R.  M.  Rosenwald,  '13, 
L.  Erdahl,  '11, 
L.  C.  Stevens,  '12, 
E.  Pickering,  '11, 


Left  End, 
(t       (( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
«         « 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
«         « 

Full-back, 


WISCONSIN 

R.  Fucik,  '10. 

F.  E.  Boyle,  '10. 

A.  L.  Buser,  '12. 

H.  A.  Arpin,  '11. 

W.  F.  Mackmiller,'12. 

R.  lakisch,  '10. 

J.  P.  Dean,  '11. 

O.  P.  Osthoff,  '10, 

J.  Moll,  '11. 

H.  Culver,  '10. 

S.  W.  Andersen,  '12. 

J.  W.  Wilce,  '10,  Capt. 


Referee:  G.  W.  Beavers,  '08,  Army.  Umpire:  N.  W.  Snow,  '02, 
Michigan.  Field  Judge:  A.  B.  Fleager,  '94,  Northwestern.  Lines- 
man: J.  W.  Esterline,  '97,  Purdue.  Score:  Minnesota  34,  Wiscon- 
sin, 6.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  C.  Stevens;  touchdown  by  R. 
Fucik,  goal  by  J.  Moll;  touchdown  by  L.  Erdahl,  goal  by  E.  E.  Far- 
nam. Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  Pickering, ^oal  by  H.  E.  Far- 
nam; touchdown  by  L.  C.  Stevens,  goal  by  H.  E.  Farnam;  touchdown 
by  J.  P.  Rosenwald,  goal  by  H.  E.  Farnam;  touchdown  by  E.  Picker- 
ing. 

First  Half:  Minnesota  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Wisconsin  kicks  off  and  Pettijohn  runs  the  ball  back  15 
yards.  Minnesota  opens  a  series  of  wing  shifts  and  forward 
passes,  by  which  the  ball  is  carried  to  Wisconsin's  15-yard 
line.  Stevens  circles  the  end  for  a  touchdown.  The  try  at 
goal  fails.  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  returns  the 
kick,  recovering  the  ball  on  the  45-yard  line.  Moll  and 
Fucik  work  2  forward  passes  for  18  yards  each,  and  an 
on-side  kick  following  gives  Wisconsin  the  ball  on  their 
opponent's  6-yard  mark.  Another  forward  pass,  Moll  to 
Fucik,  scores  a  touchdown  and  Moll  kicks  the  goal.  Wiscon- 
sin kicks  off.     Minnesota,  by  a  brilliant  series  of  line  plays, 


356 


FOOTBALL 


forward  passes,  and  on-side  kicks,  carries  the  ball  to  Wiscon- 
sin's 5-yard  line,  where  it  is  lost  on  downs.  Culver  doubles 
the  end  for  30  yards.  Minnesota  recovers  the  ball  on  downs 
at  midfield  and  Pettijohn  punts.  Wisconsin  returns  and 
gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble.  Culver  again  punts.  Starting 
from  the  40-yard  line  Minnesota  takes  the  ball  by  steady 
gains  the  length  of  the  field  for  a  touchdown. 

Second  Half:  Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Anderson  runs  the 
ball  back  15  yards.  Kicks  are  exchanged.  Minnesota 
starts  a  line  attack  at  midfield.  Rosenwald,  Stevens,  and 
Rademacher  make  repeated  gains  and  at  last  plant  the 
ball  4  yards  from  Wisconsin's  goal.  Pickering  goes  through 
the  centre  for  a  touchdown  and  Farnam  kicks  the  goal. 
Minnesota  kicks  off  and  Wisconsin  returns  the  kick.  Min- 
nesota again  starts  a  line  attack,  by  which  Pickering, 
Stevens,  and  Rosenwald  reach  the  3-yard  mark,  from  which 
Stevens  goes  across  for  the  touchdown  and  Farnam  kicks 
the  goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off.  Minnesota  works  the  ball 
out  to  the  30-yard  line.  Rosenwald  gets  around  the  end 
and  runs  70  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Farnam  kicks  the 
goal.  Wisconsin  kicks  off.  On  the  line-up  Pickering  breaks 
through  and  runs  80  yards  for  a  touchdown.  No  goal. 
Time  soon  after  is  called. 


Minnesota  vs.  Wisconsin 

Minneapolis,  Nov.  12, 

1910 

MINNESOTA 

WISCONSIN 

L.  A.  Smith,  '12. 

Left  End, 

C.  C.  Chambers,  '13. 

E.  Pickering,  '11. 

((       « 

F.  G.  Carter,  '11. 

J.  C.  Walker,  '12. 

Left  Tackle, 

W.  F.  Mackmiller,  '12. 

G.  F.  Bromley,  '12. 

Left  Guard, 

M.  C.  Pierce,  '12. 

C.  Morrell,  '14. 

Centre, 

H.  A.  Arpin,  '11. 

«( 

R.  E.  Branstad,  '12. 

C.  J.  Robinson,  '13. 

Right  Guard, 

S.  Neprud,  '12. 

<(          (( 

P.  J.  Murphy,  '12. 

J.  P.  Young,  '14. 

Right  Tackle, 

A.  L.  Buser,  '12. 

MINNESOTA  VS.  WISCONSIN 


357 


MINNESOTA 

L.  Frank,  '12. 

J.  F.  McGovern,  '11. 

R.  Johnson, 

R.  M.  Rosenwald,  13. 

S.  A.  Hill, 
G.  Vanstrum, 
L.  C.  Stevens,  '12. 
A.  C.  Erdahl, 
L.  Johnson,  '12. 
L.  T.  Erdahl,  11. 


Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

(( 

Left  Half, 


Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


WISCONSIN 

E.  F.  Bunker,  '11. 
J.  P.  Dean,  '11,  Capt. 

E.  S.  Gillette,  '12. 
R.  R.  Newman,  '13. 


A.  Birch,  '11. 
C.  S.  Gilbert,  '13. 
E.  J.  Samp,  '13. 


Referee;  L.  E.  Endsley,  '01,  Purdue.  Umpire:  N.  M.  Snow,  '02, 
Michigan.  Linesman:  F.  S.  Porter,  '00,  Cornell.  Field  Judge:  A.  B. 
Fleager,  '94,  Northwestern.  Score:  Minnesota  28,  Wisconsin  0.  First 
Quarter:  Touchdown  by  L.  C.  Stevens,  goal  by  J.  F.  McGovern; 
touchdown  by  R.  Johnson;  touchdown  by  R.  Johnson,  goal  by  J.  F. 
McGovern.  Second  Quarter:  Touchdown  and  goal  by  J.  F.  McGovern. 
Third  Quarter:  Touchdown  by  R.  M.  Rosenwald. 

First  Quarter:  Wisconsin  fumbles  at  outset  of  game, 
giving  Minnesota  the  ball  on  the  15-yard  line.  In  three 
plays  the  latter  sends  Stevens  over  for  a  touchdown. 
McGovern  kicks  the  goal.  Pierce  kicks  to  McGovern  at 
15.  By  short  gains  Minnesota  reaches  midfield,  where  a 
penalty  sets  the  ball  back  5  yards.  On  the  next  play 
Rosenwald  breaks  through  the  line  and  reaches  Wisconsin's 
37-yard  mark.  Plays  and  penalties  place  the  ball  on  Wis- 
consin's 30-yard  line.  Rosenwald  skirts  the  end  to  the 
2-yard  mark.  Johnson  is  sent  across  for  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  is  missed.  Pierce  kicks  off  and  Johnson  returns. 
Minnesota  takes  the  ball  by  short  plunges  to  Wisconsin's 
20-yard  line,  where  the  latter  takes  the  ball  on  downs. 
Gillette  kicks  and  McGovern  runs  the  kick  back  to  the  25- 
yard  line.  Rosenwald  pierces  centre  for  5.  McGovern 
makes  5  more  and  Johnson  rounds  the  end  for  a  touchdown. 
McGovern  kicks  the  goal.  Pierce  kicks  off,  but  time  is 
called  soon  after. 


358  FOOTBALL 

Second  Quarter:  Gillette  loses  5  yards  and  kicks  to  Min- 
nesota's 35.  McGovern  runs  the  kick  back  to  midfield. 
Short  plunges  take  the  ball  to  Wisconsin's  8-yard  mark. 
McGovern  from  kick  formation  goes  through  centre  for  a 
touchdown.     Goal. 

Third  Quarter:  Wisconsin's  defence  strengthens,  but 
Minnesota  slowly  forces  the  line,  carrying  the  ball  by  short 
gains  to  the  5-yard  line,  from  which  Rosenwald  is  sent 
across  for  a  touchdown.     The  try  for  goal  fails. 

Fourth  Quarter:  Pierce  kicks  off.  Minnesota  puts  ball 
down  for  scrimmage  on  the  25-yard  line.  Rosenwald  kicks. 
Gillette  makes  25  yards.  Other  gains  take  the  ball  to  Min- 
nesota's 15-yard  line,  where  the  ball  is  lost  on  downs. 
Kicks  are  exchanged.  During  the  remainder  of  this  half 
play  is  confined  between  the  25-yard  lines. 


CHAPTER  XVII 
PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  15.  1873 


PRINCETON 


C.  O.  Dershimer,  74,  Capt., 

H.  C.  Beach,  74, 

H.  C.  Bittenbender,  74, 

S.  P.  Cook,  74, 

H.  Huston,  74, 

J.  H.  Vandeventer,  74, 

C.  F.  Whittlesey,  74, 

R.  Boyd,  74, 

F.  Biddle,  75, 

G.  R.  Elder.  75, 

S.  B.  Hutchinson,  75, 
I.  H.  Lionberger,  75, 
H.  Moffat,  75, 
R.  C.  Rodgers,  75, 
C.  Denny,  76, 
T.  R.  Sheets,  76, 
J.  M.  Woods,  76, 
S.  C.  Cowart,  76, 
J.  Chambers,  72, 
Wm.  Martin,  Sem., 


YALE 

W.  S.  Halsted,  74,  Capt 
H.  C.  Deming,  72. 
J.  P.  Peters,  73. 
W.  E.  D.  Stokes,  74. 
J.  L.  Scudder,  74. 
C.  D.  Waterman,  74. 
C.  E.  Humphrey,  74. 
G.  V.  Bushnell,  74. 
E.  D.  Robbins,  74. 
T.  T.  Sherman,  74. 
H.  D.  Bristol,  74. 
L.  Mellick,  74. 
W.  O.  Henderson,  74. 
G.  M.  Munn,  74. 
J.  A.  R.  Dunning,  74. 
P.  A.  Porter,  74. 
H.  J.  McBirney,  75. 

E.  V.  Baker,  77. 

F.  L.  Grinnell,  75. 
W.  H.  Hotchkiss,  75. 


Referee:  J.  M.  Harvey,  75,  Princeton.  Judges:  J.  W.  Peckett,  74, 
Princeton;  W.  Kelley,  74,  Yale.  Score:  Princeton  3  goals,  Yale  0.* 
Goals  by  H.  C.  Beach,  H.  C.  Beach,  G.  R.  Elder. 

The  game  was  played  at  Hamilton  Park.  At  precisely 
two  o'clock  the  officials  called  together  the  contesting  cap- 
tains and  tossed  the  coin.  Princeton  won  the  first  toss  and 
chose  the  south  goal.     Yale  correctly  called  the  second  toss 

*  This  game  was  played  under  the  "  Rules  of  1873,"  a  modification 
of  the  "  Association  Code." 

359 


360  FOOTBALL 

and  elected  to  give  Princeton  the  kick-off,  or  "cant,"  as  it 
was  called  at  Yale  and  "buck"  at  Princeton.  Moffat 
carefully  adjusted  the  ball,  drew  back  a  few  steps,  and  then 
at  full  speed  lifted  the  ball  a  prodigious  cant,  far  down  the 
field.  Dershimer,  the  Princeton  captain,  ranged  up  and 
down  the  field  and  from  side  to  side,  getting  into  every  play. 
In  fact  the  whole  Princeton  team  excelled  in  following  the 
ball.  Not  only  did  they  kick  the  ball,  but  they  batted  it 
as  well.  For  the  first  few  minutes  the  ball  hovered  in  front 
of  Yale's  goal,  but  to  no  avail,  as  the  Yale  men  stood  firm 
and  drove  it  repeatedly  back.  Suddenly  a  heavier  press  of 
Princeton  players  rallied  before  the  posts.  From  the  mass 
suddenly  issued  a  sharp  report  and  the  football  lay  a  flat- 
tened piece  of  rubber  upon  the  ground.  Two  stout  toes 
had  struck  it  squarely  at  the  same  time  and  the  ball  had  ex- 
ploded. A  half  hour  was  required  to  obtain  another  ball. 
During  the  interim  Dershimer  took  his  men  to  one  side  and 
coached  them  in  a  new  style  of  tactics.  Some  men  were 
detailed  to  follow  the  ball  and  others  were  directed  to  ward 
off  the  Yale  players.  The  new  ball  having  arrived,  play  was 
resumed  at  ten  minutes  past  three.  Princeton's  new  tac- 
tics worked  well,  but  Yale  fought  gamely.  After  an  hour 
and  twenty  minutes  of  stiff  play  Princeton  forced  Yale's 
goal,  the  ball  being  kicked  through  by  Beach.  A  second 
goal  was  made  twenty  minutes  later.  Beach  again  making 
the  final  play.  Princeton's  machine  was  running  well  now, 
and  in  twenty-three  minutes  Elder  shot  another  ball  between 
the  posts.  But  Yale  was  growing  stronger  as  the  game  pro- 
gressed and  now  transferred  the  play  to  Princeton's  goal. 
The  latter  stoutly  fought  it  back  until  time  was  called.  Al- 
though suffering  their  first  defeat  at  football,  Yale's  followers 
lustily  cheered  the  victors  as  well  as  the  vanquished,  and 
then  dispersed  jubilant  in  the  zest  of  a  good  game,  well 
played  by  two  great  teams. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


361 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 


Hoboken,  Nov.  30, 


PRINCETON 


B.  Nicoll,  77,  Forward, 

E.  H.  Nicoll,  '80, 

H.  Stevenson,  78, 

J.  Potter,  78, 

E.  S.  McCalmont,  77, 

S.  B.  Johnston,  77, 

D.  Stewart,  78,  Half-back, 

J.  O'H.  Denny,  77, 

A.  J.  McCosh,  77,  Capt,  Back, 

H.  B.  Thompson,  77, 

W.  E.  Dodge,  79, 


1876 

YALE 

W.  V.  Downer,  78. 
C.  C.  Camp,  77. 
W.  L.  R.  Wurts,  78. 
W.  H.  Taylor,  78. 
F.  W.  Davis,  77. 
N.  U.  Walker,  77. 
Walter  Camp,  '80. 
W.  D.  Hatch,  '79. 
E.  V.  Baker,  '77,  Capt. 
O.  D.  Thompson,  '79. 
W.  I.  Bigelow,  '77. 


Referee:  G.  V.  Bushnell,  '74,  Yale.  Judges:  E.  W.  Price,  Columbia; 
G.  T.  Elliott,  '77,  Yale.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  2  goals.  First 
Half:  Goal  by  W.  I.  Bigelow.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by 
O.  D.  Thompson. 

Note. — At  the  request  of  Yale  this  game  was  played  with 
11  men  on  a  side  instead  of  15;  and  also  at  the  request 
of  Yale  an  agreement  was  made  preliminary  to  the  game 
that  touchdowns  should  not  count  in  computing  the  score, 
but  that  the  latter  should  be  based  upon  goals  alone. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  chooses  the  goal 
with  the  wind,  thus  forcing  Yale  to  play  with  their  backs 
to  the  club-house,  facing  a  keen,  biting  wind.  Captain 
Baker  kicks  off  for  Yale,  but  Stewart  and  Denny,  for 
Princeton,  quickly  run  the  ball  back  to  midfield.  Dodge 
punts  and  Downer  catches,  Johnston  tackling.  Camp  gets 
the  ball  out  of  scrimmage  and  makes  a  long  run.  On  being 
tackled  he  passes  the  ball  to  Thompson,  who  runs  in  for  a 
touchdown.  Princeton  claims  that  the  pass  was  a  forward 
one.  The  referee  is  requested  to  end  the  dispute,  by 
tossing  a  coin.  Yale  correctly  calls  the  turn  and  the  touch- 
down is  allowed.  Bigelow  kicks  the  goal.  McCosh  kicks 
off  for  Princeton  and  sends  the  ball  over  Yale's  goal-line. 


362 


FOOTBALL 


Yale  brings  it  out  to  the  25-yard  line  and  punts.  Baker  is 
down  on  the  ball,  but  Nicoll  gets  him.  Hatch  gets  the 
ball  on  a  play  from  the  side  line,  but  is  stopped  by  McCal- 
mont.  The  ball  is  fumbled.  McCalmont  picks  it  up  and 
with  a  clear  field  starts  for  the  goal-line,  but  is  stopped  by 
the  expiration  of  time. 

Second  Half:  Bigelow  opens  the  second  half  by  a  long 
kick-off  for  Yale,  which  Dodge  returns.  Thompson  catches, 
but  C.  Camp  throws  him.  As  Thompson  is  falling  he  passes 
the  ball  to  Camp,  who  carries  it  within  20  paces  of  Prince- 
ton's goal.  Here  Stewart  gets  the  ball  and  makes  a  brilliant 
dash  for  Yale's  goal,  but  Hatch,  coming  up  from  behind,  gets 
the  ball  away  from  him  and  races  almost  to  Princeton's  line. 
In  the  next  scrimmage  Bigelow  passes  the  ball  to  Thompson, 
who  kicks  a  beautiful  goal  from  the  field.  Sides  are  re- 
versed and  Princeton  shows  an  improvement  in  play.  The 
ball  changes  rapidly  from  side  to  side  without  advantage. 
Time  at  last  is  called  with  the  ball  in  midfield.  Soon 
spectators  and  players  are  off  for  a  Thanksgiving  dinner  in 
New  York,  enthusiastic  in  their  praise  of  the  new  game  and 
keen  in  the  relish  of  the  afternoon's  sport. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
Hoboken,  Dec.  8,  1877 


PRINCETON 


T.  B.  Bradford,  '81,  Forward, 

B.  Lee,  '80, 

A.  T.  Enos,  '78, 

A.  Wylly,  '79, 

C.  C.  Clarke,  '78, 

B.  Ballard,  '80, 
F.  Loney,  '81, 

H.  K.  Devereux,  '80, 

H.  Stevenson,  '78, 

W.  E.  Dodge,  79,  Capt.,        Half-back, 

T.  M.  McNair,  '79, 

D.  O.  Irving,  '78, 


TALE 

B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 
W.  L.  R.  Wurts,  '78. 
J.  S.  Harding,  '80. 
W.  V.  Downer,  '78. 
W.  A.  Peters,  '80. 

F.  J.  Brown,  '78. 
W.  H.  Smith,  '79. 
H.  Ives,  '81. 

O.  W.  Brown,  '78. 
O.  D.  Thompson,  79. 

G.  H.  Clark,  '80. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  363 


PRINCETON 

YALE 

Half-back, 

Walter  Camp,  '80. 

H.  M.  Cutts,  '80, 

Back, 

D.  T.  Trumbull.  '76. 

H.  L.  Minor,  79, 

tt 

W.  J.  Wakeman,  '76. 

L.  P.  Funkhouser,  78, 

it 

E.  V.  Baker,  '77,  Capt. 

Referee:  W.  N.  Elbert,  '79,  Trinity.  Judges:  E.  O.  Roessle,  '79, 
Princeton;  W.  I.  Bigelow,  '77,  Yale.    Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  0. 

At  the  suggestion  of  Yale,  as  in  1876,  this  game  was  played  under 
a  special  agreement  that  touchdowns  should  not  be  counted  in  com- 
puting the  score,  but  that  this  should  be  based  upon  goals  alone.  The 
safety  did  not  affect  the  score  in  the  Princeton-Yale  series  until  1881. 
See  college  press  of  the  period. 

"  At  the  suggestion  of  Yale  an  agreement  was  entered  into  by  the  two 
captains  before  the  game  that  the  game  should  be  decided  by  goals 
and  that  no  touchdowns  should  count." — Princetonian,  Dec.  8,  1877. 

"  Although,  according  to  the  rules,  we  did  not  win,  we  at  least  were 
not  vanquished.  Unfortunately  the  preliminaries  of  the  game  were 
so  arranged  that  after  a  valiantly  fought  contest  neither  party  was 
left  victor."— FaZe  Record,  Dec.  15,  1877. 

"The  game  lasted  about  two  hours  and  nominally  was  a  draw." — 
YdLe  Literary  Magazine,  Dec,  1877. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  south 
goal.  Baker  kicks  off,  sending  the  ball  to  Princeton's  goal- 
line.  Dodge  recovers  the  ball  and  passes  it  to  McNair, 
who  kicks.  Yale  drives  the  ball  by  short  rushes  and  a 
kick  into  Princeton's  territory,  where  Dodge  touches  down 
for  safety.  Princeton  reverses  the  situation  and  works  the 
ball  into  Yale's  goal.  Baker  by  a  long  kick  returns  it. 
Camp  receives  the  ball  and  by  a  long,  brilliant  run  makes 
a  touchdown.  The  try  at  goal  fails.  Dodge  kicks.  Yale 
works  the  ball  well  into  Princeton's  goal.  Princeton  be- 
comes aggressive  and  forces  the  ball  into  Yale's  goal,  where 
the  Blue  is  compelled  to  touch  down  twice  for  safety.  The 
half  ends  with  the  ball  near  Yale's  goal-line. 

Second  Half:  Cutts  kicks  off  for  Princeton.  Thompson 
gets  the  ball  and  makes  a  great  run  for  Yale,  bringing  the 
ball  dangerously  near  Princeton's  line.     Camp  takes  the 


364  FOOTBALL 

ball,  but  as  he  is  about  to  cross  the  goal-line  is  tackled  by 
McNair,  Minor,  and  Clarke.  He  rises  to  his  feet,  however, 
shakes  off  his  tacklers  and  crosses  over  for  a  touchdown. 
The  try  for  goal  fails.  Princeton  forces  the  ball  into  Yale's 
quarters,  but  Trumbull  extricates  his  team  by  long  kicks, 
thereby  forcing  Princeton  to  touch  down  for  safety.  Prince- 
ton works  the  ball  back  to  midfield,  where  the  two  teams 
play  one  another  to  a  deadlock.  Time  is  called  and  the 
game  declared  a  draw  at  0  to  0. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
Hoboken,  Nov.  28,  1878 

PRINCETON  YALE 

T.  B.  Bradford,  '81,  Forward,  J.  V.  Farwell,  79. 

H.  McDermott,  '81,  "  P.  C.  Fuller,  '81. 

H.  H.  Brotherlin,  '80,  "  L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 

B.  Ballard,  '80,  Capt.,  "  J.  S.  Harding,  '80. 

H.  K.  Devereux,  '80,  "  B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 

H.  McAlpin,  '81,  "  P.  King,  '80. 

F.  Loney,  '81,  "  F.  M.  Eaton,  '82. 
F.  T.  Bryan,  '80, 

J.  B.  Waller,  '79,  Half-back,  F.  J.  Brown,  '78. 

H.  L.  Minor,  '79,  "  W.  A.  Peters,  '80. 

T.  M.  McNair,  '79,  "  O.  D.  Thompson,  '79. 

I.  P.  Withington,  '80,  "  R.  W.  Watson,  '81. 

F.  Larkin,  '79,  Back,  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Capt. 

H.  M.  Cutts,  '80,  "  W.  J.  Wakeman,  '77. 

W.  Miller,  '80,  "  W.  W.  K.  Nixon,  '81. 

W.  I.  Badger,  '82. 

Referee:  L.  N.  Littauer,  '78,  Harvard.  Judges:  W.  E.  Dodge,  '79, 
Princeton;  G.  H.  Clark,  '80,  Yale.  Score:  Princeton  1  touchdown, 
1  goal,  Yale  0.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  I.  P.  Withington,  goal 
by  T.  M.  McNair. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  7,  convention 
Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix.  Safeties  did  not  affect  the  score 
in  the  Prince  ton- Yale  series  until  1881. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  365 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Camp  kicks  off  for  Yale.  Princeton  returns  the  kick. 
Camp  obtains  a  free  kick.  Waller  tries  to  return  Camp's 
kick,  but  Yale  blocks  the  ball  and  forces  Princeton  to  touch 
down  for  safety.  The  ball  is  brought  out  and  kicked  off. 
Yale  returns  the  kick,  forcing  Princeton  to  make  another 
safety.  McNair  tries  a  long  drop  kick  at  Yale's  goal. 
Camp  catches,  but  is  immediately  thrown.  Minor  gets 
the  ball  on  a  fumble  and  makes  a  long  run,  being  tackled 
by  Badger.  The  ball  is  now  in  midfield.  Yale  attempts 
long  passes.  Camp  races  through  the  Princeton  players, 
but  is  stopped  by  Waller.  Some  sharp  scrimmages  ensue 
in  which  Yale  gains  ground.  Camp  tries  a  drop  kick,  but 
the  ball  is  blocked  by  Loney.  Thompson  recovers  the  ball 
and  makes  a  run,  Bryan  tackling  sharply.  Princeton  gets  the 
ball  behind  the  line  from  a  kick  and  touches  down  for  safety. 
On  the  kick-out  a  punting  duel  ensues,  the  ball  changing 
fields  several  times,  finally  going  behind  Princeton's  goal-line 
where  Larkin  touches  down  for  safety,  and  a  moment  later 
touches  down  again  as  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  McNair  kicks  off  by  a  drop  kick.  Camp 
catches,  but  is  thrown  in  his  tracks.  Camp  now  kicks,  Mc- 
Nair catches  and  makes  a  brilliant  run,  taking  the  ball  close 
to  Yale's  goal.  Camp  gets  the  ball  from  a  scrimmage  and 
tries  to  g^t  around  the  forwards,  but  is  thrown  by  Bradford. 
Withington  gets  ball  out  of  a  scrimmage  and  carries  it  close 
to  Yale's  goal-line,  where  he  makes  a  long  pass  to  McNair, 
who  tries  for  a  drop  kick,  but  fails.  Loney  falls  on  the  ball 
for  a  touchdown.  Yale  protests  and  the  touchdown  is  not 
allowed.  Play  is  resumed  a  few  feet  from  the  goal-line.  The 
ball  is  passed  to  McNair,  who  kicks  across  the  line,  forcing 
Yale  to  make  a  safety.  Camp  kicks  out,  Princeton  forces 
the  ball  back  again  by  a  clever  pass.  The  scrimmage  is 
formed  20  feet  from  Yale's  goal-line.     Withington  breaks 


366 


FOOTBALL 


through  for  a  touchdown.  McNair  kicks  the  goal.  Camp 
kicks  off  for  Yale,  Princeton  returns  the  kick.  Yale  starts 
from  midfield.  Camp,  Thompson,  and  Farwell  carrying  the 
ball,  and  forces  the  fighting  well  down  into  Princeton's  ter- 
ritory, where  the  latter  makes  a  safety.  Princeton  kicks 
out,  the  ball  is  returned,  McNair  catches  it  and  gets  away 
for  a  long  run,  being  downed  by  Hull  at  midfield,  when  the 
game  ends. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 


Hoboken.  Nov.  27,  1879 


TALE 


PRINCETON 

F.  T.  Bryan,  '80, 

E.  C.  Peace,  '83, 

F.  Loney,  '81, 
B.  Ballard,  '80,  Capt., 
H.  K.  Devereux,  '80, 
H.  H.  Brotherlin,  '80, 
T.  B.  Bradford,  '81, 

I.  P.  Withington,  '80, 
B.  Lee,  '80, 
T.  M.  McNair,  '79, 
T.  H.  P.  Farr,  '81, 
M.  R.  Ely,  '82, 
W.  S.  Horton,  '80, 
H.  M.  Cults,  '80, 
A.  B.  Duncan,  '80, 

Referee:  Robert  Bacon,  '80,  Harvard.  Judges:  A.  McLaren,  '80, 
Princeton;  W.  C.  McHenry,  '80,  Yale.     Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  0. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  7,  convention 
Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix.  Safeties  did  not  affect  the  score 
in  the  Princeton- Yale  series  until  1881. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  gets  both  the  wind 
and  the  sun.  Ballard  kicks  off  for  Princeton  and  Yale 
rushes  the  ball  back  to  Princeton*s  40-yard  mark.  Camp 
tries  two  drop  kicks  in  succession.  Neither  makes  a  goal, 
but  they  force  the  play  near  Princeton's  goal-line.    McNair, 


Forward,  C.  B.  Storrs,  '82. 

J.  Moorehead,  '80. 

B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 
L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 

J.  S.  Harding,  '80. 
"  F.  Remington,  '81. 

H.  H.  Knapp,  '82. 
F.  R.  Vemon,  '81. 
Half-back,  C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 

W.  A.  Peters,  '80. 
Walter  Camp,  '80,  Capt. 
♦     "  R.  W.  Watson,  '81. 

W.  L  Badger,  '82. 
Back,  W.  W.  K.  Nixon,  '81. 

C.  W.  Lyman,  '82. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  367 

Loney,  and  Cutts  tackle  sharply  and  save  the  goal-line,  but 
are  forced  to  touch  down  three  times  for  safety  during  the  half. 
Second  Half:  Camp  opens  the  second  half  by  a  dribble  to 
Harding.  Again  the  ball  is  rushed  well  into  Princeton's 
territory.  Cutts  makes  a  prodigious  kick  and  lands  the 
ball  in  front  of  the  Yale  posts.  The  scrimmages  are  very 
severe  and  neither  side  seems  able  to  advance  the  ball  more 
than  a  few  feet  against  the  clean,  hard  tackling  of  the  other. 
The  ball  goes  frequently  into  touch  in  Yale's  territory. 
Princeton  invariably  puts  it  in  play  by  taking  it  out  15 
paces  and  putting  it  down  for  a  scrimmage.  Yale,  how- 
ever, in  her  own  territory  throws  the  ball  out  or  makes  a 
quick  pass.  After  twenty  minutes  of  monotonous  play  of 
this  character  Princeton  begins  to  force  Yale  back,  Lee, 
Withington,  and  Farr  making  good  gains.  The  ball  is 
now  within  kicking  distance  of  the  goal.  A  quick  pass  is 
made  to  McNair,  who  drops  a  goal  from  the  45-yard  line, 
but  it  crosses  the  goal  above  the  posts  (a  "poster"),  and 
does  not  count.  Yale  touches  down  for  safety.  Camp  now 
proposes  to  make  some  substitutions  for  Yale,  but  Ballard 
will  not  permit  it,  claiming  that  the  Yale  players  are  not 
injured.  A  long  dispute  ensues  and  the  substitutions  are 
not  made.  Beck,  Peters,  and  Camp  now  start  a  series  of 
rushes  which  takes  the  ball  well  down  to  Princeton's  line. 
Camp  tries  another  drop  kick,  but  misses.  Princeton,  how- 
ever, is  forced  to  touch  down  for  safety.  Soon  after  time 
is  called. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  25,  1880 

PRINCETON  YALE 

T.  B.  Bradford,  '81,  Forward,  P.  C.  Fuller,  '81. 

H.  McDermott,  '81,  "  C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 

C.  McKee,  '81,  "  F.  R.  Vernon,  '81. 

E.  C.  Peace,  '83,  "  J.  S.  Harding,  '80. 

F.  Loney,  '81.  Capt.,  "  B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 


368 


FOOTBALL 


PRINCETON 

J.  P.  Flint,  '83, 

D.  P.  Morgan,  '83, 
B.  G.  Winton,  '82, 
J.  Chetwood,  '82, 

T.  W.  Cauldwell,  '81, 
J.  S.  Harlan,  '83, 


Forward, 

<( 

Quarter-back, 
Half-back, 


Back, 


YALE 

C.  B.  Storrs,  '82. 
W.  L.  Adams,  '82. 
W.  I.  Badger,  '82. 

R.W.Watson, '81,  Capt. 
Walter  Camp,  '80. 
B.  W.  Bacon.  '81. 


Referee:  W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  Harvard.  Judges:  H.  McAlpin,  '81, 
Princeton;  G.  H.  Clark,  '80,  Yale.     Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  0. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Rule  7,  convention 
Nov.  26,  1876,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Camp  kicks  off  for  Yale  and  Harlan  returns.  Rushes  are 
followed  by  kicks  and  the  ball  is  forced  down  into  Yale's 
goal,  where  it  is  touched  down  for  safety.  The  ball  is 
brought  out  and  punted  down  the  field.  Harlan  sends  it 
back.  Camp  makes  a  long,  brilliant  run,  carrying  the  ball 
almost  to  Princeton's  line,  but  is  stopped  by  Harlan.  Prince- 
ton is  in  straits  and  makes  several  safeties.  Snow  is  falling 
heavily,  but  play  follows  play  in  rapid  succession.  Storrs 
is  tackling  sharply,  thus  checking  Peace  and  Flint,  who  are 
hammering  hard  for  Princeton.  The  half  ends  with  the 
ball  in  midfield. 

Second  Half:  Winton  opens  the  second  half  by  a  long  kick 
for  Princeton.  Camp  returns  the  kick  and  Cauldwell 
sends  it  back.  Camp  attempts  to  kick,  but  Peace  blocks, 
and  Morgan  gets  the  ball.  With  a  clear  field  he  starts  for 
the  Yale  line,  but  slips  and  falls  five  yards  away.  Before 
he  can  rise  Camp  is  on  him.  Yale  gets  the  ball  out  of 
scrimmage  and  touches  down  for  safety.  Camp  kicks  out. 
Great  running,  passing,  and  tackling  now  break  forth  on 
each  team  and  the  ball  traverses  up  and  down  the  field 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


369 


with  brilliant  rapidity.  Again  it  is  down  in  Yale's  goal  and 
the  Blue  makes  another  safety.  The  ground  has  now  be- 
come heavy  and  slippery  and  the  ball  is  covered  with  sleet. 
Yale  drives  the  ball  back  and  for  fifteen  minutes  maintains 
a  fierce  attack  on  Princeton's  line,  the  Orange  making  six 
safeties  in  succession  to  hold  their  adversaries  back.  Cap- 
tain Loney,  for  Princeton,  shrewdly  directs  his  half-back, 
Chetwood,  to  rush  instead  of  kicking  or  passing.*  Fortune 
also  is  with  Princeton  in  getting  the  ball  out"  of  the  mauls. 
Princeton  works  out  to  the  25-yard  line,  where  Yale  holds  the 
Orange  for  scrimmage  after  scrimmage,  Princeton  still  hold- 
ing the  ball  without  passing  or  kicking.  Yale  is  chagrined 
at  these  novel  tactics  of  blocking  their  attack  by  withholding 
the  ball,  but  the  stratagem  succeeds  and  the  game  ends  in 
a  draw.  In  the  attacks  of  the  game  Princeton  has  touched 
down  for  safety  eleven  times  and  Yale  six,  but  safeties  do 
not  count  in  the  scoring. 


PRINCETON 

J.  P.  Flint,  '83, 

S.  H.  Benton,  '82, 

J.  H.  Bryan,  '82, 

L.  Riggs,  '83, 

J.  T.  Haxall,  '83, 

P.  T.  Bryan,  '82,  Capt 


T.  A.  C.  Baker,  '83, 
E.  C.  Peace,  '83, 
A.  F,  Burt,  '82, 
J.  S.  Harlan,  '83, 
W.  McD.  Shaw,  '82, 
A.  S.  Bickman,  '82. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  24,  1881 

YALE 

Forward,  B.  B.  Lamb,  '81. 


Quarter-back, 
Half-back, 


Back, 


Substitute, 


C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 
R.  Tompkins,  '84. 
L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 
C.  B.  Storrs,  '82. 

A.  L.  Farwell,  '84. 
H.  H.  Knapp,  '82. 
W.  I.  Badger,  '82. 
Walter  Camp,  '80,  Capt. 
E.  L.  Richards,  '85. 

B.  W.  Bacon,  '81. 

C.  S.  Hebard.  '82. 


*  This  style  of  play  became  known  as  the  "  block  game.' 


370  FOOTBALL 

PRINCETON  YALE 

G.  R.  Fleming,  '83,  Substitute,  H.  B.  Twombly,  '84. 

A.  W.  McMillan,  '84,  "  F.  E.  Beach,  '83. 

J.  L.  Woolston,  '84,  "  F.  A.  Benedict,  '84. 

O.  Rafferty,  '82, 

Referee:  W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  Harvard.  Judges:  B.  G.  Winton, 
'82,  Princeton;  R.  W.  Watson,  '81,  Yale.     Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  0. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal  with 
a  fair  wind.  Harlan  surprises  Yale  by  dribbling  instead  of 
kicking,  then  quickly  picking  up  the  ball  and  running  with 
it.  Tompkins  stops  him  for  a  small  gain.  Riggs  tries  to 
pierce  the  line,  but  is  thrown  by  Storrs.  On  the  next 
play  the  ball  is  fumbled.  Richards  kicks  it  while  bound- 
ing on  the  ground.  Camp  overtakes  it  and  lifts  a  high 
sailing  punt  from  the  ground  which  the  wind  takes  to 
Princeton's  goal-line.  Lamb  and  Farwell  are  down  with 
the  ball  and  Harlan  is  forced  to  throw  the  ball  to  Burt  for 
a  touch-in-goal  to  avoid  a  safety.  The  ball  is  taken  to 
the  25-yard  line,  where  Princeton  elects  to  put  it  in  play  by 
a  scrimmage.  The  play  indicates  that  Princeton  is  about 
to  launch  the  "block  game"  *.  The  indications  are  cor- 
rect. Peace  hits  the  Yale  line,  but  Storrs  throws  him  back. 
Baker  repeats  the  attempt  and  Tompkins  stops  him. 
Harlan  dashes  for  the  end,  but  Lamb  gets  him.  The  plays 
are  repeated,  but  without  gain.  Princeton  now  directs 
play  after  play  against  the  line,  but  Yale  does  not  give  an 
inch.  For  nearly  twenty  minutes  the  ball  hits  the  Yale 
line  without  an  impression,  the  25-yard  line  gleaming 
continually  beneath  the  feet  of  the  players.     The  crowd 

*The  "  block  game  "  designated  the  persistent  retention  of  the  ball 
by  one  side.  This  was  possible  under  the  rules  of  the  period,  which 
did  not  require  a  team  to  surrender  the  ball  upon  failure  to  gain  a 
certain  number  of  yards.  Thus  if  a  team  did  not  kick  or  fumble  it 
might  retain  the  ball  indefinitely.  For  explanation  of  extra  periods 
see  Rule  5,  convention  Oct.  8,  1881,  Appendix. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  371 

yells  in  derision  at  Princeton's  tactics  in  holding  the  ball 
and  not  kicking,  but  the  attack  on  the  line  monotonously 
keeps  up.  Out  on  the  end  Flint  and  Lamb  are  engaged  in 
a  personal  encounter  that  greatly  amuses  the  crowd.  At 
every  move  of  the  Yale  man  Flint  endeavors  to  block  him. 
Frequently  their  arms  are  intertwined  or  wrapped  around 
one  another's  body.  Suddenly  Peace  gets  past  the  Yale 
line  with  the  ball.  Lamb  gets  loose  from  Flint  and  makes 
the  tackle.  Harlan  takes  the  ball,  but  cannot  gain,  as 
Camp  throws  him  heavily.  The  ball  is  dropped  and  Camp 
picks  it  up  and  starts  for  Princeton's  goal.  The  entire 
Princeton  team  pile  upon  him  and  bury  him  beneath  a 
struggling  mass,  beneath  which  Flint  steals  the  ball  away. 
On  the  next  play  Baker  gets  by  the  line,  but  Storrs  brings 
him  down  with  a  wonderful  tackle  with  one  hand.  Time 
is  now  called  for  the  half.  Princeton  has  had  the  ball 
throughout  the  entire  half  with  the  exception  of  four  and  a 
half  minutes.     There  have  been  only  four  kicks. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  the  second  half  with  the  ball. 
Camp  dribbles  and  runs,  indicating  that  Yale  is  now  to  play 
the  "  block  game,"  and  play  it  Yale  did,  not  once  losing  or 
surrendering  the  ball  throughout  the  entire  second  half  of 
forty-five  minutes.  Stoirs  and  Hull  are  given  the  ball  re- 
peatedly, but  Princeton's  line  is  the  same  stone  wall  on  de- 
fence that  Yale's  was  in  the  first  half.  Bryan,  Flint, 
Riggs,  and  Peace  balk  every  attack.  The  assault  monoto- 
nously keeps  up  and  the  defence  meets  it  at  every  point. 
Forty  minutes  have  thus  been  expended  and  the  ball  has  not 
been  twelve  yards  from  the  centre  of  the  field.  Time  is 
about  to  expire  as  Storrs  at  last  gets  free.  He  starts  on  a 
wide  run  across  the  field,  circles  the  end  and  clears  for  the 
goal-line.  Riggs  catches  him  on  the  25-yard  line  and 
brings  him  down.  Before  play  can  be  resumed  the  time  is 
up.  The  referee  notifies  the  two  captains  to  be  ready 
for  the  extra  periods  at  five  o'clock.     On  the  hour  the 


372 


FOOTBALL 


teams  take  the  field.  Camp  kicks  over  Princeton's  goal-line. 
Harlan  runs  the  ball  out  and  Princeton  starts  in  play  on  the 
25-yard  line,  resuming  the  tactics  of  the  "block  game." 
At  the  expiration  of  the  half  it  is  too  dark  to  continue  and 
time  is  called.     The  game  ends  in  a  draw  at  0  to  0. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  30,  1882 


PRINCETON 


TALE 


F.  R.  Wadleigh,  '83, 
P.  T.  Kimball,  '84, 
J.  T.  Haxall,  '83, 

G.  F.  Fleming,  '83, 

C.  W.  Bird,  '85, 

E.  C.  Peace,  '83,  Capt., 
L.  Riggs,  '83, 

D.  P.  Morgan,  '83, 
T.  A.  C.  Baker,  '83, 
S.  J.  Poe,  '84, 
Alex.  Moffat,  '84, 


End, 

Next  to  End, 

Next  to  Centre, 

Centre, 

Next  to  Centre, 

Next  to  End, 

End, 
Quarter-back, 

Half-back, 

(( 

Full-back, 


H.  H.  Knapp,  '82. 
W.  H.  Hyndman,  '84. 
R.Tompkins, '84,  Capt. 
L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 
F.  G.  Peters,  '86. 
C.  S.  Beck,  '83. 

A.  L.  Farwell,  '84. 
H.  B.  Twombly,  '84. 
E.  L.  Richards,  '85. 
W.  Terry,  '85. 

B.  W.  Bacon.  '81. 


Referee:  E.  T.  Cabot,  '83,  Harvard.  Judges:  D.  M.  Look,  '84, 
Princeton;  W.  I.  Badger,  '82,  Yale.  Score:  Princeton  1  goal,  1  safety; 
Yale  2  touchdowns,  2  goals,  1  safety.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
C.  S.  Beck,  goal  by  E.  L.  Richards,  goal  from  field  by  J.  T.  Haxall.  Sec- 
ond Half:  Safety  by  A.  Moffat;  touchdown  by  R.  Tompkms,  goal  by 
B.  W.  Bacon;  safety  by  Yale. 

Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  Amended  Rule  5,  con- 
vention Oct.  8,  1881,  and  Amended  Rule  7,  convention 
Oct.  14,  1882,  Appendix. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal 
backed  by  a  strong  breeze.  Yale  dribbles  and  rushes  the 
ball  by  gains  of  Twombly,  Richards,  and  Terry  down  to 
Princeton's  quarters.  Princeton  is  in  straits,  but  fights 
gamely.  Poe,  Bird,  and  Riggs  tackle  fiercely  and  Moffat 
lifts  tremendous  kicks.  Gradually  the  ball  comes  closer 
and  closer  to  the  line.  At  last  Richards  drops  a  field  goal, 
but  his  men  were  off  side  and  the  ball  is  brought  out. 
Moffat  lifts  it  far  down  the  field,  but  the  Yale  men  rush  it 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE  373 

back,  Twombly  making  the  distance  in  two  attempts. 
Beck  now  bursts  through  for  a  touchdown.  Richards 
kicks  the  goal.     Time,  thirty-two  minutes. 

Princeton  kicks  off,  Yale  returns,  and  Princeton  makes  a 
fair  catch.  Haxall  lifts  the  ball  down  to  Yale's  30-yard 
line.  Richards  takes  the  ball  on  the  run  and,  with  increased 
speed,  kicks  it  while  running  far  down  into  Princeton's 
territory,  where  Moffat  cleanly  catches  it  and  heels  for  a 
free  kick.  The  ball  is  then  returned  into  Yale's  quarters. 
Bacon  immediately  returns  it  to  midfield.  The  duel  is 
continued.  Baker  makes  a  fair  catch  on  his  45-yard  line. 
On  the  next  play  Haxall,  standing  65  yards  distant  from 
Yale's  goal  and  15  yards  to  the  side  of  centre,  lifts  a  mighty 
place  kick  squarely  between  the  posts,  thus  scoring  the 
longest  place  kick  on  record.     The  half  now  ends. 

Second  Half:  The  second  half  opens  and  Princeton  im- 
mediately takes  the  aggressive,  Yale  being  willing  to  hold 
its  lead.  Princeton  dribbles  and  Bird,  picking  up  the  ball, 
punts.  Richards  returns  the  ball  and  Moffat  heels  a  fair 
catch.  The  kick  is  fumbled,  but  Richards  soon  gets  the 
ball  and  punts  almost  to  Princeton's  goal-line.  Moffat 
sends  it  back  to  centre.  Poe  gets  the  ball  and  runs  40 
yards.  On  the  next  play  the  ball  is  lost  and  Hull  brings  it 
back  to  midfield.  Farwell  now  sends  a  long  kick  behind 
Princeton's  line  and  Moffat  touches  down  for  safety.  A 
great  kicking  duel  breaks  out,  which  lasts  for  five  minutes, 
the  ball  being  continually  in  the  air  and  the  forwards  run- 
ning back  and  forth  from  end  to  end.  The  ball  goes  out  of 
bounds,  and  Princeton,  to  avoid  making  safeties,  is  forced  to 
touch  three  times  in  goal.  Tompkins  gets  the  ball  and 
rolls  across  the  line.  The  crowd,  in  great  excitement,  breaks 
out  upon  the  field.  Princeton  claims  a  foul.  An  attempt 
is  made  to  clear  the  field.  The  referee  allows  the  touch- 
down and  Bacon  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  renews  the  con- 
test with  increased  vigor,  rushing  the  ball  down  to  Yale's 


374 


FOOTBALL 


goal,  where  it  is  pushed  over.  The  referee  decides  that 
Yale  was  holding  the  ball  at  the  time  for  a  down  and  the 
play  goes  as  a  touch  in  goal  by  Yale.  Princeton  at  once 
forces  Yale  to  make  a  safety.  The  ball  is  kicked  to  mid- 
field.  Poe,  by  a  great  run,  makes  20  yards  and  repeats 
the  performance  on  the  next  play,  landing  the  ball  on  Yale's 
5-yard  line.  Farwell  gets  it  and  punts  back  to  midfield. 
Poe,  Baker,  and  Moffat  again  take  the  ball  up  to  the  Yale 
line,  but  the  latter  holds  in  the  last  ditch  and  Bacon  gets  the 
ball,  and  sends  it  out  of  danger.  The  time  is  getting  short 
now,  and  the  Orange  jerseys  are  steaming  with  the  final 
efforts  to  beat  the  Blue.  Again  the  ball  is  driven  to  Yale's 
goal,  but  Terry  sends  it  back.  Once  more  Poe,  Fleming, 
and  Moffat  reel  off  long  runs.  The  ball  is  fumbled.  Rich- 
ards gets  it,  but  before  it  can  be  kicked  time  is  called,  the 
game  ends,  and  victory  is  awarded  to  Yale. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 

New  York,  Nov.  24, 

1883 

PRINCETON 

YALE 

J.  M.  T.  Finney,  '84, 

End, 

H.  H.  Knapp,  '82. 

M.  C.  Kennedy,  '84, 

Next  to  End, 

W.  H.  Hyndman,  '84. 

T.  H.  Harris,  '86, 

Guard, 

F.  G.  Peters,  '86. 

J.  M.  Harlan,  '84, 

Centre, 

L.  K.  Hull,  '83. 

C.  W.  Bird,  '85, 

Guard, 

R.  Tompkins,  '84,  Capt. 

L.  R.  Wanamaker,  '86, 

Next  to  End, 

S.  R.  Bertron,  '85. 

R.  J.  Travers,  '84, 

End, 

A.  L.  Farwell,  '84. 

P.  T.  Kimball,  '84, 

Quarter-back, 

H.  B.  Twombly,  '84. 

Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  Capt. 

Half-back, 

W.  Terry,  '85. 

H.  C.  Lamar,  '86, 

" 

E.  L.  Richards,  '85. 

A.  T.  Baker,  '85, 

Back, 

B.  W.  Bacon,  '81. 

Referee:  R.  M.  Appleton,  '84,  Harvard.  Judges:  D.  M.  Look,  '84, 
Princeton;  F.  Kellogg,  '83,  Yale.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  6.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  G.  Peters,  goal  by  E.  L.  Richards. 


Note. — For  system  of  scoring  see  convention  Oct.  17, 
1883,  Appendix. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  375 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  wind. 
Terry  kicks  off  by  a  dribble  to  Twombly,  who  picks  up  the 
ball  and  runs.  Succeeding  rushes  by  Yale  carry  the  ball 
within  10  yards  of  Princeton's  goal.  Princeton  gets  the  ball 
and  Moffat  punts.  Peters  catches  and  by  hard  rushing  and 
brilliant  dodging  takes  the  ball  through  the  entire  Princeton 
eleven  and  over  the  line  for  a  touchdown,  which  is  followed 
by  a  goal  by  Richards.  Princeton  kicks  off.  Lamar  gets 
the  ball  and  makes  35  yards.  The  ball  is  lost  on  a  fumble 
and  Knapp  and  Farwell  by  short  rushes  work  it  back  to 
midfield.  Here  Princeton  stops  the  advance  and  gets  the 
ball.  Moffat  lifts  the  leather  to  Yale's  goal-line.  Rich- 
ards runs  it  back  10  yards  and  punts  and  Hull  recovers  the 
ball.  Terry  by  a  long  run  carries  the  ball  to  the  35-yard 
line.  Hull  follows  with  a  rush  to  the  10-yard  mark,  where 
Bird  stops  him  from  a  touchdown.  Sharp  rushing  and 
tackling  ensue  here,  but  the  ball  is  lost,  and  Moffat  sends 
it  back  to  midfield,  where  time  soon  after  is  called. 

Second  Half:  In  the  second  half  Travers  takes  Wana- 
maker's  place.  Moffat  opens  the  game  with  a  long  kick, 
which  Richards  returns.  Moffat  again  sends  the  ball  down 
the  field.  Twombly  makes  the  catch  and  on  the  en- 
suing kick  lifts  the  ball  well  into  Princeton's  quarters. 
Moffat  gets  it  and  runs  it  out,  kicking  magnificently  while 
at  full  speed.  Yale  fumbles  and  Harris  gets  the  ball.  Un- 
able to  gain  by  scrimmaging,  Moffat  tries  for  a  field  goal, 
but  misses  the  post  by  an  inch.  Yale  punts  out  and  Lamar, 
catching,  runs  20  yards.  Here  Yale  stops  the  advance  and 
gets  the  ball.  On  the  line-up  the  ball  is  dribbled  and  passed 
to  Richards,  who  is  far  out  to  the  side.  He  reaches  the 
15-yard  line  before  being  thrown.  On  the  next  play  Rich- 
ards, standing  near  the  side  line,  prepares  for  a  difficult 
try  at  goal.  Princeton's  ends  rush,  run  at  him  and,  by 
clever  body-checking,  block  the  kick  and   get  the   ball. 


376  FOOTBALL 

Moffat  at  once  punts  out  of  danger.  Richards  and  Knapp 
quickly  rush  it  back.  Richards  again  tries  for  a  goal,  and 
the  Princeton  ends,  by  their  beautiful  body-checking,  again 
block  the  kick,  Moffat  getting  the  ball.  On  the  next  play, 
to  avoid  a  safety,  Moffat  touches  down  the  ball  in  goal. 
The  ball  is  then  brought  out  to  the  25-yard  line  and  Moffat 
punts  to  midfield,  where  the  game  ends. 


Princeton  vs. 

Yale 

New  York,  Nov. 

27,  1884 

PRINCETON 

YALE 

C.  M.  De  Camp,  '86, 

End, 

W.  N.  Goodwin,  '85. 

L.  R.  Wanamaker,  '86, 

Tackle, 

L.  F.  Robinson,  '85. 

T.  H.  Harris,  '86, 

Guard, 

A.  B.  Coxe,  '87. 

J.  C.  Adams,  '86, 

Centre, 

F.  G.  Peters,  '86. 

C.  W.  Bird,  '85,  Capt., 

Guard, 

H.  R.  Flanders,  '85. 

W.  M.  Irvine,  '88, 

Tackle, 

S.  R.  Bertron,  '85. 

H.  L.  Hodge,  '86, 

End, 

F.  W.  Wallace,  '89. 

D.  Edwards,  '85, 

(( 

R.  Ronalds,  '86. 

R.  M.  Hodge,  '86, 

Quarter-back, 

T.  L.  Bayne,  '87. 

H.  P.  Toler,  '86, 

Half-back, 

E.  L.  Richards,  '85,  Capt. 

H.  C.  Lamar,  '86, 

" 

O.  G.  Jennings,  '87. 

(( 

W.  Terry,  '85. 

Alex.  Moffat,  '84, 

Back. 

M.  H.  Marlin,  '86. 

Referee:  R.  M.  Appleton,  '84,  Harvard.  Judges:  W.  W.  Connor, 
'85,  Princeton;  L.  K.  Hull,  '83,  Yale.    Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  0. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  Coxe 
gets  the  ball  and  runs  10  yards,  passing  to  Bayne  as  he  is 
about  to  be  tackled.  Princeton  intercepts  the  pass  and  gets 
the  ball.  Hodge,  on  the  line-up,  sends  a  long  pass  out  to 
the  end  rush,  but  Yale  in  turn  intercepts  and  gets  the  ball. 
Coxe  makes  2  yards  through  the  centre.  Bayne  runs  10, 
and  as  he  is  about  to  be  tackled,  passes  to  Richards,  who  con- 
tinues for  40  more.  Yale's  heavy  centre  now  forces  the  ball 
to  the  5-yard  line.     Bertron  takes  it  over  for  a  touchdown 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  377 

and  Terry  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  kicks  off  by  a  dribble 
and  quick  passes  to  Lamar,  who  dodges  and  dashes  to  Yale's 
25-yard  line.  Moffat  tries  for  a  field  goal  at  a  difficult 
angle,  but  misses.  De  Camp  gets  the  ball  behind  the  line 
and  makes  a  touchdown.  Hodge  makes  the  kick  for  goal, 
but  the  ball  glances  to  the  side.  Yale  brings  the  ball  out  to 
the  25-yard  line  and  Richards  makes  a  long  punt  down  the 
field.  Moffat  sends  it  back  to  the  30-yard  line.  Yale  starts 
a  series  of  hard  rushes.  Peters  makes  20,  Terry  adds  20 
more,  and  Bayne  another  20.  Princeton  intercepts  a  side 
pass  and  Moffat  gets  away  for  a  45-yard  run.  Yale  stops 
the  attack  and  gets  the  ball.  Richards  gets  away  on  the 
first  down  for  a  long  run,  but  is  injured.  Jennings  takes 
his  place.  Kicks  are  now  exchanged,  Terry  and  Moffat 
doing  the  kicking.  The  punting  duel  terminates  by  a  20- 
yard  run  by  Moffat.  Lamar  duplicates  the  feat  by  carry- 
ing the  ball  to  Yale's  25-yard  line.  Moffat  tries  for  a  goal 
from  the  field,  but  fails.  De  Camp  is  hurt  and  goes  off. 
Moffat  gets  another  chance  at  a  field  goal,  but  the  ball 
falls  short.  Wallace  catches  it  and  runs  out  20  yards. 
Terry  carries  it  to  Princeton's  40-yard  line,  where  the  half 
ends. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  opens  the  second  half  with  a 
dribble,  pass  to  Lamar,  and  a  run  by  the  latter  of  25  yards. 
Moffat  then  kicks.  Wallace  and  Terry  by  short  rushes 
work  the  ball  back  to  Princeton's  25-yard  line.  Here 
Princeton  recovers  the  ball  and  Harris  and  Bird  get  away 
for  long  gains.  Moffat  from  the  45-yard  line  drops  a  field 
goal.  A  prolonged  dispute  ensues  between  the  rival  judges. 
Finally  the  referee  refuses  to  allow  it.  Yale  punts  out  from 
the  25-yard  line.  A  few  plays  later  Terry  gets  the  ball  and 
dashes  for  35  yards.  The  ball  is  fumbled  and  Princeton 
carries  it  back  to  Yale's  40-yard  line.  Moffat  tries  for  an- 
other goal,  but  misses.    A  few  minutes  later  he  drops  back 


378  FOOTBALL 

for  another  try,  but  Ronalds  blocks  the  kick.  Wallace  and 
Terry  by  two  magnificent  runs  carry  the  ball  to  Princeton's 
25-yard  line.  Here  sharp  tackling  by  Princeton  gets  the 
ball  and  Moffat  lifts  it  65  yards  down  the  field.  Terry 
catches  on  the  run,  and  eluding  the  entire  Princeton  team 
except  Moffat,  brings  it  back  to  the  25-yard  line,  Moffat 
tackling.  On  the  next  play  Edwards  leaps  through  the 
line  and  takes  the  ball  from  Yale's  quarter-back,  advan- 
cing 25  yards.  Yale's  judge  claims  that  Edwards  was  off- 
side. A  long  wrangle  ensues  terminating  in  a  decision  by 
the  referee  that  Edwards  was  off-side  and  that  the  ball 
shall  go  to  Yale  at  midfield.  The  game  has  been  so  pro- 
longed by  the  various  altercations  of  the  contending  teams 
that  it  has  now  become  dark.  Eighteen  minutes  still  re- 
main to  play.  The  referee  calls  the  game  on  account  of 
darkness.  Yale  claims  the  victory  upon  the  points  scored, 
6  to  4.*  Princeton  contends  that  the  game  must  be  de- 
clared a  tie  at  0  to  0  under  Rule  22  of  the  intercollegiate 
code  requiring  a  championship  game  to  consist  of  two 
halves  of  forty-five  minutes  each.  The  referee  reserves 
his  decision  until  he  can  examine  the  rules.  The  teams 
and  crowds  thereupon  leave  the  field.  Subsequently  the 
referee  declares  the  contest  no  game  and  the  score  as 
0  to  0. 

Note. — Late  in  the  evening  following  this  game  the 
Intercollegiate  Convention  assembled  at  the  Fifth  Avenue 
Hotel,  in  New  York.  Yale  appealed  from  the  decision  of 
Mr.  Appleton,  the  referee,  in  declaring  this  contest  "no 
game  and  the  score  as  0  to  0."  The  convention  voted, 
however,  to  sustain  the  decision  of  the  referee.  See  con- 
vention of  Nov.  27,  1884,  Appendix. 

*  See  amended  rule  of  scoring,  No.  6,  convention  of  Dec.  5,  1883, 
Appendix. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


379 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  21,  1885 


PRINCETON 


YALE 


C.  M.  De  Camp,  '86,  Capt.,      Right  End, 
W.  J.  Cook,  '89,  Right  Tackle, 


T.  H.  Harris,  '86, 
J.  C.  Adams,  '86, 
H.  W.  Cowan,  '88, 
W.  M.  Irvine,  '88, 
H.  L.  Hodge,  '86, 
R.  M.  Hodge,  '86, 
H.  C.  Lamar,  '86, 
H.  P.  Toler,  '86, 
H.  S.  Savage,  '87, 


Right  Guard, 

Centre, 
Left  Guard, 
Left  Tackle, 

Left  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Right  Half-back, 

Left  Half-back, 

Full-back, 


R.  N.  Corwin,  '87. 
H.  L.  Hamlin,  '87. 
C.  O.  Gill,  '89. 
G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89. 

F.  G.  Peters,  '86,  Capt. 
A.  C.  Lux,  '88. 

G.  R.  Carter,  '88. 

F.  W.  Wallace,  '89. 
H.  Beecher,  '88. 
W.  T.  Bull,  '88. 

G.  A.  Watkinson,  '89. 
E.  L.  Burke,  '87. 


Referee:  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.  Score:  Princeton  6,  Yale  5. 
First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  G.  A.  Watkinson.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down by  H.  C.  Lamar,  goal  by  R.  M.  Hodge. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  game  opens  by  a  dribble  and  pass  to  Cowan,  who 
makes  a  slight  gain.  The  ball  is  passed  out  to  De  Camp, 
who  makes  5  yards.  Beecher  stops  Lamar  by  a  sharp 
tackle.  Two  more  rushes  without  gain  give  the  ball  to 
Yale.  Watkinson  lifts  a  tremendous  kick  over  Prince- 
ton's goal-line.  R.  M.  Hodge  punts  out  from  the  25-yard 
line,  and  Wallace,  catching,  runs  it  back  5  yards  before  De 
Camp  brings  him  down.  Watkinson  gets  away  for  a  run 
of  20  yards  and  kicks  on  the  run.  Savage  catching.  A 
dribble  to  Lamar  results  in  no  gain.  The  play  is  repeated 
and  Peters  stops  him  by  a  hard  tackle.  Princeton  abandons 
rushing  and  turns  to  a  kicking  game.  Watkinson  catches  the 
ball.  Beecher  in  two  runs  gains  10  yards.  Bull  adds  20 
more.  Wallace  plants  the  ball  on  the  35-yard  line,  but 
De  Camp  and  Hodge  stop  the  advance.  Yale  forms  for  a 
try  at  goal.  Cowan  breaks  through  and  blocks  the  kick. 
A  great  punting  duel  ensues.  Scrimmaging  is  resumed. 
Watkinson  tries  for  another  goal  from  the  field,  but  misses. 


380  FOOTBALL 

Princeton  punts  out.  Corwin  dashes  for  25  yards,  being  at 
last  stopped  by  Harris.  Watkinson  and  Beecher  take  the 
ball  to  the  5-yard  line.  Watkinson  tries  for  another  goal, 
but  misses  it  by  a  foot.  Savage  punts  out.  Beecher,  stand- 
ing on  the  side  at  the  45-yard  line,  catches  the  ball.  He 
starts  diagonally  across  the  field  and  by  a  series  of  beautiful 
dodges  crosses  the  line.  The  touchdown  is  not  allowed, 
however,  as  he  has  run  out  of  bounds.  Princeton  stops 
the  attack  and  gets  the  ball.  Savage  punts.  Watkinson 
catches  and  runs  the  ball  back  to  the  25-yard  line,  from 
which  he  cleverly  kicks  a  field  goal.  Princeton  punts  out, 
Beecher  runs  the  ball  back  20  yards,  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  the  second  half  by  a  dribble 
and  pass  to  Watkinson  for  a  kick.  Toler  catches  and  re- 
turns. Yale  fumbles  and  Harris  gets  the  ball.  On  the 
snap,  Peters,  at  centre,  seizes  the  ball  from  Adams.  Beecher 
on  the  first  play  takes  it  to  the  25-yard  line.  Princeton's 
line  will  not  yield  an  inch  and  Yale  loses  the  ball.  Lamar 
kicks  and  Watkinson  returns.  Princeton,  by  a  series  of 
sharp  rushes,  now  works  the  ball  well  into  Yale's  territory, 
Harris  and  Lamar  making  good  gains.  The  ball  then 
changes  sides  frequently.  Harris  g^ts  out  of  a  scrimmage 
and  runs  to  the  15-yard  line.  Lamar  reaches  the  5-yard 
line.  Three  hard  rushes  fail  to  gain  and  Yale  gets  the 
ball.  Peters,  Watkinson,  and  Beecher  work  the  ball  back 
to  the  centre.  Hamlin  is  hurt  and  Gill  takes  his  place. 
The  ball  remains  here  for  a  long  time,  oscillating  back  and 
forth  from  side  to  side,  interrupted  only  by  a  kick  and  a 
return.  Only  ten  minutes  are  left  to  play.  Yale  starts  a 
steady  but  slow  advance  toward  Princeton's  goal.  Peters 
calls  for  a  kick.  The  ball  is  passed  to  Watkinson,  who 
sends  a  long,  high  punt  down  the  field.  The  ball  strikes 
the  ground  and  bounds  toward  the  side  line.  Lamar  seizes 
it  on  the  bound  and,  with  a  peculiar  loping  but  swift  motion. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


381 


darts  between  Corwin  and  Wallace.  Turning  sharply  he 
runs  along  the  southern  side  line.  Bull  and  Beeeher  mass 
to  tackle  or  to  force  him  out  of  bounds.  With  incredible 
swiftness  he  turns  suddenly  to  the  right,  and  as  Beeeher 
leaps  to  tackle,  dodges  beneath  him  and  thus  dives  into  a 
clear  field.  Peters,  coming  up  swiftly  from  behind,  is  over- 
taking him.  As  they  reach  the  last  line  Peters  dives,  but 
Lamar  springs  away  and  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
R.  M.  Hodge  kicks  the  goal.  Yale  kicks  off  and  Princeton 
at  once  commences  an  attack  that  steadily  forces  the  Blue 
back,  but  time  is  nearly  up,  and  as  the  ball  comes  to  mid- 
field  the  game  is  called. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 


Princeton,  Nov.  25,  1886 


PRINCETON 


YALE 


H.  L.  Hodge,  '86, 

F.  Moore,  '89, 

H.  W.  Cowan,  '88, 

W.  J.  George,  '89, 

W.  M.  Irvine,  '88, 

W.  J.  Cook,  '89, 

E.  O.  Wagenhurst,  '88, 

R.  M.  Hodge,  '86, 

K.  L.  Ames,  '90, 

L.  E.  Price,  '88, 

T.  H.  Savage,  '87,  Capt. 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Half-back, 

(( 

Full-back, 


F.  W.  Wallace,  '89. 
C.  O.  Gill,  '89. 

J.  J.  Buchanan,  '89. 
W.  H.  Corbin,  '89. 

G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89. 
G.  R.  Carter,  '88. 

R.  N.  Corwin,  '87,  Capt. 
H.  Beeeher,  '88. 
G.  A.  Watkinson,  '89. 
S.  B.  Morison,  '91. 
W.  T.  Bull.  '88. 


Referee:  T.  H.  Harris,  '86,  Princeton.    Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  0. 


First  Half:  The  game  is  called  nearly  two  hours  late 
through  inability  to  obtain  a  referee,  Mr.  Harris,  of  Prince- 
ton, finally  consenting  to  act.  A  heavy  rain  is  falling. 
Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball.  Corbin  dribbles  to 
Beeeher,  who  gains  10  yards.  Yale  fumbles  and  Princeton 
gets  the  ball.  Hodge  sends  a  pass  to  Ames,  who  starts  for 
the  end,  but  is  downed  by  Wallace.  On  the  third  down 
Savage  touches  down  for  a  loss  of  10  yards,  to  make  first 


382  FOOTBALL 

down  under  the  rules.  On  the  next  play  he  attempts  to 
punt,  but  is  thrown  in  his  tracks  by  Gill.  Savage  then  lifts 
a  punt  down  to  Yale's  30-yard  line.  A  sharp  exchange 
of  kicks  follows.  Princeton  begins  rushing  tactics,  send- 
ing Ames  and  Price  into  the  line  in  rapid  succession  for 
repeated  gains,  carrying  the  ball  to  Yale's  10-yard  line. 
Here  Yale  holds.  On  the  fourth  down  Savage  again  touches 
down  10  yards  back  to  gain  a  first  down.  On  the  line-up 
Savage  drops  back  for  a  try  at  goal,  but  Woodruff  is  through 
and  prevents  the  kick.  Hodge  makes  20  yards,  but  Ames 
on  the  next  play  is  thrown  by  Wallace  for  a  loss  of  ten. 
Savage  again  kicks.  Yale  gets  the  ball  and  punts.  Several 
scrimmages  ensue,  resulting  in  Yale  getting  the  ball.  Gill, 
Watkinson,  and  Morison  are  sent  against  the  line.  Twice 
Yale  is  compelled  to  touch  down  for  a  10-yard  loss  in  order 
to  hold  the  ball.  The  play  suddenly  shifts  by  a  long  kick 
to  Princeton's  goal,  Hodge  being  thrown  by  Beecher  on  the 
4-yard  line.  On  the  next  play  Princeton  fumbles  and  Cor- 
win  gets  the  ball  and  crosses  the  line.  The  play  is  not  al- 
lowed, as  the  Yale  centre  has  kicked  the  ball  in  play  instead 
of  its  being  snapped  by  Princeton.  Princeton  punts  to 
midfield  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  The  second  half  opens  as  darkness  is  closing 
down  and  the  rain  is  falling  in  increased  torrents.  Prince- 
ton opens  with  the  V  and  makes  10  yards.  Yale  punts  and 
gets  the  ball  near  Princeton's  goal.  Watkinson  tries  for  a 
field  goal,  but  fails.  The  ball  goes  over  the  line,  having  been 
touched  by  Savage.  Wallace  falls  on  it  for  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  is  missed.  The  crowd  breaks  upon  the  field  in 
great  excitement  and  fifteen  minutes  elapse  before  play 
can  be  resumed.  Play  is  resumed  for  five  minutes  without 
further  result.  Owing  to  the  delay  in  starting  this  game 
it  has  now  become  dark.  Twenty  minutes  still  remain 
to  play.     The  referee  calls  the  game  and  declares  it  "no 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


383 


game  and  the  score  as  0  to  0."  Captain  Corwin  demands 
that  the  game  shall  be  awarded  to  Yale  by  a  score  of  4  to  0. 
Princeton  claims  that  the  decision  shall  stand  in  accordance 
with  the  precedent  of  1884.  The  referee  maintains  his 
decision  of  no  game. 

Note. — At  the  ensuing  intercollegiate  convention  Yale 
claimed  the  championship,  but  the  convention  declined  to 
award  it.  See  convention  of  Nov.  28,  1886,  Appendix. 
Also  see  report  of  Committee  on  Championships,  convention 
of  Oct.  4,  1890,  Appendix. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  19.  1887 


PRINCETON 

S.  C.  Hodge,  '88, 
J.  R.  Church,  '88, 
H.  W.  Cowan,  '88, 

W.  J.  George,  '89, 
W.  M.  Irvine,  '88, 

R.  E.  Speer,  '89, 
E.  O.  Wagenhurst,  '8 
J.  Hancock,  '88, 
L.  E.  Price,  '88, 
W.  C.  Price,  '88, 
R.  H.  Channing,  '91, 
K.  L.  Ames,  '90, 


YALE 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
((         « 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
<(      (( 

Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


F.  W.  Wallace,  '89. 
C.  O.  Gill,  '89. 

G.  R.  Carter,  '88. 
C.  T.  Brooks,  '89. 
W.  H.  Corbin,  '89. 
G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89. 
W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91. 
S.  M.  Cross,  '88. 

F.  C  Pratt,  '88. 

H.  Beecher,  '88,  Capt. 

W.  P.  Graves,  '91. 

W.  C  Wurtenberg,  '89. 
W.  T.  Bull,  '88. 


Referee:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Harvard.  Umpire:  R.  F.  Fiske,  '87, 
Harvard.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
W.  P.  Graves,  goal  by  W.  T.  Bull.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
W.  H.  Corbin,  goal  by  W.  T.  Bull. 


First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  ball  is  dribbled  to  Hancock,  who  runs,  but  passes  to 
Ames  for  15  yards.  Three  rushes  more  take  the  ball  to 
Yale's  25-yard  line.  Yale  gets  it  on  downs  and  Graves 
punts.     Price  and  Ames  advance  it  10  yards,  but  Princeton 


384  FOOTBALL 

is  forced  to  punt.  Both  sides  are  fumbling  frequently. 
Channing,  Ames,  and  Cowan  force  it  well  down  into  Yale's 
territory,  but  Ames  is  forced  to  kick.  Yale  returns,  Prince- 
ton fumbles,  and  Gill  gets  the  ball.  Yale  cannot  gain  and 
Bull  punts.  Ames  catches  on  Princeton's  25-yard  line. 
Princeton  prepares  to  kick,  but  Wurtenberg  gets  the  ball 
and  crosses  the  line.  The  ball  is  brought  back  for  holding. 
Princeton  punts.  Gill  rushes  it  back.  Yale  is  held  for 
downs  and  Princeton  again  punts.  Yale  by  short  gains 
forces  it  back  to  the  5-yard  line,  but  cannot  get  it  across. 
Ames  once  more  lifts  the  ball  far  down  the  field.  Graves, 
Gill,  and  Bull  start  the  advance  again  and  reach  the  10-yard 
line.  Graves  this  time  gets  it  over  for  a  touchdown  and 
Bull  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  kicks  off  and  several  minutes 
of  fierce  scrimmaging  ensues  on  the  40-yard  line,  which  ends 
by  the  call  of  time  for  the  first  half. 

Second  Half:  W.  C.  Price  takes  the  place  of  L.  E.  Price 
for  Princeton  and  Yale  opens  with  a  rush  by  Woodruff,  fol- 
lowed by  Gill,  Graves,  and  Wurtenberg,  taking  the  ball  to 
the  20-yard  line,  where  the  advance  is  checked.  Bull 
punts.  Princeton  makes  a  short  gain,  but  Ames  is  com- 
pelled to  kick.  Gill  and  Woodruff  alternate  with  Wurten- 
berg and  Graves,  and  the  ball  is  steadily  pushed  down  the 
field  toward  Princeton's  goal.  Corbin  finally  takes  it  over 
for  a  touchdown.  Bull  kicks  the  goal.  Brooks  takes 
Carter's  place  for  Yale.  Princeton  dribbles  to  Price,  who 
makes  a  run  of  25  yards.  No  further  gain  can  be  made  and 
Ames  punts.  Bull  returns.  Cowan  gets  the  ball  and 
ploughs  solidly  through  the  Yale  team,  Beecher  saving 
Yale  from  the  touchdown.  Yale  gets  the  ball  and  Wood- 
ruff on  the  line-up  gets  away  for  the  longest  run  of  the 
game,  60  yards,  being  tackled  by  Price.  Woodruff  is  hurt 
and  Rhodes  takes  his  place.  Wallace  and  Graves  make 
25  yards,  the  latter  interfering  finely.     Wurtenberg  and 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


385 


Graves  carry  the  ball  within  2  yards  of  Princeton's  goal. 
Princeton  holds  for  downs  and  Ames  punts  to  midfield, 
where  time  is  called. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  24,  1888 


PRINCETON 


R.  E.  Speer,  '89, 

W.  J.  Cook,  '89, 

W.  M.  Irvine,  '88, 

W.  J.  George,  '89, 

H.  H.  Janeway,  '90, 

H.  W.  Cowan,  '88,  Capt., 

J.  B.  Riggs,  '92, 

D.  Bovaird,  '89, 

R.  M.  Hodge,  '86, 

J.  S.  Black,  '91, 

R.  H.  Channing,  '91, 

K.  L.  Ames,  '90, 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
«  tt 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back, 


YALE 

F.  W.  Wallace,  '89. 
C.  O.  Gill,  '89. 

W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91. 
W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Capt. 

G.  W.  Woodruff,  '89. 
W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91. 

A.  A.  Stagg,  '88. 
W.  C.  Wurtenberg,  89. 
W.  P.  Graves,  '91. 
Lee  McClung,  '92. 
P.  W.  Harvey,  '91. 
W.  T.  Bull,  '88. 


Referee:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Harvard.  Umpire:  R.  F.  Fiske,  '87, 
Harvard.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  10.  First  Half:  Goal  from  field 
by  W.  T.  Bull.    Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  W.  T.  Bull. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  game  opens  with  the  "V- trick,"  Black  running  therein 
with  the  ball  and  gaining  15  yards.  On  the  line-up  Prince- 
ton springs  a  new  play.  The  end  rush  runs  in  and  blocks 
the  opposing  tackle;  the  half  and  full  run  out  and  carry  the 
opposing  end  out,  thus  splitting  the  line  in  two.  Cowan 
goes  through  the  opening  and  reaches  the  10-yard  line.* 
The  play  is  not  allowed  and  the  ball  is  given  to  Yale.  Prince- 
ton soon  regains  it.  Stagg  and  Gill  stop  the  Princeton 
backs  for  a  loss  and  Ames  drops  back  for  a  try  for  goal. 
The  ball  goes  wide.  Yale  puts  the  ball  in  play  at  the  25- 
yard  line.  Graves  and  Gill  make  short  gains,  but  Speer 
*  The  origin  of  "  boxing  the  tackle.'* 


386  FOOTBALL 

and  Bovaird  stop  the  advance  and  Bull  punts.  The  play 
continues  in  this  manner  for  several  minutes.  Gill  at  last 
gets  away  for  a  run  of  30  yards,  but  Cowan  throws  McClung 
for  a  loss  on  the  next  play  and  Bull  is  forced  to  punt.  Ames 
makes  a  fair  catch  at  the  25-yard  line.  Princeton  draws 
back  10  yards  and  forms  the  V,  coming  forward  on  the 
play  20  yards.  But  Heffelfinger  makes  a  tackle  behind 
their  line  and  Ames  drops  back  to  punt.  Heffelfinger  is 
through  and  blocks  the  kick.  Gill  and  McClung  rush  the 
ball  to  the  20-yard  line,  but  here  sharp  tackling  by  Irvine 
and  Cowan  throws  Yale  for  a  loss.  Bull  tries  a  drop  kick, 
but  misses  the  goal.  Princeton  starts  from  the  25-yard  line 
with  the  V,  but  soon  punts.  Yale  again  brings  the  ball 
down  to  the  25-yard  line  and  Bull  tries  unsuccessfully  for 
another  goal.  Again  the  V  makes  10  yards,  and  Black  and 
Cowan  follow  it  up  by  consecutive  gains,  carrying  the  ball  to 
Yale's  40-yard  line.  Yale  holds  and  gets  the  ball.  Gill 
and  Rhodes  work  it  back,  but  Bull  at  last  has  to  punt. 
Princeton  begins  an  attack  on  the  ends,  but  loses  the  ball 
for  foul  interference.  Punts  are  exchanged  and  the  two 
teams  are  played  to  a  deadlock,  with  the  half  nearly  over, 
when  Princeton  fumbles  on  the  10-yard  line  and  Stagg 
gets  the  ball.  Bull  falls  back  and  kicks  an  easy  goal  from 
the  field.  Princeton  opens  play  with  the  wedge  and  then 
punts.  Yale,  by  long  runs  of  McClung,  Bull,  and  Gill, 
carries  the  ball  to  the  5-yard  line,  where  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:  During  the  second  half  play  is  even  for 
nearly  twenty-five  minutes,  being  merely  scrimmages  with- 
out substantial  gain,  followed  by  punts.  Wurtenberg  goes 
off  McClung  taking  his  place.  Black  and  Cowan  make  good 
gains  and  the  ball  is  carried  to  Yale's  35-yard  line.  Yale 
holds  for  downs  and  Bull  punts.  Ames  returns  the  kick 
and  Harvey  runs  it  back  30  yards.  Heffelfinger  adds  20 
more.     Cowan  goes  off  and  Riggs  takes  his  place.     Yale 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


387 


bucks  the  line  hard,  but  Cook  and  Janeway  throw  the  run- 
ners back.  Bull  tries  for  a  goal,  but  fails.  Yale  gets  the 
ball  and  kicks  and  Stagg  gets  it  on  a  fumble.  Three  rushes 
take  the  ball  to  Princeton's  25-yard  line,  where  Yale  is  held 
and  Bull  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  the  ball  goes  wide. 
Princeton  opens  with  a  V  on  the  25-yard  line,  making  10 
yards.  Princeton  now  begins  a  brilliant  running  game. 
Hodge  makes  10,  Channing  25,  and  Ames  40,  but  Yale  gets 
the  ball  on  a  foul.  Heffelfinger,  Gill,  and  McClung,  by  a 
series  of  rapid  line  plays,  take  the  ball  back  to  the  30-yard 
line.  Only  a  minute  is  left  to  play.  Bull,  standing  37  yards 
from  the  line  and  far  to  the  side,  then  drops  a  beautiful 
goal  from  the  field  and  time  is  called. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  28,  1889 


PRINCETON 

YALE 

B.  Donnelly,  '90, 

Left  End, 

A.  A.  Stagg,  '88. 

H.  W.  Cowan,  '88, 

Left  Tackle, 

C.  O.  Gill,  '89,  Capt. 

H.  H.  Janeway,  '90, 

Left  Guard, 

W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91, 

W.  J.  George,  '89, 

Centre, 

B.  Hanson,  '90. 

P.  C.  Jones,  '91, 

<t 

J.  B.  Riggs,  '92, 

Right  Guard, 

A.  B.  Newell,  '90. 

J.  N.  Thomas,  '90, 

«          (( 

L.  Heyworth,  '90. 

W.  S.  Cash,  '90, 

Right  Tackle, 

W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91. 

R.  H.  Warren,  '93, 

Right  End, 

J.  A.  Hartwell,  '89. 

E.  A.  Poe,  '91,  Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

W.  C.  Wurtenberg,'89, 

J.  S.  Black,  '91, 

Left  Half, 

Lee  McClung,  '92. 

R.  H.  Channing,  '91, 

Right  Half, 

P.  W.  Harvey,  '91. 

«      (( 

S.  B.  Morison,  '91. 

K.  L.  Ames,  '90, 

Full-back, 

H.  McBride,  '90. 

Referee:  J.  A.  Saxe,  '88,  Harvard.  Umpire:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87, 
Harvard.  Score:  Princeton  10,  Yale  0.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
R.  H.  Warren,  goal  by  K.  L.  Ames;   touchdown  by  H.  W.  Cowan. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  western  goal, 
backed  by  a  strong  wind.  Princeton  opens  with  the  V,  out 
of  which  Channing  runs  for  15  yards.     Black  and  Chan- 


388  FOOTBALL 

ning  now  try  the  Yale  wings,  but  Stagg  and  Rhodes  pre- 
vent a  gain.  Ames  lifts  a  long  punt.  Yale  fumbles  the 
kick  and  Cowan  gets  it,  running  for  20  yards  before  going 
down  beneath  McClung^s  hard  tackle.  Yale  gets  the  ball 
on  a  foul.  Yale  sends  Harvey,  Morison,  and  McClung 
against  Princeton's  line,  but  Cash,  Janeway,  and  Cowan 
throw  them  back,  the  ball  going  to  Princeton.  Again 
Princeton  loses  the  ball  on  a  fumble.  Yale  now  masses 
her  men  in  a  V  against  the  tackle.  The  play  gains  4 
yards.  A  similar  formation  is  tried  on  the  opposite  side 
and  makes  five  yards.  The  ball  is  only  10  yards  from  the 
goal  line.  Yale  continues  to  use  the  V,  but  Cowan  breaks  it 
up.  Ames  gets  the  ball  and  makes  a  long  run.  He  tries 
for  a  field  goal  40  yards  away,  but  McBride  catches  on 
Yale's  10-yard  line.  Yale  tries  to  rush  it  out,  but  Poe  and 
Warren  throw  the  runners  back.  Yale  punts  to  midfield 
and  the  half  ends. 

Second  Half:  Yale  starts  the  second  half  with  a  V  and 
gains  12  yards.  McClung  gains  15  yards.  McClung  tries 
a  drop  kick,  but  the  ball  falls  short.  Princeton  fumbles 
and  it  is  Yale's  ball  on  the  10-yard  line.  Three  times 
their  backs  batter  the  line,  but  Riggs  and  Janeway  stop 
the  attack.  Princeton  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  Ames  punts 
to  the  45-yard  line  and  Warren  gets  the  ball.  Ames  runs 
to  the  right  end,  but,  just  as  he  reaches  the  line,  whirls 
around  and  makes  a  long  pass  to  the  left  to  Cowan,  who 
runs  30  yards  before  being  downed.  Princeton  fumbles 
and  loses  20  yards,  but  Channing  recovers  the  ball.  On 
the  line-up  Ames  tries  for  a  field  goal.  The  posts  are 
missed,  but  the  ball  rolls  across  the  line  on  the  ground. 
The  Yale  backs  fumble  it  and  Warren,  coming  up  like  a 
race-horse,  dives  along  the  slippery  mud  and  gets  the  ball 
for  a  touchdown.  The  ball  is  brought  out  and  the  angle 
for  goal  is  wide  and  difficult,  but  Ames  makes  it.     Only 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


389 


fifteen  minutes  are  left  to  play.  Yale  launches  the  V  with 
great  fierceness  and  follows  it  up  with  fast  and  desperate 
playing.  Princeton  stops  the  advance  and  immediately 
fumbles,  Hartwell  getting  the  ball.  McClung  tries  for 
field  goal  at  20  yards,  but  the  ball  strikes  the  post.  Gill 
is  through  and  seizes  the  ball,  carrying  it  across,  but  it  is 
brought  back  for  off-side  play.  A  moment  later  McBride 
tries  another  drop,  but  Cash  blocks  the  kick.  Princeton 
gets  the  ball  and  Ames  starts  off  a  phenomenal  punt,  which 
he  follows  up  with  others,  keeping  the  ball  continually  down 
in  Yale's  goal.  Ames  tries  a  long  drop  kick,  which  falls 
short,  but  is  fumbled  by  Yale.  Cowan  falls  on  the  ball,  but, 
rising  to  his  feet,  staggers  across  the  line  with  the  Yale  team 
clinging  to  him  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  fails.  Yale 
opens  with  a  rush  and  follows  it  up  with  a  kick.  Ames 
runs  the  ball  back  30  yards,  but  with  only  McBride  be- 
tween him  and  the  line,  goes  down,  and  McBride  holds  him  at 
the  5-yard  line.  Before  the  ball  can  be  sent  off  on  the  next 
play  time  is  called. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 


Brooklyn,  Nov.  27,  1890 


PRINCETON 

R.  H.  Warren,  '93, 
R.  E.  Speer,  '89, 
J.  N.  Thomas,  '90, 
P.  C.  Jones,  '91, 
J.  G.  Symmes,  '92, 
J.  B.  Riggs,  '92, 
E.  A.  S.  Lewis,  '91, 
R.  Fumess,  '91, 
E.  A.  Foe,  '91,  Capt., 
P.  King,  '93, 
W.  C.  Spicer,  '91, 


YALE 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
((         « 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 


S.  Homans,  '92,  Full-back, 

Referee:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Harvard. 
Wesleyan.    Score:  Princeton    0,    Yale   32 


J.  A.  Hartwell,  '89. 

A.  H.  Wallis,  '93. 

W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91. 

W.  M.  Lewis,  '91. 

S.  N.  Morison,  '92. 

W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91,  Capt. 

B.  L.  Crosby,  '92. 
F.  E.  Barbour,  '92. 
Lee  McClung,  '92. 
R  W.  Harvey,  '91. 
L.  T.  Bliss,  '93. 

S.  B.  Morison,  '91. 

Umpire:  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89, 
First   Half:  Touchdown 


390  FOOTBALL 

and  goal  by  L.  McClung;  touchdown  by  L.  McClung;  touchdown  and 
goal  by  L.  McClung.  Second  half:  Touchdown  by  W.  C.  Rhodes, 
goal  by  L.  McClung;  touchdown  and  goal  by  L.  McClung;  touch- 
down by  S.  B.  Morison. 

First  Half:  The  game  is  played  at  Eastern  Park,  Brook- 
lyn. When  the  teams  arrive  upon  the  field  great  consterna- 
tion is  caused  by  the  collapse  of  a  stand  upon  which  are 
4,000  spectators,  many  of  whom  are  injured.  As  soon  as  the 
confusion  subsides  the  coin  is  tossed  and  the  turn  correctly 
called  by  Poe  for  Princeton.  Princeton  opens  with  the  V 
in  which  Poe  makes  10  yards.  Romans  punts  to  McClung, 
who  is  tackled  by  Riggs  on  Yale's  10-yard  line.  Yale  fum- 
bles and  Speer  gets  the  ball.  Homans  tries  a  goal  from 
the  field,  but  misses.  Yale  now  produces  a  wonderful 
end-interference  play.  The  right  end  boxes  the  oppos- 
ing tackle,  the  right  half  and  full-back  carry  the  oppos- 
ing end  out.  Heffelfinger  at  the  snap  of  the  ball  jumps  from 
his  position  in  the  line  and,  crossing  between  centre  and 
quarter-back,  forms  the  head  of  the  running  interference, 
followed  by  the  quarter-back  and  the  left  half,  the  latter  car- 
rying the  ball.  An  equally  strong  variation  of  this  forma- 
tion also  is  used  against  the  tackle,  who  is  carried  out. 
Yale  sends  play  after  play  of  this  kind  against  Princeton's 
line  until  the  ball  is  carried  to  the  25-yard  line.  Here  Hart- 
well,  running  around  from  end,  is  given  the  ball,  and  striking 
in  between  the  opposite  end  and  tackle,  plants  it  on  the 
15-yard  line.  King  and  Poe  stop  Yale  for  2  downs  with- 
out gain.  On  the  next  play  McClung  splits  the  end  and 
tackle  for  a  run  of  25  yards  and  a  touchdown.  He  kicks 
the  goal.  Princeton  opens  play  with  the  V,  but  is  held  for 
downs.  Again  Yale  with  her  great  interference  batters 
Princeton  down  to  the  25-yard  line,  where  McClung,  led 
by  Heffelfinger,  rounds  the  end  for  a  second  touchdown. 
The  try  at  goal  at  a  wide  angle  is  missed.    Again  the  Prince- 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  391 

ton  V  ploughs  for  10  yards.  Yale  holds  and  gets  the  ball. 
McClung  and  Harvey  hit  the  centre  for  short  gains  and 
the  latter  skirts  the  end  for  20  yards.  McClung  again  takes 
the  ball  over  for  a  touchdown  and  kicks  the  goal.  King 
makes  13  yards  in  the  V  and  bucks  the  line  for  5  more. 
Spicer  splits  end  and  tackle  for  15  yards.  King  and 
Homans  add  15  more.  Here  Yale  holds  and  Homans  tries 
for  a  field  goal,  but  it  fails.  On  the  kick-out  time  is  called 
for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  the  second  half  with  the  V,  gain- 
ing 5  yards.  Thomas,  Symmes,  and  Riggs  break  up  the 
next  three  plays  and  force  Yale  to  punt.  Homans  lifts  a 
prodigious  return.  Yale  lines  up,  but  cannot  gain,  Furness, 
Warren,  and  Spicer  stopping  the  advance.  Again  Yale 
punts  and  again  Homans  outkicks  his  rival,  Princeton 
gaining  10  yards  by  the  exchange.  Yale  hits  the  line  for  a 
short  gain,  but  cannot  make  the  distance  S.  B.  Morison 
punts,  Homans  returns,  and  McClung  gets  the  ball.  Heffel- 
finger  hits  the  line  for  5  yards.  McClung  goes  round  the 
end  for  10  more.  Rhodes  skirts  the  opposite  side  for  an 
additional  10-yard  gain.  McClung  and  Heffelfinger  plant 
the  ball  on  the  1-yard  line,  King  tackling  and  throwing  both. 
Rhodes  breaks  the  centre  in  two  for  the  touchdown  and 
McClung  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton's  V  fails  to  gain.  King 
is  stopped  on  a  centre  plunge  by  Heffelfinger  and  Homans 
punts.  The  ball  is  over  the  line  and  Yale  brings  it  out 
to  the  25-yard  line  and  puts  it  in  play  by  a  scrimmage. 
McClung,  Rhodes,  and  S.  B.  Morison  advance  the  ball 
by  slow  but  consecutive  gains  to  Princeton's  35-yard  line. 
Here  King  and  Poe  stop  the  Yale  backs  and  Morison  tries 
a  drop  kick.  The  ball  goes  into  the  crowd  and  is  recov- 
ered by  King.  Homans  drops  back  to  punt,  but  S.  N. 
Morison  is  through  on  him  and  the  kick  is  blocked, 
Rhodes  getting  the  ball  on  the  20-yard  line.     Bliss  splits 


392 


FOOTBALL 


the  line  for  5  yards,  and  McClung,  aided  by  Heffelfinger, 
rounds  the  end  for  a  30-yard  run  and  a  touchdown.  He 
kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  resumes  play  with  a  wedge, 
making  10  yards.  King  is  thrown  for  a  loss  of  4  and 
Homans  punts.  S.  B.  Morison  catches  on  the  10-yard  line 
and  runs  the  ball  back  10  yards.  McClung  goes  between 
end  and  tackle  for  5  yards.  Rhodes  skirts  the  end  for  10 
more.  S.  B.  Morison  hits  centre  for  4.  McClung  rounds 
the  end  for  15.  S.  N.  Morison  breaks  the  line  in  two,  and 
with  Heffelfinger  interfering,  races  70  yards  for  a  touch- 
down. No  goal.  There  is  only  one  minute  left  to  play. 
Princeton  sends  its  wedge  for  10  yards  and  time  is  called. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 


New  York,  Nov.  26,  1891 


PRINCETON 


R.  H.  Warren,  '93,  Capt., 

A.  F.  Harold,  '93, 

J.  B.  Riggs,  '92, 

J.  G.  Symmes,  '92, 

A.  L.  Wheeler,  '95, 

A.  F.  Holly,  '95, 

H.  Vincent,  '94, 

P.  King,  '93, 

J.  M.  Flint,  '95, 

J.  P.  Poe,  '95, 

S.  Homans,  '92, 


Right  End, 
Right  Tackle, 
Right  Guard, 

Centre, 
Left  Guard, 
Left  Tackle, 

Left  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 

Full-back, 


J.  A.  Hartwell,  *89. 
W.  C.  Winter,  '93. 
S.  N.  Morison,  '92. 
G.  F.  Sanford,  '95. 
W.  W.  Heffelfinger,  '91. 
A.  H.  Wallis,  '93. 
F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95. 
F.  E.  Barbour,  '92. 
Lee  McClung,  '92,  Capt. 
L.  T.  Bliss,  '93. 
V.  C.  McCormick,  '93. 


Referee:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Harvard.  Umpire:  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89, 
Wesleyan.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  19.  Second  Half:  Touchdown 
by  V.  C.  McCormick;  touchdown  by  W.  C.  Winter;  goal  from  field  by 
V.  C.  McCormick;  touchdown  by  L.  T.  Bliss,  goal  by  L.  McClung. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
Play  starts  with  a  V,  Poe  gaining  8  yards.  Heffelfinger 
stops  Flint  in  the  centre.  Poe  also  fails  to  pass  the  centre. 
Homans  punts  and  McClung  catches  on  the  30-yard  line. 
McClung  rounds  Princeton's  right  for  15  yards.  Vincent 
stops  a  run  around  the  left  and  Yale  punts.     Kicks  are 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  393 

exchanged.  McClung  gets  around  the  end  for  15  yards. 
Riggs  and  Harold  stop  the  advance  and  Bliss  punts,  Homans 
returning.  Vincent  throws  McClung  for  a  loss  and  Yale 
punts,  Homans  returning.  Yale  tries  the  line,  but  cannot 
make  a  gain  and  Bliss  kicks.  Princeton  makes  a  fair 
catch  and  tries  the  wedge,  but  cannot  gain.  Homans  punts. 
For  the  remainder  of  the  half  Princeton  returns  all  kicks 
and  Yale  uses  up  three  downs  in  trying,  without  appreciable 
gain,  to  make  a  first  down.  Several  penalties  are  imposed, 
but  the  tackling  is  too  fierce  for  either  side  to  gain  any 
advantage  or  come  within  striking  distance  of  the  goal. 
The  half  closes  with  a  punt  to  midfield  by  Yale. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  with  a  wedge,  Sanford  gaining 
5  yards.  Bliss  cannot  gain,  Harold  tackling.  McClung 
hits  the  centre  for  3  yards.  King  stops  Winter  with  a  gain 
of  8.  McClung  hits  centre  for  4  and  Morison  makes  1. 
Riggs  breaks  through  and  throws  McClung  for  a  loss 
of  4  yards.  Winter  hits  the  line  twice  for  a  gain  of  5 
yards  on  each  try.  McClung  gets  5  more,  but  is  stopped 
by  Wheeler.  McCormick  hits  centre  twice,  once  without 
a  gain  and  the  second  time  making  8  yards.  Morison  goes 
through  for  5.  McClung  and  Winter,  by  short  gains  in  three 
rushes,  take  the  ball  within  two  yards  of  the  line.  The  two 
teams  mass  for  a  centre  smash,  and  McCormick  is  forced 
over  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Princeton 
brings  the  ball  out  to  the  25-yard  line  and  starts  a  V,  King 
making  2  yards.  Flint  goes  through  centre  for  4  yards. 
McClung  stops  Poe  on  the  end  for  2  yards.  Princeton 
fumbles  and  Hinkey  gets  the  ball.  Bliss  and  McClung 
spring  a  criss-cross  and  land  the  ball  within  one  yard  of 
the  line.  Winter  splits  tackle  for  the  touchdown.  The 
goal  again  is  missed.  Princeton  starts  the  wedge  at  the 
25-yard  line,  but  makes  no  gain.  Princeton  punts  and  the 
ball  is  out  of  bounds  at  the  25-yard  line.     Yale  loses  the  ball 


394  FOOTBALL 

for  holding.  Homans  punts.  Heffelfinger  leaps  in  the  air 
and  stops  the  ball  with  his  hand,  Hartwell  catching  it  and 
running  around  the  end  for  15  yards.  McClung  makes  8 
more,  and  then  Princeton  gets  the  ball  for  holding.  Homans 
punts  to  McClung.  McClung  makes  10  yards  around  the 
end.  Yale  gets  5  more  for  off-side  play.  Holly  and  Harold 
stop  two  rushes  at  the  line.  The  ball  is  then  passed  to 
McCormick,  who  drops  a  goal  from  the  40-yard  line. 
Princeton  starts  the  wedge  at  midfield  and  makes  10  yards. 
Both  teams  hold  well,  requiring  frequent  punting.  Homans 
tries  a  drop  kick  at  40  yards,  but  the  ball  goes  to  the  left. 
McClung  starts  the  wedge  at  the  25-yard  line.  Princeton 
tackles  sharply  and  forces  a  kick.  Homans  returns.  McCor- 
mick runs  18  yards  and  is  brought  down  by  Flint.  Yale 
tries  the  line,  but  cannot  gain  consecutively  and  punts. 
Flint  tries  the  centre,  but  cannot  gain.  Morison  downs 
Homans  behind  the  line  and  prevents  a  punt.  Homans,  on 
the  next  play,  gets  his  kick  off  and  McClung  makes  a  fair 
catch.  Yale  tries  the  V,  but  loses  2  yards.  Bliss  punts  and 
Poe  gets  the  ball.  Flint  makes  a  small  gain  and  Homans 
punts  to  McClung.  McCormick  cannot  gain,  but  McClung 
gets  around  the  end  for  15  yards.  Bliss  and  McClung 
work  a  criss-cross  and  the  former  gets  away  for  a  65-yard 
run  and  a  touchdown.  McClung  kicks  the  goal.  Prince- 
ton resumes  play  with  a  V  at  midfield  and  gains  5  yards. 
Poe  hits  the  line  for  4  more.  Poe  makes  3  more,  but 
Morison  tackles.     As  the  teams  line  up  time  is  called. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  24,  1892 

PRINCETON  YALE 

T.  G.  Trenchard,  '95,  Right  End,  J.  C.  Greenway,  '95. 

A.  F.  Harold,  '93,  Right  Tackle,  A.  H.  Wallis,  '93. 

F.  M.  Hall,  '96,  Right  Guard,  W.  O.  Hickok,  '95. 

D.  M.  Balliet,  '94,  Centre,  P.  T.  Stillman,  '95. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


395 


TALE 

J.  A.  McCrea,  '95. 

W.  C.  Winter,  '93. 

F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95. 

V.  C.  McCormick,  '93,Capt. 

L.  T.  Bliss,  '93. 

H.  S.  Graves,  '92. 

C.  D.  Bliss,  '93. 

F.  S.  Butterworth.  '95. 


PRINCETON 

A.  L.  Wheeler,  '95,  Left  Guard, 

L.  Lea,  '96,  Left  Tackle, 
M.  P.  Randolph,  '93,  Left  End, 

P.  King,  '93,  Capt.,  Quarter-back, 
J.  P.  Poe,  '95,  Left  Half, 

F.  B.  Morse,  '95,  Right  Half, 

S.  Homans,  '92,  Full-back, 

Referee:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Harvard.  Umpire:  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89, 
Wesleyan.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by 
L.  T.  Bliss,  goal  by  F.  S.  Butterworth.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by 
P.  T.  Stillman,  goal  by  F.  S.  Butterworth. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  west 
goal,  with  a  fair  wind.  The  Yale  V  makes  10  yards.  C. 
Bliss  makes  5  more.  L.  Bliss  rounds  the  end  and  with 
McCormick,  Winter,  and  Butterworth  in  perfect  interfering 
formation,  runs  40  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Butterworth 
kicks  the  goal.  Poe  makes  12  yards  in  the  V.  L.  Bliss  adds 
4  more,  but  Princeton  stops  the  advance  and  gets  the  ball. 
Morse,  Lea,  and  Poe  make  12  yards  and  Homans  tries  for 
a  field  goal,  but  the  kick  is  low.  Both  teams  interlock  in  a 
rushing  contest,  the  gains  being  small  and  the  ball  frequently 
changing  sides.  Frequent  penalties  are  imposed  for  hold- 
ing. King  makes  a  fair  catch  at  centre.  Poe  breaks  the 
centre  for  5  yards.  King  is  hurt,  but  resumes.  Yale  gets 
the  ball  on  downs,  but  Harold  and  Trenchard  will  not  let 
them  gain.  Butterworth  punts  out  of  bounds.  Poe  and 
Morse  carry  the  ball  to  the  40-yard  line  and  Homans  tries 
for  a  field  goal,  but  the  ball  is  brought  back  and  given  to 
Yale  for  holding.  Yale  tries  the  ends,  but  cannot  make 
them.     Butterworth  punts  to  Poe,  and  the  half  closes. 

Second  Half:  Morse  in  the  V  opens  the  second  half  for  5 
yards.  Homans  punts.  Wallis,  Winter,  and  Butterworth 
pound  the  line  for  short  gains  and  C.  Bliss  gets  around  the 
end  for  15  yards.     L.  Bliss  doubles  the  other  end  for  20 


396  FOOTBALL 

more.  Princeton  gets  the  ball  for  holding.  Homans  drops 
back  for  a  drop  kick,  but  runs  instead.  He  gains  slightly, 
but  punts  on  the  next  down.  The  ball  changes  sides  on 
downs.  Yale  drives  the  ball  to  Princeton's  30-yard  line, 
but  is  held  for  downs.  Homans  punts,  but  Stillman  blocks 
the  kick  and  the  ball  bounds  back  over  the  line,  Stillman 
falling  on  it  for  a  touchdown.  Butterworth  kicks  the  goal. 
Morse  makes  8  yards  in  the  V,  but  Homans  is  forced  to 
kick.  He  lifts  a  prodigious  punt  to  Yale's  goal-line,  where 
the  ball  is  fumbled,  but  Greenway  gets  it  on  the  5-yard 
line.  The  ball  is  punted  to  Poe,  who  runs  it  back  25  yards. 
King  makes  a  great  effort  to  round  the  end  for  a  touch- 
down, but  Butterworth  stops  him.  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  the 
15-yard  line.  Kicks  are  exchanged,  Butterworth  running 
back  the  kick  12  yards.  He  then  splits  the  centre  for  10 
more.  L.  Bliss  rounds  the  end  for  15  and  adds  5  more  on 
a  fake  kick.  With  Hinkey  interfering,  he  carries  the  ball 
to  Princeton's  23-yard  line.  Butterworth,  Graves,  and  C. 
Bliss  gain  slightly,  but  Princeton  stops  the  attack  7  yards 
from  the  line.  Poe  makes  3  through  centre.  Yale  gets  the 
ball  for  holding.  The  time  is  nearly  up  and  the  Yale  stands 
are  calling  for  a  touchdown.  Trenchard  throws  C.  Bliss  for 
a  loss  and  McCormick  drops  back  to  try  a  drop.  Lea 
blocks  the  kick,  but  Hinkey  gets  the  ball  and  plants  it  on  the 
5-yard  line.  Bliss  and  Graves  hit  the  line  like  a  battering- 
ram,  but  Balliet,  Hall,  and  Harold  stand  like  a  wall  and 
Princeton  gets  the  ball.     Time  then  is  called. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York.  Nov.  30.  1893 


PRINCETON 

YALE 

H.  O.  Brown,  '95, 

Left  End, 

F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95,  Capt. 

A.  F.  Holly,  '95, 

Left  Tackle, 

F.  T.  Murphy,  '97. 

A.  L.  Wheeler,  '95, 

Left  Guard, 

J.  A.  McCrea,  '95. 

t).  M.  Balliet,  '94, 

Centre, 

P.  T.  Stillman,  '95. 

PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  397 

PRINCETON  YALE 

K.  Taylor,  '95,  Right  Guard,  W.  O.  Hickok,  '95. 

L.  Lea,  '96,  Right  Tackle,  A.  McC.  Beard,  '95. 

T.  G.Trenchard,  '95,  Capt.,    Right  End,  J.  C.  Greenway,  '95. 

P.  King,  '93,  Quarter-back,  G.  T.  Adee,  '95. 

W.  D.  Ward,  '95,  Left  Half,  S.  B.  Thome,  '95. 

F.  B.  Morse,  '95,  Right  Half,  R.  Armstrong,  '96. 

E.  H.  Hart,  '94. 

J.  R.  Blake,  '94,  Full-back,  F.  S.  Butterworth,  '95. 

Referee:  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Score:  Princeton  6,  Yale  0.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  W.  D. 
Ward,  goal  by  P.  King. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  ball. 
The  game  opens  with  a  flying  wedge,  King  carrying  the  ball 
20  yards.  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble.  Wheeler  throws 
Thome  for  a  loss  of  5  yards  and  Butterworth  punts.  Ward 
and  Morse  pierce  the  Yale  line  for  9  yards,  but  Yale  gets 
the  ball  for  holding.  Wheeler  drops  Armstrong  for  a  loss 
of  2.  Trenchard  stops  Thorne  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball. 
A  few  short  gains  are  made  and  the  ball  is  kicked.  Yale 
springs  a  novel  play.  The  ends  and  tackles  drop  back  for 
a  mass  play,  but  Butterworth  punts.  Half  of  the  Yale  line 
are  down  the  field  on  Blake,  but  the  latter  makes  the  catch 
and  dashes  through  them  for  20  yards.  King  makes  10  yards 
on  a  double  pass  and  punts.  Butterworth  gets  through  the 
line  for  25  yards.  Two  mass  plays  are  sent  against  the 
tackles,  but  Princeton  gets  the  ball  for  off-side  play.  Blake 
punts,  and  Butterworth,  after  a  few  trials  at  the  line  by 
Thorne,  returns  the  ball.  Princeton  now  uncovers  a  new 
tackle  play,  running  her  men  in  the  form  of  a  tandem.  In 
this  formation,  starting  from  the  40-yard  line,  King,  Ward, 
Morse,  and  Blake,  by  short  but  unbroken  gains,  carry  the 
ball  straight  down  the  field  to  the  last  line,  where  Ward  is 
lifted  on  the  top  of  a  wave  of  striped  orange  jerseys  and 
forced  across  the  line  for  a  touchdown.     King  punts  out 


398  FOOTBALL 

to  Trenchard  and  then  kicks  the  goal.  Yale  opens  with 
a  strong  rush,  Butterworth  making  20  yards  in  the  flying 
wedge,  but  Princeton  soon  stops  the  advance.  The  ball 
changes  sides  frequently  on  the  40-yard  line,  being  punted 
and  returned,  but  neither  side  makes  a  dangerous  gain. 
The  half  closes  with  the  ball  on  Princeton's  40-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  the  second  half  with  a  flying 
wedge  and  makes  18  yards.  Princeton  holds  and  gets  the 
ball  on  downs.  Morse  makes  4  yards  and  Blake  punts  out 
of  bounds.  Morse  makes  8  and  Ward  adds  3  more.  Yale 
braces  and  holds  for  downs.  Butterworth  hits  the  centre 
for  4  and  then  punts.  Blake,  Morse,  and  Ward,  in  the 
tandem,  rush  the  ball  back  17  yards.  The  ball  is  passed 
to  Blake,  who  bucks  centre,  but  turns  and  passes  the  ball 
to  King,  who  rounds  the  end  for  20  yards.  A  mass  play 
yields  4  more,  and  Ward  and  Morse  plant  the  ball  on  the 
5-yard  line.  Yale  makes  a  spirited  defence  and  gets  the 
ball  on  downs.  Butterworth  lifts  the  ball  over  65  yards. 
Princeton  by  short  rushes  brings  the  ball  back  to  the  10- 
yard  line,  where  Blake  misses  a  difficult  try  for  a  goal  from 
the  side  line.  Yale  cannot  gain  and  Butterworth  kicks. 
King  catches  and  runs  the  ball  back  25  yards.  Again  the 
tandem  comes  into  play  and  the  ball  advances  to  Yale's 
5-yard  line,  but  Princeton  cannot  force  it  over.  Thorne 
piles  the  Princeton  runners  up  behind  the  line  and  Yale 
gets  the  ball.  Thorne  and  Butterworth  work  the  ball  back 
15  yards  and  time  is  called. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Dec.  1,  1894 


PRINCETON 

YALE 

H.  O.  Brown,  '95, 
A.  F.  Holly,  '95, 
A.  L.  Wheeler,  '95, 
D.  Riggs,  '97, 

Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre 

F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95,  Capt. 
A.  McC.  Beard,  '95. 
J.  A,  McCrea,  '95. 
P.  T.  Stillman,  '95. 

PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  399 

PRINCETON  YALE 

J.  M.  Rhodes,  '97,  Right  Guard,  W.  O.  Hickok,  '95. 

K.  Taylor,  '95,  Right  Tackle,  F.  T.  Murphy,  '97. 

C.  Chadwick,  '97. 

T.  G.  Trenchard,  '95,  Capt.,    Right  End,  L.  Hinkey,  '97. 

W.  D.  Ward,  '95,  Quarter-back,  G.  T.  Adee,  '95. 

N.  Poe,  '97,  Left  Half,      ■  S.  B.  Thome,  '96. 

"        "  H.  W.  Letton,  '97. 

A.  H.  Rosengarten,  '97,  Right  Half,  A.  N.  Jerrems,  '96. 

H.  W.  Barnett,  '96, 

G.  Cochran,  '98,  Full-back,  F.  S.  Butterworth,  '95. 

W.  H.  Bannard,  '98, 

Referee:  J.  De  Hart,  O.  A.  C.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  Mr.  Baldwin,  C.  A.  C.,  Frank  Coyne,  O.  A.  C.  Score: 
Princeton  0,  Yale  24.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  S.  Butterworth, 
goal  by  W.  O.  Hickok;  touchdown  by  F.  S.  Butterworth,  goal  by  W. 
O.  Hickok;  touchdown  by  F.  S.  Butterworth,  goal  by  W,  O.  Hickok. 
Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  Hinkey,  goal  by  W.  O.  Hickok. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  western 
goaL  Wheeler  kicks  to  Jerrems  and  the  latter  runs  back  to 
midfield.  Princeton  forms  to  punt,  but  Hickok  blocks  the 
kick  and  Murphy  falls  on  the  ball  on  Princeton's  5-yard 
line.  Butterworth  bucks  the  line  twice,  touching  down  on 
the  last  plunge.  Hickok  kicks  the  goal.  Wheeler  kicks  to 
Butterworth  and  the  ball  is  run  back  20  yards.  A  long 
exchange  of  kicks  ensues,  marred  by  several  fumbles  but 
lucky  recoveries.  Princeton  discloses  a  new  system  of 
interference.  Every  player  but  the  centre  rush  is  with- 
drawn behind  the  line.  Two  men  start  before  the  ball  and 
cross  behind  centre,  thus  giving  a  flying  interference  behind 
which  follows  the  runner,  pushed  and  whirled  by  his  asso- 
ciates. Yale  soon  solves  it,  and  after  a  few  trials  it  fails  to 
gain.  Thorne,  Jerrems,  and  Beard  buck  the  line  for  20 
yards.  Butterworth  circles  the  end  for  20  more.  Short  line 
plunges  now  take  the  ball  to  Princeton's  5-yard  line,  from 
which  Butterworth  is  rammed  across  for  a  touchdown. 
Hickok  kicks  the  goal.    Yale  now  opens  a  new  interference 


400  FOOTBALL 

play.  The  entire  team  with  the  exception  of  centre  are 
formed  7  yards  behind  the  line,  the  quarter  playing  5  yards 
behind  centre.  Three  men  start  across  before  the  ball  is  put 
in  play.  Suddenly  the  ball  is  passed  back  to  the  quarter, 
all  backs  start  in  motion,  and  a  double  pass  is  made  to 
confuse  the  opponents.  Yale  also  produced  in  this  game 
a  new  method  of  passing  to  the  full-back  for  a  kick.  In- 
stead of  the  ball  being  snapped  to  the  quarter-back  and 
then  passed  by  him  to  the  full-back,  the  centre  threw  a  long 
pass  directly  to  the  full-back,  passing  the  ball  between 
his  legs  as  he  stood  in  snapping  position.  Yale's  backs  by 
superior  work  soon  force  the  ball  well  down  into  Princeton's 
territory.  Butterworth,  Thorne,  Jerrems,  and  Beard  by 
line-bucking  reach  the  5-yard  line,  from  which  Butterworth 
is  forced  over  for  a  touchdown  and  Hickok  kicks  the  goal. 
Princeton  again  kicks  off  and  Yale  renews  its  line-plunging 
tactics,  taking  the  ball  slowly  but  steadily  down  to  Prince- 
ton's 3-yard  line,  where  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Yale  opens  the  second  half  by  kicking  to 
Bannard  on  the  25-yard  line.  Princeton  tries  for  a  short 
gain  and  punts.  Beard,  Jerrems,  and  Murphy  make  10 
yards  and  Butterworth  rounds  the  end  for  15.  Adee  tries  a 
quarter-back  kick,  but  Princeton  gets  it.  Thorne  is  hurt 
and  Letton  takes  his  place.  Scrimmage  follows  scrimmage, 
the  ball  changing  sides  frequently  on  downs  and  kicks. 
Letton  kicks  out  of  bounds  at  Princeton's  15-yard  line. 
Yale  gets  the  ball  for  holding.  Letton,  aided  by  perfect 
interference,  rounds  the  end  for  15  yards.  Princeton  holds 
for  downs.  Bannard  punts  and  Yale  gets  it  on  the  50-yard 
line.  F.  Hinkey  loses  5  and  Butterworth  punts.  Princeton 
fumbles  on  the  10-yard  line  and  L.  Hinkey,  picking  up  the 
ball,  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Hickok  kicks  an 
easy  goal.  Both  teams  resort  to  a  kicking  game.  Rosen- 
garten  is  hurt  and  Barnett  takes  his  place.     Yale  catches 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


401 


on  the  40-yard  line  and  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage. 
L.  Hinkey  makes  5,  Butterworth  adds  7  more.  Jerrems 
goes  through  for  5,  and  time  is  called. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  23,  1895 


PRINCETON 

L.  Lea,  '96,  Capt., 
S.  H.  Thompson,  '97 
W.  W.  Church,  '97, 
D.  Riggs,  '97, 
P.  Wentz,  '99, 
R.  R.  Gailey,  97, 
J.  M.  Rhodes,  '97, 
A.  C.  Tyler,  '97, 
G.  Cochran,  '98, 
H.  M.  Suter,  '99, 
H.  C.  Armstrong,  '98 
A.  W.  Kelly,  '98, 
A.  H.  Rosengarten 
W.  H.  Bannard,  '9 
J.  Baird,  '99, 


YALE 


97, 


Left  End, 
((       (( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
*(         It 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half. 


Right  Half, 
<(         << 

Full-back, 


L.  M.  Bass,  '97. 

J.  O.  Rodgers,  '98. 
C.  Chadwick,  '97. 

H.  P.  Cross,  '96. 
W.  R.  Cross,  '96. 
F.  T.  Murphy,  '97. 
L.  Hinkey,  '97. 
C.  M.  Fincke,  '97. 
S.  B.  Thome,  '96  Capt. 

C.  DeWitt,  '96. 

A.  N.  Jerrems,  '96. 


Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesmen:  I.  McD.  Garfield,  '93,  Williams;  V.  M.  Coyne,  E.  A.  C. 
Score:  Princeton  10,  Yale  20.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  M.  Bass, 
goal  by  S.  B.  Thorne;  touchdown  and  goal  by  S.  B.  Thome.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  N.  Jerrems;  touchdown  by  J.  Baird,  goal  by 
H.  M.  Suter;  touchdown  by  A.  C.  Tyler;  touchdown  by  S.  B.  Thome, 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  east  goal. 
Lea  kicks  off  to  Bass  on  the  25-yard  line.  Thorne  on  the 
line-up  returns  the  ball  to  centre.  Princeton  tries  the  line, 
but  fumbles,  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Thorne  gets  through 
centre  for  2.  Jerrems  adds  2  more.  Thorne  and  DeWitt 
on  line  plunges  gain  15  more.  Lea  and  Cochran  throw 
for  losses  and  Thorne  punts.  Baird  returns  the  kick  to 
Fincke.  Thorne  hurdles  the  line  for  5.  Thompson  and 
Tyler  stop  the  advance  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  Baird 
punts  over  the  heads  of  the  Yale  backs  and  the  ball  rolls  to 


402  FOOTBALL 

Yale's  25-yard  line.  Armstrong  and  DeWitt  fail  to  gain 
and  Thome  punts.  Princeton  starts  a  clever  tandem  play 
on  the  tackles  and  the  ball  steadily  creeps  toward  the  Yale 
goal.  At  midfield  Princeton  fumbles,  and  Bass,  picking  up 
the  ball,  aided  by  Murphy  as  an  interferer,  races  to  Prince- 
ton's goal-line  and  touches  down.  Thorne  kicks  the  goal. 
Lea  kicks  off  to  Thorne  on  the  10-yard  line.  On  the  line- 
up Jerrems  kicks  to  Baird.  Rosengarten  makes  15  through 
centre,  and  then  Yale  holds  for  downs.  Baird  drops  back 
to  punt,  but  H.  P.  Cross  gets  through  and  blocks  the  kick. 
Thorne  kicks  to  Princeton's  35-yard  line.  Yale  blocks  the 
kick.  Rodgers,  Jerrems,  and  Thorne  by  short  plunges 
carry  the  ball  to  the  25-yard  line.  Rhodes  and  Cochran 
throw  back  Yale  for  a  loss  and  Thorne  tries  a  drop  for  the 
goal,  but  misses.  Princeton  punts  out  and  Thorne  sends  it 
back.  Armstrong  bucks  centre  for  11.  Baird  drops  back 
to  kick,  but  Thorne  blocks  it  and  gets  the  ball  on  the  10- 
yard  line.  The  teams  line  up.  Jerrems  makes  4,  DeWitt  2, 
and  Thorne  on  the  last  down  takes  the  ball  over  for  a  touch- 
down and  then  kicks  the  goal.  Time  is  called  for  the  half. 
Second  Half:  Thorne  kicks  to  Baird,  who  returns. 
DeWitt,  Thorne,  and  Jerrems  hit  the  line  for  good  gains, 
but  the  ball  is  fumbled  and  Cochran  gets  it.  Rhodes 
makes  4,  Rosengarten  9,  and  Armstrong  5.  Armstrong  is 
hurt  and  Kelly  takes  his  place.  Princeton  now  starts  up  its 
tandem  and  the  plays  follow  in  rapid  succession  for  short 
gains,  taking  the  ball  to  Yale's  5-yard  line.  Here  Hinkey 
and  Bass  throw  for  losses  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Thorne 
punts  to  midfield.  Again  the  tandem  starts  and  the  ball  is 
hammered  down  to  the  20-yard  line.  Lea  goes  off,  Thomp- 
son taking  his  place.  Yale  holds  and  Suter  tries  for  a  drop, 
but  Jerrems  blocks  the  kick.  Princeton  recovers  the  ball. 
Rosengarten  is  withdrawn  and  Bannard  sent  in.  Baird 
punts  to  midfield.     Thorne  takes  the  ball  on  the  run  and 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  403 

races  for  45  yards  before  Baird  stops  him.  DeWitt  makes 
3,  Thome  3,  and  Jerrems  takes  the  ball  over  for  a  touch- 
down. The  goal  fails.  Baird  kicks  off  to  Thorne,  who 
returns.  Princeton  takes  the  ball  at  midfield  and,  employ- 
ing its  tandem  on  the  tackle,  drives  the  ball  steadily  to  the 
goal-line,  Baird  going  over  for  a  touchdown.  Suter  kicks 
the  goal.  Thorne  kicks  off,  sending  the  ball  over  the  line. 
Baird  kicks  out  from  the  25-yard  line.  Yale,  unable  to  gain, 
drops  Thorne  back  for  a  punt,  but  the  kick  is  blocked,  by 
Tyler  on  the  40-yard  line,  the  ball  rebounding  and  rolling 
to  Yale's  goal,  where  Tyler  falls  upon  it  for  a  touchdown. 
Suter's  kick  for  the  goal  is  low  and  the  Yale  men  leap  in 
the  air  and  block  it  with  their  hands.  Thorne  kicks  off, 
and  for  several  minutes  play  crosses  and  recrosses  centre, 
scrimmages  and  punts  being  intermingled.  Finally,  Thorne 
drops  back  to  the  55-yard  line  and  Yale  forms  in  punting 
formation.  Princeton  throws  the  backs  into  the  line  to 
block.  Cross  sends  the  ball  back  to  Thorne,  but  the  lat- 
ter, instead  of  punting,  dashes  for  the  end.  As  he  rounds 
it  he  is  met  by  the  field  of  orange  backs.  Dodging  swiftly 
in  and  out  and  shaking  off  tackier  after  tackier,  he  races 
through  them,  clearing  all,  and  with  40  yards  before  him, 
leaps  for  the  goal-line,  which  he  crosses  at  the  extreme 
corner  of  the  field  for  a  touchdown.  The  try  for  goal 
fails.  Princeton  kicks  off  and  Yale  returns.  As  the  teams 
line  up  time  is  called. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  York,  Nov.  21,  1896 

PRINCETON  TALE 

H.  C.  Brokftw,  '97,  Left  End,  L.  M.  Bass,  '97. 

W.  W.  Church,  '97,  Left  Tackle,  J.  O.  Rodgers,  '98. 

E.  G.  Crowdis,  '99,  Left  Guard,  L.  Murray,  '97. 

R.  R.  Gailey,  '97,  Centre,  B.  C.  Chamberlin,  '97. 

H.  C.  Armstrong,  '98,  Right  Guard,  C.  Chadwick,  '97. 

A.  R.  T.  Hillebrand,  '00,  Right  Tackle,  F.  T.  Murphy,  '97,  Capt 


404 


FOOTBALL 


PRINCETON 

G.  B.  Cochran,  '98,  Capt, 
F.  L.  Smith,  '97, 

W.  H.  Bannard,  '98, 
H.  Wheeler,  '00, 
A.  W.  Kelly,  '98, 

J.  Baird.  '99, 


Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half 

Right  Half, 
((         (( 

Full-back, 


YALE 

A.  H.  Durston,  '99. 
W.  B.  Conner,  '99. 
C.  M.  Fincke,  '97. 
A.  M.  Hine,  '99. 
A.  M.  Hine,  '99. 
P.  D.  Mills,  '97. 
H.  F.  Benjamin,  '99. 
L.  H.  Van  Every,  '98 
L.  Hinkey,  '97. 


Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell,  Navy. 
Linesman:  I.  McD.  Garfield,  '93,  Williams.  Score:  Princeton  24,  Yale 
6.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  M.  Bass,  goal  by  A.  M.  Hine;  touch- 
down and  goal  by  J.  Baird  ;  touchdown  by  A.  W.  Kelly,  goal  by 
J.  Baird.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  R.  T.  Hillebrand;  touch- 
down by  W.  H.  Bannard;  touchdown  by  H.  Wheeler. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  east  goal. 
Baird  kicks  off  to  Hinkey,  who  returns  to  Smith.  Baird 
drops  back  to  punt,  but  Rodgers  breaks  through  and  blocks 
the  kick.  A  brisk  exchange  of  punts  terminates  by  Yale 
putting  the  ball  down  for  scrimmage  on  their  45-yard  line. 
Benjamin  breaks  through  the  centre  on  a  trick  play  and 
runs  35  yards.  Conner  gains  5  and  a  penalty  yields  5  more, 
with  another  penalty  on  the  next  play  of  10.  The  ball  is  on 
the  25-yard  line.  Brokaw,  Church,  and  Cochran  throw 
the  Yale  backs  for  a  loss  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  Thct 
signal  is  given  for  a  punt.  Rodgers  again  blocks  the  kick 
and  Bass  falls  on  the  ball  behind  the  line  for  a  touchdown. 
Hine  kicks  the  goal.  Baird  punts  to  Hinkey,  who  returns. 
On  the  line-up  Baird  again  punts,  Fincke  catching.  Yale 
tries  the  line,  but  cannot  find  an  opening  and  Hinkey  punts 
to  Baird.  Princeton  tries  scrimmaging  without  gain  and 
is  forced  to  kick.  Hinkey  returns  the  ball  to  Princeton's 
50-yard  line.  Princeton  now  sets  in  motion  a  new  tackle 
play,  the  "  revolving  tandem."  It  gains  from  2  to  8  yards 
each  time,  the  backs  alternating  with  the  ball,  and  without 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  405 

once  losing  it,  Baird,  on  the  final  plunge,  crosses  the  line  for 
a  touchdown.  A  moment  later  he  kicks  the  goal.  Hine 
kicks  off  to  Baird.  Princeton  at  once  renews  its  attack 
with  the  revolving  tandem,  directing  it  continually  at  Yale's 
right  wing.  Murphy  goes  off  and  Durston  takes  his  place. 
Kelly  runs  the  end  for  10,  Bannard  doubles  the  opposite 
end  for  10  more.  Hine  goes  to  quarter.  Mills  to  half. 
Yale  gets  the  ball  for  holding.  Mills  splits  the  line  for  a 
run  of  25  yards.  Yale  cannot  follow  it  up  with  another  gain 
and  Hinkey  punts.  Baird  catches  on  Princeton's  35-yard 
line  and  runs  through  the  entire  Yale  team,  being  finally 
thrown  by  Benjamin  on  Yale's  10-yard  line.  Church  makes 
4,  Bannard  adds  1,  and  the  revolving  tandem  whirls  Kelly 
over  for  the  touchdown.  Baird  kicks  the  goal.  Yale  kicks 
off,  but  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Benjamin  kicks  to  Baird,  who  returns  to 
Fincke.  On  the  line-up  Hinkey  punts  down  to  Baird  on  the 
25-yard  line.  Hillebrand  on  a  fake  kick  makes  25  yards. 
Kelly  and  Bannard  round  the  ends  for  long  gains  and  the 
ball  reaches  Yale's  20-yard  line,  where  it  is  lost  on  a  fumble. 
On  the  first  play  Yale  fumbles  and  Princeton  gets  it.  Kelly 
makes  4,  Bannard  7.  Kelly  crosses  the  line,  but  drops  the 
ball.  Hillebrand  gets  it  and  touches  down,  Baird  misses 
the  goal.  Yale  kicks  to  Princeton's  10-yard  line.  Prince- 
ton sends  it  back  and  gets  it  on  a  fumble.  The  revolving 
tandem  starts  in  motion,  and  Bannard,  Kelly,  and  Baird 
take  the  ball  rapidly  down  the  field  to  the  4-yard  mark,  where 
Bannard  is  whirled  over  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  is 
missed.  Benjamin  goes  off  and  Van  Every  takes  his  place. 
Bannard  retires  and  Wheeler  comes  on.  Yale  kicks  off 
again.  Princeton  returns  and  recovers  the  ball  on  a  fumble. 
Once  more  the  revolving  tandem  is  brought  into  play. 
Kelly,  Wheeler,  and  Baird  are  whirled  through  the  line  for 
short  but  consecutive  gains.     Ten  minutes  are  required  to 


406 


FOOTBALL 


cover  the  fifty-five  yards,  and  on  the  last  play  Wheeler  goes 
over  for  the  touchdown.  The  goal  is  missed.  Hinkey  kicks 
to  Princeton's  25-yard  mark.  The  resistless  revolving  tan- 
dem is  set  in  play  and  whirls  to  Yale's  25-yard  line  in 
twelve  plays,  when  time  is  called. 


PRINCETON 

S.  G.  Craig,  '95, 
E.  G.  Holt,  00, 
E.  G.  Crowdis,  '99, 
W.  C.  Booth,  '00, 
I.  R.  Dickey,  '98, 
W.  H.  Edwards,  '00, 
A.  R.  T.  Hillebrand,  '00, 
G.  Cochran,  '98,  Capt., 
H.  R.  Lathrope,  '00, 
J.  Baird,  '99, 
E.  S.  Burke,  '00, 
H.  R.  Reiter,  '98, 
A.  C.  Ayres,  '99, 
W.  H.  Bannard,  '98, 
A.  W.  Kelly,  '98, 
H.  Wheeler,  '00, 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  20,  1897 

YALE 

Left  End,  J.  J.  Hazen,  ' 

Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 
Centre, 


J.  O.  Rodgers,  '98,  Capt. 

C.  Chadwick,  '97. 

G.  L.  Cadwalader,  '01 


Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((         <( 

Quarter-back, 
(( 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
«        (( 

Full-back, 


F.  G.  Brown,  '01. 

B.  C.  Chamberlin,  '97. 
J.  A.  Hall,  '97. 

C.  A.  H.  De  Saulles,  '99. 
C.  T.  Dudley,  '00. 

H.  F.  Benjamin,  '99. 
M.  L.  McBride,  '00. 


Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesmen:  C.  J.  Howland,  '94,  Yale;  D.  Bovaird,  '89,  Prince- 
ton. Timekeeper:  E.  O.  Smith,  '93,  Wesleyan.  Score:  Princeton  0, 
Yale  6.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  C.  T.  Dudley,  goal  by  G.  L. 
Cadwalader. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Chamberlin  kicks  off  to  Baird,  who  returns.  Yale 
cannot  make  first  down  and  punts.  Reiter  rounds  the 
end  for  10  yards.  Hazen  and  Hall  stop  the  next  two 
plays  and  Wheeler  punts.  On  the  line-up  McBride  punts. 
Princeton  fumbles  and  Rodgers  falls  on  the  ball  at  the 
45-yard  line.  Craig  and  Cochran  by  sharp  tackling  hold 
Yale  for  downs  and  Baird  punts  to  the  Blue's  25-yard  line. 


Z  c 

<  c 

^  5 

o  s 

O  :S 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  407 

Benjamin  and  Dudley  cannot  gain  and  McBride  punts. 
Kelly  makes  5,  Reiter  4,  and  Brown  throws  for  a  loss. 
Baird  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  the  kick  is  low  and  Yale  blocks 
it.  De  Saulles  picks  up  the  ball  and  brilliantly  dodging 
the  press  of  Princeton  players,  quickly  gets  under  way  and 
dashes  down  the  field.  As  he  runs  he  evades  tackier  after 
tackier.  Thus  55  yards  are  covered.  As  he  crosses  the 
10-yard  line  a  rear  tackle  brings  him  down  and  closes  this 
great  run.  On  the  first  plunge  Yale  fumbles  and  Princeton 
gets  the  ball.  Baird  immediately  punts  to  midfield  and 
time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Baird  kicks  off  and  McBride  returns. 
Princeton  tries  the  line  and  punts.  Yale  has  no  better  suc- 
cess and  McBride  sends  the  ball  back  to  midfield.  Cochran 
and  Reiter  are  retired  and  Lathrope  and  Ayres  take  their 
places.  Kelly  makes  4,  Bannard  2,  and  Wheeler  1.  Prince- 
ton punts  to  Yale's  20-yard  line.  Yale  now  discloses  a  for- 
midable attack.  Rodgers,  Dudley,  Benjamin,  and  McBride 
alternate  with  the  ball  and  the  Tiger's  line  is  punctured  for 
short  but  unfailing  gains.  At  the  15-yard  line  a  penalty 
of  10  yards  is  applied  and  it  is  Yale's  ball  on  the  5-yard  line. 
Rodgers  makes  4.  Dudley  bursts  through  centre  and  makes 
the  touchdown.  Cadwalader  kicks  the  goal.  De  Saulles 
kicks  off  and  Baird  gets  the  ball  on  the  20-yard  line.  Prince- 
ton also  produces  a  stronger  attack  and  Kelly  and  Wheeler 
drive  the  ball  to  Yale's  45-yard  line.  Here  the  ball  is  fum- 
bled and  Rodgers  gets  it.  McBride  punts.  Princeton 
lines  up  for  a  punt,  but  Wheeler's  kick  is  blocked.  Yale 
has  the  ball  on  the  25-yard  line.  Four  plunges  take  it  to  the 
10-yard  line,  but  here  Holt  and  Hillebrand  throw  Yale 
back  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  Wheeler  punts.  Baird 
gives  way  to  Burke.  Yale  returns  the  kick.  Princeton 
again  discloses  a  great  attack.  By  line  plunges  the  ball 
travels  55  yards,  when  a  fumble  occurs  and  Yale  gets  the 


408 


FOOTBALL 


ball  on  their  40-yard  line.  The  time  is  growing  short 
now  and  Yale  puts  forth  every  effort  to  score.  Rodgers, 
Dudley,  and  Benjamin  hit  the  line  in  rapid  succession  and 
the  ball  advances  yard  by  yard  until  the  3-yard  line  is 
reached.  On  the  next  line-up  time  is  called  and  the  great 
game  is  over. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 

Princeton,  Nov.  12, 

1898 

PRINCETON 

TALE 

L.  R.  Palmer,  '98, 

Left  End, 

E.  M.  Eddy,  '99. 

M.  Geer,  '99, 

Left  Tackle, 

G.  S.  Stillman,  '01. 

E.  G.  Crowdis,  '99, 

Left  Guard, 

F.  G.  Brown,  '01. 

M.  F.  Mills,  '02, 

((         « 

W.  C.  Booth,  '00, 

Centre, 

G.  B.  Cutten,  '99. 

W.  H.  Edwards,  '00, 

Right  Guard, 

E.  E.  Marshall,  '99. 

A.  R.T.  Hillebrand,'00,Cpt.,  Right  Tackle, 

B.C.Chamberlin,'97,Cpt, 

A.  Poe,  '00, 

Right  End, 

S.  L.  Coy,  '01. 

It         i( 

G.  W.  Hubbell,  '00. 

A.  V.  Duncan,  '01, 

Quarter-back, 

C.  A.  H.  De  Saulles,  '99. 

R.  F.  Hutchinson,  '02 

» 

M.  U.  Ely,  '98. 

J.  R.  Beardsley,  '02, 

Left  Half, 

H.  F.  Benjamin,  '99. 

W.  H.  Black,  '99, 

((        <( 

A.  F.  Corwin,  '99. 

F.  W.  Kafer,  '00, 

Right  Half, 

A.  H.  Durston,  '99. 

H.  Wheeler,  '00, 

((         « 

R.  Townshend,  '00. 

A.  C.  Ayres,  '99, 

Full-back, 

M.  L.  McBride,  '00. 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesmen:  D.  Bovaird, '89,  Princeton;  D.  R.  Francis, '00,  Yale. 
Score:  Princeton  6,  Yale  0.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  Poe,  goal 
by  A.  C.  Ayres. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Ayres  kicks  off  to  Cutten.  Benjamin  and  Durston 
try  the  line,  but  cannot  gain,  and  Chamberlin  punts. 
Beardsley  and  Kafer  plunge  into  the  line,  but  are  stopped 
by  Chamberlin  and  Stillman.  Ayres  punts.  Yale  fum- 
bles and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  Unable  to  make  any  ad- 
vance, however,  Ayres  punts.  Chamberlin  drops  back 
to  punt,  but  Booth  blocks  the  kick  and  Hillebrand  falls  on 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  409 

the  ball.  In  the  ensuing  scrimmage  Princeton  fumbles 
and  Yale  gets  the  ball  and  punts,  Ayres  returning  to  mid- 
field.  Yale  now  commences  a  hard  attack  on  the  line. 
Durston  and  Benjamin,  alternating  with  the  linesmen,  carry 
the  ball  in  rapid  succession,  crashing  out  gain  after  gain 
until  the  ball  reaches  the  12-yard  mark.  De  Saulles  calls 
for  a  mass  on  tackle.  With  a  tremendous  impact  the 
wedge  strikes  Hillebrand  and  piles  into  a  tangled  pyramid. 
Suddenly  Poe  darts  in  from  the  end  and  wrenches  the  ball 
away  from  the  runner.  Instantly  springing  out,  he  starts 
at  great  speed  for  Yale's  goal-line,  100  yards  away,  closely 
pursued  by  the  Yale  eleven,  three  men  of  which  are  close 
upon  him.  As  they  run,  Poe  draws  away  and  crosses  the 
line  7  yards  in  advance  of  the  nearest  man  and  touches 
down.  The  ball  is  brought  out,  carefully  sighted,  and  the 
goal  kicked  by  Ayres.  A  sharp  exchange  of  kicks  reopens 
the  play,  terminating  in  a  fumble  by  Yale,  Poe  getting  the 
ball.  Another  series  of  kicks  ensues,  which  ends  in  a  try  for 
a  field  goal  by  Chamberlin,  which  fails.  The  kick-out 
starts  another  long  kicking  duel,  closing  by  a  fumble  by  Yale 
at  midfield.  Hillebrand  gets  the  ball  and  runs  to  the  10-yard 
line.  Stillman,  Brown,  and  Coy  throw  the  orange  runners 
for  no  gain  and  get  the  ball.  De  Saulles  makes  15  yards 
on  a  double  pass,  but  is  hurt.  Ely  takes  his  place.  McBride 
punts  out  of  bounds,  giving  Ayres  on  the  line-up  a  chance  to 
try  for  a  field  goal,  which  fails.  McBride  punts  out  and 
time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  kicks  off,  and  Yale,  catching  on 
the  10-yard  line,  opens  up  an  overwhelming  attack.  Durs- 
ton, Benjamin,  and  McBride  cut  through  the  line  of  Orange 
forwards  for  unbroken  gains  and  the  ball  reaches  the  20- 
yard  line.  Suddenly  out  of  the  next  scrimmage  bursts  Poe 
with  the  ball  and,  followed  by  three  of  the  Princeton  players, 
races  the  length  of  the  field  and  touches  down.     The  score 


410 


FOOTBALL 


is  not  allowed,  as  the  ball  had  been  declared  down  before 
Poe  obtained  it.  Palmer,  Booth,  and  Crowdis  throw  back 
the  Yale  runners  for  no  further  gain  and  Princeton  gets  the 
ball.  Ayres  at  once  sends  a  long  punt  far  down  the  field. 
McBride  on  the  line-up  punts  back,  but  Wheeler,  catching 
the  ball  on  the  run,  dashes  to  Yale's  15-yard  line.  Yale  holds 
for  downs  and  punts.  Wheeler  returns,  and  for  several 
minutes  a  kicking  duel  ensues.  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  a 
fumble  and  starts  another  advance  down  the  field,  but  is 
stopped  at  the  35-yard  line.  Wheeler  kicks  to  midfield,  Yale 
fumbles,  Poe  gets  the  ball  and  runs  to  the  30-yard  line,  where 
he  is  tackled,  but  passes  the  ball  to  Palmer,  whom  Ely 
tackles.  Four  plunges  take  the  ball  to  Yale's  10-yard  line, 
where  Yale  gets  it  on  downs.  An  exchange  of  punts  follows, 
ending  by  Edwards  blocking  McBride's  kicli  and  Palmer 
getting  the  ball  on  Yale's  5-yard  line.  Yale  makes  a  mar- 
vellous stand  and  holds  for  downs.  McBride  punts  to  mid- 
field  and  the  game  ends. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  25,  1899 


PRINCETON 


L.  R.  Palmer,  '98, 

W.  W.  Roper,  '02, 

H.  W.  Pell,  '02, 

M.  F.  Mills,  '02, 

S.  G.  Craig,  '95, 

W.  C.  Booth,  '00, 

H.  B.  Bannard,  '00, 

W.  H.  Edwards,  '00,  Capt. 

A.  R.  T.  Hillebrand,  '00, 

F.  V.  Lloyd,  '00, 
A.  Poe,  '00, 

R.  F.  Hutchinson,  '02, 
E.  S.  Burke,  '00, 
H.  M.  McCord,  '02, 

G.  H.  Lathrope,  '00, 


Left  End, 
((        <( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
((  (( 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 
((  « 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 


TALE 

G.  W.  Hubbell,  '00. 

D.  R.  Francis,  '00. 

F.  G.  Brown,  'OL 

P.  T.  W.  Hale,  '00. 

H.  P.  Olcott,  '01. 

G.  S.  Stillman,  '01. 

E.  N.  Snitjer,  '00. 
Charles  Gould,  '02. 
W.  M.  Fincke,  '01. 

A.  H.  Sharpe,  '02. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  411 

PRINCETON  YALE 

H.  R.  Reiter,  '98,  Right  Half,  R.  B.  Keane,  '02. 

S.  W.  McClave,  '03,  "         "  H.  Richards,  '00. 

H.  Wheeler,  '00,  Full-back,  M.  L.  McBride,  '00,  Capt. 

G.  M.  Mattis,  '01, 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesmen:  H.  H.  Janeway,  '90,  Princeton;  R.  J.  Schweppe, 
'00,  Yale.  Timekeeper:  F.  A.  Wood,  B.  A.  C.  Score:  Princeton  11, 
Yale  10.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  R.  Reiter,  goal  by  H.  Wheeler; 
touchdown  by  M.  L.  McBride,  goal  from  field  by  A.  H.  Sharpe.  Second 
Half:  Goal  from  field  by  A.  Poe. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north  goal, 
with  the  wind.  Wheeler  kicks  off  and  McBride  returns. 
Princeton  tries  Yale's  right  tackle,  but  cannot  gain  and 
Wheeler  punts.  Yale  fumbles  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball. 
McCord  breaks  the  line  for  2  yards.  Hutchinson  tries  to 
round  the  end  on  a  double  pass,  but  is  thrown  for  a  loss  of 
10  yards.  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  downs  on  Princeton's  40- 
yard  line.  Three  times  the  backs  are  sent  into  the  line  with- 
out a  gain  and  Princeton  recovers  the  ball.  Wheeler  hits 
centre  for  8  and  McCord  follows  up  with  1.  The  next  play 
is  stopped  and  Wheeler  kicks.  The  ball  is  brought  back 
for  off-side  play  and  Princeton  given  10  yards.  McCord 
gets  through  tackle  for  4  yards  and  Reiter  adds  1.  Wheeler 
bucks  the  centre  for  6.  Reiter  gets  around  the  end  for  5 
yards.  On  the  next  play  he  again  doubles  the  end,  carrying 
the  ball  to  Yale's  3-yard  line.  Yale  stops  the  first  crash 
without  a  gain.  Hutchinson  on  the  second  attempt  makes 
a  yard.  Reiter  breaks  the  line  in  two  and  goes  over  for  a 
touchdown.  Wheeler  punts  out  to  Hutchinson,  who  heels 
the  catch  and  Wheeler  kicks  the  goal.  Francis  kicks  off 
for  Yale.  McCord  runs  it  back  5  yards  and  Wheeler  and 
Reiter  add  5  more.  Wheeler  punts  to  the  45-yard  line. 
Sharpe  catches  and  advances  two  yards  before  going  down. 
Yale  cannot  gain   and  McBride  punts.     Princeton   fum- 


412  FOOTBALL 

bles  and  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  the  10-yard  line.  Sharpe 
is  stopped  without  a  gain  on  the  first  down.  Keane  on  the 
second  down  makes  3  yards.  Princeton  throws  the  next 
runner  for  a  loss  and  gets  the  ball.  Reiter  doubles  the  end 
for  20  yards.  Wheeler  punts  to  the  45-yard  line.  Fincke 
catches,  but  Poe  drops  him.  Sharpe  gains  4  through  tackle. 
McBride  makes  5  and  then  Princeton  holds  for  downs. 
Hillebrand  tries  to  circle  the  end,  but  is  thrown  without  a 
gain.  Wheeler  dives  through  centre  for  2.  The  next  play 
fails  and  Wheeler  punts.  The  ball  is  fumbled  and  Pell 
gets  it.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and  punts.  McBride  re- 
turns and  the  ball  rolls  to  the  10-yard  line.  Reiter  makes 
2  around  the  end.  The  other  end  is  tried  without  gain. 
Wheeler  drops  back  to  punt.  The  kick  is  blocked  and  rolls 
behind  the  goal-line.  McBride  falls  on  it  for  a  touchdown. 
The  goal  fails.  Wheeler  kicks  off  and  McBride  returns. 
Reiter  makes  a  yard  through  tackle.  Wheeler  adds  3  more 
through  centre.  McCord  bucks  centre  for  an  additional  5. 
The  next  two  plays  are  stopped  and  Wheeler  punts.  Sharpe 
catches  and  is  dropped  in  his  tracks.  McBride  punts  over 
Princeton's  goal-line.  Wheeler  kicks  out  to  midfield  and 
Sharpe  returns  it  10  yards.  Keane  makes  2  through  the 
line,  but  on  the  next  play  is  stopped  without  gain.  On  the 
next  play,  standing  on  the  43-yard  line  and  far  to  the  side, 
Sharpe  drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Wheeler  kicks  off  and 
McBride  returns.  Wheeler  hits  the  centre  for  3,  Reiter 
adds  12,  Wheeler  again  breaks  through  centre  for  7,  and 
Reiter  goes  round  the  end  to  Yale's  35-yard  line.  Here  time 
is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Francis  kicks  for  Yale  to  Princeton's  15- 
yard  line,  where  it  is  fumbled,  and  Yale  gets  it.  Sharpe  and 
Richards  in  two  downs  make  only  3  yards,  and  Sharpe  tries 
for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Wheeler  kicks  out  and  sends 
the  ball  over  the  heads  of  the  Yale  backs  to  the  latter's  10- 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE 


413 


yard  line.  Scrimmages  ensue  followed  by  kicks  and  ex- 
changes, terminating  by  a  fumble  by  Yale  on  the  15-yard 
line.  Princeton  tries  in  vain  to  reach  the  next  yard  line,  but 
cannot  make  it.  Sharpe  makes  3,  Richards  2,  and  McBride 
4.  Roper  stops  McBride  for  a  loss  on  the  next  play  and  the 
latter  punts.  For  several  minutes  now  the  game  becomes  a 
series  of  punts  mingled  with  many  fumbles.  Princeton 
makes  one  substitution  after  another  until  only  three  men  re- 
main of  the  original  eleven.  Princeton  is  on  the  aggressive, 
and  Yale  is  continually  forced  down  into  goal.  McBride 
kicks,  and  Mattis,  after  trying  the  line,  returns  to  the  50- 
yard  line,  where  Yale  fumbles  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball. 
Five  minutes  remain  to  play.  Princeton  lines  up  rapidly 
and  in  six  rushes  takes  the  ball  to  the  25-yard  line.  Less 
than  a  minute  now  is  left.  Poe  is  dropped  back  from  end, 
and  the  eleven  forms  to  protect  a  drop  kick.  The  ball  is 
passed,  and  Poe,  standing  on  the  35-yard  line,  kicks  it 
squarely  between  the  posts  for  a  field  goal  that  wins  the 
game.  Only  thirty  seconds  remain  to  play,  and  time  is 
called  as  the  teams  kick  off. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 

Princeton,  Nov.  17, 

1900 

PRINCETON 

TALE 

W.  W.  Roper,  '02, 

Left  End, 

C.  Gould,  '02. 

H.  W.  Pell,  '02,  Capt. 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  R.  Bloomer,  '05. 

R.  R.  Sheffield,  '02, 

((          « 

R.  G.  Wright,  '02, 

I^ft  Guard, 

F.  G.  Brown,  '01,  Capt. 

J.  W.  Losey,  '03, 

Centre, 

H.  P.  Olcott,  '01. 

T.  A.  Butkiewicz,  '04, 

(( 

M.  F.  Mills,  '02, 

Right  Guard, 

R.  Sheldon,  '02. 

R.  T.  Davis,  '04, 

Right  Tackle, 

G.  S.  Stillman,  '01. 

H.  Little,  '01, 

Right  End, 

S.  L.  Coy,  '01. 

«         « 

C.  D.  Rafferty,  '04. 

A.  E.  Meier,  '02, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  H.  Wear,  '01. 

A.  V.  Duncan,  '01, 

« 

H.  M.  McCord,  '02, 

Left  Half, 

W.  M.  Fincke,  '01. 

414  FOOTBALL 

PRINCETON  TALE 

S.  W.  McClave,  '03,  Left  Half, 

H.  R.  Reiter,  '98,  Right  Half,  G.  B.  Chadwick,  '03. 

H.  R.  Hart,  '04, 

G.  M.  Mattis,  '01,  Full-back,  P.  T.  W.  Hale,  '00. 

C.  Dupee,  '01. 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Da- 
shiell,  Navy.  Linesmen:  H.  H.  Janeway,  '90,  Princeton;  T.  B.  Hull. 
Timekeeper:  A.  E.  Whiting,  '98,  Cornell.  Score:  Princeton  5,  Yale 
29.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  C.  Gould,  goal  by  P.  T.  W.  Hale; 
goal  from  field  by  G.  M.  Mattis;  touchdown  by  J.  R.  Bloomer.  Sec- 
ond Half:  Touchdown  by  G.  S.  Stillman;  goal  by  P.  T.  W.  Hale;  touch- 
down by  J.  R.  Bloomer,  goal  by  P.  T.  W.  Hale;  touchdown  by  W.  M. 
Fincke,  goal  by  P.  T.  W.  Hale. 

First  Half :  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal,  with  a  shght  wind.  Yale  kicks  off  to  Meier,  who  runs 
the  ball  back  20  yards.  Mattis  kicks  to  the  45-yard  Hne, 
where  Hale  returns  the  punt.  Princeton  fumbles,  and  Gould, 
picking  up  the  ball,  races  over  the  line  for  a  touchdown,  in 
one  minute  of  play.  Hale  kicks  the  goal.  Mattis  kicks  off 
to  Yale's  goal-line.  Wear,  running  behind  magnificent  inter- 
ference, runs  the  ball  back  to  the  45-yard  line.  Yale  is  set 
back  10  yards  for  a  foul.  Yale  now  plays  the  tackles  in  a  tan- 
dem formation.  Chadwick  hits  the  line  for  5  yards  and  a 
mass  play  nets  5  more,  Hale  punts  to  Mattis  on  the  25-yard 
line,  where  the  latter  is  thrown.  Princeton  punts  on  the  first 
down,  Yale  fumbles,  and  Pell  falls  on  the  ball  on  Yale's  52- 
yard  line.  The  Tigers  punch  the  centre,  but  are  thrown 
back;  a  revolving  mass  play  at  tackle  gains  3  yards.  Mattis 
punts  to  Yale's  12-yard  line,  where  the  latter  fumbles,  and 
Princeton  gets  the  ball.  Princeton  three  times  strikes  the 
line,  but  there  is  no  gain.  Mattis  drops  back  for  a  drop  and 
sends  the  ball  between  the  posts  for  a  field  goal.  Hale 
kicks  off  to  Mattis  on  the  25-yard  line.  Princeton  tries  a 
double  pass  and  loses  3  yards.  Reiter  makes  5  around  the 
end.     Mattis  lifts  the  leather  down  to  Wear  on  Yale's  50- 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE  415 

yard  line,  the  latter  running  5  yards  before  being  tackled 
by  Roper.  Mattis  drops  back  to  punt,  but  the  kick  is 
blocked,  and  Gould  gets  the  ball  on  Princeton's  40-yard  line. 
Yale  strikes  the  tackle  for  three  yards  and  Chad  wick  hurdles 
the  line  for  6  more.  Princeton  is  driven  back  to  the  10-yard 
line.  Roper  throws  Chadwick  for  a  loss  and  Princeton 
gets  the  ball.  Mattis  punts  to  Wear  on  the  40-yard  line. 
The  ball  is  fumbled  and  Reiter  gets  away  with  it  to  Yale's 
50-yard  line  before  being  stopped.  Pell  breaks  the  centre 
for  2  and  Mattis  hits  the  tackle  for  1.  Mattis  punts  to 
Yale's  10-yard  line,  where  Gould  catches  and  runs  the  kick 
back  17  yards  before  going  down.  Yale  now  starts  a  rapid 
attack  on  the  line.  The  tackle-back  is  called  into  action. 
Although  this  formation  is  not  new,  Princeton  has  discovered 
that  its  execution  involves  some  new  principle  which  is 
easily  opening  up  the  Tiger  line.  Yard  after  yard  is  gained 
and  still  the  tackle-back  keeps  on.  The  ball  now  rests  upon 
the  15-yard  line.  Hale  hurdles  for  3.  Bloomer  makes  5, 
Chadwick  3,  and  Hale  2.  Again  the  tackle-back  forms  and 
Bloomer  is  rammed  across  the  goal-line  for  a  touchdown. 
The  kick  fails.  Mattis  kicks  off.  The  tackle-back  im- 
mediately starts  in  action,  and  by  short  but  never  failing 
gains  the  ball  travels  to  the  1-yard  mark.  The  tackle- 
back  is  formed  for  the  final  plunge,  but  time  is  called  and 
the  half  is  over. 

Second  Half:  Princeton  kicks  off  to  Wear,  who  runs  the 
ball  back  to  the  45-yard  line.  Yale  starts  a  vigorous  attack 
along  Princeton's  line.  Fincke,  Chadwick,  and  Hale  plunge 
and  break  through  for  consecutive  gains,  the  ball  advancing 
steadily  down  the  field  until  Stillman  takes  it  over  for  a 
touchdown.  Hale  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  kicks  off  to 
Wear  on  the  3-yard  line.  Again  Yale  commences  its  in- 
cessant tackle-back  attack,  forcing  the  ball  to  Princeton's 
10-yard  line,  where  it  is  fumbled.     Mattis  at  once  punts  back 


416 


FOOTBALL 


to  Yale's  50.  Yale  immediately  puts  the  ball  down  for  a 
scrimmage  and,  drawing  its  tackles  back,  hammers  first  on 
one  side  of  the  line  with  Stillman,  and  then  on  the  opposite 
side  with  Bloomer,  driving  the  ball  down  and  over  the  goal- 
line,  Bloomer  making  the  touchdown.  Hale  kicks  the  goal. 
Mattis  kicks  off  to  Fincke,  who  after  a  short  run  passes  to 
Dupee,  who  punts,  the  ball  going  out  of  bounds  at  Yale's 
30-yard  line.  McClave  tries  the  end  on  the  line-up  for  a 
gain  of  15  yards  and  immediately  rounds  the  opposite  side 
for  7  more.  Reiter  makes  2  through  centre  and  then  2 
through  tackle.  Yale  stops  the  next  rush  and  Mattis  drops 
back  to  try  for  a  goal,  but  the  kick  is  blocked.  Yale  gets 
the  ball  and  also  a  penalty  of  25  yards,  which  takes  the  ball 
back  to  centre  field.  Yale  starts  its  tackle-back  attack  in 
motion,  and  the  ball  creeps  steadily  down  to  the  last  line, 
where  it  is  taken  across  by  Fincke  for  a  touchdown,  from 
which  Hale  kicks  the  goal.  Reiter  goes  off  and  Hart  goes 
in.  The  ball  is  kicked  off  and  for  several  minutes  travels 
back  and  forth,  punts  following  scrimmage  without  advan- 
tage to  either.     Time  is  called  with  the  ball  near  midfield. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  16,  1901. 


PRINCETON 

TALE 

R.  T.  Davis,  '04, 

Left  End, 

C.  Gould,  '02,  Capt. 

H.  W.  Pell,  '02,  Capt, 

Left  Tackle, 

G.  A.  Goss,  '03. 

«                 <r 

P.  H.  Kunzig,  '01. 

M.  F.  Mills,  '02, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  P.  Olcott,  '01. 

T.  A.  Butkiewicz,  '04, 

((          (( 

H.  F.  Fisher,  '01, 

Centre, 

H.  C.  Holt,  '03. 

J.  S.  Dana,  '03, 

Right  Guard, 

C.  J.  Hamlin,  '03. 

H.  H.  Short,  '05, 

<(                         IC 

J.  R.  De  Witt,  '04, 

Right  Tackle, 

J.  J.  Hogan,  '05. 

H.  H.  Henry,  '04, 

Right  End, 

J.  R.  Swan,  '02. 

W.  W.  Roper,  '02, 

it         (( 

C.  J.  Freeman,  '05, 

Quarter-back, 

J.  L.  De  Saulles,  *C 

G.  H.  Poe,  '02, 

(( 

PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  417 

PRINCETON  TALE 

W.  L.  Foulke,  '05,  Left  Half,             J.  B.  Hart,  '02. 

F.  G.  Pearson,  '03,  "        " 

S.  W.  McClave,  '03,  Right  Half,           G.  B.  Chadwick,  '03. 

C.  G.  Stevens,  '04, 

H.  M.  McCord,  '02,  Full-back,             C.  A.  Weymouth,  '03. 

R.  R.  Sheffield,  '02, 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesmen:  H.  C.  Brokaw,  '97,  Princeton;  T.  B.  Hull.  Time- 
keeper: J.  H.  Minds,  '98,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  12. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  G.  A.  Goss,  goal  by  H.  P.  Olcott.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  B.  Hart,  goal  by  H.  P.  Olcott. 

First  Half :  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.  Olcott  kicks  off  to  Mills  on  the  35-yard  line.  Prince- 
ton lines  up  and  punts  to  Yale's  40.  Hart  rounds  the  end 
for  20,  Goss  makes  4  through  tackle,  Weymouth  1,  Chad- 
wick 1,  a  penalty  advances  the  Blue  10  more.  Chadwick 
gets  through  the  line  for  12  and  Hart  adds  4,  placing  the  ball 
on  Princeton's  25-yard  line.  On  the  line-up  Yale  fumbles, 
and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  De  Witt  punts  to  Yale's  50- 
yard  line.  De  Saulles  catches  the  punt  and  runs  it  back  25 
yards.  Weymouth  and  Hart  make  4  and  De  Saulles  drops 
back  to  try  for  a  field  goal,  but  the  kick  goes  wide.  De  Witt 
punts  out,  sending  the  ball  down  to  Yale's  50.  Chadwick 
gains  10,  Goss  adds  6  more,  Weymouth  2,  and  Hogan  ad- 
vances the  ball  to  Princeton's  33-yard  line.  On  the  next 
play,  Davis  and  Henry  tackle  for  losses  and  De  Saulles  is 
forced  to  punt.  The  kick  is  fumbled  and  Swan  gets  the  ball. 
Henry  tackles  him,  saving  a  touchdown,  but  the  ball  is  on 
the  15-yard  line.  Hart  goes  through  the  line  for  1,  De 
Saulles  adds  4  more.  With  the  tackle-back,  Chadwick  in 
four  plays  advances  the  ball  8  yards.  Weymouth  gets  2, 
and  on  the  next  play  Goss  is  sent  across  for  the  touchdown. 
Olcott  kicks  the  goal.  De  Witt  kicks  off  and  Yale  returns. 
Princeton  begins  a  scrimmage.     Foulke  and  McClave  rush 


418  FOOTBALL 

the  ball  to  Yale's  35-yard  line,  where  it  is  fumbled.  De 
Saulles  punts  back  to  midfield.  A  series  of  kicks  are  ex- 
changed and  the  half  closes. 

Second  Half:  De  Witt  kicks  off  to  De  Saulles  at  30. 
Chadwick  makes  4  and  Weymouth  gets  around  the  end  for 
30.  Davis  and  Henry  stop  the  next  plunges  and  De  Saulles 
tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  Pell  and  De  Witt  block  the  kick. 
Princeton  punts.  Yale  returns  and  Princeton  fumbles,  giv- 
ing Yale  the  ball  on  the  former's  40-yard  line.  Chadwick 
and  Hart  make  15,  but  are  stopped  by  Mills  and  Dana.  De 
Saulles  again  tries  for  a  drop,  but  misses.  Kicks  are  ex- 
changed, but  De  Witt  gains  steadily,  the  duel  closing  with  the 
ball  on  Yale's  40.  Yale  starts  a  fierce  onslaught  on  Prince- 
ton's line,  running  Chadwick,  Hart,  and  Weymouth  with  a 
tackle-back  for  steady  gains,  sending  the  ball  to  Princeton's 
8-yard  line,  where  Yale  fumbles  and  Henry  gets  the  ball. 
De  Witt  drops  back  to  punt,  but  Goss  blocks  the  kick.  Mills 
getting  the  ball.  De  Witt  again  drops  back  to  punt  and  this 
time  sends  the  ball  down  to  Yale's  50,  De  Saulles  catching 
and  running  the  kick  back  25  yards.  Hart,  Weymouth,  and 
Chadwick  with  the  tackle-back  again  plunge  into  the  line  for 
steady  gains  until  Hart  is  shot  across  for  the  touchdown  and 
Olcott  kicks  the  goal.  The  game  resumes  with  a  brisk  ex- 
change of  kicks.  De  Witt  tries  for  field  goal  from  the  45- 
yard  line,  but  the  kick  is  blocked.  Princeton  opens  a  heavy 
attack  on  Yale's  left  wing,  carrying  the  ball  to  the  Blue's  25- 
yard  line,  where  it  is  fumbled.  De  Saulles  punts  to  centre  and 
the  game  closes. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
Princeton,  Nov.  15,  1902 

PRINCETON  YALE 

R.  T.  Davis,  '04,  Capt.,  Left  End,  C.  D.  Rafferty,  '04. 

K.  B.  Crawford,  '05,  "        "  M.  S.  Hare,  '05. 

E.  C.  Brown,  '04,  Left  Tackle,  R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 

H.  M.  Bradley,  '04,  Left  Guard,  E.  T.  Glass,  '04. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


419 


PRINCETON 

YALE 

E.  L.  Rafferty,  06, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  H.  Short,  '05, 

Centre, 

H.  C.  Holt,  '03. 

E.  L.  Barney, 

<i 

J.  R.  De  Witt,  '04, 

Right  Guard, 

G.  A.  Goss,  '03. 

R.  R.  Reed,  '04, 

Right  Tackle, 

J.  J.  Hogan,  '05. 

H.  H.  Henry,  '04, 

Right  End, 

T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06. 

N.  B.  Tooker,  '06, 

((         << 

F.  G.  Pearson,  '03, 

Quarter-back, 

F.  H.  Rockwell,  '06. 

H.  R.  Hart,  '04, 

Left  Half, 

G.  B.  Chadwick,  '03,Capt. 

S.  W.  McClave,  '03, 

<(        « 

W.  L.  Foulke,  '05, 

Right  Half, 

H.  G.  Metcalf,  '04. 

P.  M.  Brasher,  '06, 

<<         << 

M.  Farmer,  '04. 

R.  P.  McClave,  '03, 

Full-back, 

M.  H.  Bowman,  '05. 

J.  W.  Ames,  '03, 

(( 

Referee:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.  Umpire:  P.  J.  Dashiell, 
Navy.  Linesmen:  H.  H.  Janeway,'90,  Princeton;  T.  B.  Hull.  Time- 
keeper: J.  H.  Minds,  '98,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Princeton  5,  Yale  12. 
First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  J.  R.  De  Witt;  touchdown  by  G.  B. 
Chadwick,  goal  by  M.  H.  Bowman;  touchdown  by  G.  B.  Chadwick, 
goal  by  M.  H.  Bowman. 


First  Half :  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goaL 
Yale  kicks  off  to  R.  McClave  on  the  5-yard  mark.  On  the 
line-up  Princeton  punts,  De  Witt  sending  the  ball  down  to 
Yale's  40.  The  Blue  fumbles  and  Davis  gets  the  ball. 
Princeton  tries  the  Yale  line  in  vain,  and  De  Witt  tries  a 
long  kick  for  goal,  but  misses  by  inches.  Yale  punts  out 
and  Princeton  returns.  Yale  makes  a  small  gain  through 
the  line  and  again  punts.  On  the  line-up  De  Witt  returns, 
but  the  kick  is  high.  Yale  fumbles  and  Henry  falls  on  the 
ball.  Hart  and  Foulke  hit  the  line  for  short  gains,  but  can- 
not make  first  down.  De  Witt  therefore  falls  back  to  the 
50-yard  line  and  kicks  a  beautiful  goal  from  the  field. 
Yale  kicks  off  to  Foulke  at  15.  Princeton  lines  up  and  De 
Witt  punts  to  Yale's  50-yard  line.  Yale  forms  a  tackle-back, 
from  which  Chadwick  makes  3.  The  tackle-back  again 
forms  and  the  ball  is  snapped.     The  Princeton  line  in  some 


420  FOOTBALL 

mysterious  manner  is  split  in  two.  Chadwick  leaps  through 
a  wide  gap.  Side-stepping  the  waiting  back,  he  races  down 
the  back  field.  The  two  defensive  backs  are  cleverly  blocked 
off  and  Chadwick,  with  30  clear  yards  before  him,  leaps  for 
the  goal-line,  which  he  crosses  for  a  touchdown,  having  run 
60  yards  in  his  great  dash.  Bowman  kicks  the  goal. 
Princeton  kicks  off,  Yale  catching  on  the  5-yard  line  and 
running  the  ball  back  20  yards.  Yale  immediately  signals 
for  the  tackle-back,  and  with  this  formation  in  rapid  succes- 
sion hits  the  Tiger's  line.  Chadwick  makes  4,  Metcalf  4, 
Bowman  2,  and  Hogan  4.  Henry  tackles  sharply  and  Yale 
is  forced  to  punt.  McClave  catches  and  Princeton  lines  up 
for  a  scrimmage.  De  Witt  Hfts  a  long  punt  down  to  Yale's 
35.  Yale  plunges  into  the  line  twice,  but  cannot  make  an 
inch  and  Bowman  punts.  The  wind  catches  the  ball  and 
whirls  it  down  to  Princeton's  15.  On  the  line-up  De  Witt 
kicks  back  to  Yale's  45.  Chadwick  plunges  into  the  line 
for  4.  A  penalty  sets  Yale  back  10  and  Bowman  punts. 
Hart  and  Foulke  try  to  break  Yale's  line,  but  Kinney  and 
Hogan  throw  them  back  and  McClave  punts.  Chadwick, 
Metcalf,  and  Hogan  in  a  series  of  fierce  rushes  work  the  ball 
back  to  Princeton's  48,  where  the  latter  gets  possession  of  it 
on  a  foul.  Princeton  cannot  make  first  down  and  De  Witt 
punts  to  Yale's  20.  Metcalf  catches  and  runs  back  the  ball 
20  yards.  Metcalf  goes  through  the  line  for  4,  Kinney  adds 
3.  On  the  line-up  Yale  repeats  its  great  play  with  Chad- 
wick, who  again  dashes  through  a  big  opening  in  the  Prince- 
ton line.  Again  the  Tiger  forwards  deftly  are  split  in  two, 
leaving  a  wide  opening,  through  which  the  Yale  back  leaps 
and,  dodging  brilliantly  the  back  field  as  before,  again 
covers  53  yards  and  touches  down.     Goal. 

Second  Half :  Princeton  kicks  off  and  Yale  immediately 
punts.  A  long  kicking  duel  follows,  neither  team  trying  to 
rush  the  ball.     Yale  finally  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrim- 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


421 


mage  on  the  45-yard  line.  Chad  wick  in  three  plunges  makes 
21  yards.  Princeton  gets  the  ball  for  holding.  Hart  goes 
off  and  McClave  takes  his  place.  Ames  is  substituted  for 
R.  McCIave.  S.  McClave  makes  6,  Brasher  follows  it  up  for 
6,  and  Yale  holds.  De  Witt  punts  and  Bowman  returns. 
The  catch  is  heeled  and  De  Witt  tries  for  a  long  place  kick, 
but  misses.  On  the  line-up  Yale  fumbles  and  Princeton  gets 
the  ball  on  Yale's  35-yard  line.  De  Witt  falls  back  for  a 
drop  kick.  Kinney  breaks  through  and  blocks  the  kick. 
Yale  now  commences  a  vigorous  assault  on  the  Princeton 
line,  hammering  the  ball  slowly  yard  by  yard  until  the 
Tiger's  2-yard  mark  is  reached,  where  Bradley  and  Reed  stop 
Metcalf  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  A  long  punt  sends  the 
ball  to  midfield.  Yale  now  adopts  the  kicking  game  to 
keep  the  ball  in  Princeton's  territory.  The  latter's  backs 
handle  the  ball  cleanly  and  punt  it  back.  Thus  the  rest 
of  the  half  is  expended  and  the  game  closes. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  14,  1903 


PRINCETON 


TALE 


R.  T.  Davis,  '04, 

J.  L.  Cooney,  '07, 

H.  L.  Dillon,  '07, 

H.  H.  Short,  '05, 

J.  R.  De  Witt,  '04,  Capt., 

H.  R.  Reed,  '04, 
H.  H.  Henry,  '04, 
J.  R.  Vetterlein,  '07, 
T.  J.  Burke,  '05, 
J.  D.  Kafer,  '05, 
A.  F.  King,  '05, 
H.  R.  Hart,  '04, 
S.  Rulon-Miller,  '07. 


Left  End,  C.  D.  Rafferty,  '04,  Capt 

Left  Tackle,  R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 

Left  Guard,  H.  S.  Batchelder,  '05. 

Centre,  J.  C.  Roraback,  *03. 

Right  Guard,  J.  R.  Bloomer,  '05. 

J.  E.  Miller,  '04. 

Right  Tackle,  J.  J.  Hogan,  '05. 

Right  End,  T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06. 

Quarter-back,  F.  H.  Rockwell,  '06. 

Left  Half,         W.  L.  Mitchell,  '04, 
M.  H.  Bowman,  '05. 
Right  Half,        H.  G.  Metcalf,  '04. 
Full-back,         M.  Farmer,  '04. 
J.  E.  Owsley,  '05. 

Referee:   M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.     Umpire:   Evarts  Wrenn,  '92, 
Harvard.    Head  Linesman:  E.  N.  Wrightington,  '97,  Harvard.     Lines- 


422  FOOTBALL 

men:  W.  W.  Roper,  '02;  T.  B.  Hull.  Score:  Princeton  11,  Yale  6. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  J.  Hogan,  goal  by  W.  L.  Mitchell;  touch- 
down and  goal  by  J.  R.  De  Witt.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by 
J.  R.  De  Witt. 

First  Half :  De  Witt  kicks  off  to  Metcalf  on  the  2-yard 
line.  The  latter  advances  the  ball  to  the  15-yard  line  before 
going  down.  Three  rushes  net  15  yards  and  Yale  punts  to 
Princeton's  50-yard  line.  Foulke  makes  3  yards.  Kafer 
rounds  the  end  and  reaches  Yale's  30-yard  line.  De  Witt 
hits  the  centre  for  10,  but  a  penalty  gives  Yale  the  ball. 
Mitchell  kicks  to  Princeton's  45-yard  line,  where  a  fumble 
gives  the  ball  to  Yale.  Hogan  hits  the  line  twice  without  a 
gain,  but  on  the  third  attempt  he  breaks  through  for  10 
yards.  Off-side  play  costs  Yale  dearly,  and  Mitchell  punts. 
De  Witt  punts  to  Yale's  50-yard  line.  Hogan  is  now 
brought  back  of  the  line  in  a  series  of  rushes  which  steadily 
force  the  ball  slowly  down  the  field  and  over  the  line  for 
a  touchdown.  Mitchell  kicks  the  goal.  De  Witt  kicks 
off,  the  ball  going  over  the  goal-line.  Mitchell  punts  out. 
Kafer,  De  Witt,  and  Foulke  by  line  plunges  work  it  back  to 
Yale's  40-yard  line,  where  De  Witt  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but 
fails.  A  double  exchange  of  kicks  lands  the  ball  in  Yale's 
possession  on  their  50-yard  line.  Farmer  drops  back  for  a 
punt,  but  the  kick  is  blocked,  Princeton  getting  the  ball. 
Princeton  cannot  punch  the  line  consecutively  and  De  Witt 
tries  for  a  goal  from  the  55-yard  line,  but  misses.  Yale 
starts  a  heavy  attack  and  hammers  the  ball  down  to  Prince- 
ton's 20-yard  line,  where  it  is  fumbled  and  Princeton  gets  it. 
De  Witt  punts  to  the  55-yard  line,  and  Yale  works  it  back  to 
the  35-yard  line  by  plunges  at  tackle.  Bloomer,  Farmer, 
and  Rockwell  advance  the  ball  9  yards.  Mitchell  drops 
back  for  a  try  at  goal.  De  Witt  blocks  the  kick  and,  picking 
up  the  ball  on  the  bound,  runs  the  length  of  the  field  for  a 
touchdown.     He  kicks  the  goal.    Yale  kicks  off  and  Prince- 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE  423 

ton  returns.  Shevlin  makes  5.  Rockwell  sends  all  of  his 
backs  against  Princeton's  right  wing,  but  he  runs  to  the  left, 
doubling  the  end  and  carrying  the  ball  to  Princeton's  25- 
yard  line,  where  time  for  the  half  is  called. 

Second  Half :  Mitchell  kicks  off  for  Yale  to  De  Witt  on 
the  4-yard  mark.  De  Witt  runs  back  19  yards  before  being 
downed.  Yale  on  the  next  play  gets  the  ball  on  a  fumble. 
Mitchell  goes  round  the  end  for  20  yards.  Kinney  makes  8 
through  tackle.  Hogan  is  about  to  cross  the  line  with  the 
ball  when  it  is  taken  from  his  arms  by  Princeton.  De  Witt 
immediately  kicks  down  to  Yale's  50.  A  few  line  plunges 
net  20  yards.  Rockwell  tries  a  quarter-back  kick,  which 
sends  Mitchell  with  the  ball  to  Princeton's  23-yard  mark. 
Owsley  hits  the  line  for  7.  Kinney  makes  6  through  tackle. 
Yale  is  set  back  10  yards  on  a  penalty.  Mitchell  tries  for  a 
goal,  but  Dillon  blocks  the  kick.  Princeton  cannot  gain 
and  punts.  Yale  returns.  Princeton  gets  the  ball  on  the  40. 
Vetterlein  hits  the  line  for  4.  De  Witt  kicks  down  to  Mitchell 
at  15.  In  three  line  plays  Yale  advances  the  ball  7  yards. 
Owsley  punts  to  Princeton's  30.  De  Witt  on  a  fake  kick 
makes  25  yards.  On  the  line-up  he  punts  to  Yale's  30,  where 
the  latter  fumbles  and  Henry  falls  on  the  ball.  A  line  plunge 
fails  to  advance  and  De  Witt  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses. 
Bowman  punts  on  the  first  down  to  Vetterlein,  who  heels  the 
catch  at  43.  De  Witt  drops  back  for  a  place  kick  from  the 
53-yard  mark.  It  is  Princeton's  last  chance.  De  Witt  care- 
fully sights  the  ball,  and  tossing  a  wisp  of  grass  in  the  air 
finds  the  direction  of  the  wind.  Suddenly  the  ball  is  set 
down,  De  Witt  leaps  forward  and  the  Yale  line  charges. 
De  Witt  strikes  the  ball  squarely  with  his  foot  and  it  rises 
swiftly  over  the  heads  of  the  charging  players,  who  vainly 
leap  in  the  air  to  block  it.  Straight  it  travels,  spinning  over 
the  53  yards  in  a  second  and  crosses  squarely  through  the 
goal,  still  high  above  the  cross-bar.  Bowman  kicks  off. 
King  makes  5  and  Vetterlein  adds  10.     Time  then  is  called. 


424 


FOOTBALL 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
Princeton,  Nov.  12,  1904 


PRINCETON 

K.  B.  Crawford,  '05, 
J.  L.  Cooney,  '07, 
H.  L.  Dillon,  '07, 
O.  Dutcher,  '07, 
H.  H.  Short,  '05, 
E.  Stannard,  '08, 
N.  B.  Tooker,  '06, 

E.  S.  Ward,  '05, 
T.  J.  Burke,  '05, 
H.  S.  Tenney,  '07, 

F.  W.  Ritter,  '08, 

W.  L.  Foulke,  '05,  Capt., 
A.  F.  King,  '05, 
S.  Rulon-Miller,  '07, 
J.  B.  McCormick,  '08, 


YALE 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 
Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 


T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06. 
J.  R.  Bloomer,  '05. 
R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 
J.  C.  Roraback,  '03. 
R.  C.  Tripp,  '06. 
J.  J.  Hogan,  '05,  Capt. 
C.  T.  Neal,  '05. 


Quarter-back,  F.  H.  Rockwell,  '06. 

<( 

Left  Half,  L.  Hoyt,  '06. 

Right  Half,  W.  C.  Leavenworth,  '06. 
<(         (( 

Full-back,  J.  E.  Owsley,  '05. 
A.  R.  Flinn,  '06. 


Referee:  M.  McClung,  '94,  Lehigh.  Umpire:  Evarts  Wrenn,  '92, 
Harvard.  Linesman:  Dr.  E.  O.  Stauffer,  Pennsylvania.  Score: 
Princeton  0,  Yale  12.  First  Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  R.  Bloomer,  goal 
by  L.  Hoyt;  touchdown  by  W.  C.  Leavenworth,  goal  by  L.  Hoyt. 

First  Half :  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Roraback  kicks  to  the  10-yard  line,  Ritter  running 
back  the  kick  15  yards.  Stannard  makes  5,  Foulke  rounds 
the  end  for  4,  and  a  tackle-back  fails  to  gain.  Rulon-Miller 
punts.  Yale  tries  to  pierce  Princeton's  centre,  but  cannot 
gain,  and  Owsley  punts.  Cooney  and  Ritter  advance  the 
ball  to  midfield,  but  Princeton  is  forced  to  punt,  the  ball  going 
out  of  bounds  at  the  35-yard  mark.  Hogan  splits  the  centre 
for  a  gain  of  20  yards.  Cooney  throws  for  a  loss  of  8  yards 
and  then  blocks  Hoyt's  punt.  Ritter  by  great  interference 
takes  the  ball  to  the  35-yard  line,  but  a  penalty  sets  it  back 
half-way.  Rulon-Miller  punts  to  the  25-yard  line.  Leaven- 
worth by  a  trick  play  breaks  through  the  right  wing  and  runs 
to  Princeton's  42-yard  mark.  Burke  goes  out  and  Tenney 
takes  his  place.  Hogan  hits  the  line  for  4,  Bloomer  adds  5, 
and  a  penalty  yields  5  more.     Three  mass  plays  advance 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  425 

the  ball  to  the  15-yard  line.  Bloomer  and  Hogan  make  five 
more.  Bloomer  in  two  rushes  takes  the  ball  over  for  a 
touchdown  and  Hoyt  kicks  the  goal.  Rulon-Miller  kicks 
off  to  Shevlin,  who  runs  it  back  to  the  30-yard  line.  Hoyt 
on  a  fake-kick  formation  runs  to  Princeton's  40-yard  line. 
Leavenworth  makes  8,  but  Hoyt  is  forced  to  punt.  Tenney 
catches  and  runs  back  the  kick  20-yards.  Princeton  punts 
to  Yale's  25-yard  line.  Hoyt  returns  the  ball  50  yards  to 
Tenney,  who  makes  a  beautiful  25-yard  run  before  being 
tackled.  A  quarter-back  run  results  in  a  loss  and  Rulon- 
Miller  drops  back  for  a  kick.  The  pass  goes  over  his  head 
and  Yale  gets  it  on  the  37-yard  line.  Hogan  in  tackle-back 
makes  5  and  Yale  gets  5  more  on  a  penalty.  Hoyt  and 
Leavenworth  in  short  gains  through  tackle  place  the  ball  on 
the  20-yard  line.  Leavenworth  adds  5  more.  Leaven- 
worth again  is  sent  into  the  line  and  reaches  the  5-yard  mark. 
On  the  line-up  the  ball  is  fumbled  and  Princeton  gets  it. 
Rulon-Miller  falls  back  behind  his  goal-line  to  punt.  Kin- 
ney breaks  through  and  blocks.  Leavenworth  gets  the  ball, 
making  a  touchdown.  Rockwell  punts  out  and  Hoyt  kicks 
the  goal. 

Second  Half:  Yale  kicks  off  to  Rulon-Miller  at  15,  the 
ball  being  run  back  10  yards.  Cooney  and  Stannard  can- 
not gain  and  Princeton  punts.  Yale  gets  the  ball  at  45. 
Crawford  and  Tooker  throw  the  Blue  backs  for  a  loss  and 
Yale  punts.  Dillon  is  through  and  the  kick  is  high,  Prince- 
ton recovering  it  on  Yale's  50-yard  line.  Cooney  plunges 
through  the  line  for  5.  A  penalty  gives  Princeton  5  more. 
Cooney  and  Stannard  in  rapid  plunges  force  the  ball  to 
Yale's  25-yard  line.  It  is  third  down,  with  1  yard  to  go. 
Yale  holds  and  gets  the  ball.  Hoyt  punts.  Tenney  catches 
at  midfield.  Cooney  hits  the  line  for  6.  Stannard  adds  3 
more.  Bloomer  throws  for  a  loss  and  Rulon-Miller  is 
forced  to  punt.     The  kick  is  returned.     Tenney  tries  a 


426 


FOOTBALL 


quarter-back  kick.  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Foulke  is  hurt  and 
King  takes  his  place.  Princeton  stops  Yale's  advance  and 
forces  a  kick.  On  the  line-up  Cooney  gets  away  for  a  long 
run  to  Yale's  45,  Rockwell  tackling  him  and  preventing  a 
touchdown.  Stannard  makes  2.  Cooney  gains  2  more. 
McCormick  takes  the  place  of  Rulon-Miller.  Ward  re- 
places Tooker.  Yale  stops  the  line-plunging  by  sharp  tack- 
ling and  gets  the  ball.  Leavenworth  circles  the  end  for  8. 
Flinn  hits  the  line  for  3.  Rockwell  on  a  quarter-back  run 
reaches  Princeton's  25-yard  line.  The  play  is  fast  and  the 
time  is  short.  Leavenworth  makes  5.  The  teams  line  up 
quickly,  but  time  is  called  and  the  game  is  over. 


Princeton  \s.  Yale 


New  Haven,  Nov.  18, 


PRINCETON 

P.  M.  Brasher,  '06, 

A.  D.  O'Brien,  '05, 

J.  L.  Cooney,  '07,  Capt., 

E.  L.  Rafferty,  '06, 

P.  E.  Waller,  '10, 

S.  Carothers,  '06, 

J.  B.  Waller,  '10, 

H.  L.  Dillon,  '07, 

H.  D.  Phillips,  '06, 

D.  G.  Herring,  '07, 
N.  B.  Tooker,  '06, 

E.  A.  Dillon,  '09, 
H.  S.  Tenney,  '07, 
R.  A.  Bard,  '06, 
J.  R.  Munn,  '06, 
W.  H.  Daub,  '07, 

F.  M.  Tibbott,  '09, 

J.  B.  McCormick,  '08, 


Left  End, 
((        (( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
<(  (( 

Centre, 
(( 

Right  Guard, 
((  (( 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

(( 

Left  Half, 
((       (( 

Right  Half, 
((        (( 

«        (( 
Full-back, 


1905. 

YALE 

J.  M.  Gates,  '06. 

H.  H.  Jones,  '08. 

R.  W.  Forbes,  '07. 

A.  G.  Erwin,  '07. 

C.  W.  Hockenberger,  '07. 

C.  S.  Flanders,  '04. 

R.  C.  Tripp,  '06. 

R.  G.  Biglow,  '08. 

T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06,  Capt. 

G.  Hutchinson,  '06. 

S.  F.  B.  Morse,  '07. 

P.  L.  Veeder,  '07. 
H.  L.  Roome,  '07. 
W.  F.  Knox,  '07. 
A.  R.  Flinn,  '06. 


Referee:  J.  C.  McCracken,  '01,  Pennsylvania.  Umpire:  Evarts 
Wrenn,  '92,  Harvard.  Linesman:  C.  D.  Daly,  '01,  Harvard.  Time- 
keeper: A.  E.  Whiting,  '98,  Cornell.  Score:  Princeton  4,  Yale  23. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  R.  W.  Forbes,  goal  by  G.  Hutchinson.     Sec- 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE  427 

cond  Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  R.  Flinn,  touchdown  by  R.  W.  Forbes, 
goal  by  G.  Hutchinson;  touchdown  by  H.  L.  Roome,  goal  by  G.  Hutch- 
inson; goal  from  field  by  N.  B,  Tooker. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss,  taking  the  south  goal. 
Biglow  kicks  off  to  Dillon,  who  runs  back  the  ball  15  yards. 
Princeton  is  penalized  for  holding  and  Bard  punts  from  the 
goal-line  to  the  45-yard  line.  Princeton  twice  fails  to  punct- 
ure Yale's  line,  and  Bard  punts  to  Yale*s  30-yard  line,  where 
Hutchinson  is  dropped  in  his  tracks.  Flinn  and  Morse  hit 
the  line  hard  and  in  six  rushes  reach  the  48-yard  line  where 
Princeton  holds  for  downs.  Yale  immediately  recovers  the 
ball  on  a  fumble.  Four  plunges  through  the  line  take  the 
ball  to  the  15-yard  line.  Flinn  makes  4,  Morse  gets  2,  and 
Forbes  reaches  the  5-yard  line.  Forbes  is  again  drawn  back 
and  shot  almost  to  the  line.  On  the  next  play  he  is  again 
given  the  ball  and  goes  over  for  a  touchdown.  Hutchinson 
punts  out  to  Veeder,  who  catches  and  heels.  Hutchinson 
then  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton  gets  the  ball  following  the 
kick-off  and  Cooney  makes  15  yards,  reaching  Yale's  47- 
yard  mark.  On  the  next  play  he  makes  15  yards  more  out- 
side of  tackle.  Yale  holds  for  downs,  but  cannot  gain  against 
Princeton's  line,  and  Veeder  punts  to  E.  A.  Dillon,  who 
dodges  Shevlin,  and  with  a  clear  field  starts  for  the  goal-line, 
but  Morse  overtakes  him  at  the  48-yard  line.  A  run  by 
Bard  and  three  line  plunges  place  the  ball  on  Yale's  32-yard 
mark.  A  mass  play  outside  of  tackle  gets  5  more,  but  an 
attempt  to  round  Shevlin  results  in  a  loss  of  6.  Tooker  tries 
for  a  field  goal,  but  misses,  Hutchinson  falling  on  the  ball. 
Veeder  kicks  from  his  goal-line  to  the  47-yard  mark.  Bard 
makes  7  outside  of  tackle,  but  Princeton  is  set  back  15  for 
a  foul.  Veeder  is  withdrawn,  Roome  taking  his  place. 
Princeton  tries  a  double  pass,  but  a  fumble  gives  Yale  the 
ball  on  the  25-yard  line.  Yale  is  penalized  15  and  Hutchin- 
son falls  back  to  the  50-yard  line  for  a  drop  kick.     The  ball 


428  FOOTBALL 

is  caught  on  the  10-yard  line.  Tooker  punts  to  the  45-yard 
line.  Yale  fumbles  and  Princeton  gets  it.  Three  rushes 
take  the  ball  to  Yale's  45-yard  line,  where  time  is  called  for 
the  half. 

Second  Half:  Tooker  kicks  off  to  Morse.  Flinn  makes 
5  and  then  15.  Princeton  holds  for  downs  and  Roome 
punts  to  Bard.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and  Bard  punts  out 
of  bounds  at  Yale's  48.  Roome  returns  to  Bard.  McCor- 
mick  goes  through  the  centre  for  4.  Daub  is  stopped  with- 
out gain  and  Munn  punts.  Flanders  runs  back  the  kick  to 
the  24-yard  line.  Yale  makes  a  first  down,  but  is  penalized 
15  yards.  Hutchinson  tries  a  quarter-back  kick,  which 
E.  A.  Dillon  recovers.  Princeton  makes  a  first  down  and 
McCormick  then  pierces  the  centre  for  10  yards.  Princeton 
can  gain  no  farther  and  Munn  punts  to  Hutchinson,  who 
runs  back  25  yards.  From  the  25-yard  line  by  mass  plays 
Yale  slowly  forces  the  ball  forward  until  Flinn  takes  it  over 
for  the  touchdown.  Hutchinson  punts  out  to  Morse,  but 
the  goal  is  missed.  Tooker  kicks  off  to  Shevlin,  who  runs 
back  20  yards.  The  ball  oscillates  back  and  forth  for  some 
time  until  Hutchinson  recovers  a  quarter-back  kick  and 
runs  65  yards,  planting  the  ball  on  Princeton's  20-yard  line. 
Hockenberger  is  quickly  substituted  for  Erwin  and  Waller 
goes  in  for  Rafferty.  Yale  by  short  rushes  reaches  the  goal- 
line,  Forbes  making  the  touchdown.  Hutchinson  kicks  the 
goal.  Tooker  kicks  off,  and  on  the  first  down  Morse  circles 
the  end  for  15  yards.  Yale  now  begins  a  rapid  assault 
upon  Princeton's  left  wing,  which  by  short  gains  without  a 
check  takes  the  ball  to  the  last  5-yard  line,  from  which  Roome 
is  shot  across  for  the  touchdown.  Hutchinson  kicks  the 
goal.  Tooker  kicks  off  to  Shevlin.  A  penalty  forces  Yale 
to  punt  out  from  behind  the  goal-line.  Roome  kicks  out  of 
bounds  at  35.  Tenney  by  a  quarter-back  run  makes  8  yards, 
McCormick  goes  through  centre  for  8  more.     Tibbott  circles 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


429 


the  end  for  10,  placing  the  ball  on  the  10-yard  line.  Prince- 
ton drives  the  ball  to  the  last  line,  but  is  stopped  on  the  sec- 
ond down,  with  1  yard  to  make  it  a  touchdown.  Yale  breaks 
through  on  the  snap-back  and  smothers  the  Orange  back 
and  gets  the  ball  on  downs.  Yale  punts  from  behind  the 
goal-line.  Tenney  heels  a  fair  catch  43  yards  from  Yale's 
goal.  Tooker  sends  a  drop  kick  squarely  between  the  posts 
for  a  field  goal.  The  ball  is  kicked  off,  Princeton  makes  15 
yards  by  scrimmaging,  and  the  game  ends. 


PRINCETON 

L.  C.  Wister,  '08, 
W.  J.  Phillips,  '08, 
H.  L.  Dillon,  '07,  Capt., 
W.  H.  Daub,  '07, 

D.  G.  Herring,  '07, 

E.  Stannard,  '08, 
J.  L.  Cooney,  '07, 
A.  N.  Hoagland,  '06, 
E.  A.  Dillon,  '08, 

E.  H.  W.  Harlan,  '08, 

F.  M.  Tibbot,  '09, 
S.  Rulon-Miller,  '08, 

J.  B.  McCormick,  '08, 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
Princeton,  Nov.  17,  1906 

YALE 

R.  W.  Forbes,  '07. 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
((  (( 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
«        (( 

Right  Half, 

((        (( 

Full-back, 


H.  R.  Paige,  '08. 
A.  E.  Brides,  '09. 

C.  W.  Hockenberger,  '07. 
A.  G.  Erwin,  '07. 
L.  H.  Biglow,  '08. 
C.  F.  Alcott,  '08. 
T.  A.  D.  Jones,  '08. 
P.  L.  Veeder,  '07. 

W.  F.  Knox,  '07. 

H.  Linn,  '07. 

S.  F.  B.  Morse,  '07,  Capt. 


Referee:  H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army. 
Harvard.  Linesman:  F.  W.  Murphy,  '9 
Yale  0. 


Umpire:   Evarts  Wrenn,  '92, 
,  Brown.    Score:  Princeton  0. 


First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
Rulon-Miller  kicks  off  to  Jones  on  the  25-yard  line, 
the  ball  being  run  back  15  yards.  On  the  first  down  Veeder 
kicks  down  to  Dillon  on  the  latter's  40-yard  line.  Rulon- 
Miller  gains  20  yards  on  a  fake  kick,  but  the  ball  is  fumbled 
on  the  next  play  and  Yale  gets  it.  Veeder  and  Rulon-Miller 
exchange  a  series  of  kicks,  the  latter  finally  getting  the  ball  on 


430  FOOTBALL 

his  20-yard  line,  where  on  a  foul  it  goes  to  Princeton.  Two 
plunges  fail  to  gain  and  Harlan  tries  a  forward  pass,  but 
Yale  gets  it.  Veeder  immediately  kicks  to  Harlan,  and  the 
latter  returns  the  ball  to  Yale's  42-yard  mark.  Yale  makes 
12  yards  on  a  quarter-back  kick.  Knox  pierces  the  line  for 
3.  Another  trial  is  spoiled  behind  the  line  and  Veeder  punts 
to^  Dillon  on  his  40-yard  line.  On  the  line-up  Princeton 
fumbles  and  Yale  gets  the  ball.  Veeder  punts  to  Dillon  on 
the  20-yard  line,  but  the  latter  runs  the  ball  back  to  midfield. 
Two  downs  fail  to  gain,  and  Harlan  sends  a  twister  down  to 
Veeder  on  the  10-yard  line;  Wister  is  on  him  and  there  is  no 
run  back.  On  the  line-up  Veeder  kicks  to  the  40-yard  line. 
McCormick  and  Harlan  advance  the  ball  12  yards,  and  then 
Harlan  is  forced  to  punt,  the  ball  going  to  Yale's  12-yard 
mark.  Veeder  punts  out  of  bounds  at  the  43-yard  mark. 
McCormick  makes  2  through  the  centre  and  Harlan  adds  1. 
Dillon  tries  a  forward  pass,  Biglow  blocks  it,  but  Princeton 
recovers  it.  Princeton  is  penalized  15  yards.  Harlan  tries 
another  forward  pass  and  Yale  gets  it.  Veeder  kicks  to 
Princeton's  45-yard  line.  Harlan  returns  and  on  the  line- 
up Veeder  sends  the  ball  to  Princeton's  40-yard  line,  where 
it  is  fumbled,  giving  Yale  the  ball  for  the  first  time  in  Prince- 
ton's territory.  Knox  makes  8  on  a  forward  pass.  Veeder 
splits  the  tackle  for  15,  and  the  ball  is  near  the  25-yard  line. 
Yale  is  penalized  and  on  the  next  line-up  Veeder  throws  a 
forward  pass  to  Paige  on  the  7-yard  mark.  The  pass  is  foul 
and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  Harlan  sends  it  to  Yale  on  the 
45-yard  line.  Veeder  tries  a  forward  pass,  but  Princeton 
gets  the  ball.  Princeton  fumbles  and  Veeder,  picking  up  the 
ball,  runs  to  Princeton's  25-yard  line.  Princeton  holds  Yale 
in  check,  and  Veeder  tries  for  a  goal  from  the  field,  but 
misses.     Princeton  brings  the  ball  out  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Half:   Daub  replaces  Dillon.     The  game  opens 
with  continued  exchanges  of  kicks,  each  team  trying  to 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


431 


plunge  into  the  line  and  immediately  punting.  Neither 
side  obtains  any  advantage,  and  the  ball  ranges  back  and 
forth  between  the  35-yard  lines.  Yale  at  last  gets  within 
striking  distance  of  Princeton^s  goal  and  Veeder  tries  a  drop, 
but  misses.  McCormick  punts  out  to  Knox.  Yale  now 
opens  an  attack,  consisting  of  old-style  line  plays  sent  between 
Erwin  and  Biglow,  but  their  opponents  prevent  first  dowi^s 
from  being  made.  Yale  fumbles  and  Rulon-Miller  gets  the 
ball.  McCormick  goes  through  centre  for  17  yards.  Yale 
holds  and  Harlan  punts  to  the  Blue's  35-yard  line.  Yale 
now  commences  a  desperate  onslaught  upon  the  Princeton 
line.  Yard  by  yard  the  ball  is  forced  by  terrific  plunges  to 
Princeton's  15-yard  line,  where  time  s  called. 


PRINCETON 

L.  C.  Wister,  '08, 
R.  C.  Siegling,  10, 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  16,  1907 

YALE 

H.  H.  Jones.  '08. 


P.  E.  Waller,  '10, 
W.  J.  Phillips,  '08, 

D.  M.  MacFadyen,  '10, 
A.  E.  Booth,  '09, 

R.  M.  Brown,  '08, 
T.  H.  Welch,  '10, 

E.  A.  Dillon,  '09, 

E.  H.  W.  Harlan,  '08, 

F.  M.  Tibbott,  '09, 


Left  End, 
Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
((         (( 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 

Right  Half, 
<(         (< 

,    Full-back, 


H.  R.  Paige,  '08. 
G.  Foster,  '07. 
C.  T.  Cooney,  '10. 

E.  C.  Congdon,  '08. 
W.  A.  Goebel,  '10. 

L.  H.  Biglow,  '08,  Capt. 
C.  F.  Alcott,  '08. 

T.  A.  D.  Jones,  '08. 
A.  E.  Brides,  '09. 
W.  P.  Bomar,  '08. 

F.  J.  Murphy,  '10. 
E.  H.  Coy,  '10. 


J.  B.  McCormick,  '08,  Capt. 

Referee:  M.  J.  Thompson,  '01,  Georgetown.  Umpire:  W.  R.  Oke- 
son,  '96,  Lehigh.  Field  Judge:  A.  E.  Whiting,  '98,  Cornell.  Lines- 
man: E.  H.  Young,  '98,  Cornell.  Score:  Princeton  10,  Yale  12.  First 
Half:  Touchdown  by  A.  E.  Booth,  goal  by  E.  H.  W.  Harlan;  goal  from 
field  by  E.  H.  W.  Harlan.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  E.  H.  Coy, 
goal  by  L.  H.  Biglow;  touchdown  by  E.  H.  Coy,  goal  by  L.  H.  Biglow. 


432  FOOTBALL 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Biglow  kicks  off  for  Yale  and  McCormick  catches 
on  the  20,  running  forward  18  yards  before  being  thrown. 
McCormick  bucks  the  centre  for  4,  Brown  adds  2  more,  and 
Harlan  punts.  T.  A.  D.  Jones  catches  on  the  35-yard  line 
and  Wister  downs  him  without  gain.  Coy  at  once  punts  to 
Princeton's  50.  Princeton  tries  two  line  plunges  without 
gain  and  Harlan  punts.  T.  A.  D.  Jones  runs  the  catch  back 
to  40.  Yale  forms  to  kick,  but  Bomar  cross-bucks  for  9. 
Brides  adds  5  more.  Biglow  and  Coy  cannot  gain  and  the 
latter  punts.  McCormick  breaks  through  the  centre  for 
31  yards.  Wister  does  the  same  for  10.  McCormick  makes 
5,  Tibbott  5,  and  McCormick  2.  Yale  holds  and  Harlan 
tries  a  drop-kick,  but  misses.  Coy  punts  out  and  Dillon 
runs  the  ball  back  20  yards.  Tibbott  skirts  the  end  for  25 
yards.  McCormick  reaches  the  22-yard  line,  but  Princeton 
is  penalized  15.  Tibbott  gets  around  the  end  for  6.  Harlan 
tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Coy  punts  out.  McCor- 
mick and  Tibbott  rush  the  ball  13  yards  and  Harlan  again 
misses  a  goal.  Coy  kicks  to  Dillon  at  45  and  the  latter  runs 
back  23.  Tibbott  gets  around  the  end  for  5.  Harlan  shoots 
a  forward  pass  to  Wister  on  Yale's  35.  Alcott  recovers  the 
ball  on  an  on-side  kick.  Yale  now  adopts  rushing  tactics 
and  advances  the  ball  to  Princeton's  40,  where  the  Blue  is 
stopped.  T.  A.  D.  Jones  tries  to  make  the  down  by  an  on- 
side  kick.  Phillips  and  Booth  block  it,  and  the  latter,  pick- 
ing up  the  ball,  runs  70  yards  for  a  touchdown.  Harlan 
kicks  the  goal.  Yale  kicks  off.  Princeton  tries  two  rushes 
and  Harlan  punts.  Yale  is  forced  to  punt  and  Dillon  runs 
19  yards  on  the  catch.  Harlan  makes  6  and  McCormick 
adds  5  more.  Harlan  gets  around  the  end  for  18.  McCor- 
mick breaks  through  centre  for  18.  Tibbott  takes  the  ball  to 
the  8-yard  mark.  Yale  stands  firm.  Harlan  drops  a  field- 
goal.     Biglow  kicks  off  and  Dillon  runs  the  ball  back  30 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  433 

yards.  Princeton  holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  ball  on  the 
40.  Tibbott  runs  29  yards,  Brown  adds  4  more,  and  on  the 
next  play  recovers  an  on-side  kick  at  Yale's  25.  Harlan  gets 
off  another  on-side  kick  and  Wister  gets  the  ball  on  Yale's 
20.  The  Blue  holds  firmly  and  Harlan  misses  a  field  goal. 
Coy  kicks  out.  Harlan  tries  a  long  forward  pass  and  the 
half  closes. 

Second  Half:  Phillips  feints  to  kick  down  the  field,  but 
kicks  to  the  right  to  Dillon,  who  catches  and  runs  to  Yale's 
35-yard  line.  Tibbott  makes  6,  but  Yale  stops  the  advance 
and  Harlan  tries  in  vain  for  a  field  goal.  Coy  punts  out. 
McCormick  makes  4  and  Harlan  punts.  T.  A.  D.  Jones 
catches  and  runs  back  40  yards.  Yale  is  now  on  the  30-yard 
line.  Coy  takes  the  ball  on  every  other  play  and  on  the 
eighth  plunge  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Biglow 
kicks  the  goal.  Phillips  kicks  off  and  Coy  catches.  Yale 
now  opens  a  series  of  fake-kick  formations,  running  Coy 
around  the  ends  and  thus  works  the  ball  to  Princeton's 
5-yard  line.  Coy  is  sent  across,  but  the  umpire  brings  him 
back.  Wister  stops  Jones,  and  Yale  forms  for  try  for  a  goal 
from  placement.  The  play  is  a  ruse.  Coy  making  a  long 
forward  pass  instead  of  kicking.  Alcott  catches,  but  the 
ball  is  lost,  as  the  play  does  not  make  the  first  down.  Harlan 
gets  off  a  fine  punt  and  Wister  tackles  Jones.  Yale  cannot 
gain  and  again  forms  for  a  try  for  goal  from  placement. 
The  trick  play  is  again  repeated.  The  Orange  backs  are  not 
fooled,  but  Yale  is  fortunate  in  catching  the  ball.  The  goal- 
line  is  only  24  yards  away.  Yale  cannot  puncture  Prince- 
ton's line,  and  T.  A.  D.  Jones  throws  a  forward  pass  to 
Alcott  at  10.  Coy  is  forced  over  for  the  touchdown.  The 
ball  is  kicked  out  and  Biglow  kicks  the  goal.  Princeton 
•kicks  off.  Yale  tries  a  quarter-back  run,  but  the  ball  is 
fumbled  and  McCormick  gets  it.  A  fumble  restores  the  ball 
to  Yale.     Yale  is  penalized  15  yards.     Coy  punts  a  long 


434 


FOOTBALL 


spiral  over  Princeton's  goal-line.  Harlan  punts  out.  Yale 
cannot  gain  and  Coy  delivers  a  short  on-side  kick,  which 
Tibbott  gets.  Harlan  kicks.  T.  A.  D.  Jones  tries  a  forward 
pass,  but  it  is  not  complete.  Princeton  springs  a  long  side 
pass  to  Wister,  but  H.  H.  Jones  tackles  him  for  a  gain  of  3 
yards.  Harlan  gets  off  an  on-side  kick,  which  T.  A.  D. 
Jones  gets.  Welch  takes  the  place  of  Brown.  Waller  stops 
T.  A.  D.  Jones  for  a  loss.  MacFadyen  blocks  Coy's  punt, 
but  Alcott  gets  the  ball  on  Yale's  17-yard  mark.  Coy  punts 
to  Dillon  at  52.  Tibbott  makes  8.  Yale  holds  and  Harlan 
tries  an  on-side  kick,  which  Coy  catches  and  runs  back  30 
yards.     The  game  closes  with  the  ball  at  midfield. 

Princeton  vs.  Yale 
Princeton,  Nov.  14,  1908 


PRINCETON 

YALE 

H.  L.  Dowd,  '09, 

Left  End, 

A.  Haines,  '10. 

<(                  (C 

W.  S.  Logan,  '10. 

R.  C.  Siegling,  '10, 

Left  Tackle, 

T.  Lilley,  '10. 

«          « 

H.  H.  Hobbs,  '10. 

P.  E.  Waller,  '10, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  F.  Andrus,  '10. 

D.  M.  MacFadyen,  '10, 

Centre, 

A.  A.  Biddle,  '09. 

N.  R.  Cass,  '09, 

t( 

H.  G.  Buckingham,  '10, 

Right  Guard, 

W.  A.  Goebel,  '10. 

A.  Macgregor,  '11, 

((           <( 

A.  E.  Booth,  '09, 

Right  Tackle, 

A.  E.  Brides,  '09. 

F.  C.  Bamman,  '10, 

«           (( 

T.  H.  Welch,  '10, 

Right  End, 

E.  H.  Coy,  '10,  Capt. 

H.  W.  Bishop,  '09, 

"         « 

E.  A.  Dillon,  '09,  Capt., 

Quarter-back, 

J.  F.  Johnson,  '10. 

F.  S.  Bergin,  '10, 

(( 

H.  P.  Bingham,  '10. 

<( 

A.  L.  Corey,  '11. 

F.  B.  Read,  '10, 

Left  Half, 

S.H.Philbin,'10. 

F.  M.  Tibbott,  '09, 

Right  Half, 

H.M.Wheaton,'09. 

<(         (( 

F.  J.  Murphy,  '10. 

F.  T.  Dawson,  '10, 

Full-back, 

J.  W.  Field,  '11. 

T.  H.  Pfeiffer,  '09, 

(( 

F.  J.  Daly,  '11. 

J.  M.  McCrohan,  '11, 

Referee:  J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin.    Umpire:  J.  H.  Minds,  '98, 
Pennsylvania.     Field  Judge:  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dartmouth.     Linesman: 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE  435 

E.  H.  Young,  '98,  Cornell.  Score:  Princeton  6,  Yale  11.  First  Half: 
Touchdown  by  F.  M.  Tibbott,  goal  by  P.  E.  Waller.  Second  Half: 
Touchdown  by  E.  H.  Coy,  goal  by  H.  H.  Hobbs;  touchdown  by  E.  H. 
Coy. 

First  Half :  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Yale  takes  the  ball.  Goebel  kicks  to  Tibbott  in  the 
south-east  corner  of  the  field.  The  latter  runs  back  the  kick 
45  yards.  Haines  stops  Dawson  without  gain.  A  penalty 
forces  Princeton  to  punt  and  Buckingham  kicks  to  Johnson 
on  Yale's  25.  In  three  plunges  Yale  gains  16  yards,  but 
can  go  no  further.  Coy  punts  to  Princeton's  33.  Dawson 
goes  through  centre  for  4.  Read  punts  to  Yale's  30.  Yale 
cannot  gain  and  Coy  kicks  to  Dillon.  On  the  line-up  Dil- 
lon tries  an  on-side  kick,  which  Field  catches.  Yale  tries 
both  ends  without  gain  and  Coy  punts.  Princeton  fumbles 
and  Haines  gets  the  ball.  Princeton  holds  and  Coy  again 
punts.  Tibbott  catches  on  the  20-yard  line.  A  double  pass 
fails  and  Buckingham  punts.  Yale  fumbles  and  Siegling 
gets  the  ball.  Princeton  tries  the  line  without  gain,  and 
then  Tibbott  shoots  a  long  forward  pass  to  Dillon  on  Yale's 
SO.  Johnson  goes  out  and  Bingham  takes  his  place.  Two 
plunges  take  Princeton  9  yards.  Here  another  forward 
pass  is  tried,  which  Wheaton  gets.  Philbin  makes  14 
through  centre.  Coy  tries  a  fake  kick,  but  on  the  run  is 
thrown  for  a  loss.  Yale  punts  out  of  bounds  at  40,  but  re- 
covers the  ball.  The  Blue  cannot  gain  and  Coy  punts  to 
Tibbott,  who  runs  back  12  yards.  Dawson  cross-bucks  for 
4.  A  forward  pass  fails  and  Princeton  is  set  back.  Read 
drops  back  to  punt,  but  Goebel  is  on  him  and  Read  runs 
instead,  making  25  yards.  It  is  fourth  down  and  Yale  gets 
the  ball.  Bingham  tries  a  forward  pass,  but  Princeton  gets 
the  ball.  On  the  line-up  Tibbott  gets  away  for  a  run  of  45 
yards.  Haines  saves  Yale  from  a  touchdown.  Princeton 
is  penalized  10  yards,  but  Dawson  regains  8.     Read  tries  an 


436  FOOTBALL 

on-side  kick  and  Dowd  gets  it  at  Yale's  34.  Dawson  makes 
3  through  centre.  Tibbott  dashes  to  the  right  and  rounding 
the  end  crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Read  kicks  out, 
Dillon  heels,  and  Waller  kicks  the  goal.  Lilley  goes  off  and 
Hobbs  takes  his  place.  Hobbs  kicks  off  for  Yale,  sending 
the  ball  over  the  goal-line.  Read  punts  out.  Wheaton  tries 
for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Read  again  punts  out.  The 
kick  is  short  and  Field  places  it  on  Princeton's  32-yard  mark. 
Yale  gets  5  more  on  a  penalty.  Yale  tries  a  double  forward 
pass,  but  Princeton  gets  it.  Tibbott  goes  around  the  end  for 
35  yards.  The  ball  is  brought  back  and  Princeton  penal- 
ized. Dawson  hits  the  centre  for  4.  Dowd  recovers  an  on- 
side  kick  for  16,  but  time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Waller  kicks  off  to  Field.  Coy  punts. 
Dillon  makes  5,  Tibbott  adds  8,  and  Dawson  makes  4. 
Princeton  is  set  back  5.  Read  tries  an  on-side  kick,  which 
Welch  recovers  at  Yale's  28.  Yale  holds  and  Read  tries  an 
on-side  kick,  which  Philbin  gets.  Coy  kicks  to  Princeton's 
42.  Princeton  gains  15  by  line-plunging  and  tries  an  on- 
side  kick.  Goebel  gets  the  ball.  Coy  punts  out  of  bounds 
at  Princeton's  20.  Princeton  is  set  back  to  the  9-yard  mark 
by  a  penalty.  Read  kicks  out  of  bounds,  but  Waller  gets  the 
ball.  Tibbott  cannot  gain  and  Yale  gets  the  ball  on  an  on- 
side  kick.  Coy  tries  an  on-side  kick,  but  Tibbott  gets  it. 
Princeton  cannot  make  first  down  and  Read  punts  to  45. 
Bingham  goes  off  and  Corey  takes  his  place.  Murphy  re- 
places Wheaton.  The  ball  changes  hands  on  a  forward  pass 
and  a  punt,  and  Coy  tries  a  drop  kick  from  centre  which 
misses,  but  crosses  the  line.  Read  punts  out.  Coy  runs 
back  20  yards.  Coy  is  taken  from  end  and  placed  at  full- 
back. Pfeiffer  replaces  Dawson.  In  two  attempts  Coy 
reaches  Princeton's  8-yard  mark.  Cass  goes  to  centre, 
MacFadyen  to  guard,  and  Buckingham  retires.  Coy  takes 
the  ball  flanked  by  Brides  and  Goebel,  and  in  two  rushes  it  is 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE 


437 


over  for  a  touchdown.  Hobbs  kicks  the  goal.  Waller  kicks 
off  to  Coy.  Murphy  and  Coy  hit  the  line  for  35  yards. 
McCrohan  replaces  Pfeiffer.  Coy  and  Philbin  continue  the 
advance  to  Princeton's  30.  Princeton  stops  the  Blue  and 
Coy  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  Booth  blocks  the  kick.  Welch 
gets  the  ball.  Daly  replaces  Field.  McCrohan  hits  the 
line  three  times  for  a  total  of  16  yards.  Read  tries  an  on- 
side  kick,  but  Hobbs  gets  the  ball.  Coy,  again  flanked  by 
Brides  and  Goebel,  hits  the  line  for  24  yards  gain.  Dillon 
stops  the  mass,  but  is  hurt.  Bergin  takes  his  place.  Bam- 
man  replaces  Booth.  Coy  again  hits  the  line  for  8.  On  the 
next  plunge,  again  flanked  by  Brides  and  Goebel,  Coy 
crosses  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  The  goal  fails.  Waller 
kicks  off,  punts  are  exchanged,  and  the  game  ends. 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 

New  Haven,  Nov.  13,  1909 

PRINCETON 

YALE 

C.  G.  Ballin,  '10, 

Left  End, 

J.  R.  Kilpatrick,  '11. 

H.  E.  Gill,  '10, 

((        (( 

R.  C.  Siegling,  '10,  Capt.,      Left  Tackle, 

H.  H.  Hobbs,  '10. 

<<         « 

J.  B.  Spencer,  10. 

P.  E.  Waller,  '10, 

Left  Guard, 

H.  F.  Andrus,  '10. 

I.  M.  Woehr,  '10, 

((         « 

W.  L  Brown,  '10. 

F.  C.  Bamman,  '10, 

Centre, 

C.  T.  Cooney,  '10. 

C.  McConnick,  '12, 

Right  Guard, 

W.  A.  Goebel,  '10. 

J.  M.  McCrohan,  '11 

Right  Tackle, 

T.  Lilley,  '10. 

A.  Macgregor,  '11, 

"           " 

C.  H.  Paul,  '12. 

T.  H.  Welch,  '10, 

Right  End, 

H.  Vaughan,  '11. 

P.  M.  King,  '12, 

<(         (( 

T.  C.  Naedle,  '10. 

<(         « 

E.  Savage,  '11. 

F.  S.  Bergin,  '10, 

Quarter-back, 

A.  Howe,  '12. 

P.  P,  Chrystie,  '12, 

<( 

A.  L.  Corey,  '11. 

« 

J.  F.  Johnson,  '10. 

F.  B.  Read,  '10, 

Left  Half, 

S.  H.  Philbin,  '10. 

n           u 

P.  T.  Francis,  '12. 

W.  R.  Sparks,  '11, 

«           « 

L.  Cunningham,  '11, 

Right  Half, 

F.  J.  Daly,  '11. 

11        « 

F.  J.  Murphy,  '10. 

E.  J.  Hart,  '12, 

Full-back, 

E.  H.  Coy,  '10,  Capt. 

438  FOOTBALL 

Referee:  J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin.  Umpire:  Carl  Williams, 
'97,  Pennsylvania.  Field  Judge:  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dartmouth.  Lines- 
man: E.  H.  Young,  '98,  Cornell.  Score:  Princeton  0,  Yale  17.  First 
Half:  Safety  by  E.  J.  Hart;  touchdown  by  T.  Lilley,  goal  by  H.  H. 
Hobbs.  Second  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  E.  H.  Coy;  touchdown  by 
E.  H.  Coy,  goal  by  H.  H.  Hobbs. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss,  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Cooney  kicks  off  for  Yale.  Welch  catches  and  runs 
back  15  yards.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and  McCormick 
punts.  Yale  in  four  smashes  takes  the  ball  to  Princeton's 
20-vard  Hne,  where  a  quarter-back  run  is  penalized  15  yards. 
Coy  misses  a  field  goal.  Princeton  puts  the  ball  in  play  on 
the  25,  but  McCormick  is  forced  to  punt.  An  exchange  of 
punts  gives  the  ball  to  Yale  on  Princeton's  50.  Coy  tries  an 
on-side  kick,  but  Bergin  gets  it.  After  two  exchanges  of 
punts  Yale  commences  a  fierce  line  attack  which  takes  the 
ball  within  3  yards  of  Princeton's  goal.  Ballin  and  Welch 
tackle  behind  the  line  and  Princeton  gets  the  ball  on  downs. 
McCormick  is  forced  to  kick  from  behind  the  goal-line. 
Hobbs  blocks  the  kick.  Hart  gets  the  ball  and  it  is  de- 
clared a  safety.  Punts  are  exchanged  from  the  25-yard 
line.  A  punt  from  Coy  hits  the  cross-bar  and  is  declared 
a  touchback.  Princeton  lines  up  on  the  25-yard  line. 
Cooney  blocks  a  kick.  Lilley  gets  the  ball  and  races  across 
the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Goal.  Corey  takes  Howe's 
place.  Waller  kicks  off  to  Coy,  who  runs  back  10  yards. 
Read  punts  to  Yale's  35.  Yale  cannot  pierce  the  line  and 
Coy  punts  to  Princeton's  20.  Hart  makes  10,  Read  adds 
9  more.  Yale  stiffens  and  Read  tries  an  on-side  kick,  but 
Yale  gets  the  ball  at  45.  Coy,  punts  to  Bergin  and  Kil- 
patrick  downs  him.  A  further  exchange  of  punts  places  the 
ball  in  Princeton's  possession  at  the  30-yard  line.  Read 
goes  around  the  end  for  12  yards.  Hart  goes  through  tackle 
for  5  and  then  through  centre  for  3.  Philbin  recovers 
Read's  on-side  kick  at  50.     Coy  punts  across  Princeton's 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE  439 

goal-line  and  the  ball  is  put  in  play  at  25.  Hart  makes  5 
through  tackle.  Murphy  takes  the  place  of  Daly.  Two 
exchanges  of  punts  place  the  ball  on  Princeton's  40.  Corey 
attempts  a  forward  pass,  but  Siegling  gets  it,  advancing  the 
ball  20  yards  before  being  tackled.  Read  and  Cunningham 
work  a  forward  pass  for  20  yards.  Another  is  attempted, 
but  Murphy  gets  it.  Naedle  takes  the  place  of  Vaughan. 
Lilley  throws  Read  for  a  loss.  Yale  gets  the  ball  and  tries 
an  on-side  kick.  Ballin  gets  it  and  makes  20  yards.  Read 
tries  a  forward  pass,  but  it  hits  the  ground.  Time  is  called 
for  the  half. 

Second  Half:  Savage  replaces  Naedle.  Waller  kicks  off 
to  Murphy,  who  runs  back  10  yards.  Coy  punts  and  Kil- 
patrick  tackles  Bergin  at  midfield.  Cunningham  makes  6 
yards.  Read  makes  5.  A  penalty  sets  Princeton  back,  and 
Read  tries  a  forward  pass,  which  hits  the  ground.  McCor- 
mick  punts  to  Murphy,  who  runs  back  20  yards.  Coy  goes 
through  tackle  for  6  yards.  Sparks  replaces  Read.  Coy 
fails  to  gain.  Murphy  gets  off  an  on-side  kick  and  Hobbs 
recovers  the  ball.  Waller  throws  Philbin  for  a  loss.  Coy 
takes  the  ball  plunge  after  plunge  for  nine  trials  and  crosses 
the  line,  but  the  touchdown  is  not  allowed.  Coy  tries  a 
drop  kick,  but  misses  the  posts.  Princeton  puts  the  ball 
down  for  a  scrimmage  at  25,  but  Sparks  cannot  gain  and 
McCormick  punts.  Siegling  tackles  Murphy  at  midfield. 
Coy  immediately  punts.  McCormick  makes  12  yards  on  a 
fake  kick.  Hart  makes  2  through  centre  and  McCormick 
punts.  Coy  tries  a  fake  kick,  but  is  thrown  for  a  loss.  Coy 
now  begins  a  fierce  attack  on  the  line,  alternating  with  Mur- 
phy. Steadily  the  ball  moves  toward  Princeton's  goal-line; 
on  the  7-yard  mark  Princeton  holds  for  downs  and  Coy 
drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  After  the  kick-off  both  teams 
punt.  McCrohan  makes  10  yards  on  a  forward  pass.  Cun- 
ningham tries  a  drop  from  the  40-yard  line,  but  the  kick  is 


440 


FOOTBALL 


short.  Coy  punts.  Sparks  tries  an  unsuccessful  forward 
pass  to  Bergin.  McCormick  punts  to  Murphy.  Murphy 
goes  round  the  end  for  12.  He  rounds  the  opposite  end  for 
15.  Coy  hits  the  line  for  20.  Philbin  makes  6.  Mac- 
gregor  replaces  McCrohan.  Princeton  holds  for  downs  on 
the  5-yard  line.  McCormick  punts  to  Murphy,  who  behind 
fine  interference  runs  the  kick  back  to  the  20-yard  line. 
Coy  plunges  through  the  line  to  the  1-yard  mark.  On  the 
next  play  he  takes  the  ball  over  for  a  touchdown  and  Hobbs 
kicks  the  goal.  Paul  replaces  Lilley  and  Chrystie  takes  the 
place  of  Bergin.  Kicks  are  exchanged.  Johnson  replaces 
Corey,  and  Francis  goes  in  for  Philbin.  Three  exchanges  of 
punts  take  place.  Spencer  takes  the  place  of  Hobbs  and 
Gill  of  Ballin.  Coy  tries  a  drop  kick,  but  misses.  Sparks 
tries  to  get  through  tackle,  but  gains  only  3  yards.  Prince- 
ton punts.  Coy  tries  an  end  run,  but  is  thrown  by  Waller. 
The  play  is  repeated.  Chrystie  catches  Coy*s  punt  and  runs 
it  back  30  yards.     Time  is  called. 


PRINCETON 

S.  B.  White,  '12, 
A.  Macgregor,  '11, 
T.  A.  Wilson,  '13, 
W.  McLean,  '12, 
A.  Bluethenthal,  '13, 
C.  McCormick,  '12, 
C.  E.  Brown,  '13, 
E.  Elsworth,  '11, 
C.  C.  Dunlap   '13, 
G.  K.  Wight,  '13, 
V.  Ballou,  '13, 
T.  T.  Pendleton,  '13, 

W.  K.  Sparks,  '11, 
H.  M.  Sawyer,  '12, 
E.  J.  Hart,  '12,  Capt., 


Princeton  vs.  Yale 
Princeton,  Nov.  12,  1910 

Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 
«  It 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 


Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
<(        <( 

Right  Half, 

«         « 

Full-back. 


YALE 

J.  R.  Kilpatrick,  '11. 
J.  W.  Scully,  '12. 
M.  E.  Fuller,  '11. 

E.  B.  Morris,  '12. 
E.  W.  McDevitt,  '12. 
C.  H.  Paul,  '12. 
E.  Savage,  '11. 
S.  H.  Brooks,  '11. 

A.  Howe,  '12. 
J.  W.  Field,  '11. 
R.  W.  Baker,  '13. 
F.J.  Daly, '11,  Capt. 

E.  O.  Kistler,  '11. 
R.  C.  Deming,  '11. 


PRINCETON  VS.  YALE  441 

Referee:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity.  Umpire:  D.  L.  Fultz,  '98, 
Brown.  Field  Judge:  W.  N.  Morice,  '99,  Pennsylvania.  Linesman: 
J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin.  Score:  Princeton  3,  Yale  5.  First 
Quarter:  Goal  from  field  by  T.  T.  Pendleton.  Third  Quarter:  Touch- 
down by  J.  R.  Kilpatrick. 

First  Quarter:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  selects  the  north 
goal.  Ballou  kicks  off,  Daly  catches  and  runs  back  10 
yards,  White  tackling.  Yale  tries  a  line  shift  and  gains  10 
yards.  Daly  and  Field  from  same  formations  make  16 
yards.  Yale  fumbles  and  Dunlap  gets  the  ball.  A  penalty 
sets  Princeton  back  15  yards  and  Ballou  punts,  Howe  catch- 
ing on  Yale's  45.  Field  is  thrown  in  a  line  shift  for  4  yards 
and  Howe  punts.  Sparks  makes  5  from  the  25-yard  line. 
Pendleton  makes  1  around  left  end  and  Ballou  punts  to 
midfield.  Yale  loses  10  yards  on  scrimmage  plays,  and 
Howe  kicks  to  Ballou  on  the  latter's  20-yard  line.  Prince- 
ton cannot  gain  and  Ballou  punts  to  centre.  Yale  tries  a 
forward  pass,  but  Hart  gets  it.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and 
punts.  Yale  fumbles  and  White  falls  on  the  ball  on  Yale's 
20-yard  line.  Sparks  is  stopped  without  gain.  Hart  makes 
5.  Pendleton  kicks  a  goal  from  placement.  Yale  kicks 
off.  The  ball  is  put  in  play  on  the  25-yard  line.  Pendleton 
and  Sparks  make  16  yards.  Paul  blocks  Ballou's  kick  and 
Brooks  gets  the  ball  on  Princeton's  18-yard  line.  Yale  can- 
not gain  and  tries  a  trick  play  from  fake  placement.  Dun- 
lap  throwing  Field  for  a  loss  of  12  yards.  Kicks  are  ex- 
changed and  the  quarter  closes  with  the  ball  in  Princeton's 
possession  on  Yale's  45-yard  line. 

Second  Quarter :  Goals  are  exchanged,  giving  Princeton  a 
strong  wind.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and  Ballou  kicks. 
Yale  puts  the  line  shift  in  operation  and  advances  the  ball  to 
Princeton's  35-yard  line,  where  a  penalty  sets  the  Blue  back 
15  yards.  Howe  punts  to  Pendleton,  who  gets  away  for 
30  yards,  but  is  brought  back  upon  a  penalty.     Ballou  punts 


442  FOOTBALL 

to  Howe  at  centre.  Field  hurdles  and  the  penalty  is  ap- 
plied. Howe  kicks,  Kilpatrick  interferes  with  the  fair  catch. 
Kicks  are  exchanged.  A  hot  scramble  ensues  for  an  on-side 
kick  on  Yale's  5-yard  line.  Daly  gets  the  ball.  Deming 
goes  in  for  Kistler  and  punts  the  ball  to  the  35-yard  line. 
Hart  and  Sparks  make  5  yards.  Pendleton  tries  a  kick  from 
placement,  but  misses.  From  the  25-yard  line  Deming 
kicks  to  centre.  Pendleton  shoots  a  forward  pass  to  Sparks 
for  12  yards.  Howe  gets  Ballou's  on-side  kick  at  the  31- 
yard  line.     Daly  makes  6  yards  and  the  half  closes. 

Third  Quarter:  Yale  takes  the  north  goal  and  the  wind. 
Kistler  returns  to  play,  Deming  going  off.  Daly  returns 
Ballou's  kick-off  to  the  25-yard  line.  On  the  line  shift  Field 
is  hurt  and  Baker  takes  his  place.  Howe  punts  to  Ballou. 
Ballou  makes  25-yards.  Ballou  makes  3  more  and  Pendle- 
ton sends  a  forward  pass  to  White  for  12  yards.  Sparks  goes 
through  tackle  for  9  yards  and  Ballou  makes  first  down  15 
yards  from  Yale's  goal.  A  penalty  sets  Princeton  back. 
Sparks  makes  15  yards.  Pendleton  tries  for  a  goal,  but  Paul 
blocks  the  kick.  Brooks  picks  up  the  ball  and  runs  to  mid- 
field.  Howe  punts,  Princeton  fumbles,  and  Scully  gets  the 
ball  on  Princeton's  25-yard  line.  Baker  makes  2.  Howe 
shoots  a  forward  pass  to  Kilpatrick  and  the  latter  races  6 
yards  for  a  touchdown.  The  kick-out  fails.  Ballou  kicks 
off  and  Howe  returns.  A  punting  duel  ensues.  Howe  gets 
the  ball  on  a  fumble  on  Princeton's  35-yard  line.  Daly  tries 
a  drop  kick,  which  hits  the  post,  but  goes  outside.  Prince- 
ton punts  out  from  the  25-yard  line  and  the  quarter  closes. 

Fourth  Quarter:  Yale  starts  play  on  Princeton's  40-yard 
line.  An  exchange  of  punts  gives  Princeton  the  ball  on  her 
45-yard  line.  Macgregor  throws  a  long  side  pass  to  Pendle- 
ton, who  is  tackled  for  no  gain  by  Brooks.  Ballou  punts. 
Yale  rushes  25  yards,  but  is  stopped  on  Princeton's  25-yard 
line.     Ballou  gets  off  a  long  kick  which  puts  the  ball  on 


H     = 
W     if 


O     M 

a;   A. 


as    ?: 


PRINCETON  VS.   YALE  443 

Yale's  15-yard  line.  Yale  loses  5  yards  and  Howe  punts 
from  behind  the  line.  Pendleton  heels  a  fair  catch  at  the  38- 
yard  mark.  Princeton  is  penalized  5  yards  for  feinting 
and  Pendleton  misses  the  goal.  Howe  punts  to  midfield. 
Ballou  kicks  to  Yale's  30.  Several  punts  and  a  penalty  give 
Princeton  the  ball  on  Yale's  45-yard  line.  Sawyer  relieves 
Sparks  and  makes  5  yards.  Pendleton  tries  for  field  goal 
from  the  50.  Yale  puts  the  ball  in  play  on  the  25-yard  line 
and  the  game  ends. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 


EIGHT  FAMOUS  GAMES 


Amherst  vs.  Harvard 
Cambridge,  Oct.  10,  1903 


AMHERST 

HARVARD 

H.  B.  Chase,  '04, 

Left  End, 

W.  T.  Clothier,  '04. 

«       <( 

H.  Le  Moyne,  ^02^ 

F.  E.  Pierce,  '05, 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  Parkinson,  '06. 

W.  W.  Palmer,  '05, 

Left  Guard, 

C.  A.  Shea,  '04. 

"          " 

R.  W.  Bleakie,  '04. 

F.  R.  Behrends,  '06, 

Centre, 

F.  A.  Carrick,  '06. 

H.  R.  Howard,  '04, 

Right  Guard, 

S.  C.  Coburn,  '06. 

L.  G.  Diehl,  '05, 

Right  Tackle, 

D.  W.  Knowlton,  '^ 

H.  E.  Daniels,  '05, 

Right  End, 

E.  Bowditch,  'i]2^ 

<(        (( 

J.  M.  Montgomery,  '06. 

C.  B.  Lewis,  '05, 

Quarter-back, 

S.  H.  Noyes,  '05. 

J.  B.  Shay,  '04, 

Left  Half, 

F.  H.  Nesmith,  '06. 

P.  D.  Storke,  '04, 

((        <( 

C.  W.  Randall,  '05. 

J.  H.  Hubbard,  'JJiZ^ 

Right  Half, 

D.  J.  Hurley,  '05. 
H.  Schoellkopf,  :0L 

H.  F.  Coggeshall,  '05, 

Full-back, 

P.  O.  Mills,  '05. 

A.  M.  Storke,  '06, 

(( 

Referee:  Mr.  Saul,  N.  A.  A.  Umpire:  Mr.  Holton,  B.  A.  A.  Lines- 
man: W.  S.  Hatch,  '01,  Amherst.  Timekeeper:  F.  A.  Wood,  B.  A.  C. 
Score:  Amherst  5,  Harvard  0.  Second  Half:  Touchdown  by  H.  F. 
Coggeshall. 

First  Half:  Amherst  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  south 
goal.  Lewis  kicks  to  Shea,  who  returns  the  ball  to  Am- 
herst's 20.  Harvard  recovers  the  ball,  but  fumbles,  and 
Lewis  gets  the  ball.  Amherst  cannot  gain  and  Shay  punts 
to  Coburn  at  Harvard's  10-yard  line.  Hurley  in  two  plunges 
makes  15  yards.     By  a  series  of  tackle  plays.  Harvard  ad- 

444 


EIGHT  FAMOUS  GAMES  445 

vances  the  ball  to  Amherst's  45-yard  line.  Here  the  ball  is 
fumbled  and  Amherst  gets  it.  No  gain  can  be  made  and 
Shay  punts.  Noyes  catches  the  ball  and  runs  back  5  yards. 
On  the  line-up  Hurley  circles  the  end  for  26  yards.  Twelve 
rushes  by  Harvard  plant  the  ball  on  Amherst's  3-yard  mark. 
Here  Amherst  holds  so  strong  that  the  Crimson  makes  only 
4  inches  in  3  downs.  Amherst  is  penalized  half  the  dis- 
tance to  the  line.  Harvard  takes  the  ball  over,  but  drops  it, 
and  Lewis  falls  on  it  for  a  touchback.  Shay  kicks  out  to 
Harvard  at  the  47-yard  line.  The  half  ends  immediately 
with  the  ball  in  midfield. 

Second  Half :  Harvard  kicks  off  to  Lewis  at  30  and  the 
latter  runs  back  20  yards.  Shay  makes  8  through  the  line, 
then  punts  to  Harvard's  46-yard  line.  Nesmith  is  thrown  for 
a  loss  of  3  yards.  A  bad  pass  is  regained  by  Le  Moyne  on 
his  30-yard  line.  Harvard  punts  39  yards.  Coggeshall  gets 
through  centre  for  2  yards.  Hubbard  makes  6  more.  Le 
Moyne  stops  an  end  run  and  Shay  punts  to  Palmer,  who  is 
thrown  on  the  11-yard  line.  Le  Moyne  falls  back  to  punt, 
but  Shay  gets  through  and  blocks  the  kick.  Coggeshall 
dives  for  the  ball  and  then,  with  a  mountain  of  crimson 
jerseys  upon  him,  crawls  7  yards  and  makes  a  touchdown. 
The  punt-out  fails.  Lewis  kicks  off  and  sends  the  ball 
across  the  goal-line.  Le  Moyne  kicks  out  and  Lewis  gets 
the  ball  on  Harvard's  45-yard  line.  Shay  makes  4  yards  and 
Pierce  adds  6  more.  Pierce  splits  the  centre  for  15.  Har- 
vard stops  the  advance  and  Lewis  punts.  The  kick  is 
blocked  and  Mills  picks  up  the  ball  and  with  a  clear  field 
before  him  starts  for  the  Amherst  goal-line.  Storke  over- 
takes him  on  the  40-yard  line  and  brings  him  down.  Be- 
fore a  first  down  can  be  made  time  is  called.  This  game 
marks  the  first  defeat  of  Harvard  upon  Soldier's  Field. 


446 


FOOTBALL 


West 


ARMY 

T.  W.  Hammond,  '05, 

C.  K.  Rockwell,  '06, 
W.  W.  Erwin,  '08, 
H.  J.  Weeks,  '08, 
T.  B.  Doe,  '05, 

A.  C.  Tipton,  '05, 

D.  C.  Seagrave,  '05, 

E.  Graves,  '05, 

A.  G.  Gillespie,  '06, 

E.  B.  Garey,  '08, 

F.  A.  Prince,  '08, 

R.  C.  Hill,  '07, 
A.  J.  Hanlon,  '08, 
H.  W.  Torney,  '06, 


Army  vs.  Yale 
Point,  Oct.  22,  1904 

Left  End, 

((       (I 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 

Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
((        (( 

Right  Half, 
((        (( 

Full-back. 


YALE 

T.  L.  Shevlin,  '06. 

J.  R.  Bloomer,  '05. 

R.  P.  Kinney,  '05. 
J.  C.  Roraback,  '03. 
R.  C.  Tripp,  '06. 
J.  J.  Hogan,  '05. 
C.  T.  Neal,  '05. 
F.  H.  Rockwell,  '06. 
P.  L.  Veeder,  '07. 
L.  Hoyt,  '06. 
S.  F.  B.  Morse,  '07. 

J.  E.  Owsley,  '05. 


Referee:  M.  J.  Thompson,  '01,  Georgetown.  Umpire:  J.  C.  Mc- 
Cracken,  '01,  Pennsylvania.  Linesman:  C.  W.  Hockenburger,  '07, 
Yale.  Score:  Army  11,  Yale  6.  First  Half :  Touchdown  by  W.  W. 
Erwin,  goal  by  T.  B.  Doe;  touchdown  by  H.  W.  Torney.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  J.  R.  Bloomer,  goal  by  L.  Hoyt. 

First  Half:  Yale  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north  goal. 
Army  kicks  off  to  Yale's  15-yard  line.  Two  plunges  into 
the  line  fail  to  make  first  down  for  the  Blue,  and  Veeder  falls 
back  to  punt.  The  Army  line  is  through  and  blocks  the 
kick.  Erwin  picks  up  the  ball  and  crosses  the  line  for  a 
touchdown.  Doe  kicks  the  goal.  Yale  kicks  off  and  for 
several  minutes  the  play  does  not  pass  either  35-yard  line, 
being  a  succession  of  punts  and  downs,  without  substantial 
advance  by  either  team.  Yale's  play  is  marred  by  continual 
fumbling.  Just  as  the  half  is  closing,  Yale  puts  the  ball  down 
for  a  scrimmage  on  the  35-yard  line  and  by  line  plunges  car- 
ries it  to  Army's  5,  where  the  ball  is  fumbled.  Torney  gets 
it  and  runs  105  yards  for  a  touchdown.     No  goal. 


EIGHT  FAMOUS  GAMES 


447 


Second  Half:  Yale  kicks  off  and  Army  at  once  returns. 
Both  teams  continue  the  kicking  game  for  many  minutes. 
Fumbles  force  Yale  back  into  its  goal.  Torney  tries  twice 
for  field  goals,  but  misses.  Yale  by  a  long  punt  sends  the 
ball  to  Army's  20-yard  line.  The  latter  fails  to  pierce  the 
Blue  line  and  Torney  punts,  Yale  taking  the  ball  at  centre. 
The  Blue  now  starts  a  rapid  succession  of  tackle  plays 
against  the  Army  line,  and  the  latter  are  gradually  forced 
back.  The  ball  reaches  the  5-yard  line,  from  which  Bloomer 
is  sent  over  for  the  touchdown.  Goal  by  Hoyt.  Army 
kicks  off  and  a  sharp  exchange  of  punts  follows.  Yale  puts 
the  ball  down  for  scrimmage  on  its  40-yard  line,  and  the 
tackle-play  again  creeps  forward  line  after  line,  until  the 
ball  rests  on  Army's  8-yard  mark.  As  the  teams  line  up 
time  is  called. 


ARMY 

J.  S.  Wood,  '12, 
G.  H.  Franke,  '11, 
L.  S.  Devore,  '12, 


Army  vs.  Yale 
West  Point,  Oct.  15, 

Left  End, 
Left  Tackle. 


S.  M.  Walmsley,  '12, 

A.  V.  Arnold,  '12, 
J.  L.  Wier,  '11, 


Left  Guard, 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 


R.  W.  McG.  Littlejohn,  '12,  Right  Tackle, 
F.  H.  Hicks,  '11,  Right  End, 


R.  F.  Hyatt,  '12, 

C.  J.  Browne,  '12, 
W.  Dean,  '12, 


Quarter-back, 
(( 

Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 


1910 

YALE 

J.  R.  Kilpatrick,  '11. 

P.  T.  Francis,  '12. 
S.  Glover,  '12. 
H.  B.  Van  Sinderen,  '11. 
H.  P.  Greenough,  '11. 
R.  F.  Loree,  '12. 

E.  B.  Morris,  '12. 

C.  L.  Buckingham,  '11. 
M.  E.  Fuller,  '11. 
C.  H.  Paul,  '12. 
S.  H.  Brooks,  '11. 
Walter  Camp,  Jr.,  '13. 
A.  L.  Corey,  '11. 
H.  N.  Merritt,  '12. 

F.  J.  Daly,  '11. 

R.  C.  Deming,  '11. 
J.  H.  Potter,  '11. 


448  FOOTBALL 

ARMY  YALE 

Right  Half,  R.  W.  Baker,  '13. 

E.  O.  Surles,  '11,  Full-back,  J.  A.  Reilly,  '12. 
A.  D.  MacDonald,  '12,                    "                        J.  H.  Philbin,  '13. 

E.  O.  Kistler,  '11. 

Referee:  J.  B.  Pendleton,  '90,  Bowdoin.  Umpire:  Carl  Williams,  '97, 
Pennsylvania.     Field  Judge:    D.  L.  Fultz,  '98,  Brown.     Linesman: 

F.  R.  Gillender,  '99,  Pennsylvania.  Score:  Army  9,  Yale  3.  First 
Quarter:  Touchdown  by  E.  O.  Surles,  goal  by  W.  Dean.  Third  Quar- 
ter: Goal  from  field  by  W.  Dean.  Fourth  Quarter:  Goal  from  field  by 
F.  J.  Daly. 

First  Quarter :  Paul  kicks  off  for  Yale  to  Dean,  and  the 
latter  runs  the  ball  back  25  yards.  Army  punts  to  Corey, 
who  is  tackled  at  midfield.  Yale  fumbles  and  Army  gets 
the  ball.  Yale  holds  and  Dean  punts.  Deming  returns. 
Kicks  again  are  exchanged.  Corey  attempts  a  forward  pass 
to  Kilpatrick,  but  Browne  gets  it  and  runs  35  yards  to  Yale's 
4-yard  line.  Dean  throws  a  forward  pass  to  Surles  and  the 
latter  goes  over  tur  <t  touchdown.  Dean  kicks  the  goal, 
and  then  kicks  off.  Kicks  are  exchanged  and  Browne  goes 
around  the  end  for  18  yards.  Yale  holds  and  Army  kicks. 
Several  forward  passes  fail  for  each  eleven.  Deming  punts 
to  Dean  on  Army's  40  and  time  is  called. 

Second  Quarter:  Dean  kicks  to  Daly.  Reilly  rushes  21 
yards.  Yale  is  penalized.  Dean  intercepts  a  forward  pass 
and  kicks  to  Corey  on  Yale's  30-yard  line.  Deming  returns. 
Kicks  are  exchanged  and  Army  works  a  forward  pass  for 
30  yards.  Punts  are  exchanged  and  Reilly  gets  a  forward 
pass.  Reilly  goes  through  the  line  for  8.  Army  takes  the 
ball  on  downs.  Dean  punts  and  Corey  runs  back  to  the 
40-yard  line.     Time  is  called  for  the  half. 

Third  Quarter  :  Dean  kicks  to  Reilly  and  Deming  punts. 
Browne  gets  around  the  end  for  35  yards.  Yale  holds  and 
Army  tries  for  a  goal  from  placement  from  the  35-yard  line. 
Dean  kicks  the  goal.     Paul  kicks  off  to  Browne.     An  ex- 


T^' -  -^^.^^ 


14  '^ 


.^"^:^ 


i-'i&ie-'-. 


O  en 

^  be 

^  >; 

^  s 


EIGHT  FAMOUS  GAMES 


449 


change  of  punts  nets  15  yards  for  Yale.  Both  teams  resort 
to  kicking.  Dean  at  last  tries  an  end  run  for  15  yards, 
starting  from  a  kicking  formation.  Punting  is  resumed. 
The  quarter  closes  with  the  ball  at  midfield. 

Fourth  Quarter:  Army  kicks  off  and  a  kicking  duel  en- 
sues. Devore  recovers  a  fumble  on  Yale's  20-yard  line. 
Daly  intercepts  a  forward  pass  and  runs  30  yards  and  then 
adds  5  through  the  line.  Yale  fumbles  and  Army  gets  the 
ball.  Punts  are  exchanged,  the  Army  gaining  20  yards 
thereon.  Surles  heels  a  fair  catch  at  44.  Dean  tries  and 
misses  a  goal  from  placement.  Yale  kicks  from  the  25-yard 
line  and  Kilpatrick  recovers  the  ball  on-side  and  runs  30 
yards.  Yale  cannot  gain  and  Daly  drops  a  goal  from  the 
field  at  35  yards.  Dean  kicks  off.  Both  elevens  resort  to 
punts  and  time  is  called. 


Brown  vs.  Yale 
New  Haven,  Nov.  5,  1910 


BROWN 

E.  A.  Adams,  '12, 

O.  M.  Kratz,  '13, 
D.  H.  Kulp,  '13, 
C.  P.  Sisson,  '11, 
J.  S.  Goldberg,  '11, 

A.  E.  Corp,  '11, 

B.  G.  Smith,  '11, 

R.  G.  Ashbaugh,  '12, 
W.  E.  Sprackling,  '12, 

W.  H.  Marble, 

F.  V.  Young,  '11, 

G.  N.  Crowther,  '13, 

J.  R.  McKay,  '11, 
J.  F.  High,  '11, 
S.  S.  Bean,  '14, 


Left  End, 
<(        i( 

Left  Tackle, 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard, 
(<  <( 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 


Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


YALE 

J.  A.  Reilly,  '12. 
S.  F.  Freeman,  '11. 
J.  W.  Scully,  '12. 
M.  E.  Fuller,  '11. 
E.  B.  Morris,  '11. 
C.  H.  Paul,  '12. 

E.  Savage,  '11. 
S.  H.  Brooks,  '11. 
E.  A.  Strout,  '12. 
A.  L.  Corey,  *11. 

J.  W.  Field,  '11. 
R.  C.  Deming,  '11. 

E.  W.  Freeman,  '13. 
R.  W.  Baker,  '13. 

F.  J.  Daly,  '11. 
A.  Howe,  '12. 

J.  H.  Potter.  '11. 


Referee:  M.  J.  Thompson,  *01,  Georgetown.     Umpire:  R.  G.  Torrey, 
'06,  Pennsylvania.     Field  Judge:   A.  E.  Whiting,  '98,  Cornell.     Lines- 


450  FOOTBALL 

man:  J.  H.  Costello,  '06,  Cornell.  Score:  Brown  21,  Yale  0.  Second 
Quarter:  Goal  from  field  by  W.  E.  Sprackling.  Third  Quarter:  Goal 
from  field  by  W.  E.  Sprackling;  touchdown  by  F.  V.  Young,  goal  by 
B.  G.  Smith;  goal  from  field  by  W.  E.  Sprackling.  Fourth  Quarter: 
Touchdown  by  J.  R.  McKay,  goal  by  B.  G.  Smith. 

First  Quarter  :  Brown  receives  the  kick-off,  and  after  a 
first  down  McKay  punts,  Yale  recovering  the  ball  on  the 
1-yard  line.  Howe  punts  from  behind  the  line  and  Sprack- 
ling heels  the  catch  on  Yale's  30-yard  line.  Sprackling  tries 
for  a  goal,  but  the  ball  hits  the  cross-bar.  Kicks  are  ex- 
changed and  Adams  recovers  a  fumble  on  Yale's  25-yard 
line.  Sprackling  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field,  but  it  is  not  al- 
lowed on  account  of  holding.  Kicks  are  exchanged  and  the 
quarter  ends  with  the  ball  at  midfield. 

Second  Quarter:  Yale  starts  play  vigorously  and  forces  the 
ball  to  Brown's  20-yard  line.  Unable  to  gain  farther,  Daly 
tries  for  a  field  goal,  but  misses.  Kicks  are  exchanged. 
Brown  gaining.  Brown  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage 
and  reaches  Yale's  15-yard  line  aided  by  a  long  run  by 
Marble.  The  Blue  holds  and  Sprackling  drops  a  goal  from 
the  field.  Brown  receives  the  kick-off  and  immediately 
forces  Yale's  line  for  substantial  gains,  being  at  midfield 
when  time  is  called. 

Third  Quarter:  Sprackling  receives  the  kick-off.  Punts 
are  exchanged.  Brown  puts  the  ball  down  for  a  scrimmage 
and  drives  Yale  rapidly  down  the  field.  A  long  run  by 
Sprackling  and  a  forward  pass  to  Smith  put  the  ball  on 
Yale's  20-yard  line.  Unable  to  advance  farther,  Sprackling 
drops  a  goal  from  the  field.  Yale  takes  the  kick-off,  but  is 
forced  to  punt.  McKay  returns  and  the  ball  rolls  out  of 
bounds  to  Yale's  4-yard  mark.  Yale's  punt  is  blocked  and 
Brown  gets  the  ball  on  the  2-yard  mark.  Young  bursts 
through  the  line  for  a  touchdown.  Smith  kicks  the  goal. 
Brown  takes  the  kick-off  and  punts  are  exchanged.  Yale 
has  a  kick  blocked  at  midfield.     Sprackling  sends  a  pretty 


EIGHT  FAMOUS  GAMES 


451 


forward  pass  to  McKay  and  the  ball  is  down  on  Yale's  25- 
yard  line.  Yale  tightens  and  Sprackling,  dropping  back, 
kicks  another  goal  from  the  field. 

Fourth  Quarter  :  The  ball  hovers  around  the  middle  line 
for  several  minutes  without  advantage  to  either  team. 
Many  punts  are  exchanged.  Thus  the  quarter  is  expended 
until  in  the  closing  minute  Sprackling  sends  a  forward  pass 
to  McKay  and  the  latter  runs  65  yards  for  a  touchdown. 
Smith  kicks  the  goal. 


Lafayette  vs.  Pennsylvania 


Philadelphia,  Oct.  23,  1896 


LAFAYETTE 


PENNSYLVANIA 


W.  R.  Worthington,  '99, 

F.  H.  Yost,  '00, 
H.  C.  Gates,  '00, 
O.  F.  Rowland,  '95, 
M.  F.  Jones,  '98, 
C.  R.  Rinehart,  '98, 

G.  A.  Wiedenmayer,  '98, 
T.  B.  Speer,  '99, 

W.  R.  Hill,  '98, 
C.  M.  Best,  '99, 
G.  O.  Barclay,  '98, 
H.  Zeiser,  '97, 
E.  G.  Bray,  '00, 


Left  End, 

Left  Tackle, 
«  <( 

Left  Guard, 

Centre, 

Right  Guard 

Right  Tackle, 

Right  End, 
<(         (( 

Quarter-back, 
Left  Half, 
Right  Half, 
Full-back, 


S.  A.  Boyle,  '98. 

L.  J.  Uffenheimer,  '99. 

J.  Stannard,  '98. 
P.  D.  Overfield,  'OL 
C.  M.  Wharton,  '96. 
W.  M.  Farrar,  '96. 

B.  W.  Dickson,  '97. 

A.  K.  Dickson,  '97. 

C.  S.  Gelbert,  '97. 
J.  H.  Minds,  '98. 
W.  G.  Woodruff.  '97. 


Referee:  L.  T.  Bliss,  '93,  Yale.  Umpire:  W.  H.  Corbin,  '89,  Yale. 
Linesman:  R.  D.  Paine,  '94,  Yale.  Score:  Lafayette  6,  Pennsylvania  4. 
First  Half:  Touchdown  by  L.  J.  Uffenheimer.  Second  Half:  Touch- 
down and  goal  by  G.  O.  Barclay. 

First  Half:  Pennsylvania  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the 
west  goal.  Rinehart  kicks  off  to  Wharton  on  the  5-yard 
line.  Pennsylvania  gains  20  yards  in  several  plunges  into 
the  line,  but  fumbles  the  ball  and  Lafayette  secures  it. 
Lafayette  cannot  make  first  down  and  Bray  punts  out  of 
bounds.  Minds  circles  the  end  for  15.  By  short  gains 
Pennsylvania  with  great  difficulty  finally  works  the  ball  to 


452  FOOTBALL 

Lafayette*s  5-yard.  Minds  is  thrown  for  a  loss  of  5  yards. 
On  the  next  play  Pennsylvania  fumbles  and  Worthington 
gets  the  ball.  Pennsylvania  is  set  back  10  yards  on  a  penalty. 
The  Red  and  Blue  holds  for  downs  and  gets  the  ball.  Minds 
goes  through  the  line  for  2  and  Gelbert  follows  for  2  more. 
A  penalty  also  advances  Pennsylvania  10  yards.  Lafayette 
holds  for  downs.  Two  plunges  into  center  net  Lafay- 
ette 5  yards.  On  the  next  play  the  ball  is  lost  on  a  fum- 
ble. Pennsylvania  by  swift,  hard  rushing  forces  the  ball  to 
the  3-yard  mark.  On  the  next  play  Uffenheimer  goes 
through  for  a  touchdown.  The  play  is  near  the  side  line 
and  the  punt-out  fails.  Rinehart  kicks  off  for  Lafayette  and 
Pennsyvlania  returns  the  ball.  Lafayette  punts,  Pennsyl- 
vania fumbles,  and  Wiedenmeyer  gets  the  ball.  The  ball 
oscillates  back  and  forth  between  the  20-yard  lines,  and  time 
is  called  with  the  ball  in  Pennsyvlania's  possession  on  La- 
fayette's 20-yard  line. 

Second  Half:  Woodruff  kicks  off  to  Lafayette's  5-yard 
line.  Overfield  stops  Zeiser  on  a  centre  plunge  and  Bray 
punts  to  Minds  at  midfield.  Pennsylvania  by  short  gains 
reaches  Lafayette's  10-yard  line,  where  the  latter  holds  for 
downs  and  gets  the  ball.  Bray  punts  25  yards,  and  Penn- 
sylvania fumbling,  Speer  falls  on  the  ball.  For  several 
minutes  each  team  rushes  for  small  gains  and  then  is  forced 
to  punt.  Pennsylvania  tries  a  quarter-back  kick,  which 
Bray  captures.  Two  plunges  into  the  line  net  12  yards. 
Lafayette  fumbles  and  Boyle  gets  the  ball.  An  exchange  of 
kicks  places  the  ball  in  Pennsylvania's  possession  on  the  40- 
yard  line.  Minds  falls  back  to  punt,  but  Rowland  breaks 
through  and  blocks  the  kick,  catching  the  ball  and  retaining 
it.  Lafayette  tries  a  plunge  at  centre  without  gain.  The 
ball  is  near  the  left  side  line  30  yards  from  the  goal.  Bray 
falls  back  and  Lafayette  forms  for  a  drop  kick.  The  for- 
mation is  a  feint.     The  ball  is  passed  to  Barclay,  who  on  a 


EIGHT  FAMOUS  GAMES 


453 


quick  opening  dashes  along  the  left  side  line  for  20  yards, 
being  forced  out  of  bounds  at  the  10-yard  line.  The  ball  is 
brought  in  and  Bray  is  sent  against  the  centre  without  gain. 
On  the  next  play  Barclay  goes  around  the  right  end  for  a 
touchdown.  A  moment  later  he  kicks  the  goal.  Only  six 
minutes  are  left  to  play.  Pennsylvania  kicks  off  and  La- 
fayette in  nine  plays  takes  the  ball  60  yards.  Time  is  called 
with  the  ball  in  the  latter's  possession  on  the  15-yard  line. 


LAFAYETTE 

A.  A.  Blaicher,  10, 

A.  R.  Hayes,  '10, 
A.  R.  Crane,  '13, 
L.  R.  Jones,  '13, 

E.  C.  Foresman,  '11, 
T.  S.  Fillmore,  '11, 

F.  C.  McCutcheon,  '10, 

E.  J.  Roche,  '12, 
W.  W.  Probst,  '12, 
R.  Woodcock,  '11, 
L.  M.  Schwenk,  '11, 
J.  F.  Moore,  '10, 

W.  F.  Dannehauer,  '12, 
W.  E.  Norris,  '11,     ^ 

M.  J.  Conover,  '11, 
S.  M.  Alexander,  *13, 

F.  H.  Irmschler,  '10, 

G.  S.  McCaa,  '10, 


Lafayette  vs.  Princeton 
Princeton,  Oct.  23,  1909 

PRINCETON 

C.  Ballin,  '10. 


Left  End, 
«       « 

Left  Tackle, 

((         (t 

Left  Guard, 
«        tt 

Centre, 
Right  Guard, 
Right  Tackle, 


H.  E.  Gill,  '10. 
R.  C.  Siegling,  '10. 
J.  C.  Musser,  '11. 
I.  M.  Woehr,  '10. 
H.  E.  Buckingham,  *10. 
F.  C.  Bamman,  '10. 
P.  E.  Waller,  '10. 
J.  M.  McCrohan,  '11. 


Right  End,        T.  H.  Welch,  '10. 


Quarter-back, 

Left  Half, 
(t       (I 

Right  Half, 


Full-back, 


F.  Bergin,  '10. 
F.  B.  Read,  '10. 
W.  R.  Sparks,  '11. 
F.  Dawson,  '10. 
E.  N.  Matthews,  '10. 
L.  Cunningham,  *11. 
E.  J.  Hart,  '12. 


Referee:  D.  L.  Fultz,  '98,  Brown.  Umpire:  H.  M.  Nelly,  '02,  Army. 
Field  Judge:  C.  J.  McCarthy,  Germantown  Academy.  Linesman: 
S.  S.  Feagles,  '00,  Princeton.  Score:  Lafayette  6,  Princeton  0.  Second 
Half:  Touchdown  by  F.  H.  Irmschler,  goal  by  G.  S.  McCaa. 

First  Half:  Lafayette  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  north 
goal.    McCaa  kicks  to  Read  at  Princeton's  10.    Read  imme- 


454  FOOTBALL 

diately  punts  to  McCaa,  who  returns  to  midfield.  Blaicher 
on  a  double  pass  goes  around  the  end  for  25  yards.  McCaa 
adds  2  more  through  the  line,  but  a  forward  pass  fails 
and  Princeton  gets  the  ball.  Hart  makes  first  down  around 
the  end.  Dawson  nets  two  through  tackle.  Lafayette  holds 
and  Read  punts  to  Dannehauer  at  15.  McCaa  punts  to 
Bergin  and  the  latter  runs  back  the  kick  to  midfield.  Hart 
hits  the  tackle  for  7  and  repeats  the  play  for  7  more.  La- 
fayette holds  and  takes  the  ball  on  downs.  McCaa  sends  a 
long  high  one  to  Bergin,  who  runs  back  the  ball  to  the  45- 
yard  line.  Hart  pierces  the  centre  for  3,  then  McCaa  capt- 
ures an  on-side  kick.  McCaa  punts  to  midfield.  Siegling 
makes  5  through  the  line.  Blaicher  stops  Hart,  but  Dawson 
gets  6  yards.  Read  is  thrown  for  a  loss  and  it  is  Lafayette's 
ball.  McCaa  punts  to  Princeton's  50-yard  line,  the  ball  is 
fumbled  and  Conover  gets  it.  On  a  fake  kick  Conover 
makes  3  yards.  McCaa  cannot  pierce  the  line  and  punts  to 
Princeton's  30.  Hart  is  thrown  for  a  15-yard  loss  by  Norris 
and  Read  punts  to  centre,  where  McCaa  heels  a  fair  catch. 
McCaa  makes  5  yards  through  the  line.  Conover  adds  3 
more.  McCaa  punts  to  Bergin  at  Princeton's  30.  Hart 
hits  tackle  for  2  and  Read  circles  the  end  for  25.  Dawson 
is  stopped  without  gain,  and  on  the  next  play  Norris  inter- 
cepts a  forward  pass.  McCaa  punts  to  Princeton's  15. 
Read  rounds  the  end  for  20.  Dawson  makes  1  through  the 
centre.  A  short  forward  pass  nets  4  and  an  on-side  kick 
makes  15  more.  Hart  hits  the  centre  for  3.  Dawson  makes 
first  down.  McCrohan  and  Hart  cannot  gain  and  La- 
fayette gets  a  forward  pass.  McCaa  punts  68  yards.  Read 
returns,  and  a  fumble  gives  Princeton  the  ball  on  Lafayette's 
25-yard  line.  Dawson  makes  7,  but  a  penalty  sets  Princeton 
back  15.  McCaa  gets  an  on-side  kick  and  punts.  Time 
is  called  with  the  ball  at  midfield. 

Second  Half:    Hart  kicks  off  to  Dannehauer,  who  runs 


EIGHT  FAMOUS  GAMES 


455 


back  25  yards.  McCaa  punts  to  Princeton's  20.  Bucking- 
ham returns  the  punt  to  midfield.  Conover  fails  to  gain  and 
McCaa  punts  to  Princeton's  10,  Bergin  running  back  the 
ball  40  yards.  Three  times  the  Orange  and  Black  now  ham- 
mers the  ball  down  the  field,  only  to  be  stopped  each  time 
by  Lafayette's  fierce  defence,  which  at  times  is  so  aggres- 
sive that  the  runner  is  shot  between  the  crashing  lines  into 
the  air.  The  game  is  almost  over  when  a  penalty  of  half  the 
distance  to  the  goal-line  gives  Princeton  the  ball  on  La- 
fayette's 15-yard  line.  Less  than  a  minute  is  left  to  play. 
Cunningham  drops  back  for  a  try  at  goal.  Irmschler  breaks 
through  on  the  right  side  and  blocks  the  kick,  retaining  the 
ball  against  his  body.  With  a  clear  field  he  dashes  85  yards 
for  a  touchdown.  McCaa  kicks  the  goal.  Time  is  then 
called. 

Navy  vs.  Princeton 
Annapolis,  Oct.  15,  1904. 


NAVY 

PRINCETON 

K.  Whiting,  '05, 

Left  End, 

K.  B.  Crawford,  '05. 

R.  F.  Bernard,  '07, 

<(       (( 

L.  C.  Farley,  '05, 

Left  Tackle, 

J.  L.  Cooney,  '07. 

R.  C.  Grady,  '06, 

«         (( 

N.  H.  Goss,  '05, 

Left  Guard, 

J.  C.  Waller,  '06. 

W.  B.  McClintic,  '05, 

Centre, 

O.  Dutcher,  '07. 

E.  S.  Woodworth,  '06, 

<( 

E.  L.  Rafferty,  '06. 

R.  F.  Smith,  '06, 

Right  Guard, 

H.  H.  Short,  '05. 

J.  M.  O'Brien,  '07, 

((           (( 

C.  F.  Chambers,  '07, 

Right  Tackle, 

E.  Stannard,  '08. 

(<          « 

S.  Carothers,  '06. 

D.  L.  Howard,  '06, 

Right  End, 

N.  B.  Tooker,  '06. 

J.  W.  Wilcox,  '05, 

Quarter-back, 

T.  J.  Burke,  '05. 

H.  H.  Norton,  '07, 

" 

F.  W.  Ritter,  '08. 

A.  H.  Douglas,  '08, 

Left  Half, 

A.  F.  King,  '05. 

W.  B.  Decker,  '06, 

«        « 

L.  H.  Simons,  '08. 

S.  Doherty,  '06, 

Right  Half, 

W.  L.  Foulke,  '05. 

((        « 

C.  M.  Hamill,  '08. 

It        (( 

S.  Rulon-Miller,  '07. 

H.  L.  Spencer,  '07, 

Full-back, 

J.  B.  McCormick,  '08. 

Referee:  M.  V.  Bergen,  '92,  Princeton.     Umpire:  W.  R.  Okeson,  '96, 
Lehigh.    Linesman:  R.  B.  Strasburger,  '05,  Navy.    Score:  Navy  10, 


456  FOOTBALL 

Princeton  9.  First  Half:  Goal  from  field  by  N.  B.  Tooker;  touchdown 
by  K.  Whiting,  goal  by  J.  W.  Wilcox;  touchdown  by  W.  L.  Foulke. 
Second  Half:   Goal  from  field  by  H.  H.  Norton. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  goal. 
Navy  kicks  off.  Princeton  cannot  gain  and  McCormick 
punts.  Navy  makes  10  yards  and  fumbles.  Foulke  and 
King  in  succession  round  both  ends  for  a  gain  of  45  yards. 
Navy  holds  for  2  downs  on  the  20-yard  line.  Tooker  falls 
back  and  kicks  a  goal  from  the  field.  Navy  kicks  off  and  the 
play  for  some  time  remains  at  centre.  Douglas  punts  to 
Princeton's  10-yard  line  and  the  ball  rolls  across  the  line. 
A  Princeton  back  fumbles  and  Whiting  falls  on  the  ball  for 
a  touchdown,  which  Wilcox  converts  into  a  goal.  Princeton 
kicks  off  and  Navy  returns.  After  the  kick-off  King  and 
Foulke  again  circle  the  ends  for  40  yards,  the  latter's  run 
ending  in  a  touchdown  at  the  extreme  corner  of  the  field. 
The  try  at  goal  is  low  and  Navy  blocks  the  ball.  There  is 
no  further  scoring  in  this  half. 

Second  Half:  Navy  kicks  off  and  for  some  time  the  ball 
surges  back  and  forth  between  the  35-yard  lines.  Navy 
blocks  McCormick's  kick.  Navy  gets  the  ball  and  runs  to 
the  25-yard  line.  Navy  hits  the  line  twice  without  gain. 
Norton  is  substituted  for  Wilcox  and  at  once  falls  back  for  a 
drop  kick.  The  ball  goes  squarely  between  the  posts. 
Princeton  kicks  off  and  soon  regains  the  ball  on  a  kick. 
Princeton  now  advances  3  to  5  yards  at  a  plunge,  carrying 
the  ball  to  the  1-foot  mark  from  the  Navy's  line.  The  ball 
is  fumbled  on  the  snap-back  and  both  teams  pile  up  on  the 
ball.  When  the  mass  is  extricated,  Ritter  and  Short  are  found 
to  be  one  foot  across  the  line  and  holding  the  ball.  The 
official  rules  that  the  ball  has  been  advanced  without  touch- 
ing the  second  man  and  inflicts  a  penalty.  Tooker  tries  for 
a  field  goal,  but  Navy  blocks.  Play  continues  in  Navy's 
territory,  Tooker  once  more  trying  for  a  field  goal,  but 
not  succeeding.     Toward  the  close  Navy  gets  the  ball  in 


t— I        00 

*s3 


EIGHT  FAMOUS   GAMES 


457 


Princeton's  territory,  and  Norton  tries  for  a  field  goal,  but 
misses. 

Columbia  vs.  Princeton 

New  York.  Nov.  6.  1900 


PRINCETON 

Left  End,  W.  W.  Roper.  '02. 

Left  Tackle  H.  W.  Pell,  '02. 

R.  R.  Coffin,  '03. 
Left  Guard,  R.  G.  Wright,  '02. 

Centre,  J.  W.  Losey,  '03. 

Right  Guard,  J.  S.  Dana,  '03. 

M.  F.  Mills,  '03. 
M.  F.  Fisher.  '03. 
Right  Tackle,  H.  M.  McCord,  '02. 

R.  R.  Sheffield,  '02. 
Right  End,  H.  Little,  '01. 

R.  P.  McClave,  '03. 
Quarter-back,  A.  E.  Meier,  '02. 

Left  Half,  S.  W.  McClave,  '03. 

H.  R.  Levick,  '03. 
Right  Half,  H.  R.  Hart,  '04. 

B.  B.  Hodgman,  '03. 
Full-back,  C.  M.  Mattis,  '01. 

W.H.  Underbill, '04. 

H.H.Henry, '04. 

Referee:  A.  E.  Whiting,  '98,  Cornell.  Umpire:  W.  S.  Langford,  '96, 
Trinity.  Linesman:  H.  H.  Janeway,  '90,  Princeton.  Timekeeper: 
George  Goldie.  Score:  Columbia  6,  Princeton  5.  First  Half:  Touch- 
down by  W.  R.  Morley,  goal  by  E.  B.  Bruce.  Second  Half:  Touchdown 
by  W.  W.  Roper. 

First  Half:  Princeton  wins  the  toss  and  takes  the  upper 
goal.  Berrien  kicks  off  to  McCord.  Several  punts  follow, 
interspersed  with  small  gains  by  each  team.  Columbia 
catches  the  ball  on  her  20-yard  line  and  puts  it  down  for  a 
scrimmage.  Wright  is  drawn  behind  the  line  in  a  formation 
that  works  havoc  with  the  Princeton  forwards.  Weekes 
commences  a  spectacular  but  effective  feat  of  hurdling  over 
the  Tiger  line  and  backs.     The  Tigers  fight  desperately,  but 


COLUMBIA 

J.  B.  Wolff,  '01, 

D.  W.  Smythe,  '02, 

C.  A.  Wright,  '02, 

E.  B.  Bruce,  '01, 
E.  D.  Freeman,  '03, 
W.  S.  Beardsley,  '03, 

A.  S.  Austin,  '03, 

H.  Van  Hoevenburg,  '02, 

E.  H.  Sykes,  '02, 

B.  H.  Boyeson,  '04, 
H,  H.  Weekes,  '03, 

W.  R.  Morley,  '01, 

C.  L.  Berrien,  '03, 


458  FOOTBALL 

the  ball  creeps  by  short  gains  down  the  field  and  in  twenty 
minutes  of  play  reaches  the  5-yard  line.  Princeton  crouches 
and  waits  the  attack.  Again  Wright  is  drawn  behind  the 
line.  The  ball  is  passed  to  Morley,  who  smashes  squarely 
into  Princeton's  centre  and  is  rammed  through  and  over  the 
line  for  a  touchdown.  Bruce  kicks  the  goal.  Mattis  gives 
way  to  Underbill.  The  teams  resume  play.  The  rushing  is 
hard  and  fierce,  both  teams  playing  with  great  vim,  but 
neither  team  comes  near  scoring. 

Second  Half:  Hodgman  relieves  Hart.  Columbia  kicks 
off.  Princeton  opens  up  a  series  of  end  runs,  tackle-back 
plunges,  and  straight  attacks  on  the  line  that  carries  the  ball 
irresistibly  to  Columbia's  5-yard  mark.  Columbia  stands 
firm  and  takes  the  ball  on  downs.  Berrien  lifts  it  far  down 
the  field.  Princeton  rushes  it  back  to  the  25-yard  line,  from 
which  Underbill  tries  for  a  goal  from  the  field,  but  fails. 
Columbia  gets  the  ball  and  commences  a  scrimmage. 
Weekes  and  Morley  hit  the  Tiger  line  for  good  gains.  The 
ball  reaches  the  45-yard  line.  Here  Columbia  attempts  a 
mass  on  the  centre.  Suddenly  Roper  emerges  with  the  ball. 
Shaking  off  two  tacklers  he  sprints  at  great  speed  for  the  line 
and  makes  a  touchdown.  Roper  brings  the  ball  out  to  the 
13-yard  mark  and  holds  it  for  Mills  to  kick.  Three  of  the 
Columbia  players  suddenly  rush  forward,  crying  that  the  ball 
is  down.  One  of  the  Columbia  players  falls  on  the  ball  in 
Roper's  hands.  A  dispute  ensues,  Princeton  claiming  that 
the  ball  was  not  down  and  that  the  referee  had  not  signalled. 
After  a  long  discussion  the  referee  rules  that  the  ball  was 
down  and  that  Princeton  has  forfeited  its  try  for  goal. 
Play  is  resumed.  Princeton  forces  the  ball  into  Columbia's 
territory,  from  which  three  attempts  at  field  goals  are  made 
by  Hodgman^  which  fail.    Time  then  is  called. 


APPENDIX 


APPENDIX 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  INTERCOLLEGIATE   CONVENTIONS,   CONFER- 
ENCES, AND  SESSIONS  OF  RULES   COM- 
MITTEES,  1876  TO   1911* 

Convention  of  Nov.  23,  1876,  at  the  Massasoit  House f  Spring- 
field, Mass. — Pursuant  to  a  call  issued  by  the  Princeton  Football 
Association  there  assembled  at  this  time  and  place,  for  the  purpose 
of  adopting  a  uniform  code  of  football  rules  based  upon  the 
Rugby  Union  code,  the  following  representatives:  Columbia, 
E.  W.  Price,  C.  D.  H.  Brower;  Harvard,  H.  C.  Leeds,  77, 
C.  S.  Eaton,  78;  Princeton,  Jotham  Potter,  77,  W.  E.  Dodge, 
79;  Yale,  E.  V.  Baker,  77,  J.  B.  Atwater,  77.  Mr.  Dodge  was 
elected  chairman  and  Mr.  Baker  secretary.  It  was  voted  to  form 
an  association  to  be  known  as  the  Intercollegiate  Football  Asso- 
ciation. Yale  declined  to  become  a  member,  but  expressed  a 
desire  to  participate  in  the  convention  to  the  extent  of  adopting  a 
code  of  playing  rules.  It  was  voted  that  the  representatives  of 
Yale  should  act  as  though  members  of  the  association,  subject 
to  the  further  action  of  the  Yale  Football  Association.  It  was 
voted  that  no  other  institution  should  be  admitted  to  membership 
in  the  association  except  by  unanimous  consent.  Voted  that 
each  college  of  the  association  must  play  one  game  annually  with 
each  member  of  the  association,  and  in  the  event  of  a  tie,  to  play 
other  games  until  the  tie  should  be  decided.  The  convention 
thereupon  began  consideration  of  the  Rugby  Union  football  rules, 
section  by  section,  a  modification  thereof  as  an  intercollegiate 
code  being  adopted  as  follows: 

1.  A  drop  kick,  or  drop,  is  made  by  letting  the  ball  fall  from  the 
hands  and  kicking  it  the  very  instant  it  rises. 

2.  A  place  kick,  or  place,  is  made  by  kicking  the  ball  after  it  has 
been  placed  in  a  nick  made  in  the  ground  for  the  purpose  of 
keeping  it  at  rest. 

♦Copyrighted  rules  reprinted  by  permission  of  American  Sports  Pub- 
lishing Company. 

461 


462  APPENDIX 

3.  A  punt  is  made  by  letting  the  ball  fall  from  the  hands  and 
kicking  it  before  it  touches  the  ground. 

4.  Each  goal  shall  be  composed  of  two  upright  posts  exceeding 
11  feet  in  height  from  the  ground  and  placed  18  feet  6  inches 
apart,  with  a  cross-bar  10  feet  from  the  ground. 

5.  A  goal  can  only  be  obtained  by  kicking  the  ball  from  the 
field  of  play  direct  (i.  e.,  without  touching  the  ground  or  the  dress 
or  person  of  any  player  of  either  side)  over  the  cross-bar  of  the 
opponents'  goal.  Whether  it  touch  such  cross-bar  or  the  posts 
it  is  called  a  poster  and  is  not  a  goal. 

6.  A  goal  may  be  obtained  by  any  kind  of  kick  except  a  punt. 

7.  A  match  shall  be  decided  by  a  majority  of  touchdowns;  a 
goal  shall  be  equal  to  four  touchdowns ;  but  in  case  of  a  tie  a  goal 
kicked  from  a  touchdown  shall  take  precedence  over  four  touch- 
downs.* 

8.  The  ball  is  dead  when  it  rests  absolutely  motionless  on  the 
ground. 

9.  A  touchdown  is  when  a  player,  putting  his  hand  upon  the 
ball  on  the  ground  in  touch  or  in  goal,  stops  it  so  that  it  remains 
dead  or  fairly  so. 

10.  A  tackle  is  when  the  holder  of  the  ball  is  held  by  one  or 
more  players  of  the  opposite  side. 

11.  A  scrummage  takes  place  when  the  holder  of  the  ball,  being 
in  the  field  of  play,  puts  it  down  on  the  ground  in  front  of  him, 
and  all  who  have  closed  around  on  their  respective  sides  endeavor 
to  push  their  opponents  back,  and,  by  kicking  the  ball,  to  drive  it 
in  the  direction  of  the  opposite  goal-line. 

12.  A  player  may  take  up  the  ball  wherever  it  is  rolling  or 
bounding  except  in  a  scrummage. 

13.  It  is  not  lawful  to  take  up  the  ball  when  dead  (except  in 
order  to  bring  it  out  after  it  has  been  touched  down  in  touch  or  in 
goal)  for  any  purpose  whatever.  Whenever  the  ball  shall  have 
been  so  unlawfully  taken  up  it  shall  at  once  be  brought  back  to 
where  it  was  so  taken  up  and  there  put  down. 

14.  In  a  scrummage  it  is  not  lawful  for  the  man  who  has  the 
ball  to  pick  out  the  ball  with  the  hand  under  any  circumstances 
whatever. 

15.  It  is  lawful  for  any  player  who  has  the  ball  to  run  with  it, 
and  if  he  does  so  it  is  called  a  run.  If  a  player  runs  with  the 
ball  and  gets  behind  his  opponents'  goal-line  and  there  touches  it 
down,  it  is  called  a  run  in. 

16.  It  is  lawful  to  run  in  anywhere  across  the  goal-line. 

*  Entirely  new.    The  Rugby  Union  code  computed  the  score  by  goals. 


APPENDIX  463 

17.  The  goal-line  is  in  goal  and  the  touch-line  in  touch. 

18.  In  the  event  of  any  player  holding  or  running  with  the  ball 
being  tackled,  and  the  ball  fairly  held,  he  must  at  once  cry  down, 
and  there  put  it  down. 

19.  A  maul-in-goal  is  when  the  holder  of  the  ball  is  tackled  in- 
side the  goal-line,  or,  being  tackled  immediately  outside,  is  carried 
or  pushed  across  it,  and  he,  or  the  opposite  side,  or  both,  endeavor 
to  touch  the  ball  down.  In  all  cases  when  so  touched  down,  the 
ball  shall  belong  to  the  players  of  the  side  who  first  had  possession 
of  it  before  the  maul  commenced,  unless  the  opposite  side  have 
gained  complete  possession  of  it. 

20.  In  case  of  a  maul-in-goal,  those  players  only  who  are 
touching  the  ball  with  their  hands  when  it  crosses  the  goal-line 
may  continue  the  maul-in-goal,  and  when  a  player  has  once  re- 
leased his  hold  of  the  ball  after  it  is  inside  the  goal-line,  he  may 
not  again  join  the  maul,  and  if  he  attempts  to  do  so,  may  be 
dragged  out  by  the  opposite  side ;  but  if  a  player  when  running  in 
is  tackled  inside  the  goal-line,  then  only  the  player  who  first 
tackled  him,  or  if  two  or  more  tackle  simultaneously,  they  only 
may  join  in  the  maul. 

21.  Touch-in-goal.  Immediately  the  ball,  whether  in  the 
hands  of  a  player  (except  for  the  purpose  of  a  punt-out^see 
Rule  29)  or  not,  goes  into  touch  in  goal,  it  is  at  once  dead  and  out 
of  the  game,  and  must  be  brought  out  as  provided  by  Rules  41 
and  42. 

22.  Every  player  is  on  side,  but  is  put  off  side  if  he  enters  a 
scrummage  from  his  opponents'  side;  or,  being  in  a  scrummage, 
gets  in  front  of  the  ball,  or  when  the  ball  has  been  kicked,  touched, 
or  is  being  run  witn  by  any  of  his  own  side  behind  him  (i.  e.,  be- 
tween himself  and  his  goal-line) .  No  player  can  be  off  side  in  his 
own  goal. 

23.  Every  player  when  off  side  is  out  of  the  game  and  shall  not 
touch  the  ball  in  any  case  whatever,  either  in  or  out  of  touch  or 
goal,  or  in  any  way  interrupt  or  obstruct  any  player,  until  he  is 
again  on  side. 

24.  A  player  being  ofi^  side  is  put  on  side  when  the  ball  has  been 
kicked  by,  or  has  touched  the  dress  or  person  of,  any  player  of  the 
opposite  side,  or  when  one  of  his  own  side  has  run  in  front  of  him, 
either  with  the  ball  or  having  kicked  it  when  behind  him. 

25.  When  a  player  has  the  ball  none  of  his  opponents  who  at 
the  time  are  off  side  may  commence  or  attempt  to  tackle  or 
otherwise  interrupt  such  player. 

26.  Throwing  back.  It  is  lawful  for  any  player  who  has  the 
ball  to  throw  it  backward  toward  his  own  goal,  or  to  pass  it  back 


464  APPENDIX 

to  any  player  of  his  side  who  is  at  the  time  behind  him,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  rules  of  on  side. 

27.  Knocking  on,  i.  e,,  deliberately  hitting  the  ball  with  the 
hand,  and  throwing  forward,  i.  e.,  throwing  the  ball  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  opponents'  goal-line,  are  not  lawful.  If  the  ball  be 
either  knocked  on  or  thrown  forward,  the  captain  of  the  opposite 
side  may  (unless  a  fair  catch  has  been  made  as  provided  by  the 
next  rule)  require  to  have  it  brought  back  to  the  spot  where  it  was 
knocked  on  or  thrown  forward  and  there  put  down. 

28.  A  fair  catch  is  a  catch  made  direct  from  a  kick  or  a  throw 
forward,  or  a  knock  on  by  one  of  the  opposite  side,  or  from  a  punt- 
out  or  punt-on  (see  Rules  29  and  30),  provided  the  catcher  makes 
a  mark  with  his  heel  at  the  spot  where  he  made  the  catch  and 
no  other  of  his  side  touch  the  ball.     (See  Rules  43  and  44.) 

29.  A  punt-out  is  a  punt  made  after  a  touchdown  by  a  player 
from  behind  his  opponents'  goal,  and  from  touch  in  goal  if  neces- 
sary, toward  his  own  side,  who  must  stand  outside  the  goal-line 
and  endeavor  to  make  a  fair  catch  or  to  get  the  ball  and  run  in  or 
drop  a  goal.    (See  Rules  49  and  51.) 

30.  A  punt-on  is  a  punt  made  in  a  manner  similar  to  a  punt- 
out,  and  from  touch,  if  necessary,  by  a  player  who  has  made  a  fair 
catch  from  a  punt-out  or  another  punt-on. 

31.  Touch.  If  a  ball  goes  into  touch,  the  first  player  on  his 
side  who  touches  it  down  must  bring  it  to  the  spot  where  it 
crossed  the  touch-line;  or  if  a  player  when  running  with  the  ball 
cross  or  put  any  part  of  either  foot  across  the  touch-line,  he  must 
return  with  the  ball  to  the  spot  where  the  line  was  so  crossed  and 
thence  return  into  the  field  of  play  in  one  of  the  modes  provided 
by  the  following  rule. 

32.  He  must  then  himself,  or  by  one  of  his  own  side,  either 
bound  the  ball  into  the  field  of  play  and  then  run  with  it,  kick  it, 
or  throw  it  back  to  his  own  side;  or  throw  it  out  at  right  angles 
to  the  touch-line;  or  walk  out  with  it  at  right  angles  to  the  touch- 
line  any  distance  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  fifteen  yards, 
and  there  put  it  down,  first  declaring  how  far  he  intends  to  walk 
out. 

33.  If  two  or  more  players  holding  the  ball  are  pushed  into 
touch,  the  ball  shall  belong  in  touch  to  the  player  who  first  had 
hold  of  it  in  the  field  of  play  and  has  not  released  his  hold  of  it. 

34.  If  the  ball,  when  thrown  out  of  touch,  be  not  thrown  out  at 
right  angles  to  the  touch-line,  the  captain  of  either  side  may  at 
once  claim  to  have  it  thrown  out  again. 

35.  A  catch  made  when  the  ball  is  thrown  out  of  touch  is  not  a 
fair  catch. 


APPENDIX  465 

36.  Kick-off  is  a  place  kick  from  the  centre  of  the  field  of  play, 
and  cannot  count  as  a  goal.  The  opposite  side  must  stand  at 
least  ten  yards  in  front  of  the  ball  until  it  has  been  kicked. 

37.  The  ball  shall  be  kicked  off  (i)  at  the  commencement  of 
the  game  (ii)  after  a  goal  has  been  obtained. 

38.  The  sides  shall  change  goals  as  often  as  and  whenever  a 
goal  is  obtained,  unless  it  has  otherwise  been  agreed  by  the  cap- 
tains before  the  commencement  of  the  match. 

39.  The  captains  of  the  respective  sides  shall  toss  up  before  the 
commencement  of  the  match;  the  winner  of  the  toss  shall  have 
the  option  of  the  choice  of  goals  or  of  kick-off. 

40.  Whenever  a  goal  has  been  obtained  the  side  which  lost  the 
goal  shall  then  kick  off. 

41.  Kick-out  is  a  drop  kick  by  one  of  the  players  of  the  side 
which  has  had  to  touch  the  ball  down  in  their  own  goal,  or  into 
whose  touch  in  goal  the  ball  has  gone  (Rule  21),  and  is  the  mode 
of  bringing  the  ball  again  into  play,  and  cannot  count  as  goal. 

42.  Kick-out  must  be  a  drop  kick  and  from  not  more  than 
twenty-five  yards  outside  the  kicker's  goal;  if  the  ball  when 
kicked  out  pitch  in  touch,  it  must  be  taken  back  and  kicked  out 
again.  The  kicker's  side  must  be  behind  the  ball  when  it  is 
kicked. 

43.  A  player  who  has  made  and  claimed  a  fair  catch  shall 
therefore  either  take  a  drop  kick  or  a  punt  or  place  the  ball  for  a 
place  kick. 

44.  After  a  fair  catch  has  been  made  the  opposite  side  may 
come  up  to  the  catcher's  mark,  and  except  in  cases  under  Rule 
50,  the  catcher's  side  retiring,  the  ball  shall  be  kicked  from  such 
mark,  or  from  a  spot  any  distance  behind  it. 

45.  A  player  may  touch  the  ball  down  in  his  own  goal  at  any 
time, 

46.  A  side  having  touched  the  ball  down  in  their  opponents' 
goal  shall  try  at  goal  either  by  a  place  kick  or  a  punt-out. 

47.  If  a  try  at  goal  be  by  a  place  kick,  a  player  of  the  side  which 
has  touched  the  ball  down  shall  bring  it  up  to  the  goal-line  (sub- 
ject to  Rule  48)  in  a  straight  line  from,  and  opposite  to,  the  spot 
where  the  ball  was  touched  down,  and  there  make  a  mark  on  the 
goal-line  and  thence  walk  straight  out  with  it  at  right  angles  to  the 
goal-line,  to  such  distance  as  he  thinks  proper,  and  there  place  it 
for  another  of  his  side  to  kick.  The  kicker's  side  must  be  behind 
the  ball  when  it  is  kicked  and  the  opposite  side  must  remain 
behind  their  goal-line  until  the  ball  has  been  placed  on  the 
ground.     (See  Rules  54  and  55.) 

48.  If  the  ball  has  been  touched  down  between  the  goal-posts 


466  APPENDIX 

it  may  be  brought  out  in  a  straight  Hne  from  either  of  such  posts; 
but  if  brought  out  from  between  them  the  opposite  side  may 
charge  at  once.     (See  Rule  54.) 

49.  If  the  try  at  goal  be  by  a  punt-out  (see  Rule  29)  a  player  of 
the  side  which  has  touched  the  ball  down  shall  bring  it  straight 
up  to  the  goal-line  opposite  to  the  spot  where  it  was  touched  down, 
and  there  make  a  mark  on  the  goal-line,  and  then  punt  out  from 
touch-in-goal  if  necessary,  or  from  any  part  behind  the  goal-line 
not  nearer  to  the  goal-post  than  such  mark,  beyond  which  it  is  not 
lawful  for  the  opposite  side  (who  must  keep  behind  their  goal-line) 
to  pass  until  the  ball  has  been  kicked.     (See  Rules  54  and  55.) 

50.  If  a  fair  catch  be  made  from  a  punt-out  or  a  punt-on,  the 
catcher  may  proceed  either  as  provided  by  Rules  43  and  44,  or 
himself  take  a  punt-on,  in  which  case  the  mark  made  in  making 
the  fair  catch  shall  be  regarded  (for  the  purpose  of  determining 
as  well  the  position  of  the  player  who  makes  the  punt-on  as  of  the 
other  players  of  both  sides)  as  the  mark  made  on  the  goal-line  in 
the  case  of  a  punt-out. 

51.  A  catch  made  in  touch  from  a  punt-out  or  a  punt-on  is  not 
a  fair  catch;  the  ball  must  then  be  taken  or  thrown  out  of  touch 
as  provided  by  Rule  32.  But  if  the  catch  be  made  in  touch  in 
goal  the  ball  is  at  once  dead  and  must  be  kicked  out  as  provided 
by  Rules  41  and  42. 

52.  When  the  ball  has  been  touched  down  in  the  opponents' 
goal,  none  of  the  side  in  whose  goal  it  has  been  so  touched  down 
shall  touch  it  or  in  any  way  displace  it  or  interfere  with  the 
player  of  the  other  side  who  may  be  taking  it  up  or  not. 

53.  The  ball  is  dead  whenever  a  goal  has  been  obtained;  but 
if  a  try  at  goal  be  not  successful,  the  kick  shall  be  considered  as 
only  an  ordinary  kick  in  the  course  of  the  game. 

54.  Charging,  i.  e.,  rushing  forward  to  kick  the  ball  or  tackle 
a  player,  is  lawful  for  the  opposite  side  in  all  cases  of  a  place  kick 
after  a  fair  catch,  or  upon  a  try  at  goal  immediately  the  ball 
touches  the  ground  or  is  placed  on  the  ground;  and  in  cases  of 
drop  kick  or  punt  after  a  fair  catch,  as  soon  as  the  player  having 
the  ball  commences  to  run  or  offers  to  kick,  or  the  ball  has  touched 
the  ground;  but  he  may  always  draw  back,  and  unless  he  has 
dropped  the  ball  or  actually  touched  it  with  his  foot,  they  must 
again  retire  to  his  mark  (see  Rule  56).  The  opposite  side  in  case 
of  a  punt-out  or  a  punt-on,  and  the  kicker's  side  in  all  cases,  may 
not  charge  until  the  ball  has  been  kicked. 

55.  If  a  player  having  the  ball,  when  about  to  punt  it  out  goes 
outside  of  the  goal-line,  or  when  about  to  punt-on  advances  nearer 
to  his  own  goal-line  than  his  mark,  made  on  making  the  fair 


APPENDIX  467 

catch,  or  if  after  the  ball  has  been  touched  down  in  the  opponents' 
goal,  or  a  fair  catch  has  been  made,  more  than  one  player  of  the 
side  which  has  so  touched  it  down,  or  made  the  fair  catch,  touch 
the  ball  before  it  is  again  kicked,  the  opposite  side  may  charge 
at  once. 

56.  In  case  of  a  fair  catch  the  opposite  side  may  come  up  to 
and  charge  from  anywhere  on  or  behind  a  line  drawn  through  the 
mark  made  by  the  player  who  has  made  the  catch  and  parallel 
to  their  own  goal -line;  but  in  the  case  of  a  fair  catch  from  punt- 
out  or  punt-on,  they  may  not  advance  further  in  the  direction  of 
the  touch-line  nearest  to  such  mark  than  a  line  drawn  through 
such  mark  to  their  goal-line  and  parallel  to  such  touch-line. 
In  all  cases,  except  a  punt-out  and  a  punt-on,  the  kicker's  side 
must  be  behind  the  ball  when  it  is  kicked,  but  may  not  charge 
until  it  has  been  kicked. 

57.  No  hacking  or  hacking  over  or  tripping  up  shall  be  al- 
lowed under  any  circumstances. 

58.  No  one  wearing  projecting  nails,  iron  plates,  or  gutta 
percha  on  any  parts  of  his  boots  or  shoes  shall  be  allowed  to  play 
in  a  match. 

59.  There  shall  be  two  judges,  one  for  each  side,  and  also  a 
referee,  to  whom  disputed  points  shall  be  referred,  and  whose 
decision  shall  be  final.* 

60.  The  grounds  shall  be  140  yards  long  and  70  yards  wide. 

61.  The  number  of  players  shall  be  limited  to  fifteen  upon  a  side. 

1877.  Columbia  having  defaulted  in  its  interest  in  the  affairs 
of  the  association,  and  Yale  having  refused  to  become  a  member 
thereof  or  to  accept  its  rules  other  than  provisionally,  on  account 
of  an  opposition  to  playing  with  fifteen  men  upon  a  side,  Yale 
contending  for  eleven,  and  also  on  account  of  touchdowns  being 
counted  in  the  scoring,  Yale  contending  for  a  score  by  goals 
alone,  no  intercollegiate  convention  in  this  year  was  held.  An 
independent  schedule  of  games,  however,  was  played  by  Harvard, 
Princeton,  and  Yale. 

Convention  of  Oct.  9,  1878,  at  Springfield. — Representatives: 
Harvard,  F.  W.  Thayer,  '78,  L.  Gushing,  '79;  Princeton,  Bland 
Ballard,  '80,  G.  W.  Miller,  '81.  Yale,  although  not  a  member  of 
the  association,  was  represented  by  T.  E.  Rochfort,  '79,  and  Walter 
Gamp,  '80.  Yale  proposed  a  reduction  of  the  number  of  players 
upon  a  side  from  fifteen  to  eleven.     Thepro  position  was  rejected. 

♦Entirely  new.  Under  the  Rugby  Union  Code  the  captains  acted 
as  officials. 


468  APPENDIX 

Convention  of  Oct.  4,  1879,  at  Springfield. — Representatives: 
Harvard,  Robert  Bacon,  '80;  Princeton,  Bland  Ballard,  '80. 
Yale,  although  not  a  member  of  the  association,  was  represented 
by  Walter  Camp,  '80.  Mr.  Camp  submitted  three  amendments 
to  the  playing  rules  of  the  association :  (1)  That  eleven  players  in 
stead  of  fifteen  shall  constitute  a  side;  (2)  that  safeties  shall  be 
counted  in  scoring  against  the  side  making  them ;  (3)  that  the 
playing  field  shall  be  enlarged  to  a  rectangle  200  feet  by  400  feet. 
These  amendments  were  rejected.  Yale  then  formally  applied 
for  membership  in  the  association.     Granted  unanimously. 

Convention  of  Oct.  12,  1880,  at  Springfield,  Mass. — Repre- 
sentatives: Harvard,  W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  T.  C.  Thacher,  '82; 
Princeton,  F.  Loney,  '81,  E.  C.  Peace,  '83;  Yale,  Walter  Camp, 
'80,  R.  W.  Watson,  '81,  W.  B.  Hill,  '81. 

J.  H.  Stearns  and  W.  N.  Eldredge  appeared  in  behalf  of  Colum- 
bia and  asked  for  admission  to  the  association.  On  motion  of 
Yale,  Columbia  was  admitted,  but  to  have  no  vote  in  the  con- 
ventions of  the  association  in  case  of  a  tie,  and  to  be  subject  to 
removal  by  the  convention  at  any  time  upon  a  majority  vote. 

Yale  moved  the  reduction  of  the  players  from  fifteen  upon  a 
side  to  eleven.     Passed  unanimously. 

Alterations  in  the  rules  were  adopted  as  follows: 

1.  A  scrimmage  takes  place  when  the  holder  of  the  ball,  being 
in  the  field  of  play,  puts  it  down  on  the  ground  in  front  of  him  and 
puts  it  in  play  while  on  side,  first,  by  kicking  the  ball ;  second,  by 
snapping  it  back  with  his  foot.  The  man  who  first  receives  the 
ball  from  the  snap-back  shall  be  called  the  quarter-back,  and 
shall  not  then  rush  forward  with  the  ball  under  penalty  of  foul. 

2.  If  the  ball  either  fly,  bound,  or  roll  in  touch  from  a  kick-out, 
it  must  be  brought  back;  but  if  it  touch  any  player,  it  need  not  be 
brought  back. 

3.  In  case  of  a  punt-out,  the  players  of  the  side  to  which  the 
ball  is  punted  out  must  be  at  least  15  feet  from  the  goal-line. 
The  opposing  side  may  line  up  anywhere  in  goal  provided  the 
punter  has  5  feet  clear  extending  from  his  scratch  in  the  direction 
of  touch.  The  punter  out  must  not  be  interfered  with  in  any 
way.    A  punt-out  must  be  a  kick  from  the  toe. 

4.  If  any  player  purposely  foul  an  opponent  when  such  op- 
ponent is  about  to  try  for  a  fair  catch,  the  opponent's  side  may 
either  have  the  ball  down  where  the  foul  was  made  or  take  a  free 
kick,  which  kick  cannot  score  a  goal. 

5.  The  penalty  for  fouls  when  judged  to  be  intentional  by  a 
referee,  except  as  before  provided,  shall  be  a  down  for  the  oppos- 
ing side. 


APPENDIX  469 

6.  The  game  shall  be  played  by  eleven  men  on  each  side. 

Convention  of  Oct.  8,  1881,  at  Springfield,  Mass. — Representa- 
tives: Harvard,  W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  chairman;  Princeton, 
P.  T.  Bryan,  '82,  M.  Edgar,  '82,  E.  C.  Peace,  '83;  Yale,  Walter 
Camp,  '80,  secretary;  F.  M.  Eaton,  '82,  W.  H.  Hyndman,  '84. 

Rules  amended  as  follows: 

1.  Disregard  of  rule  as  to  on  side  when  the  ball  is  kicked  ofiF, 
or  in  case  of  a  free  kick,  shall  constitute  a  foul. 

2.  If  a  player  be  off  side  in  the  act  of  snapping  the  ball,  the 
ball  shall  be  snapped  over  again.  If  he  be  off  side  three  times  on 
the  same  down  the  ball  shall  go  to  the  opposite  side. 

3.  If  a  ball  from  kick-out  pitch  in  touch  three  times  in  succes- 
sion it  shall  be  given  to  the  opposite  side  as  in  touch  at  the  25- 
yard  line. 

4.  The  referee  shall  disqualify  a  player  whom  he  has  warned 
three  times  for  intentional  off-side  playing. 

5.  In  case  of  a  tie  two  innings  of  fifteen  minutes  shall  be 
played,  with  an  interval  of  five  minutes,  the  game  to  be  decided  on 
even  innings.  In  case  of  a  tie  a  goal  kicked  from  a  touchdown 
shall  take  precedence  over  a  goal  otherwise  kicked.  If  the  game 
still  remains  a  tie  the  side  which  makes  four  or  more  safeties  less 
than  their  opponents  shall  win  the  game. 

6.  A  ball  that  strikes  the  post  or  cross-bar  and  goes  inside  or 
over  the  bar  shall  be  scored  as  a  goal. 

Convention  of  April  12,  1882,  at  Springfield,  Mass. — Repre- 
sentatives: Columbia,  W.  N.  Eldredge,  '83,  B.  P.  Clark,  '82, 
W.  F.  Morgan,  '84;  Harvard,  W.  H.  Manning,  '82,  H.  G. 
Leavitt,  '82,  E.  T.  Cabot,  '83;  Princeton,  E.  C.  Peace,  '83,  D.  F. 
Morgan,  '83,  C.  J.  Winton,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80,  F.  M. 
Eaton,  '82,  W.  H.  Hyndman,  '84. 

The  session  was  largely  devoted  to  discussing  remedies  for 
abolishing  the  "  block  game,"  but  no  decisive  action  was  taken. 
A  resolution  was  adopted  providing  that  the  first  and  second 
teams  in  a  season's  championship  series  should  be  entitled  to 
play  their  game  the  following  year  in  New  York  on  Thanksgiving 
Day.  An  executive  committee  was  established  as  follows: 
President,  F.  M.  Eaton,  '82,  Yale;  Secretary,  W.  F.  Morgan,  '84, 
Columbia;  Committeemen,  D.  P.  Morgan,  '83,  Princeton,  E.  T. 
Cabot,  '83,  Harvard. 

Convention  of  Oct.  14, 1882,  at  Springfield,  Mass. — Representa- 
tives: Columbia,  W.  F.  Morgan,  '84;  Harvard,  E.  T.  Cabot,  '83; 
Princeton,  E.  C.  Peace,  '83,  D.  P.  Morgan,  '83;  Yale,  Walter 
Camp,  '80,  R.  Tompkins,  '84,  Stanley  Shaffer,  '83. 

Rules  amended  as  follows: 


470  APPENDIX 

1.  If  on  three  consecutive  fairs  and  downs  a  team  shall  not 
have  advanced  the  ball  five  yards  or  lost  ten,  they  must  give  up 
the  ball  to  the  other  side  at  the  spot  where  the  fourth  down  was 
made.  Consecutive  means  without  leaving  the  hands  of  the  side 
holding  it.* 

2.  No  man  shall  be  allowed  to  play  in  championship  games  for 
a  longer  period  that  five  years. 

3.  The  referee  shall  be  empowered  to  call  a  game  when  he  con- 
siders it  too  dark  to  play. 

4.  The  decision  of  whether  a  side  has  made  five  yards  or  lost 
ten  shall  be  left  to  the  decision  of  the  referee. 

5.  The  referee  shall  disqualify  a  player  whom  he  has  twice 
warned  for  violation  of  the  rule  relating  to  tripping  and  foul 
tackling. 

6.  In  punting  out  after  a  touchdown  the  players  on  defence 
shall  not  approach  within  six  feet  of  the  punter. 

7.  In  scoring  four  touchdowns  shall  take  precedence  over  a 
goal  kicked  from  the  field;  two  safeties  shall  be  equal  to  a  touch- 
down. 

Convention  of  Oct.  17,  1883,  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Columbia,  Messrs.  Darling  and  Griffith;  Har- 
vard, F.  L.  Clark,  '83;  Princeton,  Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  D.  M.  Look, 
'84,  secretary;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Ray  Tompkins,  '84, 
chairman. 

Amendments  adopted: 

Section  I  of  Rule  5:  "A  side  having  touched  the  ball  down  in 
their  opponents'  goal,  may  try  at  a  goal  either  by  a  place  kick  or 
punt-out"  altered  so  as  to  read  "shall  try  at  goal,"  the  object 
being  to  prevent  teams  from  deliberately  missing  goals  in  order 
to  make  another  touchdown,  which  was  possible  under  prior 
rules. 

Rule  7,  providing  that  "If  the  try  be  by  a  punt-out  the  oppo- 
nents shall  line  up  on  the  goal-line  anywhere,  except  within  the 
space  of  six  feet  from  the  punter's  mark,"  changed  to  read  "  within 
the  space  of  ten  feet." 

Section  II  of  Rule  18,  reading  "There  shall  be  two  judges  and 
a  referee,"  amended  by  adding  "each  of  whom  shall  be  an 
alumnus." 

Rule  19,  providing  for  the  disqualification  of  a  player  for  two 
infractions  of  the  rule  prohibiting  deliberate  off-side  play  was 
altered  so  as  to  allow  three  infractions. 

*  A  "  fair  "  was  the  technical  name  of  putting  the  ball  in  play  from 
the  side  line  when  out  of  bounds. 


APPENDIX  471 

A  new  rule  added  providing  for  numerical  scoring,  the  values 
as  follows: 

Safety 1 

Touchdown 2 

Goal  following  touchdown 4 

Goal  from  field 5 

Convention  of  Dec.  5,  1883,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Harvard,  R.  M.  Appleton,  '84,  J.  Simpkins, 
'85;  Princeton,  Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  E.  C.  Peace,  '83,  D.  M.  Look, 
'84,  C.  W.  Bird,  '85;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80,  Ray  Tompkins,  '84. 

Messrs.  Griffith  and  Stevens,  of  Columbia,  applied  for  read- 
mission  of  Columbia,  which  was  granted. 

The  following  amendments  to  the  rules  were  adopted  • 

1.  Upon  a  punt-out  following  a  touchdown,  no  one  of  the  de- 
fensive side  shall  approach  within  a  space  of  ten  feet  from  the 
punter. 

2.  The  referee  in  all  championship  games  of  the  association 
shall  be  an  alumnus. 

3.  A  player  warned  the  third  time  for  intentionally  delaying 
the  game  shall  be  disqualified. 

4.  The  referee  shall  take  out  time  for  all  unnecessary  delays. 

5.  The  referee  shall  disqualify  a  player  having  been  warned 
three  times  for  intentionally  tackling  in  touch. 

6.  The  value  of  a  touchdown  shall  be  four  points,  and  the  value 
of  a  safety  shall  be  two  points,  to  be  added  to  the  score  of  the  op- 
posing team. 

7.  A  player  may  be  off  side  only  twice  during  a  game. 
Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale,  was  directed  to  copyright  and  print 

the  rules  in  behalf  of  the  association. 

Convention  of  Oct.  15,  1884,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Harvard,  G.  M.  Kimball,  '84,  A.  D.  French, 
'85;  Princeton,  C.  W.  Bird,  '85,  J.  B.  Harriman,  '85;  Yale, 
Walter  Camp,  '80,  E.  L.  Richards,  '85. 

A  communication  was  received  from  Columbia,  withdrawing 
from  the  association. 

Rules  amended  as  follows: 

Section  I,  Rule  10,  a  new  section  was  added  as  follows:  "A 
fair  catch  can  be  made  behind  one's  goal." 

Section  I,  Rule  17.  "A  player  shall  be  off  side  but  twice  dur- 
ing a  game,"  altered  so  as  to  read:  "A  player  at  the  second  warn- 
ing for  intentional  off-side  play  shall  be  disqualified." 

Section  III,  Rule  37,  relative  to  interference  with  a  fair  catch, 
was  changed  so  as  to  read:   "The  opponents  may  have,  at  the 


472  APPENDIX 

option  of  the  captain,  a  free  kick  or  a  down  where  the  interfer- 
ence occurred." 

Convention  of  Nov.  27, 1884,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotels  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Harvard,  G.  M.  Kimball,  '84;  Princeton, 
C.  W.  Bird,  '85,  J.  B.  Harriman,  '85;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80, 
E.  L.  Richards,  '85.  Yale  appealed  from  the  decision  of  Mr.  R. 
M.  Appleton,  '84,  of  Harvard,  the  referee  of  the  Princeton- Yale 
game,  in  declaring  the  contest  no  game  and  the  score  as  0  to  0. 
After  a  prolonged  debate  the  convention  voted  to  sustain  the  de- 
cision of  Mr.  Appleton.     See  page  378. 

Convention  of  Feb.  7,  1885,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Princeton,  C.  W.  Bird,  '85,  J.  B.  Harriman, 
'85,  secretary,  C.  M.  De  Camp,  '86;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80, 
E.  L.  Richards,  '85,  chairman,  F.  G.  Peters,  '86. 

Owing  to  the  abolition  of  football  at  Harvard  by  its  faculty, 
Jan.  6,  1885,  Harvard  was  not  represented.  Mr.  Ellis  Ward  ap- 
peared and  asked  for  the  admission  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania to  the  association.  F.  D.  Beattys,  '85,  of  Wesleyan,  filed 
a  similar  application  in  behalf  of  Wesleyan.  On  motion  of  Mr. 
Camp  both  were  admitted. 

The  rules  were  amended  as  follows: 

Rule  4  altered  to  read:  "A  touchdown  shall  be  made  when  the 
holder  of  the  ball  shall  carry  it  across  the  opponents'  goal-line 
and  either  touch  it  down  behind  the  line  or  in  touch  in  goal  or  be 
there  fairly  held  by  an  opponent.  If  the  touchdown  is  made  in 
touch  in  goal  the  ball  shall  be  punted  out  at  the  intersection  of 
the  side  line  and  the  goal-line." 

Rule  2,  defining  when  a  ball  is  down,  was  extended  by  adding 
the  words  "or  when  the  referee  has  said  down." 

Rule  18  amended  so  as  to  read:  "The  contesting  parties  in  a 
championship  game  are  to  decide  on  the  referee  for  their  game 
and  he  shall  be  absolute  in  all  decisions  and  shall  be  paid." 

Rule  19  altered  so  as  to  read:  "The  referee  shall  take  out  time 
for  unnecessary  delay.  He  shall  decide  disputed  points,  and 
shall  for  intentionally  delaying  the  game  or  off-side  play  give,  for 
the  first  offence,  one  point  to  the  opponents,  and,  for  the  second  of- 
fence, one  point  more  to  the  opponents  and  dismissal  of  the  offen- 
der from  the  field.  For  violation  of  Rules  17  or  28,  relative  to  in- 
tentional off-side  play,  and  slugging,  the  referee  shall  award  two 
points  to  the  offended  side." 

Rule  22  extended  by  adding:  "If  either  side  refuses  to  play 
within  five  minutes  after  ordered  so  to  do  by  the  referee  the  said 
side  shall  forfeit  the  game." 

Rule  31  altered  to  read:  "The  man  who  first  receives  the  ball 


APPENDIX  473 

when  snapped  back  from  a  down  or  thrown  from  a  fair,  shall  not 
carry  the  ball  forward  under  any  circumstances  whatsoever." 

A  new  rule  was  added  as  follows :  "  No  delay  arising  from  any 
cause  whatsoever,  shall  last  longer  than  five  minutes." 

Mr.  Camp  moved  the  separation  of  the  rush-lines  by  a  neutral 
zone  of  five  yards.     After  a  prolonged  debate  the  motion  was  lost. 

Convention  of  Oct  10,  1885,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York, 
— Representatives:  Pennsylvania,  J.  J.  Hovey,  '87;  Princeton, 
C.  M.  De  Camp,  '86,  J.  P.  Shaw,  '86,  secretary,  D.  Greene,  '87; 
Wesleyan,  S.  V.  Cofiin,  '89;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80,  F.  G. 
Peters,  '86,  chairman. 

A  communication  was  received  from  Harvard  withdrawing 
from  the  association. 

Rules  amended  as  follows : 

Rules  17  and  28,  requiring  two  warnings  to  precede  disqualifica- 
tion for  intentional  off-side  play  or  delay  of  the  game,  were 
amended  so  as  to  require  only  one  warning  and  also  to  include 
unnecessary  roughness. 

Rule  18  was  extended  to  supplement  the  penalty  of  disquali- 
fication as  follows:  "For  intentional  delay  of  the  game  or  off- 
side play  the  penalty  shall  be  five  yards." 

A  resolution  was  adopted  providing  for  an  equal  division  of  the 
net  receipts  in  all  matches. 

Convention  of  May  5,  1886,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Harvard,  J.  B.  Keyes,  '77,  C.  S.  Hamlin,  '83, 
W.  A.  Brooks,  '87;  Pennsylvania,  W.  C.  Posey,  '86,  N.  W.  Young, 
'87,  F.  W.  W.  Graham,  '87;  Princeton,  C.  M.  De  Camp,  '86, 
H.  S.  Savage,  '87;  Wesleyan,  J.  D.  Wells,  '88;  Yale,  F.  G.  Peters, 
'86,  R.  N.  Corwin,  '87. 

Harvard  applied  for  reinstatement  and  same  was  granted 
unanimously.  Princeton  moved  that  the  centre  rush  should  be 
permitted  to  snap  the  ball  without  any  interference  from  op- 
ponents. Passed.  Moved  to  amend  Rule  31  So  as  to  require 
a  kick-out  after  a  kick  across  the  goal-line,  to  be  made  either  by  a 
place  kick  or  by  a  drop.     Passed. 

Convention  of  Oct.  9,  1886,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Harvard,  C.  S.  Hamlin,  '83,  W.  A.  Brooks, 
'87;  Pennsylvania,  N.  W.  Young,  '87,  F.  W.  W.  Graham,  87; 
Princeton,  H.  S.  Savage,  '87,  R.  P.  Bradford,  '87;  Wesleyan, 
J.  M.  Stevens,  '87,  J.  D.  Wells,  '88;  Yale,  C.  L.  Hare,  '87,  R. 
N.  Corwin,  '87. 

A  long  debate  occurred  as  to  place  of  the  Princeton-Yale  game, 
finally  terminating  by  the  selection  of  Princeton,  Thanksgiving 
Day. 


474  APPENDIX 

An  amendment  was  made  to  the  rule  permitting  a  team  to 
charge  as  soon  as  the  ball  was  in  motion  by  changing  the  words 
"in  motion"  to  "in  play."  The  Lillywhite  No.  J  ball  was 
adopted  as  the  oflBcial  ball  for  all  match  games. 

Convention  of  Nov.  28, 1886,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York, 
— Representatives:  Harvard,  E.  G.  Kent,  '82,  R.  M.  Appleton, 
'84,  W.  A.  Brooks,  '87;  Pennsylvania,  W.  C.  Posey,  '86,  N.  W. 
Young,  '87,  F.  W.  W.  Graham,  '87;  Princeton,  C.  W.  Bird,  '85, 
H.  S.  Savage,  '87;  Wesleyan,  F.  D.  Beattys,  '85,  J.  M.  Stevens, 
'87,  J.  D.  Wells,  '88;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80,  F.  G.  Peters,  '86, 
R.  N.  Corwin,  '87. 

Mr.  Corwin  moved  to  award  to  Yale  the  championship  for 
1886.  Mr.  Bird  objected  on  the  ground  that  the  Princeton- Yale 
game  had  resulted  in  a  tie  at  0  to  0  because  called  before  com- 
pletion, according  to  the  precedent  established  by  the  convention 
of  Nov.  27,  1884.  Mr.  Corwin  amended  his  motion  that  the 
championship  be  awarded  to  Yale  on  the  basis  of  points  scored. 
Mr.  Bird  renewed  his  objection  that  the  championship  could  be 
awarded  only  upon  results  and  not  upon  the  points  scored  in  an 
unfinished  game.  After  two  hours  of  debate  the  representatives 
of  Princeton  and  Yale  were  requested  to  withdraw  from  the  room 
in  order  that  the  motion  might  be  decided  by  the  non-interested 
representatives.  The  latter  thereupon  further  debated  the  mo- 
tion for  an  additional  hour,  at  the  conclusion  of  which  the  follow- 
ing resolutions  were  passed: 

Resolved,  That  this  convention  cannot,  as  a  convention,  award 
the  championship  for  1886. 

Resolved,  That  Yale,  according  to  points  scored,  should  have 
won  the  championship. 

Convention  of  March  26,  1887,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New 
York. — Representatives:  Harvard,  A.  F.  Holden,  '88,  B.  W. 
Palmer,  '88;  Pennsylvania,  W.  C.  Posey,  '86,  L.  H.  Alexander, 
88;  Princeton,  H.  S.  Savage,  '87,  T.  B.  Hamilton,  '88,  W.  J. 
Cook,  '89;  Wesleyan,  F.  D.  Beattvs,  '85,  J.  M.  Stevens,  '87, 
H.  H.  Beattys,  '88;  Yale,  F.  G.  Peters,  '86,  R.  N.  Corwin,  '87, 
H.  Beecher,  '88. 

The  convention  passed  a  resolution  that  the  rules  should  be 
enforced  rigidly  by  referees,  and  that  captains  should  instruct 
their  men  against  holding,  roughing,  and  all  other  objectionable 
features.  The  'varsity  captains  present  supplemented  this  reso- 
lution by  the  following  agreement: 

We,  the  undersigned,  captains  of  teams  of  the  Intercollegiate 
Football  Association,  do  hereby  pledge  ourselves  to  use  all 
means  in  our  power  to  coach  our  teams  to  stop  holding  in 


APPENDIX  475 

the  rush  Hne,  slugging,  and  all  other  objectionable  features  of 
the  game. 

H.  Beecher,  Jr.,  Yale. 

H.  H.  Beattys,  Wesleyan. 

W.  J.  Cook,  Princeton. 

L.  H.  Alexander,  Pennsylvania. 

A.  F.  Holden,  Harvard. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  as  follows: 

Rule  5  altered  so  as  to  compel  a  team  to  try  for  a  goal  after  a 
touchdown,  by  changing  the  words  "shall  try  for  goal"  to  "must 
try  for  goal,"  the  object  being  to  prevent  a  team  deliberately 
missing  the  goal  in  order  to  obtain  another  touchdown,  the  ball 
not  being  dead  following  the  try  under  the  prevailing  rules. 

Rule  7  altered  so  as  to  prohibit  a  team  from  lining  up  within 
10  yards  of  the  punter's  mark  after  a  fair  catch. 

Rule  12  altered  so  as  to  prohibit  interference  with  the  snapper- 
back  until  the  ball  is  in  motion. 

Rule  29  altered  so  as  to  make  a  loss  of  20  yards  equal  to  a  first 
down  instead  of  a  loss  of  10  yards,  as  formerly. 

A  new  rule  was  added,  to  wit:  "  In  case  a  kick  is  blocked  and 
bounds  across  the  goal-line  the  impetus  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
come  from  the  kicking  side." 

Convention  of  May  14,  1887,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New 
York. — Representation  the  same  as  at  previous  session. 

A  new  rule  adopted  providing  for  two  referees,  one  to  have  juris- 
diction over  the  men  and  the  other  to  have  jurisdiction  over  the 
ball. 

Messrs.  Beecher,  Holden,  and  Cook  were  appointed  to  draft 
a  constitution  for  the  association. 

Convention  of  June  5,  1887,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New 
York. — Representation  the  same  as  at  previous  session,  and 
Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale. 

Mr.  Camp  introduced  the  following  resolutions,  which  were 
adopted: 

Resolved,  1.  There  shall  be  an  advisory  graduate  committee 
on  rules  and  appeals,  consisting  of  two  Harvard  graduates,  two 
Princeton  graduates,  one  Wesleyan  graduate,  one  graduate  from 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  the  several  acting  captains  of 
the  football  teams  of  each  year,  and  one  graduate  of  any  college 
in  the  association,  to  be  elected  by  the  said  captains  as  their 
special  advocate  and  advisor,  elected  for  the  term  of  one  year  only. 
The  other  graduate  members  shall  be  elected  during  the  com- 
mencement week  by  the  members  and  ex-members  of  the  respec- 


476  APPENDIX 

tive  university  teams,  absentees  being  allowed  to  vote  by  proxy. 
These  graduates  shall  serve  for  the  period  of  two  years  from 
election,  except  that  the  graduates  w^ho  are  to  act  from  date  until 
June,  1888,  shall  be  immediately  chosen  by  the  football  delegates 
of  this  year. 

2.  This  advisory  committee  shall  meet  and  propose  the  rules 
or  changes  in  the  same  on  the  first  Saturday  in  March  in  each 
year,  and  shall  submit  the  proposed  rules  or  changes  to  the 
secretary  of  the  Intercollegiate  Association  on  or  before  the  first 
Saturday  in  April,  to  be  forthwith  transmitted  by  him. 

A  new  rule  was  adopted  providing  that  the  referee  having 
jurisdiction  over  the  ball  should  be  selected,  in  championship 
games,  by  the  captains  of  the  teams,  but  that  the  referee  having 
jurisdiction  over  the  men  should  be  selected  by  the  advisory  com- 
mittee, and  that  this  latter  official  should  be  called  umpire  instead 
of  referee. 

Session  of  Graduate  Advisory  Committee,  March  3,  1888,  at 
Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — Representatives :  Harvard,  W.  A. 
Brooks,  '87;  Pennsylvania.  W,  S.  Harvey, '85;  Princeton,  R.  M. 
Hodge, '86;  Wesleyan,  F.  D.  Beattys,'85;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,'80. 

The  committee  decided  to  advise  the  following  changes  in  the 
rules: 

Rule  12  to  be  altered  so  as  to  prevent  the  snapper-back  from 
running  with  the  ball  before  it  had  touched  a  third  man. 

Rule  14  to  be  altered  so  as  to  prohibit  players  in  the  rush-line 
from  blocking  with  extended  arms. 

Rule  26  to  be  altered  so  as  to  permit  tackling  between  the  waist 
and  the  knee. 

Rule  35  to  be  altered  so  as  to  prevent  any  player  while  off  side 
from  using  his  hands  or  arms  upon  an  opposing  player. 

Convention  of  May  5,  1888,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Harvard,  A.  F.  Holden,  '88,  R.  W.  Palmer, 
'89;  Pennsylvania,  G.  Q.  Horwitz,  '86,  G.  H.  Frazier,  '87,  F. 
Ashurst,  '89;  Princeton,  E.  O.  Wagenhurst,  '88,  J.  R.  Barr,  '89, 
Hector  Cowan,  '88;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80,  H.  Beecher,  '88, 
W.  H.  Corbin,  '89. 

The  convention  vetoed  the  amendment  advised  by  the  Gradu- 
ate Advisory  Committee  to  Rule  12.  The  remaining  amend- 
ments were  accepted  excepting  the  amendment  to  Rule  14,  which 
was  reframed  and  adopted  as  follows :  "  No  player  shall  lay  his 
hands  upon  or  interfere  by  the  use  of  his  hands  or  arms  with  an 
opponent  unless  he  has  the  ball." 

Session  of  Graduate  Advisory  Committee,  March  2,  1889,  at 
Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — Representatives:    Harvard, 


APPENDIX  477 

W.  A.  Brooks,  '87;  Pennsylvania,  W.  S.  Harvey,  *85;  Princeton, 
R.  M.  Hodge,  '86;  Wesleyan,  F.  D.  Beattys,  '85;  Yale,  Walter 
Camp,  '80. 

The  committee  decided  to  advise  the  following  changes  in  the 
rules : 

A.  That  time  should  be  taken  out  while  bringing  the  ball  out 
after  a  safety  or  touchback. 

B.  That  the  penalty  of  disqualification  for  foul  tackling  or 
unnecessary  roughness  as  provided  for  in  one  rule  should  be 
divided  into  two  rules,  of  which  the  penalty  for  unnecessary  rough- 
ness should  continue  to  be  disqualification,  but  that  the  penalty 
for  foul  tackling  should  be  the  loss  of  25  yards  only. 

Messrs.  Camp  and  Hodge  were  appointed  a  committee  to  com- 
pile an  official  list  of  the  championships  awarded  by  the  associa- 
tion. 

Session  of  Graduate  Advisory  Committee^  March  30,  1889,.  at 
same  place. — Representatives:  Harvard,  H.  C.  Leeds,  '77;  Penn- 
sylvania, John  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  Duncan  Edwards,  '85; 
Wesleyan,  F.  D.  Beattys,  '85;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

The  committee  decided  to  advise  the  following  changes  in  the 
rules : 

Rule  4  to  read :  "  A  touchdown  is  made  when  the  ball  is  carried, 
kicked,  or  passed  across  the  goal-line,  and  there  held  either  in  goal 
or  in  touch  in  goal." 

Rule  15  to  read :  "  Both  umpire  and  referee  shall  use  a  whistle  to 
indicate  cessation  of  play  on  fouls  and  downs.  The  referee  shall 
use  a  stop-watch  to  keep  the  time.  Time  shall  not  be  called  for 
the  end  of  the  three-quarters  until  the  ball  is  dead,  and  in  the  case 
of  a  try  at  goal  from  touchdown  the  try  shall  be  allowed.  Time 
shall  be  taken  out  while  the  ball  is  being  brought  out  either  for  a 
try  or  a  kick-out." 

Rule  26  to  read :  "  The  side  which  has  the  ball  can  interfere  with 
the  body  only;  the  side  which  has  not  the  ball  can  use  hands 
and  arms  as  heretofore." 

Rule  27  to  read:  *'(A)  A  player  shall  be  disqualified  for 
unnecessary  roughness,  hacking  or  striking  with  the  closed 
fist.  (B)  For  the  offence  of  throttling,  butting,  tripping  up, 
or  tackling  below  the  knees  the  opponents  shall  receive  25 
yards  or  a  free  kick,  at  their  option.  In  case  they  choose  25 
yards,  and  this  would  carry  the  ball  across  the  goal-line,  they 
can  have  only  one-half  the  distance  from  the  spot  of  the  offence 
to  the  goal-line." 

Rule  33  to  read :  "  The  player  in  a  try  at  goal  may  be  off  side  or 
in  touch  without  vitiating  the  kick." 


478  APPENDIX 

Session  of  Gradiiate  Advisory  Committee,  Nov.  4,  1889,  at  Fifth 
Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — Representatives:  Harvard,  H.  C. 
Leeds,  '77;  Pennsylvania,  John  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  Duncan 
Edwards,  '85,  E.  A.  Pee,  '91;  Wesleyan,  F.  D.  Beattys,  '85; 
Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

Mr.  Camp  offered  the  following  resolution: 

Resolved,  That  no  one  shall  be  eligible  to  take  part  as  a  player 
in  any  championship  games  of  this  association  who  is  not  a  bona- 
fide  student  of  the  college  on  whose  team  he  plays,  matriculated 
for  the  then  current  year,  and  regularly  pursuing  a  course  which 
requires  his  attendance  upon  at  least  five  lectures  or  recitations  a 
week,  and  in  case  a  player's  qualifications  are  questioned,  he  shall 
furnish  to  the  advisory  committee  a  certificate,  signed  by  three 
members  of  the  faculty,  stating  that  he  is  a  bona-fide  student, 
matriculated  for  the  then  college  year,  and  regularly  pursuing  a 
course  which  requires  his  attendance  upon  at  least  five  lectures 
or  recitations  a  week.  And  the  player  shall  further  furnish  to 
the  advisory  committee  an  affidavit  stating  that  he  is  a  bona- 
fide  student,  matriculated  for  the  then  current  year,  and  regularly 
pursuing  a  course  which  requires  his  attendance  on  at  least  five 
lectures  or  recitations  a  week,  and  that  it  is  his  intention  to  con- 
tinue in  said  course  until  the  expiration  of  the  present  college  year. 
No  professional  athlete  shall  take  part  in  any  contest  of  this 
association,  nor  shall  any  player  of  any  university  or  college  be 
paid  or  receive,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  money  or  financial  con- 
cession or  emolument  as  present  or  past  compensation  for,  or  as 
a  prior  consideration  or  inducement  to,  playing,  whether  the  same 
be  received  from  or  paid  by,  or  at  the  instance  of,  the  football 
association,  athletic  committee,  or  faculty  of  such  college  or 
university,  or  any  individual  whatsoever.  And  any  player  who 
is  specifically  challenged  under  this  section  by  any  member  of 
the  association  in  writing,  shall,  within  five  days  after  the  filing 
of  such  challenge,  file  with  the  secretary  of  the  committee  an 
affidavit  duly  verified  under  oath,  showing  that  he  in  no  way 
violates  the  provisions  of  this  section;  and  upon  his  failure  to 
make  and  file  such  affidavit,  he  shall  be  barred  from  participating 
in  any  contest  of  the  members  of  this  association. 

And  in  case  the  suflSciency  of  such  affidavit  be  questioned  by  the 
challenging  party,  and  the  committee  of  appeals  be  notified 
thereof,  the  player  challenged  shall  submit  on  two  days'  notice 
to  oral  examination  by  said  challenging  party  before  said  com- 
mittee, who  shall  then  and  thereafter  decide  regarding  the 
eligibility  of  such  challenged  player  to  take  part  in  contests  of 
members  of  this  association. 


APPENDIX  47d 

The  date  of  such  examination  shall  not  be  set  on  the  day  of, 
nor  within  forty-eight  hours  of,  a  championship  match.  No 
challenge  or  protest  shall  in  any  way  affect  a  game  which  has  been 
played  previous  to  the  filing  or  deciding  of  such  challenge  or 
protest. 

Mr.  Edwards  moved  as  a  substitute  resolution *the  following, 
to  be  treated  as  an  amendment  to  Article  19  of  the  constitution: 

Article  19. 

Sec.  1.  No  man  shall  be  allowed  to  play  more  than  four  years 
upon  a  team  representing  any  of  the  colleges  in  this  association, 
or  on  the  team  of  more  than  one  college. 

Sec.  2.  No  man  shall  be  allowed  to  play  on  a  team  represent- 
ing any  of  the  colleges  in  this  association  unless  he  be  an  under- 
graduate of  the  said  college. 

Sec.  3.  No  student  in  the  department  of  law,  medicine,  or 
theology  of  any  of  the  colleges  in  this  association  who  has  previ- 
ous to  his  membership  therein  played  upon  a  team  representing 
any  other  college  in  this  association  shall  be  allowed  to  play  on 
the  team  of  said  college  in  which  he  is  a  student. 

Sec.  4.  No  man  shall  be  allowed  to  play  in  a  team  represent- 
ing any  of  the  colleges  in  this  association  if  he  in  any  way,  directly 
or  indirectly,  receive  any  pay  for  so  doing.  Any  inducement  of 
pecuniary  value  shall  be  held  as  included  in  the  meaning  of  the 
word  "pay"  as  used  in  this  section. 

Sec.  5.  All  questions  of  eligibility  arising  under  this  section 
must  be  investigated  and  decided  by  the  advisory  committee  on 
application  of  any  college. 

Mr.  Edwards  and  Mr.  Bell  argued  strongly  against  the  adoption 
of  the  first  clause  of  Mr.  Camp's  resolution,  contending  that  it  was 
ex  'post  facto  legislation  offered  to  take  effect  in  the  middle  of  a 
season,  and  that  it  could  not  constitutionally  do  so  under  Section 
3  of  the  association's  constitution.  Upon  the  vote  the  resolution 
was  adopted,  Pennsylvania  and  Princeton  voting  in  the  negative 
on  clause  one.  Mr.  Edwards,  for  Princeton,  then  offered  his  reso- 
lution as  a  further  amendment  to  Article  19  of  the  constitution. 

Mr.  Leeds  raised  the  point  of  order  that  the  amendment  was 
not  germane  to  the  call  for  the  special  session.  The  point  of 
order  was  not  sustained,  but  the  amendment  was  defeated.  Mr. 
Edwards  then  moved  that  no  student  should  be  permitted  to  play 
upon  any  team  in  the  association  who  had  previously  played  upon 
the  team  of  any  other  college  either  in  or  out  of  the  association. 
Mr.  Leeds  renewed  his  point  of  order  against  this  motion  and  the 
point  was  sustained.    Mr.  Leeds  thereupon  filed  protests  against 


480  APPENDIX 

fifteen  of  Princeton's  players.  Mr.  Edwards  filed  protests  against 
four  of  Harvard's  players.  The  committee  thereupon  adjourned 
until  November  14,  ensuing. 

Session  of  Graduate  Advisory  Committee  of  Nov.  14,  1889,  at 
same  place. — Representatives  the  same  as  in  previous  session. 
Answers  to  all  protests  were  received,  read,  and  filed.  Mr.  Leeds, 
moved  that  the  committee  proceed  to  dispose  of  the  protests. 
Mr.  Edwards  raised  the  point  of  order  that  such  a  procedure 
was  unconstitutional  until  two  days  had  elapsed  after  the  filing  of 
the  answers.  The  point  was  not  sustained.  Mr.  Edwards  then 
moved  to  table  the  protests  of  Harvard.  Mr.  Beattys  asked  leave 
to  withdraw  and  inspect  Harvard's  evidence  supporting  their  pro- 
tests before  voting  on  the  motion.  Messrs.  Leeds  and  Beattys 
withdrew  to  examine  the  evidence.  Upon  their  return  the  mo- 
tion to  table  was  carried,  Pennsylvania,  Princeton,  and  Wesleyan 
voting  affirmatively  and  Harvard  and  Yale  negatively.  Mr. 
Edwards  thereupon  withdrew  his  protests  against  the  four  players 
of  Harvard  and  the  committee  adjourned. 

Convention  of  May  10, 1890,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Pennsylvania,  John  C.  Bell,  '84,  T.  W. 
Hulme,  '89;  Princeton,  E.  A.  Poe,  '91,  A.  D.  Wilson,  '91,  Max 
Farrand  '92;  Wesleyan,  F.  G.  Beattys,  '85,  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89; 
Yale,  G.  D.  Yeomans,  '90,  J.  B.  Sears,  '91,  W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91. 
A  communication  was  received  from  Harvard  withdrawing  from 
the  association.  Messrs.  Yeomans  and  Farrand  were  appointed 
a  committee  to  compile  the  official  record  of  championships  of  the 
association. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  were  made  as  follows: 

To  Rule  3  the  following  section  was  added:  "  If  a  catcher  after 
making  his  mark  be  deliberately  thrown  to  the  ground  by  an 
opponent  he  shall  be  given  5  yards  unless  this  would  carry  the 
ball  across  the  goal-line,  in  which  case  one-half  of  the  remaining 
distance  shall  be  given." 

To  Rule  13  was  added:  "Nor  shall  the  disqualified  or  injured 
player  removed  from  the  game  be  permitted  to  return  again  to 
play." 

Also  the  new  rule:  "If  a  player  off  side  touch  the  ball  inside 
the  5-yard  line  the  ball  shall  go  as  a  touchback  to  the  opponents." 

Convention  of  Oct.  4, 1890,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Pennsylvania,  E.  O.  Wagenhurst,  '91,  H.  Mel- 
lor,  '92;  Princeton,  E.  A.  Poe,  '91,  A.  D.  Wilson,  '91,  Max  Far- 
rand, '92;  Wesleyan,  F.  G.  Beattys,  '85,  S.  V.  Coffin,  '89,  H.  B. 
Slayback,  '91,  F.  H.  Tackaberry,  '92;  Yale,  G.  D.  Yeomans,  '90, 
J.  B.  Sears,  '91,  W.  C.  Rhodes,  '91. 


APPENDIX  481 

Messrs.  Farrand  and  Yeomans  filed  their  report  upon  the 
record  of  the  official  championships  awarded  by  the  association: 
"  Princeton  won  the  championship  in  1877, 1878, 1879, 1885,  and 
1889,  Yale  won  the  championship  in  1881,  1882,  1883,  1887, 
and  1888.  There  was  no  championship  in  1880,  1884,  and 
1886." 

Convention  of  May  2,  1891,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Pennsylvania,  H.  Mellor,  '92;  Princeton, 
Max  Farrand,  '92,  R.  H.  Warren,  '93,  G.  C.  Fraser,  '93;  Wes- 
leyan,  F.  H.  Tackaberry,  '92;  Yale,  J.  B.  Sears,  '91,  W.  C. 
Rhodes,  '91.  The  following  officers  of  the  association  for  the 
ensuing  year  were  elected:  President,  Lee  McClung,  '92,  Yale; 
Secretary,  R.  H.  Warren,  '93,  Princeton ;  Treasurer,  F.  H.  Tack- 
aberry, '92,  Wesleyan. 

Richard  Harding  Davis,  '86,  Lehigh,  appeared  before  the  con- 
vention and  asked  for  the  admission  of  Lehigh  to  the  association. 
The  application  was  refused. 

Convention  of  Oct.  5,  1891,  a^  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Pennsylvania,  John  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton, 
Max  Farrand,  '92,  R.  H.  Warren,  '93;  Wesleyan,  F.  G.  Beattys, 
'85,  F.  H.  Tackaberry,  '92;  Yale,  W.  B.  Wright,  '92,  Lo*» 
McClung,  '92. 

Meeting  called  for  the  purpose  of  arranging  schedule  of  cham- 
pionship games.  Mr.  Bell  moved  that  the  Princeton  and  Yale 
games  with  Pennsylvania  should  be  played  in  Philadelphia. 
Motion  defeated,  these  contests  upon  a  succeeding  motion  be- 
ing assigned  to  New  York.  Messrs.  Farrand  and  Bell  later 
transferred  the  Pennsylvania-Princeton  game  to  Manheim,  near 
Philadelphia. 

Convention  of  Harvard  and  Yale  at  Springfield,  Oct.  9,  1891. — 
Representatives:  Harvard,  George  A.  Stewart,  '84,  B.  W.  Traf- 
ford,  '93;  Yale,  W.  B.  Wright,  '92,  Lee  McClung,  '92. 

The  following  agreement  was  adopted: 

"  We,  the  undersigned,  representing  the  football  associations  of 
Harvard  and  Yale,  respectively,  do  hereby  agree  to  play  a  game 
of  football  annually,  in  the  years  from  1891  to  1894,  inclusive.  The 
game  in  each  year  shall  be  played  at  Hampden  Park,  Springfield, 
Mass.  The  date  of  the  game  in  each  year  shall  be  the  Saturday 
immediately  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day.  The  games  shall  be 
played  under  the  playing  rules  of  the  American  Intercollegiate 
Football  Association.  In  the  years  from  1892  to  1894,  inclusive, 
a  meeting  shall  be  held,  between  the  captains  of  the  two  elevens 
on  or  before  October  17,  at  which  a  referee  and  umpire  shall 
be  elected  and  all  other  matters  not  covered  by  this  agreement 


482  APPENDIX 

be  decided.  For  the  year  1891  the  referee  and  umpire  shall 
be  selected,  as  soon  as  may  be,  by  mutual  consent  of  the  two 
elevens. 

B.  W.  Trafford, 

Captain  H.  U,  F.  B.  A. 

George  A.  Stewart, 
For  Graduate  Advisory 

Committee  on  Football, 

Lee  McClung, 

Captain, 

William  B.  Wright, 

President  Yale  University 
Football  Association." 

Session  of  Graduate  Advisory  Committee,  March  21,  1892,  at 
New  York. — Representatives:  J.  C.  Bell,  '84,  Pennsylvania; 
Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  Princeton;  F.  G.  Beattys,  '85,  Wesleyan; 
Walter  Camp,  '80,  Yale.  The  committee  decided  to  recommend 
three  changes  in  the  rules :  (1)  If  the  ball  is  fumbled  on  a  punt-out 
it  shall  be  punted  out  again,  and  if  again  fumbled  it  shall  go  to 
the  opponents  at  the  centre  of  the  field.  (2)  If  a  bona-fide 
attempt  at  goal  is  made  and  missed,  the  ball  shall  be  put  in  play 
at  the  centre  of  the  field.  (3)  Any  person  not  playing  attempt- 
ing to  coach  shall  be  warned,  and  upon  the  second  offence  shall  be 
ordered  outside  the  enclosure. 

Convention  of  May  12,  1892,  at  New  York. — Representatives: 
S.  B.  Newton,  '94,  C.  H.  Schoff,  '93,  Pennsylvania;  G.  C.  Fraser, 
'93,  Philip  King,  '93,  and  J.  McN.  Thompson,  '94,  Princeton; 
Messrs.  Gordon  and  Thorndike,  Wesleyan;  Lee  McClung,  *92, 
W.  B.  Wright,  '92,  Yale.  ^ 

The  following  changes  in  the  rules  were  adopted: 

To  Rule  32  was  added:  "  If  the  try  for  goal  following  a  touch- 
down be  missed  the  ball  shall  be  brought  to  the  centre  of  the  field 
and  given  to  the  defenders  of  that  goal." 

To  Rule  34  was  added:  "If  a  punt-out  from  a  touchdown  is 
missed  or  is  not  fairly  caught,  the  ball  shall  be  taken  to  the  centre 
of  the  field  and  given  to  the  defenders  of  that  goal." 

A  new  rule  was  added:  "The  umpire  shall  warn  any  person 
coaching  from  the  side  lines.  Upon  second  offence  the  offender 
shall  be  ordered  behind  the  ropes  or  fence." 

The  application  from  Lehigh  University  for  membership  in 
the  association  was  declined. 


APPENDIX  483 

Convention  of  Jan.  21,  1893,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New 
York. — Representatives:  Pennsylvania,  H.  A.  Mackey,  '93,  S. 
B.  Newton,  '94;  Princeton,  J.  McN.  Thompson,  '94,  T.  G. 
Trenchard,  '95;  Wesleyan,  C.  H.  Judd,  '94;  Yale,  V.  C. 
McCormick,  '93. 

Mr.  McCormick  offered  the  following  resolution: 

Resolved,  That  no  member  of  a  graduate  department  or  special 
student  or  any  undergraduate  who  has  registered  or  attended 
lectures  or  recitations  at  any  other  university  or  college,  or  any 
undergraduate  who  is  not  pursuing  a  course  for  a  degree  re- 
quiring his  attendance  for  at  least  three  years,  shall  be  eligible  to 
play  upon  the  football  teams  of  the  colleges  of  this  association. 
Adopted,  ayes,  Princeton,  Wesleyan,  Yale;  nay,  Pennsylvania. 
An  application  was  received  from  Cornell  to  be  admitted  as  a 
member  of  the  association.     Tabled. 

Session  of  Graduate  Advisory  Committee,  March  4,  1893,  at 
Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — Representatives:  Pennsylvania, 
John  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  Alex.  Moffat,  '85;  Wesleyan,  F.  D. 
Beattys,  '85;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

The  committee  decided  upon  the  following  changes  in  the  rules : 

A.  The  snapper-back  to  have  full  and  undisturbed  possession 
of  the  ball. 

B.  The  ball  shall  be  brought  out  after  a  touchdown  from  the 
place  where  the  player  holding  the  ball  is  held,  or  where  he 
touches  down,  and  not  where  he  has  crossed  the  line.  The  play- 
ers of  the  side  not  having  the  ball  shall  not  be  allowed  to  touch 
the  ball  until  it  has  been  put  in  play. 

Convention  of  Oct.  6,  1893,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Pennsylvania,  H.  A.  Mackey,  '94,  S.  B. 
Newton, '94;  Princeton,  J.  McN.  Thompson, '94,  T.  G.  Tren- 
chard, '95;  Wesleyan,  C.  H.  Judd,  '94;  Yale,  F.  A.  Hinkey,  '93, 
E.  O.  Holter,  '94. 

Mr.  Mackey  moved  the  repeal  of  the  "undergraduate  rule." 
The  motion,  after  a  long  debate,  was  lost.  Mr.  Mackey  then 
moved  to  substitute  for  the  "undergraduate  rule"  the  Harvard- 
Pennsylvania  eligibility  rule  as  follows : 

"No  student  who  is  not  a  regular  student  in  the  college  or 
scientific  school,  and  no  student  in  each  of  these  departments 
who  has  ever  played  in  an  intercollegiate  contest  upon  a  university 
or  class  team  of  any  other  college,  shall  be  permitted  to  play  until 
he  has  resided  one  academic  year  at  the  institution  he  represents 
and  passes  an  examination  upon  one  year's  full  work;  but  nothing 
herein  shall,  during  the  year  of  1893,  disqualify  any  one  who  would 
be  eligible  under  pre-existing  rules.    No  student,  whether  he  has 


484  APPENDIX 

represented  one  or  more  colleges,  shall  take  part  in  intercollegiate 
contests  for  more  than  four  years,  but  this  rule  shall  not,  during 
the  year  of  1893,  disqualify  any  one  who  would  be  eligible  under 
pre-existing  rules." 

This  motion  to  substitute  also  was  defeated 

Convention  of  Harvard  and  Yale  at  Springfield,  Oct.  11,  1893. 
— ^Agreed  that  the  intercollegiate  undergraduate  rule  should  not 
apply,  but  that  each  institution  should  be  the  judge  of  its  own 
eligibility  qualifications. 

Convention  of  Oct.  28, 1893,  at  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel,  New  York. — 
Representatives :  Pennsylvania,  John  C.  Bell,  '84,  H.  A.  Mackey, 
'93,  S.  B.  Newton,  '94;  Princeton,  Alex.  Moffat,  '84,  T.  G.  Tren- 
chard,  '95,  J.  McN.  Thompson,  '94;  Wesleyan,  F.  G.  Beattys, 
'85,  E.  O.  Smith,  '93,  C.  H.  Judd,  '94;  Yale,  F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95, 
E.  O.  Holter,  '94. 

Princeton,  Wesleyan,  and  Yale  voting  affirmatively,  Pennsyl- 
vania negatively,  the  "  undergraduate  rule  "  was  amended  by  the 
substitution  of  the  following: 

"  1.  No  man  shall  be  eligible  for  the  team  of  any  college  in  this 
association  who  is  not  pursuing  a  bona-fide  course  requiring 
attendance  on  recitations  or  lectures  of  at  least  six  hours  a  week. 
If  a  graduate,  he  shall  be  pursuing  a  course  for  a  degree  requiring 
at  least  one  year's  study;  if  an  undergraduate  and  not  pursuing 
a  course  for  a  degree,  he  shall  not  be  allowed  to  play  during  his 
first  year  at  college. 

"  2.  Any  man  who  has  attended  recitations  or  lectures  in  any 
other  college  shall  not  be  eligible  for  the  team  in  any  college  of 
this  association,  unless  he  be  a  regular  member  of  the  Freshman 
academic  or  scientific  class,  or  until  he  has  spent  one  year  of 
resident  study  in  that  college  and  has  passed  satisfactory  ex- 
aminations upon  a  full  year's  work. 

"  3.  No  man  shall  play  more  than  four  years  upon  any  team  in 
this  association. 

"  4.  Two  weeks  before  each  game  of  this  association  the  two 
captains  shall  submit  to  one  another  a  list  of  forty  players  from 
whom  his  team  shall  be  chosen.  If  either  captain  has  any  objec- 
tion to  make  to  any  player  upon  the  list  submitted  to  him  he  shall 
submit  the  protest  within  four  days  to  the  Graduate  Advisory 
Committee  and  to  the  other  captain.  The  Graduate  Advisory 
Committee  shall  have  power  to  decide  upon  the  eligibility  of 
players  and  shall  consider  the  protest  submitted  to  them  within 
forty-eight  hours  of  its  receipt.  Either  captain  may  submit 
a  further  list  of  six  players  not  later  than  five  days  before  the 
game.     Protests  to  any  of  these  men  may  be  submitted  in  the 


APPENDIX  485 

same  manner  and  the  Graduate  Advisory  Committee  shall  pass 
upon  them  not  later  than  forty-eight  hours  before  the  game. 

"  5.  The  referee  of  any  game  in  this  association  at  the  request 
of  either  captain  shall  debar  from  that  game  any  man  not  in- 
cluded in  the  lists  submitted,  or  who  has  been  declared  ineligible 
by  the  Graduate  Advisory  Committee." 

Mr.  Mackey  offered  the  following  amendment :  "  Provided  that 
this  rule  shall  not  disqualify,  during  the  season  of  1893,  any  player 
who  is  eligible  under  the  rules  and  constitution  of  this  association 
in  force  in  1892  and  previous  thereto." 

This  amendment  was  defeated. 

Convention  of  Nov.  7,  1893,  at  Hotel  Windsor,  New  York, 
— S.  B.  Newton,  '94,  Pennsylvania,  filed  with  the  secretary  the 
resignation  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  from  membership  in 
the  association,  as  follows: 

"  To  the  Secretary  of  the  Intercollegiate  Football  Association:  At 
the  time  of  the  passage  of  the  undergraduate  rule  and  the  sub- 
stitute adopted  therefor  on  the  27th  ult.,  as  amendments  to  play- 
ing Rule  13  and  Article  10  of  the  constitution,  we,  in  behalf  of 
Pennsylvania,  entered  a  protest  against  the  constitutionality  of 
the  same  upon  the  minutes  of  the  association.  Pennsylvania 
has  since  uniformly  maintained  the  position  that  the  legislation 
referred  to  was  unconstitutional  and  its  immediate  enforcement 
against  Pennsylvania  unjust;  and  the  board  of  directors  of  its 
athletic  association,  by  resolution  passed  on  the  28th  ult.,  re- 
affirmed Pennsylvania's  position  in  this  respect,  and  the  captain 
of  the  team  was  instructed  to  act  accordingly. 

"  In  a  number  of  interviews  and  by  correspondence  Manager 
E.  O.  Holter,  representing  Yale,  has  insisted  as  a  condition  pre- 
cedent to  the  playing  of  the  Yale-Pennsylvania  game,  scheduled 
for  the  11th  inst.,  that  Pennsylvania  shall  submit  to  Yale  a  list 
of  her  players,  whose  eligibility  shall  be  decided  on  by  the  pro- 
visions of  the  said  mentioned  rule,  and  that  Pennsylvania  shall 
further  sign  a  written  agreement  to  play  the  game  under  a  strict 
interpretation  of  the  rules  of  the  Intercollegiate  Football  Associa- 
tion as  they  now  stand. 

"  This  submission  and  agreement,  for  the  reasons  above'given, 
Pennsylvania  is  unable  to  make  and  is  therefore  impelled  to  re- 
sign from  the  Intercollegiate  Football  Association,  and  accord- 
ingly hereby  tenders  her  resignation  therefrom. 

"H.  A.  Mackey, 
"  Captain  U.  of  P.  Football  Eleven, 

"S.  B.  Newton, 
"  Manager  U.  of  P,  Football  Eleven.** 


486  APPENDIX 

A  communication  also  was  received  from  Wesleyan,  dated 
Nov.  5,  1893,  likewise  resigning  from  membership  in  the  as- 
sociation. 

Conference  of  Feb.  3,  1894,  at  University  Athletic  Club.  New 
York. — Owing  to  the  absence  of  an  authoritative  body  gov- 
erning football,  due  to  the  dissolution  of  the  Intercollegiate 
Football  Association,  the  University  Athletic  Club  of  New  York 
City  appointed,  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  the  game,  a  com- 
mittee of  its  members  consisting  of  George  Adee,  '67,  Yale; 
Lloyd  McK.  Garrison,  '88,  Harvard;  Guy  Richards,  '87,  Co- 
lumbia; C.  F.  Matthewson,  '82,  Dartmouth,  and  C.  C.  Cuyler, 
'79,  Princeton.  This  committee  invited  to  the  conference  Alex. 
Moffat,  '84,  Princeton,  J.  H.  Sears,  '89,  Harvard,  and  F.  A. 
Hinkey,  '95,  Yale.  The  conference  decided  to  request  Harvard, 
Pennsylvania,  Princeton,  and  Yale,  to  select  one  representative 
each  to  form  a  rules  committee  to  govern  the  game,  this  com- 
mittee to  assemble  February  23,  1894. 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  Feb.  23,  1894,  at  University 
Athletic  Club,  New  York. — Representatives:  Harvard,  W.  A. 
Brooks,  '87;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84,  Princeton;  Alex. 
Moffat,  '84;   Yale,  Walter  Camp  '80. 

Mr.  Moffat  was  chosen  as  chairman  and  Mr.  Camp  as  secretary. 
The  committee  voted  to  increase  its  membership  to  include  Paul  J. 
Dashiell,  '84,  Johns  Hopkins,  on  account  of  his  expert  knowledge 
of  the  game,  and  as  its  leading  official.  A  public  request  was 
issued  for  suggestions  for  the  reform  of  the  game. 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  May  8,  1894,  at  University 
Athletic  Club,  New  York. — ^The  following  amendments  to  the 
rules  were  adopted: 

Rule  8  altered  so  as  to  read :  "  A  fair  catch  is  a  catch  made 
direct  from  a  kick  by  one  of  the  opponents,  or  a  punt-out  by  one 
of  the  same  side,  provided  the  man  intending  to  make  the  catch 
indicates  that  intention  by  holding  up  his  hand  when  running  for 
the  ball,  and  also  makes  a  mark  with  his  heel  upon  catching  it, 
and  no  other  of  his  side  touches  the  ball.  If  he  be  interfered  with 
by  an  opponent  who  is  off  side,  or  if  he  be  thrown  after  catching 
the  ball,  he  shall  be  given  fifteen  yards,  unless  this  should  carry 
the  ball  across  the  goal-line.  In  that  case  he  shall  be  given  but 
half  of  the  intervening  distance.  After  having  raised  his  hand 
he  cannot  run  with  the  ball,  but  must  take  his  fair  catch  if  he 
succeed  in  making  one." 

Rule  14  altered  so  as  to  read:  "  The  officials  shall  consist  of  an 
umpire,  a  referee,  and  a  linesman." 

Rule  15  altered  so  as  to  read:  "  The  umpire  is  the  judge  of  the 


APPENDIX  487 

conduct  of  the  players  and  his  decision  is  final  regarding  fouls 
and  unfair  tactics.  The  umpire  may  appeal  to  both  the  lines- 
man and  the  referee  for  testimony  regarding  cases  of  unnecessary 
roughness,  off-side  play,  or  holding,  but  they  shall  not  volunteer 
their  opinion,  nor  can  they  be  appealed  to  on  these  points  by 
the  captains  or  players.  The  referee  is  judge  of  the  position  and 
progress  of  the  ball.  The  linesman  shall  use  a  stop-watch  in  tim- 
ing the  game.  The  linesman  shall,  under  the  advice  of  the  referee, 
mark  the  distance  gained  or  lost  in  the  progress  of  the  play.  He 
shall  also  keep  the  time." 

Rule  16  altered  so  as  to  read:  "  The  length  of  the  game  shall  be 
70  minutes,  divided  into  two  halves  of  35  minutes  each,  exclusive 
of  time  taken  out.  No  delay  for  any  cause  whatever  shall  exceed 
three  minutes.  The  captains  shall  toss  up  before  the  commence- 
ment of  the  match  and  the  winner  of  the  toss  shall  have  the  choice 
of  goal  or  kick-off.  The  same  side  shall  not  kick  off  in  two  suc- 
cessive halves.  In  all  cases  where  the  rules  provide  for  a  kick 
the  ball  must  be  actually  kicked  the  distance  of  at  least  ten  yards 
into  the  opponents*  territory  unless  stopped  by  the  opponents." 

Rule  24  altered  so  as  to  read:  "  If  a  player  when  off  side  touch 
the  ball  inside  the  opponents'  ten-yard  line,  the  ball  shall  go  as 
a  touchback  to  the  opponents." 

Rule  25  altered  so  as  to  read:  "  No  player  shall  lay  his  hands 
upon  an  opponent  unless  he  has  the  ball.  Players  of  the  side  in 
possession  of  the  ball  may  obstruct  with  the  body  only." 

Rule  30  extended  so  as  to  read:  "  There  shall  be  no  piling  up 
upon  a  runner  after  he  has  cried  down  or  the  referee  has  blown 
his  whistle.  Infractions  of  this  rule  shall  be  penalized  by  ad- 
vancing the  ball  ten  yards  for  the  offended  side." 

A  new  rule  was  adopted  as  follows :  "  No  momentum  mass  play 
shall  be  allowed.  A  momentum  mass  play  is  one  in  which  more 
than  three  men  start  before  the  ball  is  put  in  play.  Nor  shall 
more  than  three  men  group  for  that  purpose  more  than  five  yards 
back  of  the  point  where  the  ball  is  put  in  play." 

Convention  of  Oct.  5, 1894,  at  Murray  Hill  Hotel,  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Princeton,  E.  S.  Munn,  '95,  A.  G.  Milbank, 
'96;  Yale,  F.  A.  Hinkey,  '95,  B.  S.  Cable,  '95.  These  gentlemen 
assembled  as  members  of  the  old  Intercollegiate  Football  Associa- 
tion. The  following  addition  to  the  rules  was  made  for  the 
Princeton-Yale  game :  "  There  shall  be  an  umpire,  a  referee,  and  a 
linesman.  The  referee  shall  judge  for  the  ball,  the  umpire  for 
the  players,  and  the  linesman's  duties  shall  be  as  defined  in  Rule 
15.  No  man  shall  act  as  an  umpire  who  is  an  alumnus  of  either 
college." 


488  APPENDIX 

Convention  of  March  16,  1895,  at  University  Athletic  Club, 
New  York. — Representatives:  Princeton,  Alex.  Moffat,  84; 
Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

It  was  decided  in  behalf  of  the  Intercollegiate  Football  Associa- 
tion to  request  the  University  Athletic  Club  to  invite  Harvard, 
Pennsylvania,  Princeton,  and  Yale  to  a  joint  conference  on  the 
rules. 

During  the  arrangements  for  this  conference  correspondence 
was  passing  between  S.  B.  Thome,  '96,  Yale,  and  A.  H.  Brewer, 
'96,  Harvard,  terminating  athletic  relationships  between  these 
two  universities,  a  severance  which  existed  until  1897. 

Meeting  of  Joint  Conference^  March  31,  1895,  at  University 
Athletic  Cluby  New  York, — Representatives:  Harvard,  W.  A. 
Brooks,  '87;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  Alex. 
Moffat,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

The  committee  was  divided  upon  the  subject  of  mass  plays 
and  flying  interference.  Princeton  and  Yale  advocated  their 
abolition.  Harvard  and  Pennsylvania  their  retention.  The  com- 
mittee adjourned  from  time  to  time  during  the  spring  and  event- 
ually continued  its  sessions  into  the  summer,  but  the  subjects  of 
contention  could  not  be  adjusted.  Finally  the  committee  sep- 
arated. Harvard  and  Pennsylvania  invited  Cornell  to  join  them 
in  the  formation  of  an  independent  rules  committee.  This  in- 
vitation was  accepted,  and  Cornell  selected  as  its  representative 
L.  M.  Dennis,  '85,  Michigan,  a  member  of  Cornell's  faculty. 
These  two  rule-making  bodies  drew  separate  rules  upon  the  points 
of  dispute,  but  in  other  respects  followed  the  common  code.  The 
Rule  Book  published  the  latter,  and  then  appended  the  rules  at 
variance  as  follows: 

Princeton  and  Yale: 

1.  The  player  making  a  fair  catch  need  not  signal  with  his 
•hand,  but  must  make  a  mark  with  his  heel.  If  he  makes  no 
mark  he  may  run  with  the  ball. 

2.  The  officials  shall  consist  of  an  umpire,  referee,  linesman, 
and  assistant  linesman,  any  of  whom  may  disqualify  a  player  for 
violation  of  the  rules  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  umpire. 

3.  Not  more  than  one  man  shall  start  forward  before  the  ball 
is  put  in  play  and  not  more  than  three  men  shall  group  behind 
the  line  of  scrimmage.  Seven  men  must  be  on  the  line  of  scrim- 
mage until  the  ball  is  snapped,  except  that  the  end  rush  may  drop 
back,  but  must  stand  outside  of  the  adjacent  tackle. 

Cornell-Harvard-Pennsylvania : 

1.  The  player  catching  a  punt  may  not  run  with  the  ball,  but 
may  pass  it  to  another  player,  who  may  run  with  it. 


APPENDIX  480 

2.  The  officials  shall  consist  of  two  umpires,  a  referee,  and  a 
linesman. 

Joint  Session  of  Rules  Committees,  March  13, 1896,  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  J.  H.  Sears, 
'89;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Prince- 
ton, Alex.  Moffat,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80.  The  commit- 
tees voted  to  form  a  single  committee  and  thereupon  adjourned 
from  time  to  time.  During  these  sessions  the  deliberations  of 
the  committee  were  participated  in  by  E.  N.  Wrightington, 
'97,  Harvard,  B.  G.  Waters,  '94,  Harvard,  and  F.  T.  Murphy, 
'97,  Yale.  The  committee  finally  agreed  upon  the  following 
amendments  to  the  rules: 

A.  A  player  trying  for  a  fair  catch  shall  make  a  mark  with  his 
heel. 

B.  If  the  forward  movement  of  the  ball  is  stopped,  or  if  the 
runner  shall  cry  down,  the  ball  shall  be  deemed  to  be  down.  Pil- 
ing up  thereafter  shall  be  penalized  by  the  distance  of  15  yards. 

C.  No  player  of  the  side  not  in  possession  of  the  ball  shall 
touch  the  same  until  it  is  in  play. 

D.  The  snapper-back  and  man  opposite  may  not  touch  the 
ball  until  it  has  touched  a  third  man. 

E.  No  player  of  the  side  in  possession  of  the  ball  shall  take 
more  than  one  step  toward  his  opponents'  goal  before  the  ball 
is  in  play  without  coming  to  a  full  stop.  At  least  five  players 
shall  be  on  the  line  of  scrimmage  when  the  ball  is  snapped.  If 
six  players  be  behind  the  line  of  scrimmage,  then  two  of  the  said 
six  players  must  be  at  least  five  yards  behind  the  line  or  shall  be 
outside  of  the  players  on  the  end  of  the  line. 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  Feb,  19,  1897,  at  New  York. 
— Representatives:  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  R.  D. 
Wrenn,  '95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84; 
Princeton,  Alex.  Moffat,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80.  The 
sessions  of  the  committee  were  continued  from  time  to  time  until 
June  7,  when  the  following  changes  in  the  rules  were  adopted : 

A.  The  following  shall  be  the  values  of  plays  in  scoring:    I 
Goal  obtained  by  touchdown,  6  points ;  goal  from  field  kick,  5    \ 
points;  touchdown  failing  goal,  5  points;  safety  by  opponents,  2    ^ 
points. 

B.  If  the  snapper-back  feint  to  put  the  ball  in  play  for  the 
purpose  of  drawing  opponents  off  side,  the  ball  shall  be  considered 
to  be  in  play  and  the  scrimmage  begun. 

C.  The  referee  shall  arbitrarily  shorten  the  halves  when  in 
his  opinion  the  lateness  of  the  game  will  not  allow  it  to  be  fully 
completed. 


490  APPENDIX 

D.  A  player  may  be  substituted  for  another  at  any  time  at  the 
discretion  of  the  captain  of  his  team. 

E.  The  provisions  in  the  rules  relative  to  touch-in-goal  were 
stricken  out. 

F.  The  man  who  first  receives  the  ball  from  the  snapper-back 
shall  not  carry  the  ball  forward  beyond  the  line  of  scrimmage, 
unless  he  has  regained  it  after  it  has  been  passed  to  and  touched 
another  player. 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  March  7, 1898. — Representatives: 
Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95;  Navy,  P.  J. 
Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  Alex.  Moffat, 
'84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

The  following  changes  in  the  rules  were  adopted: 

A.  If  the  ball,  after  being  kicked,  strikes  an  opponent  and 
then  passes  over  the  cross-bar,  it  still  counts  a  goal. 

B.  Whenever  a  side  has  tried  a  drop  kick  at  the  goal  upon  a 
first  down  inside  the  twenty-five  yard  line,  and  the  result  has  been 
a  touchback,  the  ten-yard  instead  of  the  twenty-five-yard  line 
shall  determine  the  position  of  the  opponents,  and  the  kicker's 
side  must  be  behind  the  ball  when  it  is  kicked. 

C.  In  case  of  piling  up  on  a  player  after  the  referee  has  de- 
clared the  ball  dead,  the  penalty  shall  be  fifteen  yards. 

D.  For  holding,  unlawful  use  of  hands  and  arms,  off-side 
play,  tripping,  and  foul  tackling  the  penalty  shall  be  the  loss  of 
ten  yards  if  the  side  not  in  possession  of  the  ball  is  the  offender, 
or  if  the  offending  side  had  the  ball,  its  immediate  surrender  to 
the  opponents. 

E.  In  the  case  of  interference  of  any  kind  with  the  putting  of 
the  ball  in  play,  or  unnecessary  delay  of  the  game,  the  offended 
side  shall  be  advanced  five  yards. 

F.  If  a  player  trying  for  a  fair  catch  is  unlawfully  obstructed 
the  offended  side  shall  receive  fifteen  yards  and  the  choice  of 
putting  the  ball  in  play  by  a  free  kick  or  by  a  scrimmage. 

G.  If  a  player  who  has  heeled  a  fair  catch  is  thrown  to  the 
ground,  unless  he  has  advanced  beyond  his  mark,  his  side  shall 
receive  fifteen  yards  and  be  obliged  to  take  a  free  kick. 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  March  17,  1899,  at  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn, 
'95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Prince- 
ton, Alex.  Moffat,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 
The  following  changes  in  the  rules  were  adopted: 
A.  If  the  ball  should  strike  an  official  it  is  not  to  be  regarded 
as  dead,  but  play  shall  continue  exactly  as  if  the  ball  had  not 
touched  him. 


APPENDIX  491 

B.  If  the  player  about  to  kick  after  a  fair  catch  advances  be- 
yond his  mark  the  opposing  side  shall  be  permitted  to  line  up 
five  yards  nearer  the  player. 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  April  28,  1900,  at  Philadelphia. — 
Representatives :  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis ;  Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn, 
'95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Prince- 
ton, Alex.  Moffat,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

The  following  changes  in  the  rules  were  adopted: 

Rule  I,  section  d,  note.  A  touchdown  is  made  when  any  part 
of  the  ball  is  on,  above,  or  across  the  goal-line. 

Rule  4,  section  d.  A  safety  is  made  when  a  player  of  the  side 
in  possession  of  the  ball  commits  a  foul  which  would  give  the 
ball  to  opponents  behind  the  offender's  goal-line. 

Rule  29  (new).  There  shall  be  no  coaching  either  by  sub- 
stitutes or  by  any  other  person  not  participating  in  the  game.  In 
case  of  accident  to  a  player  only  one  official  representative  shall 
be  allowed  upon  the  field  of  play. 

Rule  21,  section  a,  exception.  A  team  may  not  retain  posses- 
sion of  the  ball  by  taking  it  back  twenty  yards  a  second  time,  un- 
less the  ball  in  the  meantime  had  been  in  the  possession  of  the 
opponents. 

Rule  28,  exception.  An  off-side  play  by  the  side  in  possession 
of  the  ball  shall  not  be  penalized  by  the  loss  of  the  ball,  but  by 
the  loss  of  ten  yards,  the  number  of  the  down  and  the  point  to 
which  the  ball  must  be  advanced  for  first  down  to  remain  the 
same. 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  March,  1901,  at  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn, 
'95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Prince- 
ton, Alex.  Moffat,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  adopted  as  follows: 

Rule  4,  add:  A  safety  is  made  when  the  ball  kicked  by  a  man 
behind  his  goal-line  crosses  the  side  line  extended  behind  the 
goal-line. 

Rule  10,  note:  Ahead  of  the  ball  means  between  the  oppo- 
nents' goal-line  and  a  line  parallel  to  the  goal-line  and  passing 
through  the  point  of  the  ball  nearest  the  goal-line  of  the  side  not 
in  possession  of  the  ball. 

Rule  17,  section  a  extended:  Before  the  ball  is  put  in  play  no 
player  shall  lay  his  hands  upon,  or  by  the  use  of  his  hands  or  arms 
interfere  with,  an  opponent  in  such  a  way  as  to  delay  putting  the 
ball  in  play. 

Rule  22,  section  a,  relative  to  putting  the  ball  in  play  by  a 
kick  when  out  of  bounds,  add:   "Touch  it  in  with  both  hands 


492  APPENDIX 

at  right  angles  to  the  side  Hne  and  then  kick  it  at  least  ten 
yards." 

Rule  25,  section  a,  relative  to  a  try  at  goal  by  a  place  kick,  add: 
*'  The  referee  shall  signal  with  his  hand  when  the  ball  is  placed 
upon  the  ground." 

Rule  28,  section  d,  relative  to  making  a  fair  catch,  the  clause 
prohibiting  interference  with  a  player  "  attempting  to  make  a  fair 
catch"  was  changed  to  "who  has  an  opportunity  to  make  a  fair 
catch." 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee^  March,  1902,  at  New  York. — Rep- 
resentatives:  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn, 
'95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Prince- 
ton, Alex.  Moffat,  '84;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

Amendments  to  rules  as  follows: 

Rule  13,  section  a,  add:  "The  teams  shall  change  goals 
after  every  try  at  goal  following  a  touchdown,  and  after  every 
goal  from  the  field,  and  also  at  the  beginning  of  the  second 
half." 

Rule  13,  section  c,  relative  to  ball  having  been  kicked  across  the 
goal- line  at  the  kick-off,  add :  "  If  the  ball  has  not  been  de- 
clared dead  the  side  defending  the  goal  may  run  with  it." 

Rule  16,  section  b,  relative  to  being  off  side  while  snapping 
the  ball,  add:  "  If  this  occurs  once  more  on  the  same  down,  the 
opponents  shall  receive  five  yards,  the  number  of  the  down  and 
the  point  to  be  gained  to  remain  unchanged." 

Rule  22,  section  a,  relative  to  touching  the  ball  in  play  from 
the  side  line  when  out  of  bounds,  add :  "  Neither  side  need  be  on 
side  when  the  ball  is  thus  put  in  play." 

Rule  27,  add:  "  Only  five  men  shall  be  permitted  to  walk  up 
and  down  on  each  side  of  the  field.  The  rest,  including  sub- 
stitutes, water-carriers,  and  all  who  are  admitted  to  the  enclosure, 
must  be  seated  throughout  the  game.  None  of  these  shall  come 
upon  the  field  of  play  without  permission  from  the  umpire. 
Breach  of  any  part  of  this  rule  shall  constitute  a  foul  and  be  pun- 
ished by  a  loss  of  five  yards  to  the  side  whose  man  infringes,  the 
number  of  the  down  and  the  point  to  be  gained  remaining  the 
same." 

Rule  28,  section  a,  reducing  the  penalty  for  holding  from  ten 
yards:  "The  penalty  for  holding  shall  be  the  loss  of  five  yards." 

Rule  28,  section  k,  note,  relative  to  declination  of  a  penalty  by 
the  offended  side,  add:  "In  case  of  a  run  from  this  play  being 
made  not  more  than  twenty-five  yards  from  the  spot  where  the 
foul  was  committed  shall  be  allowed."  (The  previous  limit  was 
fifteen  yards.) 


APPENDIX  493 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  March,  1903,  at  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn, 
'95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Prince- 
ton, J.  B.  Fine,  '82;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 

Amendments  to  rules  were  made  as  follows: 

Rule  10,  section  c,  add:  "The  man  who,  standing  back  of  his 
own  line  of  scrimmage,  receives  the  ball  from  one  of  his  side  and 
then  kicks  it  beyond  the  line  of  scrimmage  may  not  put  other  men 
on  side  by  running  ahead  of  them  nor  may  he  himself  recover  the 
ball  until  it  has  touched  a  player  of  the  opposing  side." 

Rule  13,  section  a,  add:  "  The  teams  shall  change  goals  after 
every  try  at  goal  following  a  touchdown  and  after  every  goal 
from  the  field,  and  the  side  just  scored  upon  shall  have  the  op- 
tion of  kicking  off  or  having  their  opponents  kick  off.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  second  half  the  teams  shall  take  opposite  goals 
from  those  assumed  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  half." 

Rule  18,  section  a,  add :  "  When  the  ball  is  put  in  play  in  a  scrim- 
mage at  any  point  of  the  central  portion  of  the  field,  that  is,  the 
portion  bounded  by  the  two  twenty-five-yard  lines  and  the  two 
side  lines,  the  player  who  first  receives  the  ball  when  the  scrim- 
mage is  within  the  above-mentioned  territory  may  carry  it  for- 
ward beyond  the  line  of  scrimmage,  provided  in  so  doing  he 
crosses  such  line  at  least  five  yards  from  the  point  where  the 
snapper-back  put  the  ball  in  play." 

Rule  27,  add :  "  If  head  protectors  are  worn,  no  sole-leather, 
papier-mach6,  or  other  hard  or  unyielding  material  shall  be  used 
in  their  construction,  and  all  other  devices  for  protectors  must  be 
so  arranged  and  padded  as  in  the  judgment  of  the  umpire  to  be 
without  danger  to  other  players." 

Rule  29,  section  111,  add :  "  The  linesman  must  penalize  a  side 
for  tripping,  unnecessary  roughness  to  a  back  after  a  kick,  and 
for  off-side  play  in  the  line." 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  March,  1904,  at  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Chicago,  A.  A.  Stagg;  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis; 
Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania, 
J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  J.  B.  Fine,  '82;  Yale,  Walter  Camp, 
'80. 

The  membership  of  the  committee  was  extended  by  inviting 
the  University  of  Chicago  to  participate.  A.  A.  Stagg,  '88,  Yale, 
professor  and  director  of  Department  of  Physical  Culture  at 
Chicago  was  chosen  as  the  university's  representative. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  were  made  as  follows: 

Rule  18,  section  b,  to  read  as  follows:  **  At  least  six  men  of  the 
side  holding  the  ball  must  be  on  the  line  of  scrimmage.     If  not 


494  APPENDIX 

more  than  six  men  are  on  the  Hne  of  scrimmage,  one  man  of  those 
not  on  the  scrimmage  Hne  must  be  outside  the  position  occupied 
by  the  man  on  the  end  of  the  Hne.  In  this  rule  outside  means  both 
feet  outside  the  foot  of  the  player  at  the  end  of  the  line." 

Rule  18,  section  c,  altered  to  read:  "The  first  man  receiving 
the  ball  from  the  snapper-back  may  carry  the  ball  forward,  pro- 
vided he  crosses  the  line  of  scrimmage  at  least  five  yards  outside 
of  the  snapper-back." 

Rule  22,  relative  to  putting  ball  in  play  when  out  of  bounds, 
strike  out  section  a,  reading:  "Touch  it  in  with  both  hands  at 
right  angles  to  the  side  line  and  then  kick  it  at  least  ten  yards 
toward  the  opponents'  goal." 

Rule  26  altered  so  as  to  read:  "  Goal  from  a  field  kick,  either  a 
drop  kick  or  place  kick,  four  points." 

Rule  28,  section  E,  insert:  "  The  offended  side  may  decline  to 
accept  the  penalty,  in  which  case  play  is  resumed  as  if  no  foul 
occurred." 

Rule  28,  section  G,  paragraph  1,  relative  to  interference  with  a 
fair  catch,  insert :  "  They  may  receive  fifteen  yards,  in  which  case 
they  may  put  the  ball  in  play  by  a  scrimmage;  or  (2)  They  may 
receive  five  yards,  in  which  case  they  shall  put  the  ball  in  play  by  a 
punt,  drop  kick,  or  place  kick." 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  March,  1905,  at  New  York. — 
Representatives:  Chicago,  A.  A.  Stagg;  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis; 
Harvard,  R.  D.  Wrenn,  '95;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania, 
J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  J.  B.  Fine,  '82;  Yale,  Walter  Camp, 
'80. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  were  made  as  follows: 

Rule  6,  add  new  section  d,  as  follows :  "  If  any  player  of  the  side 
in  possession  of  the  ball  other  than  the  snapper-back  makes  any 
deliberate  attempt,  by  a  false  start  or  otherwise,  to  draw  the  op- 
ponents off  side,  the  ball,  if  snapped,  shall  not  be  regarded  as  in 
play,  nor  the  scrimmage  as  begun." 

Rule  20,  add  (note) :  "  In  order  to  prevent  the  prevalent  stealing 
of  the  ball,  the  referee  shall  blow  his  whistle  immediately  when 
the  forward  progress  of  the  ball  has  been  stopped." 

Rule  27,  section  b,  add  (note) :  "  When  a  substitute  is  sent  in  he 
must  go  directly  to  the  referee  and  report  himself  before  taking 
his  place." 

Rule  27,  section  /,  relative  to  side-line  coaching,  altered  so  as 
to  read :  "  Breach  of  any  part  of  this  rule  shall  constitute  a  foul  and 
be  punished  by  a  loss  of  ten  yards  to  the  side  whose  man  in- 
fringes, the  number  of  the  down  and  the  distance  for  first  down 
to  remain  unchanged. 


APPENDIX  495 

Meeting  of  Rules  Committee,  Dec.  9,  1905,  at  Philadelphia. — 
Representatives:  Chicago,  A.  A.  Stagg;  Coraell,  L.  M.  Dennis; 
Harvard,  W.  T.  Reid,  '01 ;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell ;  Pennsylvania, 
J.  C.  Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  J.  B.  Fine,  '82;  Yale,  Walter  Camp, 
'80. 

The  following  suggestions  were  filed  for  consideration: 

Mr.  Camp:  A.  Increase  the  yardage  to  ten  yards;  B.  In- 
crease the  penalties  for  rough  playing;  C.  Appoint  a  central 
board  to  control  officials;  D.  Prohibit  tackling  below  the  knees 
and  also  hurdling;  E.  Limit  the  use  of  the  arms  by  linesmen. 

Mr.  Bell:  A.  Prohibit  a  disqualified  player  from  being  re- 
placed until  the  end  of  the  half;  B.  Limit  the  positions  of  players 
on  defence;  C.  Increase  the  yardage  to  ten  yards;  D.  Estab- 
lish a  central  board  to  control  officials. 

Mr.  Fine:  A.  Increase  yardage  to  ten  yards;  B.  Weaken 
the  defence;  C.  Modify  the  method  of  tackling;  D.  Appoint 
two  umpires. 

Mr.  Dashiell:  A.  Increase  yardage  to  eight  yards;  B.  Re- 
quire seven  men  on  offensive  line  of  scrimmage;  C.  Introduce 
forward  passes;  D.  Prohibit  substitution  for  disquahfied  player 
until  lapse  of  ten  minutes. 

Mr.  Stagg:  A.  Increase  yardage  to  ten  yards;  B.  Establish 
a  modified  code  of  rules  for  schools. 

Mr.  Dennis:   Limit  positions  of  players  on  defence. 

The  committee  adjourned  without  action  until  January  12, 
1906. 

Conference  of  Colleges,  December  24,  1905,  at  New  York. — 
At  the  invitation  of  Chancellor  Henry  M.  MacCracken,  twenty- 
eight  colleges  assembled  to  discuss  reform  for  football,  Harvard, 
of  the  institutions  represented  upon  the  Rules  Committee,  being 
the  only  one  to  participate.  It  was  decided  to  form  an  independ- 
ent Rules  Committee,  under  the  name  of  Conference  Committee, 
of  seven  members,  to  sit  jointly,  if  possible,  with  the  "  old  com- 
mittee." The  following  were  selected  as  representatives :  Charles 
D.  Daly,  '01,  Harvard,  and  '05,  Army;  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dartmouth; 
James  A.  Babbitt,  '93,  Yale,  and  member  of  faculty  at  Haverford; 
H.  L.  Williams,  *91,  Yale,  and  director  of  athletics  at  Minne- 
sota; James  T.  Lees,  Nebraska;  C.  W.  Savage,  Oberlin,  and 
F.  H.  Curtiss,  Texas.  This  conference  of  colleges  assumed  the 
name  of  National  Intercollegiate  Football  Conference,  but  later 
changed  the  name  to  Intercollegiate  Athletic  Association  of  the 
United  States. 

Joint  Session  of  Intercollegiate  and  Conference  Committees, 
Jan.  12,  1906,  at  New  York. — Representatives:  Intercollegiate 


496  APPENDIX 

Committee — Chicago,  A.  A.  Stagg;  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Har- 
vard, W.  T.  Reid,  '01;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C. 
Bell,  '84;  Princeton,  J.  B.  Fine,  '82;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80. 
Conference  Committee— C.  D.  Daly,  '05,  Army;  E.  K.  Hall,  '92, 
Dartmouth;  J.  A.  Babbitt,  Haverford;  H.  L.  Williams,  Minne- 
sota; J.  T.  Lees,  Nebraska;  C.  W.  Savage,  '93,  Oberlin;  F.  H. 
Curtiss,  Texas. 

It  was  decided  that  the  two  committees  should  sit  jointly, 
under  the  title  of  American  Intercollegiate  Football  Rules  Com- 
mittee, that  eight  members  thereof  should  constitute  a  quorum, 
and  that  eight  votes  should  be  necessary  to  pass  a  motion.  The 
rules  were  then  taken  up,  and  the  committee  adjourned  from 
time  to  time. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  were  made  as  follows: 

Rule  1,  section  /.  The  officials  of  the  game  shall  be  a  referee, 
two  umpires,  and  a  linesman.  Note. — The  second  umpire  may 
be  dispensed  with  by  mutual  agreement  of  the  two  institutions 
involved. 

Rule  2,  section  a.  The  length  of  the  game  shall  be  sixty  min- 
utes, divided  into  two  halves  of  thirty  minutes  each,  exclusive  of 
time  taken  out.  There  shall  be  ten  minutes  intermission  between 
the  halves. 

Rule  5,  section  b.  A  scrimmage  takes  place  when  the  holder 
of  the  ball  places  it  flat  upon  the  ground  with  its  long  axis  at  right 
angles  to  the  line  of  scrimmage  and  puts  it  in  play  by  kicking  it 
forward  or  snapping  it  back. 

Rule  5,  section  c.  The  line  of  scrimmage  for  each  side  is  an 
imaginary  line  parallel  to  the  goal-line  and  passing  through  that 
point  of  the  ball  nearest  the  side's  own  goal-line. 

Rule  5,  section  d.  A  fair  catch  consists  in  catching  the  ball, 
etc.,  provided  the  player,  while  advancing  toward  the  ball, 
signals  his  intention  of  making  a  fair  catch  by  raising  his  hand 
clearly  above  his  head  and  takes  not  more  than  two  steps  after 
making  the  catch. 

Rule  5,  section  e.  A  down  occurs  (2)  when  any  portion  of  the 
player,  with  the  ball  except  his  hands  or  feet,  touches  the  ground 
while  he  is  in  the  grasp  of  an  opponent. 

Rule  5,  section  m.  A  player  trips  another  when  he  obstructs 
him  below  the  knee  with  that  part  of  his  leg  which  is  below  the 
knee. 

Rule  5,  section  n.  Hurdling  in  the  open  is  jumping  over,  or 
attempting  to  jump  over,  an  opponent  who  is  still  on  his  feet. 
Hurdling  in  the  line  is  jumping  over,  or  attempting  to  jump  over, 
a  player  on  the  line  of  scrimmage,  with  the  feet  or  knees  fore- 


APPENDIX  497 

most,  within  the  distance  of  five  yards  on  either  side  of  the  point 
where  the  ball  is  put  in  play. 

Rule  8,  section  b.  Either  captain  may  ask  that  time  be  called 
three  times  during  each  half  without  penalty.  If  thereafter, 
however,  time  be  taken  out  at  the  request  of  a  captain,  his  side 
shall  be  penalized  by  a  loss  of  two  yards  for  each  time,  unless  a 
player  be  removed  from  the  game,  the  down  and  distance  to  be 
gained  to  remain  the  same  as  they  were  before  the  request  was 
made. 

Rule  9,  section  a.  The  opponents  must  not  interfere  in  any 
way  with  the  snapper-back,  nor  touch  him  or  the  ball  until  it  is 
actually  in  play. 

Rule  11,  section  c,  1.  No  player  of  those  ordinarily  occupying 
the  position  of  centre,  guard,  and  tackle — that  is,  the  five  middle 
players  of  the  line — may  drop  back  from  the  line  of  scrimmage  on 
the  offence,  unless  he  is  at  least  five  yards  behind  the  line  of 
scrimmage  when  the  ball  is  put  in  play  and  another  player  of 
those  ordinarily  behind  the  line  of  scrimmage  takes  his  place  on 
the  line  of  scrimmage.  Note. — There  shall  be  no  shifting  of  men 
to  evade  this  rule. 

Rule  12,  section  a.  Note. — Holding  or  unlawful  obstruction 
by  the  hands  or  arms;  side  in  possession  of  the  ball  includes: 

1.  Grasping  an  opponent  with  the  hands  or  arms. 

2.  Placing  the  hands  or  arms  upon  an  opponent  to  push 
him  away  from  the  play. 

3.  Circling  in  any  degree  any  part  of  the  opponent  with 
the  arm. 

Session  of  Intercollegiate  Conference  Committees^  March,  1907, 
at  New  York. — Representatives:  Intercollegiate  Committee — 
Chicago,  A.  A.  Stagg;  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  W.  T. 
Reid,  '01;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84; 
Princeton,  J.  B.  Fine,  '82;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80.  Confer- 
ence Committee— C.  D.  Daly,  '05,  Army;  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dart- 
mouth; J.  A.  Babbitt,  Haverford;  H.  L.Williams,  Minnesota; 
J.  T.  Lees,  Nebraska;  C.  W.  Savage,  '93,  Oberiin;  W.  L.  Dud- 
ley, Vanderbilt. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  were  made  as  follows: 

Rule  6,  add:  "  Opportunity  to  make  a  fair  catch  is  where  the 
player  is  in  such  position  that  it  would  be  possible  for  him  to 
reach  the  ball  before  it  touches  the  ground." 

Rule  17,  section  7,  insert:  "  In  case  a  signal  is  made  for  a  fair 
catch  by  any  player  who  has  an  opportunity  for  a  fair  catch,  and 
another  player  of  his  side  who  had  not  signalled  for  a  fair  catch 
catches  the  ball,  no  run  shall  be  made  nor  shall  the  fair  catch  be 


498  APPENDIX 

allowed,  but  the  ball  shall  be  given  to  the  catcher's  side  for  a 
scrimmage  at  the  point  where  the  catch  was  made." 

The  referee  was  given  jurisdiction  over  hurdling. 

Session  of  Intercollegiate  and  Conference  Committees,  March, 
1908,  at  New  York. — Representatives :  Intercollegiate  Committee 
— Chicago,  A.  A.  Stagg;  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard,  Joshua 
Crane,  '90;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C.  Bell,  '84; 
Princeton,  J.  B.  Fine,  '82;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80.  Conference 
Committee— H.  B.  Hackett,  '04,  Army;  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dart- 
mouth; J.  A.  Babbitt,  Haverford;  H.  L.  Williams,  Minne- 
sota; J.  T.  Lees,  Nebraska;  C.  W.  Savage,  '93,  Oberlin;  W.  L. 
Dudley,  Vanderbilt. 

Amendments  to  the  rules  were  made  as  follows: 

Rule  IV,  section  2.  There  shall  be  fifteen  minutes  intermission 
between  the  two  halves.  The  referee  shall  cause  both  teams  to 
be  notified  three  minutes  before  the  intermission  has  expired. 
Fifteen  minutes  after  the  close  of  the  first  half  the  referee  shall 
blow  his  whistle  in  the  middle  of  the  field,  and  in  case  either  team 
fails  to  appear  within  two  minutes  thereafter,  the  ball  shall  be 
put  in  play  as  first  down  by  the  offended  side  on  the  offending 
side's  thirty-yard  line. 

Rule  V.  The  score  of  a  forfeited  game  shall  be  1  to  0  in  favor 
of  the  offended  side. 

Rule  VI,  section  16,  i.  The  ball  is  dead  when  it  accidentally 
strikes  an  official.     In  such  case  the  play  must  be  played  over. 

Rule  XIX,  section  5,  c.  Of  the  players  of  the  side  making  a 
forward  pass  only  the  player  who  first  legally  touched  the  ball 
shall  be  entitled  to  touch  or  recover  the  ball  until  it  has  been  touched 
by  an  opponent. 

Rule  XIX,  section  7.  If  the  ball  after  having  been  legally 
passed  forward  crosses  the  goal-line  on  the  fly  or  strikes  the  up- 
rights or  cross-bar  before  it  has  been  touched  by  a  player  on  either 
side  it  becomes  dead  and  shall  count  as  a  touchback  to  the  de- 
fenders of  that  goal. 

Session  of  Intercollegiate  and  Conference  Committees,  March 
27,  1909,  at  New  York. — Representatives:  Intercollegiate  Com- 
mittee— Chicago,  A.  A.  Stagg;  Cornell,  L.  M.  Dennis;  Harvard, 
C.  Blagden,  '02;  Navy,  P.  J.  Dashiell;  Pennsylvania,  J.  C. 
Bell,  '84,  alternate,  Carl  Williams,  '97;  Princeton,  P.  H.  Davis, 
'93;  Yale,  Walter  Camp,  '80.  Conference  Committee — H.  B. 
Hackett,  '04,  Army;  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dartmouth;  J.  A.  Babbitt, 
Haverford;  H.  L.  Williams,  Minnesota;  W.  A.  Lambeth,  '92, 
Virginia;  W.  S.  Langford,  '96,  Trinity;  W.  L.  Dudley,  Van- 
derbilt. 


APPENDIX  503 

Rule  XX,  section  4.  Make  penalty  same  as  Rule  XXVI, 
section  5. 

Rule  XVII,  section  6.  Official  to  blow  whistle  when  forward 
progress  stops.  Side  in  possession  may  push  opponents  with 
bodies. 

Rule  XVIII,  section  2.  Strike  out  last  clause  of  penalty: 
"Side  in  possession." 

Rule  XVIII,  section  2.  If  player  after  catching  ball  stops 
with  only  one  step  or  less,  the  ball  is  declared  dead. 

Page  205.  Strike  out  Note  24,  referring  to  Rule  XIX,  sec- 
tion 5. 

Rule  XVIII,  section  2.  Man  ineligible  to  catch  ball  may  not 
run  into  opponents. 

Any  forward  pass,  whether  crossing  scrimmage  line  or  not, 
must  be  played  from  at  least  five  yards  back  of  scrimmage  line. 

Rule  VIII,  section  4.     Add:   "Line  or  line  extended." 

Rule  III,  section  2.  A  player  disqualified  for  cause  may  not 
be  returned  to  the  game. 

Rule  IV,  section  2.  Penalty  for  player  leaving  field  at  the  three- 
minute  intermission,  same  as  coaching  from  side  lines. 

Rule  VI.  If  snapper-back  does  not  hold  long  axis  of  ball  as 
specified,  ball  must  be  put  in  play  over  again. 

Rule  VI,  section  17  (I).  If  ball  hits  official,  whether  in  hands 
of  player  or  not,  it  must  be  played  over  again. 

Rule  VI,  section  16.  If  player  extends  arms  advancing  ball 
after  declared  dead,  it  is  crawling. 

Rule  VIII.  Snapper-back  may  assume  any  position,  so  long 
as  he  is  not  off  side,  in  putting  ball  in  play. 

Rule  VIII,  section  4.  If  end  is  man  in  motion,  another  must 
take  his  place  on  line  of  scrimmage,  as  seven  men  must  be  on  this 
line  when  ball  is  put  in  play. 

Rule  XVII,  section  6.  Comrade  may  not  lift  fallen  man  to  his 
feet  to  enable  him  to  continue  his  run. 

Joint  Session  of  Rules  Committees  held  in  New  York,  Feb.  3, 
1911. — Representatives,  Intercollegiate  Rules  Committee:  A.  A. 
Stagg,  Chicago;  J.  W.  Beacham,  '97,  Cornell;  P.  D.  Haughton, 
'99,  Harvard;  F.  D.  Berrien,  '00,  Navy;  Carl  Williams,  '97, 
Pennsylvania;  P.  H.  Davis,  '93,  Princeton;  Walter  Camp,  '80, 
Yale.  National  Conference  Committee:  V.  W.  Cooper,  '04, 
Army;  E.  K.  Hall,  '92,  Dartmouth;  J.  A.  Babbitt,  Haverford; 
S.  C.  Williams,  '01,  Iowa;  H.  L.  Williams,  Minnesota;  C.  W. 
Savage,  '93,  OberHn;  W.  L.  Dudley,  Vanderbilt. 

Mr.  Hall  is  elected  chairman,  and  Mr.  Camp  secretary.  The 
rules  were  amended  as  follows : 


504  APPENDIX 

Rule  4,  section  2.  There  shall  be  two  minutes  intermission 
between  the  iBrst  and  second  periods,  and  between  the  third  and 
fourth  periods. 

Rule  6,  section  17.  If  the  ball  strikes  an  official  it  shall  not 
become  dead,  but  play  shall  continue. 

Rule  18.  All  penalties  under  the  rules  relating  to  forward 
passes  heretofore  applied  on  the  spot  from  which  the  pass  was 
made,  shall  hereafter  be  applied  on  the  spot  of  the  preceding 
down. 

Rule  18,  section  2.  Strike  out  the  words  "and  taken  more  than 
one  step  in  any  direction."  (Alteration  of  rule  which  forbade 
tackling  or  roughing  the  player  receiving  a  forward  pass  until  he 
had  taken  more  than  one  step.) 

Rule  19,  section  4.  If  the  ball  having  been  legally  passed  for- 
ward and  legally  touched,  shall  then  strike  the  ground  unless  hav- 
ing been  actually  caught,  the  play  shall  be  considered  an  incom- 
pleted forward  pass. 

Rule  25,  section  c.  Only  three  men  shall  be  permitted  to  walk 
up  and  down  the  side  lines  on  each  side  of  the  field. 

Rule  30,  section  4.  The  time  shall  be  kept  hereafter  by  the 
umpire. 

Add  a  new  rule:  "  If  a  foul  following  a  first  or  second  down 
is  committed  by  the  offensive  side  while  the  ball  is  behind  its 
goal-line,  or  in  flight  from  a  kick  or  pass  delivered  from  behind 
that  line,  the  play  shall  count  as  a  down  and  the  ball  shall  be 
put  in  play  upon  the  1-yard  line;  if  such  foul  follows  a  third 
down  the  referee  shall  declare  a  safety.  If  the  defensive  side 
commits  a  foul  while  the  offensive  side  is  running,  kicking,  or 
passing  out  from  behind  its  goal-line,  the  referee  shall  declare  a 
touchback." 

The  following  notes  were  adopted: 

Throwing  to  the  ground  the  player  carrying  the  ball  after  the 
referee  has  declared  the  ball  dead,  may  be  considered  as  un- 
necessary roughness. 

Concealing  the  ball  beneath  the  clothing  of  a  player  or  sub- 
stituting any  article  for  the  ball  shall  be  considered  as  unsports- 
manlike conduct. 

Voted  to  incorporate  in  the  rules  the  interpretations  made 
Sept.  17,  1910. 

A  codification  committee,  composed  of  Walter  Camp,  E.  K. 
Hall,  and  Carl  Williams,  was  appointed  to  recodify  the  rules,  with 
power  to  alter  the  verbiage  thereof  to  accomplish  simplification 
and  clarification. 


r; 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED     ^j- j) 

LOAN  DEPT.  U,h<. 

RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 
TO^*^     202  Main  Library 


LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

Renewals  and  Recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  the  due  date. 

Books  may  be  Renewed  by  calling     642-3405. 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


AUTO.  DISC. 

DEC    11986 

1  f^R'Qili  1  "i^^^il 

l£  tUOAJ.   IC>0I/ 

mm:  NOV  14 

1987 

JUL  21 1383 

AUTO  DISCJUL  20  "88 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 

FORM  NO.  DD6,  BERKELEY,  CA  94720 

{g)$ 


.H 


re   19746' 

GENERAL  LIBRARY  -  U.C.  BERKELEY 

illlllliillHll 

■■A 


P5-'/?S 


2)i 


[fr*iS- 


v^         * 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY  .. 


!!"liilll!lii||l||'"'' 


I  " 


iliillililllli 


l!    il     11 


I  i 


ijip'i 


il  '1  liii!  lillhi 


mm 


iiii; 


11 


il  riiiii'iM-H'iii!! hi 


'% 


wmm 


iiiii'i  ill 

■  iiiilitl 

'l!||liii;=;iin.iirji 
nllllk^ll!  ;{j 


!  1 


!'l!!!!!!P''5il!l'!n 

iiiijii 


